Loading...
18-013 (6) Blank Page 16925-2 Wal-Mart 42901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 OR "' UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 16925 - HVAC WIRING PM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Power and control wiring for HVAC systems. B. Related Work: 1. Division 15 sections: Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning equipment including ductwork and exhaust fans, provided under Division 15 sections. 2. Division 15 sections: Motor starters and control devices for each rooftop unit provided under Division 15 sections, including mechanical control terminations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Furnish electrical interface items indicated on Drawings. Sizes shown are nominal. Coordinate requirements with Division 15 sections and provide electrical items with proper rating to match requirements of equipment supplied. B. If air duct smoke detectors are indicated on Drawings or required by local code except in roof top units, provide control wiring for duct smoke detector operation. If local governing code permits, connect power to nearest general purpose receptacle. If smoke detectors are required in the new roof top units,they will be factory mounted and wired in the roof top unit. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install conduit for rooftop units within curb perimeter. Penetrations of roof membrane with electrical conduits will not be permitted without prior Wal-Mart approval. If roof penetration is approved, it shall be made in accordance with other portions of these Specifications. B. Install control wiring for duct smoke detector operation if air duct smoke detectors are indicated on Drawings or required by local codes. Verify requirements with Division 15 sections. Connect control wiring under provisions of Division 15 sections. END OF SECTION 16925-1 Wal-Mart#2901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 WW on 2.2 TELEPHONE SYSTEM A. Telephone cable equipment will be furnished and installed by Wal-Mart under separate Im contract. B. Telephone System Grounding Conductors: Provide #6 AWG, copper grounding conductor from telephone service equipment to electrical service grounding electrode system or dry type Im transformer grounding electrode system. C. Telephone Conduit System: Provide conduit system as indicated on Drawings, including: am 1. Telephone service conduit. 2. Other conduits as indicated on Drawings. Provide#14 AWG soft iron pull wire or heavy am nylon cord in each conduit for pulling the telephone cable to each termination point. 3. Provide outlet boxes conforming to requirements of"Outlet Boxes and Conduit Fitting" of these Specifications; include cover plates. so 2.3 SIGNAL SYSTEMS am A. Provide Hubbell Catalog No. 1281 MO momentary switch in flush switch box with Hubbell Cat. No. 1795 weatherproof cover at truck dock personnel door and Edwards Cat.No. 1065-N5, 120 volt AC buzzer in flush switch box with Slater Cat. No. 5-771N louvered cover plate in Stockroom as indicated on Drawings. Signal system wiring shall be No. 12AWG unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. dw PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install telephone conduit system, telephone grounding conductor, and signal systems as indicated on Drawings. B. Install satellite dish electrical conduit, power to satellite dish mounting, and satellite cable conduit system as indicated on Drawings. C. Install signal system as indicated on Drawings. Provide flush mounted, single gang masonry boxes for mounting of push buttons and bells. END OF SECTION 16700-2 Wal-Mart#2901 -Northampton. Massachusettes 3/10/00 UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 16700 - COMMUNICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Satellite Dish Equipment. ! ' 2. Telephone and Signal System Equipment. 3. Signal System: Door buzzer at truck dock and stockroom. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: General procedures related to Owner furnished products. 2. Section 16405 - Electrical Service and Distribution Center: Prefabricated Electrical Distribution Center. w 1.2 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING we A. Satellite Dish Milestone Completion Date: Install conduit, power, and interface work for satellite dish mounting on or before Delivery date specified in Section 01600, "Products Furnished By Others Schedule." B. Telephone Milestone Completion Date: Complete installation of telephone/FACP system ground conductor, telephone/FACP conduit system, and interface work on or before Delivery date specified in Section 01600, "Products Furnished By Others Schedule." PART 2 - PRODUCTS W 2.1 SATELLITE DISH EQUIPMENT A. Equipment: Furnished and installed by Wal-Mart under separate contract. B. Cabling: Satellite Dish Communication (IFL)Cable will be furnished, installed, and terminated by Wal-Mart under separate contract. C. Raceway System: 1. Provide raceways for satellite dish communication cable as indicated on Drawings. 2. Provide #14 AWG soft iron pull wire or heavy nylon cord in each conduit for pulling satellite cable to each termination point. 3. Provide outlet boxes conforming to requirements of"Outlet Boxes and Conduit Fitting" of these Specifications; include cover plates. 16700-1 Wal-Mart 92901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 ow an OW wo am Blank Page .. 16500-4 W; Wal-Mart 42901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 aw 40 END OF SECTION u.r 16500-3 Wal-Mart #2901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 No am 1. Manufacturing Defects: Manufacturer will provide full one year warranty, from Date of op Substantial Completion, against manufacturing defects. 2. Installation Defects: Provide full one year warranty, from Date of Substantial Completion, against installation defects. ow PART 2 - PRODUCTS "w 2.1 LIGHT FIXTURES(OWNER FURNISHED) A. Owner's selected lighting vendor: 1. Malmstrom White Co., Little Rock, AR. (501) 224-2775. B. Install lighting fixtures and lamps as indicated on Drawings. C. Verify ceiling and wall details. Install fixtures complete with proper mounting arrangements for ceiling or wall construction encountered. D. Where indicated on Drawings, install Protect-A-Lamp covers and caps. 2.2 EXTERIOR BUILDING ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE A. Provide electrical circuits and connections. PART 3 - EXECUTION ■w 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install lighting fixtures, lamps, and sign circuits and connections in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated on Drawings. B. Coordinate exact mounting location of light fixtures with building structure and other trades prior to installation. Refer to Drawings for locations of ductwork and diffusers. C. Recessed fixtures installed in lay-in ceiling grid systems shall have four to six feet of flexible conduit from outlet boxes supported from building structural system to fixtures. Fixtures shall be attached to ceiling grid. D. Fixtures shall not be installed until ceiling grid system has been leveled to assure level plane. E. Strip lights shall be attached and wired as indicated on Drawings. Rows shall be straight, true. F. Contractor shall maintain all light fixtures and lamps furnished by Owner during construction, and coordinate replacement of any defective lamps with Owner's selected vendor prior to Certification of Substantial Completion (Possession by Wal-Mart). Contractor shall notify selected vendor immediately of any damaged fixtures or lamps delivered to the jobsite and make arrangements to have them replaced. 16500-2 Wal-Mart#2901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING wo PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior lighting fixtures. 2. Exterior building security lighting fixtures. 3. Circuit and connection to illuminated canopy, automotive, roadside, or mall entrance signs. B. Work Installed but not Furnished under this Section: 1. Owner's selected lighting vendor will furnish light fixtures, lamps and Protect-A-Lamp covers, as indicated on Drawings, for installation by Contractor. Contact selected vendor at least 4 weeks prior to desired delivery date,to arrange for delivery of Owner Furnished items. 2. Contractor is responsible for providing related products required to complete installation. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: General procedures related to Owner furnished products. 2. Division 2.1, Sitework, Section 16525 - Site Lighting. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fixtures and their electrical components shall bear the UL Label. B. Installation: In compliance with National Electrical Code (NFPA-70). 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Protection: Provide proper facilities for handling and storage of materials to prevent damage to edges, ends and surfaces. Keep materials dry, fully protected from weather. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Section 00800- Supplementary Conditions: Procedures and requirements for warranties. B. Warranty for Owner Furnished Items: 16500-1 Wal-Mart#2901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 D. Contractor shall pay all utility company charges associated with providing service to this project �. including, but not limited to, charges for service, demand meter pulse generator, and utility line work including temporary up and down costs. fiN 3.3 TEMPORARY POWER MW A. Provide temporary power during construction in accordance with Section 01 500. .w 3.4 GROUNDING A. Provide grounding electrodes as indicated on Drawings, as required by NFPA 70 and local authority having jurisdiction. B. Ground dry-type transformers in accordance with NEC 250-26, table 250-94, as indicated on Drawings and as required by local authority having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 16402-6 ' Wal-Mart#2901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 .R D. Enclosures: NEMA 1, code gauge sheet steel with hinged cover, except where exposed to weather. If exposed to weather, provide NEMA 3R enclosure. 2.10 IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT A. Laminated plastic nameplates with 3/4 inch minimum, contrasting color engraved letters for each panelboard, switch, contactor panel, or individually mounted contactor will be provided and pre-installed. B. The nameplates will be permanently attached to equipment and shall clearly identify equipment or equipment served, such as "PANEL LD, HA,Transformer TD" as indicated on drawings. 2.11 GROUNDING A. General: Ground all metallic conduits, supports, cabinets, equipment, system neutrals, metal building structures, and other items required to be grounded in accordance with the NEC and other applicable codes. Furnish and install additional grounding as indicated on Drawings. a1►. B. Metal Underground Cold Water Pipe: Connect to electrical system if available and permitted by local codes. Install jumpers around water meters,valves,or other devices which might cause an interruption of continuity during service. C. Concrete Encased Electrodes: Where indicated on the Drawings, furnish and install electrodes,- jumpers, and approved fittings in accordance with Grounding Electrode Detail. D. Ground Rods: If ground rods are required, install two 5/8 inch minimum diameter Copper-weld rods driven not less than 12 feet apart and each with 8 feet of length in contact with the soil. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, power company requirements, and as indicated on Drawings. 3.2 ELECTRICAL SERVICE A. Provide all required material and labor, in accordance with utility company's requirements, necessary to provide complete electric service as indicated on Drawings. B. Required items include, but are not limited to, trenching and backfilling, primary and secondary conduits, service conductors (including primary conductors where required), C.T. cabinet, bussed enclosure, other associated metering hardware, and grounding system. C. Perform Work in strict compliance with local utility's requirements, with any applicable local codes and latest edition of NFPA 70. 16402-5 Wal-Mart#2901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 B. Subject to compliance with project requirements, provide fuses as manufactured by one of the following: 1. Bussmann. 2. Gould-Shawmut. 3. Littlefuse. C. Acceptable Fuse Types: Size Manufacturer Model No. UL Listed 601 Amperes and Above, 480 Volt Bussman Hi-Cap, KRP-C Class L w. Gould-Shawmut A4BY Class L Littlefuse KLLU Class L 600 Amperes and Below,480 Volt Bussman LPS-R-SP RKI Gould-Shawmut A613 RKI Littlefuse KLSR RKI 600 Amperes and Below, 250 Volt Bussman LPN-RK-SP RKI Gould-Shawmut A21) RKI Littlefuse KLNR RKI Motor Loads,Transformers Bussman FRN-R, 250V RK5 (Circuits with Heavy Inrush), FRS-R, 600V RK5 600 Amperes and Below Gould-Shawmut TR,250V RK5 • TRS, 600V RK5 Littlefuse FLNR, 250V RK5 FLSR, 600V RK5 2.8 CONTACTORS A. Termination for parking lot lighting circuits shall accommodate a wire range of#10 AWG to#4 AWG. B. Contactors shall be manufactured by one of the following: 1. Asco 2. Cutler Hammer/Challenger 3. Seimens 4. Square D 2.9 SAFETY SWITCHES A. Switch Interior: Dead-front construction with hinged arc suppressor and switch blades which are fully visible in the off position and with door open. B. Switch Mechanism: Quick-make and quick-break operating handle and mechanism with a de- lete dual cover interlock to prevent unauthorized opening of the switch door in the "on" position *+ or closing the switch mechanism while the door is open. Provide electrical interlock switch to de-energize control wiring as required. Line and load terminals of the device rated 100 amperes or less shall be rated for 75 degrees C. Provide operating handle with provisions for installation .R of a padlock in "off' or "on" positions. C. Ratings: Switches horsepower rated for 600 volts, 60 Hz, heavy-duty type. Where switches are indicated to be fused, furnish with provisions for fuses. 16402-4 " Wal-Mart#2901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 + C. Service entrance switchboards and panelboards with main circuit breakers, main fusible switches or branch devices rated 1000 amperes or above shall be equipped with ground fault protection. JIM 2.4 SWITCHBOARDS A. Switchboard(s)shall be configured as scheduled on Drawings, including voltage,amperage, bus bracing, and interrupting ratings. on 2.5 PANELBOARDS A. Panelboards: Install as scheduled on Drawings, including voltage, amperage, bus bracing, and interrupting ratings. 1. Branch Circuit Protective Devices: Plug-on or bolted type thermal magnetic center-trip circuit breakers for alternating current, each with single-handle common trip. Tandem or half-sized circuit breakers or load center type construction not permitted. Circuit breaker Amp Interrupting Capacity (AIC) no less than values indicated on Drawings. Circuit breakers feeding emergency lights, night lights, time clock motors, etc. will be equipped with handle-locks where indicated on drawings, or required by NFPA 70. 2. Cabinets: Zinc-coated sheet steel with knock-outs, UL listed and labeled. Trims and doors to have suitable primer coat and finish coat of manufacturer's standard color. Trims to be fitted with hinged doors having combined lock and latch. Locks will be keyed alike and furnished with two keys for each panelboard. 3. Directory Holder: Contractor shall provide legible typewritten circuit directory properly identifying load(s) on each circuit mounted under clear plastic cover. Branch circuits connected exactly as indicated on Panel Schedule. 2.6 TRANSFORMERS A. Transformers for general use at 600 volts and below shall be metal enclosed, two winding dry-type, with provisions for conduit connections. Transformers shall be rated for full-load operation at maximum of 150°C temperature rise above a 40°C ambient, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. B. Transformers shall have (2) 2-1/2 percent, voltage taps above and below, on primary windings and will conform to NEMA Standard. Transformers shall be manufactured by one of the following: 1. Cutler Hammer/Challenger x 2. General Electric. 3. Seimens(ITE). 4. Sorgel (Square D). a�w 5. Hevi-Duty. 2.7 FUSES A. Install fuses as indicated on Drawings. 16402-3 Wal-Mart#2901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 4�: 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Protection: Provide proper facilities for handling and storage of materials to pre- vent damage. Keep materials dry, fully protected from weather. 1.5 WARRANTY " A. Section 00800 - Supplementary Conditions: Procedures and requirements for warranties. B. Warranty for Owner Furnished Items: 1. Manufacturing Defects: Manufacturer will provide full one year warranty, from Date of Substantial Completion, against manufacturing defects. 2. Installation Defects: Provide full one year warranty, from Date of Substantial Comple- tion, against installation defects. 1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. The responsibility of Work under this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: ^ 1. Contact the Owner's Electrical Equipment Supplier to coordinate and schedule delivery to site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER'S ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER A. Hill Phoenix- Conyers,Georgia. Contact Ernie Northern or Darline Casey at(800) 899-6973. *w 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Items of electrical distribution system shall be manufactured by one of the following unless otherwise indicated on Drawings: A* 1. Cutler Hammer/Challenger 2. General Electric. 3. Seimens(ITE). 4. Square D. B. Equipment shall bear name and trademark of manufacturer as listed above. Substitutions not permitted. 2.3 SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT A. Service entrance equipment shall be U.L. labeled as suitable for use as service equipment. B. Equip main fusible switches or fusible switch type branch devices with rejection type fuse holders and current limiting fuses as indicated on Drawings. No substitutions permitted. 16402-2 Wal-Mart 92901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 A Am UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 16402 - LOW VOLTAGE SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PART1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 'o A. Section Includes: 1. Owner-Furnished electrical distribution equipment. 2. Grounding. B. Products Installed But Not Supplied Under This Section: 1. Owner's Electrical Equipment Supplier will furnish electrical distribution equipment including the following: k a. Switchboards. b. Panelboards. C. Transformers. �r d. Safety Switches. e. Contactors. f. Motor Starters. g. Fuses. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01500- Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary Power. 2. Section 01600 - Summary: General procedures related to Owner furnished products. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Work under this Section shall comply with the following: 1. Latest edition of the National Electrical Code (NFPA-70), and interim amendments in effect. ! " 2. Comply with local and state, utility regulations and laws. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electrical System Voltages: The following voltages shall apply unless otherwise noted. 1. Main Service: 480Y/277 volt, 3 hase 4 wire p wye, 60 Hz, grounded neutral. 2. Receptacle and Small Power Systems: 208Y/120 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire Wye, 60 Hz, No grounded neutral. 3. Interior Lighting: 277 volt, 1 phase. 4. Parking Lot Lighting: 480 volt, 1 phase unless changed by Owner. 5. Energy Management System: 24 VAC. go 16402-1 Wal-Mart#2901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 kw .b dRA Blank Page ,ur 16128-4 Wal-Mart 42901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 A so END OF SECTION to Pw cur, to 16128-3 Wal-Mart 92901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 wr C. Delivery Date Revisions: Wal-Mart contact will revise delivery date for products if Milestone F Delivery date does not conform to Contractor construction scheduling: Wal-Mart Store Planning Order Group AW (501) 277-6737. 1.6 Product Packaging: Cable will be packaged in cartons on reels. Product identification mark- .W ings will be on each component. Identification markings on product components will coordi- nate with identification markings for components indicated on Drawings. ow A. Acceptance at Site: Receive products as specified in Section 01600. 1. Verify quantity of products furnished with Bill of Material provided by Wal-Mart with O. products. 2. Report discrepancies in product quantity delivered or damage to products delivered to Wal-Mart Store Planning Order Group immediately. Upon notification, Wal-Mart will arrange for delivery of replacement products. Note description of product quantity dis- crepancies and/or product damage on Bill of Lading. B. Manufacturing Defects: Report suspected product manufacturing defects to Wal-Mart Con- struction Manager. Upon notification, Wal-Mart will arrange for repair of product manufactur- ing defects. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Section 00800 - Supplementary Conditions: Procedures and requirements for warranties. B. Manufacturing Defects : Special Systems Cable Supplier will provide one year warranty from Substantial Completion Date for product manufacturing defects. C. Installation Defects: Provide on year warranty from Date of Substantial Completion for instal- lation defects. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DATA SYSTEMS A. Data System: Cable, equipment, and devices will be furnished by Wal-Mart under separate contract. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DATA SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Installed by Wal-Mart under separate contract. 16128-2 Wal-Mart#2901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 so Pr UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 16128 - SPECIAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Data Systems + B. Work Furnished and Installed Under Separate Contract (NIC): Under provisions of Section 01600, Wal-Mart will furnish and install Data System, including cable, equipment, and devices under separate contract. C. Related Sections: im 1. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: General procedures related to Owner furnished products. 2. Section 16100- Wiring Methods: Related products required for complete installation. 46 1.2 REFERENCES T^ A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code(NEC). 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Special Systems Cable Supplier: Manufacturer of product, separately contracted by Wal-Mart. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installation: In compliance with requirements of NFPA 70. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01600- Product Requirements: "Transport, handle, store, and protect products. B. Milestone Delivery Date: Wal-Mart will deliver cable to jobsite for Contractor to receive in ac- cordance with Delivery date specified in Section 01600, "Products Furnished By Others Sched- ule". 16128-1 Wal-Mart 42901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 A* D. Maintain wire phase color code per Section 16050 throughout system wiring. `w END OF SECTION 4ft xW 44 4k JA 16121-4 .. Wal-Mart 92901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 aw Am ow B. Distribution Box Connector: Injection molded thermoplastic compound with up to six copper alloy contact sleeves/pins for positive contact. Furnish connectors with two(2)positive locking latches, rated for 20 amps, and designed to make or break under load. Provide connectors capable of being installed in standard 1/2" knock-out and shall not decrease the area for wiring connections. W C. Fixture Connector: Metal enclosure with input and through feed connectors. Connector shall serve as interface between manufactured wiring system and individual light fixtures. Fixture connection shall be via white, 16/3 or 16/4, rubber cord rated for 600V at 105 degree C. 1* PART 3 - EXECUTION 4► 3.1 OWNER/VENDOR ADMINISTRATION A. Upon Notice of Award from Owner, selected vendor will begin production of product and product documentation in order to assure timely delivery of items. Coordination of exact delivery schedule shall be between Vendor and Contractor. Product documentation will include detailed drawing depicting entire installation with appropriate cable identification and installation details. 3.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY A. Selected vendor will deliver to light fixture manufacturer, as soon as possible following Notice of Award, an adequate supply of fixture connectors, along with installation instructions, for installation by light fixture manufacturer. Quantity will be as determined from Drawings. B. Upon completion of product documentation, selected vendor will immediately forward such information to Contractor for his review prior to beginning actual installation. C. Upon notice by Contractor, selected vendor will schedule delivery of installation drawings and product to jobsite to arrive on date requested by Contractor. D. Product will be packaged in cartons and components will be clearly identified. Identification will correlate with identification scheme shown on installation drawing(s). 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install Products in accordance with product documentation and the Drawings. Provide junction boxes of sufficient size as necessary where transitions are made from rigid raceways to the manufactured wiring system. B. Support cable by means of straps and clamps at intervals not exceeding 4'-6" and as required by NEC. C. Arrange cable to avoid interference with access to other work. Installation shall be in neat and workmanlike manner. 16121-3 Wal-Mart#2901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 Am C. Provide proper facilities for handling and storage of materials to prevent damage. Keep N materials dry and fully protected from weather. D. Upon receipt of shipment, check contents of shipment against bill of material furnished by the A selected vendor. Report any shortages or damage to the selected vendor immediately so that replacements can be ordered and/or freight claims can be filed. Note damage on Bill of Lading in order to substantiate freight claims. 1.5 WARRANTY MW A. Section 00800 - Supplementary Conditions: Procedures and requirements for warranties. B. Manufacturing Defects: Vendor(manufacturer) will provide full one year warranty, from Date of Substantial Completion, against manufacturing defects. C. Installation Defects: Provide full one year warranty, from Date of Substantial Completion, against installation defects. D. Prior to commencement of remedial work, contact the selected vendor to properly arrange for repair of suspected manufacturing deficiencies. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Prefabricated flexible cable assemblies and associated accessories as manufactured by the following, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings: 1. Dual-Lite: EZ-Flex. 2. Substitutions: Only Owner approved substitutions will be permitted. 2.2 MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEMS A. Prefabricated Flexible Cable Assemblies: Factory pre-assembled units consisting of pre-wired cable assemblies and appropriate connectors. Units will comply with the following: 1. Cable Assemblies: Flexible armor jacket with thermoplastic insulated, #12 AWG, solid, copper conductors. Number of conductors in each cable assembly shall be as indicated on Drawings or as required by application. Allow minimum of 12 inch extra length, in addition to required length to reach point to point, for each cable assembly. 2. Connectors: Injection molded thermoplastic compound with up to six copper alloy contact sleeves/ pins for positive contact. Furnish connectors with two (2) positive locking latches, rated for 20 amps, and designed to make or break under load. Attachment to cable shall be set screw type. 3. Cable assemblies will be white in color. 4. Wire phase colors will match colors as as specified in Section 16100. 16121-2 Aw Wal-Mart 42901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 MW so AM UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 16121 - MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Prefabricated flexible cable assemblies. 2. Cable accessories. 3. Vendor(manufacturer)administrative services. PW B. Products Installed But Not Supplied Under This Section: 1. Owner's national account vendor will furnish prefabricated flexible cable assemblies and required accessories for wiring between individual Sales Floor and Stockroom area lighting fixtures as indicated on Drawings, for installation by Contractor. 2. Contractor is responsible for providing related products required to complete installation. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: General procedures related to Owner furnished products. 2. Section 16500- Lighting. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Work under this Section shall comply with the following: 1. Latest edition of National Electrical Code(NFPA 70)and interim amendments in effect. 2. Applicable state and local laws,codes and regulations. B. Prefabricated flexible cable assemblies and their related accessories shall bear the UL Label. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. National Account Vender: Supplier of product, separately contracted by Wal-Mart. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Provide for delivery of installation drawings and product at such stage of construction as will expedite the Work. �w B. Contact selected vendor for product delivery. Allow minimum of four weeks for delivery. 16121-1 Wal-Mart#2901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 A" a AVA rw am am Blank Page 16100-12 Wal-Mart 42901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 Oa am A. Locate outlets and devices mounted on finished surfaces with regard to paneling, furring, trim, etc. Where necessary, set long dimension of plate horizontally or gang devices in tandem. 00 B. Coordinate outlets and devices so as not to detract from aesthetic effect of surface in which outlets and devices are mounted. C. Repair or replace, at Contractor's expense, outlets or devices improperly located or installed. Set outlets and devices plumb or horizontal and extend to, but not project so above, finished surface. D. Back-to-back mounting of receptacles, switches, and other wiring devices is not permitted. E. Mounting Heights: Measure height from finished floor to center of device. Comply with heights indicated on Drawings regarding device mounting heights. 3.6 WIRE CONNECTIONS A. Run conductors without splices from outlet to outlet, except within junction boxes. B. Make final electrical wiring connections to lighting control relay contact terminals using solid conductors. Where stranded conductors are used for branch circuit wiring, connect 3 inch solid pigtails to end of conductors using compression fittings with heat shrink insulation equivalent to 600 volt rating. C. MC Cable: Provide manufacturer's approved connectors at device and junction boxes. D. Make final connection of motors, starters, disconnects, and other items furnished under other Sections. END OF SECTION .r w 16100-11 Wal-Mart #2901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 4w rw Am* 11. Use flexible metal conduit or liquid tight flexible metal conduit for final connections to dry-type transformers, baler, air compressors, 1 VAC equipment, motors and other vibrating equipment. 12. Coordinate installation of conduit in masonry work. 13. Do not run conduit under slab unless indicated by legend on Drawings. Conduit installed below slab shall be galvanized rigid metal (GRC), intermediate metal conduit(IMC), or Schedule 80 PVC. Provide coated GRC bends and elbows. 14. Route exposed conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. 15. Allow minimum of 6 inches clearance at flues and heat sources. B. Location: 1. Galvanized Rigid Metal Conduit (GRC): Permitted for general exposed or concealed work above or below grade. In accordance with NEC 346-1c, apply 6 mil coat of PVC or Asphaltum paint to galvanized rigid conduit prior to installation below grade. 2. Aluminum Rigid Metal Conduit: Permitted for general exposed or concealed work if installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Not permitted embedded in concrete or below grade. 3. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Permitted for general exposed or concealed rar, work above or below grade. In accordance with NEC 346-1c, apply 6 mil coat of PVC or Asphaltum paint to galvanized rigid conduit prior to installation below grade. M" 4. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): Permitted for general exposed or concealed work above grade. 5. PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (PVC) Unless Noted Otherwise on Drawings: �.. Permitted for below-grade use outside of building lines, and for service entrance feeders and EDC to EDC feeders,when permitted by governing codes. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Conduits penetrating above grade outdoors or penetrating concrete slabs shall be GRC including elbow. 6. Flexible Metal Conduit: Permitted in attic spaces and exposed in lengths of 6 feet or less for connections to equipment in dry areas. Not permitted for general exposed or concealed work. 7. Liquid tight Flexible Metal Conduit: Permitted exposed in lengths of 6 feet or less for connections to rooftop units, baler, and other vibrating equipment where rigid connections are not suitable. 8. MC Cable: Permitted only where concealed inside partitions and above finished ceilings. Cable exposed on walls or in open bar joist areas will not be permitted. Cut cable with manufacturer's recommended armor stripping tool. Install in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, Article 334, for concealed areas in partitions. Do not use MC cable for isolated ground branch circuits. 3.4 FLOOR BOXES A. Install floor boxes in accordance with manufacturers recommendations and as required by NFPA 70 National Electrical Code. 3.5 WIRING DEVICES 16100-10 Wal-Mart 92901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 40 H. Aluminum Alloy Conductors: Allowed at Contractor's option, where permitted by local utility company and governing officials. Limit use of aluminum conductors to service entrance and feeders to #6 AWG and larger. Splices in service entrance and feeders will not be permitted. Provide oxidation inhibiting compound (Penetrox, De- ox) at conductor terminations. Maintain 7.5 inch center to center horizontal and vertical spacing at service entrance conduits. Install service entrance in accordance with the w► National Electrical Code. 3.2 WIRE A. Make conductor length for parallel feeders identical. B. Lace or clip groups of feeder conductors at distribution centers and wireways. C. Provide copper grounding conductors and straps. D. Use wire pulling lubricant for pulling#4 AWG and larger wire. E. Install wire in conduit runs after building pad compaction, concrete and masonry work is complete, and after moisture is swabbed from conduits. 3.3 CONDUIT A. Installation: 1. Install wiring in conduit, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings or Specifications. 2. Install conduits concealed, except in unfinished areas and where indicated on Drawings. 3. Securely support conduit and piping by means of approved hangers. Provide support spacing in accordance with NEC. Make necessary provisions for expansion of conduit and securely anchor conduit where necessary to properly distribute stresses. 4. Flexible Metal Conduit: Support every 4'-6" and within 12 inches of terminations, with Caddy Clips or equal. 5. Liquid Tight Flexible Metal Conduit: Support every 4'-6" and within 12 inches of terminations. IF* 6. Keep openings in conduits closed during progress of work. Swab conduits clean before pulling wire. 7. Clean PVC conduit per manufacturer's recommendations before application of solvent cement. 8. Furnish and install flashings where conduits penetrate roof membrane. 9. Firestop openings around electrical penetrations through fire-resistance rated walls, partitions, floors, or ceilings using approved methods to maintain fire-resistance rating. 10. Paint metallic conduits concealed under concrete poured on grade or where installed in contact with earth with two heavy continuous coats of asphaltic paint after assembly of conduit and fittings. Do not run conduit in concrete poured on grade. 16100-9 Wal-Mart#2901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 5. Twistlock (UPS) Isolated ground receptacles: Black nylon cover plates with o circuit number engraved in plate. F. Acceptable Manufacturers: 0 I. Wiring devices and plates as manufactured by above specified manufacturers,are acceptable. 2. Devices or plates found to be not as specified shall be removed and replaced with specified device or plate at Contractor's expense. 2.8 WIRE CONNECTIONS ^ A. Splices: 1. #8 AWG and Smaller: Ideal Wingnut, 3M Scotchlok, or equal connectors of proper size. 3M No. 567 in-line self-stripping connectors will be permitted only at ballast lead connections in fluorescent light rows. 2. #6 AWG and Larger: Solderless lugs and connectors. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Install specified materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated on Drawings. B. Existing Electrical Lines: If existing power, telephone, or other electrical lines and appurtenances are encountered which interfere with proper installation of new work and which will not be used in connection with new work, close such items in proper manner and, if necessary, move or remove lines as directed by Owner. ..► C. Cutting and Patching: Where cutting is required through walls,floors, or ceilings, make openings no larger than required and repair affected surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. D. Equipment Pads: Furnish and install concrete equipment pads, if required, and where indicated on Drawings. E. Access to Equipment: Locate control devices, specialties, pull boxes, etc., so as to provide for easy access of operation, repair, and maintenance and, if concealed, furnish and install access doors. F. Painting: Touch-up items of equipment whose factory finish has been marred or damaged during installation, restoring it to its original appearance. Other painting shall be provided under Section 09900. G. Trenching: Perform trenching and backfilling in accordance with the Site Utilities .. Section of these Specifications. ." 16100-8 Wal-Mart#2901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 .. 1) Hubbell CS6369. 2) Pass and Seymour CS6369. 3) Arrow Hart CS6369. 4) Leviton CS63-69. 5) Bryant CS-6369. C. Plugs: Cord mounted grounding-type to match receptacle as follows: 1. UPS Plug 50A 125/250V 3 Pole 4 Wire Grounding: a. Hubbell CS6365C. b. Pass and Seymour CS6365. C. Arrow Hart CS6365. d. Leviton CS63-65. e. Bryant CS-6369. 2. Corrosion Resistant Twist-Lock Connector 20A 125/250V 1 PH (L5-20R-IG): a. Hubbell 24CM 13. b. Pass and Seymour CRL 1420-C. 3. Corrosion Resistant Twist-Lock Connector 20A 250V 3PH(L15-20R): a. Hubbell24CM23. l�r 4. Corrosion Resistant Twist-Lock Connector 30A 250V 3PH (L-15-34R): a. Hubbell 28CM 13. 5. Corrosion Resistant Twist-Lock Connector 50A 250V 3PH(50A-3P): a. Hubbell 8364C. D. Cover Plates: 1. Provide nylon cover plates for flush mounted devices. 2. Where devices are installed on exposed fittings or boxes, provide galvanized steel plates. 3. Weatherproof Cover Plates: Gasketed cast or stamped metal with gasketed device cover. Plastic weatherproof plates will not be permitted. 4. Temperature Sensor Boxes: Nylon blank cover plates. so E. Colors: I. Unless otherwise noted, wiring devices and cover plates for flush mounting shall an be ivory nylon except on walls having prefinished brown paneling, where they shall be brown nylon. 2. Blank Cover Plates: On boxes without devices or fixtures, provide same type and color as those installed on devices in that same room or area. 3. Where devices are installed on exposed boxes, device shall be ivory. 4. Straight blade isolated ground receptacles: Ivory nylon cover plates. 16100-7 Wal-Mart#2901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 3) General Electric 5362-2. 4) Arrow Hart 5362-I. 5) Leviton 5362-1. 6) Bryant 5362-I. �. b. Duplex Receptacle 20A 125V Isolated Ground: I) Hubbell IG 5362. 2) Pass and Seymour IG 5362. 3) General Electric 5362-2. 4) Arrow Hart 5362-IG. 5) Leviton 53624G. 6) Bryant 53624G. C. Clock Receptacle 15A 125V: 1) Hubbell 5233. ,M 2) Pass and Seymour 53713-1. 3) General Electric 4234-2, 4) Arrow Hart 5708. 5) Leviton 5261-CH. 6) Bryant 2828-G. d. GFCI Receptacle 15A 125V Weatherproof: 1) Hubbell GF5252-1. 2) Pass and Seymour 1591-SI. +* 3) General Electric GF 5242-2. 4) Arrow Hart GF5242-1. 5) Leviton 6599-1. r 6) Bryant GFR52FT-I. e. Single Twist-Lock Receptacle 15A 125V Isolated Ground: 1) Hubbell IG4710. 2) Pass and Seymour IG4710. 3) General Electric GL 0510-IG. 4) Arrow Hart IG4710. 5) Leviton 4710 4G. 6) Bryant 4710 4G. f. Duplex Twist-Lock Receptacle 15A 125V Isolated Ground: 1) Hubbell IG4700. 2) Pass and Seymour IG4700. 3) General Electric GLO-5164G. 4) Arrow Hart 1G4700. 5) Leviton 4700-IG. 6) Bryant 4700 4G. g. UPS Receptacle 50A 125/250V 3 pole 4 Wire Grounding: 16100-6 AW Wal-Mart#2901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 4W E. Provide boxes for use with Schedule 40 or Schedule 80 PVC conduit connection. 2.7 WIRING DEVICES A. Branch Circuit Switches: Specification grade rated 20A 120/277V AC as follows: 1. Single Pole: M. a. Hubbell 1221I. b. Pass and Seymour 20AC1-I. C. General Electric GE 5951-2G. d. Arrow Hart 12211. e. Leviton 1221-2I. f. Bryant 4901-I. 2. Double Pole: a. Hubbell 1222I. b. Pass and Seymour 20AC2-1. C. General Electric GE 5952-2G. d. Arrow Hart 12221. e. Leviton 1222-21. f. Bryant 4902-I 3. Three Way: a. Hubbell 12231. b. Pass and Seymour 20AC34 C. General Electric GE 5953-2G. d. Arrow Hart 1223-I. e. Leviton 1223-2I. f. Bryant 4903-I. 4. Dimmers: a. Lutron NT-600-S-NFB-IV-120. b. Lutron NT-1000-S-NFB-I V-120. 5. Where switches operating at 277 volts are on same circuit and are ganged, provide permanently installed barriers between switches in accordance with the NEC. Where switches operating at 277 volts are on separate circuits and are ganged, provide separate boxes and separate coverplates for each circuit. B. Receptacles: 1. Nylon Grounding-Type Outlet Devices: Specification grade as follows: �. a. Duplex Receptacle 20A 125V: I) Hubbell 5362-1. 2) Pass and Seymour 5362-I. 16100-5 Wal-Mart #2901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 wo F. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide brass Metallic Boxes with floor box ring by one of the following manufacturers. 1. Hubbell. No 2. T&B. 3. Steel City. so 2.5 METALLIC FLOOR BOXES (FOR VISION CENTER ONLY) A. Comply with U.L. Standard 514 A. B. Provide boxes that are concrete-tight, designed for use with power and communication services. 1. Three(3)service floor boxes combining power, data and communication services in a single floor box. 2. Adjustable boxes before and after concrete is poured to be flush with finished floor. 3. Overall height 3". 4. Material: Cast Iron. 5. Color: Gray. C. Cover protects and conceals all wiring connections and accepts carpet for applications where discrete placement is required. D. Manufacturer: Hubbell. 1. Floor Box—Cat. # 3SFBC (fully adjustable). 2. Cover—Cat. # 3SFBCGY. 3. Duplex Receptacle Plate—Cat. # 3SFBRP. 4. Comm/Data Plate—Cat. # 3SFBTP. 2.6 NONMETALLIC FLOOR BOXES A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Non-Metallic floor boxes with (caramel) Non-Metallic (thermoplastic) or (brass) Aluminum Metallic box ring by the following manufacturer. 1. Carlon #E976RFB. B. Boxes shall be concrete-tight, designed for use with power and communication "° services. 1. Boxes shall be modular rectangular gangable to form two (2) or three (3) gang boxes with dividers. 2. Gasket for metallic covers shall be included. C. Non-Metallic boxes shall comply with U.L. Standard 514 C. D. Boxes shall be designed with device yoke for mounting power or low voltage devices. .,. 16100-4 Wal-Mart 42901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 4w 00 4. Other Uses: 1/2 inch minimum. ! 2.3 OUTLET BOXES AND CONDUIT FITTINGS A. Outlet boxes and conduit fittings shall bear UL or ETL label. B. Interior Boxes: Hot-dip galvanized, 4 inches minimum octagon or square, unless otherwise noted. Provide single or multiple gang outlet boxes as required for flush installation in drywall construction. Provide masonry boxes for outlets installed flush in concrete unit masonry. Provide single surface-mounted outlet boxes for utility type boxes. C. Boxes: Comply with NEC in regard to maximum allowable number of conductors. D. Outlet Boxes: Suitable for supporting lighting fixtures if intended for that purpose. +fir E. Conduit Fittings: s 1. Indoor EMT Fittings: Diecast or steel set screw type. 2. Outdoor EMT Fittings: Compression type. 3. Outdoor GRC, IMC, or EMT Box Connections: Made with weather-tight hubs. 4. Threadless GRC or IMC Fittings: Not permitted. Provide indoor GRC or IMC connections with double locknuts and bushings. 5. PVC Fittings: Solvent weld type for PVC conduit. 2.4 METALLIC FLOOR BOXES A. Provide Metal Floor Boxes which comply with U.L. Standard 514 A. B. Provide boxes that are concrete-tight, designed for use with power and communication services. 1. Boxes shall be multi-gang,with internal compartment partitions for separation of services. 2. Provide water-tight cast iron boxes for use at grade level and below. Stamped steel concrete tight boxes may be used above grade. 3. Each box shall be provided with removable, watertight lid to allow placement of 00 concrete over box. C. Boxes shall have a minimum of four (4) threaded legs used for leveling. A threaded adjusting sleeve for flange height adjustment shall be used after concrete is placed. D. Provide grounding pig-tail, minimum #12 AWG copper, for each device. E. Accessories: 1. Cover plate and gasket for wiring device. 2. Carpet or tile flange. 3. Adjusting flange. 16 Wal-Mart 42901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 D. MC (Interlocked Armor Metal Clad)Cable: .� 1. Aluminum MC-Lite or Standard MC. 2. Minimum size conductor, #12 AWG copper, including green insulated equipment ground, sized in accordance with the NEC. 3. Overall moisture resistant tape. 4. Galvanized steel or aluminum interlocked cladding. 5. Manufactured in accordance with UL 1569. 6. ANSI/NFPA 70, Article 334. E. Wire smaller than #12 AWG not permitted, unless otherwise noted. #14 AWG, type MTW or TFF permitted for signal and pilot control circuits, unless otherwise noted. F. Color code conductors in accordance with NEC 210-5 and the following: NEUTRAL PHASE CONDUCTOR EQUIP. GROUND SYSTEM VOLTAGE COLOR COLORS COLOR 208/120V white A-black, 13-red, C-blue green 480/277V lt. grey or A-brown, B-orange, C-yellow green white with colored stripe G. Color code #6 AWG and smaller phase and neutral conductors by continuous outer ,, covering. Conductors#4 AWG and larger may be color coded by tape or paint. H. Identify circuit numbers with synthetic cloth labels. 2.2 CONDUIT RACEWAYS A. Conduit Types Permitted(Must bear UL or ETL label): 1. Galvanized Rigid Metal Conduit(GRC): Hot-dip galvanized. 2. Aluminum Rigid Metal Conduit: Above grade use only. 3. Intermediate Metal Conduit(IMC): Hot-dip galvanized. 4. Electrical Metallic Tubing(EMT): Hot-dip galvanized. 5. PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit(PVC): Schedule 40 heavy-wall PVC; Schedule 80 for service entrance and EDC to EDC underground feeders. 6. Flexible Metal Conduit: Zinc-coated steel or Aluminum. 7. Liquid tight Flexible Steel Conduit with PVC jacket. .� 8. MC Cable: ANSI/NFPA 70, Article 334, Steel or Aluminum Cladding. B. Conduit Sizes: Size conduits in accordance with NEC unless noted otherwise on Am Drawings, but in no case less than the following: 1. Security. Data, and Telephone Systems: 1/2 inch minimum, unless otherwise A noted. 2. Flexible Metal Conduit: For connection of recessed light fixtures in suspended ceilings. 3/8 inch minimum. For connection of equipment subject to vibration: ,,,,, 1/2 inch minimum. 3. Underground Conduits in Parking Lot: 3/4 inch minimum. AM 16100-2 Wal-Mart#2901 -Northampton. Massachusettes 3/10/00 am 04 so UniSpec II 062499 SECTION 16100- WIRING METHODS o PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Conductors and Cables. 2. Raceways and boxes. 3. Wiring devices. 4. Wire connections. 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code(NEC). 2. NFPA 72-National Fire Alarm Code. ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WIRE AND CABLE A. Wire and cable as indicated on Drawings shall bear UL label and stamping indicating wire size, type, voltage, and grade, and shall meet standard specifications and tests established for such materials and construction by ASTM, NEMA, ANSI, and IPCEA where applicable. B. Provide code gauge, soft annealed copper wire, not less than 98 percent conductivity and of 600 volt class. ! * 1. Aluminum alloy conductors: Compact, stranded stabiloy AA-8000 series. Allowed at Contractor's option, where permitted by local utility company and governing officials. Limit use of aluminum alloy conductors to service entrance and feeder conductors#6 AWG and larger. C. Conductors: 1. Size 410 AWG and Smaller: Stranded or solid with insulation type THHN or THWN. 2. Size #8 AWG and Larger Overhead Feeders: Stranded with insulation type THW, THHN, THWN, or XHHW or XHHW-2. 3. Size 46 AWG and Larger for Service Entrance: Stranded with insulation type USE-2, RHW, RHW-2, XHHW, XHHW-2, or THWN. w 16100-1 Wal-Mart 42901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 .. N .m am w. xft Blank Page 16050-4 Wal-Mart 42901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 40 Am connections. Torque test conductor connections terminations to manufacturer's recommended values. to B. Inspect panelboards for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. Check proper installation and tightness of connections for circuit breakers, fusible switches, and fuses. C. Measure ground resistance from system neutral connection at service entrance to convenient ground point on building water pipe using suitable ground testing equipment. Resistance shall not exceed 10 ohms. 4K D. Test integrity of isolated grounding system for cash register panels by measuring resistance from system neutral to isolated ground bar and from conduit system to isolated ground bar 00 before and after isolated grounding conductor, neutral conductor, grounding conductor, and transformer case are bonded together. E. Test receptacles with circuit tester to ensure proper polarity, grounding, and continuity of circuits. END OF SECTION w a* 16050-3 Wal-Mart#2901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install specified materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated on Drawings. B. Cutting and Patching: Where cutting is required through walls, floors, or ceilings, make openings no larger than required and repair affected surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. 3.2 GROUNDING A. General: 1. Ground all metallic conduits, supports,cabinets, equipment, system neutrals, metal build- ing structures, and other items required to be grounded in accordance with the NEC and other applicable codes. 2. Provide additional grounding as indicated on drawings or required by NFPA 70. B. Equipment Grounding: ..g 1. Make conduits electrically continuous using proper fittings, connections, grounding bushings, etc. 2. Provide insulating grounding bushings on all conduit connections 1 1/4 inch larger and where indicated on Drawings. 3. Provide an insulated equipment ground wire with all feeders to panelboards. 4. Provide an insulated equipment ground wire with branch circuits to receptacles and to equipment within 8 feet of floor. Overhead lighting circuits do not require an equipment ground wire. 5. Run insulated equipment ground wires from the ground bar in the serving panelboard to ground lug on equipment served. 3.3 SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Cut openings no larger than required for installation; grout sleeves and/or frames in place. Leave smooth surfaces around openings and finish to match surrounding surface. B. Extend floor sleeves one inch above finished floor in concealed and unfinished location. Extend other sleeves approximately 1/4 inch above surface or as required to allow for placement AW of escutcheons. 3.4 TESTING A. Upon completion of installation, perform continuity tests on power and equipment branch circuit conductors. Inspect wire and cable for physical damage. Verify proper phasing 16050-2 Wal-Mart 92901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 an on UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS V PART 1 -GENERAL on 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Grounding and Bonding 2. Identification of Equipment. 3. Hangers and Supports. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Furnish laminated plastic nameplates with 3/4 inch minimum contrasting-color engraved letters for each safety switch, contactor, time switch, pushbutton and other similar equipment. Bolt or pop-rivet nameplates to equipment; clearly identify equipment or equipment served, such as- "BALER", "COMPACTOR," etc. 2.2 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Electrical Equipment Supports: Support electrical equipment with Unistrut Channel, Minerallac Pipe Hangers, Caddy Fasteners or in another approved manner where details are not indicated. B. Sleeves: Install conduits passing through concrete floors in galvanized, black steel or Schedule 40 PVC pipe sleeves of adequate size. Sheet metal sleeves: Not permitted. Caulk sleeves through outside walls above grade with sealant as specified in Section 07900. C. Plates and Escutcheons: For exposed pipe through walls, floors, and ceilings where exposed to view, provide chrome-plated floor or ceiling plate of size required. Cut openings and install sleeves or frames in neat workmanlike manner. D. Conduit Supports: Hangers shall be Unistrut Series P3000 or P3300 channels depending on load and span involved. Use Minerallac Pipe Hangers, Beam Clamps, or Caddy Clips only where impractical to install Unistrut Hangers. E. Anchors, Bolts and Screws: Fasten conduit straps, disconnect switches, panelboards, and other equipment secured to walls and slabs with cadmium plated screws or bolts and lead cinch anchors, expansion bolts and fitted in holes drilled with proper size masonry drill. Wood plugs will not be permitted. Properly size anchors in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for load to be supported. ow 16050-1 Wal-Mart 92901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 to A• No ROUND DUCTWORK(Minimum Hanger Size) Maximum Diameter Spacing Rod Strap so 24" and less 12' 1/4" 1" x 22 ga 25"-36" 12' 3/8" 1" x 20 ga B. Do not use fasteners which penetrate roof deck. C. Provide sway bracing to comply with seismic requirements per local codes and authorities hav- ing jurisdiction. so 3.3 TESTING sm A. Prepare systems for Test and Balance as outlined in Section 01411. B. In coordination with Section 01411, make changes-in pulleys, belts, ductwork, and dampers as am required for correct balance as recommended by air balance and testing agency at no additional cost to Owner. ow END OF SECTION Ak 15800-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 r'0 00 2.8 FLUES ON A. Where flues are indicated on Drawings, furnish and install Metalbestos type QC or RV gas vent flues from various items of gas-fired equipment up to Metalbestos flue caps above roof. Flue: Complete with necessary fittings, connectors, flashing cone, storm collar, supports, and other accessories. Install flues as recommended by manufacturer, and in conformance with code. Flues shall be flashed and watertight at roof line. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION A. Fabricate, erect and install ductwork for heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems in first-class manner, per state and local requirements, and SMACNA duct construction standards (latest edition). B. Make joints air tight on supply, return, and exhaust ducts. Seal transverse and longitudinal joints with duct sealer unless otherwise noted. Seal exhaust ducts with exterior seal as required to assure positive seal. C. Insulate all rectangular supply ductwork and supply air plenums with 1 inch liner per latest edi- tion of SMACNA Duct Liner Application Standards. D. Insulate all rectangular return ductwork and return air boots (excluding exhaust ductwork)with 1/2 inch liner per latest edition of SMACNA Duct Liner Application Standards. E. Insulate concealed round supply ductwork above finished ceilings(excluding exhaust ductwork) with 1-1/2 inch wrap. Overlap facing and staple securely, leaving clean looking job. F. Exposed Round Supply and Return Ductwork in Stockroom Receiving Areas (Excluding Ex- haust Ductwork): Insulate with 1-1/2 inch wrap. Overlap facing and staple securely, leaving clean looking job. 3.2 DUCT SUPPORTS 00 A. Support horizontal and vertical sheet metal duct work in accordance with the appropriate latest SMACNA Duct Construction Standards and the schedule following. RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK(Minimum Hanger Size) Maximum Half of Pair at 10 ft Pair at 8 ft I Pair at 5 ft Pair at 4 ft Duct Perimeter* Spacing Spacing Spacing Spacing li Strap Rod Strap Rod Strap Rod Strap Rod P2 -30" 1"x 22 ga 10 ga 1" x 22 ga 10 ga 1" x 22 ga 12 ga 1" x 22 ga 12 ga P/2=72" 1"x 18 ga 3/8" 1" x 20 ga 1/4" 1" x 22 ga 1/4" 1" x 22 a 1/4" * Perimeter= Sum of Sides 15800-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 2.5 AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS A. Grilles, registers, ceiling outlets, and ceiling inlets to be as indicated on Drawings. All wall mounted and hard ceiling mounted air inlets and outlets shall be provided with heavy-duty sponge, or soft felt gaskets. 1. Subject to compliance with requirements and Section 01600,provide air outlets and inlets as scheduled on Drawings. B. Locations of outlets indicated on Drawings are approximate; coordinate with other trades to • make symmetrical patterns. Govern locations by established pattern of lighting fixtures or Ar- chitectural reflected ceiling plan. C. Install fire radiation dampers and other devices at air inlets and outlets where required by codes and reguations of governing authorities. Dampers: UL labeled, constructed and installed in ac- cordance with NFPA 90A and UL instructions. D. Air Inlets and Outlets: Titus,Carnes,Krueger, Metal-Aire,Tuttle and Bailey,Nailor Industries, or E. H. Price. 2.6 DROP BOX DIFFUSERS A. Where indicated on the drawings, furnish and install drop box diffusers as manufactured by .. AES Industries, Tallassee, AL; (800)786-0402. B. Drop boxes shall be constructed of 18 gauge galvanized steel, with fully welded corners and in- sulated air diverters. Diffusers shall be fully adjustable double deflection drum louvers. C. Install drop boxes in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions and as de- tailed on the drawings. D. Drop box diffusers shall be guaranteed against defects in material and/or workmanship for a pe- riod of one year. 2.7 DUCT SEALERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide duct sealers of the following manufacturers: 1. Kingco 11376 or 10526. 2. United McGill Duct-Sealer. 3. Trans-Continental Equipment Co. - Multipurpose Duct Sealant. 4. Hardcast#601 Iron-Grip. 5. Hardcast Aluma-Grip Tape. B. Substitutions: None accepted. 15800-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 40 2. Galvanized, ASTM A653 and A924 prime grade, lock-forming quality, G-90 galvanized sheet steel. C. Fittings: 1. SPIROsafe as manufactured by Lindab, Inc. 2. End gaskets EPDM rubber, factory installed, U-profile, double lipped. 3. Provide fittings of same construction as SPIROvent. D. Control Dampers: SPIROsafe DSU as manufactured by Lindab, Inc. E. Supply Grilles: SPIROcomfort RGS-3 as manufactured by Lindab, Inc. 2.3 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A. Round Dampers: Provide volume-control dampers where indicated on Drawings. Dampers to have end bearings and lever-type control handle with position indicator. Provide extension to protect insulation. Provide access panels where required. AES #WM-VCO, Nailor Industries #1090-HWM, Ruskin #WMRS-25, Sisneros Brothers #SBWM-VCO, Metro #RMBD, United Air#WM-CD. B. Rectangular Dampers: Provide volume-control dampers where indicated on Drawings. Damp- ers to have single blade or multiple inter-locked opposed blades with shaft bearings, 3/8 inch " square control shaft with locking quadrant. Frame and blades to be galvanized steel. Provide access panels where required. AES #ARVCO, Nailor Industries #1021, Ruskin #WMD-25, Sisneros Brothers#SBR-VCO. C. Motorized Control Dampers: Provide motorized control dampers where indicated on drawings. Dampers to be extruded aluminum, low leakage, parallel blade design, with nylon bearings and blade and frame sales on all mating surfaces. Damper leakage shall not exceed 6 CFM per square foot at 4.0"water column, tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 500. Ruskin CD- 50, or equal. D. No field fabricated dampers. E. No substitutions allowed. �w F. Contractor shall secure control damper after Test and Balance as directed by ITBA. 2.4 FIRE DAMPERS A. Install approved fire dampers in air ducts or air inlets and outlets where required by codes and regulations of governing authorities. Install access doors in ducts for inspection of fusible links. Dampers: UL labeled, constructed and installed in accordance with NFPA 90 A and UL in- structions. Size dampers to provide free area equal to duct dimensions. B. Provide hanger design,and methods of hanging and supporting compatible with the structure. 15800-3 on Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 B. Round Sheet Metal Ductwork (Exposed in Sales, and Stock Areas - Not Insulated): Prime grade, continuous hot dip galvanized, lock forming quality steel sheets, equal to United Sheet Metal Spiral Duct& Fittings. Longitudinal seam duct round duct allowed in stock area. C. Round Sheet Metal Ductwork(Concealed- Insulated): Galvanized, longitudinal or spiral seam. 1. Minimum Gauges for Round Duct: a. 14 inches and smaller, 26 gage. b. 15 inches and larger, 24 gage. D. Duct Liner: ASTM C 1071, C518, C177, E84,C423 and NFPA 90A, 90B. 1. Material fibers shall be bonded with thermosetting resin, with smooth air stream surface. 2. Maximum flame spread rating of 25. 3. Maximum smoke developed rating of 50. *• 4. Density: 2 lb. per cu.ft. with following minimum R values at 75 degrees F. a. 1/2 inch thick liner: R=3.3. b. 1 inch thick liner: R=3.7. C. 1 1/2 inch thick liner: R=5.6. d. 2 inch thick liner: R=7.4 5. Subject to compliance with requirements and Section 01600, provide duct liner of one of the following manufacturers: a. CertainTeed. b. Knauf. C. Schuller(Manville). d. Owens/Corning. 6. Substitutions: Not permitted. E. Duct Wrap: ASTM C553, C1136,C518, C177, E96, E84,and NFPA 90A, 90B. 1. Material Facing: Type II FSK or vinyl. 2. Maximum flame spread rating: 25. .. 3. Maximum smoke developed rating: 50. 4. Density: 1 lb. per cu.ft.with following minimum R values at 75 degrees F. a. 2 inch thick duct wrap: R=7.4(minimum out-of-package value),R=6.0(minimum installed value). 5. Subject to compliance with requirements and Section 01600, provide duct wrap of one of the following manufacturers: a. CertainTeed. b. Knauf. C. Schuller(Manville). d. Owens/Corning. e. Substitutions: Not permitted. 2.2 SELF-SEALING DUCTWORK SYSTEM •► A. Self-sealing ductwork system: 1. Meet or exceed SMACNA's Leakage Class 3 requirements with no additional sealants. 2. Install as a complete system. Do not interchange components specified herein with materials specified elsewhere in Section 15800. B. Round Spiral Sheet Metal Ductork(Exposed in Sales Stock Areas-Not Insulated): 1. SPIROvent as manufactured by Lindab, Inc. (203)325-4666 or(800)797-7476. 15800-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 15800- AIR DISTRIBUTION go PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: L Ductwork, dampers, inlets and outlets for HVAC systems. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01411 - Mechanical Equipment Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing: Testing and balance of HVAC systems. 2. Section 15700- Heating,Ventilating, and Air Conditioning: go 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A653 - Standard Specifications for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized), or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated(Galvannealed)by the Hot Dip Process. 2. ASTM A924 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. 3. ASTM E84-Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 4. ASTM C 1071 - Specification for Thermal and Acoustical Insulation(Mineral Fiber,Dust Lining Material). 5. ASTM C518 - Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Insulations. 6. ASTM C177 - Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus. 7. ASTM C423 - Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method. B. National Fire Code(NFPA): 1. NFPA 90A- Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 2. NFPA 90B - Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. .w C. SMACNA- Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards. 1.3 SCHEDULING A. Schedule testing and balancing in accordance Section 01411 after completion of system start-up on requirements. 1.4 WARRANTY 4. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL DUCTWORK A. Rectangular Sheet Metal Ductwork: Continuous hot-dip mill galvanized, minimum coating of G60, lock-forming quality steel sheets, in accordance with ASTM A653and ASTM A924. 15800-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 4W XW 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install radiant heaters in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions, NFPA 54, and ,,, as indicated on Drawings. 1. Connect to electrical service. 2. Connect to gas service. oft B. Maintain specified clearances to combustibles, and to heat-sensitive materials, equipment and work stations. Im C. Provide approved heat-radiation shielding or barriers where required by NFPA 54. D. Suspension system shall be sufficiently flexible to accommodate thermal expansion which occurs as system heats up. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect radiant heater installation, suspension and attachment to building structure, control system, and connection to electrical and gas service. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract requirements. END OF SECTION 15765-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 40 40 2.3 BURNER ASSEMBLY A. Each burner shall have nameplate that bears seal of American Gas Association. Manufacturer, on request of Wal-Mart,will supply copy of current design certification to cover entire system. B. Each burner assembly have pre-wired gas controls with electric ignition and combustion air filters. 2.4 RADIANT PIPE A. Radiant Pipe: Four-inch O.D. steel tubing, 16 gauge for a distance of 10 feet downstream from last burner. For remainder of pipe, provide four-inch O.D. steel tubing. Provide aluminum reflectors above radiant pipe, manifold pipe, and tail pipe. Provide heat exchange (pipe) connections made with stainless steel coupling assemblies. w 2.5 CONTROLS A. Provide complete control system including step-down transformers for 24 VAC control, relays, w relay boards, relay bases, printed circuit boards, thermostats, timers, and other necessary devices required for complete installation including enclosures for equipment. Locations and types of thermostats,timers, and other control equipment are indicated on Drawings. 2.6 WIRING A. Pre-wire 120V, 1 phase. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be installed and verify that conditions M0 conform to product manufacturer's requirements. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Verify that space is ready for installation of units. am 2. Verify that proper fuel supply is available for connection. 3.2 PREPARATION 4M A. Before installation begins, manufacturer shall provide an installation, operation, and service manual containing a complete set of data for use in installing system. Include manual as part on of the Operation and Maintenance Data portion of Contract Closeout requirements specified in Document 00800. go g ON 15765-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 am PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS (PRE—NEGOTIATED SUPPLIERS) A. Radiant heaters are Contractor Furnished - Contractor Installed, under provisions of Section 01600, Pre-Negotiated Suppliers. B. Pre-Negotiated Suppliers: 1. Roberts-Gordon Incorporated, Buffalo,NY. 2. Advanced Radiant Systems Incorporated, Fishers, IN. 3. Space-Ray Infrared Gas Heaters, Indianapolis, IN. C. Pre-Negotiated Supplier Contact: 1. Roberts-Gordon: Arnie Mazurkiewicz,National Accounts Sales Manager. a. Phone: (800) 828-7450 or(716) 852-4400, Extension 202. b. FAX: (716) 852-0854. 2. Advanced Radiant Systems: Michael Hale,National Accounts Representative. a. Phone: (800) 874-3285 or(317) 577-0337. b. FAX: (317) 842-3989. .. 3. Space-Ray: Evelyn Kelch, Director National Accounts. a. Phone: (888)383-5965 or(317)255-6145. b. FAX: (317)255-6245. .,.s D. Product Procurement: 1. Obtain equipment pricing, purchasing instructions, and name of manufacturer's local representative through Pre-Negotiated Supplier contact. 2. Send purchase orders to Pre-Negotiated Supplier contact. 3. Coordinate and schedule release of equipment for delivery to site with manufacturer's „ local representative. Obtain installation instructions from manufacturer's local representative. E. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Product options and substitutions. Substitutions: Not permitted. 2.2 UNITARY RADIANT HEATERS A. Subject to compliance with project requirements unitary radiant heaters which may be incorporated in the Work include the following: 1. Roberts-Gordon: Vantage II Heaters. 2. Advanced: PT Heaters. 3. Space-Ray: LT Heaters. B. Provide B-vent(double-wall) pipe and fittings to vent combustion gas from heaters, as required by local authorities having jurisdiction. C. Unit type, model number, location, and gas requirements indicated on Drawings. 15765-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 on ON UniSpec II 102999 SECTION 15765 - INFRARED HEATERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY as A. Section includes: 1. Gas fired infrared radiant tube heaters. B. Related Documents: 1. Document 00800 - Supplementary Conditions: Operation and maintenance data +*► requirements. 2. Section 15196 - Gas Systems: Heater fuel supply. 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 1. NFPA 54 -National Fuel Gas Code. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Document 00800 - Supplementary Conditions: Procedures for Closeout Submittals. B. Closeout Submittals: no 1. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listing. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Certifications: 1. Heating System: Design certified by American Gas Association per American National Standard Z83.66 latest revision. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Transport, handle, store, and protect products. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Document 00800 - Supplementary Conditions: Requirements for warranties. B. Manufacturer: 1. Provide three year manufacturer's warranty on components(parts only). 2. Provide five year manufacturer's warranty on emitter tubes(parts only). C. Contractor: Provide 1 year labor warranty. 15765-1 W Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS START-UP REPORT Page of PROJECT UNIT NO.* LOCATION ALTITUDE IN FEET MANUFACTURER SIZE MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. CONDENSER TEST DATA ACTUAL ELECTRIC HEATING DATA ACTUAL Low Amb. Control - set point EAT/LAT / Degrees F Degrees F Suction Pressure - Stage 1/2 / Voltage - Stage i/2 Head Pressure - Stage 1/2 / T1 - T2 / Crank case Htr. Amps - No. 1/2 / T2 -T3 / Compr. Amps - Stage 1/2 T3 - T4 / T1 / Amps - Stage 1/2 T2 / T1 / T3 / T2 / .w Compr. Voltage - Stage 1/2 T3 / T1 -T2 / GAS HEATING DATA ACTUAL T2 -T3 / EAT/LAT / T3 - T4 / Degrees F Cond. Fan Volts - Number 1/2 / Verify Ignition-Stage 1/2 / Cond. Fan Amps - Number 1/2 / Gas Line Pressure, In. WC Unit Number shall correspond to Upstream of Unit Control ** marked number on Drawings. Gas Manifold Pressure, ** Most remote unit only. Read gas In. WC Downstream of pressure when equipment in Appliance Regulator** building is in full operation. Burner Orifice Size START-UP DATE TIME READINGS BY VERIFIED BY (General Contractor) REMARKS: 15700-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 on 40 B. Roof Top Air Conditioning Units: Manufactured by,Lennox, Inc. 1. Contact: Monnie Morrow or Kate Koestner, Account Specialists; Doug Nevil or Alan Bennett, no Technical Coordinators; and Monte Brotnov, Manager Technical Support. (800) 367-6285. Bill Dulle, Wal-Mart National Account Executive can be reached at(314) 926-2760. 2. Warranty Contact: Doug Nevi or Alan Bennett,Technical Coordinators: (800) 367-6285. 40 C. Record designated start-up data on form "Air Conditioning Start-up Report" attached at end of this Sec- tion. D. Where required for roof top units, factory mount and wire smoke detectors in roof top unit unless noted otherwise on RTU schedule on Drawings. E. RTU size and capacities shall be as scheduled on Drawings. 2.2 ROOF EXHAUST FANS so A. Roof Fans: Low contour, spun aluminum hood and base sections with curb cap, bird screen, and other accessories as scheduled on Drawings. Provide centrifugal fans with direct or belt drive motor, mounted on resilient supports with isolators between support and base. Provide motor with thermal overloads. Locate motor out of exhaust air stream. Provide UL listed and AMCA rated fans, of capaci- ties and electrical characteristics as scheduled on Drawings. B. Roof Exhaust Fans: Acme, Cook, Carnes, Penn, Greenheck,or Breidert. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment at locations indicated on Drawings and in accordance with these Specifications,manu- facturer's published directions,National Electric Code, and local regulations. B. Coordinate Work of this Section with energy management system installer for installation dates,testing dates, and completion dates. C. Label roof-top units with 6 inch black permanent paint stencil. Number units as indicated on Drawings. Locate label for each unit so it can be read from the roof hatch. END OF SECTION 15700-3 "" ' Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 Imp w 1.4 SCHEDULING A. Milestone Completion Date: Complete Work of this Section on or before Delivery date specified in No Section 01100, "Items Furnished By Others Schedule." B. Coordinate Contract interface Work of this Section to provide for energy management system operation and testing in accordance with energy management system Completion Milestone date. oft C. Schedule testing and balancing in accordance Section 01411 after completion of system start-up re- quirements. XW D. Do not set roof top equipment on curbs until installation of roofing base flashing has been completed. 1.5 WARRANTY A. After acceptance by Owner, supply materials and labor warranty for components supplied under this Section, except as specifically noted for Owner furnished equipment. B. Owner furnished equipment shall be turned over to Owner in good working order. Prior to acceptance by Owner, equipment failures are under manufacturer's warranty. Notify equipment warranty contact specified herein for replacement or reimbursement information prior to beginning repairs. After accep- tance by Owner, Contractor is not responsible for warranty repair. M" 1.6 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Follow unit manufacturer's printed installation and start-up instructions. Provide final connections for we rotation sensitive compressors if motor leads are shipped unconnected. Mechanical failure, prior to ac- ceptance by Owner, shall be repaired by Contractor through warranty agreement with manufacturer. Record designated start-up data on forms attached at end of this Section. Retain completed form on site and submit to Wal-Mart Independent Test and Balance Agency prior to start of balancing; refer to Sec- tion 01411. B. Prior to test and balance, complete Work of this Section and Contract interface Work of Section 13810 - Energy Management Systems. Refer to Section 13810 for testing of energy management controls by energy management system installer. C. Schedule start-up, allowing Owner's representative to be present unless Owner directs otherwise. If start-up and testing cannot be completed due to seasonal weather conditions,perform remaining start-up at an appropriate time. Payment may be withheld until Work is complete. During start-up, operate each unit in every mode, separately and in conjunction with other units for sufficient period of time, demon- strating to Owner's satisfaction that each unit is operating properly. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS (OWNER FURNISHED - CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) A. Roof top air conditioning units will be furnished by Owner for installation by Contractor. 15700-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 OF UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 15700 -HEATING,VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ON A. Section Includes: 1. Heating,ventilating, and air conditioning systems. on B. Products Installed But Not Supplied Under This Section: 1. Owner will furnish heating, ventilating, and air conditioning equipment as follows under provisions of Section 01600. ON a. Roof top air conditioning units. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01100 - Summary: Procedures for Owner furnished products. 2. Section 01411 -Mechanical Equipment Testing,Adjusting, and Balancing: Test and balance. 3. Section 07721 - Manufactured Curbs: Curbs for roof top heating, ventilating, and air conditioning equipment. 4. Section 13810 - Energy Monitoring and Control Systems: Cable sets and conduit for remote temperature sensor, control wiring,and related components for energy management system. 5. Section 13812 -Energy Management System Wiring 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Exhaust Hood Fire Suppression Systems: Contractor shall obtain permits and provide testing required by authorities having jurisdiction. a. Submittals for Permitting: Provide to authorities having jurisdiction within 30 days of Contract award. B. Certifications: 1. Each item of equipment available with capacity ratings certified by AMCA, and/or ARI, shall be furnished with capacity ratings so certified. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Equipment Furnished By Owner and Installed By Contrac- tor: Include in Contract Amount costs incurred for receiving, storage,and labor. Contractor shall be re- sponsible for costs arising when replacement materials must be reshipped due to loss or damage on job site after acceptance of original shipment. Immediately upon award of Contract, coordinate release of units for delivery to site with contacts specified in this Section. Provide crane service to hoist HVAC units directly from truck to roof. 15700-1 ON Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 .m ON B. Provide adequate number of qualified personnel for start-up period. Complete system balance and start- up by the end of the fifth day. If the Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator determines that the schedule cannot be met,provide additional start-up personnel for completion in that time frame. so C. Fill out start-up reports and send to manufacturer(if applicable) indicated on condensing units. D. After compressor is started, continue charging until system has sufficient refrigerant for proper Ift operation. Do not overcharge. During start-up, do not leave compressor operating unattended and unwatched until system is properly charged with refrigerant and oil. Charge receivers to 50 percent or more with unit in heat reclaim in 100 percent condenser all condenser fan controls set properly. MW Maintain these levels throughout warranty period. If at end of warranty period, receiver level has dropped, completely re-check system for leaks with G.E. HIOB leak detector. Repair leaks and bring system back to specified charge level at no cost to Owner. a E. Do not add refrigeration oil while system is short of refrigerant unless oil level is dangerously low. If oil has been added during charging careful/v check compressor crank case sight glass after reaching normal operating condition to be sure system does not contain excessive amount of oil which can cause ,w slugging or loss of refrigeration capacity. F. Start-up consists of the following: so 1. Adjustment of E.P.R. valves, T.X. valves, liquid hold-back valves, compressor high and low pressure switches. 2. Tightening electrical connections. 3. Checking electrical load balances. 4. Complete refrigerant and oil charge. .i. Adjusting oil float levels, replacement of liquid, suction and oil line filter dryers, etc. 6. Pressure and temperature gages shall be accurate. 3.8 OPERATION AND CHECK-OUT A. Set expansion valve superheat at 6 degrees on medium and low temperatures. This setting will be at the bottom of valve swing. B. Verb and reset superheat after cases and walk-ins have been loaded with product, and temperature and humidity levels have been reached. C. Change liquid line filter dryers, oil system dryers, and suction line filter dryers after 24 hours of run time. Filters to be rated for wax removal. END OF SECTION M" am ,.t W, ,r 15600-12 Wal-Mart Store 42901 North Hampton, MA 0311012000 .m 40 3.5 TESTING, EVACUATION, AND CHARGING A. Note Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator 72 hours in advance of tests so that Owner's representative on may be present for test if desired. Failure to note Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator will result in having to repeat test. to B. When refrigeration connections have been completed, test system at minimum of 150 psig, but not to exceed 200 psig, with compressor suction and discharge valves closed, and all other valves in system open, with exception of transducers which must be kept closed during pressure testing and evacuation procedures. Comply with requirements of local codes if higher test pressures are required. Refrigeration piping will not be acceptable unless it is gas tight. If leaks are found, isolate leaks, discharge gas and repair leaks, and then repeat test. When testing has been completed, release pressure using safe procedure. C. Evacuate system with vacuum pump specifically manufactured for vacuum duty, having capability of pulling vacuum of 50 microns or less. Do not evacuate system by use of refrigeration compressor. Connect pump to both low and high side evacuation valves with copper tube. Compressor service valves shall remain open. Attach high vacuum gage, capable of registering pressure in microns, to system for pressure readings. Do not operate hermetic or semi-hermetic motor compressors during evacuation because of reduced electric strength of atmosphere within motor chamber. To check system pressure, provide hand valve between pressure gage and vacuum pump which can be closed to isolate system and check pressure. D. Evacuate each rack to an absolute pressure not exceeding 1,500 microns. Break vacuum to 2 psig with dry nitrogen. Repeat evacuation process, again breaking vacuum with dry nitrogen. Install drier of required size in liquid line. Evacuate to absolute pressure not exceeding 500 microns. Leave vacuum running for not less than two hours without interruption, valve off, and remove vacuum pump. System shall hold 500 microns for twenty-four hours. Contact Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator for verification of system performance. Raise system pressure to 2 psig with refrigerant, and remove vacuum. NOTE: DO NOT PULL HIGH PRESSURES AND LOW VACUUMS ON TRANSDUCERS. E. Refrigerants normally used shall be R-22. Use only refrigerant in equipment for which that equipment was designed by manufacturer. Use only one type of refrigerant in system. F Charge refrigerant directly from original drums. Charge system by means of charging fitting in liquid line. 3.6 CLEAN-UP A. Promptly remove all rubbish or debris resulting from the Work. B. During course of the Work, the area in which the Contractor is working shall be kept in an orderly, reasonably clean condition. Keep gang boxes off sales floor. Tools, supplies, etc. shall remain only as long as they are in use. Abide by site cleanliness policies of contractor for general construction. C. Thoroughly clean Work furnished and installed under this Contract, ready for Owner's use. 3.7 START-UP A. Refrigeration equipment start-up and documentation of operation shall be in accordance with Wal-Mart Specifications. Final payment will not be made until start-up reports are received and job notebook is turned over to store management. 15600-11 am Wal-Mart Store 42901 North Hampton, MA 0311012000 W10 P. Make final electrical connections, including wiring, to refrigerated cases, evaporators, power defrost .A heaters, cooler and freezer box door lights and anti-sweat heaters, and compressor houses. Obtain services of electrical contractor experienced in electrical installation of refrigeration equipment. Make connections per wiring diagrams and instructions from equipment supplier. Wiring beyond the case or "" evaporator junction box shall be the responsibility of Refrigeration Contractor. Installation shall be in conformance with electrical sections of these Specifications, and with all applicable codes. Refrigeration controls and sensors will be furnished by Wal-Mart for installation under Owner's general contract for ow construction. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION Nft A. Provide engraved plastic identification 2 inch by 3 inch tags, attached with screws or pop rivets. B. Provide job notebook with model and serial numbers, warranty expiration date, emergency service Mo. telephone numbers in plastic envelope. Work performed after start-up, warranty or non-warranty, shall he logged in jo.5 notebook and referred to by designation number. Locate job notebook in mechanical refrigeration house. C. Identify refrigeration equipment with matching numbers. Refer to Drawings: 1. Examples: a. Compressor rack B, low temperature: LTB; evaporator coils, LTB-1.1, LTB-1.2, LTB- 2.1,LTB-2.2,etc. b. Compressor rack A, medium temperature: MTA; evaporator coils, MTA-1.1, MTA-1.2, MTA-2.1,MTA-2.2,etc. ..� 2. Tag circuits connecting to these condensing units or racks with corresponding number and circuit. 3. Identify refrigeration equipment, including compressor houses, racks, walk-ins, sensor or thermostat locations, chiller tanks, heat reclaim coils, and hot water tanks. 3.3 CASE SETTING A. Set cases level and in line with transit. Shim at every vertical support or at maximum 4 foot intervals with galvanized plates where floor condition requires(both front and rear of case). B. Apply ample amounts of Butle caulking compound at case joints. Caulking in low temperature and meat cases is especially critical. Manufacturer's seal is not sufficient. Once equipment is jointed, do not shift or move without breaking and resealing joints. C. Do not cut bottom case rails without Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator approval. D. Hang case shelving and place pans in refrigeration cases, including door shelving in Dairy cooler. .� 3.4 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND DIGGING A. Perform cutting,fitting, or patching necessary for complete installation of the Work. Costs incurred due to defective or ill timed work shall be borne by responsible party. B. Contractor shall not endanger any work by cutting, digging, or otherwise, and shall not cut or alter work of any other contractor without consent of Wal-Mart. C. Owner's contractor for general construction will cut opening through outside building wall and provide ., weather hood. 15600-10 Wal-Mart Store 42901 North Hampton, MA 0311012000 �r PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION PRO A. Support cooler and freezer evaporators with 318 inch galvanized all-thread, double nutted through flat washers with galvanized Unistrut bridging three ceiling panels. B. Suspend refrigeration piping by Unistrut hangers or equal, space to prevent sagging. Fasten securely. Install exposed piping to provide easy access in case of leaks. Slope suction lines downward toward compressor end. Insure no oil traps are formed in piping. w C. Under no condition shall copper pipes touch each other when necessary to cross pipes. Offset or insulate to insure no copper-to-copper contact. Refrigerant piping shall not come in contact with electrical + conduit or other dissimilar grounded metals. D. Install oil traps before vertical risers and as recommended by Refrigeration equipment manufacturer. On risers above 16 feet, double oil traps equally spaced are required. Install oil trap in hot gas line to air heat reclaim coil. E. Where refrigerant pipes penetrate building or cooler walls, insulate pipes and seal opening by caulking with suitable material. F. Seal penetrations into walk-ins (refrigerant pipe, condensate drains) with urethane foam and seal over ww with silicone caulk. G. Mount TAY valves, pump down solenoids, thermostats, and heat exchangers. Allow enough pipe at evaporator outlet to mount TXV feeler bulb insuring 100%contact. H. Trap evaporators at coil outlet and vertical suction line risers over 4 feet tall. Traps shall be one piece type at bottom of risers. Size P traps to match horizontal pipe or coil outlet pipe. Do not reduce to riser size. Take vertical risers as high as possible(just below structure). L Pitch horizontal suction lines minimum of one inch per twenty feet of run in direction of refrigerant flow. J. Install trapeze hangers no farther than two feet on each side of 90 degree turns and clamp to hangers. K. Install unions on condensate drains in walk-ins close to drain pan, allow clearance for pans to hinge on open. Provide heat tape on condensate lines inside walk-ins with temperature 32 degrees or less and insulate. Install common condensate line outside the walk-in. Paint non-insulated copper drain lines to match walk-in box. L. Maintain slope of one inch per ten feet of horizontal run for condensate lines. Provide traps in condensate lines outside of walk-ins just before entering common condensate line. �w M. Do not deviate pipe routing, case, condenser, and compressor rack location from Drawings without approval from contractor for general construction and Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator. N. Seal and pressure test each individual refrigerant circuit before connecting to condensing unit or refrigeration compressor rack. Line shall hold pressure without drop for 24 hour period. Testing shall be verified by Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator. Repair leaks and repeat test until line is totally leak- free. O. Provide Schrader valve access on each suction line leaving evaporators. an 15600-9 Wal-Mart Store 42901 North Hampton, MA 0311012000 C. Run 314 inch copper condensate line from evaporator directly to outside of walk-in walls, and adapt to individual PVC trap and stub into common 2 inch diameter Schedule 40 white PVC condensate header. Clean markings off of PVC with solvent. Insulate condensate drains inside walk-ins below 32°with 314 inch AP Armaflex, Halstead, or Rubatex or approved equal. Do not insulate PVC piping. D. Provide drain line heater for walk-in below 32°. Provide self-regulating type heater(no thermostat)such as Frostex-RSI, Rachem, or equal. Ensure drain line and drain line heater are operating properly. Insulate freezer drain lines with 314 inch pipe insulation. E. Support overhead refrigeration lines at 10 feet maximum intervals on Unistrut hung on galvanized all- thread rod. Attach hangers to top of bar joint only. Support suction and liquid lines at each hanger with 10 inch length of Schedule 40 PVC pipe with an I.D. equal to insulation O.D. surrounding pipe insulation, and secure to Unistrut with Panduit strap (or equal), 120 lbs. tensile strength (see support detail on Drawings). F Secure vertical refrigerant piping installed outside building walls to Unistrut fastening system with #022 Cush-a-Clamps. Fasten clamps directly to copper pipe, not to outside of insulation. Butt insulation tightly against clamp. Cover exterior refrigerant pipe insulation (including heat reclaim lines) and interior prep room lines with .020 inch thickness PV jacketing and fitting covers, Proto or Zeston. Jacketing shall be vapor and weather sealed. G. Provide 314 inch wall thickness AP Armaflex, Halstead, or Rubatex on low temperature suction lines; provide 112 inch thickness on medium temperature suction lines. Provide 112 inch thickness on produce and seafood case drain lines. Insulate liquid lines with 112 inch AP Armaflex, Halstead, or Rubatex. If local code calls for thicker insulation, comply with local code. Slip insulation over pipe before making joints. Split type insulation is acceptable on fittings only. Install insulation in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations, including glued joints. rR H. Install heat reclaim lines with 314 inch thickness Certainteed one-piece fiberglass covering with fire- resistant jacket with self-sealing lap, or Owens-Corning or Armstrong. Cover fittings with Zeston, Knauf, R or equal premolded insulating fittings. Install insulation in professional, neat appearing manner. Poor workmanship shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Size refrigeration piping in accordance with Refrigeration Schedule indicated on Drawings and as specified. w. B. Perform cutting of tubing with wheel-type cutter where possible, and reamed to original bore. Where necessary to sawcut, drag tubing clean after reaming. Before using, drag clean tubing left open on job after cutting and sanding. C. Make joints with use of brazing alloy containing minimum of 15 percent silver. Clean joints thoroughly before brazing and have dry nitrogen at 112 psi pressure flowing through tubing while joints are being ow brazed to avoid internal scale. If brazing alloy of less than 15 percent silver is found on job, Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator will require all fittings be cut out and replaced with new fittings using 15 percent alloy. ,W D. Install replacement parts (i.e. expansion valves, heat exchangers, sight glasses) using Harris Stay Brite #8, excluding parts in hot gas lines. Use heat dams in all instances. no as 15600-8 Wal-Mart Store 92901 North Hampton, MA 0311012000 D. As equipment is received verify Owner and Wal-Mart Purchase Order Receipts and foward to the Owner for processing. E. Notify Owner of equipment received from carrier in damaged condition andshortages. Obtain verification of damage from carrier's truck driver. 1.23 SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFRIGERATION INSTALLATION A. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Tubing,fittings, insulation for refrigerant lines, unistrut,fasteners, bolts, hangers, etc. 2. Install all refrigeration equipment scheduled or shown on Drawings and described in this Section. 3. Coordinate release of Owner and Wal-Mart furnished equipment with Wal-Mart Refrigeration Department. Obtain copy of Purchase Order from Wal-Mart Refrigeration Department so that so crane service (provided by Refrigeration Contractor) is available to hoist directly from truck to mounting position. Provide supervision and labor for setting Owner and Wal-Mart furnished equipment. The Wal-Mart contact is: Contract Administrator/Technical Services. (501) 273- „ , 8524. 4. Provide labor to unload and set refrigeration equipment scheduled or shown on Drawings and described in this Section. 5. Make final electrical connections to Owner and Wal-Mart furnished equipment. B. Refrigeration Equipment Furnished by Owner and Wal-Mart for Installation by Contractor: Refrigeration equipment scheduled or shown on Drawings and described in this Section will be furnished by Owner and Wal-Mart for installation by Contractor. 1. Include incurred cost for receiving and labor in installation contract price. C. Work Furnished and Installed Under Seperate Contracts(NIC): 1. Unloading, uncrating, setting and assembly of walk-in coolers and freezers will be performed by Owner's cooler/freezer supplier. 2. All electrical wiring except terminations will be provided under Owner's general contract for construction. 3. Refrigeration controls and sensors will be furnished by Owner for installation under Owner's general contract for construction. 4. Roof curbs will be provided under Owner's general contract for construction. See Section 07721. 1.24 DRAWINGS A. Provide as built piping drawings, after job completion, in 18 inch by 24 inch glass frame. Install on compressor room interior. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS �w A. Provide refrigeration piping of Type L hard drawn copper tubing. In portions of installation where it is necessary to use soft drawn copper tubing and such use is approved in writing by Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator,provide Type L. All tubing shall be factory sealed ACR tubing. B. Refrigeration Piping Elbows: Wrought copper, 90 degree long radius type. 45 degree elbows will not be permitted. 15600-7 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 0311012000 No ON B. Make request for payment for work in accordance with the following procedures: 1. Contractor will be furnished Pay Applications from Wal-Mart Contracts Administration. When ready to request a draw, send 2 originals (faxes are acceptable) of each Pay Application only(no invoice) to: Contract Administrator/Technical Sevices at(510) 273-8524 Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. ... 701 S. Walton Blvd. Bentonville,AR. 72716-8716 Do not send to Contracts Administration, Dept. 8702 2. Only 4 draws will be allowed. a. Draw 1: 50 percent of total Contract,provided all materials are on the jobsite. b. Draw 2: 20 percent of total Contract at the end of week 5. C. Draw 3: 20 percent of total Contract at Substantial Completion. d. Draw 4: 10 percent retainer may be billed 30 days after Grand Opening. 3. The final 10 percent will not be released without written confirmation from all subcontractors that they have been paid in full, and 30 day punch list is completed. 4. The final 10 percent Pay Application should be sent at end of the 30 day warranty period. The10 percent will not be automatically released. C. Execute a final Release of Lien upon request of Pay Application Number 3. D. The Owner's representative will promptly make final acceptance inspection when notified by Contractor. ..� E. Additional work shall be done via Change Order form. Negotiate Change Order first with Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator using Bid Form. When Change Order amount has been finalized, complete Change Order and send to Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator with self-addressed stamped envelope. Coordinator will sign and return pink and yellow copy to Contractor. Attach yellow copy of approved Change Order to next draw request. No Change Orders will be paid without signed yellow Change Order copy. 1.21 SPECIAL DAYS A. Keep one qualified mechanic available to handle emergencies connected with refrigeration work from time start-up begins through "Grand Opening Day." The Owner reserves the right to have the Contractor replace the mechanic if the Owner feels that present mechanic is failing to respond or is unqualified. .M B. Upon start-up, submit to the Owner the name or names of local refrigeration service companies that will be authorized to handle warranty service. .w 1.22 UNLOADING EQUIPMENT A. Contractor will be held liable for back charges from trucking company due to Contractor's failure to meet the Owner's equipment delivery schedule. B. Provide labor and equipment to unload, uncrate, set and assemble quipment and supplies connected with these Documents. C. Equipment shall remain crated until ready for installation. Provide protection from damage and elements. Protect equipment stored outdoors with polyethelene. 15600-6 Wal-Mart Store 92901 North Hampton, MA 0311012000 go to advance its own funds to pay the fees associated with such permits, licenses, and approvals, the Contractor shall be entitled to no additional compensation for its services under this Paragraph. Applications shall be made in the name of the Owner, by agent(Name of Contractor). on 1.15 PROTECTION OR A. Protect the Work from damage until final acceptance by the Owner. Damaged or defective work shall be replaced at Contractor's expense. B. Contractor shall be responsible for damage caused by his own forces or by his subcontractors'forces on C. Replace damaged work at no expense to the Owner 00 1.16 OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK A. Should the Contractor neglect to execute the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or fail to 40 perform any provision of this Contract, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other remedy it may have, make good such deficiencies and may deduct the cost thereof from the payment then or thereafter due the Contractor. ON 1.17 USE OF PREMISES A. Confine apparatus, storing of materials, and operations of workmen to limits indicated by the Owner. Do so not unreasonably encumber premises with materials. B. Promptly remove material interfering with work of other contractors, if directed by the Owner. on C. Enforce the Owner's policies regarding signs, advertisements, and smoking. 1.18 SUBCONTRACTORS A. Provide list of subcontractors on envelope for this Bid. B. As soon as practical after receipt of the Contract, notes the Owner in writing of the names of the subcontractors. Do not contract with any subcontractor to whom the Owner, within a reasonable time, has made objection. 'o C. Contractor agrees that he is fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of his subcontractors and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them as he is for the acts and omissions of persons employed directly by him. 00 1.19 TAXES A. Contractor shall include in his bid cost of state or local sales or use taxes and Federal taxes, charges, or duties of arty nature applicable to the Work incorporated under this Contract. 1.20 FINAL ACCEPTANCE AND PAYMENT A. The Work shall be complete and installations shall be operating in compliance with the Documents before final acceptance. 15600-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 0311012000 00 WX B. If Specifications, Instructions, Inspection Coordinators, or laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or any public authority require a portion of the Work to be tested, approved or inspected, Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness for inspection. so C. In order to verb use of dry nitrogen during brazing operations as specified, Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator may require Contractor to cut out five randomly selected joints. Joints will be inspected for oxidation. For each joint which shows evidence of oxidation and non-compliance, another joint will be oft cut out. If four fittings are found oxidized, it will be assumed that all joints are defective, therefore all joints will be reworked. Rework joints removed for inspection. no 1.10 CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Do not make changes, perform additional work, or pay for additional work unless authorized in writing by the Owner. "e 1.11 DEDUCTIONS FOR WORK NOT CORRECTED .. A. If the Owner deems it expedient to correct work not conforming to the Contract or defective work, an equitable deduction from the Contract price will be made. 00 1.12 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT A. If the Owner rejects a portion of the Work due to failure to conform to the Contract, the Owner will promptly notify the Contractor of such failure. B. Upon receipt of such notice, replace or remedy (whichever the Owner requires) the rejected work, so as to conform to the Contract. C. Contractor shall bear all expenses incident to correction of non-conforming work including cost of transportation, removal of non-conforming work, correction of the work, and repairs to work of other contractors necessitated by remedial work. " 1.13 SEPARATE CONTRACTS A. The Owner reserves the right to let separate contracts in connection with this Work. B. Inspect work performed under separate contracts where work of this contract must interface. Promtly report, to the Owner in writing, defects that may prevent work of this Contract from being performed in accordance with the Documents. Contractor's failure to inspect the work or report defects shall constitute an acceptance of the work performed under separate contracts. Contractor will not be held liable for defects that could not have been detected at time of inspection. 1.14 PERMITS A. The Owner hereby appoints the Contractor as Owner's agent for the limited purpose of applying for and obtaining in Owner's name all permits, licenses, approvals, and certificates of inspection that may be required by governing authorities or agencies for the Project. Contractor hereby accepts the appointment to act as Owner's agent for the stated purpose. The Contractor is authorized to advance its own funds to pay all fees associated with such permits, licenses approvals, and certificates. The Contractor shall provide Owner with proper verification of the actual cost thereof and following receipt of proper verifications and approval, the Contractor will be reimbursed by Owner for the actual cost for .A the advances. The 'Contractor Fee'for change orders will not apply to these items. Any single fee that is greater than $1000.00 shall be brought to the attention of the Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator for his review prior to payment by the Contractor. Parties agree that although the Contractor is authorized 15600-4 Wal-Mart Store 42901 North Hampton, MA 0311012000 40 repair or replacement of materials and parts during the warranty period. Additional costs attributed to equipment failures shall be handled directly with manufacturer. 1. In the event the Contractor fails to respond to emergency calls or fails to perform required as maintenance or repairs during warranty period, the Owner will have the right to have the repair or maintenance performed by another contractor. In this case, the Contractor agrees to pay the Owner the invoiced amount of the services performed plus 15 percent. Minimum response time to 40 emergency calls is two hours. 2. If the Contractor subcontracts the warranty work, the 30 day warranty responsibility remains with the primary Contractor. The Contractor shall resolve all payments between the two parties. The Owner will not involve themselves in resolving payment issues. If the service contractor 4" discontinues or drops their service level because the Contractor has failed to make payment on completed warranty work, Wal-Mart will remove that Contractor from New Stores Bid List until such time when all disputes or claims are settled. tw B. Make an inspection of installed Work 30 days after store Grand Opening date. Make necessary corrections and adjustments. Complete refrigeration punchlist. Send completed punchlist to Wal-Mart M Stores, Inc., 701 S. Walton Blvd., Bentonville, AR 72716-8716, Attention: Contract Administrator/Technical Services at (501) 273-8524, for verification of completion. Notify Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator 48 hours prior to inspection. 1. At 30 day inspection, include necessary lubrication, leak tests of all joints, flare nuts, and '" tightening of strapping as may be necessary. Perform leak test on small leak setting of GE H10B leak detector. No other leak detector is acceptable. 2. At 30 day inspection, change suction, liquid and oil filters. Leave oil filters and driers in motor No room for inspection by Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator. C. At the end of warranty period, Contractor shall certify in a letter to the Owner that all equipment and_ materials installed or connected by him are functioning properly. 1. Contractor shall specifically certify that systems are free of leaks and are maintaining satisfactory temperatures at normal control adjustments. am 1.7 MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTIES AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Nothing shall be done by the Contractor which will void any manufacturer's warranty. an B. Complete warranty acknowledgments or application forms supplied with equipment and forward them to Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.,Attention: Refrigeration Department,for return to manufacturers. 04 1.8 LAWS AND ORDINANCES A. Comply with laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations bearing on the Work. If Contractor observes that on Drawings or Specifications, or both, are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notes the Owner in writing. If Contractor, without written notice to the Owner,performs Work which is not in conformance with such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, he shall bear all costs arising from correction thereof. on B. Compliance with laws, rules, and regulations shall not be used as means of justifying installation or application ofparts, assemblies, or methods inferior to those specified. C. Comply with OSHA Hazard Communication Standard 29CFR1910.1200 and 29 CFR 1926.59. A copy of Hazard Communication Program and all appropriate M.S.D.S. sheets shall be on the job at all times. 1.9 INSPECTION OF WORK A. The Owner shall have access to the Work at all times for purpose of inspection. 15600-3 Wal-Mart Store 42901 North Hampton, MA 0311012000 D. Grand Opening is defined as the date set by the Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator to coincide with the actual retail purchase of refrigerated products. 1.3 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Drawings and Specifications are complimentary; what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by both. Should the Drawings and Specifications be contradictory or should there be any apparent errors, discrepancies, or omissions, or should there be any doubt as to the meaning of either, the Contractor shall refer the matter to the Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator whose decision thereon shall be binding on all parties. B. Neither the Contractor nor the Owner shall be responsible for oral instructions. C. Addenda, corrections, or letters issued during time of bidding shall take precedence over Drawings and MW Specifications. 1.4 EXAMINATION OF THE PREMISES A. The Contractor's bid shall take into consideration all conditions which may affect the Work under this Contract. B. Take field measurements and verb field conditions; compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to the Contractor with the Drawings and Specifications before commencing activities. Errors, inconsitencies, or ommissions discovered shall be reported to the Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator at once. 1.5 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES A. Contractor shall agree to undertake all Work contained within the Contract and complete the Work according to the approved construction schedule. B. The Owner's schedule is critical. The Contractor shall be responsible for meeting the schedule. Set equipment received in any given week in it's final location by Friday of that week. This includes compressors, cases, condensers, etc. Complete the following items prior to scheduled Substantial .ru Completion date. 1. Refrigeration cases cleaned. 2. Walk-in coolers and freezers thoroughly cleaned. Ob 3. Refrigeration tools and material moved out of the store. C. Furnish necessary supervision to coordinate activities of all trades to insure complete installation. Contact Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator to report problems or anticipated problems which may "` impede progress of the Project. D. Check new equipment against Wal-Mart Specifications and report discrepancies to Wal-Mart No Refrigeration Coordinator. 1.6 WARRANTY 4W A. Provide warranty and service on equipment and materials installed. Warranty shall include failures during installation and for 30 days beyond store Grand Opening date. Warranty shall include labor, parts, and refrigerant for repairs to equipment covered under the Specifications. Owner will require go equipment manufacturer to furnish replacement parts for failures of OEM parts during installation period and for one year beyond store Grand Opening date. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining replacement parts from equipment manufacturer. Owner will not pay additional costs associated with 15600-2 Wal-Mart Store 42901 North Hampton, MA 0311012000 40 UniSpec 11123199 SECTION 15600-REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT NOTE. This section is included herewith for INFORMATION ONLY and is NOT A PART OF THIS CONTRACT. The specifications contained hereafter are requirements for the refrigeration contractor assigned the contract by the Wal-Mart Refrigeration Department. For purposes of scheduling and coordination of other trades in connection with refrigeration installation and start- up, contact Wal-Mart Refrigeration Department, (501) 273-8784 to obtain name and phone number of the refrigeration contractor for this project. PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Work of this Section is controlled by Wal-Mart Refrigeration Department and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract for Construction issued by Architect of Record, the Special Conditions issued by Wal-Mart Construction Department, this Specification Section, and Contract Drawings. B. The responsibility for purchasing equipment is defined in Section 01010 - Summary of Work. The Refrigeration Contractor shall receive, install, and adjust all refrigeration equipment scheduled or shown on the Drawings and described in this Section. C. Section Includes: " 1. Refrigerant piping. 2. Drain Piping. 3. Pipe Insulation. 4. Charging and lubricating of systems. 5. Adjustment of controls. 6. Identification of systems. 7. Refrigeration alarm systems. 8. Evaporator coils. 9. Compressor houses. 10. Refrigerated cases. 11. Self-contained cases(where indicated). 12. Ice flakers 13. Produce misting system. 1.2 DEFINITION OF TERMS A. Work shall mean complete installation of equipment and devices in accordance with applicable Specifications and as described in the Drawings, Application Sheets, Manufacturer's Legend Sheets and Instructions, Request for Bids, and Purchase Orders. B. The Owner is Wal-Mart and is identified in the Agreement as Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., Bentonville Arkansas. The term Wal-Mart as used within this Section is defined as Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., Attention: Refrigeration Department, 701 S. Walton Blvd. Bentonville, AR, 72716-8716 The term Wal-Mart is used where Wal-Mart will furnish portions of the Work, and where Wal-Mart personnel and representatives will be interfacing with the Work of the Refrigeration Contractor. The Owner's authorized representative is defined as the Wal-Mart Refrigeration Coordinator. C. Refrigeration Contractor (or Contractor) shall mean company awarded the bid. Refrigeration Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with applicable codes, ordinances, and work permits. 15600-1 Wal-Mart Store 92901 North Hampton, MA 0311012000 C. Expansion Tanks: Closed type, welded steel, design working pressure of 125 psi, with internal diaphragm to separate water from air charge. Set air charge, mount, and install in accordance .. with manufacturer's published instructions. Provide expansion tanks with water heaters as scheduled on Drawings and as manufactured by one of the following: 1. General Merchandise Expansion Tanks: Watts Det- 12 EPD#67438 or Amtrol ST- 12. D. Thermostatic Mixing Valves(Food Service Tenant): Heavy cast bronze body tempering valve: 1. Capacity: 6 gpm. 2. Temperature Range: 65 degrees to 115 degrees. 3. Checkstops: Straight, 1/2 inch sweat. 4. Products: Provide thermostatic mixing valve as manufactured by one of the following: a. Model TA-SB,by Leonard Water Temperature Controls, (401)461-1200. b. Series 420,by Powers Process Controls, (708)673-6700. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install to requirements of governing authorities, and recommendations of equipment manufac- turer. B. Should recommendations of manufacturer of equipment not be available prior to time of instal- lation, contact manufacturer directly and obtain necessary recommendations in writing. END OF SECTION ` 15480-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 " UniSpec Il 092499 SECTION 15480- DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Domestic water heaters. B. Products Installed But Not Supplied Under This Section: 1. Under provisions of Section 01600, Owner's water heater supplier will furnish water 40 heaters as indicated on Drawings for installation by Contractor. Contact Mike Kerby, Hojoca Corporation,(800)459-7099. 2. Contractor is responsible for providing related products required to complete installation. C. Related Sections: Comply with other Division 15 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divi- sions for coordination of Work. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS (OWNER FURNISHED-CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) A. Manufacturer: Owner will furnish water heaters as manufactured by A. O. Smith Water Prod- ucts Company. B. Glass-lined electric storage-type water heater of size and capacity indicated on Drawings. 1. Heating elements will be suitable for electrical current having characteristics indicated on Drawings, and complete with necessary operating and safety controls. 2. Each tank will be equipped with magnesium anodes for corrosion protection. 3. Heaters will be UL listed and labeled, meeting efficiency requirements of ASHRAE 90.1 b-1992. ON a. Water heaters will be California Energy Commission certified for projects in State of California. w 2.2 ACCESSORIES(OWNER FURNISHED- CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) A. Wall Bracketed Platform (Water Heaters 20 Gallon Capacity and Less): Owner will furnish 'no manufacturer's standard wall bracketed platform. 2.3 ACCESSORIES on A. Relief Valves: Provide temperature and pressure relief valves,unless valves are furnished as in- tegral part of water heater. Provide valves ASME and/or AGA stamped, of the sizes and types required to meet ASME and/or AGA Code temperature steam rating for discharge capacity. an B. Wall Bracketed Platform (Waterheaters Greater Than 20 Gallon Capacity): Provide water heater wall bracketed platform as indicated on Drawings. on OR 15480-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 an w. 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Operate and adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, "ft noise or overflow. 1. Replace malfunctioning units. 2. Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops. "" B. Clean fixtures, trim, and accessories of foreign materials, including labels, before final accep- tance. • END OF SECTION A. 15410-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 4W G. Provide trim, as required,to permit scheduled lavatory to be installed for handicap use. H. Provide bolt caps with retainer clips on water closets. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where Products will be installed. Verify that conditions ,. conform to product manufacturer's requirements and installation conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures. 2. Verify that plumbing piping for fixture is in the correct location and of the correct type. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated on Drawings for particular fixtures. " 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures and trim in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. Make final connections. B. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. C. Install components level and plumb. Install toilet seats on water closets. D. Install and secure fixtures in place with wall supports or carriers, as indicated, and bolts. 00 E. Solidly attach water closets to floor with lag screws. F. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant as specified in Section 07900, color to match fixture. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect plumbing fixture and trim installation, attachment to building, operation, and connec- tions. Ensure that fixtures are installed and operate in conformance with disabled access re- quirements. 1. Prior to final acceptance, inspect faucets,flush valves, stop valves,and similar devices,to determine that they operate properly and discharge proper quantities of water. Correct any deficiencies as directed by Owner's representative. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract re- * quirements. on 15410-3 4W Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 2.3 FIXTURE TRIM A. Subject to compliance with Project requirements, furnish and install compatible fixture trim as follows: 1. Water Closets: a. Power assisted: Sloan(Flushmate) Flushometer-tank system. ! b. Seat: Beneke 527, Bemis 1655C, Centoco 1500-CC, Church 9400-KNSSC, Olsonite 95, Sperzel 150-ECH. 2. Urinals: a. Flush Valve (Standard): Sloan 186-1, Delaney F451-1,Zurn 6003-WS 1. b. Flush Valve(Handicap): Sloan 180-1, Delaney F451-1,Zurn 6001-WS 1. c. Carrier: Jay R. Smith 637, Josam 17800, Wade W-400-AMII,Zurn 1222. 3. Lavatories: a. Faucet (Standard): American Standard 5402.102H, Crane C-1042, Kohler 7404 - KCP w/16010 2 & 7715, Eljer 5591500, Briggs 402, Chicago 1802A, Delta 523 HDF. b. Faucet (Handicap): American Standard 7402.172H, Crane CH-8006, Kohler K- 7404-5A, Eljer 559-0255, Briggs 115WB,Chicago 895317. C. Carrier: Jay R. Smith 700,Josam 17100, Wade W-520,Zurn 1231. 4. Sink(Employee Lounge): a. Faucet: Delta#100, Kohler k15171,Just J900, Elkay LK-4101. b. Drain: Elkay LK-35, Kohler K8801, Just J-35. 5. Sink(Pharmacy): a. Faucet: American Standard 6275.000, Kohler K13328-5, Crane CH-8034, Elkay LK-2442. b. Drain: American Standard 431I.023, Kohler 7715,Just J-35SS. 6. Service Sink: a. Faucet: Fiat 830AA, Stern Williams T-10-VB,Florestone MR-371. .. b. Hose/Bracket: Fiat 832AA, Stern Williams T-35,Florestone MR-370. C. Mop Hanger: Fiat 889CC, Stern Williams T-40, Florestone MR-372. B. Support each fixture in rigid manner which permits no perceptible movement of fixture by manually applied forces. Seal space between fixtures and floor or walls with silicone sealant. C. Furnish each fixture complete with required trim; exposed piping and trim to be polished chrome-plated brass. Furnish each fixture with chrome angle stop valves having metal-to-metal seats. D. Provide for each sink (except service and 3-compartment sinks), flow-limiting device which limits flow to not more than 2.2 gpm. Furnish devices integral with fixture trim, wherever pos- sible, and products of same manufacturer as fixture trim. E. Provide for each lavatory, flow-limiting device which limits flow to not more than 0.5 gpm. Furnish devices integral with fixture trim, wherever possible, and products of same manufac- turer as fixture trim. F. Flush Valves: Subject to compliance and compatible with plumbing fixtures as scheduled on Drawings. Provide flush valves that do not exceed code requirements for maximum gallons per flush. 15410-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 go UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 15410- PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Plumbing fixtures. 2. Plumbing fixture trim. B. Related Sections: 1. Document 00800 - Supplementary Conditions: Operation and maintenance data requirements. 2. Section 07900-Joint Sealers: Sealant for fixtures at wall and floors. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Document 00800- Supplementary Conditions: Procedures for Closeout Submittals. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature,operating instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listing for plumbing fixtures. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Disabled Access: Conform to applicable local, State or Federal disabled access requirements for the installation, mounting heights,and operation of plumbing fixture. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING *w A. Section 01600-Material and Equipment: Transport,handle, store, and protect products. B. Accept fixtures on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage. C. Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by factory packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with Project requirements,furnish and install plumbing fixtures of manu- facturers indicated on Drawings. 2.2 FIXTURES A. Fixture types and model numbers indicated on Drawings. 15410-1 Wal-Mart Store 42901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 BLANK PAGE Ow .o .R am w no 15196-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: After installation, pressure test the entire system. 1. Leak test at pressure of 60 psig,or as required by local authority if more stringent. 2. Maintain full test pressure for a period of 30 minutes, and make visual inspection for tightness of system. END OF SECTION NO VP 15196-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 2.2 GAS VALVES A. Valves 2 inches and smaller: McDonald Model No. 55913, Homestead Model No. 611, Rock- well Nordstrom Model No. 142, or Dezurik Model No. 425-SIRS49. 175 PSI black iron body, flat head cock,with brass plug. B. Valves 2-1/2 inches and larger: McDonald Model No. 10685, Homestead Model No. 612, Rockwell Nordstrom Model No. 143, or Dezurik Model No. 425-S1RS49. 175 PSI WOG, semi-steel, lubricated,wrench operated, and flange ends. ..,► 2.3 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. Gas Pressure Reducing Regulators: Provide commercial style regulator manufactured by Equimeter or Fisher. Capacity ranges specified in schedule below are general ranges. Contrac- tor shall verify with regulator manufacturer the capacity of a given regulator and select specific components (i.e. spring size, orifice, etc.)based on site specific critera. Contractor shall not as- sume that a given regulator model is appropriate for all capacities within the general range specified. Provide internal relief on all regulators. B. Provide regulators for natural gas(meter outlet of 2 to 5 psi)as follows: 1. Regulator sized on inlet pressure of 1.5 psi; outlet pressure of 7 inches water column. General Capacity Range Valve Size EE uimeter No. Fisher No. 0 to 700 CFH 1" 143-80-2 5102 701 to 1,400 CFH 1 1/4" - 1 1/2" 243-12-2 5202 > 1,401 CFH * For Capacity greater than 1400 CFH, use larger orifice. 2. Regulator capacities based on 1/2" orifice. 2.4 FINISHING A. Prime and paint gas piping before installation. See Section 09900 for paint type and for touch- •■ up on the job site. Paint piping on roof OSHA Safety Yellow. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Extend gas piping to gas appliances and install shut-off valve, dirt leg, and union at each appli- ance. B. Pipe welders shall be certified and bear evidence of certification 30 days prior to commencing work on this project. When directed,welders shall be retested at Contractor's expense when evi- dence indicates a lack of welder proficiency. Certification will be by Pittsburgh Testing Labo- ratories or other approved authority. C. Conform to NFPA 54, and applicable local codes. D. Protection of Roofing Membrane: Protect single ply roofing membrane with welding blankets. 15196-2 Wal-Mart Store 42901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 UniSpec II 020200 SECTION 15196 GAS PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Natural and propane gas piping systems, piping,valves and regulators. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09900- Paints and Coatings: Paint types and touch-up. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 1. ANSI B31.9- Building Services Piping Code. B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME): 1. ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. C. American Standards for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A 53 - Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless. 2. ASTM A234 - Specification for Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures. D. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 1. NFPA 54-National Fuel Gas Code. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Certifications: Provide Manufacturer's Certification for gas regulators if required by local ! +► jurisdictions. 1.4 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: Furnish Owner two wrenches. PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GAS PIPING(ABOVE GRADE) *"e A. Piping: Black steel, standard weight, Schedule 40 ASTM A 53. 1. Piping 2-1/2 inches and larger: Welded,with butt-welding fittings. 2. Piping 2 inches and smaller: Welded or threaded with malleable iron fittings (including couplings). B. Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron or ASTM A234, forged steel welded type. C. Joints: NFPA 54,threaded or welded to ANSI B31.9,ASME Section 15196-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 BLANK PAGE .a .. Im "0 OR Ow 15100-8 Wal-Mart Store 42901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 M 3.4 PIPING INSULATION- INSTALLATION A. Domestic Hot and Cold Water Lines: Insulate with specified insulation. Insulate fittings with PVC fitting covers with glass fiber inserts. Insulate lines above slab, and exposed lines under handi-cap lavatories. B. Drain Lines: Insulate drain lines under handicap lavatories with same insulation as used for domestic water lines. Insulate piping in insulated toilet room walls. C. Condensate Piping: Insulate metallic condensate piping below roof with specified insulation. D. Roof Drain Piping: Insulate piping with specified insulation. Adhere insulation with 6 inch wide adhesive strips on 16 inch centers. Provide 16 gage annealed tie wire, spiral wound, or tied at 16 foot centers for securing insulation until adhesive sets. Butt insulation and seal joints with 2 inch wide foil tape, adhered over joints. Insulate drain bodies,vertical connections between drains and horizontal piping,and horizontal piping. 3.5 PIPE TESTS A. Test piping before installing equipment and before insulation is applied, using specified methods and conditions. Subject piping to test for not less than 24 hours under inspection by Wal-Mart Construction Manager. Make necessary replacements and repairs and repeat tests until entire system is accepted as satisfactory. Work includes testing equipment. After installation of equipment, operate systems, clean out scale, dirt, oil, waste, and foreign �wr matter,and correct additional leaks. Test underground piping prior to backfilling. B. Test plumbing drainage systems under 10 foot static head. Test water systems under 150 psig hydrostatic pressure. C. Sterilize domestic water system to meet regulatory agency requirements. Flush system thoroughly of dirt and foreign matter, then fill with water treated with 50 ppm of chlorine. During filling process, open valves and M�► faucets several times to assure treatment of entire system. Leave treated water in system for 24 hours after which time system may be flushed; if residual chlorine is not less than 10 ppm, repeat flushing. After sterilization, receive approval by regulatory agency on samples of water in system. D. Condensate Piping: Upon completion of condensate system, contact Wal-Mart HVAC Department at(501)273- 4476 for inspection. 10 END OF SECTION 15100-7 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 on 1. Install horizontal soil, waste, and vent pipe with grade of 1/4 inch per foot where possible and required by code,and not less than 1/8 inch per foot. .� 2. (Colorado Stores Only) Install horizontal soil, waste, and vent pipe with a grade of 1/4 inch per foot for pipe 3 inches diameter and smaller, and not less than 1/8 inch per foot for pipe 4 inches diameter and larger. B. Conceal piping in chases, walls, furred spaces and above ceiling in sales area, stockrooms with ceilings, vestibules,garden center with ceilings and office areas. C. When required by code or local regulations install condensate drain piping from units with condensate discharge. D. Coordinate routing of Auto Center piping such that it does not interfere with light fixture layout. ow E. Cap pipe openings during construction. F. Identification of Potable and Nonpotable Water: Identify potable and nonpotable water systems by color markings or metal tags in accordance with ASME A13.1. G. Should conditions arise which would cause piping or ductwork to be exposed in finished areas, it shall be called to the Owner's attention immediately. Make correction.in accordance with Owner's instructions. H. For items to be installed in split face CMU, grind surface of CMU to a smooth finish for tight installation. Seal with sealant. 3.2 CONDENSATE PIPING SYSTEMS . A. Drain Traps: 1 inch galvanized or larger if roof top unit drain pan will accept it. If rooftop unit drain pan is less than 1 inch, install an increasing bushing in first elbow on trap assembly. w.► B. Run feeder lines at 45 degrees or parallel to roof slope. Condensate lines running perpendicular to roof slope or with negative slope will not be permitted. C. Except for connection to RTU,condensate lines will not be permitted within 5 feet of roof top unit. D. Make changes in direction using wye fitting;provide clean out at elbow. E. Make connections to main line at 45 degree angle using wye fitting;90 degree connections will not be permitted. F. Connect no more than 8 feeder lines to 1 main line. When necessary, feeder lines not over 30 feet in length may **� discharge into building gutter. If sanitary sewer connection is required,comply with local codes. G. Turn main lines down 90 degrees and discharge in to building gutter, unless prohibited by local jurisdictions. If sanitary sewer connection is required,comply with local codes. 3.3 PIPE SUPPORTS(ABOVE ROOF) w� A. Supports: Install gas and condensate piping on preservative pressure treated wood blocks; sizes as indicated on Drawings. w B. Clamps: Anchor clamp to blocking with wood screw fastener;fasten one side only. C. Isolation Pads: Refer to Section 07530. w� 15100-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 00 B. Manufacturers: ro 1. Series 75000-S,by Josam. 2. Mil-D-82036,by Precision Plumbing Products(PPP). 3. Hydra-Rester,by Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company. 4. Hydrotrol Junior, by Jay R. Smith. 5. Model 1200 Series,by Wilkins. 2.15 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE A. Design Requirements: Field verify supply pressure. When the water system static pressure is greater than 80 psi, provide a pressure reducing valve ahead of all fixtures and located in an accessible place. taw B. Pressure Reducing Valve: Watts 223,Wilkins 500, or Spence D34;bronze body. C. Provide shut-off valve at each side of pressure reducing valve. D. Set valve pressure to provide minimum 55 psi at Branded Food Tenant and 25 psi at water closet most remote from service entrance. 2.16 FLOOR DRAINS A. Floor Drains: As scheduled on Drawings. 2.17 ROOF DRAINS A. Roof Drains: Zum Z-100-E, Jay R. Smith 1015, Josam 21500, or Wade W-3010. Coated cast iron body, bottom outlet, no hub drains with polyethylene dome, membrane clamp, adjustable extension collar, sump receiver, underdeck clamp,and 2 inch external water dam(water dam at secondary drains only). 2.18 TRENCH DRAINS A. Trench Drain: Polyethylene concrete trench drain with sloped radius bottom and interconnecting modules. Refer to Drawings and Fixture Schedule for trench drain length and grate types. B. Accessories: Trench drain system to include end caps, catch basin, strainer, manufacturer's recommended sealer/adhesive(for water,oil,and gas),and other miscellaneous components required for complete installation. 2.19 GREASE INTERCEPTORS A. Precast Concrete Grease Traps: Precast concrete in accordance with local requirements. Provide gas and watertight gasketed non-skid cover. Minimum size is shown on the Drawings;field verify actual requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install piping neatly and parallel with, or perpendicular to, lines of the structure. Install pipe hangers to maintain accurately aligned piping systems, adequately supported both laterally and vertically. Where practical, connect two or more vents together and extend as one vent through roof. Make vent connections to stacks by appropriate use of 45 wyes, long sweep quarter bends, sixth, eighth, or sixteenth bends, except that sanitary tees may be used on the vertical stacks. 15100-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 sm 2.7 FLASHINGS .w. A. Refer to Section 07530 and Section 07620 for flashing of roof penetration. Extend vent piping 12 inches above roof line,or more if required by Code. Coordinate installation with roofing. 2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTER(Domestic Water Service/Ground Hydrant) A. If water service backflow preventer is located remote from building, the General Contractor shall coordinate w installation between subcontractors. Refer to civil drawings for location and details. B. Backflow Preventer: Watts 007QT or 709,Hersey FDC or Model 2,or Febco 805Y. 1. Double-check valve assembly for backflow prevention in each domestic water service where required by local authority having jurisdiction. 2. Include two independent-acting check valves, two shut-off valves, and required means for testing for each assembly. 3. Where local code requires use of reduced pressure type backflow preventer, provide Watts 909 Series, Hersey FRP II or 6CM, or Febco 825Y, with shut-off valves and test cocks. Install drain line to approved receptor. 2.9 TRAPS A. Provide deep seal P-traps for floor drains, including drains furnished as integral parts of floor-type mop basins, ... and similar fixtures. 2.10 TRAP PRIMERS A. Zurn Z-1022, Wade W-2400, Josam 88250, or Jay R. Smith 2699. Provide all bronze primer valve with removable operating parts, integral vacuum breaker, and gasketed access cover for installation in a cold water service line to plumbing fixture with piping to fixture required trap seal. 2.11 WALL HYDRANTS(FREEZE PROOF) .r A. Refer to Schedule on Drawings. 2.12 HOSE BIBBS ..r A. Refer to Schedule on Drawings. 2.13 CLEANOUTS " A. Cleanouts as follows. Dura-coated cast iron,adjustable to finish surface. 1. Exposed Cast Iron Pipe: Zum Z-1403-A,Jay R. Smith 4420,Josam 58490,or Wade W-8530A. .. 2. Threaded Drainage Fittings: Zum Z-1470-A,Jay R. Smith 4470,Josam 58540,or Wade W-8590A. 3. In Wall: Zurn ZANB-1468,Jay R. Smith 4472,Josam 58890,or Wade W-8470-R6. 4. In Floors: Zum ZN-1400-HD,Jay R. Smith 4100,Josam 56050-2,or Wade W-6000Z-1. 5. In Yard: Zurn Z-1474, Jay R. Smith 4880, Josam 58680, Wade W-8300-MF, cast iron clean-out with double flanged housing and heavy duty secured scoriated cast iron cover with lifting device. 2.14 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS *� A. Install Water Hammer Arrestors where indicated on Drawings and as required by local jurisdictions. Conform to requirements of Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI) WH-201, ANSI A112.26.1M, ASSE 1010; pre-charged �. suitable for operation in temperature range of-40 to 450 degrees F and maximum 250 psig working pressure. 15100-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 ow 4 C. Photo Lab Sanitary Sewer: PVC pipe and fittings if permitted by local codes. If PVC is not permitted, provide in high-silicon iron pipe and fittings,ASTM A 861,as manufactured by Duriron,Dayton,OH. Location as indicated on Drawings. 2.3 STORM WATER PIPING A. Storm Water Piping: Pipe as specified for sanitary drainage. wr B. Insulation: Rigid glass fiber, maximum K factor at 75 degrees F of 0.27, 3 lb/ft density, minimum of 1 inch thick with factory applied reinforced aluminum foil vapor barrier. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide insulation as manufactured by one of the following: a. CertainTeed. b. Knauf. C. Owens-Corning. d. Schuller. Rw 2.4 CONDENSATE PIPING A. Provide condensate piping system for rooftop units if required by code. B. Condensate trap and condensate piping at unit: Schedule 40 galvanized steel. Pipe fittings at unit: Galvanized malleable iron. Condensate piping inside store: Schedule 40 PVC-DWV. ow C. When condensate piping to sanitary sewer is required by local codes, PVC-DWV plastic, schedule 40, NSF Seal CS-272, with solvent welded joints may be used from roof penetration to DWV connection point if local codes permit. ! D. Insulation: Rigid glass fiber, type ASJ/SSL,maximum K factor at 75 degrees F of 0.23, 3 lb/ft density,minimum of 1/2 inch thick with white all-service jacket(vapor retarder). Insulate fittings with PVC covers with glass fiber inserts. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide insulation as manufactured by one of the following: a. CertainTeed. b. Knauf. C. Owens-Corning. d. Schuller. 2.5 PIPE SUPPORTS(ABOVE ROOF) A. Wood Blocking: CCA pressure treated lumber Type C complying with requirements of Section 06100. Provided diminsioned lumber of nominal sizes and lengths as indicated on Drawings. B. Pipe Clamps: Two sided, 20 gage galvanized sheet metal strap with pre-drilled screw holes; provide clamp one size larger than pipe. C. Isolation Pads: Refer to Section 07530 for isolation pads. *� 2.6 VALVES A. Valves for Domestic Water Piping Systems: Red and White 5044 or 5049,Crane 9302 or 9322,NIBCO T-580 or S-580,or Apollo 70 Series brass ball valves with plastic jacketed lever type handle. 15100-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 MW 16. ASTM D2609- Specification for Plastic Insert Fittings for Polyethylene(PE)Plastic Pipe(and tubing). ow D. Federal Specifications(FS): FS WW-T-799, FS WW-T-791,and FS WW-P-401. PART 2 PRODUCTS "" 2.1 WATER PIPING SYSTEMS A. Water Piping Above Grade: Type "L" hard drawn, seamless copper water tube, ASTM B88 and Federal .o Specification WW-T-799. Join with wrought copper pressure fittings, ANSI B16.22. Make joints using "lead free" solder and a non-corrosive,paste-type flux. Core solder is not permitted. Solder shall be solid string or wire type. Where soldered copper piping is connected to threaded brass piping,use cast brass adaptor. "" B. Water Piping Below Grade(Under Slab): 1. 2 Inches and Under: Type "K" soft copper without joints beneath slab. If joints are necessary, bring pipes above slab in wall,make joints,and turn back down under slab. 2. 2-1/2 Inches and Up: Type"K"hard drawn with brazed fittings. C. Make piping connections to fixtures and equipment with chrome-plated seamless brass tube with cleanout plug and escutcheon, ASTM B135 and Federal Specification WW-T-791. No ferrous piping or materials are allowed in water piping smaller than 4 inches. D. Insulation: At Contractor's option,provide one of the following: 1. Rigid Glass Fiber: Type ASJ/SSL, maximum K factor at 75 degrees F of 0.23, 3 lb/ft density with white all-service jacket(vapor retarder). Insulate fittings with PVC covers with glass fiber inserts. 2. Polyolefin Foam Insulation: Maximum K factor at 75 degrees F of 0.24, 1.5 lbs/cu. ft. density, maximum flame spread and smoke development of 25 and 50 respectively. Insulate fittings with pre-formed foam covers. Foam insulation color: white. 3. Insulation thickness: Provide minimum insulation thickness in compliance with ASHRAE 90.1 as listed "101 below. a. Branch runouts up to 2" in diameter and less than 12 feet in length: '/z" insulation. b. Pipes 2" in diameter and less: 1"insulation. MW C. Pipes 2-1/2"to 4": 1-1/2" insulation. 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide insulation as manufactured by one of the following: „o a. CertainTeed. b. Imcoa. C. Knauf. d. Owens-Corning. e. Schuller. 2.2 SANITARY DRAINAGE .. A. Sanitary Drainage Lines(Soil,Waste,and Vent): Provide one of the following: 1. Cast Iron: Cast iron soil pipe and fittings,coated inside and outside,ASTM A74 and Federal Specification WW-P-401. Label with Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institutes "Mark of Quality and Permanence". Weight of pipe as required by code for location and duty. 2. PVC Pipe: Where permitted by local codes, PVC-DWV Plastic Schedule 40; NSF Seal CS-272 may be used for sanitary drainage pipes(soil,waste,and vent). *� B. Joints: 1. Cast Iron Pipe: Provide "push-on" gasketed type joint above and below grade. "No-hub" mechanical joints permitted above grade only. 2. PVC Pipe: Provide solvent-welded joint. 15100-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 UniSpec II 022500 SECTION 15100- BUILDING SERVICES PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Water piping. 2. Sanitary drainage. 3. Vent piping 4. Storm water piping. 5. Condensate piping. 6. Connection of miscellaneous equipment furnished under other Sections. 7. Testing. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry: Preservative pressure treatment for wood blocking pipe supports. 2. Section 07530-Elastomeric Membrane Roofing: Isolation pads for pipe supports on roofing. 3. Section 07620- Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Flashing of roof penetration. r 4. Section 15050-Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: Piping hangers and supports 5. Other Division 15 Sections,as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of work. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME): 1. ASME A 13.1 -Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. 2. ASME SA249 - Specification for Welded Austenitic Steel Boiler, Superheater, Heat Exchanger, and Condenser Tubes. B. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): ANSI B 16.22. C. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): Applicable to the extent referenced thereto. 1. ASTM A 74-Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 2. ASTM A 53 -Specification for Pipe, Steel,Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc-Coated,Welded and Seamless 3. ASTM A 249 - Specification for Welded Austenitic Steel Boiler, Superheater, Heat Exchanger, and Condenser Tubes. ++ 4. ASTM A 269 - Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service. 5. ASTM B 88- Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. 6. ASTM B 135-Specification for Seamless Brass Tube. 7. ASTM D1785-Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)Plastic Pipe,Schedules 40, 80,and 120. 8. ASTM D2466-Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. 9. ASTM D 2564 - Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and " Fittings. 10. ASTM D2855 - Specification for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)Pipe and Fittings. 11. ASTM D2846 - Specification for Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Pipe, Fittings, Solvent Cements and Adhesives for Potable Hot Water Systems. 12. ASTM F493 - Specification for Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. 13. ASTM D3309-Specifications for Polybutylene(PB)Plastic Hot Water Distribution System. 14. ASTM F845-Specification for Plastic Insert Fittings for Polybutylene(PB)Pipe. 15. ASTM F876-Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene Tubing. 15100-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 Ow BLANK PAGE so ,w A. Mw w .R 15050-4 Wal-Mart Store 42901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 00 I. Piping Support: 1. Support horizontal piping as follows: MAXIMUM SPACING(IN FEET) Pipe I.D. Copper Steel Cast Iron PVC Up to V 8' 8' 10' max. & min. one 4' maximum hanger at each joint 1-1/411 -3" 10' 10' 4" - 8" 16' 16' 1011 - 1411 - 20' J. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch clear space between finished covering and adjacent work. K. Place a hanger within one foot of each horizontal elbow. L. Support horizontal soil pipe near each hub,with 10 feet maximum spacing between hangers. M. Support PVC piping per manufacturer's recommendations with 4 feet maximum spacing be- tween hangers. 3.2 ELECTRICAL WIRING OF MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT A. Except as otherwise specified in Division 15, field power and power control wiring shall be provided under Division 16. 3.3 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Comply with requirements of Division 2 for excavation and backfill. 3.4 TESTS A. Field test mechanical equipment installed under this Contract as required by Owner. Test in presence of Wal-Mart Construction Manager. B. Perform tests required by governing authorities, in addition to tests specified in individual Sec- tions. ow C. Complete final installation and testing 14 days prior to Contract Substantial Completion Date. END OF SECTION 0% 15050-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 am Aw be scaled for exact measurements. Where specific detail and dimension for mechanical Work are not shown on Drawings, take measurements and make layouts as required for proper instal- lation of mechanical Work in coordination with other Work on project. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Follow manufacturer's published directions in the delivery, storage,protection, installation, pip- ow ing, and wiring, and start-up of equipment and materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS am Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION on 3.1 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Adequately support pipes throughout building, both horizontal and vertical. Securely attach to structure overhead by methods approved at job site. 1. For Projects in Seismic Zones 2, 3 or 4: Provide sway bracing to comply with code seismic requirements. B. Hanger Schedule: Service Pipe Size Hanger Type B-Line No. Globe No. Grinnell No. PHD Uninsulated 2"&smaller Split Ring B-3173 with 721 108 with 114 500 with 114 Steel or PVC B-3224 - 2-1/2"&larger Clevis B-3100 404/407 260 450 Uninsulated 2"&smaller Ring B-3107-CT 301 CT 99 152 Copper 2-1/2"&larger Clevis B-3104-CT 407 CT 65 442 Cast Iron All Clevis B-3102 404 260 420 Soil Pipe Insulated 4"&smaller Clevis B-3100 with 408 with 260 with 550 with Steel or PVC shield shield shield shield Insulated 4"&smaller Clevis B-3104 411 CT 65 442 Copper 1/2"&larger Clevis B-3100 with 408 with 260 with 550 with shield shield shield shield w� C. Insulation shields in areas without ceiling to be secured with pressure sensitive tape to insula- tion at each end of shield. D. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with angles or unistrut spacers and hanger rods. E. Wall Support: Pipe sizes to 3 inches, cast iron hook. MW F. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp, adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll for hot pipe sizes 6 inches and over. am G. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. H. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping or provide sheet plastic tape .m wrapping between hanger or support and piping. No 15050-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 15050- BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 OPERATION PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE A. When any equipment is operable, and it is advantageous for the Contractor to operate the equipment, the operation may be performed provided that the operation is properly supervised and the Contractor retains full responsibility for the equipment operated. Regardless of whether or not the equipment has been operated, the Contractor shall properly clean the equipment, in- stall clean filter media equal in quality to the factory installed filters (Filters: Class 1, 30 per- cent efficiency, radial design with 15 pleats per linear foot), make required adjustments, and complete punch list items before final acceptance by the Owner. 1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Comply with rules and regulations of public utilities and municipal department affected by con- nection of services. B. Laws, codes, and ordinances take precedence except where work called for by Drawings and Specifications exceeds code requirements in quality or quantity. C. In addition to codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, and other legal requirements with which compliance is required by Division 1 or by governing authorities, industry standards pub- lished by the following organizations apply: 1. AABC -Associated Air Balance Council. 2. ADC-Air Diffusion Council. 3. AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association. ' 4. ANSI-American National Standards Institute. 5. ARI-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute. 6. ASA-Acoustical Society of America. WA 7. AGA-American Gas Association. 8. ASHRAE- American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers. 9. ASME-American Society of Mechanical Engineers. 10. ASTM-American Society for Testing and Materials. 11. MCAA-Mechanical Contractors'Association of America. 12. NEBB -National Environmental Balancing Bureau. r 13. NBS -National Bureau of Standards. 14. SMACNA- Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association. 15. UL-Underwriters Laboratories. 16. ASPE-American Society of Plumbing Engineers. 17. AWWA-American Water Works Association. 18. NSF-National Sanitation Foundation. 1.3 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and Specifications show pipe and duct sizes, general routing and location, and de- "" scribe various systems. These documents describe and size equipment, its general location, us- age, support, and auxiliary requirements. Contract Documents do not, however, detail certain job requirements. Drawings are intended to cover layout and design of the Work and are not to 15050-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 am BLANK PAGE Mu 13900-16 Wal-Mart Store #2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 �, B. Site Tests-Above Ground Fire Protection Piping: 1. Test pressure piping for leakage in presence of authority having jurisdiction and Owner's representative. Test to consist of holding the test pressure at the high end for a period of two hours. Test pressure: 200 psi or 50 psi over normal operating pressure,whichever is greater. Conduct test in accordance with NFPA. Send completed copy of the material and test certificate to Property Manager, 702 SW 8 St. Dept 9360, Bentonville, AR 72716-9078, (501)273-8992. 2. All required tests shall be witnessed by authorities having jurisdiction, and Owner's representative. 3. Inspection of welds, and/or verification of welder's qualifications may be required by authorities having jurisdiction. Contractor shall comply with all requirements of authorities having jurisdiction,including but not limited to : a. Provide written documentation of welders qualifications and certification. b. Stamp imprint of welders identification adjacent to all welds. C. Provide provisions for, schedule and conduct inspection of all welds . Inspection shall be scheduled at project site,with pipe at grade level,prior to installation. END OF SECTION Oft 13900-15 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 «.R U. Sprinkler piping that passes through unheated spaces in or under structures and are exposed to freezing shall be protected from freezing as indicated or in accordance with applicable methods in NFPA 13. V. Provide valves where indicated on the Drawings and elsewhere as specified or required to com- ply with NFPA Standards and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide back- flow prevention devices,check valves,and drains where required by authorities having jurisdic- tion. Main control valves for risers shall be through wall post indicator valves. W. Anti-freeze Systems(where required): Install "Loop", concealed, above ceilings where ceilings . � are used, or as required by Wal-Mart and authorities having jurisdiction. X. Make reductions in pipe sizes with one-piece reducing fittings. Bushings not acceptable. Use flanged fittings at base of risers. Y. Use full 20 foot lengths of pipe, except where needed to accommodate changes in direction or for space limitations. 3.4 PROTECTION OF WORK w. A. Protect work from danger of freezing, breakage, dirt, foreign materials, etc., and replace work so damaged. Use every precaution to protect work of others. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Apply signs to control, drain, test and alarm valves to identify their purposes and functions. .s. Provide lettering sizes and styles selected by the Wal-Mart Construction Manager from NFPA's suggested styles. Provide hydraulic placard for each sprinkler system in accordance with NFPA 1B. Stencil riser/zone numbers on risers. 3.6 CLEANING AND FLUSHING A. Prior to connecting overhead system piping to underground supply system piping, flush under- +*!� ground supply system piping per NFPA 13 and 24. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site Tests-Under Ground Fire Protection Piping: 1. Test pressure piping for leakage in presence of authority having jurisdiction and Owner's representative. Test to consist of holding the test pressure in each section of line tested for a period of two hours. Test pressure at the high end of each test section shall be 200 psi or 50 psi over normal operating pressure whichever is greater. Conduct test in accordance with NFPA 24. 2. Flush underground mains and lead-in connections thoroughly before connection is made to above ground system piping to remove foreign material. Minimum flow rate shall not be less than the maximum water flow demand rate of the system and not less than MW necessary to provide a velocity of 10 feet per second. Continue flushing for sufficient time to ensure thorough cleaning. Provide proper disposal of water from flushing operation. so 3. All required tests shall be witnessed by authorities having jurisdiction, and Owner's representative. 13900-14 Wal-Mart Store #2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 no air rich primer to welding. Apply masking tape or paper cover to ensure sprinkler do not receive field paint finish. Remove tape or paper after painting. Replace sprinklers having paint other w than factory finish with new sprinklers. Cleaning and reuse of painted sprinklers is prohibited. I. Do not penetrate building structural members. Examine other work indicated on the Drawings and conditions at job site. Coordinate routing of work with other construction trades to avoid interference with other installations. Do not cut building structural members,beams,joists, etc. for routing of sprinkler piping. In the event of conflicts, consult Wal-Mart representative, and his decision shall govern. J. Provide sleeves when penetrating floors and walls. Seal pipe and sleeve penetrations to achieve fire resistance equivalent to fire separation required. Provide wall plates at all penetrations. K. Die cut screw joints with full cut standard taper pipe threads with non-toxic joint compound ap- plied to male threads only. Re-Coat threads on galvanized pipe with galvanized coating. L. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Remove protective coatings prior to installation. M. Route piping and locatesprinklers as required to avoid building structure equipment,plumbin g piping, heating and air conditioning piping, ductwork, lighting fixtures, electrical conduits and bus ducts, and similar work. 1. Final location of lighting and exposed ductwork shall have priority over pipe routing and final sprinkler locations. Piping and sprinklers shall not create shadows. 2. Height of sprinkler piping in sales area without a ceiling and stockroom shall be 6 inches minimum below roof deck and shall be located above bottom of joists. Minimum height of sprinkler piping in sales area with a ceiling shall be 15'-0" AFF or 1'-0" above ceiling for new and existing. 3. Mezzanines: Maintain sprinkler piping minimum of T-6" AFF under mezzanines. N. Piping drops below beams are not permitted. O. Provide pipe offsets as required to complete installation. Modify shop prefabricated piping, pipe hangers, and other components as required to fit the job site conditions. P. Shop drill and weld weld-o-lets on piping. Q. Conceal piping in chases, walls, furred spaces and above ceiling in areas with dropped ceilings. R. Inspector's Test Valves: Install inspector's test valves at five feet (minimum) to seven feet (maximum) above finish floor to facilitate bi-monthly tests. Coordinate test valve locations with Wal-Mart Construction Manager. Provide one inspector's test valve for each systems at end-of-the-line,piped to non-public areas. .. S. Dry Pendent Sprinklers (Locations other than Freezers/Coolers): Install concealed above ceil- ings where ceilings are used. T. Piping shall maintain clearance from electrical equipment as required by code and authorities having jurisdiction. Drains and Inspector's test connection shall not be piped into or through electrical rooms/areas. 13900-13 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 .A, C. Lay pipe to lines and grades as required. D. Keep interior of pipe free from dirt and other foreign material as installation progresses. Plug .w open ends when work is stopped. Join lengths with couplings in accordance with pipe manufac- turer's instructions. Join to fittings and valves that have rubber ring bells with same groove di- mensions and tolerance as pipe. E. Provide post indicators and fittings as necessary. F. Install concrete thrust blocks as required. Place concrete between undisturbed soil with fittings *� anchored. Do not cover coupling flanges or other joints with concrete. 3.3 INSTALLATION-ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. Install piping in accordance with NFPA 13. Install sprinkler piping products in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that fire protection sprinkler piping complies with re- quirements and serves intended purposes. B. Locate hangers at or directly adjacent to the joist panel points. Support piping as listed below. Pipe Size Routing of Pipe Hanging Method Hanger Location less than 4" parallel to joists top beam clamp see hanger spacing table 419,6", 8" parallel to joists trapeze hanger see hanger spacing table 4"and less perpendicular to joists top beam clamp every other joist& per NFPA 13 6" perpendicular to joists top beam clamp every joist 8" perpendicular to joists top beam clamp 2 per joist, 1 on each side C. Hanger Spacing: Space hangers for piping running parallel to joist as follows: .�► Pipe Size Hanger Spacing 3"and less 15'-0" 4" 13'-0" „ 5" 9'-6" 6„ 6-61 8„ 41-61 D. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure. Maintain gradient. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain. Size drain piping as required to drain sprinkler system properly. Provide drain valves at main „U shut-off valves, and at low points of piping and apparatus. E. Install piping to conserve building space. Do not interfere with use of building space and other work. F. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. r G. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe,joints, or connected equipment. H. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting. Where pipe support mem- bers are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc 13900-12 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 F. Flushing Connections: Provide threaded, capped nipple or mechanical groove end cap on ends of cross mains. G. Auxiliary Drains: 1. 5 gallons or greater: provide minimum 1 inch globe valve with hose adapter and cap. 2. Less than 5 gallons: provide minimum 1 inch nipple and cap. ` 3. All auxiliary drain facilities shall be placed to allow easy access. H. Relief Valves: For gridded sprinkler systems, provide a relief valve not less than 1/4 inch size set to operate at pressure not greater than 175 psi Location of relief valves to be in accordance with NFPA 13. a�• I. Indicator Posts: 1. No.A-20805,with tamper switch(double contact),by Mueller. 2. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. J. If inspector test valve and auxiliary drain valve are piped together then test drain assembly shall be an approved manufactured assembled unit. Subject to compliance with requirements, pro- vide valves of one of the following manufacturers: 1. "Test Master",by Victaulic. 2. "Sure Test",by Central Sprinkler Corp. 3. "TestanDrain",by AGF Manufacturing,Inc. 2.13 FIRE PUMP A. Fire Pump not permitted. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. Remove scale and foreign material, from inside and outside,before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. D. Install system and equipment in accordance with manufacturers instructions, and NFPA Stan- g dards. E. Coordinate work of this Section with other affected work and construction schedule. 3.2 INSTALLATION-BELOW GROUND PIPING A. Install piping and system components in accordance with NFPA 24. Verify that main feed from water supply source to building is as specified. B. Provide underground sprinkler lead-in from 5 feet outside of building with minimum 8 inch di- !'"" ameter pipe. Provide pipe restraint as necessary to comply with NFPA 2C.Support barrel of pipe for entire length on compacted pipe bedding. Excavate for couplings, fittings and valves. 13900-11 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 B. Escutcheon plates to be installed where exposed piping passes through walls, ceilings, and floors of building shall be approved "FPPI" white plastic. Split type escutcheon plates are not acceptable. so, 2.12 ACCESSORIES A. Electric Bell: Provide 8 inch diameter, 24 volt AC, electric bell, Model No. PBA248,by Potter 40 Electric Signal of St. Louis, Missouri. Bell shall be weather proof for exterior use. Locate bell on exterior of building, adjacent to sprinkler system riser. Aw B. Wet Sprinkler System Water Flow Detectors: Equip sprinkler system risers with double pole vane type flow detector, Model No. VSR-F, by Potter Electric Signal of St. Louis, Missouri. Set adjustable delayed signal at 30 seconds. Vane-type flow detector shall be for use of Wal- .m Mart, Inc. Wal-Mart, Inc. will connect to alarm system. Additional flow detectors will be re- quired if other's intend to utilize water flow detection information. Mount waterflow indicators no higher than 10 feet above finish floor. .w 1. Substitutions: None permitted. C. Control Valve Supervisory Switches: no 1. Equip post indicator valves with tamper switches, Model No. PCVS, as manufactured by Potter Electric Signal of St. Louis, Missouri. Wal-Mart, Inc. will connect to alarm system. 2. Equip outside screw and yoke valves with tamper switches, Model No. OSYSU-A2 as AM manufactured by Potter Electric Signal of St. Louis, Missouri. Wal-Mart, Inc. will connect to alarm system. 3. All other valves capable of controlling water to the Fire Protection Sprinkler systems shall have tamper switches when required by local authority. Wal-Mart Fire Alarm Division will connect to alarm system. 4. Provide a3/4 inch conduit with pull string from any remote Fire Protection System valve equipped with a tamper switch into the building at the nearest electrical room. 5. Substitutions: None permitted. D. Fire Department Connections: Provide Fire Department connections in accordance with NFPA 13 and authority having jurisdiction. Equip with threads/connections compatible with hoses utilized by the local fire department. 1. Drain: 3/4 inch automatic drip,piped to outside, or approved drainage location. 2. Label: "Auto Sprinkler". 3. Finish: Red enamel. 4. Thread/Connection: NST ,verify with authorities having jurisdiction. 5. Hangers and Supports: Provide hangers and supports as required by Construction Documents, Drawings, NFPA 13 and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide seismic bracing in accordance with NFPA 13, as required by state and local codes,and authorities �* having jurisdiction. E. Wire Cage Sprinkler Guards: Fig. 6160,by Potter-Roemer or acceptable substitute. 1. Provide sprinkler guards on sprinkler pendants that are located below 8 feet above finished floor, except at semi-recessed sprinklers. 2. Paint sprinkler guards "white" in Offices and Restrooms; "red" at other locations. 3. Provide sprinkler guards at sprinklers in coolers and freezers. 13900-10 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 ow 2.9 ALARM CHECK VALVES A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one alarm check valve supplying manifold riser of one of the following manufacturers: 1. ASCOA 2. Central. 3. Grinnell. 4. Reliable. 5. Viking. B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.10 SPRINKLERS a* A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide automatic sprinklers, with 1/2 inch or 17/32 inch orifice; 0.64 inch (extra large) orifice permitted in Stockroom. Sidewall sprinklers are not acceptable,unless noted otherwise. 1. Areas With Exposed Structure Above: a. Standard Sprinklers: Model A, upright sprinkler, bronze, by Central Sprinkler Corp. b. Extra Large Orifice Sprinklers: Central ELO-231, bronze, by Central Sprinkler Corp. 2. Areas With Finished Ceilings,Not Visible To The Public: Model GB,pendent sprinkler, chrome, with two-piece white escutcheon plate,by Central Sprinkler Corp. 3. Areas With Finished Ceilings 10 Feet Above Finish Floor or Higher, Visible to the Public: Model GB, pendent sprinkler, chrome, with two-piece white escutcheon plate, by Central Sprinkler Corp. 4. Areas With Finished Ceilings Below 10 Feet Above Finish Floor, Visible to the Public: Model GB, pendent sprinkler, chrome, with two-piece GB 1/2 inch recessed white escutcheon plate,by Central Sprinkler Corp. B. Substitutions: Under the provisions of Section 01600, UL listed and FM approved, one of the following manufacturer's (including glass bulb type) may be substituted for standard sprinklers specified above. 1. ASCOA. 2. Firematic Sprinkler Devices, Inc. 3. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corp. 4. Grinnell. 5. Reliable Fire Equipment Co. 6. Star Sprinkler Corp. 00 7. The Viking Corp. 2.11 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS oft A. Sleeves through structural concrete members and sleeves for walls below grade and floors on grade shall be standard weight galvanized Schedule 40 steel pipe. Sleeves through other than structural components of the building shall be 20 gage galvanized sheet metal with lock seam joints. Sleeves through floors shall extend two inches past finished surface. USG Thermafiber safing insulation shall be installed between sleeve and pipe. 13900-9 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 ,w go C. Cast or ductile iron body; chrome plated ductile iron disc,resilient replaceable EPDM seat; wa- fer, lug, or grooved ends; extended neck; hand wheel and gear drive and integral indicating de- vice;built-in tamper proof switch. 2.7 GLOBE OR ANGLE VALVES A. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide globe or angle valves of one of the following manufacturers: 1. Central. 2. Grinnell. 3. Mueller. 4. Nibco. 5. Stockham. B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. C. Up to 2 Inches (50 mm): Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem and hand wheel, inside screw, renewable composition disc, solder or screwed ends,with backseating capacity. D. Over 2 Inches (50 mm): Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, hand wheel, OS&Y, plug-type ` disc, flanged ends,renewable seat and disc. E. Provide drain valves with bronze compression stop with hose thread, nipple and cap. Use hose thread, nipple and cap only where piping to outside or other approved drainage facility is not readily available. 2.8 CHECK VALVES A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide check valves of one of the following manufacturers: 1. Central. 2. Grinnell. .p 3. Mueller. 4. Nibco. 5. Stockham. B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. C. Up to and including 2 Inches(50 mm): Bronze swing disc, solder or screwed ends. �* D. Larger than 2 inches(50 mm)iron body,bronze trim, stainless steel spring,renewable composi- tion disc, screwed,wafer, flanged,or grooved ends. A 13900-8 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton, MA 03/10/2000 ,m 2.4 BACKFLOW PREVENTER ASSEMBLIES A. Subject to compliance with design and jurisdictional requirements,provide Backflow Preventer Assembly as follows: 1. 2 Inch Connections and Smaller: If local authority requires double check, double detector check, or reduced pressure type devices use ASSE approved device. 2. 2-1/2 Inch Through 8 Inch Connections: a. Double check type,use: Model#2000SS, double check type,by Ames. b. Double detector check type, use: Model #3000SS, double detector check type,by Ames. C. Reduced pressure type, use: Model 4000RP,reduced pressure type,by Ames. 3. Use friction losses stated in manufacturer's literature. 4. When utilizing a reduced pressure backflow preventer, equip backflow preventer with air gap drain piped to an approved outside location or interior floor drain. 5. Install backflow preventer assemblies in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, authorities having jurisdiction requirements and Wal-Mart requirements. w B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 2.5 GATE VALVES A. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide gate valves of one of the following manufac-_ turers: 1. Central. 2. Grinnell. 3. Mueller. 4. Nibco. 5. Stockham. B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. C. Gate Valves (Up to and including 2 Inches(50 mm)): Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, hand wheel, inside screw,single wedge or disc,solder or threaded ends. D. Gate Valves(Over 2 Inches (50 mm)): Iron body,bronze trim, rising stem,hand wheel, OS&Y, single wedge, flanged ends. 2.6 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide butterfly valves of one of the following manufacturers: 1. Central. 2. Grinnell. Ox 3. Mueller. 4. Nibco. 5. Stockham. B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. 13900-7 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 2.2 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING-BELOW GROUND A. Cast Iron Pipe: Class 200,with flanged joints,ASA 21.2 or bell and spigot ASA 21.6. Cement- mortar lined, ASA 21.4. 1. Fittings: Cast Iron Flanged, ASA B16.1 Class 125; bell & spigot ASA 21.10; fittings to be cement mortar lined ASA 21.4. ` B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe: ASTM D1784-60T, ASTM D2241-64AT. Commercial Stan- dard CS 256-63. Designed for Maximum working pressure of 160 psi at 73 degrees F. ..� 1. Rubber ring joints: Ring Tite PVC Pipe,by Schuller. 2. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01600. C. Ductile Iron Pipe: Class 50 2.3 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING-ABOVE GROUND ..f A. Black Steel Pipe: ANSFASTM A53; ASTM A795; ASTM A135; ANSI 1336.10M; Schedule 10 or 40 (Schedule 30 for 8 inch pipe and larger). Galvanized Schedule 40 required for Drypipe Systems (Schedule 10 not acceptable). 1. Steel Fittings: (Not acceptable for Drypipe systems) ANSFASME B16.9, factory made wrought steel, butt welded fittings; ANSFASME B16.25, buttwelding ends; ASTM A234, wrought carbon steel and alloy steel; ANSFASME B16.5, pipe flanges and fittings; ANSFASME B16.11, forged socket welding and threaded. 2. Cast Iron Fittings: (Not acceptable for Drypipe systems)ANSFASME B16.1, flanges and fittings; ANSFASME B 16.4,threaded fittings. �+ 3. Malleable Iron Fittings: ANSFASME B16.3,threaded type. ANSFASTM A47. 4. Mechanical Grooved Couplings: Roll groove only, cut groove unacceptable. Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C" shaped composition sealing gasket, steel aim bolts,nuts, and washers; Victaulic FlushSeal gasket required for Drypipe systems. 5. Fitting type to match pipe. Galvanized required for Drypipe systems. B. Substitutions: Acceptable Alternatives to Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 pipe (not allowed for Drypipe systems). 1. "Superflow"Non-threadable Lightwall,by Allied. 2. "Dyna-Flow"Non-threadable Lightwall,by American Tube. 3. Schedule 5 pipe used in conjunction with Victaulic "Pressfit" system. 4. "Eddylite",by Bullmoose used in conjunction with roll grooved fittings. 5. "LS",by Century Tube used in conjunction with roll groove fittings. 6. "XL",by Allied used in conjunction with roll grove fittings. C. Pipe must meet the following conditions: 1. Threads: Shop cut according to applicable ANSI standards. 2. Pipe Fittings: Specifically rated for use with pipe. 3. Threadable thinwall pipe shall be used only in conjunction with roll groove fittings. 13900-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 MW 10 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sprinkler Systems: Perform work in accordance with NFPA 13 and other applicable NFPA standards. w B. Welding Materials and Procedures: Perform in accordance with AWS D10.9 and NFPA 1C. C. Equipment and Components: UL listed and FM approved with appropriate labels or markings. �. D. Comply with applicable state and local codes and authorities having jurisdiction. E. Maintain two copies of approved documents on site. F. System to be guaranteed for a period of one year after completion of work and acceptance from Owner's Representative. G. Qualifications (Installer): Company specializing in performing work of this Section with mini- mum three year experience and a minimum of a NICET Certified Engineering Technician (Level III)Fire Sprinkler Designer on staff responsible for project. H. Sprinkler and fire alarm contractor license issued by the state or local jurisdiction. I. Regulatory Requirements: Hydraulic Calculations, Product Data and Shop Drawings shall bear stamp of approval of authorities having jurisdiction and designated reviewer specified in Sec- tion 01300. Provide certificate of compliance from authorities having jurisdiction indicating- approval of field acceptance tests. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide extra sprinklers under the provisions of NFPA 1B.Provide suitable wrenches for each sprinkler type. B. Provide suitable metal storage cabinet per NFPA 13 in location designated by Wal-Mart Con- struction Manager. ok C. Provide hydraulic calculation placard attached to each riser. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and protect products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store products in shipping containers and maintain in place until installation. Provide tempo- rary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS wa► 2.1 MATERIALS + + A. Provide UL Listed and FM Approved materials complying with NFPA 13. 13900-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 am NO E. Gun Room: 1. Sprinkler Temperature Rating: 165 degrees F. 2. Wire Guards: Provide wire guard around sprinkler to prevent mechanical damage. .. 3. Spacing: 130 sq. ft. per sprinkler, (maximum). Locate sprinkler, ceiling mounted, centered on gun room door. 4. Occupancy: Ordinary Hazard Group 2 per NFPA 1 F. Aerosol Rooms: 1. Density: 0.30 gpm/sq. ft. over entire area with 500 gpm outside hose stream allowance. 2. Sprinkler Temperature Rating: 286 degrees F. Provide 12 inch sprinkler heat collector, "' if ceiling is of wire mesh construction. 3. Spacing: 100 sq. ft.per sprinkler, (maximum). 4. Occupancy: Ordinary Hazard Group 2 per NFPA 1 go G. Offices: 1. Density: 0.10 gpm/sq. ft. for most hydraulically remote 1500 square feet, with 100 gpm aft outside hose stream allowance. 2. Sprinkler Temperature Rating: 165 degrees F. 3. Spacing: 225 sq. ft.per sprinkler, (maximum). am 4. Occupancy: Light Hazard,per NFPA 13. H. Freezers, and Coolers: In addition to ceiling sprinkler system over the top of walk-in freezers and coolers,provide supplied from wet system as follows. 1. Density: 0.20 gpm/sq. ft. for entire area, with 250 gpm hose stream allowance. 2. Sprinkler Temperature Rating: 212 degrees F,dry pendent sprinklers, chrome plated. 3. Spacing: 130 sq. ft.per sprinkler, (maximum). + 4. Occupancy: Ordinary Hazard Group 2 per NFPA 1. I. Battery Storage: 1. Density: 0.20 gpm/sq. ft. over entire storage area, with 250 gpm outside hose stream allowance. 2. Sprinkler Temperature Rating: 212 degrees F. 3. Spacing: 130 sq. ft.per sprinkler, (maximum). 4. Occupancy: Ordinary Hazard Group 2 per NFPA 13. 5. Protect sprinkler system in this area from freezing. Dry sidewall sprinklers are permitted in this area if appropriate. ' J. General Merchandising Dock/Receiving Area: 1. Density: 0.30 gpm/sq. ft. for most hydraulically remote 2000 sq. ft., with 500 gpm outside hose stream allowance. 2. Sprinkler Temperature Rating: 286 degrees F. 3. Spacing: 100 sq. ft.per sprinkler, (maximum). .� 4. Occupancy: Solid Pile Storage of Class 1V Commodities. Maximum storage height is 12 feet. Extra Hazard Group 1 per NFPA 13. 5. If overhead doors open to a horizontal position, provide sidewall sprinklers on each side of door. Install sprinklers below door with door in horizontal position. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals. General Contractor shall re- spond to all shop drawing review comments within 15 days of receipt. 13900-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 G. Local authorities having jurisdiction may require hydraulically calculated densities,areas of ap- plication, and hose allowance differing from those specified. Verify and provide hydraulic cal- culations as required by local authorities and these Construction Documents. H. Interface system with building fire and smoke alarm system. 1. Provide fire department connections where indicated. J. If required by local authority having jurisdiction, Wal-Mart will provide a Fire Department +. lock-box, in size,type and location as directed. K. Areas of application shall be based on actual floor area protected by sprinklers. ow L. Hose allowance required in schedule shall be included in hydraulic calculations at transition be- tween underground supply piping and overhead system piping. 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Retail Areas(general),Vestibule,Above Ceiling Panels in building with Combustible Construc- tion,Enclosed Lawn and Garden Center(Enclosed Seasonal): 1. Density: 0.20 gpm/sq. ft. for most hydraulically remote 1500 square feet,with 250 gpm outside hose stream allowance. 2. Sprinkler Temperature Rating: 165 degrees F. 3. Spacing: 130 sq. ft.per sprinkler, (maximum). 4. Occupancy: Mercantile, Ordinary Hazard Group 2 per NFPA 13. 5. If overhead doors open in horizontal position,provide sidewall sprinklers on each side of door. Install sprinklers below door with door in horizontal position. a.► B. Non-Enclosed Garden Center(Metal Canopy): 1. Density: 0.20 gpm/sq. ft. for most hydraulically remote 1500 square feet,with 250 gpm outside hose stream allowance. 2. Sprinkler Temperature Rating: 212 degrees F. Sidewall sprinklers are not acceptable. 3. Spacing: 130 sq. ft.per sprinkler(maximum). 4. Occupancy: Mercantile,Ordinary Hazard Group 2 per NFPA 13. 5. Protect sprinkler system in this area from freezing. �s C. Stock Areas (without rolling racks- stationary racks): 1. Density: 0.30 gpm/sq. ft. for most hydraulically remote 2000 square feet, with 500 gpm w outside hose stream allowance. 2. Sprinkler Temperature Rating: 286 degrees F. 3. Spacing: 100 sq. ft.per sprinkler, (maximum). 4. Occupancy: Single and double row racks and solid pile storage of Class 1V commodities. Maximum storage height is 15 feet. +� D. Stock Areas, including rolling racks: 1. Density: 0.30 gpm/sq. ft. for most hydraulically remote 2000 square feet, with 500 gpm outside hose stream allowance. 2. Sprinkler Temperature Rating: 286 degrees F. 90 3. Spacing: 100 sq. ft.per sprinkler, (maximum). 4. Occupancy: Multiple row rack storage of Class 1V commodities. Maximum storage height is 12 feet. Extra Hazard Group 1 per NFPA 1 ► 13900-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 ow XW E. Underwriters Laboratory(UL): 1. UL Fire Protection Directory- 1997. aw 2. UL 193 - Standard for Alarm Valves for Fire Protection Service. 3. UL 199 - Standard for Automatic Sprinklers for Fire Protection Service. 4. UL 346 - Standard for Water Flow Indicators for Fire Protection Signaling Service. ow 5. UL 405 - Standard for Fire Department Connections. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System to provide coverage for all building areas including, but not limited to, areas scheduled in this Section. Any changes in design area, design criteria, pipe sizes, or deviation of water supply shall be approved by Wal-Mart prior to fabrication. See Section 01330 for submittal re- ..� quirements. B. Provide system complying with NFPA 13, local authorities having jurisdiction, and Construc- „m tion Documents. Densities and areas of application required by this Section have been devel- oped based on NFPA requirements, engineering judgment and insurance carrier requirements. C. Base system design upon water flow test data shown on project Civil Drawings. Water flow so test data may not include reductions for backflow preventers. If water flow test data does not include reductions for backflow preventers and backflow preventers are required,use reductions as specified in this Section. A" 1. Water Supply Requirements: Minimum acceptable water supply, at base of riser, for_ design use is 1200 gpm. Base system design on following criteria: a. Standard Design: If residual pressure at base of sprinkler riser is greater than 33 so psi after all losses are considered (including any backflow preventer), provide standard sprinkler design. It is acceptable to use extra large orifice sprinklers (ELO)in the stockroom and over automotive center to obtain safety factor required ma by Construction Documents;provide standard sprinkler design in all other spaces. b. Standard Design with Fire Pump: If residual pressure is 20-33 psi after all losses are considered (including any backflow preventer), provide standard sprinkler design with fire pump. Use of fire pump will not be permitted when residual pressure exceeds 33 psi. C. Standard Design with Fire Pump and Tank: If residual pressure is less than 20 psi after all losses are considered (including backflow preventer), provide standard sprinkler design with fire pump and suction tank. 2. Actual backflow preventer must be verified to ensure correct friction loss is calculated. D. Provide 5 psi safety factor between supply curve and demand point, including hose stream al- lowance. E. Local authorities having jurisdiction may require the following areas to have sprinkler protec- tion: Truck Dock Canopies, Wastepaper areas, Open Canopies at front and sides of building, Shade Cloth, and Trash Compactor Chute. Verify sprinkler requirements and provide protec- AM tion for these areas as required by local authorities. If sprinkler system in any area is subject to freezing,then use non-freeze system(Drypipe or anti-freeze). so F. Limit each system to 52,000 square feet. an 13900-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 am UniSpec II 112699 SECTION 13900 -FIRE SUPPRESSION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Automatic sprinkler systems. 2. Fire protection sprinkler piping work with feed and cross main piping,branch line piping, test valves, test connections and sprinklers. Also include now indicators,valves, gauges, alarms, drain piping, and supervisory switches. go 3. System design, installation and certification. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 02510 -Water Distribution Systems. 2. Section 05210 - Steel Joists: Coordinate fire protection system design with steel joist's structural capacities to support fire protection piping. 3. Applicable Division 15 Sections: Refer to other Sections for coordination of work. 4. Section 07900 -Joint Sealer. 5. Section 09900 -Paints and Coatings. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Factory Mutual System(FM): e 1. Approval Guide, 1997 edition. B. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 1. NFPA 13, - 1996 Edition-Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 2. NFPA 24, 1992 Edition - Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and their Appurtenances. 40 3. NFPA 70, 1993 Edition-National Electrical Code. 4. American Welding Society (AWS): AWS D10.9 - Specification for Qualification of Welding Procedures and Welders for Piping and Tubing. C. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A 53 - Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless. 2. ASTM A 135 - Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe. D. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 1. ANSI A 21.10 - Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings, 2 in. through 48 in., for Water and Other Liquids. 2. ANSI A 21.51 - Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids. 3. ANSI B 16.1 -Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125,250, and 800. 4. ANSI B 16.3 -Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings. 5. ANSI B 16.4 - Gray Iron Threaded Fittings. 13900-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 North Hampton,MA 03/10/2000 sm ON ,0 we Blank Page Mw am ,010 ma no Ow am .. 13850-4 `M Wal-Mart 42901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 END OF SECTION 13850-3 Wal-Mart #2901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 �r 00 no 3. Provide outlet boxes conforming to requirements of"Outlet Boxes and Conduit Fitting" of these Specifications. 2.2 SMOKE DETECTORS (120 VOLT) A. Detectors shall be photoelectric type UL listed to standard 268, FM approved. 1. Low profile. 2. Two(2) wire operation. ,.. 3. Surface mounted to outlet box. 4. Locking tamper screw. 5. Pulsing power on indicator(LED). 6. LED alarm indicator. 7. Magnetically operated functions test. 8. Totally shielded electronics. 9. 120 Volt AC operation. 10. Relay module. 11. UL listed temperature range 32°F to 100°F ( - 10°C to+ 50°C). 12. Humidity range 10%to 90% RH. 13. Color- off-white. 14. Sounder base with horn. B. Detectors shall be documented compatible with the control equipment to which they are con-_ nected. C. Detectors shall have#30 mesh insect screens and have completely closed backs to minimize en- try of dust and air turbulence. AM D. Relay modules shall have 2 DPDT contacts rated IA at 30VDC, 0.5A at 120VAC. PART 3 - EXECUTION so 3.1 FIRE ALARM/BURGLAR ALARM SYSTEM ON A. Install fire alarm/burglar alarm conduit system, fire alarm grounding conductor, and signal sys- tems as indicated on Drawings. ow 3.2 SMOKE DETECTORS (120 VOLT) 4W A. Install smoke detectors in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as required by NFPA 72. OW B. Ensure that back box is of sufficient depth to accommodate relay in accordance with NEC Arti- cle 370. am, C. Provide recommended manufacturer adapter plates to back box as required. .. 13850-2 Wal-Mart 42901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 No UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 13850 -DETECTION AND ALARM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fire Alarm/Burglar Alarm System 2. Smoke Detection. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installation: In compliance with requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE ALARMBURGLAR ALARM SYSTEMS A. Fire Alarm/Burglar Alarm cable/equipment will be furnished and installed by Wal-Mart under separate contracts. B. Fire Alarm/Burglar Alarm System Grounding Conductors: Provide#6 AWG,copper grounding conductor from fire/burglar service equipment to electrical service grounding electrode system or dry type transformer grounding electrode system. If EDC is provided this will be included in EDC. C. Fire Alarm/Burglar Alarm Conduit System: Provide conduit system as indicated on Drawings, on including: 1. Remote conduit to fire pump, control valve supervisory switches (PIV valves) or tank as indicated on Drawings and outlined below. a. If shut off valve is located remote from store building, provide 3/4 inch conduit; with pull string, from remote location to rear Electrical Room. Wal-Mart, Inc. will pull signal cable and connect to alarm system. b. If pump and pump controls are located remote from store building, provide 3/4 inch conduit, with pull string, from the remote location to rear Electrical Room. oft Wal-Mart, Inc. will pull signal cable and connect alarm system. C. If tank and tank indicators are located remote from store building, provide 3/4 inch conduit, with pull string from remote location to rear Electrical Room. Wal-Mart, .�w Inc. will pull signal cable and connect to alarm system. 2. Other conduits as indicated on Drawings. 13850-1 Wal-Mart#2901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 2. Three Current Transducers: CTS-81-3. 3. Shorting Switch Assembly: SSA-82. 4. Isolation Relay Assembly: IRA-83. 5. Enclosure: ENC-84. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION (OWNER INSTALLED) *rt A. Owner's EMS contractor will install energy management system wiring and terminations. END OF SECTION .ww 13 812-21 Wal-Mart 92901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 13812 - ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM WIRING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. 24 volt energy management system wiring and terminations. B. Products Furnished and Installed Under Separate Contract (NIC): Under provisions of Secion 01600, Owner will furnish and install energy management system wiring. 1. Energy Management System (EMS) Wiring Supplier: Novar Controls Corporation, 114 South College Ave., Suite D, Fayetteville, AR 72702. Contact: Wal-Mart Support Ser- vice, (800) 341-7795. 2. Energy Management System (EMS) Installer: For the purposes of scheduling and coor- dination of other trades in connection with energy management system installation and start-up, contact the Wal-Mart Energy Management Department, (501) 273-8670, to ob- tain name and phone number of the energy management system contractor who will be used on this Project. C. Contractor's Responsibilities: Under provisions of Document 00800, secure permits, fees, de- posits etc. for demand meter pulse generator. Coordinate with Section 13810 and local Utility. D. Related Sections: 1. Section 13810- Energy Monitoring and Control Systems. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Wal-Mart Support Service: Support service provided by energy management system supplier under the Energy Management System contract. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS (OWNER FURNISHED) A. Manufacturer: Owner's EMS contractor will furnish energy management system components as manufactured by,Novar Controls Corporation, Fayetteville, AR. B. Owner's EMS contractor will provide following Novar Controls equipment if local electric power utility is unable to provide demand pulse generator. 1. Watt Transducer: WAT-80. 13812-1 Wal-Mart#2901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 Ow oft Blank Page .A ..e 13810-4 Wal-Mart 92901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 pa ow 4. Provide #12 AWG green grounding conductor at grounding location. Solidly ground system. no 5. Run cable sets as indicated on Drawings, without splices or terminations except as indicated otherwise. 9-0 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner's energy management system contractor will perform required system testing as specified by Wal-Mart. Testing and checkout will include but not be limited to the following: 1. Verify analog light sensor location and orientation. 2. Verify sales area light switching pattern. 3. Verify operation of RTU's and HVAC equipment in both first and second stage operation, and heat and cool modes. 4. Verify remote communication with Wal-Mart Support Service. 5. Verify KWH per pulse with utility company. 6. Verify energy management system components installation is in accordance with Novar Controls printed installation procedures. 7. Electronic Thermostat Modules: Verify proper electronic thermostat modules are installed in unit. Verify electronic thermostat modules are installed to Novar Controls printed installation and hardware mounting procedure. 40 8. Verify site emergency operation with Novar Controls printed operations sequence. END OF SECTION on 13810-3 Wal-Mart 92901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (OWNER FURNISHED) .e A. Manufacturer: Owner's EMS contractor will furnish energy monitoring and control system components indicated on Drawings, as manufactured by, Novar Controls Corporation, Fayetteville,AR. 2.2 MATERIALS (OWNER FURNISHED) A. Conduit: Owner's EMS contractor will provide 1/2 inch conduit for energy management system .. cable sets as indicated on Drawings and/or for the following conditions if: 1. Required by local electrical codes. 2. Crawl space is used for return air. 3. Cables are installed outside building. 4. Cables are installed less than 15 feet AFF. 5. Cables are subject to physical damage. 6. Cables pass through any fire wall. 7. Cables are installed underground. 8. Cables are installed in concealed area. 9. Cables are installed in finished area. 10. Cables are installed in finished wall. AW B. Nipples: Owner's EMS contractor will provide 1/2 inch conduit nipples for energy management system cable sets as indicated on Drawings and for the following conditions: 1. Required by local codes. .. 2. Cables pass through wall. 3. Cables pass through floor. am C. Bushings: Owner's EMS contractor will provide properly bushed opening for raceways ending as open conduit. em PART 3 - EXECUTION .w 3.1 INSTALLATION (OWNER INSTALLED) A. Owner's EMS contractor will install energy monitoring and control components as indicated on so Drawings. EMS contractor's responsibilities will include the following: 1. Temperature sensors will be identified with 1 inch high black permanent labels. Sensor am designations will correspond to associated roof top units. 2. Input/Output Modules will be installed in accordance with Novar Controls printed installation and hardware mounting procedures. go 3. Coordinate communications with Wal-Mart Support Service for final download of system parameters. Am 13810-2 Wal-Mart #2901 -Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 am go ON UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 13810- ENERGY MONITORING AND CONTROL we PART 1 -GENERAL on 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Energy Management System (EMS): Direct Digital Distributed Microprocessor based Energy Management Panel and related labor, materials, and equipment as indicated on Drawings and as specified for complete energy management system. B. Products Furnished and Installed Under Separate Contract (NIC): Under provisions of Section 01600, Owner will furnish and install energy monitoring and control systems. 1. Energy Management System (EMS) Supplier: Novar Controls Corporation, 114 South College Ave., Suite D, Fayetteville, AR 72702. Contact: Wal-Mart Support Service, (800)341-7795. „ 2. Energy Management System (EMS) Installer: For the purposes of scheduling and coordination of other trades in connection with energy management system installation and start-up, contact the Wal-Mart Energy Management Department, (501) 273-8670, to- M. obtain name and phone number of the energy management system contractor who will be used on this Project. C. Related Sections: am 1. Section 13812 - Energy Management System Wiring: 24 volt energy management system wiring and terminations. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Wal-Mart Support Service: Support service provided by energy management system supplier under the Energy Management System contract. 1.3 SCHEDULING A. Owner's EMS contractor will notify local electric utility and Wal-Mart Energy Management Department to coordinate connection of demand pulse circuit. EMS contractor will verify with utility KWH per pulse for demand shed scheme,and request from utility written confirmation of demand pulse ratio. EMS contractor will provide this information to Wal-Mart Support Service +w at time of system test. Upon receipt of utility confirmation, Wal-Mart Support Service will issue final system parameters. B. Owner's EMS contractor will coordinate with Wal-Mart Support Service dates for remote system checkout. 13810-1 Wal-Mart#2901 - Northampton, Massachusettes 3/10/00 so wo Ow BLANK PAGE a� Mw .w ON AM 13121-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Mw 3.4 CONSTRUCTION A. Interface With Other Work: Coordinate installation of light fixtures to aluminum trusses at locations indicated on Drawings. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect aluminum truss and shade cloth installation and attachments. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. 00 END OF SECTION ow go w. w. 13121-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ... PART2-PRODUCTS MW 2.1 WAL-MART FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Quantity Finished: Product quantities required are determined by Aluminum Truss Supplier. aw B. Aluminum Trusses: 1. 12 inch high Enduro Truss System,by Hendee Enterprises,Incorporated,Houston,TX. „m 2. Lengths: Furnished in standard lengths in two foot increments. 3. Hardware: Mounting brackets,cross bracing,angle brackets,bolts,and washers. 4. Color: Clear Aluminum. im C. Shade Cloth: Enduro Shade fabric,by Hendee Enterprises,Incorporated,Houston,TX. 1. Color: Deep Sea Blue. .m PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION so A. Examine conditions and adjacent areas where products and materials will be installed and verify that conditions conform to product manufacturer's requirements for in conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of substrate conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION-ALUMINUM TRUSSES A. Coordinate location and installation of steel post columns provided in Section 02 82 1. ow B. Install aluminum trusses in accordance with suppliers published instructions. C. Attach mounting brackets to Garden Center truss support columns. w D. Attach one end of truss to mounting bracket. Hold opposite end of truss to other mounting bracket to determine required truss length. Cut truss to required length. Repeat for each truss requiring field cutting. wk E. Fit trusses into mounting brackets and attach. F. Install truss "X"bracing between trusses. .. G. Install shade cloth attachment tubing between truss mounting brackets. 3.3 INSTALLATION-SHADE CLOTH A. Install shade cloth panels to aluminum truss system in accordance with suppliers published instructions. B. Each shade cloth panel installed individually to truss system by rope lacing in a zig-zag pattern on all four sides of panel. C. Install rope lacing through grommets in shade cloth panel and around truss top chords and attachment tubing be- tween trusses. 13121-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 �„ we UniSpec II 112699 SECTION 13121 -FABRIC STRUCTURES PR PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wal-Mart furnished Garden Center aluminum trusses and accessories. 2. Wal-Mart furnished shade cloth. oft 3. Contractor installation of Wal-Mart famished items. B. Products Installed but Not Supplied Under This Section: Wal-Mart aluminum truss supplier will furnish alumi- No num trusses and shade cloth under provisions of Section 01600. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01600-Product Requirements: General procedures related to Wal-Mart furnished products. 2. Section 02821 -Chain Link Fences and Gates: Shade cloth canopy truss support columns. 1.2 DEFINITIONS as A. Aluminum Truss Supplier: Manufacturer of products,separately contracted by Wal-Mart. 1.3 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING V* A. Product Delivery: Aluminum Truss Supplier will deliver products to jobsite for Contractor to receive on delivery date established by Contractor. To establish product delivery date contact: ow Construction Purchasing Wal-Mart Construction Division (501)273-4217 s" B. Installation Drawings and Instructions: Delivered to Contractor with Wal-Mart furnished products. C. Product Packaging: Products will be packaged in manufacturer's standard cartons. 40 1. Trusses: Four trusses per bundle. Trusses weigh approximately 3 pounds 8 ounces per lineal foot. 2. Truss Hardware: Boxes approximately 24 inches x 8 inches x 20 inches. 3. Shade Cloth: Boxes approximately 30 inches x 20 inches x 25 inches. go D. Acceptance at Site: Receive products as specified in Section 01600. 1. Verify quantity of products furnished with Bill of Material provided with Wal-Mart fumished products. 2. Report discrepancies in product quantity delivered or damage to Wal-Mart Construction Division 40 immediately,(501)273-4217. 3. Upon notification by Contractor,Wal-Mart will arrange for delivery of replacement products. 4. Note description of product quantity discrepancies and/or product damage on Bill of Lading. ON E. Section 01600-Product Requirementst: Transport,Handle,Store,and Protect Products. F. Protect roll materials from damage by storing on end. 40 ow no 13121-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 MW PART 2-PRODUCTS No 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Food service equipment and related items designated in the Equipment Schedule on Drawings to be furnished by .. Wal-Mart will be purchased by Wal-Mart under separate contract. B. Equipment not scheduled in this Section, which is incorporated into this Work, such as heating/cooling units, plumbing and electrical equipment: Provide under Division 15 and 16. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION A. Make shop drawings and manufacturer's rough-in requirements available to everyone involved. B. Verify that mechanical,plumbing,and electrical rough-ins have been properly located. C. Obtain necessary drawings, manufacturer's product data, and other necessary data to provide a complete and �*! proper installation. D. Check field dimensions prior to installing equipment. Verify necessary clearances and means of access from equipment storage to final position. E. Rough-in's detailed on drawings will have equipment installed which needs to have final hook-ups by Division 15 and Division 16. F. Remove trash,crating and rubbish from job site. MM G. Provide the following equipment during set up: One forklift,four 4-wheel dollies,one Johnson bar. 3.2 INSTALLATION .m A. Uncrate and set equipment in place plumb,level,and properly secured. B. Make appropriate mechanical, plumbing, and electrical connections in accordance with manufacturer's published .w instructions. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING am A. Remove tape,wrapping,packing and such items used to facilitate shipping and handling from equipment. B. Remove and assimilate product data except permanent labels and plates and present to Owner. .w C. Remove packing and shipping materials from site. D. Thoroughly clean equipment with materials as specifically recommended by equipment manufacturer. am E. Put equipment through full design cycle or operate for a sufficient time to verify that equipment is operating within manufacturer's specifications. Make necessary adjustments. Am END OF SECTION ON am 11400-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 aw UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 11400-FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Food service equipment. 2. Equipment final connections. B. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Under provisions of Section 01600, Wal-Mart's food service supplier will furnish and install food service �w equipment as indicated in Equipment Schedule on Drawings. C. Related Sections: I. Section 15100-Building Services Piping: Connections to plumbing systems. on 2. Section 15600-Refrigeration Equipment: Connections to refrigeration systems. 3. Section 16100-Wiring Methods: Connections to electrical systems. on 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Furnish: Purchase and deliver to job site. B. Install: Receive,unload,uncrate,set into final position,connect,test,and clean. C. Final Connections: Complete mechanical, plumbing, and/or electrical connections as required and recommended „gin, by manufacturer for optimum operation of scheduled equipment. D. Provide: Furnish and Install. 1.3 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Receive,unload and store Wal-Mart furnished equipment, as indicated in Equipment Schedule on Drawings, in a location that will not interfere with orderly completion of work. Protect equipment from damage. B. Transport equipment not in crates by hand only. C. Set Wal-Mart furnished equipment as indicated in Equipment Schedule and on Drawings. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Provide a 12 month warranty from store opening date on workmanship and Contractor furnished materials in- stalled under this Section. B. Return for replacement, Wal-Mart furnished failed parts under warranty to the manufacturer with unit model and serial numbers. so 1.5 COORDINATION A. Unload Wal-Mart furnished equipment and coordinate the release of Wal-Mart famished equipment with Wal- O„ Mart Store Planning. Obtain copy of purchase order from Store Planning to determine receipt of complete order. Coordinate with Store Planning so that forklift equipment (provided by Contractor) is available to unload equip- ment from truck and place into position. 1. Wal-Mart Contact: Store Planning Coordinator,(501)273-4080. po 11400-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Statement of Conformance: This Record Letter of Conformance is provided as a Record Document in accordance with Document 00800 - Supplementary Conditions, Paragraph 9.11. The undersigned hereby declares that the Product identified above by manufacturer's name and model number is (one of) the product(s) specified and is suitable for the intended use as defined within the Contract Documents and has been provided and placed in operational condition in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions and the Contract Documents. SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER: Phone Number: ( ) (Contact name of subcontractor/supplier offering above product) (Subcontractor/supplier name and address) ..� CONTRACTOR: (Contact name of Contractor) (Contractor signature and Title of Signatory) END OF FORM *� 4 ,ft, ,m 11160-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,,� CONTRACTOR'S RECORD LETTER OF CONFORMANCE SECTION 11160 LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT Project Location: Date: (City) (State) Project Number: Store Number: The following product has been selected for use in this project from the list of acceptable products specified. w Dock Seals: [] Model 160-Black-GP8,by Chalfant Sewing Fabricators,Inc. [] Series 1000,by Fairborn USA Inc. [] Model TP-901-NPV,by Frommelt Industries 40 [] Model DSS-102-WP8-WF(on head pad),by Kelley Company,Inc. [] Model TS-181-DPS,by W.B.McGuire Company,Inc. [] Model S-600,by Serco Corporation [] Model C12-WAL,by Rotary Products Inc [] Model C 12,by Hugger Dock Seal Company [] WP Series,by Flexon [] Model PS-100,by Pentalift Equipment Corporation w [] Series 0101,by Superseal Fabric covered pads: Side Pad: Height: inches. "o Depth Top: inches. Depth Bottom: inches. [] Beveled. [] Square,and Black. Top Pad: Length: inches. Depth: inches. Extra ounce reinforcing on face of head pad,Black. ON [] Guide Stripes: inches Wide,Yellow. [] Wear Pleats: 12 inches wide,40 ounce,Black. [] Frame: Kiln dried,pressure preservative treated wood. [] Galvanized steel mounting hardware. [] Cover fabric type and weight in ounces: Edge of Dock Leveler: Model NL115X-72,by DLM;Malvern,AR [] Model EOD 7220,by Kelley Co.,Inc.;Milwaukee,WI [] Model AD-72M,by GENQUIP Corp. [] Model AE7220,by Serco Corporation [] Model EDM72-20,by Flexon,Inc. [] Model EDML7225,by Pentalift Equipment Corporation [] Model CEOD-7215,by Poweramp] ro Wheel Chocks: [] Fruehauf.. [] Durable Mat Co. 11160-5 4P Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am Im wo Ow Am am .w BLANK PAGE ■" w AM 11160-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .m B. Verify size of pit and equipment anchorage requirements with dock leveler manufacturer.Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install loading dock equipment in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. on B. Attach dock seals to pit walls at sides and back plumb and level to provide weatherseal and rodent/insect barrier. C. Install edge-of-dock levelers square and level. Anchor unit securely,flush with dock. D. Install wheel chock at each new dock door on driver's side of door. General Contractor to furnish chain (20'-0" length) with attachment by expansion anchor to foundation wall on driver's side of door for each wheel chock. Chain to be standard 1/4"plated. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION A. Interface with Other Work: B. Coordinate size and location of cast-in-place concrete dock leveler pits, reinforcement, frames, inserts, and formwork with Contractor before start of concrete placement. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect loading dock equipment installation,attachment,and operation. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. go END OF SECTION 4• �w. 40 40 11160-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 5. Model TS-181-DPS,by W.B. McGuire Company,Inc.;Hudson,NY;(800)624-8473. 6. Model 5-600,by Serco Corporation;Dallas,TX;(972)466-0707. 7. Model C 12-WAL,by Rotary Products Inc.;Ashley,OH;(800)457-5251. 8. Model C12,by Hugger Dock Seal Company;Columbus,OH;(800)837-4847. 9. V2240-WP8,by Flexon;Leetsdale,PA;(800)365-3667. .. 10. Model PS-100,by Pentalift Equipment Corporation;Charlotte,NC;(800)561-0090 11. Series 0101,by Superseal;Woodbridge,Ontario,CN;(800)337 3239 C. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Product options and substitutions. Substitutions: Not permitted. " 2.2 EDGE OF DOCK LEVELERS A. Components: 1. 72 inch width,minimum 20,000 pound capacity(ANSI/MH14.1-87). 2. Recessed mounting as indicated on Drawings. ..a 3. Two standard dock bumpers with 4 inch projection. 4. Pit size determined by Manufacturer's standard width. B. Manufacturers and Models: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide dock levelers of one of the +° following: 1. Model NL 115X-72 Mechanical Edge of Dock Leveler,by DLM;Malvern,AR;(800)643-5423. 2. Model EOD 7220 Mechanical Edge of Dock Leveler, by Kelley Co., Inc.; Milwaukee, WI; (800) 558- , 6960. 3. Model AD-72M Mechanical Edge of Dock Leveler,by GENQUIP Corp. (501)663-3039 4. Model AE7220 Mechanical Edge of Dock Leveler by Serco Corporation(972)466-0707 5. Model EDM72-20 Mechanical Edge of Dock Leveler,by Flexon,Inc.;Leetsdale,PA(800)365-3667 . 6. Model EDML7225 Mechanical Edge of Dock Leveler,by Pentalift Equipment Corporation;Charlotte,NC; (800)561-0090 7. Model CEOD-7215 Mechanical Edge of Dock Leveler,by Poweramp;Germantown,WI;(4140 255-1510 C. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Product options and substitutions. Substitutions: Not permitted. 2.3 WHEEL CHOCKS A. Components: 1. Laminated rubber pads assembled on 3/4 inch bolts and compressed between 1/4 inch plates. Unit will have eye bolt or loop for attachment of chain. 2. Meets OSHA and DOT requirements. 3. Furnish and install 20 foot long approved chain and attach to concrete wall at dock with expansion anchors. Locate on driver's side of truck trailer. B. Manufacturers and Models: Subject to compliance with project requirements,provide wheel chocks of one of the following: • 1. Fruehauf.,(800)438-9776. 2. Durable Mat Co.,(419)668-8138. C. Section 01600-Product Requirements;Product options and substitutions. Substitutions;Not Permitted. '0 PART 3 EXECUTION .. 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine existing conditions and adjacent areas where products will be installed and verify that conditions conform to product manufacturer's requirements. Verify that building elements required for product installation am are ready to received work. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions have been corrected. .f 11160-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .. "w UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 11160-LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Dock seals. 2. Edge of dock levelers. 3. Wheel chocks. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300-Cast-In-Place Concrete: Concrete pit for dock levelers. 2. Section 05500-Metal Fabrications: Steel angle frame around dock leveler pit. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Natrional Standards Institute(ANSI): 1. ANSI MH 14.1 -Industrial Loading Dockboards(Ramps). 1.3 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Transport,handle,store and protect products. B. Store and handle dock seals in a manner to avoid damage to fabrick. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions for minimum and maximum temperature requirements for storage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DOCK SEALS A. Components: 1. Side Pads: 12 inch width, length to be clear opening height,with maximum 12 inch projection. Profile of pad shall be square. 2. Head Pad: 12 inch height, length to be 2 feet longer than clear opening width, with maximum 12 inch projection. 3. Clear Opening Size: As indicated on Drawings. 4. All pads to have breather slots. 5. Core: High-density urethane foam core with supporting frame. 6. Cover Fabric: Vinyl coated nylon,22 oz/sq yd,black. on 7. Wear Pleats: Full height of side pads,40 oz/sq yd vinyl coated nylon,with 8 inch exposure,black. Extra 40 ounce wearface on face of head pad,black. 8. Guide Stripes: Manufacturer's standard width stripe full height of side pads,yellow. 9. Supporting Frame: 2" Kiln-dried, preservative treated wood, fully encased with cover fabric, galvanized steel hardware. 10. Side pads shall taper 1" per percent (%) of grade of driveway approach, as necessary, from maximum projection. Head pad shall match depth of side pads. 40 11. Minimum Two Year Warranty Period B. Manufacturers and Models: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide dock seals of one of the following: 40 1. Model 160-Black-GP8,by Chalfant Sewing Fabricators,Inc.;Cleveland,OH;(800)365-0389. 2. Series 1000,by Fairborn USA Inc.;Upper Sandusky,OH;(800)262-1188. 3. Model TP-901-NPV,by Frommelt Industries;Dubuque,IA;(501)663-3039. 4. Model DSS-102-WP8-WF(on head pad),by Kelley Company,Inc.;Milwaukee,WI;(800)558-6960. OR 11160-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 4M M .w .x Sw am no .ft .w. BLANK PAGE Ow wa wo ■w 10810-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 an +�w 2. Manufacturer: Koala Corporation. a. Contact: Customer Service at(800)666-0363,Fax(303)574-9000. b. Changing Table: Horizontal Design. C. Diaper Dispenser: Koala Dispenser. d. Pad Dispenser: Integral to table. e. Waste Receptor: Koala 22 Gallon Waste Receptacle. 3. Substitutions: None accepted. G. Grab Bars: 18 gage stainless steel; 1-1/4 inch diameter, (1-1/2 inch diameter where required by Local Code)tex- tured grip surface;concealed mounting. Provide 42 inch grab bars on rear wall and 42 inch grab bars on side wall. Refer to Drawings for location and quantity. 1. Model No.UG20X,by A.J.Washroom. 2. Model No. 3100 P,by American Specialties. 3. Model No. B5507.99,by Bobrick. 4. Model No. 832-2,by Bradley. 5. Model No. 125C-XT,by Gamco. 6. Model No.F-9603,by McKinney/Parker. 7. Model No.Q/CS-1/P,by Tubular Specialties. on H. Mirrors: No. 1 quality 1/4 inch float glass electrolytically copper plated; coating guaranteed for ten years. Mi- tered stainless steel frame; concealed theft resistant wall hanger; 18 x 24 inch size, except 18 x 36 at handicap ac- cessible lavatory. 1. Model No.U711,by A.J.Washroom. 2. Model No.0620,by American Specialties. 3. Model No.B-165,by Bobrick. 4. Model No. 781,by Bradley. 5. Model No.C-18,by Gamco. 6. Model No. 190,by McKinney/Parker. 7. Model No.M-21,by Tubular Specialties. END OF SECTION w 10810-3 a" Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am 2.3 FABRICATION no A. Weld and grind smooth joints of fabricated components. B. Form exposed surfaces from one sheet of stock,free of joints. Form surfaces flat without distortion. Maintain flat surfaces without scratches or dents. C. Provide steel anchor plates and anchor components for installation on building finishes. Hot-dip galvanize ferrous .® metal anchors and fastening devices. D. Back paint components where contact is made with building finishes to prevent electrolysis. .w E. Shop assemble components and package complete with anchors and fittings. PART 3-EXECUTION 4W 3.1 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to jobsite at appropriate time for building-in. Use templates and rough-in "" measurements as required. B. Ensure that blocking is appropriately installed and ready to receive accessories. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures, accessories, and items in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as shown on Drawings. Use tamper-proof fasteners. B. Install true,plumb,and level,securely and rigidly anchored to wall framing. 3.3 SCHEDULE OF ACCESSORIES A. Toilet Paper Holder: Furnished by Wal-Mart for installation by Contractor. B. Sanitary Napkin Disposal: (One per each Women's water closet.) Furnished by Wal-Mart for installation by Contractor. C. Soap Dispensers: Furnished by Wal-Mart for installation by Contractor. ass D. Paper Towel Dispensers: Furnished and installed by Wal-Mart. E. Electric Hand Dryers: 1. Model No.DA by World Dryer Corporation. a. Color: Snow White PWHC. 2. Model No.76-W by Excel Dryer Corporation. a. Color: White. 3. Substitutions: None accepted. F. Diaper Changing Table: Provide diaper changing tables as manufactured by one of the following: 1. Manufacturer: Four-D Incorporated. XW a. Contact: Mary Reilland at(800)524-7057 or(612)454-6095. b. Changing Table: Model#605W,Tidytots. C. Diaper Dispenser: Model#405W,Tidytots. am d. Pad Dispenser: Model#805W,Tidytots. e. Waste Receptor: Model#905W,Tidytots. an 10810-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,,, on on UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 10810-TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Toilet accessories and attachment hardware. B. Work Installed,But Not Furnished Under This Section: Under provisions of Section 01600,Wal-Mart will furnish an toilet accessories for installation by Contractor as follows: 1. Toilet Paper Holders. 2. Sanitary Napkin Disposals. O. 3. Soap Dispensers. C. Products Furnished and Installed Under Separate Contract(NIC): Under provisions of Section 01600, Wal-Mart will furnish and install Paper Towel Dispensers. 4M D. Related Sections: 1. Section 01600-Product Requirements: General procedures related to Owner furnished products. 2. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry: Blocking for attachment of accessories. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): ANSI A117.1 -Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible To and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with project requirements,provide toilet accessories as manufactured by one of the follow- ing,except as otherwise specified: 1. A.J.Washroom Accessories;New Windsor,NY;(914)562-3332. 2. American Specialties Co.,Inc.;Deer Park,NY;(914)476-9000. 3. Bobrick Washroom Equipment,Inc.;Jackson,TN;(901)424-7000. 4. Bradley Corporation;Milwaulkee,Wl;(414)354-0100. 5. Gamco;Durant,OK;(800)451-5766. 6. McKinney/Parker; Scranton,PA;(717)346-7551. 7. Tubular Specialties Mfg.,Inc.;Los Angeles,CA;(800)421-2961. go B. Substitutions: None accepted. 2.2 MATERIALS es A. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304. B. Mounting Devices: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication or of same material as accessory unit. 40 C. Adhesive: Epoxy type contact cement. on D. Finishes: 1. Chrome/Nickel Plating: Polished finish. 2. Stainless Steel: No.4 satin finish,unless specified otherwise. 3. Shop Primed Ferrous Metals: Pretreat and clean,spray apply one coat primer and bake. No 10810-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ..R BLANK PAGE Mw am am 10260-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 10260-WALL AND CORNER GUARDS * PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Corner Guards. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CORNER GUARDS A. Clear Acrylic Corner Guards, 16 gage,2-1/2 inches x 2-1/2 inches x 48 inches, 1/8 inch radius,by Pawling Corpo- ration(914)855-1005. B. Accessories: As recommended by corner guard manufacturer. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,square and plumb,secured rigidly in position. B. Position corner guard 4 inches above finished floor. Coordinate installation of resilient base and painting with corner guard installation. on 3.2 SCHEDULE on A. Corner Guards: Locate corner guards in sales areas accessible by public,including following areas,where damage may occur to corners of gypsum board,plastic laminate,wallcovering,or other wall finishes. 1. Vision Center. 2. Courtesy Desk area. 3. Layaway. END OF SECTION on I" so 10260-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .w N. Ow am .s BLANK PAGE s� �.s w w wry 10170-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ..� w E. Conceal floor fastenings with pilaster shoes. F. Equip each door with hinges, one slide-type door latch, and one coat hook and bumper. Align hardware to uni- form clearance at vertical edges of doors,not exceeding 1/4 inch. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. In Swinging Doors: Adjust hinges to locate doors in partial open position when unlatched. B. Out Swinging Doors: Adjust hinges to gently return doors to closed position. go END OF SECTION 0M on on go 10170-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .w B. Urinal Screens: Wall hung type,24"x 42"to match toilet compartments. C. Pilaster Shoes:4 inches high; one-piece stainless steel floor shoe. D. Headraill: Extruded brite anodized type 6463T5 aluminum channel;anti-grip design. .. E. Attachments: 1. Screws,and Bolts: Stainless steel;tamper proof type. 2. Wall Mounting Brackets: Continuous, full height, double ear extruded brite anodized type 6463T5 .� aluminum. 3. Side Panel to Pilaster Bracket: Continuous, full height, U-channel extruded brite anodized type 6463T5 aluminum. . F. Hardware: Integral pivot hinges, gravity type, adjustable for door close positioning; nylon bearings; clear ano- dized aluminum slide-type door latch; door strike and keeper with rubber bumper; cast alloy chrome plated coat hook and bumper. 2.3 FABRICATION ..R A. Solid Plastic: 1/4 inch radius beveled edges. B. Hardware and Attachments: Pre-drilled by manufacturer; provide for protection of dissimilar metals. .. 2.4 FINISHES A. Compartments and Screens: 1. Dark Blue#97 or S-3-16 Blue,by Capitol Partitions. 2. Royal Blue#S203,by Comtec Industries. 3. Royal Blue by Rockville. 4. Navy Blue#290,by Santana. 5. Marine Blue 914,by Columbia Partitions 6. Navy Blue 40,By General Partitions. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION w� A. Take site dimensions. Verify correct spacing of plumbing fixtures. B. Verify correct location of built-in framing,anchorage,and bracing. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install partitions secure,rigid,plumb,level,and square in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Provide for adjustment due to minor floor variations. 2. Install adjacent components for consistency of line and plane. B. Maintain 1/2 inch space between wall and panels,and between wall and pilasters. Attach continuous panel brack- ets securely to walls using anchor devices. C. Attach panels and pilasters to bracket with through sleeve, tamperproof bolts, and nuts. Locate head rail joints at pilaster center lines. D. Anchor urinal screen panels to walls with continuous bracket in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to suit supporting wall construction. 10170-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,,� UniSpec II 092499 O SECTION 10170-PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS on PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Work Includes: 1. Solid plastic toilet compartments,floor mounted,head rail braced. 2. Solid plastic urinal screens,wall mounted. 3. Attachment hardware. B. Related Sections: .s 1. Section 05500-Metal Fabrications. 2. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry: Framing and plates within walls. 3. Section 10810 - Toilet Accessories: Coordinate compartment installation with subsequent accessory installation. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 1. ANSI Al 17.1 -Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible To and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. 1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Resource Management: 1. Recycled Content: Solid plastic compartments and screens manufactured with recycled plastic will be permitted. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with project requirements, provide solid polyethylene or phenolic toilet compartments and screens,as manufactured by one of the following: 1. Poly-Stone,by Capitol Partitions,Inc. Contact: Mike Gill,(410)740-8870. 2. Designer Series D400,by Comtec Industries. Contact: Ed Smichowski,(717)348-0997. 3. Poly-Granite HD,by Santana Products,Inc. Contact: Joyce Swan,(901)645-9056. 4. PolyRock,by Rockville Partitions,Inc. Contact:Karl R.Henry,(301)424-12905. 5. Columbia Super HD-12 Phenolic Partitions,by Partition Systems,Inc.,Contact:Ed Bass,(803)765-9980. 6. Series 40 HDP,by General Partitions Mfg.Corp.,Contact:Mike Zehner,(814)833-1154. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Solid Plastic Compartments and Screens: High density polyethylene(HDPE) or Phenolic, water resistant; graffiti resistant;non-absorbent;with color and material homogenous throughout. 1. High density polyethylene: a. Panels: 1 inch thickness. b. Doors: 1 inch thickness. C. Pilasters: 1 inch thickness. 2. Phenolic: a. Panels: 1/2 inch thickness. b. Doors: 1/2 inch thickness. C. Pilasters: 1/2 inch thickness. 10170-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 BLANK PAGE 09981-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,. A C. Manufacturer's Representative Inspection: At completion of application, obtain Manufacturer's Representative "" (must be same individual present at pre-construction conference) inspection of application and color. Compare application with sample panel. Provide Manufacturer's Representative Report of deficiencies to Contractor and Wal-Mart Construction Manager. on 3.5 COLOR SCHEDULE A. P 1 -Light Grey: on 1. "Wal-Mart Dover Grey"by Sonneborn Building Products. 2. "New Light Grey"(72116)by Modac Products Company. 3. "Rainguard Light Grey"by Rainguard Products Company. 40 B. P2-Dark Grey: 1. "Drum Hill Grey"(Q15-19T),by Sonneborn Building Products. 2. "Drum Hill Grey"(805040 for cold weather)(805042 for normal weather),by Modac Products Company. PW 3. "Dark Grey"(RG 4626),by Rainguard Products Company. C. Accent Stripe Coating System: 1. Provide the following as Accent Stripe colors: a. P3 -Blue:VALSPAR/House Beautiful#26333 b. P4-Red:VALSPAR/House Beautiful#26334. END OF SECTION Im PM Im g• 09981-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 3.3 APPLICATION A. General: 1. Begin system application at rear of building and work toward front. Begin system application at top of wall and work down. Begin application of system in the presence of Manufacturer's Technical Representative. 2. Sealer or filler: Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Decorative Acrylic Coating: a. Apply material at rate recommended by manufacturer. b. Apply material by brush,roller,plaster type sprayer,or low pressure sprayer. C. Back roll brushed or sprayed material;cross roll roller-applied material. d. Finish material with brush and roller strokes in one direction. 4. Accent Color Stripes: a. Apply at a spread rate not to exceed 400 square feet per gallon over properly prepared and cured substrate per coating. b. Apply two coats at recommended spread rate via brush,roller,or HVLP spray then back-roll. B. Application: 1. Acrylic Block Filler: a. Apply only to dry,clean surfaces. b. Apply using brush, roller, or spray. For spray application,use airless equipment; backroll material into voids of substrate. Use manufacturer's recommended spray nozzle tip size as follows: 1) Sonneborn: 0.027 to 0.033. 2) Modac: 0.039. 3) Rainguard: 0.027 to 0.033. C. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate of 35 to 100 square feet per gallon. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions for application rate appropriate for profile, texture, and porosity of substrate. 2. Decorative Acrylic Coating: ow a. Allow block filler to dry 24 to 48 hours before proceeding with acrylic coating. b. Apply using roller or spray. For spray application, use airless equipment; backroll material into voids of substrate. Use manufacturer's recommended spray nozzle tip size as follows: 1) Sonnebom: 0.027 to 0.032. 2) Modac: 0.039. 3) Rainguard: 0.027 to 0.035. C. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate of 60 to 90 square feet per gallon. Comply with ,. manufacturer's published instructions for application rate appropriate for profile, texture, and porosity of substrate. 3. Accent Colored Acrylic Coating: a. Accent color stripes: ' 1) Allow previous coating 24 to 48 hours to dry before applying addition coatings. 2) Do not thin. Apply two coats of coating in accordance with label directions allowing a minimum of 24 hours between coats. .� 3) Apply at a spread rate not to exceed 400 square feet per gallon on smooth substrate; 250 square feet on textured surfaces. C. Tolerances: Provide pinhole free finish coat. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Completely cover concrete masonry surfaces with specified coating system in colors as scheduled. B. Maintain schedule of application of system in field office for Owner's review. �w 09981-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 aw C. Accent Stripe Coating System: Subject to compliance with project requirements, provide by the following manufacturer: 1. VALSPAR/House Beautiful(800)734-4242 for product and ordering information. D. Substitutions:Not Permitted 2.2 COATINGS A. Normal Weather(Above 407)Coatings: 1. Acrylic Block Filler: a. Block Filler#749,by Sonnebom. b. Mo-Fil AQ,by Modac. C. Tec-Seal II,by Raingurad. 2. Decorative Acrylic Coating: a. Hydrocide Colorflex, Sonneborn. b. Motite Smooth,by Modac. C. Tec-Top,by Rainguard. 3. Accent Color Stripes: a. VALSPAR/House Beautiful Hi-Performance 100%Acrylic Accent Paint. 4. Colors: As indicated in Color Schedule at end of this Section. Color locations as indicated on Drawings. B. Cold Weather(40°F to 20°F)Coatings: 1. Acrylic Block Filler: a. Mo-Fil,by Modac. 2. Decorative Acrylic Coating: a. Modac F,by Modac. 3. Colors: As indicated in Color Schedule at end of this Section. Color locations as indicated on Drawings. 2.3 MIXES A. Mix in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. Use manufacturer's approved mechanical mixer. Do not use frozen, caked, or lumped materials. Clean mechanical mixers and containers after each mixing; keep batch free of material and sealers from previous mixes. PART 3 EXECUTION �w 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where special coating is applied. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. pp B. Beginning of application means acceptance of substrate conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Cure concrete/mortar 28 to 30 days before beginning special coating application.. B. Surfaces to receive system shall be free of defects such as honeycombs,form marks,tie holes,concrete droppings, laitance, dirt, dust, grease, form release treatments, efflorescence, curing compounds,paint and any other foreign material. C. Fill holes in excess of 3/8 inch. ow 09981-3 ""' Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 E. Post-Installation: e will provide field service including site visit and 1. Upon completion, Manufacturer's representativ observation of completed coating system installation. a. Manufacturer's representative/distributor shall be capable of providing field service at site as required. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Do not apply on frozen or frost-filled surfaces. 2. Normal Weather Coatings: Do not apply if temperature is below 40 degrees F or expected to fall below 40 degrees F within 24 hours. 3. Cold Weather Coatings: Do not apply if temperature is below 20 degrees F or expected to fall below 20 degrees F within 24 hours. 4. Protect special coating material from freezing. 5. Protect surfaces from rapid drying in windy,hot,and dry conditions. 6. Protect from moisture for 24 hours after application. 7. Do not apply material during rapid and extreme changes in temperature. 8. Apply moisture to surface prior to and during masonry weatherproofing application when the following conditions exist: a. Wind-caused rapid drying of surface. b. Excessive surface temperature. , C. Excessive air temperature. d. Direct sun. e. Low humidity. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Field Coating System:Provide 5 year material and labor warranty to cover: 1. Waterproofing above grade. 2. Bonding. 3. Weathering. ow B. Accent Stripe Coating System:Provide 3 year material and labor warranty to cover: 1. Waterproofing above grade. 2. Bonding. " 3. Weathering. 4. Fade Resistance. C. Obtain Manufacturer's"Intent to Warrant"issued to Contractor and Wal-Mart before beginning application. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1W 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with project requirements, provide Field Coating System of one of the following ww manufacturers: 1. Sonneborn Building Products,(800)433-9517. 2. Modac Products Company,(800)626-6322. 3. Rainguard Products Company,(800)272-4647 or(888)765-7070. • r B. Cold Weather (40°F to 20°F) Coating System: Subject to compliance with project requirements, provide Field Coating System by the following manufacturer: 1. Modac Products Company,(800)626-6322.] 09981-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 09981 -ELASTOMERIC COATINGS FOR MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Acrylic masonry weatherproofing system. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 04220 - Concrete Masonry Units: Exterior masonry walls to receive weatherproofing system as indicated on Drawings. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM D 968-Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by the Falling Abrasive Tester. 2. ASTM D 822 - Operating Light and Water Exposure Apparatus (Carbon Arc Type) for Testing Paint, Varnish,Lacquer,and Related Products. 3. ASTM G 26 - Operating Light-Exposure Apparatus (Carbon Arc Type) With and Without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Properly trained and approved by the weatherproofing system manufacturer_and authorized to offer specified warranty. B. Letter of Certification: Submit installer letter of certification, signed by Technical Representative of system manufacturer. C. Field Sample: 1. Apply masonry weatherproofing system to sample panel at location determined by Wal-Mart Construction Manager. 2. Provide specified colors,texture,and workmanship. 3. Obtain Wal-Mart Construction Manager inspection and approval of sample panel. 4. Maintain approved sample panel during construction as a standard for judging completed Work. Do not alter,move,or destroy panel until Work is completed. D. Pre-installation Conference: 1. Convene a pre-installation conference at the site,one week prior to commencing Work of this Section. 2. Contact Wal-Mart Construction Manager two weeks prior to pre-installation conference to confirm schedule. 3. Attendance: a. Contractor. b. Coating subcontractor. C. Owner's Representative. d. Coating manufacturer's representative/distributor. 4. Agenda: a. Substrate condition. b. Sequence and method of application of coating system. + 5. Record discussions of conference and decisions and agreements (or disagreements) reached, and furnish copy of record to each party attending. 09981-1 !'" Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 3. Paint exposed overhead structure including joists, girders, bridging, miscellaneous metal fabrications, and metal deck,in all areas accessible to the public,Color P7,Flat. 4. General Merchandise Areas(Paint the following items colors indicated in schedule below): a. Sales Areas and other areas not specifically indicated: 1) Gypsum Board Walls(White): P7,Eggshell. 2) Concrete Masonry Unit Walls(White):P7,Eggshell. 3) Columns(White):P7,Eggshell. 4) Wood Trim(Match Adjacent Wall Color): Semi-Gloss. 5) Gypsum Board Ceilings(White): P7,Semi-Gloss. b. Pharmacy: 1) Exterior Gypsum Board Walls(White): P7,Eggshell(Side Walls). 2) Exterior Gypsum Board Walls(White): P7,Semi-Gloss(Front Wall including Bulkhead). " 3) Interior Gypsum Board Walls(White): P7,Semi-Gloss. C. Men and Women Toilets: 1) Gypsum Board Ceilings(White):P7,Semi-Gloss. d. Vision Center: 1) Gypsum Board Walls(Grey): P6,Eggshell. 2) Concrete Masonry Unit Walls(Grey): P6,Eggshell. 3) Columns(Grey):P6,Eggshell. e. Ductwork: 1) HVAC ductwork exposed to view by general public(White): P7 Eggshell enamel. 5. Corridors, Offices, Storage, and other areas indicated to be painted but generally not accessible to the public: a. Gypsum Board Walls(Grey):P6,Eggshell. b. Concrete Masonry Unit Walls(Grey):P6,Eggshell. C. Columns(Grey):P6,Eggshell. d. Wood Trim(Match Adjacent Wall Color): Semi-Gloss 6. Garden Center(Paint the following items colors indicated in schedule below): a. Concrete Masonry Unit Walls(White):P7,Eggshell. b. Gypsum Board Walls(White):P7,Eggshell. END OF SECTION ow A.. ow d" 4W 09900-18 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 air i K. Exposed Overhead Structure-Ferrous Metals: Flat,Alkyd Resin. 1. 1 st Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Sweep-Up Alkyd Flat,272; MDF 1.9 mils. b. ICI Dulux: Devoe Coatings 1380 Alkyd Flat Dryfall;MDF 2.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Super Tech Dry Fog Enamel Flat, Series 6-150; MDF 1.3 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Plus Alkyd Dryfall Flat,E34100;MDF 2.5 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Dryfall Flat Brilliant White,B48W60; MDF 3.0 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Hi-Hide Alkyd Dryfall,Z5923; MDF 2.0 mils. g. Frazee: Dry Fall Flat,500P 109; MDF 2.0 mils. h. DiamondNogel: HiHide Low Odor Dryfall,LB-1604; MDF 2.0 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1711 Kel-Guard White Rust-Inhibitive Primer; MDF 1.3 mils. J. MAB: Dry Fall Flat,013-191; MDF 3.0 mils. k. Rodda: PMC-300 Industrial Alkyd Flat; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#DF-001 Dry Fall Flat; MDF 1.9 mils. m. Duron: Dura Clad Alkyd Dry Fog Flat Finish,93-830,White,MDF 3.8 mils 2. 2nd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Sweep-Up Alkyd Flat,272; MDF 1.9 mils. b. ICI Dulux:Devoe Coatings 1380 Alkyd Flat Dryfall;MDF 2.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Super Tech Dry Fog Enamel Flat,Series 6-150; MDF 1.3 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Plus Alkyd Dryfall Flat,E34100;MDF 2.5 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Dryfall Flat Brilliant White,B48W60; MDF 3.0 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Hi-Hide Alkyd Dryfall,Z5923; MDF 2.0 mils. g. Frazee: Dry Fall Flat,500P 109; MDF 2.0 mils. h. DiamondNogel: HiHide Low Odor Dryfall,LB-1604; MDF 2.0 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 380 Mill White Eggshell Maintenance Finish; MDF 2.2 mils. r j. MAB: Dry Fall Flat,013-191; MDF 3.0 mils. k. Rodda: PMC-300 Industrial Alkyd Flat; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#DF-001 Dry Fall Flat; MDF 1.9 mils. m. Duron: Dura Clad Alkyd Dry Fog Flat Finish,93-830,White,MDF 3.8 mils. 3.11 PAINT COLOR SCHEDULE A. Paint Colors: 1. P 1 -Light Grey:Refer to Section 09981. 2. P2-Dark Grey: Refer to Section 09981. 3. P3 - Blue: Refer to Section 09981 for color at masonry. Match Sherwin-Williams #SW 1504 "Nobility Blue"at all other areas. 4. P4 - Red: Refer to Section 09981 for color at masonry. Match Sherwin-Williams #SW 1602 "Theater Red"at all other areas.. 5. P5-Yellow: OSHA Standard"Safety Yellow". 6. P6-Grey:Match Pittsburgh Paints#2753 "Silver Lining". 7. P7-White: Match Pittsburgh Paints#2537'Blossom White". PW 8. P11 -Black:Match Sherwin Williams#SW 1238"Raven". B. Exterior Paint Color and Sheen Schedule: 1. Refer to Exterior Elevations on Drawings for paint color locations and substrate materials. 2. Paint metal doors and frames color to match color of wall surface adjacent to door. 3. Typical Pipe Bollards(Yellow):P5,Gloss. 4. Roof Hatch(Light Grey):P1,Gloss. 5. Other Items:As indicated on Drawings and Exterior Painting and Finishing Schedule part of this Section. C. Interior Paint Color and Sheen Schedule: 1. Refer to Room Finish Schedule on Drawings for paint locations and substrate materials. 2. Paint metal doors and frames semi-gloss; color to match color of wall surface adjacent to door on room side. Where adjacent wall surface is unfinished,paint metal doors and frames P6(Grey). 09900-17 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 f. Dunn-Edwards: Permagloss Acrylic Enamel,W960; MDF 2.0 mils. , g. Frazee: Pro Latex Gloss Enamel,041; MDF 2.0 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: NuCling Gloss Acrylic Enamel,MH Series; MDF 1.75 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1780 Kel-Guard Acrylic Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.3 mils. j. MAB: Rich-Lux Architectural High Gloss Latex,022 Line; MDF 1.6 mils. k. Rodda: Unique II Gloss Latex Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#8400 Series 100%Acrylic Latex Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Ultra Deluxe interior Acrylic Latex High-Gloss Enamel,25-series, MDF 1.5 mils. ,W J. Concrete Floor Markings and Graphics: Eggshell,Urethane Alkyd Resin Modified Vinyl Acrylic Latex. 1. 1 st Coat: Reduce in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. a. Benjamin Moore: Moore's Latex Floor and Patio Enamel, 122; MDF 0.8 mils. "r b. ICI Dulux:3018 Ultra-Hide Interior/Exterior 100%Acrylic Floor Enamel;MDF 1.8 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Urethane-Latex Floor and Deck Enamel,Series 3-410; MDF 1.5 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Withstand Latex Floor Enamel-thinned,Z5100 series; 1.0 mils. , e. Sherwin-Williams: Acrylic Latex Floor Enamel,A24 Series; MDF 1.2 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Vin-L-Stripe Acrylic Epoxy,W801; MDF 1.2 mils. g. Frazee: UGL Concrete Floor Paint; MDF 1.2 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: NuCling Satin Acrylic Enamel,MS Series; MDF 1.75 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1350 Acry-Tred Acrylic Floor and Patio Paint; MDF 1.6 mils. j. MAB: Rich-Lux Patio and Deck Enamel,077 Line; MDF 1.7 mils. k. Rodda: Tuff Deck Acrylic Floor Finish; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#7930 Latex Floor Coating; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Bradley 100 percent Acrylic Latex Floor and Patio Paint, MDF 1.5 mils. 2. 2nd Coat: Reduce in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. a. Benjamin Moore: Moore's Latex Floor and Patio Enamel, 122; 0.8 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 3018 Ultra-Hide Interior/Exterior 100%Acrylic Floor Enamel;MDF 1.8 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Urethane-Latex Floor and Deck Enamel, Series 3-410; MDF 1.5 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Withstand Latex Floor Enamel-thinned,Z5100 series; 1.0 mils. ar, e. Sherwin-Williams: Acrylic Latex Floor Enamel,A24 Series; MDF 1.2 mils. f Dunn-Edwards: Vin-L-Stripe Acrylic Epoxy,W801; MDF 1.2 mils. g. Frazee: UGL Concrete Floor Paint; MDF 1.2 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: NuCling Satin Acrylic Enamel,MS Series; 1.75 mils. .w i. Kelley-Moore: 1350 Acry-Tred Acrylic Floor and Patio Paint; MDF 1.6 mils. j. MAB: Rich-Lux Patio and Deck Enamel,077 Line; MDF 1.7 mils. k. Rodda: Tuff Deck Acrylic Floor Finish; MDF 1.5 mils. go. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#7930 Latex Floor Coating; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Bradley 100 percent Acrylic Latex Floor and Patio Paint, MDF 1.5 mils. 3. 3rd Coat: Reduce in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. a. Benjamin Moore: Moore's Latex Floor and Patio Enamel, 122; 0.8 mils. 01' b. ICI Dulux:3018 Ultra-Hide Interior/Exterior 100%Acrylic Floor Enamel;MDF 1.8 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Urethane-Latex Floor and Deck Enamel,Series 3-410; MDF 1.5 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Withstand Latex Floor Enamel-thinned,Z5100 series; 1.0 mils. 4 e. Sherwin-Williams: Acrylic Latex Floor Enamel,A24 Series; MDF 1.2 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Vin-L-Stripe Acrylic Epoxy,W801; MDF 1.2 mils. g. Frazee: UGL Concrete Floor Paint; MDF 1.2 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: NuCling Satin Acrylic Enamel,MS Series; 1.75 mils. go i. Kelley-Moore: 1350 Acry-Tred Acrylic Floor and Patio Paint; MDF 1.6 mils. j. MAB: Rich-Lux Patio and Deck Enamel,077 Line; MDF 1.7 mils. k. Rodda: Tuff Deck Acrylic Floor Finish; MDF 1.5 mils. a 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#7930 Latex Floor Coating; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Not recommended. 0. 4W 09900-16 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Ow j. MAB: Fresh Kote Interior Latex Semi-Gloss,410 Line; MDF 1.6 mils. k. Rodda: Unique II Semi-Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#2310 Accu-Tone SG Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Pro Kote Supreme Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel,24-series, MDF 1.3 mils. 3. 3rd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Latex Semi-gloss Enamel,276; MDF 1.4 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 1416 Ultra-Hide Latex Semi-Gloss Interior Wall&Trim Enamel; 1.5 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Speedcraft Interior Semi-Gloss Latex Enamel,5-510 Series; MDF 1.4 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Plus Interior Latex Semi-Gloss,Z9810 series; MDF 1.2 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar 400 Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel,B31 Series; MDF 1.2 mils. f Dunn-Edwards: Deco-Glo Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel,W450; MDF 1.5 mils. g. Frazee: Acrysheen Acrylic Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel 025; MDF 1.5 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: Hide Plus Semi-Gloss,DS-1540 Series; MDF 1.5 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1650 Acry-Plex Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.2 mils. j. MAB: Fresh Kote Interior Latex Semi-Gloss,410 Line; MDF 1.6 mils. k. Rodda: Unique II Semi-Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#2310 Accu-Tone SG Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Pro Kote Supreme Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel,24-series, MDF 1.3 mils. I. Concrete Unit Masonry: Gloss,Water Base,Acrylic or Water Alkyd. 1. 1st Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Interior and Exterior Block Filler, 173. b. ICI Dulux:Devoe Coatings 4000 Bloxfil Interior/Exterior Heavy Duty Acrylic Block Filler. C. Pittsburgh: Speedcraft Latex Masonry Block Filler,5-7. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Latex Block Filler,Z98. e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar Interior/Exterior Block Filler,B25W25. f. Dunn-Edwards: Bloc-Fil,W305. g. Frazee: Acrylic Block Filler,262. h. Diamond/Vogel: Acrylic Block Filler,BF-1504. i. Kelley-Moore: 521 Acrylic Block Filler(Smooth Type). j. MAB: Block Kote#2000,064-140. k. Rodda: Smooth Acrylic Masonry Block Filler#19100. up 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#5890 Accu-Pro Block Filler. M. Duron: Craft Kote Latex Block Filler,White,08-125. 2. 2nd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Impervex Hi Gloss Enamel,309,MDF 1.2 mils. b. ICI Dulux: Devoe Coatings 4308 Devflex Interior/Exterior Waterborne Acrylic Gloss Enamel; 2.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Interior/Exterior Water Base Gloss Enamel,5 1-110 Series; MDF 1.4 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Enducryl Acrylic Maintenance Enamel,Z2900 series; MDF 2.0 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar 200 Interior Latex Gloss Enamel,B21W20l; MDF 2.0 mils. f Dunn-Edwards: Permagloss Acrylic Enamel,W960; MDF 2.0 mils. g. Frazee: Pro Latex Gloss Enamel,041; MDF 2.0 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: NuCling Gloss Acrylic Enamel,MH Series; MDF 1.75 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1780 Kel-Guard Acrylic Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.3 mils. j. MAB: Rich-Lux Architectural High Gloss Latex,022 Line; MDF 1.6 mils. k. Rodda: Unique II Gloss Latex Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#8400 Series 100%Acrylic Latex Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Ultra Deluxe interior Acrylic Latex High-Gloss Enamel,25-series, MDF 1.5 mils. 3. 3rd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Impervex Hi Gloss Enamel,309,MDF 1.2 mils. b. ICI Dulux: Devoe Coatings Devflex 4218 Direct-To-Metal Gloss Interior/Exterior Waterborne Enamel;MDF 2.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Interior/Exterior Water Base Gloss Enamel,51-110 Series; MDF 1.4 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Enducryl Acrylic Maintenance Enamel,Z2900 series; MDF 2.0 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar 200 Interior Latex Gloss Enamel,1321W201; MDF 2.0 mils. �r 09900-15 IN Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 2. 2nd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Latex Eggshell Enamel,274; MDF 1.3 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 1432 Ultra-Hide Latex Eggshell Interior Wall&Trim Enamel;MDF 1.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Speedcraft Interior Eggshell Latex Enamel,5-411 Series; MDF 1.8 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Plus Interior Latex Eggshell,Z9300 series; MDF 1.5 mils. '* e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar 400 Latex Eggshell Enamel,B20 Series; MDF 1.0 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Suprema Low Gloss Enamel,W411; MDF 1.25 mils. g. Frazee: Wally-Vinyl Acrylic Eggshell Enamel, 123; MDF 1.75 mils. ,,W h. Diamond/Vogel: Hide Plus Eggshell,DE-1540 Series; MDF 1.5 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1640 Acry-Plex Latex Eggshell Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. j. MAB: Rich-Lux Low Lustre Latex,028 Line; MDF 1.6 mils. k. Rodda: Laysn Eggshell Finish; MDF 1.5 mils. Ow 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#2800 Accu-Tone Eggshell Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Pro Kote Supreme Interior latex Low sheen Enamel,23-series, MDF 1.3 mils. 3. 3rd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Latex Eggshell Enamel,274; MDF 1.3 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 1432 Ultra-Hide Latex Eggshell Interior Wall&Trim Enamel;MDF 1.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Speedcraft Interior Eggshell Latex Enamel,5-411 Series; MDF 1.8 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Plus Interior Latex Eggshell,Z9300 series; MDF 1.5 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar 400 Latex Eggshell Enamel,B20 Series; MDF 1.0 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Suprema Low Gloss Enamel,W411; MDF 1.25 mils. g. Frazee: Wally-Vinyl Acrylic Eggshell Enamel, 123; MDF 1.75 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: Hide Plus Eggshell,DE-1540 Series; MDF 1.5 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1640 Acry-Plex Latex Eggshell Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. j. MAB: Rich-Lux Low Lustre Latex,028 Line; MDF 1.6 mils. k. Rodda: Laysn Eggshell Finish; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#2800 Accu-Tone Eggshell Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Pro Kote Supreme Interior latex Low sheen Enamel,23-series, MDF 1.3 mils. H. Concrete Unit Masonry: Semi-Gloss,Water Base,Vinyl Acrylic Latex/Polyvinyl Acetate. 1. 1 st Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Interior and Exterior Block Filler, 173. b. ICI Dulux:Devoe Coatings 4000 Bloxfil Interior/Exterior Heavy Duty Acrylic Block Filler. C. Pittsburgh: Speedcraft Latex Masonry Block Filler,5-7. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Latex Block Filler,Z98. e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar Interior/Exterior Block Filler,B25W25. f. Dunn-Edwards: Bloc-Fil,W305. g. Frazee: Acrylic Block Filler,262. h. Diamond/Vogel: Acrylic Block Filler,BF-1504. i. Kelley-Moore: 521 Acrylic Block Filler(Smooth Type). j. MAB: Block Kote#2000,064-140. k. Rodda: Smooth Acrylic Masonry Block Filler#19100. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#5890 Accu-Pro Block Filler M. Duron: Craft Kote Latex Block Filler,White,08-125. 2. 2nd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Latex Semi-gloss Enamel,276; MDF 1.4 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 1416 Ultra-Hide Latex Semi-Gloss Interior Wall&Trim Enamel;MDF 1.5 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Speedcraft Interior Semi-Gloss Latex Enamel,5-510 Series; MDF 1.4 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Plus Interior Latex Semi-Gloss,Z9810 series; MDF 1.2 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar 400 Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel,B31 Series; MDF 1.2 mils. f Dunn-Edwards: Deco-Glo Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel,W450; MDF 1.5 mils. g. Frazee: Acrysheen Acrylic Latex SG Enamel 025; MDF 1.5 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: Hide Plus Semi-Gloss,DS-1540 Series; MDF 1.5 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1650 Acry-Plex Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.2 mils. 4W 09900-14 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Ow h. Diamond/Vogel: Latex Enamel Undercoat,DU-1508; MDF 1.5 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 975 Latex Enamel Undercoat; MDF 1.2 mils. j. MAB: Fresh Kote Vinyl Primer,037-100; MDF 1.6 mils. k. Rodda: Lasyn Enamel Undercoat#390; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#0880 Latex Wall Primer; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Interior Acrylic Enamel Undercoater,White,04-123, MDF 1.6 mils. 2. 2nd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel,274; MDF 1.3 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 1436 Ultra-Wall Latex Semi-Gloss Interior Wall&Trim Enamel;MDF 1.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Speedcraft Interior Semi-Gloss Latex Enamel,5-510 Series; MDF 1.6 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Plus Interior Latex Semi-Gloss,Z9810 series; MDF 1.2 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar 400 Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel,B31 Series; MDF 1.0 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Deco-Glo Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel,W 450; MDF 1.5. g. Frazee: Acrysheen Vinyl-Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel,025; MDF 1.5 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: Hide Plus Semi-Gloss,DS-1540 Series; MDF 1.5 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1650 Acry-Plex Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.2 mils. j. MAB: Fresh Kote Interior Latex Semi-Gloss,410 Line; MDF 1.6 mils. k. Rodda: Unique II Semi-Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#2310 Accu-Tone SG Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Pro Kote Supreme Interior Semi-Gloss Enamel,24-series, MDF 1.3 mils. OA F. Wood-Transparent Finish: Clear Sealer only. 1. 1st Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moore's Interior Wood Finishes Quick Dry Sanding Sealer,413; MDF minimal. b. ICI Dulux: 1916 Woodpride Interior Quick Dry Sanding Sealer-Varnish;MDF varies. C. Pittsburgh: S eedhide g p Quick-Drying Interior Sanding Wood Sealer/Finish, 6-10 Clear; MDF 0.9 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Sanding Sealer,H40; MDF 0.8 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar Varnish Sanding Sealer,B26V3; MDF Varies. f. Dunn-Edwards: Synseal,V 106; MDF 1.0 mils g. Frazee: Creative Sanding Sealer. h. Diamond/Vogel: Marshall Sanding Sealer,CW-0403; MDF 1.0 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 2164 E Z Sand Q.D. Sealer; MDF 1.0 mils. j. MAB: Minit Dri Sanding Sealer,037-005; MDF 1.6 mils. k. Rodda: Quick Dry Sanding Sealer#482; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#47-000 VT Sanding Sealer; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Pro Kote Supreme Interior Semi-Gloss Enamel,24-series, MDF 1.3 mils. G. Concrete Unit Masonry: Eggshell,Water Base,Acrylic Vinyl Acrylic. 1. 1 st Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Interior and Exterior Block Filler, 173. b. ICI Dulux:Devoe Coatings 4000 Bloxfil Interior/Exterior Heavy Duty Acrylic Block Filler. C. Pittsburgh: Speedcraft Latex Masonry Block Filler,5-7. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Plus Latex Block Filler,Z98. e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar Interior/Exterior Block Filler,B25W25. f. Dunn-Edwards: Bloc-Fill,W305. w g. Frazee: Acrylic Block Filler,262. h. Diamond/Vogel: Acrylic Block Filler,BF-1504. i. Kelley-Moore: 521 Acrylic Block Filler(Smooth Type). j. MAB: Block Kote#2000,064-140. k. Rodda: Smooth Acrylic Masonry Block Filler#19100. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#5890 Accu-Pro Block Filler M. Duron: Craft Kote Latex Block Filler,White,08-125. 09900-13 1W Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 MW 2. 2nd Coat: •p a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Latex Eggshell Enamel,274; MDF 1.3 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 1432 Ultra-Hide Latex Eggshell Interior Wall&Trim Enamel;MDF 1.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Speedcraft Interior Eggshell Latex Enamel,5-411 Series; MDF 1.6 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Plus Interior Latex Eggshell,Z9300 series; MDF 1.5 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar 400 Latex Eggshell Enamel, B20 Series; MDF 1.0 mils. f Dunn-Edwards: Suprema Low-Gloss Enamel,W411; MDF 1.25 mils. g. Frazee: Wally-Vinyl Acrylic Eggshell, 123; MDF 1.75 mils. ., h. Diamond/Vogel: Hide Plus Eggshell,DE-1540 Series; MDF 1.5 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1640 Acry-Plex Latex Eggshell Enamel; MDF 1.2 mils. j. MAB: Fresh Kote Latex Satin Eggshell,405 Line;MDF 1.6 mils. k. Rodda: Lasyn Eggshell Finish; MDF 1.5 mils. �` 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#2800 Accu-Tone Eggshell Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Pro Kote Supreme Interior Latex Low Sheen Enamel,23-series, MDF 1.2 mils. dft D. Gypsum Board: Semi-Gloss,Water Base,Vinyl Acrylic Enamel. 1. 1 st Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Vinyl Latex Primer,273; MDF 0.7 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 1030 Ultra-Hide PVA Interior Primer-Sealer General Purpose Wall Primer; MDF 1.1 "" mils. C. Pittsburgh: Speedcraft Interior Latex Primer-Sealer,5-2; MDF 1.0 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Plus PVA Wall Primer,Z97; MDF 1.0 mils. 44 e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar 400 Latex Wall Primer,B28W400; MDF 1.2 mils. f Dunn-Edwards: Vinylastic Wall Primer,W101; MDF 1.25 mils. g. Frazee: PVA Sealer,063; MDF 1.4 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: PVA Primer Sealer,DU-1504; MDF 1.0 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 975 Latex Enamel Undercoat; MDF 1.2 mils. j. MAB: Fresh Kote Vinyl Primer,037-100; MDF 1.6 mils. k. Rodda: Heavy Body Scotseal#7800; MDF 1.5 mils. « 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#0880 Latex Wall Primer; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Craft Kote Interior Drywall Vinyl Primer Sealer,White,04-125, MDF 1.4 mils. 2. 2nd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel,276; MDF 1.3 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 1436 Ultra-Wall Latex Semi-Gloss Interior Wall&Trim Enamel;MDF 1.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Speedcraft Interior Semi-Gloss Latex Enamel,5-510 Series; MDF 1.6 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Plus Interior Latex Semi-Gloss,Z9810 series; MDF 1.2 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar 400 Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel,B31 Series; MDF 1.0 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Deco-Glo Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel,W 450; MDF 1.5. g. Frazee: Acrysheen Vinyl-Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel,025; MDF 1.5 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: Hide Plus Semi-Gloss,DS-1540 Series; MDF 1.5 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1650 Acry-Plex Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.2 mils. j. MAB: Fresh Kote Interior Latex Semi-Gloss,410 Line; MDF 1.6 mils. k. Rodda: Unique II Semi-Gloss Latex Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. .w 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#2310 Accu-Tone SG Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Pro Kote Supreme Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel,24-series,MDF 1.3 mils. .a. E. Wood: Semi-Gloss,Water Base,Vinyl Acrylic Enamel. 1. 1 st Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Vinyl Latex Primer,273; MDF 0.7 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 1030 Ultra-Hide PVA Interior Primer-Sealer General Purpose Wall Primer; MDF 1.2 .s mils. C. Pittsburgh: Speedcraft Interior Latex Primer-Sealer,5-2; MDF 1.0 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Plus PVA Wall Primer,Z97; MDF 1.0 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar 400 Latex Wall Primer,B28W400; MDF 1.2 mils. .. f. Dunn-Edwards: Unikote Acrylic Undercoat,W 7078; MDF 1.5. g. Frazee: Acri-Prime Acrylic Undercoater,065; MDF 1.5 mils. Ow 09900-12 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 �. f. Dunn-Edwards: Corrobar Alkyd Primer, 43.5 MDF 2.0 mils. g. Frazee: Acrylic Metal Prime,561,MDF 1.7 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: Acrylic Maintenance Primer,MC-1501,White; MDF 3.0 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1725 Kel-Guard Acrylic Metal Primer; MDF 1.6 mils. j. MAB: Rust-O Lastic Hydro-Prime II,073-189; MDF 3.2 mils. k. Rodda: Metal Master Acrylic Metal Primer#4460; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#5860 All Purpose Acrylic Primer; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Dura Clad Universal Acrylic Metal Primer,33-105,White,MDF 2.3 mils. 2. 2nd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel,276; MDF 1.1 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 1416 Ultra-Hide Latex Semi-Gloss Interior Wall&Trim Enamel;MDF 1.5 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Speedcraft Interior Semi-Gloss Latex Enamel,5-510; MDF 1.4 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Plus Interior Latex Semi-Gloss,Z9810; MDF 1.2 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar 400 Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel,B31 Series; MDF 1.2g mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Deco-Glo Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel,W450; MDF 1.5 mils. g. Frazee: Acrysheen Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel,025; MDF 1.5 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: Hide Plus Semi-Gloss,DS-1540 Series; MDF 1.5 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1650 Acry-Plex Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.2 mils. j. MAB: Fresh Kote Interior Latex Semi-Gloss,410 Line; MDF 1.6 mils. k. Rodda: Unique II Semi-Gloss Latex Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#2310 Accu-Tone SG Acrylic Latex Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. m. Duron: Pro Kote Supreme Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel,24-series,MDF 1.4 mils. 3. 3rd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel,276; MDF 1.1 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 1416 Ultra-Hide Latex Semi-Gloss Interior Wall&Trim Enamel;MDF 1.5 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Speedcraft Interior Semi-Gloss Latex Enamel,5-510; MDF 1.4 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Plus Interior Latex Semi-Gloss,Z9810; MDF 1.2 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar 400 Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel,B31 Series; MDF 1.2 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Deco-Glo Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel,W450; MDF 1.5 mils. g. Frazee: Acrysheen Vinyl-Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel,025; MDF 1.5 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: Hide Plus Semi-Gloss,DS-1540 Series; MDF 1.5 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1650 Acry-Plex Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.2 mils. j. MAB: Fresh Kote Interior Latex Semi-Gloss,410 Line; MDF 1.6 mils. k. Rodda: Unique II Semi-Gloss Latex Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#2310 Accu-Tone SG Acrylic Latex Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Pro Kote Supreme Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel,24-series,MDF 1.4 mils. C. Gypsum Board: Eggshell,Water Base,Acrylic Vinyl Acrylic Enamel. 1. 1 st Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Vinyl Latex Primer,273; MDF 0.7 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 1030 Ultra-Hide PVA Interior Primer-Sealer General Purpose Wall Primer; MDF 1.1 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Speedcraft Interior Latex Primer-Sealer,5-2; MDF 1.0 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Plus PVA Wall Primer,Z97; MDF 1.0 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Pro Mar 400 Latex Wall Primer,B28W400; MDF 1.2 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Vinylastic Wall Primer,W101; MDF 1.0 mils. g. Frazee: PVA Sealer 063; MDF 1.4 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: PVA Primer Sealer,DU-1504; MDF 1.0 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 975 Latex Enamel Undercoat; MDF 1.2 mils. j. MAB: Fresh Kote Vinyl Primer,037-100; MDF 1.6 mils. k. Rodda: Heavy Body Scotseal#7800; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#0880 Latex Wall Primer; MDF 1.5 mils. No M. Duron: Craft Kote Interior Drywall Vinyl Primer Sealer,White,04-125, MDF 1.4 mils. 09900-11 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 3.10 INTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE A. Ferrous Metal: Gloss,Water Base,Water Alkyd. 1. 1 st Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: IronClad Retard-X Inhibitive Latex Primer, 162,White; MDF 1.6 mils. " b. ICI Dulux:Devoe Coatings 4020 DTM Flat Interior/Exterior Waterborne Enamel;MDF 2.2 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Speedhide Water Base Inhibitive Metal Primer,6-712 White; MDF 2.0 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Tech-Gard Acrylic Metal Primer,Z190; MDF 2.0 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish,B66W 1,White; MDF 3.0 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Van-Prime Acrylic Primer,W711; MDF 2.0 mils. g. Frazee: Acrylic Metal Prime,561; MDF 1.7 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: Acrylic Maintenance Primer,MC-1501,White; MDF 3.0 mils. aw i. Kelley-Moore: 1725 Kel-Guard Acrylic Metal Primer; MDF 1.6 mils. j. MAB: Rust-O-Lastic Hydro-Prime II,073-189; MDF 3.2 mils. k. Rodda: Metal Master Acrylic Metal Primer#4460,Off White; MDF 1.5 mils. + 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#5860 All Purpose Acrylic Primer; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Dura Clad Universal Acrylic Metal Primer,33-105,White,MDF 2.3 mils. 2. 2nd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Impervex Hi Gloss Enamel,309,MDF 1.2 mils. b. ICI Devoe Coatings Devflex 4218 Direct-To-Metal Gloss Interior/Exterior Waterborne Enamel; MDF 2.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Interior/Exterior Water Base Gloss Enamel,5 1-110 Series; MDF 1.4 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Enducryl Acrylic Maintenance Enamel;Z2900 series; MDF 2.0 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating,B66 Series; MDF 3.0 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Perma-Gloss Acrylic Enamel,W960; MDF 1.5 mils. g. Frazee: DTM Acrylic Gloss Enamel,540; MDF 3.0 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: NuCling Gloss Acrylic Enamel,MH Series; MDF 1.75 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1780 Kel-Guard Acrylic Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.3 mils. j. MAB: Rust-O-Lastic Gloss Acrylic DTM,043 Line; MDF 3.0 mils. k. Rodda: Unique II Gloss Latex Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#8400 Series 100%Acrylic Latex Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Dura Clad DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating,95-05X series,MDF 2.0 mils. 3. 3rd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Impervex Hi Gloss Enamel,309,MDF 1.2 mils. b. ICI Dulux: Devoe Coatings Devflex 4218 Direct-To-Metal Gloss Interior/Exterior Waterborne Enamel;MDF 2.0 mils. , C. Pittsburgh: Interior/Exterior Water Base Gloss Enamel,5 1-110 Series; MDF 1.4 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Enducryl Acrylic Maintenance Enamel;Z2900 series; MDF 2.0 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating,B66 Series; MDF 3.0 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Permagloss Acrylic Enamel,W960; MDF 1.5 mils. g. Frazee: DTM Acrylic Gloss Enamel,540; MDF 3.0 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: NuCling Gloss Acrylic Enamel,MH Series; MDF 1.75 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1780 Kel-Guard Acrylic Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.3 mils. MW j. MAB: Rust-O-Lastic Gloss Acrylic DTM,043 Line; MDF 3.0 mils. k. Rodda: Unique II Gloss Latex Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#8400 Series 100%Acrylic Latex Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Dura Clad DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating,95-05X series,MDF 2.0 mils. B. Ferrous Metals: Semi-Gloss,Water Base,Vinyl Acrylic Latex and Acrylic. 1. 1st Coat: « a. Benjamin Moore: IronClad Retard-X Inhibitive Latex Primer, 162,White; MDF 1.6 mils. b. ICI Dulux: Devoe Coatings 4020 DTM Flat Interior/Exterior Waterborne Primer & Finish; MDF 2.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Speedhide Water Base Inhibitive Metal Primer,6-712 White; MDF 2.0 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Tech-Gard Acrylic Metal Primer,Z190; MDF 2.0 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish,B66W1,White: MDF 3.0 mils. .r 09900-10 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 •� e. Sherwin-Williams: DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating,B66 Series; MDF 3.0 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Permagloss Acrylic Enamel W960; MDF 1.5 mils. g. Frazee: DTM Acrylic Gloss Enamel 540; MDF 3.0 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: NuCling Gloss Acrylic Enamel,MH Series; MDF 1.75 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1370 Kel-Color Acrylic Enamel Accent Base; MDF 1.5 mils. j. MAB: Rust-o-Lastic Acrylic Latex,043 Line;MDF 2.8 mils. k. Rodda: Unique II Gloss Latex Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#6300 Accu-Kote 100%Acrylic Flat Latex; MDF 1.5 mils. m. Duron: Dura Clad DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating,95-05X series,MDF 2.0 mils.] E. Concrete Paving Markings and Graphics: Eggshell/Satin,Modified Acrylic Latex. OW 1. 1st Coat: Reduce in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. a. Benjamin Moore: Moore's Latex Floor and Patio Enamel, 122; MDF 0.8 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 3018 Ultra-Hide Interior/Exterior 100%Acrylic Floor Enamel;MDF 1.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Urethane-Latex Floor and Deck Enamel,Series 3-410; MDF 1.5 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Withstand Latex Floor Enamel-thinned,Z5100; MDF 1.0 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Acrylic Latex Floor Enamel,A24 Series; MDF 1.2 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Tuff-Floor Acrylic Epoxy,W810; MDF 1.5 mils. g. Frazee: UGL Concrete Floor Paint; MDF 1.2 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: NuCling Satin Acrylic Enamel,MS Series; MDF 1.75 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1350 Acry-tred Acrylic Floor and Patio Paint; MDF 1.6 mils. j. MAB: Rich-Lux Patio and Deck Enamel,077 Line; MDF 1.7 mils. k. Rodda: Tuff Deck Acrylic Floor Finish; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#7930 Latex Floor Coating; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Lead Free Latex Traffic Paint,95-100(White)or 95-109(Yellow),MDF 6.5 mils. 2. 2nd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moore's Latex Floor and Patio Enamel, 122; MDF 0.8 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 3018 Ultra-Hide Interior/Exterior 100%Acrylic Floor Enamel;MDF 1.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Urethane-Latex Floor and Deck Enamel,Series 3-410; MDF 1.5 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Withstand Latex Floor Enamel-thinned,Z5100; MDF 1.0 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Acrylic Latex Floor Enamel,A24 Series; MDF 1.2 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Tuff-Floor Acrylic Epoxy,W810; MDF 1.5 mils. g. Frazee: UGL Concrete Floor Paint; MDF 1.2 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: NuCling Satin Acrylic Enamel,MS Series; MDF 1.75 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1350 Acry-tred Acrylic Floor and Patio Paint; MDF 1.6 mils. eMr j. MAB: Rich-Lux Patio and Deck Enamel,077 Line; MDF 1.7 mils. k. Rodda: Tuff Deck Acrylic Floor Finish; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#7930 Latex Floor Coating; MDF 1.5 mils. m. Duron: Lead Free Latex Traffic Paint,95-1XX and 96-1XX series,MDF 6.5 mils. 3. 3rd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moore's Latex Floor and Patio Enamel, 122; MDF 0.8 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 3018 Ultra-Hide Interior/Exterior 100%Acrylic Floor Enamel;MDF 1.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Urethane-Latex Floor and Deck Enamel,Series 3-410; MDF 1.5 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Withstand Latex Floor Enamel-thinned,Z5100; MDF 1.0 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Acrylic Latex Floor Enamel,A24 Series; MDF 1.2 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Tuff-Floor Acrylic Epoxy,W810; MDF 1.5 mils. g. Frazee: UGL Concrete Floor Paint; MDF 1.2 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: NuCling Satin Acrylic Enamel,MS Series; MDF 1.75 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1350 Acry-tred Acrylic Floor and Patio Paint; MDF 1.6 mils. j. MAB: Rich-Lux Patio and Deck Enamel,077 Line; MDF 1.7 mils. k. Rodda: Tuff Deck Acrylic Floor Finish; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#7930 Latex Floor Coating; MDF 1.5 mils. m. Duron: Not recommended. 09900-9 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am k. Rodda: Unique II Gloss Latex Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. .. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#8400 Series 100%Acrylic Latex Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. m. Duron: Dura Clad DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating,95-05X series,MDF 2.0 mils. C. Exterior Insulation and Finish System: Flat,Water Base,Alkyd Modified Acrylic-Latex. 1. 1 st Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Flat Latex House Paint, 171; MDF 1.3 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 2250 Speedcote Exterior Acrylic Flat Finish,MDF 1.3 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Speedhide Acrylic Latex House Paint,6-610 Series; MDF 1.4 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Plus Latex Flat House Paint,Z9700; MDF 1.2 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Weather Perfect Exterior Acrylic Latex Flat,B36 Series; MDF 1.5 mils. f Dunn-Edwards: Acri-Flat 100 Percent Acrylic,W704; MDF 1.5 mils. g. Frazee: Acritec Acrylic Vinyl Flat,206; MDF 1.6 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: Acri Kote,BF-1530 Series; MDF 1.5 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1240 Acry-Shield Acrylic Flat Finish; MDF 1.7 mils. j. MAB: Fresh Kote Latex House Paint,409 Line; MDF 1.8 mils. k. Rodda: AC-911 Exterior Latex Flat House Paint; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#6300 Series Accu-Kote 100%Acrylic Flat Finish; MDF 1.5 mils. m. Duron: Ultra Deluxe Exterior Acrylic Latex Flat,34 Series,MDF 1.5 mils. 2. 2nd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Flat Latex House Paint, 171,MDF 1.3 mils. b. ICI Dulux: 2250 Speedcote Exterior Acrylic Flat Finish,MDF 1.3 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Speedhide Acrylic Latex House Paint,6-610 Series; MDF 1.4 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Pro-Hide Plus Latex Flat House Paint,Z9700; MDF 1.2 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: Weather Perfect Exterior Acrylic Latex Flat,B36 Series; MDF 1.5 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Acri-Flat 100 Percent Acrylic,W704; MDF 1.5 mils. g. Frazee: Acritec Acrylic Vinyl Flat,206; MDF 1.6 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: Acri Kote,BF-1530 Series; MDF 1.5 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1240 Acry-Shield Acrylic Flat Finish; MDF 1.7 mils. + j. MAB: Fresh Kote Latex House Paint,409 Line; MDF 1.8 mils. k. Rodda: AC-911 Exterior Latex Flat House Paint; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#6300 Series Accu-Kote 100%Acrylic Flat Finish; MDF 1.5 mils. m. Duron: Ultra Deluxe Exterior Acrylic Latex Flat,34 Series,MDF 1.5 mils. ` D. Signage,and Graphics: Gloss,Water Base,Acrylic or Water Alkyd. 1. 1 st Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Impervex Hi Gloss Enamel,309,MDF 1.2 mils. b. ICI Dulux: Devoe Coatings 4208 Devflex Interior/Exterior Waterborne Acrylic Gloss Enamel; MDF 2.0 mils. d% C. Pittsburgh: Interior/Exterior Latex Gloss Enamel,5 1-110 Series; MDF 1.4 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Enducryl Acrylic Maintenance Enamel,Z2900 series; MDF 2.0 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating,B66 Series; MDF 3.0 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Permagloss Acrylic Enamel,W960; MDF 1.5 mils. A g. Frazee: DTM Acrylic Gloss Enamel,540; MDF 3.0 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: NuCling Gloss Acrylic Enamel,MH Series; MDF 1.75 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1370 Kel-Color Acrylic Enamel Accent Base; MDF 1.5 mils. am j. MAB: Rust-o-Lastic Acrylic Latex,043 Line;MDF 2.8 mils. k. Rodda: Unique II Gloss Latex Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#6300 Accu-Kote 100%Acrylic Flat Latex; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Dura Clad DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating,95-05X series,MDF 2.0 mils. am 2. 2nd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Impervex Hi Gloss Enamel,309,MDF 1.2 mils. b. ICI Dulux: Devoe Coatings 4208 Devflex Interior/Exterior Waterborne Acrylic Gloss Enamel; .. MDF 2.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Interior/Exterior Latex Gloss Enamel,5 1-110 Series; MDF 1.4 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Enducryl Acrylic Maintenance Enamel,Z2900 series; MDF 2.0 mils. .sr 09900-8 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,w d. Pratt&Lambert: Enducryl Acrylic Maintenance Enamel,Z2900 series; MDF 2.0 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating,B66 Series; MDF 3.0 mils. f Dunn-Edwards: Permagloss Acrylic Enamel,W960; MDF 1.5 mils. g. Frazee: DTM Acrylic Gloss Enamel,540; MDF 3.0 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: NuCling Gloss Acrylic Enamel,MH Series; MDF 1.75 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1780 Kel-Guard Acrylic Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.3 mils. j. MAB: Rust-O-Lastic Gloss Acrylic DTM,043 line; MDF 3.0 mils. k. Rodda: Unique II Gloss Latex Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#8400 Series 100%Acrylic Latex Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Dura Clad DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating,95-05X series,MDF 2.0 mils. f1w B. Galvanized Metal: Gloss,Water Base,Acrylic or Water Alkyd. 1. 1 st Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: IronClad Galvanized Metal Latex Primer, 155,White; MDF 1.2 mils. b. ICI Dulux: Devoe Coatings 4020 DTM Flat Interior/Exterior Waterborne Primer & Finish; MDF 2.2 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Speedhide Water Base Inhibitive Metal Primer,6-712 White; MDF 2.0 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Tech-Gard Acrylic Metal Primer,Z190; MDF 2.0 mils. ' e. Sherwin-Williams: DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish,B66W 1,White; MDF 3.0 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: M-P Prime Acrylic Primer,W713; MDF 2.0 mils. g. Frazee: Acrylic Metal Prime,561; MDF 1.7 mils. 00k h. Diamond/Vogel: Acrylic Maintenance Primer,MC-1501,White; MDF 3.0 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1722 Kel-Guard Galvanized Iron Primer; MDF 1.3 mils. j. MAB: Rust-O-Lastic Hydro-Prime II,073-189; MDF 2.0 mils. k. Rodda: Metal Master Acrylic Primer#4460 Off White; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#5860 All Purpose Acrylic Primer; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Dura Clad Acrylic Galvanized Metal Primer,33-100,White,MDF 1.4 mils. 2. 2nd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Impervex Hi Gloss Enamel,309,MDF 1.2 mils. b. ICI Dulux: Devoe Coatings Devflex 4218 Direct-To-Metal Gloss Interior/Exterior Waterborne Enamel;MDF 2.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Interior/Exterior Latex Gloss Enamel,5 1-110 Series; MDF 1.4 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Enducryl Acrylic Maintenance Enamel,Z2900 series; MDF 2.0 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating,B66 Series; MDF 3.0 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Permagloss Acrylic Enamel,W960; MDF 1.5 mils. g. Frazee: DTM Acrylic Gloss Enamel,540; MDF 3.0 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: NuCling Gloss Acrylic Enamel,MH Series; MDF 1.75 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1780 Kel-Guard Acrylic Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.3 mils. j. MAB: Rust-O-Lastie Gloss Acrylic DTM,043 Line; MDF 3.0 mils. k. Rodda: Unique II Gloss Latex Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#8400 Series 100%Acrylic Latex Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. M. Duron: Dura Clad DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating,95-05X series,MDF 2.0 mils. 3. 3rd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Impervex Hi Gloss Enamel,309,MDF 1.2 mils. b. ICI Dulux: Devoe Coatings 4208 Devflex Interior/Exterior Waterborne Acrylic Gloss Enamel; MDF 2.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Interior/Exterior Water Base Gloss Enamel,5 1-110 Series; MDF 1.4 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Enducryl Acrylic Maintenance Enamel,Z2900 series; MDF 2.0 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating,B66 Series; MDF 3.0 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Permagloss Acrylic Enamel,W960; MDF 1.5 mils. g. Frazee: DTM Acrylic Gloss Enamel,540; MDF 3.0 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: NuCling Gloss Acrylic Enamel,MH Series; MDF 1.75 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1780 Kel-Guard Acrylic Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. go j. MAB: Rust-O-Lastic Gloss Acrylic DTM,043 Line; MDF 3.0 mils. 09900-7 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am 1. Exposed fire protection piping, hangers and supports (if exposed structure is scheduled to be painted). m. Exposed overhead structure including joists,girders,bridging,miscellaneous metal fabrications and deck(if scheduled to be painted). n. Exposed structure columns. o. Wall accent stripes,signage,and graphics. p. Floor striping,graphics,and markings. q. Metal stair stringers and handrails. r. Exposed wood trim. B. Do not paint the following Items: 1. Aluminum,brass,bronze,stainless steel,and chrome plated steel. 2. Pre-finished items, such as toilet compartments, acoustical ceiling materials, mechanical, and electrical equipment. 3. UL,FM,and other code-required labels. " 4. Equipment identification,performance rating,and name plates. 5. Finish hardware. PA 3.9 EXTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE A. Ferrous Metal: Gloss,Water Base,Water Alkyd. 1. 1 st Coat: "' a. Benjamin Moore: IronClad Retard-X Inhibitive Latex Primer, 162,White; MDF 1.6 mils. b. ICI Dulux; Devoe Coatings 4020 DTM Flat Interior/Exterior Waterborne Primer & Finish; MDF 2.2 mils. MW C. Pittsburgh: Speedhide Water Base Inhibitive Metal Primer,6-712 White; MDF 2.O mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Tech-Gard Acrylic Metal Primer,Z190; MDF 2.0 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish,B66W 1,White; MDF 3.0 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Corrobar Alkyd Primer,43-5; MDF 2.0 mils. "A g. Frazee: Acrylic Metal Prime,561; MDF 1.7 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: Acrylic Maintenance Primer,MC-1501,White; MDF 3.0 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1725 Kel-Guard Acrylic Metal Primer-White; MDF 1.6 mils. j. MAB: Rust-O-Lastic Hydro-Prime II,073-189; MDF 3.2 mils. k. Rodda: Metal Master Primer#4460 Off White; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#5860 All Purpose Acrylic Primer; MDF 1.5 mils. m. Duron: Dura Clad Universal Acrylic Metal Primer,33-105,White,MDF 2.3 mils. 2. 2nd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Impervex Hi Gloss Enamel,309; MDF 1.2 mils. b. ICI Dulux: Devoe Coatings Devflex 4218 Direct-To-Metal Gloss Interior/Exterior Waterborne Enamel;MDF 2.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Interior/Exterior Latex Gloss Enamel,5 1-110 Series; MDF 1.4 mils. d. Pratt&Lambert: Enducryl Acrylic Maintenance Enamel,Z2900 series; MDF 2.0 mils. e. Sherwin-Williams: DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating,B66 Series; MDF 3.0 mils. f. Dunn-Edwards: Perma-Gloss Acrylic Enamel,W960; MDF 1.5 mils. g. Frazee: DTM Acrylic Gloss Enamel,540; MDF 3.0 mils. h. Diamond/Vogel: NuCling Gloss Acrylic Enamel,MH Series; MDF 1.75 mils. i. Kelley-Moore: 1780 Kel-Guard Acrylic Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.3 mils. �.. j. MAB: Rust-O-Lastic Gloss Acrylic DTM,043 line; MDF 3.0 mils. k. Rodda: Unique II Gloss Latex Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. 1. Kwal-Hanley Paint:#8400 Series 100%Acrylic Latex Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils. ■* m. Duron: Dura Clad DTM Acrylic Gloss Coating,95-05X series,MDF 2.0 mils. 3. 3rd Coat: a. Benjamin Moore: Impervex Hi Gloss Enamel,309,MDF 1.2 mils. b. ICI Dulux: Devoe Coatings 4218 Direct-To-Metal Gloss Interior/Exterior Waterborne Enamel; MDF 2.0 mils. C. Pittsburgh: Interior/Exterior Latex Gloss Enamel,5 1-110 Series; MDF 1.4 mils. w�. 09900-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 "" 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect painting and coating application for scheduled material, color, sheen, specified thickness (MDF), and coverage. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract requirements. >0 3.6 CLEANING A. As work proceeds and upon completion,promptly remove paint where spilled,splashed,or spattered. B. During progress of work keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials,and debris. C. Collect waste, cloths, and material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers and remove daily from site. ON D. Upon completion of work leave premises neat and clean. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect other surfaces from paint and damage. Repair damage as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection. 3.8 SCHEDULE OF ITEMS TO BE PAINTED A. Painted finishes shall be provided for,but not limited to,the following items. Refer to Drawings and Paint Color Schedule at end of this Section for designated finishes and colors of areas. 1. Exterior: Paint exterior surfaces including,but not limited to: a. Hollow metal doors and frames. b. Metal opening frames and trim. C. Metal flashing(if exposed from ground level)and downspout. d. Metal gutters. 4- e. Metal fascias(vertical face). f. Parapet walls,roof side(where roofing does not occur). g. Pipe Bollards at areas other than at Vestibule Entry areas. Pipe Bollards at the Vestibule Entry areas to have polyethylene bollard sleeves. Refer to Section 05500. h. Metal railings. i. Roof hatch. j. Canopy supporting steel structure. k. Wall signage,and graphics. 1. Paving graphics and markings. go m. Exposed piping and conduit,hangers and supports. 2. Interior:Paint interior surfaces as scheduled on the Drawings including,but not limited to: a. Hollow metal doors and frames. b. Hollow metal window frames. sew C. Overhead coiling doors. d. Metal opening frames and trim. e. Gypsum wallboard. f. Exposed concrete unit masonry. g. Pipe Bollards. h. Metal railings. i. Exposed plywood(except plywood wainscot). j. Exposed mechanical ductwork , hangers and supports (if exposed structure is scheduled to be painted). k. Exposed piping and conduit,hangers and supports (if exposed structure is scheduled to be painted). 09900-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply paint products in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions using application procedures approved for the particular application and substrate to the specified Minimum Dry Film Thickness (MDF). AM Apply each coat to uniform finish. B. Apply each coat slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved by Wal-Mart Construction Manager. Sand lightly between coats to achieve specified finish. C. Do not apply finishes on surfaces that are not dry. D. Number of coats and film thickness required is same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding .�. coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. E. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat until paint film is of dit uniform finish, color, and appearance. Surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices,welds, and exposed fasteners to receive minimum dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. .r F. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at not less than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide minimum dry film thickness (MDF) of the entire coating system as indicated in Painting and Finishing Schedule at end of this Section. G. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry units at rate to provide complete coverage with pores filled. H. Prime Coats: Before application of finish coats, apply a prime coat of material as recommended by manufacturer to material scheduled to be painted or finished that has not been shop primed. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to assure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. 1. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness,spotting, laps,brush marks,runs, sags, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. J. Hollow Metal Doors: Paint each door edge. K. Completed Work: Match Wal-Mart Construction Manager approved field samples for color and sheen. 3.4 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT " A. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted over or spattered. B. Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas where it will be exposed to the public. ` Color and texture to match adjacent surfaces. C. Paint exposed piping occurring in finished areas where it will be exposed to the public.Color and texture to match adjacent surfaces. D. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical equipment before installing backboards and �. mounting equipment on them. E. Prepaint Gas piping prior to installation. (Touch-up paint after installation.) 1. Color: ` a. Roof(Yellow): P5,OSHA Standard"Safety Yellow." b. Other Areas: Match adjacent surfaces. Aw 09900-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be applied and verify that surfaces conform to product manufacturer's requirements for substrate conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Beginning of application indicates acceptance of substrate conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, and conditions otherwise detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. B. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with paint manufacturer's published instructions for each particular substrate condition. I. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required. 2. Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces,plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be painted or provide surface applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Reinstall all removed items after completion of paint work. 3. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint of surface treatment. Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. C. Ferrous Metals: Clean ferrous surfaces,that are not galvanized or shop-coated,of oil,grease,dirt,loose mill scale and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning. 1. Touch-up shop-applied prime coats, where damaged or bare. Clean and touch-up with same type shop primer. D. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean free of oil and surface contaminants with non-petroleum based solvent. Apply coat of etching primer if required by paint manufacturer. E. Cementitious Materials: Prepare cementitious surfaces to be painted by removing efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease,oils,and by roughening as required to remove glaze. 1. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces to be painted by performing appropriate tests. a. If surfaces are found to be sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and burning of finish paint, correct condition before application of paint. 2. Do not paint over surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed 0 instructions. 3. Clean floor surfaces scheduled to be painted with a commercial solution of muriatic acid, or other etching cleaner. Flush floor with clean water to neutralize acid,and allow to dry before painting. F. Wood: Clean wood surfaces to be painted of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper,as required. Sandpaper smooth those finished surfaces exposed to view, and dust off. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer, before application of priming coat. After priming, fill holes, and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood-filler. Sandpaper smooth when dried. 1. Prime, stain, or seal wood required to be job-painted immediately upon delivery to job. Prime edges, ends faces,undersides,and backsides of such wood,including cabinets and counters. ! ► 2. Seal tops, bottoms, and cut-outs with a heavy coat of varnish or equivalent sealer immediately upon delivery to job. G. Gypsum Board: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair. 09900-3 ow Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Apply paint finishes only when moisture content of surfaces is within manufacturer's acceptable ranges for type of finish being applied. .. B. Surface temperatures or surrounding air temperature to be above 40 degrees F before applying alkyd finishes; above 45 degrees F for interior latex, and 50 degrees F for exterior latex work. Minimum for varnish and transparent finishes is 65 degrees F. ' " C. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain temperatures above 45 degrees F for 24 hours prior to,during and 48 hours after application of finishes. Am D. Do not apply paint in areas where dust is being generated. E. Provide lighting level in areas being painted of 80 foot candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish the following to Wal-Mart as part of contract closeout under provisions of Section 00800. 1. Provide 2 gallons of each color for Pharmacy area. 2. Provide 5 gallons of each color,type and surface texture for General Sales Area. B. Label each container with color,type,texture,room locations,in addition to the manufacturer's label. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with project requirements,provide products from one of the following manufacturers: 1. Benjamin Moore and Company,Montvale,NJ (201)573-9600. 2. ICI Dulux Paints Cleveland,OH(216)344-8000 3. Pittsburgh Paints,Pittsburgh,PA (800)441-9695. 4. Pratt and Lambert,Incorporated,Buffalo,NY (800)289-7728. 5. Sherwin-Williams Company,Cleveland,OH (800)321-8194. 6. Dunn-Edwards Corporation,Los Angeles,CA (800)733-3866. , 7. Frazee Industries Incorporated,San Diego,CA (619)276-9500. 8. Diamond/Vogel Paint Company,Incorporated,Orange City,IA (712)737-4993. 9. Kelley-Moore Paint Company,Incorporated,San Carlos,CA (415)592-8337. 10. M.A.B.Paints and Coatings,Incorporated,Broomal,PA (800)622-1899. 11. Rodda Paint and Coatings,Portland,OR (503)286-0693. 12. Kwal-Hanley Paint Manufacturing Co.,Inc.;El Paso,TX;(800)456-2062 13. Duron Paints and Wallcoverings,Beltsville,MD (800)723-8766. M, B. Substitutions: Not Permitted. 2.2 MATERIALS ww A. Paints: 1. Ready-mixed; pigments fully ground maintaining a soft paste consistency, capable of readily and uniformly dispersing to a complete homogeneous mixture. 2. Providing good flowing and brushing properties and be capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. B. Primers and Undercoaters: Manufactured by same manufacturer as finish coat materials. C. Paint Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine and other materials not specifically indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified of high quality and approved manufacturer. Aw 09900-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ow gar UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 09900-PAINTS AND COATINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Surface preparation and field application of paints and finishes for interior and exterior surfaces. 2. Schedule of Items to be painted. 3. Exterior painting and finishing schedule. 4. Interior painting and finishing schedule. 5. Paint color schedule. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05120-Structural Steel: Shop priming. 2. Section 05210-Steel Joists: Shop priming. 3. Section 05300-Metal Decking: Shop priming. 4. Section 05500-Metal fabrications: Shop priming. 5. Section 08110-Steel Doors and Frames: Shop priming. 6. Section 09981 -Elastomeric Coatings for Masonry: Cementitious and acrylic exterior masonry waterproof coating and accent stripes. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM E 84-Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Surface Burning Characteristics in Accordance with ASTM E-84 for Class I or A finish: a. Flame Spread(Non-Combustible Surfaces): Less than 25. b. Smoke Density(Non-Combustible Surfaces): Less than 450. 2. Provide paint and coating materials that conform to Federal, State, and Local restrictions for Volatile Organic Compounds(VOC)content. " B. Field Sample: Provide sample 2 foot square sample panel of each color and sheen at location indicated by Wal- Mart Construction Manager for color verification. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Transport,handle,store,and protect products. B. Deliver paint materials in sealed original labeled containers, bearing manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time , cleanup requirements, color designation,and instructions for mixing and/or reducing. C. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area,and as required by manufacturer's instructions. D. Prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. 09900-1 ' Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .w K. Extend wall covering from 2 inches above finish floor to ceiling line or above. Install wall covering secure, , smooth,clean,without wrinkles,gaps and overlaps. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL am A. Inspect wall covering installation,pattern matching,and attachment to substrate. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. AM 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean wall coverings of excess adhesives,dust,dirt,and other contaminants. .w B. Remove debris and leave area in neat and clean condition. am 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect finished work installed by other trades prior to beginning wall covering installation. so END OF SECTION rs 00 Ohio Am 09720-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 no o 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrate for product installation in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. B. Vacuum clean surfaces free of loose particles. C. Wallboard Surfaces: Fasteners recessed, joints and fastener depressions taped, spackled and sanded level and smooth. 1. Fill nicks, gouges,and other minor imperfections of substrate surfaces with latex filler. Sand smooth flush with surface. 2. Apply prime coat of sealer recommended by wall covering manufacturer. D. Painted Surfaces: Wash down painted surfaces with trisodium phosphate,rinse with clear water. Sand glossy sur- faces and seal. A 1. Remove bleeding paint,flaky paint,and wood stain. E. Metal Surfaces: Remove rust,dirt,and grease. Prime with recommended metal primer. 0* F. Sizing: Size all walls prior to application of wall covering in accordance with manufacturer's published instruc- tions. G. Repair defects in substrate which appear in finish surface after application of wall covering. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Remove hardware, accessories, plates and similar items. Store items during wall covering application. Reinstall items at completion of each space.. 00 B. Prime and seal substrates in accordance with wall covering manufacturer's recommendations for the type of sub- strate being covered. C. Mix and apply adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. Apply adhesive to back of wall covering using roller or brush. D. Install wall covering panels in exact order cut from rolls;use rolls in consecutive order. Apply paste to the back using a roller or paste brush. E. Hang smooth, non-matching wall covering patterns by installing strips on wall, overlapping edges, and "double- cutting"through both thicknesses. 1. Use 0.04 inch or 0.06 inch zinc or aluminum strip between wall surface and wall covering material when cutting. F. Use stiff-bristled brush or flexible broad knife to eliminate air pockets and secure wall covering to wall surface. G. Fill spaces above and below doors and similar areas in sequence from roll. Do not install after full-length pieces are installed. H. Remove excess adhesive from each seam immediately and before beginning next seam with sponge dampened with plain warm water. Wipe seam clean with dry cloth towel. I. Examine each seam when completed. Trim additional selvage where required to achieve color and pattern match at seams. J. Wrap wall covering 6 inches beyond outside corners and 3 inches at inside corners. 1. Do not cut wall covering at corners. 2. Do not install wall covering with horizontal seams other than as indicated or required for pattern change. 09720-3 or Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .m 1.5 SITE CONDITIONS MW A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Maintain areas to receive wall covering at constant minimum temperature of 45 to 50 degrees F for minimum three days prior to and during installation. a. Comply with wall covering manufacturer's surface moisture requirements. b. Provide negative alkalinity at substrate. 2. Provide continuous ventilation during and after wall covering installation. ,, B. Provide lighting levels of 80 foot candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. 1.6 SCHEDULING A. Schedule wall covering installation to prevent damage to wall covering and to prevent movement of construction materials in area of wall covering. �w PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 VISION CENTER WALL COVERING(WAL-MART FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) As A. Quantity Furnished: Contact Wal-Mart Store Planning to indicate quantity of wall covering required. Wall cov- ering furnished in 28 inch wide X 27 foot long rolls. w B. Wall Covering: Class A wall covering,flame spread rating of 15,and smoke developed rating of 10. 1. Wall Covering-WC-1: Sellars&Josephson"Skye"#899-8123. 2.2 TOILET ROOM ALCOVE WALL COVERING(WAL-MART FURNISHED-CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) A. Quantity Furnished: Contact Wal-Mart Store Planning to indicate quantity of wall covering required. Wall cov- ering furnished in 54 inch wide x 52 foot long rolls. B. Wall Covering: Class A wall covering,flame spread rating 15,and smoke developed rating 30. w 1. Wall Covering(WC-2): General Felt Industries"Basics"#2140-1516 Morning Mist. 2.3 ACCESSORIES r A. Adhesive: Type recommended by wall covering manufacturer to suit application to substrate. 1. Do not use wheat paste or cellulose paste with vinyl wall coverings. 2. Do not thin adhesives. B. Primer: Type recommended by adhesive and wall covering manufacturer;compatible with substrate. C. Sealer: Type recommended by adhesive and wall covering manufacturer;compatible with substrate. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be installed and verify that surfaces conform to product manufacturer's requirements for substrate conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Wall covering Substrate Surface: Clean,true,and free of irregularities. B. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of substrate conditions. w►.r 09720-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .�e UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 09720-WALL COVERINGS *M PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY a* A. Section Includes: 1. Wall coverings. B. Products Installed but not Furnished Under this Section: 1. Wal-Mart will furnish wall covering for Vision Center and Toilet Room Alcoves under provisions of Sec- tion 01600. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 0600 - Product Requirements: General procedures related to Wal-Mart and Portrait Studio fur- nished products. 2. Section 09250-Gypsum Board Systems: Substrate for attachment of wallcovering. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM E84-Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Surface Burning Characteristics in Accordance with ASTM E84 for Class I or Class A finish: a. Flame Spread: Less than 25. b. Smoke Density: Less than 450. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Wal-Mart Furnished Wall Covering: 1. Product Delivery: Wal-Mart will deliver products to jobsite for Contractor to receive on delivery date established by Contractor. To establish product delivery date and quantity of wall covering required contact: 00 Wal-Mart Store Planning Division (501)273-4088 2. Product Packaging: Wall covering will be packaged in cartons on rolls. Manufacturer's published installa- tion instructions will be included in package. e�w 3. Acceptance at Site: Receive products as specified in Section 01600. Verify quantity of products furnished with Bill of Material provided with Wal-Mart furnished products. Report discrepancies in product quantity delivered or damage to products delivered to Wal-Mart Store Planning Division immediately. Upon notification by Contractor, Wal-Mart will arrange for delivery of replacement products. Note description of product quantity discrepancies and/or product damage on Bill of Lading. B. Section 01600-Product Requirmentst: Transport,Handle,Store,and Protect products. C. Protect packaged adhesive from temperature cycling and cold temperatures. Keep adhesives away from any igni- tion source. D. Do not store roll goods on end. 09720-1 tip Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 B. Corners: 1. Resilient Base: Premolded corner units. C. Install base on solid backing. Bond tight to wall and floor surfaces. D. Scribe to fit door frames and other interruptions. 3.2 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor,base,and wall surfaces without damage. 3.3 RESILIENT BASE SCHEDULE Am A. Sales Area and Ancillary Spaces(As Scheduled on Drawings): 1. Base: B-1. Unless noted otherwise,provide Resilent Base B-1 in spaces scheduled on the Drawings to re- ceive Resilient Base. B. Snack Bar Dining Area: 1. Base: B-4,unless noted otherwise. ' 2. Base: B-5: Provide Plastic Base B-5 at areas indicated on the Drawings. END OF SECTION ,! r► .w. d Am 09655-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ., UniSpec II 092499 OR SECTION 09655 -RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Resilient base. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable code for flame/fuel/smoke rating requirements in accordance with ASTM E84. 1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain ambient temperature required by resilient base adhesive manufacturer three days prior to,during, and 24 hours after installation of materials. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS '�!"'! A. Resilient Base - B-1 Blue/Grey: FS SS-W-40; vinyl or rubber; 4 inch high cove base, 1/8 inch thickness; with matching end stops and preformed corner units: 1. Color: Provide one of the following: 06 a. Roppe Vinyl: No. 877 Steel Blue. - b. Roppe Rubber: No.75 Slate. C. Johnsonite Vinyl: No.CB48 Grey. d. Johnsonite Rubber: No.DC-28 Grey. ' e. Flexco Rubber: No. 14 Medium Grey. f. Kencove Vinyl: No.KC213 Granite. g. VPI Vinyl: No.336 Silver Sable. h. VPI Rubber: No.736 Silver Sable. B. Resilient Base- B-4 Black: FS SS-W-40; vinyl or rubber; 4 inch high cove base, 1/8 inch thickness;with match- ing end stops and preformed corner units: 1. Color: Provide one of the following: a. Armstrong Vinyl: No. 14100 Standard Black. b. Flexco Rubber: No.WF-01 Black Dahlia. C. Kencove Vinyl: No. KC-I Black. d. Johnsonite Vinyl: No.CB-40 Black. e. Roppe Rubber: No.00 Black. C. Adhesive: As recommended by resilient base manufacturer for application intended. PART 3-EXECUTION w. 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Fit joints tight and vertical. Maintain minimum measurement of 18 inches between joints w 09655-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 a" 3.3 STRIPPING ow A. Dust mop entire resilient tile floor area and remove dirt, gum,tar, glue,and any other material that would prevent application of floor finish from resilient tile floor. .. B. Mix one part Stripper to four parts hot water. C. Dip mop in stripping solution, let excess solution drain off, and apply stripper to floor. Let stripper set on floor low five minutes before scrubbing. Do not allow stripper to dry on floor. D. With black stripping pad under the slow speed buffer,pass over each tile section at least twice. am E. After a section is stripped,pick up the stripping solution immediately with automatic scrubber. F. Rinse thoroughly by mopping with clear water, removing remaining solution, finish, and dirt. Use automatic scrubber for water pickup. G. Move stripping operation to next area of resilient tile floor area and repeat procedure. .s H. Let floor dry completely. 3.4 FINISHING A. Pour floor finish into clean mop buckets. .w B. Prepare new or clean mop for applying floor finish. C. Dip mop in floor finish,place mop in wringer and tap lightly. The mop should be full but not dripping. 4% D. Apply four coats of floor finish to floor. Under normal conditions, allow a minimum of 45 minutes drying time between coats. E. Air conditioning or heat shall be in operation during drying and curing of floor finish. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL am A. Inspect floor finishing application for specified material and complete coverage. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract requirements. w END OF SECTION 09651-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 1* sw UniSpec II 102999 SECTION 09651 -FLOOR TREATMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Application of stripper and finish to resilient floor tile. B. Related Sections: Section 09650-Resilient Flooring.Resilient floor tile to receive floor stripper and finish. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the Work of this Section with minimum 3 years documented experience. B. Stripper Applicator Crew Requirement: Four-man crew; one to apply solution ahead of buffer, one to run slow-speed buffer, two with mops and buckets to pick up dirty solution behind buffer and rinse floor prior to ap- plying finish. 00 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Stripper: Bravo Stripper Plus,by Johnson Wax. B. Finish: Signature Floor Finish,by Johnson Wax. C. Resilient Floor Tile: Specified in Section 09650. D. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Product options and substitutions. Substitutions: Not permitted. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. Use the following equipment to perform work of this Section: 1. One automatic floor scrubber(with full charge.) 2. Two or three side-to-side slow speed buffers. 3. Five black stripping pads. 4. Five buckets with wringers. 5. Six mop head and handles. Soak new mops for 24 hours. 6. Two clean dust mops. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be applied and verify that surfaces conform to product manufacturer's requirements for substrate conditions. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions have been cor- rected. B. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of substrate conditions. 3.2 APPLICATION 1. Provide floor treatment at new resilient flooring specified in Section 09650. Mw 09651-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Oft IM 400 ..R a Ow A w BLANK PAGE Ok .r� 09650-8 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .A TILE ORDER FORM To: General Contractor In order to receive floor tile, complete this Form in full and FAX to Construction Purchasing at (501) 273- 1964. QUANTITY FROM CONTRACTORS CARPET TILE PLAN ORDER • FS 240 AZROCK 6"RED FEATURE STRIP sq.ft. sq.ft. • V-862 AZROCK 1/8 CLOUD WHITE • OTHER Required delivery date Additional material required beyond this original order will be back charged to the contractor. Order must be placed two weeks prior to delivery. The contractor shall verify quantity of material delivered and notify Construction Purchasing within 24 hours if delivered quantities do not match Tile Order Form. If you have any questions please contract the Construction Purchasing Department at(501)273-4653. Superintendent Date Please print Superintendent's name Store#and Location General Contractor per ww 09650-7 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 r 4w so AM Aw ..a w BLANK PAGE w ..h w� .M 09650-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Aw W 3.7 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE SCHEDULE w A. Sales Area: 1. Field Tile: VCT-1. 2. Feature Strip: VCT-2,pattern as indicated on Architectural Drawings. B. Ancillary Spaces(As Scheduled on Drawings): 1. Field Tile: VCT-l. END OF SECTION 40 Am po w 09650-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 B. Open number of floor tile cartons to provide quantity of flooring material required to cover each area; mix tile pieces within single shade lot to ensure shade variations do not occur within any one area. When working with more than one lot, plan lot placement and location taking advantage of feature strips to minimize possible shade differences. C. Respect adhesives open time by spreading only enough adhesive to permit installation of floor materials before initial set. Do not spread adhesive for overnight dry. Trowel notch for resilient the adhesives shall be 1/32 inch deep, 1/16 inch wide, 1/32 inch apart. When ground down,replace trowels or appropriately re-notch. Am D. Set flooring into place, thoroughly cross roll with a 100-150 pound three-sectional roller before adhesive set time expires to attain full adhesion. AN^ E. Lay flooring from center marks established parallel to building walls. 1. Allow minimum 1/2 full size tile width at room or area perimeter. 2. Adjust tile layout as required to avoid use of units less than 1/2 tile. am F. Install tile and feature strips to square grid pattern with all joints aligned and pattern grain alternating with adjacent unit to produce basket weave pattern unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. AO G. Install feature strips, edge strips, and threshold transitions at locations indicated on Wal-Mart Carpet/Tile Plan. Fit joints tightly. H. Terminate flooring at centerline of door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar. Where flooring Am continues through door opening,continue established pattern with no interruption. I. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges where flooring terminates. .w J. Scribe flooring to walls,columns,cabinets, floor outlets,and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. K. Continue flooring under movable type partitions without interrupting floor pattern. 4M L. On installations involving tile placement over existing asphaltic based (black) adhesives, substitute solvent-free asphaltic emulsion adhesive(Azrock Black Thin Spread) for clear adhesive typically specified. Fast set Portland "' cement/latex based patch by the following manufacturers may be substituted: 1. Kwik Patch,by Azrock(as first preference,if unavailable,select items 2 or 3). 2. Plani-Patch,by Mapei. 40 3. Featherfinish,by Ardex. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL .w A. Inspect resilient flooring installation,pattern,layout,and attachment to substrate. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. 3.5 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor,base,and wall surfaces without damage. B. Broom clean resilient flooring after application. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic on floor finish for 48 hours after installation. AM 09650-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION !' A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be installed and verify that surfaces conform to the following requirements for substrate conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 00 1. Verify concrete floors are free of excessive moisture,hydrostatic pressure,alkalinity,scale,and dusting. 2. Verify concrete floors are plane to tolerances specified in Section 03300. 3. Verify concrete floors are free from oil,grease, dust,construction debris, loose or scaly paints or coatings, incompatible curing or sealing compounds,and other substances that may impair adhesion of adhesive and finish materials. 4. Verify temperature of conditioned space has been maintained at 60 - 80 degrees F for period of 7 days prior to installation. Maintain specified temperature range for duration of construction. B. On remodel installations evaluate existing materials for suitability as a substrate. 1. Verify concrete subfloors are free of excessive moisture,hydrostatic pressure,and alkalinity. 2. Strip suitable existing floorcoverings of any wax, finishes, coatings, or other surface treatments that will impair adhesion. 3. Patch or replace any missing,loose,broken,or otherwise unacceptable areas of existing floor coverings. 4. Large amounts of cracked, craized,bleeding, shifting, or otherwise degraded resilient tile are indicative of excessive moisture, poor installation, or other problems. If this condition exists, further evaluate as to cause,and take appropriate corrective actions. C. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of substrate conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION �w A. Prepare substrate for product installation as outlined below. For additional information not addressed consult manufacturer's published instructions. B. Remove by sanding, grinding, or similar means ridges, bumps, protrusions, and other irregularities. Properly prepare expansion joints and fill control/construction joints, cracks, holes, and depressions with control/construction joint and subfloor filler, which upon cure is sanded smooth, to achieve a level, flat, hard surface. C. Provide finish concrete surface smooth by light sanding or grinding. D. Remove paint, oils, waxes, sealers and curing compounds not compatible with adhesive to be used. Avoid organic solvents or liquid adhesive removers. E. Bond and Moisture Tests: Determine suitability of concrete substrate for receiving resilient flooring with regard to moisture content and curing compounds. Conduct bond test by adhering 3 feet by 3 feet panels of specified floorcovering with specified adhesive. Test will be considered passed if after several days panels are well bonded, difficult to remove, and display no signs of moisture or adhesive degradation. Ensure that moisture content in concrete substrate does not exceed 5 percent as measured by the Calcium Carbide Hygrometer. Procedure, 5 pounds/1000 sq. ft./24 hours as measured by the Rubber Manufacturers Association Quantitative Calcium Chloride Test,or 5 percent as measured by the Protimeter Surveymaster Resistivity Meter. F. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. Thereafter,unnecessary traffic in work areas shall be kept to a minimum. 3.3 INSTALLATION-TILE FLOORING A. Install resilient tile flooring in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions at locations indicated on Wal-Mart Carpet/Tile Plan. 09650-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 2. Store resilient tile indoors and protect from excessive cold, heat, temperature fluctuations, humidity and moisture penetration. Store tile on original pallets with no multiple stacking of pallets. Check material for consistency of run item and shade numbers. Store resilient tile adhesive in same manner as tile and protect from freezing. 3. Report discrepancies in product quantity delivered or damage to products delivered to Wal-Mart Store 0w Planning Division immediately. 4. Upon notification by Contractor,Wal-Mart will arrange for delivery of replacement products. 5. Note description of product quantity discrepancies and/or product damage on Bill of Lading. AM E. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Transport,Handle, Store,and Protect Products. 1.5 SITE CONDITIONS Aft A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Store materials for three days prior to installation in area of installation to achieve temperature stability. 2. Maintain ambient temperature required by adhesive manufacturer(no less than 72 degrees F for 48 hours) .w three days prior to,during,and 24 hours after installation of materials. 1.6 SCHEDULING A. Schedule resilient flooring installation to prevent damage to resilient flooring and to prevent movement of construction materials over area of resilient flooring. ... PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WAL-MART FURNISHED MATERIALS r. A. Quantity Furnished: General Contractor shall determine quantity of each type of resilient flooring, feature strips, and resilient flooring adhesive required,and complete the attached"TILE ORDER FORM"to indicate quantities. B. Vinyl Composition Tile-VCT-1: Vinyl composition tile, 12 x 12 x 1/8 inches. Color: Cortina No.V-862,Cloud White,by Azrock. ..a C. Vinyl Composition Tile-VCT-2: Vinyl composition tile, 6 x 24 x 1/8 inches. Color: Feature Strip, FS240,Rio Red,by Azrock. D. Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof; clear; of types as recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer for specific material and substrates encountered. 2.2 CONTRACTOR FURNISHED ACCESSORIES A. Edge Strips: Resilient material;minimum width 1 inch, 1/8 inch thickness;tapered bullnose edge. Color: Black. MW B. Control/Construction Joint and Subfloor Filler: Portland cement based, latex modified joint filler and underlayment. Provide one of the following: 1. Ardex SD-F Feather Finish,by Ardex Engineered Cements;Contact:Jesse David, (412)264-4240. no 2. Levelayer 1,by Dayton Superior. 3. No. 345,by W.W.Henry. 4. Masterfill 3001,by Master Builders,Inc.,(800 227-3350) wo C. Aluminum Threshold Transition: Transition threshold between vinyl tile and concrete slab as indicated on Drawings and specified in Section 08710. s Am 09650-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ow 0 UniSpec II 112699 do SECTION 09650-RESILIENT FLOORING elAa PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wal-Mart furnished resilient vinyl tile and adhesive. 2. Wal-Mart furnished feature strip and adhesive. 3. Preparation of surfaces to receive resilient flooring. 4. Contractor furnished resilient flooring accessories. 5. Preparation of Control/Construction Joints under provided floor finishes. B. Products Installed But Not Supplied Under This Section: Wal-Mart will furnish resilient flooring, feature strip, and resilient flooring adhesive under provisions of Section 01600. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01600-Product Requirements: General procedures related to Wal-Mart furnished products. 2. Section 03300-Cast-In-Place Concrete: Floor substrate surface. 3. Section 08710-Door Hardware: Threshold transition between vinyl tile and concrete slab. 4. Section 09655 -Resilient Base and Accessories: Resilient flooring base. 5. Section 09651 -Floor Treatment: Finishing of resilient flooring. ow 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): ", 1. ASTM E 648 - Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. 2. ASTM E 662-Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Critical Radiant Flux in Accordance with ASTM E 684: More than 0.45 Watts per square centimeter. 2. Specific Optical Smoke Density in Accordance with ASTM E 662: Less than 450. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Product Delivery: Wal-Mart will deliver products to jobsite for Contractor to receive on delivery date established by Contractor. To notify Wal-Mart of product delivery date and quantity of resilient tile, feature strips and w resilient flooring adhesive required complete attached"TILE ORDER FORM" at end of this Section. Product will not be delivered without receipt of this Form. 00 B. Wal-Mart Carpet/Tile Plan: Issued to Contractor by Wal-Mart 90 days prior to Date of Substantial Completion. C. Product Packaging: Resilient flooring and accessories will be packaged in manufacturer's standard cartons. Each tile carton will contain 45 pieces. Each feature strip carton will contain 15,24 inch long pieces. Adhesive will be V* packaged in manufacturer's standard 3-1/2 gallon bucket. D. Acceptance at Site: Receive products as specified in Section 01600. 1. Verify quantity of products furnished with Bill of Material provided with Wal-Mart furnished products. 09650-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 40 w 00 AIR am em .ft BLANK PAGE .w ..�s 09511-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .R. 2. Fasten strut to main runner,extend to and fasten to structural member supporting roof. 4" 3. Compression strut and splayed hanger wires shall be provided as follows: a. One assembly per each light fixture. b. Locate at maximum of 12 feet on center in both directions with first point within 6 feet from each 000 partition. 3.3 INSTALLATION-ACOUSTICAL PANELS A. Fit acoustic units in place free from damaged edges or other defects. Install acoustic units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist,warp,and dents. 3.4 CONSTRUCTION A. Interface with Other Work: 1. Do not install acoustical ceilings until building is enclosed, heating is provided, dust generating activities have terminated,and overhead work is completed,tested,and approved. 2. Schedule installation of acoustic units after interior wet work is completed. 3. Install after major above ceiling work is complete. i 4. Coordinate location of hangers with other Work. B. Site Tolerances: 1. Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 12 feet. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL !! ' A. Inspect acoustical panel placement,ceiling grid suspension system installation and connection to structure. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with contract requirements. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings including trim,edge moldings,and suspension system members 3.7 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. Sales Areas and Ancillary Spaces: 1. Acoustical Panel Ceiling System: Type 1. Unless noted otherwise, provide Acoustical Panel Ceiling System Type 1 in spaces scheduled on the Drawings to receive Acoustical Panel Ceiling. B. Vision Center: 1. Acoustical Panel Ceiling System: Type 3. C. Snack Bar Kitchen Area: 1. Acoustical Panel Ceiling System: Type 2. 0A END OF SECTION ■0► No ws► 09511-5 we Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 —Nil I f. Compression Struts: Telescoping compression strut designed to attach to main tees at each splayed wire location, preventing upward movement of ceiling grid system. Subject to compliance with .A requirements,provide compression struts as manufactured by one of the following: 1) Donn Compression Post,by USG. 2) Contractor's Option: At Contractor's option, provide field fabricated compression struts as detailed on drawings. B. Acoustical Panels: 1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with project requirements,provide acoustical panels from one of the following: a. Second Look II,#2767 White,by Armstrong. b. Auratone Two/24#3575 White,by USG. �** 2. Materials: a. Size: 24 x 48 x 3/4 inches. b. Edge: Angled tegular lay-in. C. Weight: 0.20 pounds per square foot. d. Surface Finish: Factory-applied vinyl latex paint,perforated,and scored. C. Substitutions: Not Permitted. " PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be installed and verify that surfaces conform to product manufacturer's requirements for substrate conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other Work. C. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION-SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Install System in accordance with ASTM C636,ASTM E580 and manufacturer's published instructions. B. If metal deck is not supplied with hanger tabs, coordinate installation of hanger clips during steel deck erection. Provide additional hangers and inserts as required. C. Hang system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, ..� avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. Where ducts or other equipment prevent regular spacing of hangers,reinforce nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span extra distance. «.e D. Locate system on room axis according to Reflected Ceiling Plan, where indicated on Drawings, or locate system to a balanced grid design with edge units no less than 50 percent of acoustical panel size where Reflected Ceiling Plan not shown on Drawings .� E. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. Do not eccentrically load system,or produce rotation of runners. F. Install edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces using longest practical lengths. Miter corners. Provide edge moldings at junctions with other interruptions. Secure at 16 inches on center. G. Install compression struts and secure system with tie wires. 1. Provide four 12 gage wires secured to main runner within 2 inches of cross runner intersection and splayed 90 degrees from each other at angle not exceeding 45 degrees from plane of ceiling. 09511-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .�,. OR 2. Materials: a. Size: 24 x 48 x 5/8 inches. b. Edge: Square. C. Surface Finish: Non perforated,abuse-resistant vinyl film facing. C. Substitutions: Not Permitted. 2.3 ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM-TYPE 2 A. Suspension System,Fire Rated-USDA Approved: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with project requirements, provide suspension system from one of �r the following: a. Prelude Plus Fire Guard,by Armstrong. b. Environmental System 1830 Fire Front,by Chicago Metallic. C. Environmental System ZXA,by USG. 2. Materials: a. Grid: ASTM C635, intermediate duty, hot-dipped galvanized with aluminum face cap exposed T; nominal 1 inch width. + ► b. Accessories: Stabilizer bars,clips,and splices. C. Grid Finish: White. d. Support System: Hot or cold rolled steel channels;galvanized hanger wire,minimum 12 gage. w� e. Edge Moldings: Hot-dipped galvanized with aluminum face cap with exposed flange to match suspension system. f. Compression Struts: Telescoping compression strut designed to attach to main tees at each splayed wire location, preventing upward movement of ceiling grid system. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide compression struts as manufactured by one of the following: 1) Donn Compression Post,by USG. 2) Contractor's Option: At Contractor's option, provide field fabricated compression struts as detailed on drawings. B. Acoustical Lay-in Panels-USDA Approved,Fire Rated: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance. with requirements, provide acoustical panels from one of the following: a. VL Fire Guard,Item#870,by Armstrong. b. Metal Face,Item 56094,by USG. 2. Materials: a. Size: 24 x 48 x 5/8 inches. b. Edge: Square. C. Surface Finish: Vinyl faced aluminum surface,nonperforated. C. Substitutions: Not Permitted. 2.4 ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM-TYPE 3 A. Suspension System: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with project requirements,provide non fire-rated suspension system from one of the following: a. Prelude 15/16 inch,XL#7300 Exposed Tee System,by Armstrong. b. 1200 System,by Chicago Metallic. C. Donn DX System,by USG. 2. Materials: a. Grid: ASTM C635,intermediate duty,steel exposed T;nominal 1 inch width;stab-in connections. b. Accessories: Stabilizer bars,clips,and splices. " C. Grid Finish: White. d. Support System: Hot or cold rolled steel channels;galvanized hanger wire,minimum 12 gage. e. Edge Moldings: Metal channel with exposed flange to match suspension system. 09511-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Maintain uniform temperature range of 60-85 degrees F, and humidity of no more than 70 percent relative humidity prior to,during,and after installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS .. A. Suspension System: Subject to compliance with project requirements, provide ceiling suspension system from one of the following manufacturers: 1. Armstrong World Industries Incorporated,Lancaster,PA (800)448-1405. 2. Chicago Metallic Corporation,Chicago,IL (800)323-7164. 3. USG Interiors,Chicago,IL (800)950-3839. B. Acoustical Panels: Subject to compliance with project requirements, provide acoustical panels from one of the following manufacturers: 1. Armstrong World Industries Incorporated,Lancaster,PA (800)448-1405. 2. Capaul Corporation,Plainfield,IL (815)436-8500. M" 3. Celotex Building Products Division,Tampa,FL (800)523-4684. 4. USG Interiors,Chicago,IL (800)950-3839. 5. Gold Bond Building Products,National Gypsum Company,Charlotte,NC (704)365-7300. C. Substitutions: Not Permitted. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM-TYPE 1 A. Suspension System: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with project requirements,provide non fire-rated suspension system ..� from one of the following: a. Prelude 15/16 inch,XL#7300 Exposed Tee System,by Armstrong. b. 1200 System,by Chicago Metallic. C. Donn DX System,by USG. 2. Materials: a. Grid: ASTM C635,intermediate duty,steel exposed T;nominal 1 inch width;stab-in connections. b. Accessories: Stabilizer bars,clips,and splices. C. Grid Finish: White. d. Support System: Hot or cold rolled steel channels;galvanized hanger wire,minimum 12 gage. e. Edge Moldings: Metal channel with exposed flange to match suspension system. f. Hold-Down Clips: Manufacturer's standard retention clips to suit conditions specified. g. Compression Struts: Telescoping compression strut designed to attach to main tees at each splayed wire location, preventing upward movement of ceiling grid system. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide compression struts as manufactured by one of the following: 1) Donn Compression Post,by USG. 2) Contractor's Option: At Contractor's option, provide field fabricated compression struts as detailed on drawings. Mw B. Acoustical Lay-in Panels: 1. Subject to compliance with project requirements,provide acoustical panels from one of the following: a. Standard Fiberglass Ceiling Panels,Random Fissured;Item#2911 by Armstrong. b. Kapok,unperforated,#7057G,Hi-Lite Panels,by USG. C. Vintage 1530-VIN-I,by Capaul. d. Coral 7010-01F Soft Touch Series,by Chicago Metallic. 09511-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 „�„ UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 09511 -ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 00 PART I GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Suspended metal grid ceiling system. 2. Acoustical panels. 3. Perimeter trim. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 13900-Fire Suppression: Sprinkler heads in ceiling system. 2. Section 15800-Air Distribution: Air diffusion devices in ceiling system. 3. Section 16500-Lighting: Light fixtures attached to ceiling system. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM C 635 - Specification for Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings. 2. ASTM C 636 - Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels. 3. ASTM E 84 Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 4. ASTM E 580 - Practice for Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraint. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: 1. Rigidly secure acoustical ceiling system including integral mechanical and electrical components with maximum deflection of 1/360. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE ;0 A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Surface Burning Characteristics in Accordance with ASTM E 84 for Class III or C finish: 40 a. Flame Spread: Less than 200. b. Smoke Density: Less than 450. 2. Food Serving and Preparation Areas where Scheduled: a. United States Department of Agriculture(USDA): Approved for incidental food contact. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Section 01600- Product Requirements: Transport,handle,store,and protect products. B. Deliver acoustical units in manufacturer's original unopened containers with brand name and type clearly marked. C. Store under cover in dry,watertight conditions. D. Prior to installation, store acoustical units for 24 hours minimum at same temperature and relative humidity as ps space where Work will be installed. ow 09511-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect tile installation,joints,grout line alignment,and attachment to substrate. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. 3.5 CLEANING A. Remove excess mortar and grout from floor,base,and wall surfaces without damage. B. Clean tile with cleaning materials recommended by tile manufacturer one day prior to Date of Substantial Com- pletion. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic from floor finish for 48 hours after installation. 3.7 TILE AND GROUT SCHEDULE A. Snack Bar: 1. Floor and Base: a. Tile: QT-31,QT-32,and QT-33,pattern as indicated on Drawings. b. Grout: G-10. END OF SECTION airy .w 09330-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ..�. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION eo A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be installed and verify that surfaces conform to product manufacturer's requirements for substrate conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. WA B. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of substrate conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding work from damage or disfiguration. B. Vacuum clean existing substrate and damp clean. C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness tolerances. Im D. Prepare substrate surfaces with sealers or conditioners as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Installation Methods: Install quarry tile in accordance with the TCA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. 1. Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.5. a. Concrete Subfloor,Interior: TCA F113. b. Grout: Latex-portland cement(sanded for floor tile and base). B. Lay tile to pattern indicated. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. on C. Cut and fit the tight to penetrations. Form corners and bases neatly. Align floor and base joints. D. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make joints watertight, without voids,cracks,excess mortar,or excess grout. E. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. so F. Control Joints: Provide tile control joints over control and construction joints in concrete slab. Remove all debris from concrete joint before starting installation of membrane. 1. Following manufacturer's printed recommendations for installation, provide continuous x minimum 24" wide membrane. 2. Set membrane in full bed of modified thin-set bond coat. 3. Lap membrane and make single cut,reducing total thickness to one membrane. 4. Following recommendation from thin-set mortar manufacturer, set tile in accordance with referenced TCA setting method. G. Allow tile to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting. H. Grout tile joints. 1. Provide continuous elastomeric grout joints on each side of bridged concrete joint following recommenda- tion and requirements of TCA EJ171. I. Apply sealant to junction of tile and dissimilar materials,and at tile penetrations. 09330-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .. B. Mortar and Grout: Subject to compliance with project requirements,provide mortar and grout as manufactured by am the following: 1. American Olean Tile Company,Lansdale,PA. Contact: Shawn Campbell,(214)309-4083. 2. W.R.Bonsal Company,Charlotte,NC;(800)334-0784. 3. Bostik,Middleton,MA;(800)726-7845. am 4. Laticrete International,Bethany,CT;(800)243-4788. C. Substitutions: Not Permitted. aft 2.2 MATERIALS A. Quarry Tile - QT-31: Unglazed floor tile with abrasive aggregate embedded in surface, 6 x 6 x 1/2 inch. Provide matching 5 x 6 inch cove base,inside and outside comers,and trim. 1. Color: a. Q40 Red Blaze,by Dal-Tile. b. 10 Summitville Red,by Summitville Tiles. 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. B. Quarry Tile-QT-32: Unglazed floor tile with abrasive aggregate embedded in surface, 6 x 6 x 1/2 inch. Provide matching 5 x 6 inch cove base,inside and outside corners,and trim. 1. Color: a. Q46 Camel,by Dal-Tile. .� b. 66 Palomino,by Summitville Tiles. 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. C. Quarry Tile- QT-33: Unglazed floor tile with abrasive aggregate embedded in surface, 6 x 6 x 1/2 inch. Provide "" matching 5 x 6 inch cove base,inside and outside comers,and trim. 1. Color: a. Q45 Golden Flash,by Dal-Tile. a. b. 11 Sun Glo,by Summitville Tiles. 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. D. Mortar: ON 1. Dry Set Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A 118.1. 2. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A118.4 o E. Grout: ANSI Al 18.6;Latex-Portland Cement Grout(sanded for floor tile and base). 1. Grout-G-10: a. Quarry Red#46,by Laticrete. 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. "" F. Control Joints: 1. Dal-Seal CIS membrane by DAL-TILE;Dallas,TX(800)933-8453 so G. Sealant: See Section 07900. 2.3 MORTAR MIX AND GROUT "" A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with requirements of referenced standards and manufacturers for proportioning of materials, water or additive content; type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, „ft and mixing time to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. 09330-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .. ew UniSpec II 112699 SECTION 09330-QUARRY TILE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Quarry floor tile. 2. Quarry tile base. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300-Cast-In-Place Concrete: Flooring substrate finish and preparation. 2. Section 07900-Joint Sealers: Sealant at tile penetrations and control/construction joints. 3. Section 09310-Ceramic Tile: Tile floor finish. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 1. ANSI A108.5 - Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex Portland Ce- ment Mortar. 2. ANSI A118.1 -Dry-Set portland Cement Mortar. 3. ANSI A118.4-Latex-Portland Cement Mortar. 4. ANSI Al 18.6-Ceramic Tile Grouts. w�► B. Tile Council of America,Inc.(TCA): 1. TCA 137.1 -Recommended Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile. 2. TCA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to TCA 137.1. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Transport,Handle,Store,and Protect Products. e. 1.5 SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not install adhesives in a closed,unventilated environment. so B. Maintain 50 degrees F during installation of mortar materials. 1.6 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: Provide one unopened box of the with label indicating store number and date. Submit to Wal- Mart Construction Manager at Date of Substantial Completion. 40 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Quarry Tile: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide quarry tile as manufactured by the following: 1. Dal-Tile Corporation,Dallas,TX. Contact: Traci Storer,(918)627-5381. 2. Summitville Tiles,Inc.,Maumelle,AR. Contact: Phil White,(501)753-0220. 09330-1 on Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 No .e Op A. ,m Ow 410 No BLANK PAGE 09310-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 •■. 3.7 TILE AND GROUT SCHEDULE A. Toilets(As Scheduled on Drawings): 1. Floor and Base: a. Tile: CT-1. Provide two rows of tile above 2 inch cove base. b. Grout: G-1 2. Walls: a. Field Tile: CT-2. b. Accent Tile: CT-1. c. Grout: G-2. B. Snackbar(As Scheduled on Drawings): 1. Wall: a. Tile: CT-31,CT-32,and CT-33. b. Grout: 1) At locations where primary field tile is CT-31: G-10. 2) At locations where primary field tile is CT-33: G-11. END OF SECTION wa 09310-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness tolerances. ..s D. Prepare substrate surfaces with sealers or conditioners as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Installation Methods: Install ceramic tile in accordance with the TCA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. 1. Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.5. a. Concrete Subfloor,Interior: TCA F 113. b. Wood or Metal Stud Walls,Interior: TCA W243. C. Grout: Latex-portland cement(Sanded for floors and base,unsanded for walls). «r B. Lay tile to pattern indicated. Do not interrupt the pattern through openings. C. Cut and fit tile tight to penetrations. Form corners and bases neatly. Align floor and base joints. D. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make joints watertight, without voids,cracks,excess mortar,or excess grout. MW E. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. F. Expansion Joints: Provide tile expansion joints at control/construction joints in concrete slab. Keep joints free of .■ mortar or grout. 1. Installation Method: TCA EJ171. G. Allow tile to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting. H. Grout tile joints. w 1. Apply sealant to junction of tile and dissimilar materials,at tile penetrations,and at tile expansion joints. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect ceramic tile installation,joints,grout line alignment,and attachment to substrate. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. 3.5 CLEANING A. Remove excess mortar and grout from floor,base,and wall surfaces without damage. .� B. Clean tile with cleaning materials recommended by tile manufacturer one day prior to Date of Substantial Completion. ► 3.6 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic from floor finish for 48 hours after installation. MW 09310-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 E. Ceramic Tile - CT-33: Wall tile, 6 x 6 inch (Crossville) or 2 x 2 inch (Dal-Tile). Provide matching inside and outside corners and trim. If 2 x 2 inch tiles are used,9 tiles must be installed for each 6 x 6 inch tile shown on the Drawings. 1. Color: a. B410 Doges Gold,by Crossville Ceramics. b. 6547 Matte Mustard,by Dal-Tile. 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. OR F. Mortar: 1. Dry Set Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A118.1. 2. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI Al 18.4 40 G. Grout: ANSI Al 18.6;Latex-Portland Cement Grout(sanded for floor tile and base,unsanded for wall tile). 1. Grout-G-1: NP a. Dark Grey,by W.R.Bonsal. b. Charcoal#47,by Dal-Tile. C. Charcoal#47,by Mapai. 2. Grout-G-2: ON a. Sterling Silver,by W.R.Bonsal. b. Silver#27,by Dal-Tile. C. Silver#27,by Mapai. 3. Grout-G-10: a. Quarry Red#46- by Laticrete. 4. Grout-G-11: a. Almond#85 - by Laticrete. ON H. Sealant: See Section 07900. I. Tile Backer Board: Water resistant gypsum board,see Section 09250. J. Substitutions: Not permitted. 2.3 MORTAR MIX AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with requirements of referenced standards and manufacturers for proportioning of materials, water or additive content; type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, and mixing time to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be installed and verify that surfaces conform to product manufacturer's requirements for substrate conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of substrate conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding work from damage or disfiguration. B. Vacuum clean existing substrate and damp clean. 09310-3 March 10,2000 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts PART 2 PRODUCTS ., 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Ceramic Tile: Subject to compliance with project requirements, provide ceramic tile as manufactured by the following: 1. Dal-Tile Corporation,Dallas,TX. Contact: Traci Storer,(918)627-5381. 2. American Olean Tile Company,Lansdale,PA. Contact: Shawn Campbell(214)309-4083. 3. Crossville Ceramics,Crossville,TN(931)484-2110. B. Mortar and Grout: Subject to compliance with project requirements,provide mortar and grout as manufactured by the following: 1. W. R. Bonsal Company,Charlotte,NC; (800)334-0784. 2. Dal-Tile,Dallas,TX;(918)627-5381. 3. Mapei Corp.,Elk Grove Village,IL;(800)426-2734. 4. Laticrete International,Bethany,CT;(800)243-4788. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Ceramic Tile - CT-1: Mosaic floor tile, 2 x 2 x 1/4 inch. Provide matching 2 inch cove base, inside and outside corners,and trim. 1. Color: a. Dal-Keystone,DK-326 Dapple Gray,by Dal-Tile. b. Egyptstones,C 18 Chariot Gray,by American Olean. 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. .r B. Ceramic Tile - CT-2: Glazed wall tile, 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 x 5/16 inch. Provide matching inside and outside corners and trim. 1. Color: am a. Dal-Matte,D-714 Steel,by Dal-Tile. b. Bright and Matte,80 Sterling Silver,by American Olean. 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. ow C. Ceramic Tile - CT-31: Wall tile, 6 x 6 inch (Crossville) or 2 x 2 inch (Dal-Tile). Provide matching inside and outside corners and trim. If 2 x 2 inch tiles are used,9 tiles must be installed for each 6 x 6 inch tile shown on the Drawings. 1. Color: a. A634 Terra Rosata,by Crossville Ceramics. b. 6549 Matte Cotto,by Dal-Tile. 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. D. Ceramic Tile - CT-32: Wall tile, 6 x 6 inch (Crossville) or 2 x 2 inch (Dal-Tile). Provide matching inside and outside corners and trim. If 2 x 2 inch tiles are used, 9 tiles must be installed for each 6 x 6 inch tile shown on the Drawings. 1. Color: a. A310 Bamboo,by Crossville Ceramics. b. 6536 Matte Spice,by Dal-Tile. 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. w 09310-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 �•. UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 09310-CERAMIC TILE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Ceramic floor tile. 2. Ceramic tile base. 3. Ceramic wall tile. B. Related Sections: �w 1. Section 03300-Cast-In-Place Concrete: Flooring substrate finish and preparation. 2. Section 07900-Joint Sealers: Sealant at tile penetrations and control/construction joints. 3. Section 09250-Gypsum Board Systems: Water resistant gypsum board for wall tile substrate. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 1. ANSI A108.5 - Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex Portland Cement Mortar. 2. ANSI A118.1 -Dry-Set portland Cement Mortar. 3. ANSI A118.4-Latex-Portland Cement Mortar. 4. ANSI A118.6-Ceramic Tile Grouts. 5. ANSI A137.1 -Recommended Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile. B. Tile Council of America,Inc. (TCA): 1. TCA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to ANSI A137.1. ffl• 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Transport,Handle,Store,and Protect Products. B. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. C. Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water,freezing,foreign matter,and other causes. 1.5 SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not install adhesives in a closed,unventilated environment. B. Maintain 50 degrees F during installation of mortar materials. 40 1.6 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: Provide one unopened box of wall and floor tile with label indicating store number and date. 00 Submit to Wal-Mart Construction Manager at Date of Substantial Completion. P0 09310-1 NO Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 no 2. Level 3: Joints and interior angles have tape embeded in joint compound and two separate coats of joint compound applied over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Surface smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. a. Sales Areas. b. Public Toiletrooms. ., C. Customer Service and Layaway Areas. d. Courtesy Desk Area. e. Employee Toiletrooms. f. Breakroom,Training,UPC/Merch,and Offices. 3.9 CONSTRUCTION A. Interface with Other Work: 1. Coordinate erection of studs with hollow metal door and window frames, sliding window, and overhead coiling door frames. 2. Coordinate installation of anchors, supports, and blocking for mechanical, electrical, and building accessory items installed within framing. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL • A. Inspect metal framing erection,placement,spacing,fasteners,and connections to building. B. Inspect gypsum board installation,fastener type,spacing,and finish level. ..� C. Inspect installation of firestopping penetrations of fire-restive rated partitions and at voids between top of partition and building structure. MW D. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. oft END OF SECTION ew, rw 09250-8 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .,� F. Install fasteners from center of field of panel toward ends and edges. Install fasteners 3/8 inch from ends and 4W edges of panels,and as follows: 1. Ceiling: 12 inches on center,perimeter and field. 2. Walls: you a. Standard: 16 inches on center,perimeter and field. b. Water-Resistant: 12 inches on center,perimeter and field. 3.6 INSTALLATION-GYPSUM SHEATHING A. Install gypsum board sheathing in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions, GA-201, GA-216 and GA-600. 1. Erect single layer gypsum board horizontally,with attachment to firm bearing. B. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. Use longest practical length. C. Using screws,attach panels in place at maximum 12 inches on center,perimeter and field,to supporting framing. D. Protect exposed gypsum core at perimeter edges,and penetrations by covering core with metal trim. 3.7 JOINT TREATMENT A. Reinforce interior and exterior corners at ceiling and wall surfaces. Apply 3 inch wide initial coating of joint compound, pressing tape firmly into joint compound. Wipe off excess joint compound. Apply second coat of joint compound with tools of sufficient width to extend beyond joint center, approximately 4 inches. Draw joint compound down to a smooth even plane. B. After drying or setting, sand or sponge joints, edges, and corners, eliminating high spots and excessive joint compound to produce smooth finish surface. Prepare surfaces to receive subsequent finishes to height of 6 inches above finish ceiling. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces resulting in maximum camber of 1/32-inch in 12. C. Sand after second and third applications of joint compound. Do not to raise nap of paper when sanding. D. Install control joints full height of partition,consistent with lines of building spaces,with 1/2 inch between boards. Apply sealant at base of joint and control joint accessory piece at face. 1. At pairs of doors, install vertical control joint at each jamb. At single doors, install control joint at latch so side of jamb. In long expanses of partitions,install control joints spaced at maximum of 30 feet on center. E. Place corner beads at external corners. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 3.8 FINISH !" A. Apply gypsum board finish in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions and GA-214 Finish Levels. B. Provide gypsum board finish levels at locations as follows: PA 1. Level 1: Joints and interior angles have tape embedment in joint compound. Surface free of excess joint compound. Tool Marks and ridges are acceptable. a. Areas above ceilings. b. Concealed areas. C. Areas where Customers do not have access. d. Stockroom Area and Stockroom Area Corridors. e. Areas not indicated to receive Level 3 Finish. 09250-7 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 CONNECTION FASTENER Floor Track to Concrete 1 -Pin at 32 inches on center. .................................................................... Partition Stud to Floor Track ............................................................ 1 -Screw each side at each flange. Stud Brace Web to Stud Web ........................................................... 2-Screws. Plates and Straps to Studs ................................................................. 2-Screws. .. StudWeb to Stud Web ..................................................................... 2-Screws. Stud Brace Web to Attachment Angle .............................................. 2-Screws. Lateral Bracing to Partition Stud Using clip Angles ........................ 2-Screws to stud and 2-Screws to cold rolled channel. .. Runner to Header .............................................................................. 1 -Screw at 16 inches on center,maximum 6 inches from each end. MW 3.3 INSTALLATION-FURRING A. Furring Channels: ... 1. Attach vertically spaced at maximum 16 inches on center, to masonry and concrete surfaces with hammer set or powder driven fasteners staggered 24 inches on center on opposite flanges. 2. Nest channels 8 inches at splices and anchor with 2 fasteners in each wing. .w� B. Wall Furring: 1. Secure top and bottom runners to structure. 2. Space metal studs at maximum 16 inches on center. .� 3. Furring for Fire Rating: Install metal furring as required for fire resistance ratings indicated on Drawings, and to GA-600 requirements. 3.4 ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. Place acoustical insulation in partitions tight within spaces,around cut openings,behind and around electrical and mechanical items within or behind partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions as specified in Section 07210. 3.5 INSTALLATION-GYPSUM BOARD A. Install gypsum board in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions and GA-201, GA 216, and GA- 600. 1. Use water resistant gypsum board at each Men's and Women's Toilet Room ceiling,each Toilet Room wall and ceiling,and each Janitor Room wall and ceiling. 2. Use fire resistant gypsum board at locations of fire-resistive rated assemblies indicated on Drawings. 3. Use water and fire resistant gypsum board at locations of fire-resistive rated assemblies where water resistant gypsum board is specified. "" 4. Use standard gypsum board at locations not indicated to be fire resistant or water resistant type. B. Where applicable,install ceiling panels before the installation of wall panels. No C. Erect single layer gypsum board in most economical direction, with attachment to firm bearing surfaces over framing members. Do not align panel joints with edges of openings. ON D. Treat cut edges, holes, fastener heads, and joints,including those at angle intersections, in water resistant gypsum board and exterior gypsum soffit board with specified joint compound. Treat prior to installation. ft E. Place gypsum panels over supporting framing members with panel ends aligning and parallel with framing members. 09250-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,�„ E. Construct corners using minimum three studs. F. Double stud at wall openings,door and window jambs,maximum 2 inches from each side of openings. w G. Place studs as indicated on Drawings,minimum 2 inches from abutting walls. H. Install headers at partition openings using load-bearing cee joists specified in Section 05400. 1. Install framing between studs for attachment of mechanical and electrical items. J. Install intermediate studs above and below openings to match wall stud spacing. K. Refer to Drawings for indication of partitions extending to finished ceiling only and for partitions extending through ceiling to building structure above. Maintain clearance under structural building members to avoid deflection transfer to studs. L. Maintain clearance under structural members to avoid deflection transfer to studs. 1. Where indicated,construct partition to accommodate vertical deflection. 2. Contractor Option: Provide framing clip in accordance with manufacturer's printed instruction. a. Position clip with bushing positioned at center of slotted hole. b. Use a minimum of two fasteners per clip leg to connect clip to structure and partition framing. C. Attach clip to each stud by screwing through the center of each step bushing. M. Fasten studs adjacent to door and window frames, partition intersections, and corners to top and bottom runner flanges in double-stud fashion with metal lock fastener tools. 1. Securely fasten studs to jamb and head anchor clips of door and borrowed-light frames. 2. Place horizontally a cut-to-length section of runner with web-flange bend at each end, fasten with minimum one screw per flange. wr 3. Position a cut-to-length stud(extending to top runner)at vertical panel joints over door frame header. N. Lateral Bracing for Metal Studs: 1. In metal stud partitions and bulkheads where length of metal studs is over 8 feet, install lateral bracing using one of the following methods: a. Install 1-1/2 inch cold-rolled channel through stud web holes and screw attach in place with clip angles. Lap channels by nesting one inside the other to a depth of at least 8 inches and wire tie together. b. Install field-cut runner for solid bridging at each end of wall,adjacent to wall openings, and 10 feet on center maximum. Install 1-1/2 inch wide, 20 gage strap bracing on both sides of stud. Fasten strap bracing to each solid bridging runner section with four screws. 2. Gypsum Board Partitions: Space lateral bracing at the following intervals: 3. Provide bracing at ceiling line or at mid-span of studs at areas without ceilings. 4. Wire Mesh Partitions: Space lateral bracing at the following intervals: a. Stud Length Greater Than 8 Feet and Up To 10 Feet: Provide bracing at midpoint. b. Stud Length Greater Than 10 Feet and Up To 15 Feet: Provide bracing at third points. C. Stud Length Greater Than 15 Feet and Up To 20 Feet: Provide bracing at quarter points. O. Install braced framing of steel stud framing as indicated on Drawings. Use only screw attachments. P. Blocking: Screw attach wood blocking between studs. Install blocking for support of plumbing fixtures, toilet partitions,wall cabinets,toilet accessories and hardware. Q. Framing Fastening: Fasten framing in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions and schedule below, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. 09250-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 F. Gypsum Board Fasteners: 1. Metal Framing: ASTM C 954 and C 1002, Type S-12 bugle head, corrosion-resistant self-drilling self- w■ tapping steel screws. a. One Layer 1/2 Inch: 1 inch. b. One Layer 5/8 Inch: 1-1/8 inch. ow C. Two Layers: 5/8 Inch: 1-7/8 inch. G. Wood Furring: ASTM C 1002, 1-1/4 inch,Type W bugle head,corrosion-resistant self-drilling steel screws. .m H. Gypsum Board Accessories: 1. Corner Beads: No. 104 Dur-A-Bead galvanized steel corner bead. 2. Edge Trim: Galvanized steel casing. +•• a. No.200-13,L shape for tight abutment at edges. b. No.200-A,J shape at other locations. 3. Control Joint: No. 093 roll-formed zinc. 4. Joint Materials: a. Reinforcing Tape: Sheetrock Joint Tape. b. Joint Compound: Sheetrock Ready-Mixed All-Purpose Joint Compound. C. Adhesive: Commercial Adhesive complying with ASTM C 557. 5. Acoustical Insulation: Unfaced fiberglass batts specified in Section 07210. 6. Firestopping: Furnish and install at penetrations of fire-resistive rated gypsum board wall as specified in Section 07840. 2.3 GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD A. ASTM C 79 and ASTM C 1177;water resistant gypsum core surfaced on face and back with inorganic glass fiber mats; 1/2 inch thick,maximum permissible lengths;ends square cut. 1. Dens-Glass Gold gypsum sheathing as manufactured by Georgia-Pacific. 2. Substitutions: Not Permitted. , B. Sheathing Board Fasteners: ASTM C 954 and ASTM C 1002, 1-1/8 inch, Type S-12 bugle head, corrosion- resistant self-drilling steel screws. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine existing conditions and adjacent areas where products will be installed and verify that conditions conform to product manufacturer's requirements. Verify that building framing components are ready to receive Work. Verify that rough-in utilities are in-place and located where required. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory ... conditions have been corrected. B. Beginning of erection and installation indicates acceptance of existing conditions. .. 3.2 INSTALLATION-PARTITION FRAMING A. Install studs and fasteners in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions,ASTM C 754, GA-201, GA- w 216 and GA-600. B. Metal Stud Spacing: ■. 1. Unless otherwise noted,provide interior framing at maximum 24 inches on center. C. Align stud web openings horizontally. 40 D. Splice studs with minimum 8 inch nested lap,fasten each stud flange with minimum two screws. 09250-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am F. Ceiling Joists, Tracks, Headers at Partition Openings, Framing Attachment Angles, and Fasteners: Specified in Section 05400. G. Partition Framing Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant self-drilling self-tapping steel screws. 1. 22 Gage Framing: ASTM C 1002;3/8 inch Type S pan head. 2. 20 Gage and Heavier Framing: ASTM C 954;5/8 inch Type S-12 low-pro head. ps H. Bracing to Framing Attachment Angle Fasteners: #12 diameter pan head corrosion-resistant self-drilling screws. I. Partition Floor Track Anchorage Device: Low velocity powder-actuated drive pins; minimum 0.140 inch shank diameter x 1-1/2 inch shank length with 7/8 inch diameter washer. 1. DX 451 System using X-DNI Pins with R23 washers,by Hilti,Tulsa,OK. (800)879-8000. 2. Ramset/Red Head System using 4700SD Pins,by ITW Ramset/Redhead,Wood Dale,IL(708)350-1858. J. Wall Furring to Concrete or Masonry Wall Fasteners: Hex head sleeve anchors; minimum 1/4 inch diameter x minimum 1-1/8 inch embedment. 1. Slv Anch HX 5/16X2-1/2,by Hilti,Tulsa,OK (800)879-8000. 2. Dynabolt HN-1413,by ITW Ramset/Redhead,Wood Dale,IL(708)350-1558. K. Furring Channel to Masonry or Concrete Surface Fasteners: Low velocity powder-actuated drive pins of size to suit application. L. Flat Straps and Plates: ASTM A 525; galvanized sheet steel, gage, shape, and configuration as indicated on Drawings. M. Wood Furring,Blocking,Plywood,and Fasteners Attached to Partition Framing: Specified in Section 06100. N. Metal Stud Header Wall Framing and Bracing Supported from Roof Structure: Specified in Section 05400. O. Metal Stud Wall Framing at Partition Between Stockroom and Sales Area: Specified in Sectiion 05400. 2.2 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS A. Manufacturer: United States Gypsum Company,Chicago,IL. (800) 874-4968. 1. United States Gypsum gypsum wallboard designations are used within this Section to identify gypsum aw wallboard and accessory types,unless noted otherwise. 2. Alternate Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with project requirements, gypsum board and accessories of one of the following alternate manufacturers is acceptable: a. Domtar Gypsum,Ann Arbor,MI. (800)366-8271. b. Georgia-Pacific,Atlanta,GA. (800)284-5347. C. National Gypsum Company,Gold Bond Building Products,Charlotte,NC. (800)628-4662. on B. Standard Gypsum Board: Sheetrock,ASTM C 36; 1/2 inch and 5/8 inch thick,maximum permissible length;ends square cut,tapered edges. on C. Water Resistant Gypsum Board: Sheetrock WR, ASTM C 630, 1/2 inch thick, maximum permissible lengths; ends square cut,tapered edges. D. Fire Resistant Gypsum Board: Sheetrock Firecode Core, ASTM C 36, Type X; 5/8 inch thick, maximum OR permissible lengths; ends square cut, tapered edges; core material as required to comply with Underwriters Laboratories(UL)assemblies indicated on Drawings. ,ft E. Water and Fire Resistant Gypsum Board: Sheetrock Firecode Core, ASTM C 630, Type X; 5/8 inch thick, maximum permissible lengths;ends square cut,tapered edges. 09250-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ow 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING .mss A. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Transport,handle,store,and protect products. B. Protect metal framing from corrosion,deformation,and other damage during delivery,storage,and handling. ..� C. Store and protect metal framing with weatherproof covering,and ventilate to avoid condensation. D. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. E. Stack gypsum board flat to prevent sagging. .., 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS OR SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: an 1. Establish and maintain environmental conditions for applying and finishing gypsum board in conformance with GA-216. 2. Maintain minimum 50 degrees F for 48 hours before application and finishing of gypsum board. Maintain sm temperature continuously until dry. Do not exceed 95 degrees F when using temporary heat sources. 3. Ventilate building spaces as required to dry joint treatment materials. Prevent drafts during hot, dry weather to avoid finishing materials from drying too rapidly. am PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FRAMING MATERIALS A. Manufacturer: Unimast Incorporated,Franklin Park,IL(800)969-4110. 1. Unimast framing component designations are used within this Section to identify framing types. MW 2. Alternate Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with project requirements metal framing materials of equal type to those specified,by alternate manufacturers are acceptable. B. Interior Nonload-Bearing Partition Framing: ASTM A 525 and ASTM C 645; galvanized sheet steel, channel 40 shaped,punched for utility access,depth and gages as indicated below unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 1. Partition having an unbraced length of 12 feet or Less: Minimum 25 gage. 2. Partition having an unbraced length greater than 12 Feet: Minimum 20 gage. ap 3. Partition (bulkheads) suspended from overhead having an unbraced length of 10 Feet or Less: Minimum 25 gage. C. Partition Floor Tracks and Runners: ASTM A 525 and ASTM C 645; galvanized sheet steel, channel shaped, same depth and gage as studs,tight fit;solid web. D. Capture Track: Deep Leg Track at Roof Deck or Structure to provide vertical travel as indicated: Specified in Section 05400. 1. Contractor Option: Provide framing clip to accommodate vertical deflection as indicated. 2. VertiClip by Signature Industries,Raleigh,NC (918/845-1025). E. Wall Furring and Partition Bracing: ASTM A 525 and ASTM C 645;galvanized sheet steel. 1. Studs: ST25 - 2-1/2 inch deep, 25 gage. 2. Studs: ST25-3-5/8 inch deep, 25 gage. 3. Hat-Shaped Channels: 7/8 inch deep x 1-1/2 inch wide,25 gage. 4. Cold-Rolled Channels: 3/4 x 1/2 inch and 1-1/2 x 17/32 inch, 16 gage. 5. Z Furring Channel: 1-1/2 inch deep,25 gage. 6. Clip Angles: 2 inches x 2 inches x 16 gage x 1/4 inch less than stud width. 09250-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Xft UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 09250-GYPSUM BOARD Aw PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ON A. Section Includes: 1. Interior nonload-bearing steel stud partition framing 20 gage and lighter(designed for 5 pounds per square foot uniform load perpendicular to partition). 2. Gypsum board. 3. Acoustic treatment. 4. Taped and sanded joint treatment. 5. Gypsum sheathing. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05400 - Cold Formed Metal Framing: Load-bearing steel stud exterior and interior wall framing 20 gage and heavier. Cold formed deep leg track for interior nonload-bearing steel stud partitions (designed for 5 pounds per square foot uniform load perpendicular to partition). 2. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry: Wood furring strips,plywood,and blocking. 3. Section 07210-Building Insulation: Thermal and acoustical insulation. 4. Section 07840-Firestopping: Installation of firestopping at penetrations of fire-rated partitions. 5. Section 09900-Paints and Coatings: Paint finish applied to gypsum board. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A 525 - Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated(Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process. 2. ASTM C 36-Specification for Gypsum Wallboard. 3. ASTM C 79-Test Method for Gypsum Sheathing Board. 4. ASTM C 557-Specification for Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing. 5. ASTM C 630-Specification Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board. 6. ASTM C 645 - Specification for Non-Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Track), and Rigid an Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. 7. ASTM C 754 - Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Wallboard, Backing board,or Water-Resistant Backing Board. we 8. ASTM C 954- Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 inches to 0.112 inches in Thickness. 9. ASTM C 1002-Specification Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board. 10. ASTM C 1177-Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing. po B. Gypsum Association(GA): 1. GA-201 -Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings. 2. GA-214-Recommended Specification for Levels of Gypsum Board Finish. 3. GA-216-Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 4. GA-600-Fire Resistance Design Manual. OR 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in the installation of light gage metal framing components and so gypsum wallboard with minimum 5 years documented experience. go 09250-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 H. Provide filler rod where sealants are used in the following locations: 1. Head and jamb channels. 2. Colored glass over 75 united inches in size. 3. Clear glass over 125 united inches in size. I. Acrylic Sheet Glazing: Set acrylic sheet on setting blocks at quarter points of sill. Provide filler rod or spacers to hold acrylic sheet centered in rabbet ready to receive glazing compound. Fill glazing rabbet with glazing com- pound in accordance with manufacturers instructions. 1. Protect acrylic sheet from excess sealant smears with paperback adhesive tape at edges adjacent to rabbets. 3.4 INSTALLATION-BUTT GLAZED METHOD A. Temporarily brace tempered glass in position for duration of glazing process. Mask edges of glass at adjoining glass edges and between glass edges and framing members. B. Temporarily secure a small diameter non-adhering foamed rod on back side of joint. C. Apply silicone sealant to open side of joint in continuous operation;thoroughly fill the joint without displacing the foam rod. Tool the sealant surface smooth to concave profile. .s D. Permit sealant to cure then remove foam backer rod. Apply sealant to opposite side, tool smooth to concave pro- file. NO E. Remove masking tape. 3.5 HORIZONTAL SLIDING WINDOW INSTALLATION ** A. Set sliding window assembly in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. AM 3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Immediately prior to Wal-Mart acceptance of Project,replace broken or otherwise damaged glass. Wash and pol- ish glass inside and out. •* END OF SECTION 08800-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 wu B. Spacers: Resilient blocks of 40 to 50 Shore A durometer hardness; self adhesive on one side; compatible with "" glazing sealant. C. Filler Rods: Closed cell or jacketed foam rods of polyethylene,butyl,neoprene,polyurethane, or vinyl; compati- ble with glazing sealant. D. Joint Cleaners,Primers,and Sealers: As recommended by glazing sealant manufacturer. E. Gaskets: ASTM D2000,SBC 415 to 313C 620;extruded or molded neoprene or EPDM,black. 2.4 HORIZONTAL SLIDING WINDOWS A. Sliding Window Unit - UPC/Merch.: Zinc-plated steel sliding glass window track assembly including upper channel, shoe, ball-bearing carrier, lower track, and nickel finish adjustable lock. Provide sliding glass window �. assembly Model No.KV P992 and Lock KV 965,as manufacturedby Knape&Vogt Manufacturing Company. I. Glazing: Tempered glass,6.0 mm(1/4 inch)thick,clear,as specified in this Section. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean,free of obstructions,and ready for work of this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces;prime or seal where recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended application. B. Inspect glass edges immediately prior to setting; discard those with edge damage that will contribute to glazing failure. 3.3 GLAZING A. Locate setting blocks at quarter points of sill;set in sealant if heel or toe bead is required. B. Install spacers inside and out except where preshimmed tape or glazing gaskets are to be used. C. Set each piece in a series to other pieces in pattern draw,bow,or other visually perceptible characteristics. D. Provide glazing sealants and gaskets as required for particular glazing application. Coordinate with other Sections for material compatibility. ON E. Gaskets: 1. Provide adequate anchorage,particularly for driven-in wedge gaskets. 2. Miter and weld ends of channel gaskets at corners to provide continuous gaskets. 3. Seal face gaskets at corners with sealant to close opening and prevent withdrawal of gaskets from corners. F. Do not leave voids in glazing channels except as specifically indicated or recommended by glass manufacturer. + ' Force sealant into channel to eliminate voids. Tool exposed surfaces to slight wash away from joint. Trim and clean promptly. G. Do not allow sealant to close weeps of aluminum framing. 08800-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am B. Tinted Tempered Glass: ASTM C 1048,Kind FT(Fully Tempered),Condition A(Uncoated),Type I(Transparent no Glass,Flat),Class 2(Tinted Heat Absorbing and Light Reducing),Quality q3 (Glazing Select). Conform to ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC 16CFR Part 1201. 1. Thickness: 6.0 mm(1/4 inch),unless indicated otherwise. 2. Color: Gray tint. am 3. Location: a. Exterior storefront doors. 4. Identification: Each unit of tempered glass shall be permanently identified by the manufacturer. The ow identification shall be etched or ceramic fired on the glass and be visible when the unit is glazed. C. Wire Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type II (Wired Glass Flat), Class 1 (Clear), Form 1 (Wired, Polished Both Sides), Quality q8(Glazing),Mesh m2(Square)woven stainless steel wire of 1/2 inch grid size. 1. Thickness: 6.0 mm(1/4 inch),unless indicated otherwise. 2. Location: Provide at interior and exterior glazing locations in fire rated assemblies. D. Insulated Units - Tinted Tempered Glass: Double pane units with inner pane of clear tempered glass and outer .. pane of gray tinted tempered glass,as specified above. 1. Glass Thickness: 6.0 mm(1/4 inch),unless indicated otherwise. 2. Color: Gray/Clear. ..� 3. Unit Thickness: 1 inch thick units. 6.0 mm (1/4 inch) thick, clear inner panes. 6.0 mm (1/4 inch) thick, tinted outer panes. 1/2 inch air space between. 4. Location: Exterior storefront except for the following locations: a. Where 1/4 inch tinted glazing is specified for exterior storefront doors. b. Where clear insulated glazing is specified for transoms above exterior entrance doors. 5. Identification: Each unit of tempered glass shall be permanently identified by the manufacturer. The identification shall be etched or ceramic fired on the glass and be visible when the unit is glazed. E. Acrylic Sheet: Clear acrylic plastic sheet, "Plexiglass", by Rohm and Haas Company. Grind exposed edges smooth,free of chips and hairline cracks. �.. 1. Thickness: As indicated on drawings. 2. Location: Pharmacy and Photo Bullpen(if indicated on Drawings). F. Insulated Units - Clear Tempered Glass: Double pane units with both inner and outer panes of clear tempered glass as specified above. 1. Glass Thickness: 6.0 mm(1/4 inch),unless indicated otherwise. 2. Unit Thickness: 1 inch thick units; 6.0 mm(1/4 inch) thick inner and outer panes, with 1/2 inch air space between. 3. Identification: Each unit of tempered glass shall be permanently identified by the manufacturer. The identification shall be etched or ceramic fired on the glass and be visible when the unit is glazed. 4. Location: a. Transom glazing above exterior entrance doors. 2.2 GLAZING COMPOUNDS A. Polysulphide Sealant: Two component,chemical curing,non-sagging type;cured Shore A hardness of 15-25. B. Silicone Sealant: Single component,chemical curing;capable of water immersion without loss of properties; non- bleeding,non-staining;cured Shore A hardness of 15-25. 1. Color: Clear. C. Acrylic terpolymer compounded especially for glazing;non-hardening,non-staining,and non-bleeding. 2.3 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Setting Blocks: Resilient blocks of 70 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness;compatible with glazing sealant. 08800-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 �. g UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 08800-GLAZING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Glass and glazing for aluminum entrances and storefronts. 2. Miscellaneous interior fixed glazing. " 3. Glazing sealants. 4. Door Glazing. 5. Horizontal sliding windows. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 08110-Steel Doors and Frames: Glazed doors and fixed window frames. 2. Section 08411 -Aluminum Framed Storefronts: Aluminum storefront framing system. 3. Section 08462-Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors: Glazed doors. 4. Section 08710-Door Hardware: Hardware coordination. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 1. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings. B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM C920-Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 2. ASTM C1036-Flat Glass. -Kind HS,Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. 3. ASTM C1048-Heat-Treated Flat Glass 4. ASTM D2000-Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications. C. Flat Glass Marketing Association(FGMA): 1. FGMA-Glazing Manual and Glazing Sealing Systems Manual. D. Consumer Product Safety Standards for Architectural Glazing. CPSC 16 CFR,Part 1201. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to FGMA Glazing Manual for glazing installation methods. 40 B. Provide permanent labeling for safety glass indicating conformance with specified standards. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS MATERIALS A. Clear Tempered Glass: ASTM C1048,Kind FT (Fully Tempered), Condition A(Uncoated),Type I(Transparent Glass,Flat),Class 1 (Clear),Quality q3 (Glazing Select). Conform to ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC 16CFR Part 1201. 1. Thickness: 6.0 mm(1/4 inch),unless indicated otherwise. 2. Thickness: 10.0 mm(3/8 inch),at Vision Center butt glazing(when shown on Drawings). 3. Location: a. Interior glazing except where insulated units are specified. 4. Identification: Each unit of tempered glass shall be permanently identified by the manufacturer. The identification shall be etched or ceramic fired on the glass and be visible when the unit is glazed. a 08800-1 am, Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 MISCELLANEOUS MW MISCELLANEOUS SET Garden Center Seasonal Box(Threshold Transition Between Vinyl Tile and Concrete Slab) 1 ea. (T-4) Threshold P 18/IA* * Install threshold butted to adjacent vinyl tile at Garden Center Seasonal Box where tile transitions to concrete slab centered .. to Action Alley where indicated on Drawings and Carpet/Tile Plan. Install threshold before Possession Date. END OF SECTION w .m o aw ow M way am 08710-28 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,,, VISION CENTER ON SET VC2A Door VC2A-Lab: (HM,Single) Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-5) Butts S FBB179 4-1/2" x 4-1/2"NRP 652 1 ea. (L-6) Office Lock Sc D50PD Rhodes 626 1 ea. (C-1) Closer CR DC2210 689 1 ea. (S-5) Overhead Stop Ri 9-336 626 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 2 ea. (K-5) Kick Plates I 8400 630 SET VCSA Door VCSA-Utility: (HM,Single) Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-2) Butts S F179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 1 ea. (L-7) Passage Latch Sc D l OS Rhodes 626 go 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop I 407 630 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 2 ea. (K-5) Kick Plates I 8400 630 so SET VC6A Door VC6A-Exam Room: (HM, Single) Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-2) Butts S F179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 1 ea. (L-7) Passage Latch Sc DIOS Rhodes 626 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop I 407 630 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 2 ea. (K-5) Kick Plates I 8400 630 NO 4M 08710-27 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 PHARMACY SET PHIA Door PH1A-Pharmacy Workroom: (HM,Single,Half Door) Each door type will have: 1 pr. (H-2) Butts S F179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 1 ea. (L-6) Office Lock Sc D50PD Rhodes 626 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop I 407 630 2 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 SET PHIB Door PHIB-Pharmacy Workroom: (HM,Single) Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-2) Butts S F179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 1 ea. (L-6) Office Lock Sc D50PD Rhodes 626 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop I 407 630 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 ., SET PH3A Door PH3A-Pharmacy Checkout: (HM, Single,Half Door) Each door type will have: 1 pr. (H-2) Butts S F179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 1 ea. (L-6) Office Lock Sc D50PD Rhodes 626 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop I 407 630 2 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 SET PH4A w Door PH4A-Pharmacy Toilet: (HM, Single) Each door type to have: .A 1-1/2 pr. (H-2) Butts S F179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 1 ea. (L-8) Bathroom Privacy Lock Sc D40S Rhodes 626 1 ea. (C-1) Closer CR DC2210 689 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop I 407 630 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 08710-26 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .. VP SNACK BAR SET SB1A Door SB IA-Snack Bar Serving Area: (Flexible Alum,Single) Each door type to have: Hardware furnished by door manufacturer per Section 08381. ON a PO 40 OP O 08710-25 40 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 SET 186A .. Door 186A-Garden Center: (Chain Link Gate,Single) Each door type to have: 1 ea. (E-6) Exit Device w/Alarm De ECL-8010W Wetlock 626 1 ea. (L-3) Cylinder for Alarm Sc 20-022 626 All other hardware furnished by fence manufacturer as specified in Section 02831. SET 186B Doors 186B-Garden Center: (Chain Link Gate,Pair) Each door type to have: 2 ea. (E-6) Exit Device w/Alarm De ECL-801OW Wetlock 626 2 ea. (L-3) Cylinder for Alarm Sc 20-022 626 All other hardware furnished by fence manufacturer as specified in Section 02831. SET 186C Doors 186C-Garden Center: (Chain Link Gate,Pair) Each door type to have: .. 2 ea. (E-6) Exit Device w/Alarm De ECL-8010W Wetlock - 626 2 ea. (L-3) Cylinder for Alarm Sc 20-022 626 ..w All other hardware furnished by fence manufacturer as specified in Section 02831. w� 08710-24 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 go on SET 180A Door 180A-Stockroom: (HM,Single,w/Exit Device) Each door type to have: on 1-1/2 pr. (H-1) Butts S FBB191 4-1/2"x 4-1/2"NRP 626 1 ea. (E-2) Alarm Exit Po THPA-30* 1 ea. (M-4) One-Way Viewer I 700 626 1 ea. (T-6) Threshold P 171A 1 ea. (W-7) Door Shoe P 222AV 1 ea. (W-3) Door Bottom Weatherstrip P 315CN 1 set (W-1) Jamb&Head Weatherstrip P 303AV 1 ea. (M-9) Drip Cap P 346C x FW *Owner furnished,Contractor installed. SET 180B Door 180B-Stockroom: (Sectional Overhead) Each door type to have: Hardware furnished by door manufacturer per Section 08360. SET 180C Door 180C-Stockroom: (Sectional Overhead) Each door type to have: Hardware furnished by door manufacturer per Section 08360. SET 180D Door 180D-Stockroom: (Sectional Overhead) Each door type to have: Hardware furnished by door manufacturer per Section 08360. SET 185H Doors 185H-Seasonal Shop: (Aluminum/Glass,Bi-Parting Automatic w/Breakaway) Each door type to have: 1 ea. (L-1) Keyed Cylinder Sc 20-001 626 1 ea. (L-4) Thumbtum CR 1300-118 626 1 ea. Locking Device - See Section 08462. 1 ea. Threshold - See Section 08462. All other hardware furnished by door manufacturer as specified in Section 08462. 08710-23 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 SET 174C Door 174C-Corridor: (Accordion Folding Door,UL Label) Each door type to have: Hardware furnished by door manufacturer per Section 08352. Connect electronic closing device to smoke detector. SET 174D Doors 174D-Corridor: (HM,Pair,w/Exit Device,UL Label) Each door type to have: .. 3 pr. (H-4) Butts S FBB179 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" 652 2 ea. (E-3) Exit Device and Trim VD 9927L-F-BE-LBR 626 1 set (W-5) Door Gaskets P S88D Series I pr. (W-4) Meeting Style Gaskets P 303AS I ea. (M-10) Electromechanical Assembly Ri 0600&2600 Series SA SET 175C Door 175C-Photo Storage: (HM,Single) Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-4) Butts S FBB179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 .. 1 ea. (L-5) Storeroom Lock Sc D80PD Rhodes 626 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop I 407 -630 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 SET 176C Door 176C-Pharmacy Records/Storage: (HM,Single) Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-2) Butts S F179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 1 ea. (L-5) Storeroom Lock Sc D80PD Rhodes 626 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop I 407 630 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 ,. 08710-22 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 on SET 168A Doors 168A-Claims: (Wood and Wire Mesh,Pair) Each door type to have: 2 pr. (H-8) Butts S 808BP 3"x 3" US2H 1 ea. (M-1) Safety Hasp&Staple SSP917 3-1/2" 602 NO 1 ea. (M-3) Surface Bolt I 40 3" 626 SET 169A Door 169A-Electrical/Telephone: (Wood and Wire Mesh,Single) Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-8) Butts S 808BP 3"0" US2H 1 ea. (M-1) Safety Hasp&Staple SSP917 3-1/2" 602 SET 169B Door 169B-Electrical/Telephone: (Wood and Wire Mesh, Single) Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-8) Butts S 808BP 3 110" US2H 1 ea. (M-1) Safety Hasp&Staple SSP917 3-1/2" 602 SET 174A Doors 174A-Corridor: (HM,Pair,w/Exit Device) Each door type to have: 3 pr. (H-1) Butts S FBB191 4-1/2"x 4-1/2"NRP 626 2 ea. (E-2) Alarm Exit Po THPA-30* 2 ea. (T-6) Threshold P 171A 2 ea. (W-7) Door Shoe P 222AV 2 ea. (W-3) Door Bottom Weatherstrip P 315CN go 2 set (W-1) Jamb&Head Weatherstrip P 303AV 1 ea. (M-9) Drip Cap P 346C x FW *Owner furnished,Contractor installed. an SET 174B Im Door 174B-Corridor: (Accordion Folding Door,UL Label) Each door type to have: 40 Hardware furnished by door manufacturer per Section 08352. Connect electronic closing device to smoke detector. 08710-21 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 SET 157C Door 157C-Security: (HM, Single) Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-4) Butts S FBB179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 1 ea. (L-5) Storeroom Lock Sc D80PD Rhodes 626 1 ea. (C-1) Closer CR DC2210 689 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop I 407 630 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 SET 161A Doors 161A-Sprinkler Room: (HM,Single) Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-2) Butts S F179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 1 ea. (L-7) Passage Latch Sc D l OS Rhodes 626 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop I 407 630 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 SET 164A Door 164A-Lay-away: (HM, Single) Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-2) Butts S F179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 626 1 ea. (L-6) Office Lock Sc D50PD Rhodes 626 w 1 ea. (C-1) Closer CR DC2210 689 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop I 407 630 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 1 ea. (T-4) Threshold P 18/IA SET 166A Door 166A-Gun Room: (HM, Single,UL Label) Each door type to have: .®. 1-1/2 pr. (H-4) Butts S FBB179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 1 ea. (L-5) Storeroom Lock Sc D80PD Rhodes 626 1 ea. (M-12) Lock Guard I 180 630 1 ea. (C-1) Closer CR DC2210 689 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop I 407 630 1 set (W-5) Door Gaskets P S88D Series SET 167A Door 167A-Sprinkler Room: (Wood and Wire Mesh,Single) Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-8) Butts S 808BP 3 110" US2H 1 ea. (M-1) Safety Hasp&Staple SSP917 3-1/2" 602 08710-20 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 an SET 147A ow Door 147A-Men: (HM,Single) Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-4) Butts S FBB179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 1 ea. (P-1) Push I 8200 630 1 ea. (P-2) Pull 1 8314-5 630 1 ea. (C-1) Closer CR DC2210 689 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 1 ea. (K-2) Kick Plate I 8400 10"x(DW-2") 630 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop I 407 630 1 ea. (T-8) Threshold P 274A SET 152A Door 152A-UPC/Merch: (HM,Single) fm Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-4) Butts S FBB179 4-1/2"x4-1/2" 652 1 ea. (L-5) Storeroom Lock Sc D80PD Rhodes 626 1 ea. (C-1) Closer CR DC2210 689 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop I 407 630 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 SET 153A Door 153A-Training: (HM, Single) Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-2) Butts S F179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 1 ea. (L-6) Office Lock Sc D50PD Rhodes 626 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop 1 407 630 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers 1 20 SET 155A w Doors 155A-Fixtures: (Wood and Wire Mesh,Pair) Each door type to have: 2 pr. (H-8) Butts S 808BP 3"x 3" US2H 1 ea. (M-1) Safety Hasp&Staple SSP917 3-1/2" 602 1 ea. (M-3) Surface Bolt I 40 3" 626 On p. 08710-19 �w Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 MW SET 142A ow Door 142A-Cash Room: (HM,Single) Each door type to have: o w 1-1/2 pr. (H-4) Butts S FBB179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 1 ea. (L-5) Storeroom Lock Sc D80PD Rhodes 626 1 ea. (C-1) Closer CR DC2210 689 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop 1 407 630 1 ea. (M-4) One-Way Viewer 1 700 626 SET 142B Door 142B-Cash Room: (HM, Single) �. Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-4) Butts S FBB179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 ,.. 1 ea. (L-5) Storeroom Lock Sc D80PD Rhodes 626 1 ea. (C-1) Closer CR DC2210 689 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop I 407 630 1 ea. (M-4) One-Way Viewer 1 700 626 SET 143A Door 143A-Management Office: (HM,Single) Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-4) Butts S FBB179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 1 ea. (L-6) Office Lock Sc D50PD Rhodes 626 1 ea. (C-1) Closer CR DC2210 689 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop I 407 630 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 SET 146A Door 146A-Women: (HM,Single) Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-4) Butts S FBB179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 1 ea. (P-1) Push 1 8200 630 1 ea. (P-2) Pull I 8314-5 630 1 ea. (C-1) Closer CR DC2210 689 aw 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 1 ea. (K-2) Kick Plate I 8400 10"x(DW-2") 630 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop I 407 630 1 ea. (T-8) Threshold P 274A sw 08710-18 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 „�,, SET 105J Doors 105J- Vestibule: (Aluminum/Glass,Single,Single Acting) Each door type to have: 1 ea. (L-1) Keyed Cylinder SC 20-001 626 1 ea. (L4) Thumbturn CR 1300-118 626 W 1 ea. Deadbolt Lock - See Section 08411. 1 ea. Closer - See Section 08411. I set Pivots - See Section 08411. I ea. Door Holder - See Section 08411. 1 ea. (T-5) Threshold P 255A All other hardware furnished by door manufacturer as specified in Sections 08411. Signage: When required by local authority having jurisdiction,post doors with durable,permanent signs, 1 inch high block letters of contrasting background,located on header framing,reading"THESE DOORS MUST REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS". No SET 105K Doors 105K-Vestibule: (Aluminum/Glass,Bi-Parting Automatic w/Breakaway) Each door type to have: 1 ea. (L-1) Keyed Cylinder Sc 20-001 626 " 1 ea. (L-4) Thumbturn CR 1300-118 626 1 ea. Locking Device - See Section 08462. 1 ea. Threshold - See Section 08462. All other hardware furnished by door manufacturer as specified in Section 08462. Signage: Provide durable,permanent signs,on egress side of each active and inactive leaf,in one inch high letters,in contrasting color to background to read: "IN EMERGENCY PUSH TO OPEN." When required by local authority having jurisdiction,post doors with signs located on header framing,reading"THESE DOORS MUST REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS". SET 141A Door 141A-Breakroom: (HM,Single) no Each door type to have: 1-1/2 pr. (H-4) Butts S FBB179 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 652 1 ea. (P-1) Push I 8200 630 1 ea. (P-2) Pull I 8314-5 630 1 ea. (C-1) Closer CR DC2210 689 1 ea. (S-1) Wall Stop 1 407 630 3 ea. (M-8) Silencers I 20 08710-17 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 SET 105F Doors 105F-Vestibule: (Aluminum/Glass,Bi-Parting Automatic w/Breakaway) Each door type to have: 1 ea. (L-1) Keyed Cylinder Sc 20-001 626 1 ea. (L-4) Thumbturn CR 1300-118 626 1 ea. Locking Device - See Section 08462. 1 ea. Threshold - See Section 08462. All other hardware furnished by door manufacturer as specified in Section 08462. Signage: Provide durable,permanent signs,on egress side of each active and inactive leaf,in one inch high letters,in contrasting color to background to read: "IN EMERGENCY PUSH TO OPEN." When required by local authority having jurisdiction,post doors with signs located on header framing,reading"THESE DOORS MUST REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS". rye SET 105G .w Doors 105G- Vestibule: (Aluminum/Glass,Single,Single Acting) Each door type to have: I ea. (L-1) Keyed Cylinder SC 20-001 626 1 ea. (L-4) Thumbturn CR 1300-118 626 1 ea. Deadbolt Lock - See Section 08411. 1 ea. Closer - See Section 08411. 1 set Pivots - See Section 08411. 1 ea. Door Holder - See Section 08411. I ea. (T-5) Threshold P 255A All other hardware furnished by door manufacturer as specified in Sections 08411. Signage: When required by local authority having jurisdiction,post doors with durable,permanent signs, 1 inch high block letters of contrasting background,located on header framing,reading"THESE DOORS MUST REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS". SET 105H "�11 Doors 105H- Vestibule(Cart Access): (Aluminum/Glass,Single, 1/2 Door,Single Acting) Each door type to have: + 1 ea. Keyed Cylinder Sc 20-001 626 1 ea. Thumbturn CR 1300-118 626 1 ea. (T-5) Threshold P 255A 1 ea. Closer - See Section 08411. Pivots - See Section 08411. 00 All other hardware furnished by door manufacturer as specified in Sections 08411. ■w no ow 08710-16 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .� �w SET 105C Doors 105C-Vestibule: (Aluminum/Glass,Pair, Single Acting) Each door type to have: gee 1 ea. (L-1) Keyed Cylinder Sc 20-001 626 1 ea. (L-4) Thumbtum CR 1300-118 626 1 ea. (T-2) Threshold P 271A 1 ea. Flush Bolt/Interlocking Device - See Section 08411. 2 ea. Closer - See Section 08411. 2 sets Pivots - See Section 08411. e 2 ea. Door Holder - See Section 08411. All other hardware furnished by door manufacturer as specified in Sections 08411. Signage: When required by local authority having jurisdiction,post doors with durable,permanent signs, 1 inch high block letters of contrasting background,located on header framing,reading"THESE DOORS MUST REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS". SET 105D Doors 105D-Vestibule: (Aluminum/Glass,Single-Slide Automatic w/Breakaway) Each door type to have: 1 ea. (L-1) Keyed Cylinder Sc 20-001 626 „ 1 ea. (L-4) Thumbturn CR 1300-118 626 1 ea. (T-2) Threshold P 271A 1 ea. Locking Device - See Section 08462. so All other hardware furnished by door manufacturer as specified in Section 08462. Signage: Provide durable,permanent signs,on egress side of each active and inactive leaf,in one inch high letters,in contrasting color to background to read: "IN EMERGENCY PUSH TO OPEN.” When required by local authority having op jurisdiction,post doors with signs located on header framing,reading"THESE DOORS MUST REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS". SET 105E Doors 105E- Vestibule: (Aluminum/Glass,Single,Single Acting) Each door type to have: 1 ea. (L-1) Keyed Cylinder SC 20-001 626 1 ea. (L-4) Thumbturn CR 1300-118 626 1 ea. (T-2) Threshold P 271A 1 ea. Deadbolt Lock - See Section 08411. 1 ea. Closer - See Section 08411. 1 set Pivots - See Section 08411. 1 ea. Door Holder - See Section 08411. All other hardware furnished by door manufacturer as specified in Sections 08411. Signage: When required by local authority having jurisdiction,post doors with durable,permanent signs, 1 inch high block letters of contrasting background,located on header framing,reading"THESE DOORS MUST REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS". pa 08710-15 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 SET 100D Doors 100D-Sales Area: (HM,Pair,w/Exit Device) Each door type to have: .w 3 pr. (H-1) Butts S FBB191 4-1/2"x 4-1/2"NRP 626 2 ea. (E-2) Alarm Exit Po THPA-30* 2 ea. (T-6) Threshold P 171A 2 ea. (W-7) Door Shoe P 222AV �"` 2 ea. (W-3) Door Bottom Weatherstrip P 315CN 2 set (W-1) Jamb&Head Weatherstrip P 303AV I ea. (M-9) Drip Cap P 346C x FW , * Owner furnished,Contractor installed. w. SET 105A Doors 105A- Vestibule: (Aluminum/Glass, Single, Single Acting) ..� Each door type to have: 1 ea. (L-1) Keyed Cylinder SC 20-001 626 1 ea. (L-4) Thumbturn CR 1300-118 626 44 1 ea. (T-2) Threshold P 271A 1 ea. Deadbolt Lock - See Section 08411. 1 ea. Closer - See Section 08411. ow 1 set Pivots - See Section 08411. I ea. Door Holder - See Section 08411. All other hardware furnished by door manufacturer as specified in Sections 08411. Signage: When required by local authority having jurisdiction,post doors with durable,permanent signs, 1 inch high block letters of contrasting background,located on header framing,reading"THESE DOORS MUST REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS". SET 105B .w Doors 105B-Vestibule: (Aluminum/Glass,Single-Slide Automatic w/Breakaway) Each door type to have: 1 ea. (L-1) Keyed Cylinder Sc 20-001 626 1 ea. (L-4) Thumbtum CR 1300-118 626 1 ea. (T-2) Threshold P 271A I ea. Locking Device - See Section 08462. All other hardware furnished by door manufacturer as specified in Section 08462. Signage: Provide durable,permanent signs,on egress side of each active and inactive leaf,in one inch high letters,in contrasting color to background to read: "IN EMERGENCY PUSH TO OPEN." When required by local authority having jurisdiction,post doors with signs located on header framing,reading"THESE DOORS MUST REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS". w 08710-14 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 3.4 HARDWARE SCHEDULE ow SET 100A Doors 100A-Sales Area: (HM,Pair,w/Exit Device) Each door type to have: 3 pr. (H-1) Butts S FBB 191 4-1/2"x 4-1/2"NRP 626 2 ea. (E-2) Alarm Exit Po THPA-30* 2 ea. (T-6) Threshold P 171A 2 ea. (W-7) Door Shoe P 222AV 2 ea. (W-3) Door Bottom Weatherstrip P 315CN 2 set (W-1) Jamb&Head Weatherstrip P 303AV 1 ea. (M-9) Drip Cap P 346C x FW Owner furnished,Contractor installed. SET 100B Doors 100B-Sales Area: (Flexible Aluminum,Pair) Each door type to have: 1 ea. (T-4) Threshold P 18/1A 2"x DW x 1/8" Hardware furnished by door manufacturer, Section 08381. AL SET 100C Doors 100C-Sales Area: (HM,Pair,w/Exit Device) Each door type to have: 3 pr. (H-1) Butts S FBB 191 4-1/2"x 4-1/2"NRP 626 2 ea. (E-2) Alarm Exit Po THPA-30* 2 ea. (T-6) Threshold P 171A 2 ea. (W-7) Door Shoe P 222AV 2 ea. (W-3) Door Bottom Weatherstrip P 315CN 2 set (W-1) Jamb&Head Weatherstrip P 303AV 0 1 ea. (M-9) Drip Cap P 346C x FW *Owner furnished,Contractor installed. 08710-13 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 6. Type(W-6): Automatic Door Bottom Seal a. Seal 223A National Guard b. Seal 4131 CRL Pemko. c. Seal 320C Reese. 7. Type(W-7): Door Shoe Weatherstripping. a. Door Shoe 222AV Pemko. C. Substitutions: None accepted. ,ric 2.12 FABRICATION A. Finish and Base Material Designations: Number indicate BHMA Code or nearest traditional U.S. commercial W finish. B. Where base material and quality of finish are not otherwise indicated, provide at least commercially recognized quality specified in applicable Federal Specifications. 2.13 SIGNAGE A. When required by local jurisdiction having authority,provide signage in one inch high letters, in contrasting color to background to read: "This door to remain unlocked during business hours." Doors requiring signage will be indicated on either the hardware schedule or door schedule. .. B. Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors: Provide signage, on egress side of each active and inactive leaf, in one inch high letters, in contrasting color to background to read: "In Emergency Push To Open." Doors requiring signage will be indicated on either the hardware schedule or door schedule. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive Work and dimensions are as instructed by the manufacturer. .� B. Verify that electric power is available to power operated devices and of the correct characteristics. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware Mounting Heights: Door and Hardware Institute Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames,except as otherwise indicated. 1. Conform to requirements of applicable local, State or Federal disabled access requirements for the installation and operation of door hardware. B. Install each hardware item to comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. C. Thru-bolt closers on doors. D. Vestibule Thresholds: Set and bolt into grout. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Hardware Adjustment: Return to project one month after Owner's occupancy, and adjust hardware for proper operation and function. Instruct Wal-Mart personnel in proper maintenance and adjustment. aw 08710-12 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ow go 4. Type (T-4): Aluminum threshold, beveled 1 side only. Transition threshold between Concrete slab and Vinyl Tile. a. Threshold 818CP 2"x DW x 1/8" National Guard. b. Threshold 18/1A 2"x DW x 1/8" Pemko. ! " Set threshold in full bed of silicone sealant,butted to adjacent vinyl tile. Anchor into concrete slab with Hilti Kwik-Con II,#14-134 TFH fasteners spaced at 8 inch centers. 5. Type(T-5): a. Threshold 325 National Guard. b. Threshold 255A Pemko. C. Threshold S245A Reese. 6. Type(T-6): a. Threshold 525 National Guard. b. Threshold 171A Pemko. C. Threshold S205A Reese. 7. Type(T-7): Rubber or cast aluminum threshold,beveled 1 side only. Transition threshold between Vinyl Tile and Quarry Tile. a. Threshold SBR.5F 5-5/8"x DW x 1/2" Pemko. b. Threshold 815M 4"x DW x 1/2" American. so C. Threshold FBR 4"x DW x 1/2" Safe-T-Metal. d. Threshold 115M 4"x DW x 1/2" Wooster. 8. Type(T-8): go a. Threshold 274A Pemko. b. Threshold S814A Reese. C. Substitutions: None accepted. 2.11 WEATHERSTRIPPING A. Weatherstripping Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide from one of the following manufacturers as specified below. 1. National Guard. 2. Pemko. 3. Reese. B. Weatherstripping by types: 1. Type(W-1): Jamb&Head Weatherstripping. a. Weatherstripping 155 National Guard. b. Weatherstripping 303AV Pemko. C. Weatherstripping 807A Reese. 2. Type(W-2): Door Shoe Weatherstripping. a. Door Shoe 35A National Guard. b. Door Shoe 217AV Pemko. Wx C. Door Shoe DB596F Reese. 3. Type(W-3): Door Bottom Weatherstripping. a. Door Bottom 201NA National Guard. b. Door Bottom 315CN Pemko. C. Door Bottom 323A Reese. 4. Type(W-4): Meeting Stile Gaskets. a. Gasket 160S National Guard. PW b. Gasket 303AS Pemko. C. Gasket 807A Reese. 5. Type(W-5): Door Gaskets. era a. Gasket 5050 National Guard. b. Gasket S88D Pemko. C. Gasket 797B Reese. 08710-11 w Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 A b. Viewer 850 Quality. C. Viewer 620 Rockwood. 5. Type(M-5): UL. listed extention flu sh bolt. a. Flush Bolt(UL) 458 12" 626 Ives. b. Flush Bolt(UL) 1358 12" 626 Quality. C. Flush Bolt(UL) 3917 12" 626 Trimco. 6. Type(M-6): a. Automatic Flush Bolt FB7 626 Glenn-Johnson. b. Automatic Flush Bolt 559 Ives. C. Automatic Flush Bolt 842 (DCI) 7. Type(M-7): a. Electric Strike FA712 Fail Secure Folger Adam. ., b. Electric Strike 1639- 10 Fail Secure Precision. C. Transformer: 40VA, 120VAC to 24VAC with provisions for mounting in a standard 1/2" knockout. No. 599,by Edwards. d. Push Button: Single button with one normally open contact and one normally closed contact. No. KR3BH13,by Square D. 8. Type(M-8): a. Silencers 20 Ives. 40 b. Silencers 1337-A Quality. C. Silencers 1229-A Trimco. 9. Type(M-9): a. Drip Cap 16AD National Guard. b. Drip Cap 346C x FW Pemko. C. Drip Cap R201A Reese. 10. Type(M-10): „ a. Electromechanical assembly.Electromechanical Closer / Holder Device, when scheduled, shall consist of the following: (1)2600 Detectored unit x 120 VAC x SA and(1)0600 Non-detectored unit x 120 VAC x SA field wired in series as manufactured by Rixson. 11. Type(M-11):Provide device with mortise cylinder to control"arm/disarm"circuit with spare keys. a. Door Alarm PG20MS 626 Alarm Lock. b. Door Alarm 130 Series AL 626 Arrow. 12. Type(M-12): a. Lock Guard 180 630 Ives. 2.10 THRESHOLDS AIR A. Threshold Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide from one of the following manufacturers as specified below. so 1. Pemko. 2. National Guard. 3. Reese. 4. Wooster. 00 5. American Safety Tread. 6. Safe-T-Metal. 4 B. Thresholds by types: 1. Type(T-1): Heavy-duty abrasive cast aluminum(Alumogrit). a. Threshold 114 5" Wooster. 2. Type(T-2): am a. Threshold 513 National Guard. b. Threshold 271A Pemko. C. Threshold S405A Reese. dw, 3. Type(T-3): Heavy-duty abrasive cast aluminum(Alumogrit). a. Threshold 115M 5" Wooster. ow 08710-10 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 no 3. Type(K-3): J101 a. Armor Plate 8400 34"x(DW-2") 630 Ives. b. Armor Plate No.48 34"x(DW-2") 630 Quality. C. Armor Plate 1025 34"x(DW-2") 630 Trimco. d. Armor Plate J101 34"x(DW-2") 630 Rockwood. 4. Type(K-4): J101 a. Armor Plate 8400 36"x(DW-2") 630 Ives. b. Armor Plate No.48 36"x(DW-2") 630 Quality. C. Armor Plate 1025 36"x(DW-2") 630 Trimco. d. Armor Plate J101 36"x(DW-2") 630 Rockwood. 5. Type(K-5): J102 a. Kick Plate 8400 18"x(DW-2") 630 Ives. b. Kick Plate No.48 18"x(DW-2") 630 Quality. C. Kick Plate 1025 18"x(DW-2") 630 Trimco. d. Kick Plate J102 18"x(DW-2") 630 Rockwoo 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE w* A. Miscellaneous Hardware Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide from the following manufacturers as specified below. 1. Alarm Lock. 2. Arrow. 3. (DCI) 4. Folger Adam. 5. Glenn-Johnson. 6. Hager. 7. Ives. 8. Lawrence. 9. LCN. 10. National Guard. 11. Pemko. 12. Precision. 13. Quality. 14. Reese. 15. Rixson. 16. Rockwood. 17. Stanley. 18. Trimco. B. Silencers: Provide in metal door frames, unless not permitted for fire rating, or unless bumper-type weatherstripping is provided;three for each single door frame,two for double-door frame. C. Miscellaneous Hardware by types: 1. Type(M-1): a. Hasp&Staple SP917 3-1/2" 602 Stanley. b. Hasp&Staple WS1920 3-1/2" 602 Hager. C. Hasp&Staple 930 602 Lawrence. 2. Type(M-2): a. Surface Bolt CD4060 4" 626 Stanley. b. Surface Bolt 144 4" 626 Ives. 3. Type(M-3): a. Surface Bolt 40 3" 626 Ives. b. Surface Bolt B 3" 626 Quality. no 4. Type(M-4): Mounted/installed,centered at 5'-0"AFF. a. Viewer 700 Ives. on 08710-9 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 2.7 PULLS AND PUSHES A. Pulls and Pushes Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide from one of the following manufacturers as specified below. 1. H. B. Ives. am 2. Quality. 3. Trimco. 4. Rockwood. .w B. Materials: ANSI A156.6 for 0.050 inch thickness. C. Push and Pulls by types: AN 1. Type(P-1): a. Push 8200 630 Ives. b. Push 1001 -2 630 Trimco. C. Push 40 3-1/2 x 15 630 Quality. d. Push 70B 630 Rockwood. 2. Type(P-2): a. Pull 8314-5 630 Ives. �w b. Pull 1012-2 630 Trimco. C. Pull 4310 3-1/2 x 15 630 Quality. d. Pull 137 x 70B 630 Rockwood. 3. Type(P-3): 8"CTC x 3/4"diameter. a. Pull 8103-8 626 Ives. b. Pull 1194-2 626 Trimco. C. Pull 161 -8" 626 Quality. ■W d. Pull 107 626 Rockwood. D. Substitutions: None accepted. 2.8 DOOR PROTECTION PLATES A. Mop, Kick and Armor Plate Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide from one of the following manufacturers as specified below. 1. Ives. 2. Quality. 3. Trimco. 4. Rockwood. B. Materials: J100 Protection Plates conforming to ANSI 156.6, stainless steel, 0.050" (1.2 mm) minimum thickness, beveled edges (134E) four sides. Mount centered, flush with bottom of door. Screws: Phillips head sheet metal screws plated to match plate. C. Protection Plates by types: 1. Type(K-1): J102 a. Kick Plate 8400 8"x(DW-2") 630 Ives. b. Kick Plate No.48 8"x(DW-2") 630 Quality. " C. Kick Plate 1025 8"x(DW-2") 630 Trimco. d. Kick Plate J102 8"x(DW-2") 630 Rockwood. 2. Type(K-2): J102 a. Kick Plate 8400 10"x(DW-2") 630 Ives. b. Kick Plate No.48 10"x(DW-2") 630 Quality. C. Kick Plate 1025 10"x(DW-2") 630 Trimco. d. Kick Plate J102 10"x(DW-2") 630 Rockwood. 08710-8 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .� ow 8. Type(E-8): Rim delay exit device,exit only with alarm assembly. a. Delay Exit Device w/Alarm CX99EO 626 Von Duprin b. Power Transfer#EPT-10 C. Mini-Power Booster#PS 871 9. Type(E-9): Owner Furnished;Rim exit device,exit only,with alarm. a. Alarm Exit THPA-70 600 Positive Lock. ilk G. Substitutions: None accepted. 2.6 STOPS,HOLDERS AND BUMPERS A. Stop and Holder, Floor and Wall Stop, and Bumper Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide from one of the following manufacturers as specified below. 1. H.B.Ives. w 2. Quality Hardware Manufacturing Co.,Inc. 3. Trimco. 4. Dor-O-Matic. w 5. Glenn-Johnson. B. Materials: 1. Door stop mounting: Methods to suit substrates encountered (plastic anchor, drywall anchor, expansion shield). 2. Provide gray rubber exposed resilient parts. 3. Do not furnish aluminum floor stops. 4. For most doors, the preferred door stop is Wall Stop type (S-1) and is specified as such in the hardware schedule. However,if circumstances prevent a wall stop installation(door too far from perpendicular wall, door swing into adjacent glass, etc.) then substitute a type (S-3) or (S-4) floor stop as indicated for use intended. ! 5. Adjust height of floor stops to suit undercut of adjacent door. C. Stops,Holders and Bumpers by types: 1. Type(S-1): Install with appropriate anchors for substrate encountered. a. Wall Stop 407 630 Ives. b. Wall Stop W307TB 630 Quality. C. Wall Stop W 1276CS 630 Trimco. 2. Type(S-2): a. Stop&Holder 445 626 Ives. b. Stop&Holder 136 626 Quality. C. Stop&Holder 1207 626 Trimco. 3. Type(S-3): For doors without threshold. a. Stop 436 626 Ives. b. Stop 331 626 Quality. C. Stop 1211ES 626 Trimco. 4. Type(S-4): For doors with threshold or undercut doors. a. Stop 438 626 Ives. b. Stop 432 626 Quality. C. Stop 1212 3/4ES 626 Trimco. 5. Type(S-5): For doors where floor or wall stop is not approprate. a. Overhead Stop 9-336 626 Rixson. ■o b. Overhead Stop 9045 626 Glynn-Johnson. C. Overhead Stop 5945 626 Sargent. ow D. Substitutions: None accepted. 08710-7 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Am D. Substitutions: None accepted. MW 2.5 EXIT DEVICES A. Exit Devices: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide exit devices of one of the following +*R manufacturers and as specified below. 1. Adams Rite. 2. Corbin Russwin. 00 3. Monarch. 4. Yale. 5. Von Duprin. o B. Weatherproof Exit Device with Alarm: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide weatherproof exit device with alarm as manufactured by the following. 1. Detex. SW C. Alarm Exit: Alarm exit as specified below will be furnished by Owner for installation by Contractor. 1. Positive Lock- Contact: Phillip Murders,(800)342-7670. D. Delay Alarm Exit: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide delayed exit device with alarm as manufactured by the following. 1. Von Duprin Chexit device. ..R E. Materials: 1. Provide exposed metal to match hardware. 2. Size and mount units indicated or, if not indicated, to comply with manufacturer's recommendations for exposure condition. Reinforce substrate as recommended. F. Exit Devices by types: " 1. Type (E-1): Owner Furnished; Rim exit device, exterior access, with alarm and removable core lock cylinder. a. Alarm Exit(Ext Acc) THPA(O/A)-30 600 Positive Lock. 2. Type(E-2): Owner Furnished;Rim exit device,exit only,with alarm. a. Alarm Exit THPA-30 600 Positive Lock. 3. Type(E-3): Surface vertical rod(top rod only)exit device,lever trim,blank escutcheon,UL listed for fire. a. Exit Device 3100T x 3077-91 626 Adams Rite. b. Exit Device F-18-V LE-LS/LK Dane 626 Monarch. C. Exit Device 9927L-F-BE-LBR 626 Von Duprin. 4. Type (E-4): Concealed vertical rod exit device, lever trim, blank escutcheon, UL listed for fire for oversized doors. a. Exit Device F-18-C LE-LS/LK Dane 626 Monarch. b. Exit Device 9948L-F-BE 626 Von Duprin. 5. Type(E-5): Rim exit device,lever trim,blank escutcheon,UL listed for fire. a. Exit Device 3700 x 3077-97 626 Adams Rite. b. Exit Device ED5200A x N710 626 Corbin Russwin. C. Exit Device F-18-R LE-LS/LK Dane 626 Monarch. d. Exit Device 7100-F x AU528F 626 Yale. e. Exit Device 99L-F-BE 626 Von Duprin. 6. Type(E-6): Rim exit device,weatherproof,exit only,with alarm. a. Exit Device w/Alarm ECL-8010W Wetlock 626 Detex r 7. Type(E-7): Rim exit device,pull trim. a. Exit Device ED5200 x T1357 626 Corbin Russwin. b. Exit Device 18-R P Apollo 626 Monarch. C. Exit Device 7100 x 532 626 Yale. d. Exit Device 99NL x 697NL 626 Von Duprin. Aw 08710-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 NOTE: Button pushes and turns,Corbin Russwin, Sargent and Yale. Push button only, Schlage,Falcon,and PDQ. 7. Type(L-7): ANSI F75 a. Passage Latch CL3410-NZD-217L 13 626 Corbin Russwin. b. Passage Latch T101 -D 626 Falcon. C. Passage Latch ST 126-PHL 626 PDQ. d. Passage Latch IOU 15 LL 626 Sargent. e. Passage Latch D10S-Rhodes- 10-025 626 Schlage. f. Passage Latch 5401LN-AU-497 626 Yale. 8. Type(L-8): ANSI F76 a. Privacy Lock CL3420-NZD-2171,13 626 Corbin Russwin. b. Privacy Lock T301 -D 626 Falcon. C. Privacy Lock ST 176-PHL 626 PDQ. d. Privacy Lock 10U65 LL 626 Sargent. e. Privacy Lock D40S-Rhodes- 10-025 626 Schlage. f. Privacy Lock 5402LN-AU-497 626 Yale. 9. Type(L-9): a. Dead Bolt Lock DL2011 626 Corbin Russwin b. Dead Bolt Lock D421 626 Falcon. C. Dead Bolt Lock 626 PDQ. d. Dead Bolt Lock 486 626 Sargent. e. Dead Bolt Lock B461P 626 Schlage Im f. Dead Bolt Lock 8532B 626 Yale D. Substitutions: None accepted. 2.4 CLOSERS A. Closers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide closers of one of the following manufacturers and as specified below. 1. Corbin Russwin. 2. LCN. 3. Norton. 4. Yale. B. Materials&Features: 1. ANSI A156.4,Grade 1. 2. ADA/ANSI At 17.1 3. UL.listed. 4. Non-Handed,Non-Sized;adjustable 1-6. 5. 180 degree door opening. 6. Heavy Duty parallel arm. 7. Standard Cover. 8. Multiple backcheck location valve. 9. Extreme temperature fluid. 10. Sex nuts and bolts(SNBs). 11. Provide exposed metal to match hardware. 12. Size and mount units indicated or, if not indicated, to comply with manufacturer's recommendations for exposure condition. Reinforce substrate as recommended. C. Closers by types: 1. Type(C-1): a. Closer DC2210-A3 689 Corbin Russwin. no b. Closer 4110 689 LCN. C. Closer P7700 689 Norton. d. Closer 3501 689 Yale. ow 08710-5 xv Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 4. Sargent. 5. Schlage. 6. Yale. B. Materials: 1. Cylindrical Locks: ANSI A156.2, Series 4000 Grade 1, equipped with 6-pin tumbler; "keyed alike". Provide 2-3/4 inch backset. Provide two keys for each lock. 2. Mortise Locks: ANSI A156.13, Grade 1, equipped with 6-pin tumbler; "keyed alike". Provide 2-3/4 inch ..R backset. Provide two keys for each lock. 3. Latch Sets: Provide push-button releases by turning lever, closing door, or turning emergency release key through hole in outside knob. 4. Strikes: ANSI Strikes, 1-1/4 x 4-7/8 inches, with curved lip. Wrought box strikes, with extended lip for latch bolts,except open strike plates may be used in wood frames. Provide dustproof strikes for foot bolts. 5. Tactile Warning: Provide locks with tactile warning for handicapped codes when required by local jurisdiction having authority. C. Locks by types: 1. Type(L-1): Mortise Cylinder. a. Cylinder 1000-118-A03 626 Corbin Russwin. b. Cylinder 985 626 Falcon. C. Cylinder 41 626 Sargent. d. Cylinder 20-001 626 Schlage. •• e. Cylinder 2153 626 Yale. 2. Type(L-2): Mortise Cylinder. a. Cylinder 1000-114-A02 626 Corbin Russwin. a.. b. Cylinder 986 626 Falcon. C. Cylinder 42 626 Sargent. d. Cylinder 20-001 - 1-1/4" 626 Schlage. e. Cylinder 2153 626 Yale. .. 3. Type(L-3): Rim Cylinder. a. Cylinder 3000-200 626 Corbin Russwin. b. Cylinder 951 626 Falcon. .we C. Cylinder 34 626 Sargent. d. Cylinder 20-022 626 Schlage. e. Cylinder 1109 626 Yale. 4. Type(L-4): a. Thumbturn 1300-118-A03 626 Corbin Russwin. b. Thumbtum 985-T 626 Falcon. C. Thumbturn 626 PDQ. d. Thumbturn 124-41 626 Sargent. e. Thumbturn S2053S 626 Yale. 5. Type(L-5): ANSI F86 a. Storeroom Lock CL3457-NZD-217L13 626 Corbin Russwin. b. Storeroom Lock T581 -D 626 Falcon. C. Storeroom Lock ST 115-PHL 626 PDQ. d. Storeroom Lock 1OG04 LL 626 Sargent. e. Storeroom Lock D80PD-Rhodes-025 626 Schlage. f. Storeroom Lock 5405LN-AU-497 626 Yale. 6. Type(L-6): ANSI F82 a. Office Lock CL3451-NZD-217L13 626 Corbin Russwin. b. Office Lock T501 -D 626 Falcon. C. Office Lock ST 182-PHL 626 PDQ. d. Office Lock 1OG05 LL 626 Sargent. e. Office Lock D50PD-Rhodes- 10-025 626 Schlage. f. Office Lock 5407LN-AU-497 626 Yale. 08710-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 2.2 HINGES A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide hinges of one of the following manufacturers and as specified below: w. 1. Hager. 2. McKinney. 3. Stanley. ` B. Substitutions: None accepted. C. Material: 1. Provide full mortise-type hinges with stainless steel pins, except steel pins with steel hinges; non-removable for exterior and public interior exposure, non-rising for non-security exposure, flat button with matching plugs. 2. Ball-bearing Type: Swaged,inner leaf beveled,square corners. D. Hinges by types: 1. Type(H-1): Medium weight door,average frequency,bronze. +? +► a. Butts FBB191 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP 626 Stanley. b. Butts BB 1191 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP 626 Hager. C. Butts TB2314 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP 626 McKinney. ww 2. Type(H-2): Medium weight door,low frequency, steel. a. Butts F179 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 652 Stanley. b. Butts 1279 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 652 Hager. C. Butts T2714 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 652 McKinney. + 3. Type(H-3): Medium weight door,low frequency,steel. a. Butts F179 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP 652 Stanley. b. Butts 1279 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP 652 Hager. so C. Butts T2714 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP 652 McKinney. 4. Type(H-4): Medium weight door,average frequency,steel. a. Butts FBB179 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 652 Stanley. b. Butts BB 1279 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 652 Hager. C. Butts TB2714 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 652 McKinney. 5. Type(H-5): Medium weight door,average frequency,steel. a. Butts FBB179 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP 652 Stanley. b. Butts BB 1279 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP 652 Hager. C. Butts TB2714 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP 652 McKinney. 6. Type(H-6): Heavy weight door,high frequency,bronze. a. Butts FBB168 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP 626 Stanley. b. Butts BB 1168 4-1/2 x 4 1/2 NRP 626 Hager. C. Butts T4B3786 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP 626 McKinney. 7. Type(H-7): Not Used. 8. Type(H-8): Surface mounted hinge. a. Hinge 808BP 3 x 3 US2H Stanley. b. Hinge 1808 3 x 3 US2H Hager. C. Hinge 705 3 x 3 US211 McKinney. E. Substitutions: None accepted. 2.3 LOCKS,LATCHES,AND BOLTS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide locks, latches and bolts of one of the following manufacturers and as specified below: 1. Corbin Russwin. 2. Falcon. 3. PDQ. ter 08710-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ow B. Regulatory Requirements: am 1. Conform to applicable code for requirements applicable to fire rated doors and frames. 2. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., and acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 3. Conform to applicable local, State or Federal disabled access requirements for the installation and No operation of door hardware. PART 2 PRODUCTS no 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Product Designations: Manufacturers indicated in the "Hardware Schedules" in Part 3 of this Section are the Mr preferred manufacturers. Provide products of equivalent quality,design, and function by approved manufacturers listed in the respective Part 2 Article. B. Hardware Manufacturer Designations: 1. A Adams Rite. (213)699-0511 2. AL Alarm Lock Systems,Inc. (800)252-5625 3. AM American Safety Tread Co.,Inc. (800)245-4881 A 4. Ar Arrow (800)233-0478 5. Bo Bommer. (817)626-3182 6. CR Corbin Russwin. (203)225-7411 7. De Detex (800)729-3839 8. D Dor-O-Matic. (800)543-4635 9. DC1Door Controls International (800)742-3634 10. F NT Falcon Lock (800)266-4456 a►w 11. FA Folger Adam Co. (708)739-3900 12. GJ Glynn-Johnson. (800)525-0336 13. H Hager Hinge Co. (800)325-9995 14. I H. B. Ives. (203)294-4837 15. L Lawrence Brothers,Inc. (815)625-0360 16. LCN LCN Closers (800)526-2400 17. Mc McKinney (717)346-7551 '* 18. Mo NT Monarch Hardware (800) 826-5792 19. Na National Guard Products,Inc. (800)647-7874 20. No Norton (800)438-1951 21. P Pemko Mfg.Co. (805)642-2600 22. PDQ PDQ Industries,Inc. (800)441-9692 23. Po Positive Lock (800)342-7670 24. Pr Precision. (313)843-1850 25. Q Quality Hardware Manufacturing Co.,Inc. (901)525-7847 26. Re Reese Enterprises,Inc. (800)328-0953 27. Ri Rixson. (312)671-5670 28. Ro Rockwood. (814)926-2026 29. Saf Safe-T-Metal Co. (800) 886-7238 30. Sa Sargent. (203)562-2151 31. Sc Schlage.(415)467-1100 32. Si Simplex. (919)725-1331 33. S Stanley. (800)622-4393 34. T Trimco. (213)262-4191 35. VD Von Duprin. (317)897-9944 36. W Wooster Products Inc. (800)321-4936 37. Y Yale. (704)283-2101 38. Z Zero. (800)752-7325 08710-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ow UniSpec II-Base 123199 SECTION 08710-DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Hardware for doors. 2. Thresholds. 3. Weatherstripping,seals and door gaskets. B. Products Installed,But Not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Under provisions of Section 01600, Owner will furnish "Positive Lock" alarm exit device for installation by Contractor as described within this Section. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Provisions for Owner Furnished Items. 2. Section 03300-Cast-In-Place Concrete: Non-shrink grout for thresholds. 3. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry: Blocking for miscellaneous hardware mounting. wr 4. Section 06200-Finish Carpentry: Hardware for cabinetry and other finish carpentry. 5. Section 08110-Steel Doors and Frames: Hardware coordination. Louvers in doors. 6. Section 08360-Sectional Overhead Doors: Hardware and signage coordination. 7. Section 08411-Aluminum Framed Storefronts: Hardware coordination. 8. Section 08462-Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors: Hardware coordination. 9. Section 16100-Wiring Methods: Electrified hardware coordination. " 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 1. ANSI A117.1 -Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. B. National Fire Protection Institute(NFiPA): 1. NFPA 80-Fire Doors and Windows. 2. NFPA 101 -Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures. 3. NFPA 252-Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. C. Underwriters Laboratories(UL): 1. UL I OB-Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 2. UL 305 -Panic Hardware. 1.3 SUBMITTALS w A. Section 01300- Submittals: Procedures for submittals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with the following requirements: 1. ANSI A117.1 2. NFPA 101. 3. NFPA 80. 4. NFPA 252. 5. UL 10B. .M. 6. UL 305. 08710-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 wN► AAr R BLANK PAGE mo wo am No 4w 08620-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas in which Work under this Section is to be performed. Do not proceed with Work until satisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install skylights on manufactured curbs provided under Section 07721 in accordance with manufacturer's pub- lished instructions. Coordinate with installation of roofing system and related flashings. Provide weathertight in- stallation. + B. Apply bituminous paint on aluminum surfaces of units in contact with cementitious materials or dissimilar metals. C. Apply sealant between skylight frames and skylight curbs as specified in Section 07900. D. Skylight Orientation: Unless noted otherwise,install skylight with long dimension perpendicular to steel bar joist. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION A. Interface with Other Work: 1. Coordinate fabrication, dimensions, and attachment methods of skylight units to manufactured curb assemblies with manufactured curb manufacturers listed in Section 07721. 2. Provide skylight fabrication drawings to manufactured curb manufacturer for verification of exact dimensions and attachment methods prior to fabrication of manufactured curb assemblies. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect skylight installation and attachment to manufactured curbs. Verify that installation is weathertight. Asa B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. END OF SECTION w 06 04 08620-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 B. Section 01600-Material and Equipment: Product options and substitutions. Substitutions: Not permitted. Am 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Description: Plastic thermalized sealed double glazed dome skylights. go B. Models: 1. Bristolite: Energy Star Model ES-CM-2-ESA-MF. 2. Sunoptics: Sunrise Arch Model 800-IBWMSC 5060-MF-DG-C/63WP-SW-ITB-SSG. .w. 3. Naturalite: Model TLTW. C. Skylight Glazing Panels: 1. Minimum Energy Requirements: a. Clear Panel: 1) Light Transmittance: 92 percent. 2) Shading Coefficient: 0.89. b. White Panel: 1) Light Transmittance: 52 percent. 2) Shading Coefficient: 0.44. 2. Bristolite: a. Outer Panel: Acrylic clad fiberglass b. Inner Panel: Clear acrylic. 3. Sunoptics: a. Outer Panel: 3/16 inch clear acrylic. b. Inner Panel: SR25 white prismatic acrylic 6mm Clear Thermoclear. 4. Naturalite: .� a. Outer Panel: 3/16 inch 2067 acrylic high transmitting white. b. Inner Panel: 6mm Clear Thermoclear. D. Frame: 0.078 inch extruded aluminum with polyurethane thermal break design and 0.062 inch extended aluminum ' dome retaining angle. 1. Frame Finish: Manufacturer's standard mill finish. w E. Inside Outside Curb Dimensions: Nominal 60 inches by 72 inches. Verify with selected skylight manufacturer. F. Mounting of skylight assembly to be adapted and coordinated with manufactured curbs. .re 2.3 SKYLIGHT CURBS A. Specified in Section 07721. 2.4 ACCESSORIES wwe A. Sealant: As recommended by skylight manufacturer. B. Fasteners: Stainless steel 300 series. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate skylights weathertight and free of visual distortions and defects. AM B. Seal glazing panels to base frame, allowing for sufficient expansion and contraction; provide weeping hole ar- rangement. a.A 08620-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .� am UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 08620-UNIT SKYLIGHTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY as A. Section Includes: 1. Prefabricated acrylic dome skylights and aluminum frames. 2. Installation of skylights on manufactured roof curbs. as B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07721 -Manufactured Curbs: Curbs for mounting of skylight assemblies. 00 2. Section 07900-Joint Sealers: Application of sealant around skylights. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Aluminum Association(AA): 1. Specifications for Aluminum Structures. B. American Architectural Manufacturers Association(AAMA): 1. AAMA 1605.1 - Voluntary Standard Uniform Load Test Procedure for Plastic Glazed Skylights by Uniform Static Pressure Differences. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Plastic unit skylights shall conform to recommendations of the AA Specifications for Aluminum Structures and AAMA Publication 1605.1. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Am A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Skylight units and plastic glazing shall be approved by ICBO, SBCCI, or BOCA and possesscurrent Evaluation Report prepared by the respective evaluation service, where required by the authority having jurisdiction. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Section 01600-Material and Equipment: Transport,handle,store,and protect products. B. Handle,deliver,and store in manufacturer's original packaging,following manufacturer's recommendations. C. Store in a dry area and in a manner to prevent damage. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with project requirements,manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated into the Work include the following: 1. Bristolite Skylights, Santa Anna,CA (800)854-8616. 2. Naturalite Skylight Systems, Terrell, TX Phone: (800) 527-4018 FAX: (972) 551-6420.Contact: Sharon Woods,Account Representative. 3. Sunoptics Prismatic Skylights,Sacramento,CA (800)289-4700. 08620-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 low two BLANK PAGE ..w am w* so 08462-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .w PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION(BY OWNER) wu A. Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors: Owner's automatic entrance door supplier will install automatic entrance doors. 1. Install hardware using templates provided, and in accordance with ANSI A117.1 requirements for hardware. a. Keyed Cylinder: Install at 48 inches above finish floor. END OF SECTION go 08462-5 Aw Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 4" 5. Stiles: 2-1/4 inches. Am 6. Glass: a. Interior Doors and Transom Glazing Above Exterior Doors: Clear tempered glass; ASTM C1048, Kind FT (Fully Tempered), Condition A (Uncoated), Type I (Transparent Glass, Flat), Class 1 (Clear),Quality q3 (Glazing Select). Conform to ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC 16CFR Part 1201. "" 1) Thickness: 6.0 mm(1/4 inch). 2) Identification: Permanently identify by manufacturer. Etch or ceramic fire identification on glass visible when unit is glazed. ,■, b. Exterior Doors (But Not Including Transom Glazing): Tinted tempered glass; ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (Fully Tempered), Condition A (Uncoated), Type I (Transparent Glass, Flat), Class 2 (Tinted Heat Absorbing and Light Reducing), Quality q3 (Glazing Select). Conform to ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC 16CFR Part 1201. '�" 1) Thickness: 6.0 mm(1/4 inch). 2) Color: Specifed in Section 08800. 3) Identification: Permanently identify by manufacturer. Etch or ceramic fire identification on glass visible when unit is glazed. B. Finish: Match finish of aluminum entrances and storefronts specified in Section 08411. .r� C. Door Hardware and Accessories: 1. Pivots: Allows sliding panel and sidelights to break away to full open position to provide immediate egress at any point in door movement. 2. Top Door Arm: Door holders for all break-away door panels. 3. Quick disconnect wiring harness. 4. Power Switch: 5 position"On/Off/Hold Open"switch;full automatic,reduced automatic,and exit only. 5. Adjustable door sweeps(exterior doors only). 6. Finger Protection: Provide finger protection between sidelight and sliding door when door is in open position. 7. Lock: a. Cylinder: Slide doors shall include two point lock securing lead edges of door styles together and to hanger assembly. 8. "Watchdog"monitoring of microprocessor. 9. Keyed Cylinder: Furnished by Section 08710. "' 10. Thumbtum: Furnished by Section 08710. 11. Perimeter pile weatherstripping. 12. Panic break-away must be code approved,acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. i , 13. Thresholds: a. Bi-Parting Slide Doors-Vestibule Exterior: Besam for entrance mat(surface installed)floor finish, opening width plus 2 inches minimum length. b. Bi-Parting Slide Doors - Garden Center: No. 114-5 inch, heavy duty abrasive cast aluminum am threshold,by Wooster Products,Inc. C. Single Slide Doors-Vestibule Interior: No threshold. 14. Glass Guards: Nominal 1/2 inch by 2 inch aluminum bar with 1 inch projection from mounting surface. dw a. Bi-Parting Slide Doors - Vestibule Exterior: Center glass guard at 6 inches above finish floor on interior side of sliding doors and on exterior side of fixed sidelights; align with glass guards on storefront system entrance doors as indicated on Drawings. b. Bi-Parting Slide Doors - Garden Center: Center glass guard at 6 inches above finish floor on 00 exterior side of sliding door. C. Single Slide Doors-Vestibule Interior: Center glass guard at 6 inches above finish floor on interior side of sliding door and on exterior side of fixed sidelight; align with glass guards on storefront AM system entrance doors as indicated on Drawings. so s► 08462-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 so PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Besam Incorporated,Hightstown,NJ. 2.2 AUTOMATIC SLIDING ENTRANCE DOORS(OWNER FURNISHED-OWNER INSTALLED) A. Automatic Bi-Parting Entrance Doors: Overhead concealed slide door system with sidelights and transom, full breakout of doors and sidelights,and doorway monitoring device to control door opening, closing, and hold open functions installed within aluminum storefront system. 1. Power-Glide AMD-2 as manufactured by Besam,in the following locations: a. Vestibule Exterior Doors +ww B. Automatic Bi-Parting Entrance Doors: Overhead concealed slide door system with sidelights, full breakout of doors and sidelights, and doorway monitoring device to control door opening, closing, and hold open functions installed within a masonry opening. 1. Power-Glide AMD-2 as manufactured by Besam,in the following location: Ally a. Garden Center Doors C. Automatic Single Slide Entrance Doors: Overhead concealed slide door system with sidelights and transom, full breakout of doors and sidelights,and doorway monitoring device to control door opening, closing, and hold open functions. 1. Power-Glide AMD as manufactured by Besam,in the following location: a. Vestibule Interior Doors. D. Door and Transom Sizes: Indicated on Drawings. 2.3 OPERATING SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Activating Devices: 1. Eye-Cue doorway monitoring system door opening, closing, and hold open control center-mounted above doorway on each side of header. 2. Integral sensing device automatically reversing door when obstruction is detected during closing cycle, returning door to full open position. B. Motion Detection: Eye-Cue adjustable motion detection field covering area of full doorway width and 5 foot maximum out from doorway. C. Presence Detection: 1. System constantly detects motionless persons or objects for area of full doorway width and extends 24 inches each side of door active leaf. 2. Microprocessor software self-adjusts to changes in floor conditions. D. Power Requirements: Dedicated 115V AC, 10 Amp, 60 Hz, single phase power with solid earth ground connection for each automatic door package;two 24V N.E.C. Class II wires from manual controls to door frame header. 2.4 DOORS,HARDWARE,AND ACCESSORIES A. Doors: Narrow stile aluminum doors. 1. Top Rail Active Leaf: 2-1/2 inches high. 2. Top Rail Sidelite: 3-13/16 inches high. 3. Bottom Rail: 10 inches high. 4. Horizontal Muntins: Provide two muntins, locate at 24 inches and 42 inches above finish floor. Align with bumper guards and push bars on aluminum storefront system entrance door as indicated on Drawings. 08462-3 ®. Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements: 1. Design system to operate, hold open and close doors under design wind and suction loads calculated in accordance with applicable code. System shall perform to these criteria under a windload of 20 PSF. +■* 2. Provide for thermal expansion and contraction of door and frame units,transmitted to operating equipment. 3. Provide for dimensional distortion of components during operation. 4. Provide for opening and closing operation of door panels in the event of power failure. 5. Operating Temperature Range: -20°F to 160°F ambient. 6. Eliminate system performance interference by ambient light and radio frequencies. 7. Provide for manual open and close operation of door leaves in the event of power failure. Sliding doors and side panels to have break-away capability. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Conform to applicable code for automatic release of control drive unit to permit manual opening of doors. 2. Comply with BHMA A156.1 and ANSI A117.1. rr. B. Pre-Installation Conference: 1. Contractor shall convene a pre-installation conference at the site, one week prior to commencing work of this Section. Require attendance of parties directly affecting Work of this Section, including, but not limited to, Wal-Mart Construction Manager, Contractor Project Field Superintendent, Aluminum Storefront job foreman, Automatic Entrance Door Manufacturer's Technical Representative, electrical subcontractor field supervisory personnel,and any subcontractor,supplier,or installer directly affecting,or affected by Work of this Section. .. 2. Contact Wal-Mart Construction Manager two weeks prior to pre-installation conference to confirm schedule. 3. Review preparation and installation procedures and coordinating and scheduling required with related work. 4. Record discussions of conference and decisions and agreements (or disagreements) reached, and fumish copy of record to each party attending. Review foreseeable methods and procedures related to automatic entrance door Work,including the following: .�. a. Tour, inspect and discuss condition of door assembly openings, connections to building structure, electrical requirements,and other preparatory work performed by other trades. b. Review automatic entrance door system requirements (drawings, specifications and other contract documents). C. Review required submittals,both completed and yet to be completed. d. Review and finalize construction schedule related to automatic entrance door Work and verify availability of materials, installer's personnel, equipment and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. e. Review required inspections,operational testing,and certifying procedures. f. Review weather and forecasted weather conditions, and procedures for coping with unfavorable conditions. 1.5 WARRANTY so A. Provide manufacturer's two year warranty under provisions of Document 00800-Supplementary Conditions. B. Include coverage for complete system for failure to meet specified requirements. Warranty shall include material , and labor for repairs and adjustments. so As 08462-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,,� UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 08462-AUTOMATIC SLIDING ENTRANCE DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Electric operated automatic sliding entrance doors with transom assemblies. 2. Control System: Motion detection and hold open safety system. 3. Doors, frames,glazing,and hardware. B. Products Furnished and Installed Under Separate Contract (NIC): Under provisions of Section 01600, Owner's no automatic entrance door supplier will furnish and install automatic entrance doors as described within this Section. 1. Owner's Supplier: Besam,Inc.,Hightstown,NJ. Contact: Keith Buckalew,National Sales Manager(800) 752-9290. 2. Supplier's Responsibilities: no a. Furnish and install automatic entrance doors including doors, frames, glazing, transoms, hardware, and operating system. b. Attend pre-installation conference(Supplier's local authorized distributor). 3. Contractor's Responsibilities: a. Provide openings,size as scheduled on Drawings,with head and jambs as detailed. b. Convene a pre-installation Conference. C. Coordinate installation with automatic entrance door supplier and local authorized distributor. d. Provide power and make final electrical connection. e. Furnish thumbturns and cylinders as specified in Section 08710. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 08411 - Aluminum Framed Storefronts: Coordinate interface with aluminum entrances and storefront system. Match color of Storefront system. 2. Section 08800-Glazing: Storefront glass. 3. Sections in Division 16: Power to door operator controls. Coordinate for location of service to door operator. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): �.► 1. ANSI A117.1 - Specification for Making Building and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. 2. ANSI Z97.1 -Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings. go B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM C 1048- Heat Treated Flat Glass-Kind HS,Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. C. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association(BHMA): 1. BHMA A156.10-American National Standard for Power Operated Pedestrian Doors. ** D. Consumer Products Safety Standards for Architectural Glazing: CPSC 16 CFR,Part 1201. E. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): pa 1. NFPA 101 -Life Safety Code. F. Underwriters'Laboratories,Inc. (UL): 1. UL 325 -Electric Door,Drapery,Gate,Louver,and Window Operators and Systems. 04 08462-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ww me Aw so .w am BLANK PAGE .e. OM on no am so 08411-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 a.. 40 H. Install hardware using templates provided and in accordance with disabled access regulatory requirements for hardware. Refer to Section 08710 for cylinders and installation requirements. 1. Cylinder and Thumb turn: 48 inches above finished floor. uw I. Set thresholds in bed of mastic and secure. J. Adjust operating hardware and crash bars for smooth operation. 3.3 TOLERANCES A. Variation from Plane: 0.03 inches per foot maximum or 0.25 inches per 30 feet,whichever is less. B. Misalignment of Two Adjoining Members Abutting in Plane: 0.015 inches. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect storefront system installation and attachment to building structure. B. Inspect entrance door operation and hardware installation. C. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. 3.5 CLEANING A. Wash down exposed surfaces using a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from corners. Wipe surfaces clean. B. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant manufacturer. END OF SECTION 08411-5 �s Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am 2.5 FABRICATION No A. Fabricate components with minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation and dynamic movement of perimeter seal. am B. Rigidly fit and secure joints and corners. Make joints and connections flush,hairline,and weatherproof. C. Develop drainage holes with moisture pattern to exterior. D. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchorage items. Arrange fasteners, attachments, and jointing to ensure concealment from view. E. Prepare components with internal reinforcement for door hardware. F. Reinforce framing members for imposed loads. 2.6 FINISHES A. Exposed Aluminum Surfaces: Architectural Class 11 anodic coating, AA-M12 C22 A31, #17 Clear, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain same color range on all components. Do not mix light and dark shades. ,,.. C. Concealed Steel Items: Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A386 to 2.0 oz/sq ft. D. Apply two coats of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum and steel surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify wall openings are ready to receive work of this Section. Verify dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with other work. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. .�. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install storefront system components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use anchorage devices to securely attach frame assembly to structure. �.e C. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. wen D. Break Metals: 1. Set sill flashing in full bed of sealant.Provide riveted end laps of not less than 3 inches. E. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. F. Install perimeter sealant and backing materials in accordance with Section 07900. G. Install glass in accordance with Section 08800,to glazing method required to achieve performance criteria. 08411-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,, B. Pivots: 1. Off-set Pivots: For single acting doors. 2. Intermediate Pivots: For single acting doors, adjustable, load bearing, surface applied; to match door finish. C. Push/Pulls: Type CP-2 push and type CO-9 pull, by Kawneer Company, Inc. Finish: #14 Clear Anodized. Mount push bar at 42 inches above finish floor. D. Door Holder(Exterior doors only): 1221-4 cast iron, finish to match door color,by Trimco-Triangle Brass Mfg. Co. E. Weatherstripping(Exterior doors only): 1. Head and Jamb: Replaceable wool, polypropylene, or nylon wool pile with aluminum strip backing, recessed in frame;AAMA 701.2. 2. Sill: Semi-rigid polymeric material on aluminum anodized to match door; EPDM sweep strip; 38-560 by Kawneer or similar by other named manufacturers. F. Threshold: See Section 08710. G. Bumper Guards: Nominal 1/2 inch by 2 inch aluminum bars, one centered 6 inches above finish floor, the other centered 24 inches above finish floor, flush mounted stile-to-stile. Coordinate with Section 08461 and Section �w 08462. 1. Install bumper guards both faces of interior and exterior Vestibule doors. 2. Install bumper guards both faces of Garden Center doors. H. Flush Bolt/Interlocking Device:- 1. Exterior Doors: Provide one of the following: a. Controller Locking System,by Kawneer. b. Model No. 6233-1063, 3 point lock (jamb, header, and threshold bolts), by Reflectolite Products Co.,Inc.,(818)834-2433. 2. Interior Doors: Provide one of the following: a. Model No. 6233-1063,2 point lock(jamb and header bolts only),by Reflectolite Products Co., Inc., (818)834-2433. 3. Substitutions: None accepted. 4. Install flush bolt/interlocking device on pairs of storefront doors indicated as an exit in the Store. aew Coordinate with Section 08710,Hardware Schedule,for doors requiring flush bolt/interlocking device. I. Deadbolt Locks: Mortise type,Adams Rite MS-1850A with 4089 exit indicator,less cylinder. See Section 08710 for cylinders and thumbturns. w 1. Install deadbolt lock on single doors. 2. Install deadbolt lock on pairs of storefront doors not indicated as an exit. � . J. Flush Bolts: Kawneer top and bottom flush bolts. 1. Install flush bolts in inactive leaf on pairs of storefront doors not indicated as an exit. K. Hardware Schedule: Provide hardware as scheduled for each exterior entry/exit double doors under this Section. raw Coordinate additional hardware requirements with Section 08710-Door Hardware. 1. Off-set pivot hinges,top and bottom 2. Intermediate Pivots 3. Closers 4. Decal 5. Weatherstripping 6. Threshold,coordinate with Section 08710 7. Push/Pull Sets 8. Deadbolt Locks,coordinate cylinder with Section 08710. 9. Flush Bolt/Interlocking device on pairs of doors. 08411-3 *+► Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ..4 PART 2 -PRODUCTS .�.. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Kawneer Company,Inc. 1. Manufacturer's National Accounts Contact: a. Central Area: Franklin,IN,(317)738-2600,FAX: (800)755-4639. b. Eastern Area:Bloomsburg,PA,(717)784-8000,FAX: (800)786-4097. C. Southern Area:Jonesboro,GA,(770)478-8841,FAX: (800)800-4789. d. Western Area:Visalia,CA,(209)651-4000,FAX: (800)759-2810. B. Substitutions: Subject to compliance with requirements,one of the following manufacturers may also be provided. 1. EFCO Corporation;Monett,MO;(800)221-4169. 2. Southwest Aluminum Systems,Inc.;Chandler,AZ;(602)961-2000. 3. Tubelite,Inc.;Reed City,MI;(800)866-2227. ,. 4. U.S. Aluminum Corporation;Waxahachie,TX;(800)627-6440. 5. Vistawall Architectural Products;Terrell,TX;(800)869-4567. C. Additional Substitutions: None Accepted. 2.2 FRAMING A. Interior Framing System: TRIFAB 11 450, by Kawneer Company, Inc. 1-3/4 x 4-1/2 inch nominal dimension, minimum wall thickness of 0.080 inches,extruded aluminum flush glazed framing system. B. Exterior Framing System: TRIFAB II 451, by Kawneer Company, Inc. 2 x 4-1/2 inch nominal dimension, minimum wall thickness of 0.080 inches,extruded aluminum flush glazed framing system. C. Column Covers: 0.040 inch aluminum,by Kawneer. Finish to match that of storefront system. .. D. Receptor Channel: Model No.450-038 and 65-025,by Kawneer Company,Inc. Finish to match that of storefront system. 2.3 DOORS A. Doors: Series 350 swing door,medium stile,by Kawneer Company,Inc. Door sizes indicated on Drawings. 1. Top Rail: 6-1/2 inch,single piece. 2. Bottom Rail: 12 inch,single piece. 3. Glazing: 1/4 inch thick units per Section 08800,with standard bevel glass stops. 2.4 HARDWARE A. Closers: 1. Single Acting Doors: Heavy duty, parallel arm only, surface closer meeting ADA-90 requirements, independently hung, with adjustable back check and 100 degree hold-open; slim line half covers, spray painted aluminum to match aluminum storefront system. Attachment: Thru-bolted in door. No drop- plates allowed. a. Dorma 760 IPA Series. b. LCN P1461. C. Norton 8301BF. d. Russwin 2820DA. e. Yale 330113F. 08411-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 08411 -ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONTS .w PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Aluminum doors,frames and glazed lights. 2. Anchors,brackets,and attachments. 3. Door hardware. B. Related Sections: wo 1. Section 08462-Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors: Coordination between components. 2. Section 08710-Finish Hardware: Coordinate cylinders,thresholds and other hardware. 3. Section 08800-Glazing: Glass products. w 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM E283 -Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows,Curtain Walls and Doors. 2. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. B. Federal Specification(FS): 1. FS TT-P-31 -Paint,Oil: Iron Oxide,Ready Mixed,Red and Brown. 2. FS TT-P-641 -Primer Coating: Zinc Dust-Zinc Oxide(for Galvanized Surfaces). C. Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990: Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. D. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): " 1. ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. 1.3 SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements: 1. Air Infiltration: ASTM E283,infiltration not to exceed 0.06 CFM per sq.ft.of fixed area. 2. Water Infiltration: ASTM E331,no water penetration at a test pressure of 8.0 psf. 3. Structural Performance: Maximum deflection of 1/175 of span. Allowable stress with 1.65 safety factor. System shall perform to these criteria under a windload of 20 psf. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to disabled access requirements of the following: 1. State or Local requirements(where applicable). 2. ANSI A117.1. 3. ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act- 1990)requirements for entrance door access, entrance doors and w hardware. 08411-1 ,,, Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am C. Door: High impact traffic door with polyethylene outer skin over high density urethane foam and easy swing ,m gravity-type hinge with adjustable spring assist to maintain closed door position. D. Gasketing: Full perimeter gasketing. No E. View Window: 24 x 24 inch(Frommelt) 20 1/2 x 22 1/2 inch(Chase-Durus), clear acrylic safety window set in black rubber molding. ow F. Hardware: As required for installation conditions. G. Impact Bumper: Impact absorbing tear drop shaped bumper,24"high. H. Color: Metallic Gray. PART 3 -EXECUTION �.. 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that openings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions and clearances are as indicated on Draw- ings. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install door unit assembly to manufacturer's installation instructions and manufacturer's location and installation drawings. B. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten door assembly to door frame construction without distortion or imposed .. stresses. C. Fit and align door assembly level and plumb. .w D. Adjust door assembly to provide smooth operation from closed to full open position. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION "■" A. Interface with Other Work: 1. Flexible door supplier to provide location and installation drawings to Contractor. w.. 2. Indicate type of door to be installed at each door opening. 3. Include manufacturer's published instructions for installation of doors attached to manufacturer's location and installation drawings. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove protective material from pre-finished surfaces. B. Remove labels and visible markings. C. Wash down surfaces with a solution of mild detergent in warm water,applied with soft,clean wiping cloths. Wipe surfaces clean. END OF SECTION xw 08383-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 aw, W UniSpec II 112699 SECTION 08383 -FLEXIBLE TRAFFIC DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Aluminum double acting swinging traffic doors. 2. Plastic double acting swinging traffic doors. fa B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05500-Metal Fabrications: Prepared opening with steel channel jambs and head. 1.2 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Transport,handle,store,and protect Products. 40 B. Deliver product in manufacturer's original unopened packages with labels legible and intact. �w C. Labels shall identify manufacturer,brand name,model size,finish,and location of installation. D. Store double doors and accessories in unopened packages in protected dry area to prevent damage from environ- mental and construction operations. E. Handle double action doors with care to prevent damage. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 FLEXIBLE ALUMINUM TRAFFIC DOORS A. Easy Swing LWP3 Interior Double-Acting Door,by Eliason Corporation,Kalamazoo,MI;(800)828-3655. B. Substitutions: Subject to compliance with requirements,one of the following may be substituted for that specified. R► 1. Type 2-Double Acting Door,by Carlson Products. 2. Series 2000 Rigid Traffic Doors,by Chase-Durus;(800)543-4455 or(513)821-3939. r C. Door: Standard lightweight aluminum door of 0.063 inch, 6061-T6 aluminum alloy with satin anodized finish both faces. Form edges for stiffness and easy swing gravity-type hinge with no springs. D. Hardware: As required for installation conditions. E. View Window: 6 x 34 inch(200 sq in),clear acrylic safety window set in black rubber molding. F. Impact Bumper: 34 inch high, 18 gage,stainless steel impact plates at each side of door. G. Jamb Guards: 5 x 18 inch high,steel jamb guards. 2.2 FLEXIBLE PLASTIC TRAFFIC DOORS A. Durulite Standard Traffic Doors,by Chase-Durus;(800)543-4455 or(513) 821-3939. B. Substitutions: Subject to compliance with requirements,the following may be substituted for that specified. 1. Series 9000,by Frommelt;(800)553-4834. Custom color required by Manufacturer. 08383-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 D. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard,chrome plated. E. Thermal Resistance: Minimum R= 14.86. Insulation: Polyurethane. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate door sections not more than 24 inches high,with horizontal meeting edges rolled to form weather seal. B. Enclose ends and provide reinforcing required for stability. C. Finish: Baked-on enamel manufacturer's standard white. MW PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION BY OWNER am A. Sectional Overhead Doors: Owner's overhead door supplier will install sectional overhead doors. At Stockroom doors only,position stops so that when door is in up position,bottom edge of door is minimum of 12" above top of AW masonry opening. At all other sectional overhead doors,bottom edge of door in up position shall be flush with top of opening. 3.2 INSTALLATION BY CONTRACTOR AM A. Provide grouted concrete masonry unit cells or, at Contractor's option, steel plates for attachment of track and counterbalance mechanism. Coordinate plate sizes, areas to be grouted, and locations with Owner's sectional ' overhead door supplier. END OF SECTION a�w ..r 08360-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 08360-OVERHEAD DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. Manually operated sectional overhead doors. B. Products Furnished and Installed Under Separate Contract(NIC): I. Under provisions of Section 01600, Owner's overhead sectional door supplier will fumish and install overhead sectional doors as described within this Section. C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Coordinate installation with overhead door installer. 2. Provide openings,size as scheduled on Drawings,with head,jambs,and sill as detailed. go 3. Provide grouted concrete masonry unit cells and steel plates required for attachment of sectional overhead door to wall. 4. Provide sealants and backing materials at frame perimeter as specified in Section 07900. am 1.2 REFERENCES ow A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A 653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. we 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements: Maximum deflection, no greater than 0.03 inches per foot of opening width for the following wind load. w 1. Wind load:20 psf. B. Operation: Manual lift. Full vertical and high lift operating styles with track and hardware as indicated. OW PART 2-PRODUCTS 40 2.1 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS(OWNER FURNISHED-OWNER INSTALLED) A. Model: Series 591,by Overhead Door Corporation,Lewiston,PA. sm B. National Account Contact: Brian Foutz,(800)972-1730,Facsimile(972) 830-8697. 2.2 COMPONENTS w.� A. Steel Door Sections: Minimum .016 inch steel (interior and exterior face) G60 galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 653;face pattern manufacturer's standard. B. Tracks,Supports,and Accessories: 3 inch track;galvanized;with ball bearing roller guides,brackets,bracing,and reinforcing. I. Track: Full vertical track and high lift track as indicated on Drawings. 40 2. Weather Seal: Manufacturer's standard perimeter weather seals at head,jambs,and door bottoms. C. Counterbalance: Manufacturer's standard torsion spring mechanism for manual operation. 08360-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 B. Doors will be installed in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. 3.4 INSTALLATION BY CONTRACTOR A. Install smoke detectors as specified in Section 13850 at locations indicated on Drawings. �+ B. Connect power and smoke detectors to Accordion Folding Door system in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions,NFPA 70 and as specified in Section 16100. C. Finish installation in accordance with Contractor Responsibilities specified in Part 1 of this Section. 3.5 CONSTRUCTION **� A. Interface with Other Work: 1. Coordinate construction of door openings. 2. Coordinate smoke detector installation and connection to door operating system. 3. Coordinate permanent electrical power and power connection to door operating system. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL "!'► A. Site Tests: Upon completion of installation, test operation of accordion folding door. Notify Wal-Mart Construction Manager 48 hours before scheduled test. 1. Make all necessary adjustments as required and retest. 2. After acceptance of test results,re-set door to original position. B. Inspection: 1. Inspect accordion folding door and operating system installation. 2. Inspect smoke detector connections to door operating system. 3. Inspect power connections to door operating system. 4. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. 3.7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING AM A. Adjust operation of doors for smooth, quiet operation. Verify that all operations are functional and meet the requirements of the applicable codes and regulations. .R B. Upon completion of installation,protect doors from damage. Replace or repair damaged doors. END OF SECTION sm 08352-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,�„ go C. Motors operated by direct current(DC)power supplied from a 12-volt maintenance free battery 40 located in the electronic control box. d. Batteries are continuously charged by the building's electrical service and be automatically maintained at capacity. ww e. Doors are operated manually in either the conventional or emergency mode. 2. Electronic Control Box: Houses the microprocessor logic board, interconnect board, 12-volt maintenance free battery,power supply charger,and motor control relays. Microprocessor will initiate a loud audible signal in the following conditions: a. High or low AC voltage b. High or low DC voltage C. Drive train malfunction ox d. Limit switch malfunction e. Key switch malfunction f. ROM or RAM check-sum error. 3. Motor Drive Assembly:DC gear motor,limit switch,torque limiting device,drive sprocket and clutch. Motor drives fire door by means of a chain attached to stabilizer bar trolley. B. Leading Edge Obstruction Detector:. Doors are equipped with pressure sensitive leading edge such that each contact with an obstruction will cause the door to stop and pause before attempting to re-close. 1. Doors can be manually opened at any time by pushing against the leading edge. C. Exit Hardware will be located on both sides of each fire door. In emergency mode, a slight pressure on the hardware will cause the door to open a minimum of 32 inches,pause for three seconds,then automatically close. 1. Hardware is field programmable to allow automatic opening distances of up to entire opening width. 2. In the conventional mode,the hardware may be used to open door and move it back into the storage pocket. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Smoke Detectors(Contractor Furnished-Contractor Installed): Specified in Section 13850. 2.5 FINISHES A. Color: Manufacturer's standard#55 platinum. PART 3-EXECUTION ow 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Contractor and Owner's Accordion Folding Door Supplier shall jointly examine existing conditions prior to start of door installation. B. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas in which doors are to be installed. Report conditions that may adversely affect satisfactory execution of Work to Wal-Mart Construction Manager. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Verify openings are the dimensions indicated. 2. Verify headers are level and parallel with finish floor. C. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare for installation in accordance with Contractor Responsibilities specified in Part 1 of this Section. 3.3 INSTALLATION BY OWNER A. Accordion Folding Doors will be installed by Owner's Accordion Folding Door Supplier personnel. 08352-3 , , Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 B. Product Packaging: Accordion folding doors will be shipped in manufacturer's standard packaging with identification markings on each component or package. ow C. Acceptance at Site: Receive products as specified in Section 01600. 1. Verify quantity of products furnished with Bills of Lading provided with products. ., 2. Report discrepancies in product quantity delivered,or damage to products delivered to Wal-Mart immediately. Upon notification,Wal-Mart will arrange for delivery of replacement products. Note description of product quality discrepancies and/or product damage on Bill of Lading. om D. Manufacturing Defects: Report suspected product manufacturing defects to Wal-Mart Construction Manager and Owner's Accordion Folding Door Supplier. Upon notification,Wal-Mart will arrange for repair of manufacturing defects. E. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Transport,handle,store,and protect products. 1. Store Accordion Folding Doors at site ready for installation by Accordion Folding Door Supplier. 2. Store doors inside building in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCORDION FOLDING DOORS(OWNER FURNISHED-OWNER INSTALLED) A. Manufacturer: Won-Door Corporation,Salt Lake City,UT. 1. National Accounts Sales Manager: David Larsen (972)285-1950. " B. Model: FireGuard 60;one hour labeled fire door with battery backup emergency operation. .r. 2.2 MATERIALS DESCRIPTION A. Door: Single parting door consisting of two parallel,accordion type walls of panels independently suspended with �. no pantographs or interconnections except at door lead post. B. Panels: 24 gage enamel coated steel, V-grooved for strength and resilience connected by full height 24 gage enamel coated steel hinges. ** C. Suspension System: Two 14 gage cold rolled steel tracks at 8"centers attached to the overhead structural support. 1. Lead post suspended from 8-wheel ball bearing trolley. .. 2. Each panel suspended from steel hanger pin and a 1-1/2 inch diameter ball bearing roller. D. Lead Posts: Fabricated from 24 gage cold rolled steel connected to specially formed steel panels. Stabilizer bar is mounted internally to keep lead post plumb and in proper alignment during operation and to provide for tight fitting closure. E. Perimeter Seals: Continuous extruded vinyl sweeps attached to the top and bottom of the fire doors forming a smoke and draft seal. F. Hanging Weight:4.5 pounds per square foot. g.. 2.3 COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION A. Automatic Closing System: ,,,,,,,, 1. Operations: a. closing system consists of an electronic control box,motor drive assembly and leading edge obstruction detector. b. In case of fire,closing system is activated by the building's fire/smoke detection equipment and automatically close doors. 08352-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 UniSpec II 112699 SECTION 08352-ACCORDION FOLDING DOORS * PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Owner furnished fire rated accordion folding doors at exit corridors. 2. Owner installation of Accordion Folding Doors. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01600-Product Requirements: General procedures related to Owner furnished products. No 2. Section 13850-Detection and Alarm: Smoke detectors for accordion folding doors. 3. Section 16100-Wiring Methods: Electrical connections for accordion folding doors. C. Products Furnished and Installed Under Separate Contract: 1. Owner's Accordion Folding Door Supplier will furnish and install accordion folding doors under provisions of Section 01600. D. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Coordinate installation with Owner's Accordion Folding Door Supplier. 2. Provide openings,size as scheduled on Drawings,with head,jambs,and sill as detailed. Install head parallel to floor. on 3. Provide power and make final electrical connections. 4. Provide smoke detectors,conduit,and wiring. 5. Complete gypsum wallboard including fire taping and painting within pocket. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 40 1. ASTM E 152-Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. B. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): aft 1. NFPA 70-National Electric Code. C. Underwriters Laboratories(UL): 1. UL l OB-Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. ow 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE ON A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Accordion Folding Fire Doors shall be approved by ICBO,SBCCI,or BOCA and possess a current Evaluation Report prepared by the respective evaluation service,where required by the authority having jurisdiction. 2. Fire doors shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratory as"special purpose fire doors"having a fire-resistive rating as indicated in accordance with requirements of UL l OB and ASTM E-152. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Product Delivery: Wal-Mart forces will pick-up products from Owner's Accordion Folding Door Supplier and deliver to jobsite ready for installation. Owner's Accordion Folding Door Supplier regional project manager will contact Contractor after Award of Contract to establish a product delivery and installation date and establish a coordination procedure. 08352-1 air Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .. .. Mw BLANK PAGE 08331-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,r, 40 UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 08331 -COILING COUNTER DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Section Includes: 1. Pharmacy coiling counter doors. B. Products Installed But Not Supplied Under this Section: 1. Under provisions of Section 01600, Wal-Mart will furnish coiling counter doors at Pharmacy for installation by Contractor. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PHARMACY COILING COUNTER DOORS(WAL-MART FURNISHED-CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) A. Manufacturer: Countersafe Rolling Shutter,by QMI Roll Shutter Supply, Elmhurst,IL(630)782-0911,Fax(630) 782-1911. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION(BY CONTRACTOR) A. Pharmacy Coiling Counter Doors: Install coiling counter doors in accordance with manufacturer's published in- structions. no 1. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten assembly to wall construction without distortion or stress. 2. Fit and align assembly,including hardware,level and plumb. END OF SECTION an on aw q aw 40 08331-1 40 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install frame square and level in ceiling openings. Secure rigidly in place. ... C. Position to provide convenient access to concealed work requiring access. 3.3 INTERFACE WITH OTHER WORK A. Install access doors in gypsum board ceilings in the following locations: 1. At electrical junction boxes as required by National Electrical Code,local codes,and governing authorities. 2. At valves,controls,and manual dampers requiring access. B. For access doors adjacent to secure areas (Gun Room and Cash/Counting Room), coordinate location with Wal- Mart Construction Manager. END OF SECTION ..r rw �.r ww 08311-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,,,, 40 UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 08311 -ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES PART1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Secton Includes: 1. Fire-rated and Non-rated access doors and frames for ceilings. a B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09250-Gypsum Board: Openings in gypsum board ceilings. 2. Section 09900-Paints and Coatings: Field paint finish. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with UL requirements. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CEILING ACCESS DOORS A. Non-Fire Rated Door and Frame Unit: 1. Product Number 3203-018 Style DW,by Milcor Inc. ±! 2. Product Number DW-5015,by Acudor B. Fire-rated Door and Frame Unit: 1. Product Number 3210-024,by Milcor Inc. 2. Product Number FW-5050,by Acudor C. Substitutions: None accepted. �r 2.2 FINISH A. Base Metal Protection: Factory prime coat units with electrostatic baked on electrostatic powder. Prime exposed edges with coat of white rust-inhibitive paint. B. For fire-rated access doors,furnish units with ceramic fiberboard panel insert, attach to outside face of door,ready for field painting. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify rough openings for door and frame are correctly sized and located. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. on 08311-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 MIA BLANK PAGE .w M Am 08110-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Am 40 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Test for smooth operation through full range of swing;make necessary adjustments. B. Coordinate adjustment of doors with installation of hardware. Adjust doors and hardware for smooth and balanced door movement. 0" END OF SECTION w� ew 40 ox r� w 08110-5 ow Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 2.6 FABRICATION A. Fabricate doors and frames rigid, neat, and free from warp or buckle. Weld exposed joints continuously; grind, dress,and make smooth,flush and invisible. 1. Fabricate exterior frames and interior masonry frames as welded units. .• B. Transom Bars for Glazed Lights: Fixed type,of same profiles as jamb and head. C. Fabricate doors with hardware reinforcement welded in place. a D. Fabricate frames with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. Provide mortar guard boxes. E. Fabricate frames to suit masonry wall coursing with 4 inch head member. F. Silencers: Prepare frames for silencers. I. Single Doors: Provide 3 single rubber silencers on strike side. 2. Double Doors with Mullions: Provide 3 single rubber silencers on each door,on strike side. 3. Double Doors Without Mullions: Provide 2 single silencers on frame head. w G. Fire Rated Doors: Attach fire rated label to each door unit. Do not paint over labels. H. Close top edge of exterior door flush with inverted unperforated steel channel closure set flush with top edge to .■ exclude water. Seal joints watertight. I. Undercut non-fire rated doors as indicated on drawings. J. Where multiple openings are indicated,fabricate double wide frames of material gauge as scheduled. Joint frames at swing jamb using minimum 16 gauge insert spline connection full length. After assembly, fill joint with epoxy filler,allow to harden,and finish smooth and flush. 1. Fabricate impost base anchor,providing for minimum of two(2)anchors per impost. Base shall fit impost inside profile with"force fit." PART 3 -EXECUTION so 3.1 EXAMINATION .. A. Verify substrate conditions,opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable for proper installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION ow A. Install frames in accordance with SDI-105 and DHI. B. Install doors in accordance with SDI-100 and DHI. so C. Coordinate with adjacent wall construction for anchor placement. D. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing. Im E. Install door louvers,plumb and level. ow F. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of hardware specified in Section 08710. 1. Provide board insulation blocking at exterior hollow metal frames. Glue blocking in frame jambs (strike side and hinge side)at height indicated on Drawings. sm 00 08110-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 oft t 2.3 FRAMES A. Interior Drywall Frames: 16 gage,cold-rolled steel,mitered knockdown units. 1. Jamb depth: 4 5/8"throat. B. Interior Masonry Frames: 16 gage,cold-rolled steel,mitered and welded units. 1. Jamb depth: Sized to fit wall thickness. C. Exterior Frames: 16 gage,galvanized(ASTM A 653)steel,mitered and welded units. 1. Jamb depth: 5-3/4",unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Rubber Silencers: Resilient rubber. Specified in Section 08710. no B. Glazing Stops: Rolled steel channel shape,butted corners;prepared for countersink style screws. C. Plaster Guards: Provide 26 gage steel plaster guards or mortar boxes, welded to frame, at back of hardware cut- outs in masonry openings. D. Board Insulation Blocking: ASTM C578, Type IV (density 1.6 pcf minimum), I inch thick. Provide one of the ON following: 1. Amofoam-CM,by Amoco Foam Products Company. 2. Styrofoam SM,by Dow Chemical USA. 3. Foamular 250,by UC Industries,Inc. E. Astragals: Doors swinging in pairs and having a fire protection rating of more than 1-1/2 hours,provide an over- lapping astragal to meet UL rating requirements. Doors swinging in pairs and having a fire protection rating of not on more than 1-1/2 hours,when located within a means of egress, shall not be equipped with astragals that inhibit the free use of either leaf. 1. Provide steel astragals,integral with door construction. 00 2. If U-shaped astragal is used that does not require a coordinator, coordinate with Section 08710 to omit double door coordinator from applicable hardware sets. F. Louvers: Door louvers manufactured by one of the following. 1. Anemostat. 2. Air Louver. 3. Leslie Locke. 4. Material and Finish: Roll formed steel, 18 ga.thickness. a. Louver Blade: Inverted V blade,sight proof. b. Louver Free Area: As indicated on mechanical drawings. 40 G. Dutch Door Shelf: Manufacturer's standard 12 inch full shelf, 16 gage cold-rolled steel, with 2 support brackets each side. Provide beveled head sheet metal fasteners for attachment of shelf support brackets to door. OW 2.5 PROTECTIVE COATINGS A. Bituminous Coating: Fibered asphalt emulsion,field applied. B. Primer: Exposed surfaces shall be cleaned, treated with Bonderite chemical and given one baked-on shop coat of grey synthetic primer. 08110-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND PROTECTION am A. Protect doors and frames with resilient packaging. Break seal on-site to permit ventilation. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS "" A. Field Measurements: Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Coordination: Coordinate the work with door opening construction,door frame and door hardware installation PART 2- .PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide doors,panels and frames of one of the following manufacturers. 1. Amweld Building Products Division. 2. Ceco Door Division. 3. Curries. 4. Fenestra Corporation. ON 5. Kewanee Corporation. 6. Mesker. 7. Republic Builders Products. .M 8. Steelcraft Manufacturing Co. B. Substitutions: None accepted. so C. Oversized Fire Rated Steel Doors: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide oversized fire rated steel doors of one of the following manufacturers. 1. Ceco Door Division. so 2. Curries. 3. Kewanee Corporation. 2.2 DOORS am A. Interior Doors: SDI-100, Grade I - Standard-Duty 1-3/4 inches thick, Model 2 Seamless Design - Hollow Steel Construction(seamless edges and faces),20 gage cold-rolled steel. as B. Exterior Doors: SDI-100; Grade III, Extra Heavy Duty 1-3/4 inches thick, Model 2 Seamless Design - Hollow Steel Construction(seamless edges and faces), 16 gage galvanized(ASTM A 653)cold-rolled steel. ow 1. Fabricate head with inverted,unperforated channel flush with top edge to exclude water. C. Core Construction: Provide one of the following core constructions;Contractor's option: 1. Vertical steel stiffeners,22 gage,spaced 6 inches apart and spot welded to face sheets at 6 inches on center. a. Insulate spaces between stiffeners with loose fill insulation full height of door. 2. Polyurethane core foamed in place or laminated,20 psi strength, 1.8 pcf density, R=12; 1/2 inch maximum voids in any direction. Strength of bond between core and steel face sheet shall exceed strength of core so delamination will not occur during operating conditions. 3. Rigid core or polystyrene foam board, 1500 psf compressive strength, 18 psi shear strength, R=7. Strength of bond between core and steel face sheet shall exceed strength of core so that delamination will not occur under operating conditions. 4. Honeycomb Core (Interior Doors Only, Not Permitted In Exterior Doors): Resin impregnated, kraft fiber honeycomb with nominal I inch cell size and crush strength of 45 psi. Lamination of face sheet to core shall withstand not less than 1,100 psf in shear. w� 5. If laminated insulation is used, apply adhesive full coverage to door face. Do not use spot adhesive method. im 08110-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ""'� go UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 08110- STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Non-rated and fire rated rolled steel doors,panels,and frames. 2. Glazed light frames.- "" 3. Louvers. B. Related Sections: ortar fill of metal frames. Placement of anchors into wall 1. Section 04060 - Masonry Mortar: Masonry m construction. 2. Section 08710-Door Hardware: Door hardware coordination. 3. Section 08800-Glazing: Glass in steel doors and frames. 4. Section 09250-Gypsum Board: Door frame attachment to metal wall framing. 5. Section 09900-Paints and Coatings: Field painting of doors and frames. wX 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 1. ANSI A117.1 -Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically 40 Handicapped People. B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A 653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. 2. ASTM E 152-Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. �w C. Door Hardware Institute(DHI): 1. DHI - The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in Wood Frames and Builder's Hardware. D. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 1. NFPA 80-Fire Doors and Windows. 2. NFPA 252-Fire Tests for Door Assemblies. E. Steel Door Institute(SDI), 1991 Edition: 1. SDI-100-Standard Steel Doors and Frames. go 2. SDI-105 -Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. F. Underwriters Laboratories(UL): 4W 1. UL l OB-Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE on A. Conform to requirements of SDI-100 and ANSI A117.1. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Installed Fire Rated Door Assemblies: Conform to NFPA 80,NFPA 252, and UL lOB for fire rated class, as indicated on Drawings. 08110-1 40 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 4w .s am AM X .0 BLANK PAGE Mw M. so .. Ow 07900-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 MF E. Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges. F. Install sealant free of air pockets,foreign embedded matter,ridges,and sags. G. Tool joints concave. 3.4 SCHEDULE A. Exterior Joints: 1. Joints in vertical surfaces directly exposed to weather, including perimeter of openings where frames and other penetrations meet building facade,control and expansion joints in building facade: a. Polyurethane Sealant#1. b. Polyurethane Sealant#3. C. Color: To match adjacent material. 2. Joints in horizontal surfaces subject to traffic: a. Polyurethane Sealant#2. b. Color: To match adjacent material. 3. Joints in vertical and horizontal surfaces concealed, including lapped sheet metal joints,joints at skylights or smoke vents(if specified)and curbs: a. Silicone Sealant#1. B. Interior Joints: 1. Joints in vertical surfaces, including perimeter of openings where frames and other openings meet partitions,control and expansion joints in concrete masonry unit and gypsum board partitions: a. Polyurethane Sealant#1. b. Color: To match adjacent material. 2. Joints in horizontal surfaces exposed to foot traffic, including expansion joints in ceramic and quarry tile I, flooring: a. Polyurethane Sealant#2. b. Color: To match adjacent material. 3. Joints in horizontal surfaces concealed by floor finish material, including control/construction joints in on slabs-on-grade: a. See Section 09650 for control/construction joint and subfloor filler. 4. Joints in horizontal surfaces exposed to pallet jacks and heavy loads, including control/construction joints No in exposed slabs-on-grade: a. See Section 03152 for epoxy joint sealer. 5. Joints where plumbing fixtures meet adjacent floor and wall finishes: a. Silicone Sealant#2. NO b. Color: To match plumbing fixture. 6. Joints in vertical surfaces,irregular in shape,and greater than 1/2 inch in width: a. Polyurethane Expanding Foam Sealant#1. END OF SECTION w, 07900-3 ON Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am B. Silicone Sealants: 1. Silicone Sealant#1: ASTM C920,Type S,Grade NS,Class 25. a. 791,by Dow Corning Corporation. b. Silpruf,by General Electric Silicone Products Division. 2. Silicone Sealant#2: ASTM C920,Type S,Grade NS,Class 25,mildew resistant. .A. a. 786,by Dow Corning Corporation. b. Sanitary 1700,by General Electric Silicone Products Division,(USDA Approved). 2.2 EXPANDING FOAM SEALANTS A. Polyurethane Expanding Foam Sealants: 1. Polyurethane Expanding Foam Sealant #1: Closed-cell foam and non-flammable propellant; urea ■"! formaldehyde-free, CFC-free; UL Class 1 Foam with flamespread of 20 and smoke developed of 25 as tested in accordance with ASTM E84. a. Touch'n Seal Quick Cure,by Convenience Products,(314)349-5333. .� b. Polycel One,by Macklanburg-Duncan,(800)654-0007. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non-staining type,recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type,recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Filler: Polyethylene foam rod,oversized 30 percent to 50 percent. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 -EXECUTION w 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work and field measurements are as indicated on MA Drawings. B. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing substrates. 00 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. `w B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. so C. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. D. Protect elements surrounding work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. no 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. No B. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. C. Install joint backing to achieve neck dimension no greater than 1/3 the joint width. am D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. ow 07900-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 a NO UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 07900-JOINT SEALERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces. 2. Sealant and backing 3. Control joint filler. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03152 -Control and Construction Joint Filler: Joint filler for control/construction joints in interior OM exposed concrete floor slabs. 2. Section 04220-Concrete Masonry Units: Installation of expansion joint filler in masonry walls. 3. Section 07840-Firestopping: Joint seals around penetrations of fire-rated Assemblies. ,0 4. Section 09650 - Resilient Flooring: Joint filler for control/construction joints concealed by floor finish material. a0 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM C920-Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 40 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Interior sealants in food preparation areas shall be USDA approved, as required by local authorities having juris- diction. 1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install solvent curing sealants in enclosed building spaces. am B. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by sealant manufacturer during and after installation. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS A. Polyurethane Sealants: 1. Polyurethane Sealant#1: ASTM C920,Type S,Grade NS,Class 25. a. Vulkem 921,by Mameco International,Inc.,(USDA Approved). b. Dynatrol I,by Pecora Corporation,(USDA Approved). C. Sonolatic NP-1,by Sonneborn Building Products,(USDA Approved). d. DyMonic,by Tremco Sealants. 2. Polyurethane Sealant#2: ASTM C920,Type S,Grade P,Class 25. a. Vulkem 45,by Mameco International,Inc.,(USDA Approved). to b. Urexpan NR-201,by Pecora Corporation,(USDA Approved). C. Sonolastic SL 1,by Sonneborn Building Products. 3. Polyurethane Sealant#3: ASTM C920,Type M,Grade NS,Class 25. a. Dymeric 511,by Tremco. 07900-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .w, AMR no BLANK PAGE Mw am .w w am am an 07840-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .� cwt w PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION q" A. Remove loose dirt and oil from penetration surfaces. B. Place hangers or damming materials in penetration to hold firestopping materials,if necessary. ON 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer charts for appropriate material to achieve required fire rating in various locations. IN B. Install firestopping at penetrations of fire rated wall materials in accordance with manufacturer's published in- structions. 0 3.3 SCHEDULES A. Provide firestopping complying with UL assemblies specified below. w !w Penetration Assembly Nelson Hilti RectorSeal STI 3M Tremco CMU Wall 8" CAJ 1224 or CAJ 1150 or CAJ1114 or CAJ 1079 or CAJ1001 or CAJ1179 or Thick or Less CAJ 1203 CAJ 1158 CAJ 1115 CAJ 1217 CAJ 1009 CAJ 1187 Gypsum Board WL1083 or WL1052 or WL1026 or WL1049 or WL1003 or WL1020 or Metal Pie Partition WL1030 WL1054 WL1034 WL1079 WL1009 WL1051 CMU Wall 8" CAJ2095 or CAJ2021 or CAJ2064 or CAJ2082 or Thick or Less CAJ2086 CAJ2109 WJ2025 CAJ2045 CAJ2005 FA2024 Non-Metallic Gypsum Board WL2015 or WL2093 or WL2002 or WL2083 or Pie Partition WL2071 WL2078 WL2104 WL2029 WL2005 WL2082 CMU Wall 8" CAJ8049 or CAJ4020 or CAJ4003 or CAJ4007 or Thick or Less CAJ4033 CAJ4017 CAJ8043 CAJ4029 CBJ4020 WJA4005 Gypsum Board WL4005 or WL3043 or Cable Tray Partition WL4003 WL4006 ---- WL4008 WL4004 WL3044 OR CMU Wall 8" CAJ5008 or WJ5016 or CAJ5021 or CAJ5001 or CAJ5052 or thick or Less CAJ5059 CAJ5045 CAJ5070 CAJ5029 CAJ5002 CBT5005 Insulated Metal Gypsum Board WL5022 or WL5014 or Pie Partition WL5036 WL5029 WL5057 WL5051 WL5001 WL5034 we Construction CMU Wall to TRC/PV120-14 Gaps-Head Metal Deck ---- HWD0008 -- HWD0013 -- of Wall to Gyp Bd Parti'n to HWD0003 or Roof Deck Metal Deck ---- HWD0004 HWD0014 ---- HWS0003 WHPV60.01 CMU Wall to ---- WWS1001 ---- CMU Wall --- WWS1011 - Construction Gyp Bd Parti'n to Gaps-Wall to Gyp Bd Parti'n - - --- WWS0004 Wall END OF SECTION 07840-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 B. Intumescent Solvent-Release-Curing Sealant: Single component, intumescent, synthetic-polymer based, non-sag grade. 1. CP 25N/S,by 3M. 2. TREMstop WBM,by Tremco. me C. Intumescent Wrap/Strip: Single-component,elastomeric sheet with aluminum foil on one face. 1. WRS,by Nelson Firestop Products. 2. Metacaulk Wrap Strip,by RectorSeal. 3. SpecSeal SSWRED Wrapstrip,by STI. 4. FS-195+Wrap/Strip,by 3M. 5. TREMstop WS,by Tremco. D. Intumescent Putty: Single-component,non-hardening,dielectric,intumescent putty. I. FSP,by Nelson Firestop Products. 2. Metacaulk Fire Rated Putty,by RectorSeal. 3. SpecSeal Putty,by STI. 4. Moldable Putty+,by 3M. E. Silicone Sealant: Single-component,moisture-curing,silicone-based elastomeric,non-sag grade. 1. CLK N/S,by Nelson Firestop Products. 2. FS 601,by Hilti. 3. Metacaulk 835,by RectorSeal. 4. SpecSeal PEN 300,by STI. 5. 2000+Silicone,by 3M. 6. FYRE SIL,by Tremco. F. Silicone Foam: Two-component, silicone-based liquid elastomer that, when mixed, expands and cures in place to produce a flexible,nonshrinking foam. 1. FS Fireblocks,by Hilti. 2. SpecSeal PEN 200,by STI. 3. 2001 Silicone RTV Foam,by 3M. G. Intumescent Collar: Factory-fabricated,intumescent collar. I. PCS,by Nelson Firestop Products. 2. CP 642,by Hilti. 3. Metacaulk Pipe Collar,by RectorSeal. 4. SpecSeal SSC Collars,by STI. 5. Plastic Pipe Device,by 3M. 6. TREMstop D,by Tremco. wu H. Intumescent Composite Sheet or Pillows and Mortar: Intumescent sheet used to firestop large openings. 1. CPS,by Nelson Firestop Products. 2. SpecSeal SSB Pillows and SpecSeal SSM Firestop Compound,by STI. 3. CS-195+Composite Sheet,by 3M. 4. TREMstop PS,by Tremco. I. Packing Material: Manufacturer's standard mastic,putty, ceramic fiber blanket, or mineral wool to be used as fill or backing material for firestopping. 1. FSB or Mineral Wool,by Nelson Firestop Products. 2. Mineral Wool,by Hilti. ., 3. Fire Safing or Backer Rod,by RectorSeal. 4. Mineral Wool,by STI. 5. FireMaster Mastic,FireMaster Putty,or FireMaster Bulk,by 3M. 6. Cerablanket,by Tremco. 07840-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 07840-FIRESTOPPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY �w A. Section Includes: 1. Firestopping in rated assemblies. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07815-Mineral Fiber Fireproofing: Fireproofing for grease ducts. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM E119-Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2. ASTM E814-Test Methods for Fire Tests of Through Penetration Fire Stops. B. Underwriters'Laboratories,Inc.(UL): 1. UL 1479-Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM E119,ASTM E814,UL 1479 to achieve a fire rating as noted on Drawings. 1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. During application of caulk and putty, keep away from heat, open flame, sparks, or other sources of ignition until product cures. Use only with adequate ventilation. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide firestopping products as manufactured by one of the following: 1. Nelson Firestop Products,(800)331-7325. 2. Hilti Firestop Systems,(800)879-4000. 3. The RectorSeal Corporation,(800)231-3345. 4. Specified Technologies,Inc.(STI),(800)992-1180. 5. 3M Fire Protection Products,(800)328-1687. 6. Tremco Firestop System,(800)852-8173. 2.2 MATERIALS on A. Intumescent Latex Sealant: Single-component,intumescent,latex formulation. 1. LBC,by Nelson Firestop Products. 2. FS611A,by Hilti. ! ' 3. Metacaulk 950 or 1000,by RectorSeal. 4. SpecSeal SSS100,by STI. 5. CP 25WB+,by 3M. 6. TREMstop WBM,by Tremco. 07840-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ..M 2.2 MATERIALS bo A. Mineral Fiber Blanket Fireproofing: Ceramic or glass fiber blanket covered with polypropylene or fiberglass scrim foil facing;with flame and smoke developed ratings of 5;and as follows: 1. Thickness: 3 inches(2 layers of 1-1/2 inch blanket). 2. Nominal Density/Thermal Resistivity: 8 pcf/4.15 at 70 deg F. B. Anchorage Accessories: For each fire resistive assembly in which mineral fiber blanket serves as fireproofing, provide manufacturer's standard blanket-anchorage system complying with related design of UL or other testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas in which Work under this Section is to be performed. Report in writing to the Construction Manager prevailing conditions that may adversely affect satisfactory execution of Work. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Starting Work constitutes acceptance of the existing conditions and this Contractor shall then, at his expense, be responsible for correcting all unsatisfactory and defective Work encountered. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for particular conditions of installation in each case. Consult with manu- facturer's technical representative for conditions not covered by printed instructions. B. Install fireproofing blanket to comply with requirements for thicknesses, number of courses (layers), construction of joints and corners,and anchorage methods that apply to fire resistance rated assemblies indicated. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Coordinate installation of fireproofing with other construction to minimize cutting into, or removal of, installed fireproofing. As other construction is successively completed, replace or repair fireproofing installations which have been cut away to facilitate this other construction. Maintain complete coverages of full thickness on mem- bers and substrates protected by fireproofing. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to Installer, Manufacturer, and authorities having jurisdiction that ensures mineral fiber blanket fireproofing being without damage or deterioration at time of • Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION .a .w 07815-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 �'"' UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 07815 -MINERAL FIBER FIREPROOFING PART1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Mineral fiber blanket fireproofing. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM E84-Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM E 119-Method For Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. B. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(UL)-Fire Hazard Classifications. 1. UL 263 -Standard for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Mineral Fiber Fireproofing System: Provide a fire rated assembly rating of 1 hour for grease duct assembly. Grease duct enclosure shall have been tested in accordance with UL 263 and shall be listed in UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory as an approved Grease Duct Enclosure(UL YYET,R14229). 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide ceramic or glass fiber blanket fireproofing identical to those whose specified fire performance characteristics have been determined per test method indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. �. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84. 2. Fire Resistance Ratings:ASTM E 119,provide UL-labeled units listed for application indicated. 1.5 SEQUENCING A. Sequence and coordinate installation of mineral fiber blanket fireproofing with other, related construction speci- fied in other sections to comply the following requirements: 1. Avoid unnecessary exposure of mineral fiber blanket fireproofing to abrasion and other damage likely to occur during construction operations subsequent to its application. 2. Do not install enclosing or concealing construction until after mineral fiber blanket fireproofing has been applied and inspected by authorities having jurisdiction. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements of this Section, provide mineral fiber fireproofing as manufactured by one of the following: 1. FireMaster Duct Wrap,by 3M Fire Barrier Products,(800)328-1687. 2. FyreWrap Duct Insulation,by Unifrax Corporation,(716)278-3800. 3. Pyroscat FP Duct Wrap,by Premier Refractories and Chemicals,Inc. 07815-1 " " Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 B. Ladder Safety Post: LadderUP,Model#1,by The Bilco Co.,New Haven,Connecticut, 1. Telescoping tubular post,with stainless steel spring balancing mechanism and automatic locking device for full extension. Furnish unit complete with fasteners for securing to ladder rungs. 2. Finish: Black enamel. 3. Substitutions: Not permitted. .. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION 1W A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Coordinate with installation of roofing system and related flashings. Provide weathertight installation. B. Apply bituminous paint on metal surfaces of units in contact with cementitious materials and dissimilar metals. C. Ladder Safety Post: Secure safety post to top two ladder rungs, on right side (climbing side), in strict accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. 1. Adjust for smooth operation. no END OF SECTION 1W Im an no wir 07722-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 07722-ROOF HATCHES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY �sn A. Section Includes: 1. Prefabricated steel roof hatch,with integral support curbs,operable hardware,and counterflashings. 2. Ladder Safety Post. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05500-Metal Fabrications: Requirements for shop fabricated roof hatch ladders and other ferrous per metal items. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOF HATCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: 1. Model 6-102,by Babcok-Davis Hatchways,Inc.,Arlington,MA. 2. Model S-20,by The Bilco Co.,New Haven,Connecticut. 3. Model M-1,by Milcor,Lima,OH. 4. Model PLH-G,by Precision Stair Corp.,Morristown,TN. B. Manufactured Units: on 1. Size: 2'-6"by 3'-0". rigid insulation; integral cap flashing to receive roof flashing 2. Curb: 14 gage galvanized G90 steel; 1 inch system;extended flange for mounting. 3. Cover: 14 gage galvanized G90 steel with one inch glass fiber insulation retained by 22 gage steel inner liner. Continuous gasket to provide weatherproof seal. 4. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard manually operated type with compression spring operators, positive snap latch with turn handles inside and out and padlock hasp inside; automatic hold-open arm with vinyl covered grip handle for easy release;cadmium plated finish. 5. Hinges: Heavy duty pintle type. 6. Fasteners: Corrosive resistant fasteners recommended by roof hatch manufacturer. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Fabricate free of visual distortions and defects. Weld corners and joints. B. Fabricate units weathertight with integral capflashing,providing for removal of condensation. C. Prime paint;one coat. aw D. Spot weld hasp,latch and hinges to prevent removal from interior. 2.3 ROOF HATCH LADDER A. Steel Wall Ladder: As specified in Section 05500-Metal Fabrications. no 07722-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 b. Web Height: Comply with local code requirements for minimum curb height, but in no case shall • curb height be less than 14 inches as measured from top of steel roof deck to top of curb, nor shall curb height be less than 8 inches as measured from top of roof membrane to top of curb. C. Top Flange Width: None. am d. Drip: None. 2. Sheet Metal Gage: 14 gage. PART 3 -EXECUTION Im 3.1 INSTALLATION no A. Install curbs in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as indicated on Drawings. Coordinate installation with roof membrane installation requirements specified under other Sections. B. Roof Curbs Bearing on Steel Angles and Joists: ■* 1. Set units in place and secure base to roof structure by welding to top chord of structural member. 2. Secure metal deck to perimeter of curb as indicated on Drawings. .r� C. Roof Curbs Bearing on Roof Deck: 1. Set units in place and secure base to steel roof deck by self-tapping screw fasteners spaced at a maximum of 12 inches on center,staggered. 3.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate project requirements for custom adapting and connecting to roof curbs with manufacturers and suppli- ers of curb mounted items and equipment. B. Provide structural roof curbs for the following items: 1. HVAC roof top units(RTU). 2. Refrigeration Condensers. 3. Skylights. C. Provide non-structural roof curbs for the following items: 1. Deck Penetrations- 10 Inches by 10 Inches or Less: a. Satellite dish-coordinate satellite conduit penetration into building. b. Unit heater vents and gas flues. 2. Deck Penetrations Greater Than 10 Inches by 10 Inches: a. Exhaust fans. END OF SECTION 1W .. aw 07721-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 "'"" ow b. Web Height: Comply with local code requirements for minimum curb height, but in no case shall curb height be less than 16 inches, as measured from top of bar joist to top of curb, nor shall curb height be less than 8 inches as measured from top of roof membrane to top of curb. C. Top Flange Width: 2 inches. d. Drip: 3/4 inches. 2. Sheet Metal Gage: 14 gage. B. Reinforce curb sections as required for design loads indicated on Drawings. C. Welding: AWS D1.1. D. Roof Top Unit(RTU)Curbs: Provide rail curbs. Frame duct openings with full height curb sections of same gage metal as perimeter curb sections. ..r E. Skylight Curbs: 1. Safety Screen: 3/16 inch cold rolled galvanized steel rods welded in 6 inch by 6 inch grid pattern; weld to bottom of curb as indicated on Drawings, prior to shipment. Screen shall have been tested to withstand impact of 245 pound lead weight, 10-3/4 inch diameter, dropped from height of 3 feet and support concentrated load of 600 pounds after impact. a. Provide shop fabricated safety screen, or at Contractor's option, provide Safety-Security Guard, by Sunoptics Prismatic Skylights,Sacramento,CA,(800)289-4700. 2. Shop Painting: Shop finish interior surfaces of skylight curbs,including safety screen;PPG dry fog coating as specified;color#2537 "Blossom White." 2.4 NON-STRUCTURAL ROOF CURBS A. Fabrication, Deck Penetrations - 10 Inches by 10 Inches or Less: Coated steel sheet curb sections, corners fully mitered and welded;2 inch by 4 inch(nominal dimension)pressure treated continuous wood nailers mechanically fastened at 12 inches on center to exterior face of curb. Shop prime welded connections with zinc-rich paint com- plying with SSPC-Paint 20. 1. Profile: a. Bottom Flange Width: 3 inches. b. Web Height: Comply with local code requirements for minimum curb height, but in no case shall curb height be less than 14 inches as measured from top of steel roof deck to top of curb,nor shall curb height be less than 8 inches as measured from top of roof membrane to top of curb. C. Top Flange Width: 1-1/2 inches. d. Drip: None. 2. Sheet Metal Gage: 18 gage. B. Fabrication, Deck Penetrations - Greater Than 10 Inches by 10 Inches: Coated steel sheet curb sections, corners fully mitered and welded; 2 inch by 4 inch (nominal dimension) pressure treated continuous wood nailers me- chanically fastened at 12 inches on center to exterior face of curb. Shop prime welded connections with zinc-rich paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20. 1. Profile: a. Bottom Flange Width: 3 inches. b. Web Height: Comply with local code requirements for minimum curb height, but in no case shall "" curb height be less than 16 inches as measured from top of steel roof deck to top of curb,nor shall curb height be less than 8 inches as measured from top of roof membrane to top of curb. C. Top Flange Width: 2 inches. d. Drip: 3/4 inches. 2. Sheet Metal Gage: 18 gage. C. Fabrication, Expansion Joints: Coated steel sheet curb sections; 2 inch by 4 inch (nominal dimension) pressure treated continuous wood nailers mechanically fastened at 12 inches on center to exterior face of curb. 1. Profile: a. Bottom Flange Width: 9 inches. ' 07721-3 e Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE wr A. Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify field welding operators in accordance with AWS Standard Qualifica- tion Procedures. Provide certification that field welders have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests within previous 12 months. 1. If recertification of welders is required,provide without additional cost to Wal-Mart. B. Structural Curbs: Provide manufactured metal roof curbs designed by a licensed engineer. Meet or exceed Live w■ Loads and Dead Loads as specified in this Section and as indicated on Drawings. Coordinate curb dimensions with shop drawings of equipment to be supported. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING o A. Ship curbs to site palletized and banded. B. Curb manufacturer shall furnish Curb Schedule to Contractor identifying curb "Type" and roof penetration for which curb is to be used. Curb Schedule shall identify identical curbs as single "Type" (i.e. Type A - 10 ton RTU's,Type B-5 ton RTU's,Type C-skylights,Type D-satellite dish,Type E-expansion joints,etc.). Identify each curb with"Type"designation painted in 1 inch high letters on outside face of curb. C. Stack curbs at site to prevent twisting,bending or permanent deformation. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS wee A. Subject to compliance with project requirements,provide prefabricated metal roof curbs manufactured by one of the following: 1. A.E.S.Inc.,East Tallassee,Alabama,(800)786-0402. 2. Custom Curb,Inc.,Chattanooga,Tennessee,(800)262-6669. 3. Thybar Corp.,Louisville,Kentucky,(502)499-5480 ow 2.2 MATERIALS A. Sheet Steel: One of the following at Contractor's option: 1. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653,Structural Quality,Grade 33,G60 hot-dip zinc coating. 2. Aluminum-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 463,Type 2,T2 100 aluminum coating. 3. Aluminum Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet (GAVALUME): ASTM A 792, AZ55 aluminum zinc alloy coating. B. Board Insulation: Specified in Section 07530. C. Wood Nailers: CCA Pressure Treated Lumber Type C, "Standard"grade lumber of any species. D. Zinc-Rich Primer: SSPC-Paint 20 Type II. E. Alkyd Finish Paint: PPG Speedhide Super-Tech Dry Fog Coating,Flat#6-160. 2.3 STRUCTURAL ROOF CURBS A. Fabrication, General: Coated steel sheet curb sections,corners fully mitered and welded; 2 inch by 4 inch(nomi- nal dimension)pressure treated continuous wood nailers mechanically fastened at 12 inches on center to exterior face of curb. Shop prime welded connections with zinc-rich paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20. 1. Profile: a. Bottom Flange Width: 3 inches. 07721-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 �* UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 07721 -MANUFACTURED CURBS PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manufactured structural and non-structural metal roof curbs. 2. Coordination with manufacturers and suppliers of roof mounted items and equipment. B. Related Sections: I. Section 05120-Structural Steel: Roof opening frames and headers. 2. Section 05210-Steel Joists: Joists supporting roof curbs. 3. Section 07511 -Built-up Asphalt Roofing: Board insulation for roof curbs. 4. Section 07550-Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing: Board insulation for roof curbs. 5. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing Trim: Sheet metal flashing installed in conjunction with roof penetration curbs. 6. Section 07722-Roof Hatches. 7. Section 08630-Metal Framed Skylights. 8. Section 15700-Heating,Ventilating and Air Conditioning Equipment. 1.2 REFERENCES ! A. American Welding Society(AWS): AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code. B. American Society of Testing and Materials(ASTM): go 1. ASTM A 463-Specification for Steel Sheet,Cold Rolled,Aluminum Coated Type 1 and Type 2. 2. ASTM A 653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. 3. ASTM A 792- Specification for Steel Sheet,Fifty-Five Percent Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot- Dip Process. C. Steel Structures Painting Council(SSPC): 1. SSPC-Paint 20 Type II-Zinc Rich Primers-Organic. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Structural Roof Curb: Manufactured square or rectangular roof curb,bearing on structural steel joists or headers, designed to support equipment dead load and roof dead and live loads. B. Non-Structural Roof Curb: 1. Deck Penetrations- 10 Inches by 10 Inches or Less: Manufactured square or rectanular roof curb,bearing on top of metal roof deck,designed to receive sheet metal flashing skirt,not used for support of equipment. 2. Deck Penetrations - Greater Than 10 Inches by 10 Inches: Manufactured square or rectanular roof curb bearing on structural steel angle frame, designed to support equipment dead load. Roof dead and live load supported by structural angle frame. 3. Expansion Joints: Manufactured linear roof curb, bearing on top of metal roof deck, designed to receive expansion joint cover. 07721-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am Ow No am w .w .w BLANK PAGE rAr ws Ow an M 07711-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 rw 1� 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install gutters,brackets,and accessories in accordance with SMACNA Figure 1-12. 1. Gutter Brackets: Space alternately with gutter spacers at 36 inches on center. a. Attachment to Masonry: Anchor to masonry bond beam with two 1/2 inch diameter expansion bolts,space anchor bolts minimum of 3 inches apart. b. Attachment to Steel: Weld to steel tube section with 3/16 inch by 2 inches fillet weld,both sides of bracket. Begin weld at top of bracket. B. Install downspouts in accordance with SMACNA Figure 1-35A,space straps at 48 inches on center. tw C. Provide lap type gutter expansion joint in accordance with SMACNA Figure 1-6. Locate expansion joints as indi- cated on Drawings. Verify that at least one downspout is provided for each segment of gutter. ±W D. Apply bituminous coating on surfaces in contact with dissimilar materials including the following: 1. Dissimilar metals as defined in SMACNA Appendix A-3 and backside of gutters and downspouts. 2. Preservative treated wood. E. Lap gutter joints 2 inches,set laps in bead of sealant,and rivet at 1 inch on center. F. Install screens and strainers as required. Install vertical screens at midpoints between 2 downspouts adjacent to gutter expansion joints. END OF SECTION on W w 07711-3 !'�" Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .w b. Girth 25 Inches to 36 Inches: 20 gage. MW C. Girth Greater Than 36 Inches: 18 gage. 2. Downspouts: 24 gage; SMACNA rectangular"open face"profile,Figure 1-32D. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Gutter Brackets: Galvanized steel plate,size as specified below: 1. Girth 24 Inches and Less: 3/16 inch thick by 2 inches wide bent plate. 2. Girth Greater Than 24 Inches: 1/4 inch thick by 2 inches wide bent plate. B. Gutter Spacer: Galvanized steel sheet;gage to match gutter. C. Downspout Straps: Galvanized steel sheet;20 gage. D. Bituminous Coating: SSPC- Paint 12, solvent-type bituminous mastic,nominally free of sulfur, compounded for 15 mil dry film thickness per coat. E. Sealant: Specified in Section 07900. F. Downspout Strainers: Same basic metal as gutter. Strainers fabricated of galvanized wire, inserted into outlet tubes and held in place by friction. G. Splash Blocks(if indicated on Drawings): Precast concrete units,minimum 3000 psi at 28 days,with 5 percent air entrainment,size and profile to suit application. H. Downspout Collectors (if indicated on Drawings): Pipe material, sizes, connections, dimensions and profiles to suit downspouts and underground storm drainage system as indicated on civil drawings. I. Conductor Heads and Scuppers(if indicated on Drawings): Galvanized steel,ASTM A446, G90 zinc coating; 24 *' gage core steel. Provide overflow openings,located 1 inch below scupper to permit overflow. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Form gutters and downspouts of size and profile indicated on Drawings. B. Provide gutter spacers at 36 inches on center;rivet to front and back of gutter. C. Field measure site conditions prior to fabricating work. D. Form sections square,true,and accurate in size, in maximum possible lengths and free of distortion or defects det- rimental to appearance or performance. Allow for expansion at joints. E. Hem exposed edges of metal. F. Shop Finishing: Shop prepare and prime ferrous metal surfaces. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work and conditions are acceptable. B. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of existing conditions and substrate. �► 07711-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 "' UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 07711 -GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS so PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Galvanized steel gutters and downspouts,with expansion joints. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07620-Sheet Metal Flashings and Trim. 2. Section 07900-Joint Sealers. 3. Section 09900-Paints and Coatings: Field painting of metal surfaces. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A123 -Specification for Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 2. ASTM A283 -Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. 3. ASTM A 653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. B. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association(SMACNA): 1. Architectural Sheet Metal Manual,Fifth Edition, 1993. C. Steel Structures Painting Council(SSPC): 1. SSPC-Paint 12-Cold-Applied Asphalt Mastic(Extra Thick Film). 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Nominal sizing of components for rainfall intensity determined by a storm occurrence of 1 in 5 years shall be as indicated on Drawings. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Stack preformed materials to prevent twisting,bending,or abrasion,and to aid ventilation. Slope to drain. B. Prevent contact with materials during storage which may cause discoloration,staining,or damage. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653 Structural Quality,Grade 33,G90 zinc coating. B. Galvanized Steel Plate: ASTM A 283, Grade A; hot-dipped galvanized G90 coating complying with ASTM A 123. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Gutters and Downspouts: Galvanized steel sheet,gage and SMACNA profiles as follows: 1. Gutters: SMACNA rectangular profile,Figure 1-2,Style D,gage as specified below: a. Girth 24 Inches and Less: 24 gage. 07711-1 vo Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 G. Roof Penetration Flashing Installed In Conjunction With Manufactured Curbs: 1. Satellite Dish Support,Unit Heater Vents, and Gas Flues: Install galvanized sheet metal flashing in accor- dance with SMACNA Figure 4-13A. Lap joints,set in sealant,and rivet at 1 inch on center. H. Expansion Joint Cover: "* 1. Roof To Roof Expansion Joint: Install galvanized sheet metal joint cover in accordance with NRCA Detail MB-9, profile as indicated on Drawings. Form cap pieces in sections not exceeding 12 feet and join with standing seams held in place by cleats in accordance with SMACNA Figure 5.5A. I. Door Hood: Install galvanized sheet metal hood with 3/8 inch expansion bolts at 16 inches on center and as indi- cated on Drawings. ..r J. Surface Mounted Flashings: Fill joint between flashing and wall with full bead of sealant and secure to wall with neoprene/stainless steel washers and drive pins at 16 inches on center, parallel to roof line. Provide continuous, full bead of sealant at top edge flashing. Sealant bead shall be of sufficient width to provide a 45 degree angle «.. with vertical surface. 1. Provide minimum 2 inch end lap at continuous elevations. 2. Change in elevation of 4 inch,provide 8 inch end lap. 3. Change in elevation of 8 inch,provide 12 inch end lap. so K. Reglet and Counterflashing System: 1. Surfaced Mounted Reglet: N a. Set reglet parallel to roof line in full bed of sealant. Provide minimum 2 inch end lap at continuous elevations. b. Secure to wall with neoprene/stainless steel washers and drive pins at maximum 16 inches on cen- ter. "' C. Provide a continuous, full bead of sealant at top edge of reglet between flashing and wall. Sealant bead shall be of sufficient width to provide a 45 degree angle with vertical surface. 2. Counterflashing: Provide counterflashing of the type indicated or required to match reglet system. Insert wo counterflashings into reglets to form tight fit. Counterflashing shall be installed in such a manner as to pro- vide for continuous contact at base flashing with sufficient pressure at point of contact to prevent disloca- tion. a. Provide minimum 2"end lap at continuous elevations. b. Change in elevation of 4",provide 8"end lap. C. Change in elevation of 8",provide 12"end lap. END OF SECTION MW 07620-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 +W G. Fabricate flashings to allow toe to extend 4 inches over roofing. Return and brake edges. H. Fabricate exposed sheet metal components with provisions for thermal expansion. of 2.5 FINISH A. Paint metal surfaces exposed to view from ground level in accordance with Section 09900, and as indicated on Drawings. PART 3 -EXECUTION 4W 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify roof openings,curbs,pipes,sleeves,ducts,or vents through roof are solidly set. B. Verify roofing membrane termination and base flashings are in place,sealed,and secure. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field measure site conditions prior to fabricating work. B. Install starter and edge strips,and cleats before starting installation. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install sheet metal flashing and trim in accordance with applicable details of SMACNA"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and NRCA"Low Slope Roofing Manual." Anchor units of work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level. Install work with laps,joints,and seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. B. Bed flanges of metal flashings in plastic cement or sealing mastic where required for waterproof performance. C. Apply bituminous coating on surfaces in contact with dissimilar materials including the following: 1. Dissimilar metals as defined in SMACNA Appendix A-3. 2. Preservative treated wood. D. Counterflashing: Provide continuous contact at membrane base flashing with sufficient pressure to prevent dislo- cation. 1. Comers: Lap inside corners. Notch and hook-seam outside corners. Set laps and seams in sealant. E. Roof Edge Trim: 1. Install galvanized sheet metal edge trim in accordance with SMACNA Figure 2-1, profile as indicated on Drawings;nail edge trim flange at 3 inches on center,in staggered pattern. no 2. Thermal Expansion Joints: Install roof edge trim in 10 foot lengths with 4 inch lap joint in accordance with SMACNA Figure 2-513. Set lap in sealant. 3. Corner Joints: Notch and lap. Set laps in sealant and rivet for rigidity. Space rivets at 1 inch on center. F. Parapet Fascia: a. Install galvanized sheet metal snap-on fascia with spring cleat/cant in accordance with SMACNA Figure 2-6,profiles as indicated on Drawings.Set spring cleat in full bed of sealant, overlaying and concealing continuous parapet waterproofing membrane. b. Secure spring cleat to nailer at 6 inches on center. 2. Thermal Expansion Joints: Install parapet fascia in 10 foot lengths with 4 inch lap joint in accordance with SMACNA Figure 2-513. Set lap in sealant. 07620-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Stack preformed material to prevent twisting,bending,or abrasion,and to provide ventilation. B. Prevent contact with materials during storage which may cause discoloration,staining,or damage. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A 653 Commercial Quality and Lock-Forming Quality, G90 hot-dip galvanized, mill phosphatized for painting where exposed to view from ground level,gage as follows: ., 1. Flashing and Counter Flashing: 24 gage. 2. Fascia and Edge Trim: 24 gage. 3. Roof Penetration Flashing(Satellite Dish Support,Unit Heater Vents,and Gas Flues): 24 gage. ** 4. Door Hood: 18 gage. 5. Expansion Joint Cover-Roof to Roof: 24 gage. ,r 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Galvanized steel,finish exposed fasteners to match flashing metal. Furnish exposed fasteners with soft EPDM washers as manufactured by the following: 1. Tap-Fast Screws,by Hilti. 2. Trugrip GT,by ITW Buildex. B. Sealant: Specified in Section 07900. 1. Plastic Cement: ASTM D4586,Type I and II Cutback Asphalt Type,asbestos-free. a. Non-setting type at horizontal use. b. Hard setting type at vertical uses. C. Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent-type bituminous mastic, nominally free of sulfur, compounded for 15 mil dry film thickness per coat. 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Counterflashing System: Springlok Flashing System,by Fry Reglet Corp. 1. Type SM,Surface Mounted. B. Draw Band: Stainless steel. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Form sections true to shape,accurate in size,square,and free from distortion or defects. B. Fabricate cleats of same material as sheet,interlockable with sheet. C. Form pieces in longest possible lengths. D. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch;miter and seam corners. wu E. Fabricate corners to form one piece with minimum 18 inches long legs;rivet for rigidity. F. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 inch and hemmed to form drip. ..r 07620-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 �r UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 07620-SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fascia and roof edge trim. 2. Roof penetration flashings installed in conjunction with manufactured curbs. 3. Counterflashing over base flashing. 4. Surface mounted flashing system. 5. Steel door hoods. 6. Expansion joint covers. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking and nailers. 2. Section 07511 -Built-up Asphalt Roofing: Molded pipe flashing installed as part of roofing system. 3. Section 07550 -Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing: Molded pipe flashing installed as part of roof- ing system. 4. Section 07611 -Gutters and Downspouts. 5. Section 07900-Joint Sealers. 6. Section 09900-Paints and Coatings. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A 653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Gal- vannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. 2. ASTM D 4586-Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement,Asbestos Free. B. National Roofing Contractors Association(NRCA): 1. NRCA-Low Slope Roofing Manual. C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association(SMACNA): 1. SMACNA-Architectural Sheet Metal Manual,Fifth Edition, 1993. D. Steel Structures Painting Council(SSPC): go 1. SSPC-Paint 12-Cold-Applied Asphalt Mastic(Extra Thick Film). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330-Submittal Proceduress: Procedures for submittals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with SMACNA"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual' and NRCA"Low Slope Roofing Manual'standard details and requirements. B. Supplier Certification: Provide certification from galvanized sheet steel supplier stating that materials conform to ATSM A 653,G90 hot-dipped galvanized steel. 07620-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 OM ow an w w BLANK PAGE .w ..r 07611-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 3.4 CLEANING A. Wipe clean each soffit panel after erection. B. Replace damaged panels and other components of Work which cannot be repaired by finish touch-up or similar minor repairs. C. Remove from finished surface,filing caused by drilling and cutting of panels. END OF SECTION w sll�e 07611-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 C. Alternate Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, one of the following may be substituted for + that specified. 1. MM Systems Corporation;Tucker,GA;(800)241-3460. 2. Berridge Manufacturing Co.,Houston,TX;(800)231-8127. 3. ASC Pacific,Inc.;Federal Way,WA;(206)838-4821. J 2.2 ACCESSORIES .w A. Provide manufacturer's standard accessories and other special items required and essential to completeness of sof- fit installation. Sight-exposed accessories shall match finish of metal soffit system. 1. Trim Items: Of same material and finish as soffit sheets. 2. Fasteners: As recommended by soffit system manufacturer for intended purpose. aw 2.3 FABRICATION ow A. Factory fabricate and finish panels and accessories ready for field assembly. B. Forn sections true to shape,accurate in size,square,and free from distortion. r.. C. Fabricate panels in one piece. Fabricate accessories in longest practicable lengths. 2.4 FINISHES A. Factory finish surfaces with high performance pigmented organic coating. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces in conformance with coating and resin manufacturer's instructions providing finish free of scratches and other blemishes. 1. Fluoropolymer Coating: AAMA 605.2,containing a minimum of 70 percent Penwalt Kynar 500 resin-with minimum 1.2 mil dry film thickness. 2. Texture: Smooth. .A PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine building structure and adjacent areas where panels will be installed. Do not proceed with Work until un- satisfactory conditions have been convected. 1. Examine soffit structure to verify that structure is ready for soffit panel installation. 2. Verify field dimensions to determine compliance with panel manufacturer's tolerances. B. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install soffit panels in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. B. Secure panel in place with concealed fasteners. C. Interlock panels and secure in place to prevent warping and wracking. D. Back paint surfaces in contact with dissimilar materials. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect soffit panel installation,alignment,attachments,trim,and accessories. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. .�r 07611-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 4W UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 07611 -SHEET METAL SOFFIT PARTI -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Preformed metal soffit panels. 2. Related flashings and accessory components. 3. Factory finishing. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05400-Cold Formed Metal Framing: Steel framing supporting metal soffit. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Architectural Manufacturer's Association(AAMA): 1. AAMA 605.2 - Specifications for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusion and Panels. B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): I. ASTM A 653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. 1.3 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Transport,handle,store,and protect products. B. Protect panels from accelerated weathering by removing or venting sheet plastic shipping wrap. C. Deliver panels to site in dry and undamaged condition. Unload and handle in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. D. Store panels off ground protected from weather,to prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and to provide ventila- tion. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Document 00800-Supplementary Conditions: Warranty requirements. ,Ar B. Factory Finish: Provide manufacturer's 20 year written warranty against failure of finish including blistering, chipping,cracking,peeling,chalking,and fading. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL SOFFIT A. Manufacturer: AEP-SPAN;Dallas,TX;(800)527-2503. B. Flush Panel Design FP 12-1: 1. Panel: 24 gage ASTM A 653 Structural Quality,Grade 33,HDG G-90 steel 2. Seam Spacing: 12 inches. 3. Color: Regal White. 07611-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 3. This Guarantee shall become null and void unless the Contractor is notified of any alleged defect in materials or .w workmanship and provided an opportunity to inspect and,if required by the terms of this Guarantee,to repair the roof. Wal-Mart will notify Roofing Contractor of needed repairs and Roofing Contractor will make repairs within 48 hours. The notice will be by telephone or facsimile to the Contractor's office as listed on this Guarantee. The Contractor will notify Wal-Mart Property Maintenance when the repairs are complete. In the event an emergency condition exists which OR requires immediate repair to avoid substantial damage to the building or its contents,then the Owner may make the essential temporary repairs. The Contractor will reimburse the Owner for those reasonable repair expenses which would have been the Contractor's responsibility but for the emergency condition. Such emergency repairs will not void the s, Guarantee. 4. No work shall be done on said roof,including,but without limitation,work in connection with flues,vents,drains,sign braces,railings,platforms or other equipment fastened to or set on the roof,and no repairs or alterations shall be made to said roof,unless Contractor shall first be notified through Wal-Mart Property Maintenance Department,and shall be ** given the opportunity to provide the necessary roofing work. Contractor shall be paid for reasonable time and materials expended in making requested repairs occasioned by the work of others on said roof. 5. This Guarantee shall become null and void if the roof is used as a promenade or is sprayed or flooded,unless such use MW was originally specified and the specification is noted in Paragraph 9 below. 6. This Guarantee shall not be or become effective unless and until Contractor has been paid in full for said roof in accordance with the agreement pursuant to which such roof was applied. 7. This Guarantee is transferable within the two-year guarantee period,without the prior written consent of Contractor. *■ 8. This Guarantee is in lieu of all other guarantees or warranties,express or implied. ALL IMPLIED GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES,AND SPECIFICALLY THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED. an 9. Additional conditions or exclusions: MW IN WITNESS WHEREOF,this instrument has been duly executed this day of ,19 ,.r By END OF GUARANTEE .w w� 07550-16 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,,,, taw ROOFING GUARANTEE Whereas of herein called"Contractor" has completed application of the following roof: Owner: Address of Owner: Type and Name of Building: Location: Manufacturer and System Specification Number: Area of Roof: Date of Building Substantial Completion: Date Guarantee Expires: Contractor's Telephone: Emergency Telephone: Whereas,at the inception of such work,Contractor agreed to guarantee the aforesaid roof for a limited period and subject to the conditions herein set forth; Now, therefore, Contractor hereby Guarantees, subject to the conditions herein set forth, that during a period of Two (2) years from the date of building Substantial Completion(as defined in Section 00800- Supplementary Conditions), it will, at its own cost and expense,make or cause to be made such repairs to said roof resulting solely from faults or defects in materi- als or workmanship applied by or through contractor as may be necessary to maintain said roof in watertight condition. In accordance with good roofing practice,the Contractor shall remove and replace all wet insulation caused by water leaks cov- ered under this Guarantee(i.e.leaks resulting from circumstances other than those listed in the exclusions)and repair the roof system at no cost to the Owner. Guarantee shall include materials and workmanship for the following items: 1. Membranes(including parapet waterproofing). 2. Membrane flashings including attachment to sheet metal flashings and trim. 3. Insulation. 4. Asphalt bitumen. +�.. 5. Fasteners,cements,and adhesives. This guarantee is made subject to the following conditions: 1. Specifically excluded from this Guarantee is any and all damage to said roof,the building or contents caused by the acts or omissions of other trades or contractors;lightning,cyclone,tornado,hurricane,hailstorm,flood,or earthquake; foundation settlement;failure or cracking of the roof deck;faulty construction of,copings,chimneys,skylights,vents, supports,or other parts of the building;vapor condensation beneath the roof;water leakage due to erosion and porosity of mortar and brick;dry rot;stoppage of roof drains and gutters;inadequate drainage,slope,or other conditions beyond the control of Contractor which cause ponding or standing of water(standing water longer than 72 hours);rodents or other animals;or fire. If the roof is damaged by reason of any of the foregoing,this guarantee shall thereupon become null and void for the balance of the guarantee period unless such damage is repaired by Contractor at the expense of the party requesting such repairs. 2. Contractor is not liable for consequential damages to the building or contents resulting from any defects in said roof, including,but without limitation,any interruption of business experienced by Owner or occupants of the building. 07550-15 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 AM am AM am am .0# Ow BLANK PAGE MM an am am .m am am 07550-14 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Mw Pn Accessories: a. [] Roofing Fasteners: Galvanized or non-ferrous type. [J Insulation Fasteners: Coated mechanical fasteners;proper length and acceptable for 90 psf wind uplift. Manufacturer: [] Fibrous Cant and Tapered Edge Strip: High density,asphalt impregnated wood fiber or perlite. [] Walkway Pads: Full width of SBS modified bitumen flashing material. [] Isolation Pads:- [] J-Walk,by Johns Manville. ° [J Brai/Flex Walkboard,by U.S.Intec. [j Termination Bar: Manufacturer's standard 1 inch wide extruded or rolled aluminum bar,pre-punched at 6 inches on center. [] Vapor Retarder(For Use At Expansion Joints Only): Alumiseal Zero Penn Vapor Barrier,by Alumiseal Corporation. [] Compressible Fiberglass Insulation(For Use At Expansion Joints Only): Sill Sealer,by CertainTeed. [j Molded Pipe Flashing: [] Pipe Boots,by Portals Plus,Inc. [] EPDM Sheet Seaming System: Manufacturer's splice cleaner,splicing cement,and lap sealant as recommended by membrane manufacturer. "o [] EPDM Bonding Cement: Manufacturer's standard rubber based adhesive as recommended for substrates and project conditions. Statement of Conformance: This Record Letter of Conformance is provided as a Record Document in accordance with Document 00800- Supplementary Conditions,Paragraph 9.11. The undersigned hereby declares that the Product identified above by manufacturer's name and wo model number is (one of) the product(s) specified and is suitable for the intended use as defined within the Contract Docu- ments and has been provided and placed in operational condition in accordance with the manufacturer's published instruc- tions and the Contract Documents. SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER: Phone Number:( ) ,o (Contact name of subcontractor/supplier offering above product) (Subcontractor/supplier name and address) CONTRACTOR: (Contact name of Contractor) (Contractor signature and Title of Signatory) END OF FORM 07550-13 am Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .. Flashing Membrane: Flashing Membrane: Check one to be provided. Aw [] Ruberoid Mop,by GAF. [] Nordflex 170,by Nord Bitumi. [] DynaFlex,by Johns Manville. Am [] VersaFlash 160,by Tamko. [] Brai/Flex170,by U.S. Intec. Waterproofing Membrane: "' Waterproofing Membrane: Check one to be provided. [] Sure-Seal 0.045 Thick Reinforced EPDM Membrane,by Carlisle. [] SPM 45R,by Johns Manville. Waterproofing Flashing: [] Sure-Seal Uncured EPDM Elastoform Flashing,by Carlisle. [] SPM Flashing,by Johns Manville. .. Bituminous Materials: [] Bitumen: ASTM D312,Type III or Type IV bitumen,American made. Manufacturer: w [] Plastic Cement: ASTM D4586,Type I and II cutback asphalt type. Hard setting at vertical use;non-setting at horizontal use. Manufacturer: [] Asphalt Primer: ASTM D41,asphaltic primer suitable for use with roofing system,for application to concrete or masonry surfaces. Manufacturer: [] Modified Bitumen Flashing Cement: Manufacturer's standard one-part or two-part SBS modified bitumen cement. Manufacturer: Roof Insulation: Check insulation system and those products to be provided;give thicknesses. .. Insulation Boards: Indicate boards used in insulation assembly: Isocyanurate Foam Insulation: [] Pyrox,Apache Products Company: Thickness: [] AC Foam,Atlas Energy Products: Thickness: [] GAFTEMP Isotherm R,GAF: Thickness: [] E'NRG'Y 2,NRG,Barriers,Inc.: Thickness: [] Multi-Max,R-Max,Inc.: Thickness: [] UltraGard,Johns Manville: Thickness: [] USIso Polyisocyanurate,U.S. Intec: Thickness: Glass Fiber Insulation: [] Fiberglass,Johns Manville: Thickness: High Density Wood Fiber: [] GAFTEMP Fiberboard,GAF: Thickness: 3/4 inch. [] Huebert Fiberboard,Huebert Fiberboard,Inc.: Thickness: 3/4 inch. [] Wood Fiber,Wood Fiber Industries: Thickness: 3/4 inch. Perlite Thermal Insulation Board: [] GAFTEMP Perlite,GAF Thickness: 3/4 inch. [] Fesco Board,Johns Manville: Thickness: 3/4 inch. ..w Roof Curb Insulation: [] Isocyanurate Foam: Thickness: w 07550-12 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .�. CONTRACTOR'S RECORD LETTER OF CONFORMANCE SECTION 07550 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET ROOFING Project Location: Date: (City) (State) Project Number: Store Number: The following product has been selected for use in this project from the list of acceptable products specified. Quality Assurance: Roofing Applicator: Check one of the following: [] GAF Master Roofer,with three years documented experience. [] Nord Bitumi Registered Non-Standard Warranty Applicator,with three years documented experience. [] Johns Manville NDL Approved,with three years documented experience. [] TAMKO approved Roofing Contractor(TARC),with three years documented experience. [J U.S. Intec Platinum Contractor,with three years documented experience. Geographical Limitations: [] Roofing applicator's primary place of business is within a 250 mile radius of the Project site. Regulatory Requirements for Roof Assembly: One of the following standards have been met by this roofing system: [) Factory Mutual: Roofing assembly meets Class IC-90(FM Standard 4470)requirements for fire resistance and wind uplift in accordance with FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-28. [] Underwriters Laboratory: Roof covering materials meet Class C(UL test 790)requirements for external fire resistance. Roofing assembly meets Class 90 Fire Classified(UL tests 580 and 1256)requirements for uplift and flame spread developed from underside of deck. Manufacturers: Roofing System: Check one to be provided. [] System No.I-2-1-MG,by GAF. [] System No.MAM027,by Nord Bitumi. [] System No.3FID,by Johns Manville. [] System No.202,by Tamko. [] System No.BF-310-NI,by U.S. Intec. Roofing Membrane: Cap Sheet: Check one to be provided. [] Ruberoid Mop,by GAF. [] Nordflex170,by Nord Bitumi. [] DynaGlas,by Johns Manville. [] AwaPlan 170,by Tamko. [] Brai/Flex170,by U.S.Intec. Cap Sheet Ceramic Granule Color: [] Black or dark gray. Ply Felt: Check one to be provided. [] GAFGlass Ply 4,by GAF. [] Type IV Ply Sheet,by Nord Bitumi. [] Glas Ply IV,by Johns Manville. [] Tam-Ply 1V,by Tamko. ? " [] Tough Ply IV,by U.S.Intec. 07550-11 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Im Mb am .m am an BLANK PAGE go ..R ww MO AM 07550-10 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 *+► 3.7 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE A. Waterproofing Membrane: Apply EPDM waterproofing membrane to parapet using bonding cement as recom- mended by membrane manufacturer. Run membrane waterproofing over top of parapet and turn down front side of parapet 3 inches. 1. Apply additional 3" wide x continuous waterproofing membrane on exterior surface of parapet wall. Set waterproofing strip in full bed of adhesive,membrane centered over joint between masonry and nailer. 2. Provide continuous weather tight seal from 3"below parapet cap,over parapet,down interior face,and onto roof surface. 3. Conceal adhesive on exterior face of parapet with waterproofing. B. Waterproofing Flashing: Apply EPDM flashings to seal membrane to vertical elements and sheet metal flashing and trim. 1. Uncured Flashing: Limit use of uncured EPDM flashing to overlay vertical seams as required at angle "a changes,to flash inside and outside comers,scuppers,and other penetrations or unusually shaped walls. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Correct identified defects or irregularities. 3.9 CLEANING A. Remove bituminous markings from finished surfaces. In areas where finished surfaces are soiled by asphalt or any other source of soiling caused by work of this section, consult manufacturer of surfaces for cleaning advice and conform to their instruction. B. Replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by Work of this Section. ■w 3.10 PROTECTION A. Where construction traffic must continue over finished roof installation,protect surfaces in manner recommended by roofing system manufacturer to protect Manufacturer's Warranty. END OF SECTION 07550-9 so Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 an 4. Modified Bituminous Cap Sheet Installation: a. Mopping asphalt shall have an EVT to accommodate minimum mop temperature of 425 degrees F. b. Do not mop asphalt more than 3 to 4 feet in front of roll; embed rolls into hot asphalt immediately. "Walk-in"edges of sheet at side laps. C. In extreme conditions, completely unroll the cap sheet prior to placement, turn dark side up, and place in direct sunlight for minimum of 15 minutes or until there are no apparent waves in sheet. Re-roll or scroll sheet and move into position for mopping. 5. Phased installation of the roofing membranes will not be permitted. F. Broadcast loose granules on asphalt bleed-out at laps. Granule color: match roof membrane granules. 3.5 WATER CUTOFFS AND WEATHER PROTECTION A. Install water cut-offs, two plies in hot asphalt with asphalt glaze coat, at end of day's operation to seal insulation and edge of roof membrane from moisture entry. If inclement weather appears imminent during roofing applica- tion,cease operations and protect deck,insulation,flashings,penetrations and membrane from moisture infiltration with water cutoffs. Insulation and roofing materials not protected prior to inclement weather will be considered damaged and will be cause for rejection. B. Apply two plies of felt in 23 lbs/sq of hot asphalt with asphalt glaze coat over cutoffs and as recommended by roofing system manufacturer. Plug steel deck flutes under cutoff membrane to prevent moisture from getting un- der insulation. C. Remove water cut-offs and other temporary weather protections prior to continuing roofing work. Remove mate- rials that have been subject to moisture damage and return deck to a clean, dry condition before proceeding with roofing operations. Remove damaged materials from job site. D. The water cut-offs and weather protection shall not be considered a part of the final roof system specified. 3.6 FLASHING MEMBRANE AND ACCESSORIES A. Extend membrane felts up cant strips. Apply modified bituminous sheet base flashing in hot asphalt and mechani- cally fasten top edge in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. B. Roof Penetrations: 1. Molded Pipe Flashing: Install where configuration of penetration will permit, including but not limited to sensor mast,electrical conduit,and plumbing vents. 2. Roof Curbs: Install manufactured roof curbs, specified in Section 07721, where molded pipe flashing cannot be installed due to configuration of penetration. .. C. Mop in and seal flanges of items penetrating through membrane with modified bituminous flashing. D. Fasten termination bars at 6 inches on center. so E. Walkway Pads: Mop in and seal modified bitumen walkway pads as indicated on Drawings at each new or relo- cated rooftop mechanical unit and at new roof hatch. Provide 1 inch gap between perpendicular pads to allow for positive drainage. F. Isolation Pads: Set pads in roofing cement. Install isolation pads at pipe supports as indicated on Drawings. G. Expansion Joints: Install specified vapor barrier forming minimum 6 inch deep trough supporting compressible insulation. Extend vapor barrier over top edge of modified bituminous base flashing and mechanically attach to curb. Tape laps in vapor barrier with specified pressure sensitive tape. Fill expansion joint with compressible in- sulation. See Section 07620 for sheet metal expansion joint covers. If an existing expansion joint is extended in length,the profile and cover of the new expansion joint must match the profile and cover of the existing expansion joint. MW 07550-8 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am C. Verify deck surfaces are dry and free of water,snow,and ice. D. Beginning installation means acceptance of substrate and pre-installation conference has been held with agree- ments reached. 3.2 PREPARATION on A. Provide covers and other means of protection as necessary to protect building surfaces against damage during roofing work. B. Where work shall continue over finished roof membrane,protect surfaces. 3.3 ROOF INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Multiple Layer Installation: 1. Place long edge of boards parallel to deck flutes, forming joint over solid bearing. Lay insulation units with long edge joints continuous and end joints staggered. Mechanically fasten first layer of insulation through fire resistive layer if specified, to deck with FM approved fasteners and plates. Install fasteners using drill with torque clutch; other types of drills will not be permitted. Install fasteners in accordance with requirements of FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-28 for 90 psf wind uplift resistance. In no case shall the number of fasteners be less than indicated in Attachment A for the field,perimeter,and corners as defined by Attachment B(refer to Attachments at end of this Section). 2. Solid mop second layer of insulation to meet 90 psf wind uplift requirements,with joints offset a minimum of 6 inches from first layer. Place boards with end joints staggered. Mechanical attachment of second layer of insulation is unacceptable,and will be cause for rejection. B. Lay insulation boards to moderate contact without forcing joints. Cut insulation to fit neatly to perimeter blocking and around protrusions through roof. C. Place roof crickets and tapered insulation to required slope pattern in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Apply no more insulation than can be sealed with membrane in same day. 40 E. Adhere a single layer of insulation to manufactured metal curbs with modified bitumen flashing cement. 3.4 ROOFING MEMBRANE APPLICATION A. Apply roofing at transition of existing roof system to new roof system as indicated on Drawings and specified in Section 07560. B. Equiviscous Temperature at Point of Application: No more than 25 degrees F from bitumen rating (EVT) indi- cated on bitumen container label. C. Apply roofing membrane in strict accordance with roofing manufacturer's published instructions for specified system. tm D. Apply ply felts and modified bituminous cap sheet firmly and uniformly, smooth, free from voids, air pockets, wrinkles,fishmouths,lap joints,or tears. Do not permit foot traffic on freshly mopped ply felts or cap sheet. 00 E. Cold Weather Application Procedures: When air temperature is expected to fall below 40 degrees F, follow Cold Weather Application Procedures as follows: 1. Store materials in heated storage units(minimum temperature 55 degrees F)prior to installation. Store roll �w materials on end only. 2. Use insulated asphalt lines and roof top equipment. 3. Fiberglass Ply Felt Installation: Do not mop asphalt more than 6 feet ahead of the roll;embed rolls into hot asphalt immediately. 07550-7 0* Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am 2.7 ACCESSORIES .. A. Roofing Fasteners: Galvanized or non-ferrous type,size and configuration as required to suit application. B. Mechanical Fasteners for Insulation: Coated fasteners,screw type with plates as specified,appropriate for purpose aw intended and approved by Factory Mutual and system manufacturer; length required for thickness of insulation materials and penetration of deck substrate. 1. Isocyanurate Foam Insulation Fasteners: Metal plate fasteners as approved by roofing system am manufacturer. C. Fibrous Cant and Tapered Edge Strips: High density, asphalt impregnated wood fiber or perlite, location as indi- cated on Drawings. am 1. Cant Height: 3 inches. D. Walkway Pads: Single layer of modified bituminous sheet flashing material (full width of granular modified bi- tumen SBS sheet,with selvage edge removed). 1. Ceramic Granule Color: White to contrast with field of roof. E. Isolation Pads: Provide one of the following: 1. J-Walk, 12 inch by 24 inch by 1/2 inch plank,by Johns Manville,(800)654-3103. 2. Brai/Flex Walkboard,36 inch by 36 inch pad,by U. S.Intec,(800)624-6832. F. Termination Bar: Manufacturer's standard 1 inch wide extruded or rolled aluminum bar, pre-punched at 6 inches on center. G. Vapor Retarder(For Use At Expansion Joints Only): Lamination of 1-mil thickness of aluminum foil between two a 0.5-mil thicknesses of mylar polyester film. Class A fire hazard classification with flame spread rating of 5 and smoke developed rating of 5. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide the following: 1. Vapor Retarder: Alumiseal Zero Perm Vapor Barrier,by Alumiseal Corporation,(800)235-2313. + 2. Tape: Zero Perm Pressure Sensitive Tape,by Alumiseal Corporation. H. Compressible Fiberglass Insulation(For Use At Expansion Joints Only): ASTM C 665, Type I, unfaced glass fi- ber insulation. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide the following: 1. Product: Sill Sealer,by CertainTeed(913)342-5759. a. Thickness: 1 inch. b. Width: 6 inches. I. Molded Pipe Flashing: Factory molded neoprene base flashing for pipe penetration. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide the following: 1. Pipe Boots,by Portals Plus,Inc.,(800)774-5240. J. EPDM Sheet Seaming System: Manufacturer's splice cleaner, splicing cement, and lap sealant as recommended by membrane manufacturer. .W K. EPDM Bonding Cement: Manufacturer's standard rubber based adhesive as recommended for substrates and proj- ect conditions. ..s PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify deck is clean and smooth, free of depressions,waves,or projections,properly sloped to drains,valleys, and eaves. Verify flutes of steel deck are evenly spaced at intersections. ..� B. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, or vents through roof are solidly set, cant strips, nailing strips, and reglets are in place. Verify deck is supported and tightly secured. 07550-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 *�* go 4W 2.5 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS A. Asphalt Bitumen: ASTM D312; Type III or Type IV (American made). Consult with roofing manufacturer re- garding use of Type III asphalt in hot climates,as Type III may not be permitted. B. Plastic Cement:ASTM D4586,Type I and II Cutback Asphalt Type,asbestos-free. 1. Non-setting type at horizontal use and between dissimilar materials. 2. Hard setting type at vertical uses. C. Asphalt Primer: ASTM D41,asphaltic primer suitable for use with roofing, for application to concrete or masonry surfaces. D. Modified Bitumen Flashing Cement: Manufacturer's standard one-part or two-part SBS modified bitumen cement. 2.6 ROOF INSULATION A. Isocyanurate Foam Insulation (FS HH-I-1972/2) Manufacturers. Foam plastic products shall comply with FM Standard 4450 Approval or UL Standard 1256 Classification: 1. Pyrox,by Apache Products Company;(800)777-3707. 2. AC Foam,by Atlas Energy Products,(800)677-1476. 3. GAFTEMP Isotherm R,by GAF,(800)766-4311. 4. E'NRG'Y 2,by NRG Barriers,Inc.,(800)343-1285. 5. Multi-Max,by R-Max,Inc.,(800)527-0890. 6. U1traGard,by Johns Manville,(800)654-3103. 7. USIso Polyisocyanurate,by U.S.Intec,(800)624-6832. B. Glass Fiber Insulation(ASTM C726)Manufacturers: 1. Fiberglass,by Johns Manville,(800)654-3103. C. High Density Wood Fiber Insulation(ASTM C208)Manufacturers: 1. GAFTEMP Fiberboard Roof Insulation,by GAF,(800)766-3411. 2. Huebert Fiberboard Roof Insulation,by Huebert Fiberboard,Inc,(816)882-2704. 3. Wood Fiber Roof Insulation,by Wood Fiber Industries,(312)407-9210. D. Perlite Thermal Insulation Board(ASTM C728)Manufacturers: 1. GAFTEMP Perlite Roof Insulation,by GAF(800)766-3411. 2. Fesco Board,expanded perlite,by Johns Manville,(800)654-3103. 3. Insulation Assembly(Z1-B): pe E. Insulation Assembly: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following insulation assem- bly:Insulation Assembly(Z3-A): a. First Layer Insulation: Isocyanurate Foam;both faces covered with glass fiber felt;2.7 inches thick (R=20.0). b. Second Layer Insulation: Select one of the following. 1) Perlite Board Insulation;3/4 inch thick(R=2.08 min.). 2) HD Wood Fiberboard Insulation;3/4 inch thick(R=2.08 min.). 3) Glass Fiber Rigid Board; top surface coated with asphalt and craft paper; 3/4 inch thick (R=2.78). w F. Roof Curb Insulation: Polyisocyanurate Foam;both faces covered with glass fiber felt; thickness to match wood nailer. G. Tapered Insulation: Provide crickets, saddles, and tapered insulation of same material as second layer of insula- tion;taper to the following slopes: 1. Crickets and Saddles: 1/4 inch per foot. 2. Insulation Installed to Counterslope the Roof Structure: 1/2 inch per foot. 07550-5 0" Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide modified bituminous sheet roofing system, by one of the fol- lowing manufacturers: 1. System No. I-2-1-MG,by GAF,(800)766-3411. 2. System No.MAM027,by Nord Bitumi,(800)523-0179. .. 3. System No.3FID by Johns Manville Roofing Systems,(800)654-3103. 4. System No.202 by Tamko,(800)641-4691 ext. 392. 5. System No.BF-310-NI,by U.S.Intec,(800)624-6832. am 2.2 ROOFING MEMBRANE A. Cap Sheet: Polyester or fiberglass mat,as specified,saturated in asphalt and coated on both sides with SBS rubber ... modified asphalt,with ceramic granule finish surface. 1. Ruberoid Mop,by GAF. 2. Nordflex 170,by Nord Bitumi. 3. DynaGlas,by Johns Manville. Am 4. Awaplan 170,by Tamko. 5. Brai/Flex170,by U.S.Intec. B. Cap Sheet Ceramic Granule Color: Black or dark gray. ow C. Ply Felt: ASTM D2178,Type IV,asphalt coated fiberglass mat. 1. GAFGlas Ply 4,by GAF. 2. Type IV Ply Sheet,by Nord Bitumi. 3. Glass Ply IV,by Johns Manville. 4. Tam-Ply 1V,by Tamko. .�. 5. Tough Ply IV,by U.S.Intec. 2.3 FLASHING MEMBRANE A. Flashing: Polyester mat saturated in asphalt and coated on both sides with SBS rubber modified asphalt,with ce- ramic granule finish surfaces. 1. Ruberoid Mop,by GAF. am 2. Nordflex 170,by Nord Bitumi. 3. DynaFlex,by Johns Manville. 4. VersaFlash 160,by Tamko. 5. Brai/F1ex170,by U.S.Intec. so 2.4 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE A. Waterproofing Membrane: Ethylene propylene diene monomers formed into uniform, flexible sheets, complying .ter with ASTM D4637, Type 1. Class SR(scrim or fabric internal reinforced); 45 mils nominal thickness; exterior face color, black. 1. Sure-Seal 0.045 Thick Reinforced EPDM Membrane,by Carlisle. 2. SPM 45R,by Johns Manville. B. Waterproofing Flashing: 60 mils, uncured EPDM sheet flashing specifically designed for use in flashing at cor- ners,transitions,and changes in plain of membrane. 1. Sure-Seal Uncured EPDM Elastoform Flashing,by Carlisle. 2. SPM Flashing,by Johns Manville. sm sm 07550-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 •• so f. Review required inspections,testing,certifying and material usage accounting procedures. g. Review weather and forecasted weather conditions, and procedures for coping with unfavorable conditions,including possibility of temporary roofing(if not a mandatory requirement). h. Review safety precautions relating to roofing installation. so 1.6 GEOGRAPHICAL LIMITATIONS 00 A. Roofing applicator's primary place of business shall be within a 250 mile radius of the Project site. 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING PW A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original containers,dry,undamaged,seals and labels intact. B. Store materials in weather protected environment, clear of ground and moisture. Store roll materials standing on end. Storage requirements for insulation are as follows: 1. Cover with tarpaulin,shield from moistures and ultraviolet rays. 2. Elevate minimum of 4 inches above substrate. 3. Secure to resist high winds. "a 4. Distribute insulation stored on roof deck to prevent concentrated loads. 5. Do not install wet insulation. Insulation shall be thoroughly dry prior to installation. go C. Protect adjacent materials and surfaces against damage from roofing work. Do not store materials on previously completed roofing. so 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply roofing membrane during inclement weather. When air temperature is expected to fall below 40 de- grees F,follow specified Cold Weather Application Procedures. so B. Do not apply roofing membrane to wet,damp or frozen deck surface or when precipitation is occurring. 4ft C. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than can be weatherproofed dur- ing same day. 1.9 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING va A. Coordinate the work with installation of associated metal counter flashings specified under other sections as the work of this Section proceeds. PO B. Phased installation of the roofing membranes(glaze coating of ply felts)will not be permitted. C. Complete installation of base flashing at roof curbs prior to setting roof top equipment. 00 1.10 WARRANTY A. Existing Roofing System: 1. Verify if adjacent existing roofing system is under warranty or bond. Perform Work in accordance with requirements of party issuing warranty or bond. 2. Provide certification from party holding existing warranty or bond that new Work does not invalidate existing warranty or bond. B. Provide 2 year Roofing Guarantee, from Roofing Subcontractor, commencing at date of building Substantial go Completion, on form provided at the end of this Section. During 2 year guarantee period,Roofing Subcontractor agrees to respond to Wal-Mart reported roof leaks within 48 hours to execute repairs. 04 07550-3 OR Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .. A. Modified Bituminous Roofing System: Three-ply,hot mopped,system consisting of insulation on metal deck with two plies of Type IV (ASTM D2178) fiberglass ply felt overlaid with modified bituminous (SBS) granular sur- faced cap sheet. .m B. Waterproofing Membrane: Parapet walls as indicated on Drawings, using fully adhered single ply EPDM mem- brane system. MW C. Wind Uplift: 90 psf of uplift resistance(minimum). 1.4 SUBMITTALS no A. Document 00800-Supplementary Conditions: Submittals for Closeout. am B. Section 01330-Submittal Proceduress: Procedures for submittals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE w A. Qualifications of Applicator: Company specializing in modified bituminous roof application, with minimum of three years documented experience (most recent 3 years prior to bid date), certified by roofing system manufac- turer as follows. .. 1. GAF,Master Roofer. 2. Nord Bitumi,Registered Non-Standard Warranty Applicator. 3. Johns Manville,NDL Approved. .. 4. TAMKO,TAMKO approved roofing contractor(TARC). 5. U.S.Intec,Platinum Contractor. B. Regulatory Requirements for Roof Assembly: Comply with Factory Mutual System Approval Guide or Under- writers Laboratories,Inc.Roofing Materials and Systems Directory as specified: 1. Factory Mutual: Provide roofing assembly meeting Class IC-90(FM Standard 4470)requirements for fire resistance and wind uplift in accordance with FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-28. .w 2. Underwriters Laboratory: Provide roof covering materials meeting Class C (UL test 790)requirements for external fire resistance. Provide roofing assembly meeting Class 90 Fire Classified (UL tests 580 and 1256)requirements for uplift and flame spread developed from underside of deck. C. Pre-installation Conference: 1. Convene a pre-installation conference at the site, one week prior to commencing work of this Section. Require attendance of parties directly affecting work of this Section, including, but not limited to, the Owner's representative, Contractor, Roofing Applicator and job foreman, Plumber and Roofing Manufacturer's Representative. 2. Contact Wal-Mart Construction Manager two weeks prior to pre-installation conference to confirm schedule. 3. Review preparation and installation procedures and coordinating and scheduling required with related work. 4. Record discussions of conference and decisions and agreements (or disagreements) reached, and furnish copy of record to each party attending. Review foreseeable methods and procedures related to roofing work,including the following: a. Tour, inspect and discuss condition of substrate, roof drains, roof drain final locations, curbs, penetrations and other preparatory work performed by other trades. ..� b. Review structural loading limitations of deck and inspect deck for loss of flatness and for required mechanical fastening. C. Review roofing system requirements(drawings,specifications and other contract documents). d. Review required submittals,both completed and yet to be completed. e. Review and finalize construction schedule related to roofing work and verify availability of materials,installer's personnel,equipment and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. mo 07550-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am w UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 07550-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Preparation of roof deck to receive roofing membrane. 2. Roof Insulation. !!P 3. Modified bituminous SBS(Styrene-Butadiene-Styrene)roofing membrane. 4. Flashing membrane. 5. Parapet wall waterproofing membrane. 6. Accessories B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05500-Metal Fabrications: Roof parapet camera support mount. 2. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking and nailers. 3. Section 07620-Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Counter flashings,edge trim,and other sheet metal. 4. Section 07711 -Gutters and Downspouts: Interface of gutters with roofing and metal flashings. 5. Section 07721 -Manufactured Curbs: Curbs for roof penetrations. 6. Section 07722-Roof Hatches: Penetration of roofing system. 7. Section 08630-Metal Framed Skylights. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTM C208-Specification for Insulating Board(Cellulosic Fiber),Structural and Decorative. 2. ASTM C726-Specification for Mineral Fiber Roof Insulation Board. 3. ASTM C728-Specification for Perlite Thermal Insulation Board. 4. ASTM D41 -Specification for Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing,Dampproofing,and Waterproofing. 5. ASTM D312-Specification for Asphalt Used in Roofing. 6. ASTM D2178-Specification for Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing. 7. ASTM D4586-Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement,Asbestos Free. 8. ASTM D4637-Specification for EPDM and Neoprene Sheet Roofing. B. Factory Mutual Research Corporation(FM): 1. FM-Approval Guide,Chapter 18-Building Materials. go 2. FM-Loss Prevention Data 1-28,Insulated Steel Deck. 3. FM-Standard 4470. ► C. Federal Specification(FS): 1. FS HH-I-1972/2 - Insulation Board, Thermal, Polyurethane or Polyisocyanurate Faced with Asphalt/Organic Felt or Glass Reinforced Fiber Felt on Both Sides of the Foam. D. Underwriters'Laboratories,Inc.(UL): 1. UL-Roofing Materials and Systems Directory. 2. UL 580-Standard Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies. 3. UL 790-Standard Tests for Fire Resistance of Roof Covering Materials. 4. UL 1256-Standard Fire Test of Roof Deck Construction. 07550-1 so Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am 3. This Guarantee shall become null and void unless the Contractor is notified of any alleged defect in materials or workmanship and provided an opportunity to inspect and,if required by the terms of this Guarantee,to repair the roof. Wal-Mart will notify Roofing Contractor of needed repairs and Roofing Contractor will make repairs within 48 hours. The notice will be by telephone or facsimile to the Contractor's office as listed on this Guarantee. The Contractor will notify Wal-Mart Property Maintenance when the repairs are complete. In the event an emergency condition exists which requires immediate repair to avoid substantial damage to the building or its contents,then the Owner may make the essential temporary repairs. The Contractor will reimburse the Owner for those reasonable repair expenses which would have been the Contractor's responsibility but for the emergency condition. Such emergency repairs will not void . � the Guarantee. 4. No work shall be done on said roof,including,but without limitation,work in connection with flues,vents,drains,sign braces,railings,platforms or other equipment fastened to or set on the roof,and no repairs or alterations shall be made to said roof,unless Contractor shall first be notified through Wal-Mart Property Maintenance Department,and shall be .. given the opportunity to provide the necessary roofing work. Contractor shall be paid for reasonable time and materials expended in making requested repairs occasioned by the work of others on said roof. 5. This Guarantee shall become null and void if the roof is used as a promenade or is sprayed or flooded,unless such use .� was originally specified and the specification is noted in Paragraph 9 below. 6. This Guarantee shall not be or become effective unless and until Contractor has been paid in full for said roof in accordance with the agreement pursuant to which such roof was applied. 7. This Guarantee is transferable within the two-year guarantee period,without the prior written consent of Contractor. ' 8. This Guarantee is in lieu of all other guarantees or warranties,express or implied. ALL IMPLIED GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES,AND SPECIFICALLY THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED. 9. Additional conditions or exclusions: IN WITNESS WHEREOF,this instrument has been duly executed this day of ,19 By END OF GUARANTEE r.. MW 07511-14 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 no ft 40 ROOFING GUARANTEE Whereas of herein called "Contractor"has completed application of the following roof: Owner: Address of Owner: Type and Name of Building: Location: Manufacturer and System Specification Number: Area of Roof: Date of Building Substantial Completion: Date Guarantee Expires: Contractor's Telephone: Emergency Telephone: Whereas,at the inception of such work,Contractor agreed to guarantee the aforesaid roof for a limited period and subject to the conditions herein set forth; NO Now, therefore, Contractor hereby Guarantees, subject to the conditions herein set forth, that during a period of Two (2) years from the date of building Substantial Completion(as defined in Section 00800 - Supplementary Conditions),it will, at its own cost and expense, make or cause to be made such repairs to said roof resulting solely from faults or defects in Am materials or workmanship applied by or through contractor as may be necessary to maintain said roof in watertight condition. In accordance with good roofing practice, the Contractor shall remove and replace all wet insulation caused by water leaks covered under this Guarantee(i.e. leaks resulting from circumstances other than those listed in the exclusions)and repair the roof system at no cost to the Owner. Guarantee shall include materials and workmanship for the following items: 1. Membranes(including parapet waterproofing). 2. Membrane flashings including attachment to sheet metal flashings and trim. 3. Insulation. 4. Asphalt bitumen. 5. Fasteners,cements,and adhesives. This guarantee is made subject to the following conditions: 1. Specifically excluded from this Guarantee is any and all damage to said roof,the building or contents caused by the acts OR or omissions of other trades or contractors;lightning,cyclone,tornado,hurricane,hailstorm,flood,or earthquake; foundation settlement;failure or cracking of the roof deck;faulty construction of,copings,chimneys,skylights,vents, supports,or other parts of the building;vapor condensation beneath the roof;water leakage due to erosion and porosity of mortar and brick;dry rot;stoppage of roof drains and gutters;inadequate drainage,slope,or other conditions beyond the control of Contractor which cause ponding or standing of water(standing water longer than 72 hours);rodents or other animals; or fire. If the roof is damaged by reason of any of the foregoing,this guarantee shall thereupon become null and void for the balance of the guarantee period unless such damage is repaired by Contractor at the expense of the party requesting such repairs. 2. Contractor is not liable for consequential damages to the building or contents resulting from any defects in said roof, including,but without limitation,any interruption of business experienced by Owner or occupants of the building. 07511-13 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Im ft ww 4w o ... am Ow BLANK PAGE w� ..0 07511-12 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 """" Statement of Conformance: This Record Letter of Conformance is provided as a Record Document in accordance with Document 00800 - Supplementary Conditions, Paragraph 9.11. The undersigned hereby declares that the Product identified above by No manufacturer's name and model number is (one of) the product(s) specified and is suitable for the intended use as defined within the Contract Documents and has been provided and placed in operational condition in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions and the Contract Documents. SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER: Phone Number: ( ) (Contact name of subcontractor/supplier offering above product) (Subcontractor/supplier name and address) CONTRACTOR: (Contact name of Contractor) (Contractor signature and Title of Signatory) END OF FORM so we 07511-11 40 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 [J Asphalt Primer: ASTM D41,asphaltic primer suitable for use with roofing system,for application to concrete or .� masonry surfaces. Manufacturer: [] Modified Bitumen Flashing Cement: Manufacturer's standard one-part or two-part SBS modified bitumen cement. Manufacturer: Insulation: Check insulation system and those products to be provided;give thicknesses. Insulation Boards: Indicate boards used in insulation assembly: Isocyanurate Foam Insulation: [] Pyrox,Apache Products Company: Thickness: [] AC Foam,Atlas Energy Products: Thickness: [] GAFTEMP Isotherm R,GAF: Thickness: �** [] E'NRG'Y 2,NRG,Barriers,Inc.: Thickness: [] Multi-Max,R-Max,Inc.: Thickness: [J U1traGard,Manville: Thickness: [] USIso Polyisocyanurate,U.S.Intec: Thickness: Glass Fiber Insulation: [] Fiberglass,Manville: Thickness: High Density Wood Fiber: .•� [] GAFTEMP Fiberboard,GAF: Thickness: 3/4 inch. [] Huebert Fiberboard,Huebert Fiberboard,Inc.: Thickness: 3/4 inch. [] Wood Fiber,Wood Fiber Industries: Thickness: 3/4 inch. Perlite Thermal Insulation Board: [] GAFTEMP Perlite,GAF Thickness: 3/4 inch. [] Fesco Board,Manville: Thickness: 3/4 inch. Roof Curb Insulation: [] Isocyanurate Foam: Thickness: Roof Surfacing: Fibrated Emulsion Roof Coating% Check one to be provided. [] 20-FAF Emulsion,by Grundy Industries,Inc.. [] Karnak#220,by Karnak Chemical Corporation. [] Topgard Type B,by Manville. [] Fibrated Emulsion,by Monsey. r [] 6195-900 Black Jack Fibered Asphalt Emulsion,by Gibson-Homans Co. [] Liquid Asphalt Emulsion#484,by Koppers. [] Asphalt Emulsion#5930,by Permaseal. .. Accessories: [] Roofing Fasteners: Galvanized or non-ferrous type. [] Insulation Fasteners: Coated mechanical fasteners;proper length and acceptable for 90 psf wind uplift. Manufacturer: [] Fibrous Cant and Tapered Edge Strip: High density,asphalt impregnated wood fiber or perlite. [] Walkway Pads: Full width of SBS modified bitumen flashing material. es [] Isolation Pads:J-Walk,by Manville. [] Termination Bar: Manufacturer's standard 1 inch wide extruded or rolled aluminum bar,pre-punched at 6 inches on center. [] Vapor Retarder(For Use At Expansion Joints Only): Alumiseal Zero Perm Vapor Barrier,by Alumiseal Corporation. [] Compressible Fiberglass Insulation(For Use At Expansion Joints Only): Sill Sealer,by CertainTeed. [] Molded Pipe Flashing: [] Pipe Boots,by Portals Plus,Inc. [] EPDM Sheet Seaming System: Manufacturer's splice cleaner,splicing cement,and lap sealant as recommended by membrane manufacturer. [] EPDM Bonding Cement: Manufacturer's standard rubber based adhesive as recommended for substrates and •*. project conditions. 07511-10 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 �, CONTRACTOR'S LETTER OF CONFORMANCE SECTION 07511 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING Project Location: Date: (City) (State) Project Number: Store Number: The following product has been selected for use in this project from the list of acceptable products specified. Quality Assurance: Roofing Applicator: Check one of the following: [] GAF Master Roofer,with three years documented experience. [] Manville NDL Approved,with three years documented experience. ON Geographical Limitations: [] Roofing applicator's main place of business is within a 250 mile radius of the Project site. Regulatory Requirements for Roof Assembly: One of the following standards have been met by this roofing system: 4w [] Factory Mutual: Roofing assembly meets Class IC-90(FM test 445014470)requirements for fire resistance and wind uplift in accordance with FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-28. [] Underwriters Laboratory: Roof covering materials meet Class C(UL test 790)requirements for external fire resistance. Roofing assembly meets Class 90 Fire Classified(UL tests 580 and 1256)requirements for so uplift and flame spread developed from underside of deck. Manufacturers: an Roofing System: Check one to be provided. [] System No. I-0-4-C/P6,by GAF. [] System No.4GIS,by Manville. Roofing Membrane: Ply Felt: Check one to be provided. [] GAFGIass Ply 6,by GAF. , „ [] Glas Ply Premier,by Manville. Flashing Membrane: Flashing Membrane: Check one to be provided. Ruberoid Mop,by GAF. [] DynaFlex,by Manville. Waterproofing Membrane: Waterproofing Membrane: Check one to be provided. [] Sure-Seal 0.045 Thick Reinforced EPDM Membrane,by Carlisle. [] SPM 45R,by Manville. Waterproofing Flashing: [] Sure-Seal Uncured EPDM Elastoform Flashing,by Carlisle. [] SPM Flashing,by Manville. Bituminous Materials: [] Bitumen: ASTM D312,Type II or Type III bitumen,American made. Manufacturer: °' [] Plastic Cement: ASTM D4586,Type I and II cutback asphalt type. Hard setting at vertical use;non-setting at horizontal use. Manufacturer: 07511-9 OR Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am G. Expansion Joints: Install specified vapor barrier forming minimum 6 inch deep trough supporting compressible No insulation. Extend vapor barrier over top edge of modified bituminous base flashing and mechanically attach to curb. Tape laps in vapor barrier with specified pressure sensitive tape. Fill expansion joint with compressible insulation. See Section 07620 for sheet metal expansion joint covers. If an existing expansion joint is extended in length,the profile and cover of the new expansion joint must match the profile and cover of the existing expansion "` joint. 3.7 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE Im A. Waterproofing Membrane: Apply EPDM waterproofing membrane to parapet using bonding cement as recommended by membrane manufacturer. Run membrane waterproofing over top of parapet and turn down front sm side of parapet 3 inches. 1. Apply additional 3" wide x continuous waterproofing membrane on exterior surface of parapet wall. Set waterproofing strip in full bed of adhesive,membrane centered over joint between masonry and nailer. 2. Provide continuous weather tight seal from 3" below parapet cap, over parapet, down interior face, and 4M onto roof surface. 3. Conceal adhesive on exterior face of parapet with waterproofing. .ix B. Waterproofing Flashing: Apply EPDM flashings to seal membrane to vertical elements and sheet metal flashing and trim. 1. Uncured Flashing: Limit use of uncured EPDM flashing to overlay vertical seams as required at angle changes,to flash inside and outside corners,scuppers,and other penetrations or unusually shaped walls. 3.8 ROOF SURFACE COATING A. Apply roof surface coating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to new roof surfaces. B. Apply coating no sooner than 45 days and no later than 90 days after roofing system completion. ew 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Correct identified defects or irregularities. 3.10 CLEANING A. Remove bituminous markings from finished surfaces. In areas where finished surfaces are soiled by asphalt or any other source of soiling caused by work of this section, consult manufacturer of surfaces for cleaning advice and conform to their instruction. B. Replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by Work of this Section. 3.11 PROTECTION A. Protect existing and expansion area building faces, adjacent site, and adjacent existing roof areas from damage during roof application operations. B. Where construction traffic must continue over finished roof installation,protect surfaces in manner recommended by roofing system manufacturer to protect Manufacturer's Warranty. END OF SECTION 07511-8 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 B. Equiviscous Temperature at Point of Application: No more than 25 degrees F from bitumen rating (EVT) indicated on bitumen container label. C. Apply roofing membrane in number of roof felt plies to manufacturer's installation instructions for system specified. Starting at the low edge apply one 9 inch wide, then over that one 18 inch wide,then over that one 27 inch wide,then over all three a full 36 inch wide felt. Following felts are to be applied full width, overlapping the preceding felt by 27-1/2 inches so that at least four plies of felt cover the substrate at all locations. D. Apply felts firmly and uniformly, smooth, free from voids, air pockets, wrinkles, fishmouths, lap joints, or tears into the hot asphalt (within 25 degrees F of the EVT) applied just before the felt at manufacturer's nominal uniform rate over the entire surface. Do not permit foot traffic on freshly mopped ply felts. E. Finish entire surface with the roof surface coating specified below. Do not flood-coat felts prior to applying surface coating. 3.5 WATER CUTOFFS AND WEATHER PROTECTION A. Install water cut-offs,two plies in hot asphalt with asphalt glaze coat, at end of day's operation to seal insulation and edge of roof membrane from moisture entry. If inclement weather appears imminent during roofing application, cease operations and protect deck, insulation, flashings, penetrations and membrane from moisture infiltration with water cutoffs. Insulation and roofing materials not protected prior to inclement weather will be considered damaged and will be cause for rejection. B. Apply two plies of felt in 23 lbs/sq of hot ashpalt with asphalt glaze coat over cutoffs and as recommended by roofing system manufacturer. Plug steel deck flutes under cutoff membrane to prevent moisture from getting under insulation. C. Remove water cutoffs and other temporary weather protections prior to continuing roofing work. Remove materials that have been subject to moisture damage and return deck to a clean, dry condition before proceding with roofing operations. Remove damaged materials from job site. D. The water cutoffs and weather protection shall not be considered a part of the final roof system specified. 3.6 FLASHING MEMBRANE AND ACCESSORIES 0 A. Extend membrane felts up cant strips. Apply modified bituminous sheet base flashing in hot asphalt and mechanically fasten top edge in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. .0w B. Roof Penetrations: 1. Molded Pipe Flashing: Install where configuration of penetration will permit, including but not limited to sensor mast,electrical conduit,and plumbing vents. 2. Roof Curbs: Install manufactured roof curbs, specified in Section 07721, where molded pipe flashing cannot be installed due to configuration of penetration. C. Mop in and seal flanges of items penetrating through membrane with modified bituminous flashing. ON D. Fasten termination bars at 6 inches on center. so E. Walkway Pads: Mop in and seal modified bitumen walkway pads as indicated on Drawings at each new or relocated rooftop mechanical unit and at new roof hatch. Provide 1 inch gap between perpendicular pads to allow for positive drainage. F. Isolation Pads: Set pads in roofing cement. Install isolation pads at pipe supports as indicated on Drawings. 07511-7 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 J. EPDM Sheet Seaming System: Manufacturer's splice cleaner, splicing cement, and lap sealant as recommended �* by membrane manufacturer. K. EPDM Bonding Cement: Manufacturer's standard rubber based adhesive as recommended for substrates and project conditions. PART 3 EXECUTION No 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify deck is clean and smooth, free of depressions,waves,or projections,properly sloped to drains,valleys,and ON eaves. Verify flutes of steel deck are evenly spaced at intersections,clean and dry. B. Verify roof openings, curbs,pipes, sleeves, ducts, or vents through roof are solidly set, cant strips, nailing strips, and reglets are in place. Verify deck is supported and tightly secured. no C. Verify deck surfaces are dry and free of water,snow,and ice. Aw D. Beginning installation means acceptance of substrate and pre-installation conference has been held with agreements reached. 3.2 PREPARATION 10°" A. Provide covers and other means of protection as necessary to protect building surfaces against damage during roofing work. s B. Where work shall continue over finished roof membrane,protect surfaces. 3.3 INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Multiple Layer Installation: 1. Place long edge of boards parallel to deck flutes, forming joint over solid bearing. Lay insulation units with long edge joints continuous and end joints staggered. Mechanically fasten first layer of insulation through fire resistive layer if specified, to deck with FM approved fasteners and plates. Install fasteners using drill with torque clutch; other types of drills will not be permitted. Install fasteners in accordance with requirements of FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-28 for 90 psf wind uplift resistance. In no case shall the number of fasteners be less than indicated in Attachment A for the field,perimeter,and corners as defined by Attachment B(refer to Attachments at end of this Section). 2. Solid mop second layer of insulation to meet 90 psf wind uplift requirements,with joints offset a minimum of 6 inches from first layer. Place boards with end joints staggered. Mechanical attachment of second layer of insulation is unacceptable,and will be cause for rejection. B. Lay insulation boards to moderate contact without forcing joints. Cut insulation to fit neatly to perimeter blocking u. and around protrusions through roof. C. Place roof crickets and tapered insulation to required slope pattern in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Apply no more insulation than can be sealed with membrane in same day. E. Adhere a single layer of insulation to manufactured metal curbs with modified bitumen flashing cement. 3.4 MEMBRANE APPLICATION A. Apply roofing at transition of existing roof system to new roof system as indicated on Drawings and specified in Section 07560. 07511-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ""' �w 2. Roof Curb Insulation: Polyisocyanurate Foam;both faces covered with glass fiber felt; thickness to match wood nailer.Tapered Insulation: Provide crickets, saddles, and tapered insulation of same material as second layer of insulation;taper to the following slopes:Crickets and Saddles: 1/4 inch per foot. 3. Insulation Installed to Counterslope the Roof Structure: 1/2 inch per foot. 2.7 ROOF SURFACING A. Coating(Fibrated Emulsion),ASTM D1227,Type IV,asbestos free. Provide one of the following coatings: 1. 20-FAF Emulsion,by Grundy Industries,Inc.. 2. Karnak#220,by Karnak Chemical Corporation. 3. Topgard Type B,by Manville(formerly Schuller). 4. Fibrated Emulsion,by Monsey. 5. 6195-900 Black Jack Fibered Asphalt Emulsion,by Gibson-Homans Co. 6. Liquid Asphalt Emulsion#484,by Koppers. 7. Asphalt Emulsion#5930,by Permaseal. 2.8 ACCESSORIES A. Roofing Fasteners: Galvanized or non-ferrous type,size and configuration as required to suit application. B. Mechanical Fasteners for Insulation: Coated fasteners, screw type with plates as specified, appropriate for purpose intended and approved by Factory Mutual and system manufacturer; length required for thickness of insulation materials and penetration of deck substrate. 1. Isocyanurate Foam Insulation Fasteners: Metal plate fasteners as approved by roofing system manufacturer. C. Fibrous Cant and Tapered Edge Strips: High density, asphalt impregnated wood fiber or perlite, location as indicated on Drawings. an 1. Cant Height: 3 inches. D. Walkway Pads: Single layer of modified bituminous sheet flashing material (full width of granular modified bitumen SBS sheet,with selvage edge removed). 1. Ceramic Granule Color: Black or dark gray. E. Isolation Pads: J-Walk, 12 inch by 24 inch by 1/2 inch plank,by Manville(formerly Schuller). F. Termination Bar: Manufacturer's standard 1 inch wide extruded or rolled aluminum bar,pre-punched at 6 inches on center. on G. Vapor Retarder (For Use At Expansion Joints Only): Lamination of 1-mil thickness of aluminum foil between two 0.5-mil thicknesses of mylar polyester film. Class A fire hazard classification with flame spread rating of 5 to and smoke developed rating of 5. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide the following: 1. Vapor Retarder: Alumiseal Zero Perm Vapor Barrier,by Alumiseal Corporation,(800)235-2313. 2. Tape: Zero Perm Pressure Sensitive Tape,by Alumiseal Corporation. in H. Compressible Fiberglass Insulation (For Use At Expansion Joints Only): ASTM C 665, Type I, unfaced glass fiber insulation. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide the following: 1. Product: Sill Sealer,by CertainTeed(913)342-5759. 00 a. Thickness: 1 inch. b. Width: 6 inches. I. Molded Pipe Flashing: Factory molded neoprene base flashing for pipe penetration. Subject to compliance with em requirements,provide the following: 1. Pipe Boots,by Portals Plus,Inc.,(800)774-5240. oft 07511-5 4N Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 B. Waterproofing Flashing: 60 mils, uncured EPDM sheet flashing specifically designed for use in flashing at corners,transitions,and changes in plain of membrane. 1. Sure-Seal Uncured EPDM Elastoform Flashing,by Carlisle. 2. SPM Flashing,by Manville. no 2.5 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS A. Asphalt Bitumen: ASTM D312; Type II or Type III (American made and approved by roofing manufacturer). 4W Consult with roofing manufacturer regarding use of Type II asphalt in hot climates, as Type II may not be permitted. B. Plastic Cement: ASTM D4586,Type I and II Cutback Asphalt Type,asbestos-free. 1. Non-setting type at horizontal use and between dissimilar materials. 2. Hard setting type at vertical uses. C. Asphalt Primer: ASTM D41, asphaltic primer suitable for use with roofing, for application to concrete or masonry surfaces. .w D. Modified Bitumen Flashing Cement: Manufacturer's standard one-part or two-part SBS modified bitumen cement. 2.6 INSULATION A. Isocyanurate Foam Insulation (FS HH-I-1972/2) Manufacturers. Foam plastic products shall comply with FM Standard 4450 Approval or UL Standard 1256 Classification: 1. Pyrox,by Apache Products Company;(800)777-3707. 2. AC Foam,by Atlas Energy Products,(800)677-1476. 3. GAFTEMP Isotherm R,by GAF,(800)766-4311. 4. E'NRG'Y 2,by NRG Barriers,Inc.,(800)343-1285. 5. Multi-Max,by R-Max,Inc.,(800)527-0890. 6. UltraGard,by Manville,(800)654-3103. 7. USIso Polyisocyanurate,by U.S.Intec,(800)624-6832. B. Glass Fiber Insulation(ASTM C726)Manufacturers: 1. Fiberglass,by Manville,(800)654-3103. C. High Density Wood Fiber Insulation(ASTM C208)Manufacturers: w 1. GAFTEMP Fiberboard Roof Insulation,by GAF,(800)766-3411. 2. Huebert Fiberboard Roof Insulation,by Huebert Fiberboard,Inc,(816)882-2704. 3. Wood Fiber Roof Insulation,by Wood Fiber Industries,(3 12)407-9210. .. D. Perlite Thermal Insulation Board(ASTM C728)Manufacturers:GAFTEMP Perlite Roof Insulation,by GAF(800) 766-3411. 1. Fesco Board,expanded perlite,by Manville,(800)654-3103. E. Insulation Assemblies: Field verify existing insulation thickness and provide insulation assembly components of thickness as recommended by roofing manufacturer to achieve smooth transition from adjacent existing roofing system to new roofing system. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following insulation assembly, minimum thickness as specifed: 1. Insulation Assembly(Z3-A): w� a. First Layer Insulation: Isocyanurate Foam;both faces covered with glass fiber felt; 2.7 inches thick (R=20.0). b. Second Layer Insulation: Select one of the following. 1) Perlite Board Insulation;3/4 inch thick(R=2.08 min.). o. 2) HD Wood Fiberboard Insulation;3/4 inch thick(R=2.08 min.). 3) Glass Fiber Rigid Board; top surface coated with asphalt and craft paper; 3/4 inch thick (R=2.78). Ift 07511-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 "` M 40 B. Do not apply roofing membrane to wet,damp or frozen deck surface or when precipitation is occurring. C. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than can be weatherproofed during same day. no 1.9 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the work with installation of associated metal counter flashings specified under other sections as the work of this Section proceeds. B. Phased installation of the roofing membranes(glaze coating of ply felts)will not be permitted. �r C. Complete installation of base flashing at roof curbs prior to setting roof top equipment. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Existing Roofing System: 1. Verify if adjacent existing roofing system is under warranty or bond. Perform Work in accordance with requirements of party issuing warranty or bond. 2. Provide certification from party holding existing warranty or bond that new Work does not invalidate existing warranty or bond. uw B. Provide 2 year Roofing Guarantee, from Roofing Subcontractor, commencing at date of building Substantial Completion, on form provided at the end of this Section. During 2 year guarantee period, Roofing Subcontractor 44 agrees to respond to Wal-Mart reported roof leaks within 48 hours to execute repairs. PART 2 PRODUCTS 0" 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the built-up asphalt roofing system, by one of the following manufacturers: 1. System No.I-0-4-C/P6,by GAF,(800)766-3411. 2. System No.4GIS,by Johns Manville Roofing Systems(formerly Schuller),(800)654-3103. 2.2 SHEET MATERIALS A. Ply Felt: ASTM D2178,Type VI,asphalt coated fiberglass mat. w 1. GAFGlas Ply 6,by GAF. 2. Glas Ply Premier,by Manville(formerly Schuller). 2.3 FLASHING MEMBRANE A. Flashing: Polyester mat saturated in asphalt and coated on both sides with SBS rubber modified asphalt, with ceramic granule finish surfaces. 1. Ruberoid Mop,by GAF. 2. DynaFlex,by Manville(formerly Schuller). ..� 2.4 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE A. Waterproofing Membrane: Ethylene propylene diene monomers formed into uniform, flexible sheets, complying with ASTM D4637, Type 1. Class SR(scrim or fabric internal reinforced); 45 mils nominal thickness; exterior ON face color,black. 1. Sure-Seal 0.045 Thick Reinforced EPDM Membrane,by Carlisle. 2. SPM 45R,by Manville. 07511-3 """ Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION so A. Built-up Roofing System: Four-ply, hot mopped asphalt system consisting of insulation on metal deck with four plies of Type VI(ASTM D2178)fiberglass ply felts and fibrated surface coating. B. Waterproofing Membrane: Parapet walls as indicated on Drawings, using fully adhered single ply EPDM membrane system. ..m C. Wind uplift: 90 psf of uplift resistance(minimum). 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Document 00800-Supplementary Conditions: Submittals for Closeout. B. Section 01330-Submittal Proceduress: Procedures for submittals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Applicator: Company specializing in built-up bituminous roof application, with minimum of three years documented experience (most recent 3 years prior to bid date), certified by roofing system manufacturer as follows. ..� 1. GAF,Master Roofer. 2. Johns Manville,NDL Approved. B. Regulatory Requirements for Roof Assembly: Comply with Factory Mutual System Approval Guide or *■ Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.Roofing Materials and Systems Directory as specified: 1. Factory Mutual: Provide roofing assembly meeting Class IC-90 (FM test 4450/4470)requirements for fire resistance and wind uplift in accordance with FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-28. 2. Underwriters Laboratory: Provide roof covering materials meeting Class C(UL test 790)requirements for external fire resistance and wind resistance. Provide roofing assembly meeting Class 90 Fire Classified (UL tests 580 and 1256)requirements for uplift and flame spread developed from underside of deck. ■w 1.6 GEOGRAPHICAL LIMITATIONS A. Roofing applicator's main place of business shall be within a 250 mile radius of the Project site. .w 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original containers,dry,undamaged,seals and labels intact. B. Store materials in weather protected environment, clear of ground and moisture. Store roll materials standing on end. Storage requirements for insulation are as follows: , 1. Cover with tarpaulin,shield from moistures and ultraviolet rays. 2. Elevate minimum of 4 inches above substrate. 3. Secure to resist high winds. 4. Distribute insulation stored on roof deck to prevent concentrated loads. 5. Do not install wet insulation. Insulation shall be thoroughly dry prior to installation. C. Protect adjacent materials and surfaces against damage from roofing work. Do not store materials on previously completed roofing. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply roofing membrane during inclement weather or when air temperature may fall below 40°F. 4 07511-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 I` 00 ON UniSpec II 102999 SECTION 07511 -BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING M PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Preparation of roof deck to receive roof membrane. 2. Roof Insulation. 3. Roofing membrane. 4. Base flashing. 5. Parapet wall waterproofing. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 0 13 11 -Project Meetings: Pre-Installation Conference. No 2. Section 05500-Metal Fabrications: Roof parapet camera support mount. 3. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking,curbing and cants. Wood treatment requirments. 4. Section 07620-Sheet Metal Flashings And Trim: Counter flashings,edge trim,and other sheet metal. 5. Section 07711 -Gutters and Downspouts: Interface of gutters with roofing and metal flashings. 6. Section 07722-Roof Hatches: Penetration of roofing system. 7. Division 15 - Mechanical: Penetrations of roofing system, flashing collars, curbs for mechanical equipment. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM C208 - Specification for Insulating Board (Cellulosic Fiber), Structural and Decorative.ASTM C726-Specification for Mineral Fiber Roof Insulation Board. 2. ASTM C728-Specifification for Perlite Thermal Insulation Board. so 3. ASTM D41 -Specification for Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing,Dampproofing,and Waterproofing. 4. ASTM D312-Specification for Asphalt Used in Roofing. 5. ASTM D 1227-Specification for Emulsified Asphalt for Use as a Protective Coating for Roofing. 6. ASTM D2178-Specification for Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing. 7. ASTM D2824 -Specification for Aluminum-Pigmented Asphalt Roof Coatings. 8. ASTM D4586-Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement,Asbestos Free. B. Factory Mutual System(FM): 1. FM-Approval Guide,Chapter 18-Building Materials(FM). 2. FM-Roof Assembly Classifications. 3. FM-Fire Test No 4450/4470. C. Federal Specification(FS): 1. FS HH-I-1972/2 - Insulation Board, Thermal, Polyurethane or Polyisocyanurate Faced with w Asphalt/Organic Felt,Asphalt/Asbestos Felt or Asphalt/Glass Fiber Felt on Both Sides of the Foam. D. Underwriters'Laboratories,Inc. (UL): 1. UL-Roofing Materials and Systems Directory. 2. UL580-Standard for Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies. 3. UL 790-Standard Tests for Fire Resistance of Roof Covering Materials. 4. UL 1256-Standard Fire Test of Roof Deck Construction. so 07511-1 "" Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 BLANK PAGE .. Ow am go go .w Ow .w 07411-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 X0 SECTION 07411 METAL ROOF PANELS CONTRACTOR'S FINAL FIELD USE DRAWING REVIEW Project Name: Project Number: The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work until review of the Final Field Use Drawings is complete. By signing below as approved,the Contractor hereby certifies that the he has reviewed the Final Field Use Drawings and has checked and coordinated the information contained therein with related work and has reported any errors, inconsistencies, or omissions to the Architect/Engineer. The Architect/Engineer's review of this form or any attached drawings shall neither relieve the Contractor or the metal roof panel supplier from the responsibility to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents nor approve any work not complying therewith. Final Field Use Drawings are not Contract Documents and do not modify Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of measurements,elevations,line and grades of the Work. !M SUBMITTAL: ❑ Metal Roof Panel Final Field Use drawings from Owners Metal Roof Panel Supplier dated (check the appropriate submittal action and fill in date on drawings) ❑ Approved/no exceptions taken ❑ Revise and resubmit ❑ Approved/comments attached ❑ Rejected If comments are required,attach a separate sheet. Approved by Contractor: Firm Name: Signed by: Date: Return one copy to the Structural Engineer of Record,and one copy to Owner's Metal Roof Panel Supplier. Wallace Engineering 201 W.5th, Suite 200 Tulsa,OK 74103 Attn: SUBMITTAL REVIEWER Wheeling Corrugating Company,Division of Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation 1134 Market Street PHONE: (304)234-2300 0" Wheeling,WV 26003 FAX: (304)234-2330 END OF FORM PIN go am 07411-5 on Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 BLANK PAGE 07411-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ""11' 2.3 ACCESSORIES(CONTRACTOR FURNISHED-CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) A. Fasteners: As indicated on Drawings. 00 B. Premolded Closure Strips: Manufactured panel manufacturer's standard, size and configuration to match panel flutes. OR C. Flashing and Counter Flashing: Specified in Section 07620. D. Gutters and Downspouts: Specified in Section 07711. E. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate panels in sizes and profiles to fit intended application and remain watertight. Provide for expansion of panel components within the system and in relationship to adjoining construction. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions and adjacent areas where products and materials will be installed and verify that conditions conform to product manufacturer's requirements. Verify that metal deck supporting framing components are ready to receive Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install panels such that panel joint occurs at top of rib. B. Coordinate with work of other Sections to produce watertight assembly,capable of withstanding loading pressures and thermal and lateral loads. C. Install gutter and downspouts furnished under other Sections. D. Lap panels,set into sealant,and fasten at spacing indicated on Drawings. E. Isolate metals from dissimilar metals or corrosive substrates using bituminous coating. F. Fill space between metal panel and support beam and between metal panel and light fixtures with premolded clo- sure accessory strip to eliminate nesting space for birds. G. Canopy Roof Panels: Paint canopy supports, structural steel,metal fabrications and accessories on tops,bottoms, edges,and other weather-exposed surfaces as indicated on Drawings,in accordance with Section 09900. 1. Do not field finish canopy panels. w 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect metal canopy panel installation,type of deck,laps,fastener type,fastener spacing,and attachments. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. C. Testing and Inspection: Testing Laboratory services specified in Section 01458. 07411-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications for Welding Work: 1. Qualify welding operators in accordance with AWS Standard Qualification Procedures. �. 2. Provide certification that welders employed in Work have satisfactory passed AWS qualification tests within previous 12 months. 3. If recertification of welders is required,provide without additional cost to Owner. 1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Product Delivery: Owner's metal canopy panel supplier will deliver products to jobsite for Contractor to receive on delivery date established by contractor. To establish product delivery date,contact the Delivery Scheduling or Wal-Mart Account Contact person indicated,immediately upon notice of Award of Contract. B. Project Packaging: Metal canopy panel will be shipped in manufacturer's standard packaging with identification *�* markings on each component or package. Identification markings will coordinate with identification markings for components indicated on Owner's Metal Canopy Panel Supplier installation final field use drawings. C. Acceptance at Site: Receive products as specified in Section 01600. 1. Verify quantity of products furnished with Installation Final Field Use Drawings and Bills of Lading pro- vided by Owner's Metal Canopy Supplier. 2. Report discrepancies in product quantity delivered, or damage to products delivered to Wal-Mart immedi- ately. Upon notification,Wal-Mart will arrange for delivery of replacement products. Note description of product quality discrepancies and/or product damage on Bill of Lading. D. Manufacturing Defects: Report suspected product manufacturing defects to Wal-Mart Construction Manager and Owner's Metal Canopy Panel Supplier. Upon notification, Wal-Mart will arrange for repair of manufacturing de- fects. no E. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Transport,handle,store,and protect products. F. Keep materials dry. Separate sheets and store deck on dry wood sleepers;slope for positive drainage. so G. Prevent damage to edges,ends and surfaces. PART 2-PRODUCTS "" 2.1 MANUFACTURERS no A. Wheeling Corrugating Company, Division of Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation, Wheeling, WV (304) 234- 2300. 1. Wal-Mart Account Sales Manager: Kerry Price. No B. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Product options and substitutions. Substitutions: Not permitted. 2.2 MATERIALS(OWNER FURNISHED-CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) A. Metal Canopy Panels: Roll formed; ASTM A 653 Structural Quality, Grade 33, G90 galvanizing, 4.5 inch deep, gage as indicated on Drawings,prime painted grey top and bottom side,uncoated steel not permitted. B. Structural Steel Supports: Specified in Section 05120. 07411-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 "' w. UniSpec II 112699 SECTION 07411 -METAL ROOF PANELS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY e A. Section Includes: 1. Owner furnished fluted metal canopy panels at Garden Center. 2. Supports and accessories for installation. 3. Contractor installation of metal canopy panels and accessories. B. Products Installed,But Not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Under provisions of Section 01600, Owner's manufactured roof panel supplier will furnish metal canopy panels. C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Furnish and install fasteners, closure strips, flashing and accessories required for installation and attach- ment of panels to structural support members. 2. Installation of Owner furnished metal canopy panels and accessories. D. Related Sections: 1. Section 05120-Structural Steel: Steel structure supporting metal roof panels. 2. Section 05300-Metal Deck: Building roof deck. 3. Section 07620-Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Sheet metal counter flashing for metal roof panels. 4. Section 07711 -Gutters and Downspouts: Gutters and downspouts for metal roof panels. 5. Section 07900-Joint Sealers: Sealant at lapped joints. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A 653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. B. American Welding society(AWS): 1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code. 2. AWS D1.3 -Structural Welding code-Sheet Steel. w 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements: 1. Loading Requirements: a. Live Load: As indicated on Structural Drawings. b. Deflection: L/180. an 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330-Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals. on B. Final Field Use Drawing Review Form: Complete attached Final Field Use Drawing Review Form and forward to Structural Engineer of Record and metal canopy panel supplier under provisions of Section 01330. an 07411-1 40 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 BLANK PAGE .we 07240-8 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 `"" OR go EXHIBIT B Sealant Installer Name: (Insert Sealant Installer Name Here) on Completion Date: THE SEALANT INSTALLED IN CONJUNCTION WITH AN EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM(EIFS) INSTALLED ON THE STRUCTURE LOCATED AT THE ADDRESS INDICATED BELOW CONFORMS: TO and RECOMMENDED (Insert EIFS Manufacturer Name Here) (Insert Sealant Manufacturer Name Here) INSTALLATION PRACTICES AND SECTION(S) OF [ICBO] [BOCA] [SBCCI] (Insert Appropriate Section Numbers Here) (Circle Applicable Code) EVALUATION REPORT NO. (Insert Applicable Report Number Here) 40 Address of Structure: Product Component Names: Primer(s): Sealers: am Bond Breakers: Sealant Materials: INSTALLATION CONFORMS A. Designer's requirements,details and instructions B. Sealant Manufacturer's details and Requirements C. Exterior Insulation Manufacturer'sRequirements D. The information entered above is offered in testimony that the Sealant installation conforms with the Sealant manufacturer's installation methods and procedures,and the EIFS manufacturers evaluation report. w' Sealant Installer Company Name and Address: Signature of Responsible Officer: 00 Typed Name and Title of Officer: Telephone Number: ( ) cc: Original: Building Department (Must be submitted with EIFS contractor declaration.) no Copies: EIFS Manufacturer EIFS Contractor Sealant Manufacturer Wal-Mart(include in Final Closeout Submittals) 07240-7 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 EIFS Contractor Company Name and Address: •• Signature of Responsible Officer: ow Typed Name and Title of Officer: Telephone Number: ( ) ow cc: Original: Building Department (Must be submitted with sealant installer declaration.) Copies: EIFS Manufacturer Wal-Mart(include in Final Closeout Submittals) wee 07240-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 °1e EXHIBIT A EIFS Contractor Name: (Insert EIFS Contractor Name Here) Completion Date: 40 THE EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS) INSTALLED ON THE STRUCTURE LOCATED AT THE ADDRESS INDICATED BELOW CONFORMS: TO RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION PRACTICES AND (Insert EIFS Manufacturer Name Here) SECTION(S) OF [ICBO] [BOCA] [SBCCI] EVALUATION REPORT NO. (Insert Appropriate Section Numbers Here) (Circle Applicable Code) (Insert Applicable Report Number Here) Address of Structure: Product Component Names: Adhesive(s): Fasteners(Mech.): Base Coat: Reinforcing Fabric: Finish Coat(s): INSTALLATION CONFORMS A. Substrate Type and Tolerance B. EIFS 1. Adhesive and/or Fasteners 2. Insulation 3. Reinforcing Fabric 4. Base Coat 5. Finish C. The information entered above is offered in testimony that the EIFS installation conforms with the EIFS manufacturer's installation methods and procedures,and the EIFS manufacturers ES report. NOTE: An installation card shall be received from the Sealant Installer indicating that the sealant installation conforms with W the EIFS evaluation report and sealant manufacturer's installation methods and procedures must accompany this declaration. 07240-5 "" Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 B. Textured Finish: 1. Mix in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Do not apply finish texture until base coat has cured properly. 3. Trowel finish coat onto base surface and float to achieve uniform texture to match approved sample. 4. Apply and level material in one operation. 5. Obtain final texture by trowels or floats as necessary to achieve specified finish. 6. Provide finish coat 1/16 inch to 1/8 inch thick. 3.7 CURING A. Apply coating materials at 40 degrees F or above. Cure each coat at least 24 hours prior to application of next coat. 3.8 JOINTING A. Install sealant at joints within system,and where system abuts dissimilar materials. END OF SECTION *" A" ow go 00 07240-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ° PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION I No A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas in which Work under this Section is to be performed. Report in writing to Wal-Mart Construction Manager prevailing conditions that may adversely affect satisfactory execution of Work. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Starting Work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions and this Contractor shall then, at his expense, be responsible for convecting unsatisfactory and defective Work encountered. 3.2 INSTALLATION-GENERAL A. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for installation of exterior insulation and finish system. B. Deviations from printed manufacturers instruction will not be permitted without written authorization from manufacturer. 3.3 INSULATION BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install rigid insulation board to conform to insulation manufacturer's printed recommendations except as otherwise specified and modified by system manufacturer. B. Place insulation starting from level base line. Stagger vertical joints with insulation board interlocked at corners. Butt joints of insulation tightly. Flush surfaces of adjacent boards at joints. C. Apply insulation to substrate providing firm butt joints. Tamp entire surface with even pressure to ensure complete contact with adhesive. Test installation of each board with the use of a 6 foot straight edge. 1. Allow adhesive a minimum of 24 hours to dry. 2. Sand surfaces which are high and out of plane until flush. Do not fill low areas. D. Form 3/4 inch drip rustication joints straight and true to line,as indicated on Drawings. 3.4 ACCESSORIES A. Locate expansion joints at locations indicated; do not exceed manufacturer's maximum recommended area. Coordinate placement of additional joints with Wal-Mart Construction Manager. + 3.5 REINFORCING MESH A. Place reinforcing fiber glass mesh,overlapping edges a minimum of 3 inches, over insulation and secure in place with base coating. 3.6 FINISH SYSTEM A. Base Coat: 1. Mix in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and apply to insulation surfaces. 2. Trowel material into reinforcing mesh in tight coat and doubling back. Cover reinforcing mesh 100 percent with base coat. 3. Apply base coat in such a manner as to level surface and fill joints. Apply base coat 1/8 inch to 3/16 inch thick. 4. Cure base coat as directed by manufacturer. 00 07240-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Am 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS or A. Ambient air temperature shall be 40 degrees F or greater and rising at time of installation of coating application and shall remain at 40 degrees F or greater for at least 24 hours after application. am 1. Provide temporary heat as required to meet above requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS .w 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. These specifications are based on the Exterior Insulation and Finish System "Outsulation" as manufactured by .. Dryvit Systems,Inc. B. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide exterior insulation and finish system of one of the following: 1. Dryvit Systems,Inc. "" 2. Energex,by Vitricon. 3. Omega Akroflex,by Omega Products Intl. Inc. 4. Parex,Inc. Im 5. Sto/R-Wall,by Sto Industries. 6. Senergy,Inc. C. Substitutions: None Accepted. em 2.2 MATERIALS on A. Insulation Board: Insulation board shall be produced by manufacturer approved by EIFS manufacturer meeting the following requirements. 1. Type: Expanded Polystyrene Insulation Board. 2. Nominal Density: 1.0 pcf. 3. Maximum Flame-Spread and Smoke Development: ASTM E-84,25 and 450 respectively. 4. Thickness: As indicated on Drawings,but in no case shall insulation be less that 3/4 inch or greater than 4 inches. B. Reinforcing Fabric: Manufacturer's open weave type glass fiber fabric complying with ASTM D1682 as supplied by system manufacturer: 1. Standard Weight: Minimum 4.2 ounces per square yard plus or minus 10 percent. C. Coating System: 1. Base Coat: Acrylic based,modified portland cement(Type I or II) and silica sand to function as base coat # for coating application and mixed with base coat liquid admixture as supplied by system manufacturer. 2. inish Coat: Acrylic based, modified portland cement(Type I or II) and silica sand; compatible with base coat and mixed with finish coat liquid admixture as supplied by system manufacturer. am a. Integral Color: Dryvit standard#310"China White." b. Paint Finish: Field applied paint finish as specified in Section 09900 or 09981 as applicable. Color as shown on the drawings and as defined within Sections 09900 and 09981. C. Texture: Dryvit standard"Sandblast". at D. Water: Potable. E. Joint Sealant: Specified in Section 07900. 07240-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 *"" UniSpec II 112699 SECTION 07240-EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Field applied exterior insulation and finish system. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05400-Cold Formed Metal Framing: Framing for gypsum sheathing substrate. 2. Section 07900-Joint Sealers: Joint sealants used in conjunction with exterior insulation and finish system. 3. Section 09250-Gypsum Board: Gypsum sheathing. 4. Section 09900-Paint and Coatings: Field applied paint finish. 5. Section 09981 -Elastomeric Coatings For Masonry Systems: Color for field applied paint finish. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM E84-Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM D 1682-Test Method for Breaking Load and Elongation of Textile Fabrics. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Exterior Insulation and Finish System(EIFS)shall consist of the following: 1. Thermal insulation board secured to supporting structural system. 2. Reinforcing mesh set into a trowel applied primer/adhesive base coat. a. Standard reinforcing mesh. 3. Acrylic-based trowel-applied weatherproof and textured finish with integral white coloring and field applied paint finish. 4. Primers, backer rods, bond breakers, and sealants for all EIFS to EIFS, and EIFS to dissimilar material joints. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330-Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals. 40 B. Submit Forms Exhibit A&B included at the end of the Section in accordance with Section 01330. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Single firm, approved in writing by system manufacturer, employing trained workers familiar with current installation methods and materials. B. Standards: Current model code approval by ICBO,BOCA,and SBCC. 1. Base approval on full scale diversified Fire Testing, end use configuration by independent agencies whose classifications and requirements have general acceptance as regulatory. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to site in original unopened packages, clearly marked with manufacturer's name, brand name, and description of contents. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for storage and handling. 07240-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Am Ow ON am Oft .. BLANK PAGE r ..r 07210-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 '" O► C. Install insulation with factory applied membrane facing warm side of building spaces. Lap ends and side flanges of membrane. Attach insulation in place to framing; tape seal butt ends and lapped side flanges. Tape seal tears or cuts in membrane. 3.3 INSTALLATION-BOARD INSULATION AT FOUNDATION PERIMETER A. Apply adhesive in three continuous beads to board insulation. B. Install boards on foundation wall or grade beam perimeter. Place boards by method to maximize contact bedding. Stagger joints. Butt edges and ends tight to adjacent board and to protrusions. C. Extend boards over expansion and control joints,unbonded to foundation two inches both sides of joint. Backfill carefully to prevent damage to insulation boards. Opp 3.4 INSTALLATION-BOARD INSULATION AT FURRED-OUT MASONRY WALLS A. Adhesive apply board insulation to interior of CMU wall between furring strips. Furring strip is required from finish floor to metal roof deck above as indicated on Drawings. B. Cut and fit boards to maintain thermal integrity of insulated wall. 3.5 SCHEDULES A. Provide insulation types as scheduled below and as indicated on Drawings. CONDITION TYPE OF INSULATION THICKNESS Batt Insulation,Face Concealed Within Partition Unfaced Glass Fiber Batt Full depth of framing member Batt Insulation,Face Exposed Faced Glass Fiber Batt Full depth of framing member Sound Attenuation Batt Unfaced Glass Fiber Batt Full depth of framing member Foundation Perimeter Extruded Polystyrene, Insulation,Type IV 2.0 inches(R=10.0) Board Insulation at Furred-Out Exterior Masonry Walls Polyisocyanurate 1.5 inches(R=10.8) END OF SECTION 07210-3 "' Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 2. Polyisocyanurate: ow a. Atlas Energy Products,Atlanta,GA (800)933-1476. b. Cellotex Corporation,Tampa,FL (813)873-1700. C. Firestone Building Products Company,Carmel,IN (800)428-4442. ," d. NRG Division/Johns Manville,Portland,ME (800)343-1285. C. Substitutions: Not permitted. .w 2.2 MATERIALS A. Batt Insulation: A' 1. Unfaced Glass Fiber: ASTM C 665, Type 1, unfaced; flame spread of 25, smoke developed of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 2. Faced Glass Fiber: ASTM C 665,Type III,Class A,with reflective covering one side; flame spread of 25, smoke developed of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. go B. Board Insulation: 1. Extruded Polystyrene: *� a. Type IV: ASTM C578, Type IV (density 1.6 pcf minimum); square edges. Provide one of the following: 1) Amoco: Amofoam-CM. 2) Dow: Styrofoam SM. 3) UCI: Foamular 250. 2. Polyisocyanurate: FS HH-I-1972/GEN,foil facing both sides;square edges. Provide one of the following: a. Atlas: Energy Shield. .w b. Cellotex: Tuff-R Insulating Sheathing. C. Firestone: ISO-R Sheathing. d. NRG: Barrier Board. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Tape: Polyethylene or polyester self-adhering type;two inches wide. ow B. Adhesive: Waterproof type,acceptable to manufacturer of insulation board. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Batt Insulation: 1. Verify adjacent materials are dry and ready to receive installation. 2. Verify mechanical and electrical services within walls have been installed and tested. B. Board Insulation: 1. Verify substrate and adjacent materials and insulation boards are dry and ready to receive insulation and adhesive. 2. Verify insulation boards are unbroken,free of damage. 3.2 INSTALLATION-BATT INSULATION aw A. Install batt insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,without gaps or voids. B. Trim insulation neatly to it spaces. Use batts free of damage. Fit insulation tight in spaces and tight to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of insulation. uer 07210-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 07210-BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Batt Insulation. 2. Board Insulation. 3. Accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 04220-Concrete Masonry Units: Masonry fill insulation(if specified). 2. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry: Wood furring(if specifed). 3. Section 07840-Firestopping: Safing insulation used in conjunction with fire stop material. 4. Section 09250-Gypsum Board: Metal furring. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM E 84-Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM C 578-Specification for Preformed,Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. 3. ASTM C 665 - Specifiction for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. 4. ASTM C 991 - Specification for Flexible Glass Fiber Insulation for Pre-Engineered Metal Buildings (If Specified). B. Federal Specifications(FS): I. FS HH-I-1972/GEN-Insulation Board,Thermal,Faced,Polyurethane or Polyisocyanurate. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Concealed Insulation: Insulation concealed within framing system,both faces protected by finish material. B. Exposed Insulation: Insulation exposed within framing system,one or both faces unprotected. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Batt Insulation: Subject to compliance with project requirements, provide products from one of the following manufacturers. 1. CertainTeed Corporation,Valley Forge,PA (800)523-7844. 2. Guardian Fiberglass Incorporated,Albion,MI (800)748-0035. 3. Johns Manville Insulations,Denver,CO (800)654-3103. 4. Owens-Corning,Toledo,OH (800)438-7465. B. Board Insulation: Subject to compliance with project requirements, provide products from one of the following manufacturers. 1. Extruded Polystyrene: a. Dow Chemical Company,Midland,MI (800)232-2436. b. Tenneco Building Products,Smyrna,GA (800)241-4402. C. UC Industries Incorporated,Parsippany,NJ (800)828-7155. w 07210-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Ak low so wto ■w .f. BLANK PAGE A wr ,.e 06610-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .f D. Install panels with edges vertical and plumb. Use maximum length pieces to provide minimum number of end joints. 1. Where end joints occur,align panel"score" lines. 2. Align panel to panel vertical joints at inside and outside corner conditions. E. Gypsum Board Substrate: Apply adhesive to gypsum board substrate and to panel backs as recommended by manufacturer with V-notch spreader. Provide 100 percent coverage of adhesive. F. Install accessory panel trim pieces concurrently with installation of panels. Mitre cut accessory panel trim at cor- ners to provide smooth transition. Set trim attached to adjacent panel ends and edges and seal with sealant. ow G. Seal corner seams,base and ceiling junctures,and junctures between panels and wall with sealant. Remove excess sealant during installation. 00 H. Provide sealant around all openings,corners,and joints. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect fiber reinforced plastic coated panel installation,accessories,and fasteneing to substrate. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract requirements. END OF SECTION o w ON 06610-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 2.2 FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC COATED PANELS(OWNER FURNISHED-CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) A. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Coated Panels:Kemlite Glasbord-P with Surfaseal 1. FRP#1: Panel BES385-PIF a. Thickness: 0.09 inch. b. Color: 85 White. C. Finish: Embossed. d. Surface Burning Characteristics:Class C,ASTM E84. .� B. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Coated Panels: Marlite Sanitary Wall Systems decorative wall panel. 1. FRP#2: Panel#S-100-G44. a. Thickness: 3/32 inch. b. Color: White. C. Finish: 4"x 4"pattern. d. Surface Burning Characteristics:Class C,ASTM E84. . 2.3 ACCESSORIES(OWNER FURNISHED-CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) A. Wall Trim: 1. 41 White by Profile Solutions. B. Adhesive: Manufacturer's Low VOC Latex-Based Construction Adhesive suitable for specified substrate. *+ 1. Product: FRP 1168WB,by TACC(gypsum board substrate). 2. Product: Solvent Free FRP4054,by Franklin C. Sealant: Manufacturer's Silicone Construction Sealant. 1. Product: 3C332,by TACC. 2. Product:2601,by Franklin PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION .r A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be installed and verify that surfaces conform to product manufacturer's requirements for substrate conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of substrate conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrate for product installation in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install FRP wall panels in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. B. Prefit each wall panel before securing in place. Cut panels with carbide-tipped power saw or swivel-head shear. C. Provide manufacturer's recommended spacing between abutting panel ends, edges and trim. Provide minimum 1/8 MW inch space around pipes, electrical fittings, obstructions and other items penetrating panels. Fill joints with seal- ant. 1. Align panels both vertically and horizontally to maintain continuous panel"score" lines. w 06610-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 moo UniSpec II 092499 ' SECTION 06610-GLASS FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Glass fiber reinforced plastic(FRP)coated panels. 2. FRP accessories. B. Products Installed,But Not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Under provisions of Section 01600, Owner's FRP suppliers will furnish FRP panels and accessories as specified in this Section. 2. Owner's Suppliers: a. Specialty Products and Insulation Company,Tulsa OK. Contact: Randy Rhoads,(800)326-6736. b. Marlite Sanitary Wall Systems. Contact: Bill McAuley,(972)660-6443.] 3. Contractor's Responsibilities: a. Provide substrate to receive FRP panels as indicated on Drawings. b. Install FRP panels and accessories as specified in this Section. c. Provide FRP indicated as Owner furnished,Contractor installed. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 09250-Gypsum Board: Gypsum board substrate. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM E-84-Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Surface Burning Characteristics in Accordance with ASTM E-84 for Class C finish: a. Flame Spread: Less than 200. b. Smoke Density: Less than 450. 2. United States Department of Agriculture(USDA): Approved for incidental food contact. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Coated Panel: 1. Owner furnished for Contractor installation: a. Kemlite Company,Joliet,IL. b. Marlite,Dover,OH. B. Wall Trim: Owner will furnish wall trim as manufactured by Profile Solutions. C. Adhesive and Sealant: Owner will furnish adhesive and sealant as manufactured by TACC International Corpora- tion,Rockland MA and Franklin International,Columbus,OH. so ON 06610-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 BLANK PAGE * .Nr 06400-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 `*" Ok 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install woodwork plumb, level, and straight without distortion;use concealed shims. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work. Anchor woodwork items to nailers or blocking or directly to substrate using concealed fasten- " ers. B. Casework: Provide well-fitting and smooth operating doors and drawers. tM� C. Countertops: Anchor plastic laminate countertops securely to base units. D. Plastic Laminate Wainscot: Provide extruded aluminum trim at exposed laminate edges, vertical and horizontal, where indicated on Drawings. END OF SECTION PION 00 06400-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 B. Metal Edge Trim: Extruded shapes,smooth surface,anodized finish. Size and type to suit application. 1. Approved Manufacturer: Macklanburg-Duncan,Oklahoma City, OK (800)851-1831. 2. Substitutions: Products by other manufacturers may be provided subject to compliance with specified re- quirements and acceptance by Architect. do C. Plastic Laminate Schedule: Limit manufacturers to those specified for each laminate color. No substitutions ac- cepted. 1. Plastic Laminate PL-1: a. No. 692 Folkstone Celesta, by Formica Corporation; Indianapolis, IN Regina Radin; (513) 786- 3039. b. No.4142-6 Grey Glace,by Wilsonart;New York,NY;(212)753-8686. 2. Plastic Laminate PL-4: a. No. 85788 Federal Blue,by Formica Corporation;Indianapolis,IN;Regina Radin;(513)786-3039. b. No.D321-6 Brittany Blue,by Wilsonart;New York,NY; (212)753-8686. 3. Plastic Laminate PL-5: a. No.462 Contract Gray,matte finish,by Formica Corporation;Indianapolis, IN; Regina Radin;(513) 786-3039. b. No.D92-6 Dove Grey,by Wilsonart;New York,NY;(212)753-8686. 2.3 HARDWARE A. Fasteners: Size and type to suit application; galvanized for exterior and high humidity locations; plain finish at other locations. B. Cabinet Hardware: 1. Base Cabinets: a. Drawer Slides KV 1300 b. Drawer Lock KV 986 NP C. Shelf Standards KV 255ZC d. Shelf Supports KV 239 2. Doors: a. Wire Pull Ives 36 B26D b. Hinges Stanley 1584 C. Magnetic Catches Ives 325 (A 92) 2.4 FABRICATION "s A. Fabricate to AWI Standards. 1. Plastic Laminate Casework: Custom Grade,reveal overlay construction. a. Exposed Surfaces: High pressure laminate,nominal 0.050 inch thick. b. Semi-Exposed Surfaces: High pressure laminate,nominal 0.028 inch thick. C. Concealed Surfaces: Mill option. PART 3 -EXECUTION .rr 06400-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ." UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 06400-ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Plastic Laminate Casework. 2. Plastic Laminate Wainscoting B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06100 -Rough Carpentry: Panel product used as finish material on walls, ceilings, wainscots, and bases. Lumber and panel products used for wood and wire mesh doors. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards(ANSI): 1. ANSI A208.1 -Particleboard 2. ANSI A208.2-Medium Density Fiberboard For Interior Use B. American Woodworking Institute(AWI): AWI-Quality Standards. C. American Plywood Association(APA): APA-Grades&Specifications. D. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association(NEMA) 1. NEMA LD3 -High-Pressure Decorative Laminates 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Inspect materials delivered and reject those not qualifying with requirements, those damaged in transit, or those that appear otherwise unsatisfactory. B. Schedule delivery of items to installation areas that are in proper condition to receive them. Place items neatly and systematically to avoid damage, store in clean,dry,enclosed,and secure storage area. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD MATERIALS ii A. Panel Product for Laminate Clad Casework: Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2,Grade MD or 45 lb density particleboard ANSI A208.1,Grade M-2. B. Panel Product for Finish Material on Walls,Ceilings,Wainscots,and Bases: See Section 06100. 2.2 PLASTIC LAMINATE MATERIALS A. High pressure laminate;NEMA LD3;color,pattern,and finish as indicated in this Section. 1. Exposed Horizontal Surfaces: GP-50. 2. Exposed Vertical Surfaces: GP-50. 3. Postformed Surfaces: PF-42. 4. Adhesive: As recommended by plastic laminate manufacturer. 06400-1 !!! Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 dft 2.2 HARDWARE A. Fasteners: Size and type to suit application; galvanized for exterior and high humidity locations; plain finish at other locations. B. Layaway Hanging Rod: 5/8 inch diameter solid stainless steel rod, with escutchen and brackets; configuration as indicated on Drawings. a► 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate to AWI Standards. 1. Standing and Running Trim: Custom Grade. Am 2. Wood Shelving with Clear Sealer: Economy Grade. PART 3 -EXECUTION 4h 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install woodwork plumb, level,and straight without distortion;use concealed shims. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work. Anchor woodwork items to nailers or blocking or directly to substrate using concealed fasten- ers. B. Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum joints, using maximum lumber lengths possible. Cope at re- turns;miter at corner. C. Wood Shelving: Assemble units and install as indicated on Drawings. D. Site Finishing: Refer to Section 09900. END OF SECTION 06200-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ww ON UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 06200-FINISH CARPENTRY ! ! PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior standing and running trim. 2. Shelving. 3. Hardware and attachment accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry: Panel product used as finish material on walls, ceilings,wainscots, and bases. Lumber and panel products used for wood and wire mesh doors. 2. Section 06400-Architectural Woodwork:Plastic laminate casework and wainscoting. 3. Section 09900-Paints and Coatings: Opaque and transparent finishes. 1.2 REFERENCES , ► A. American Woodworking Institute(AWI): AWI-Quality Standards. B. American Plywood Association(APA): APA-Grades&Specifications. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Inspect materials delivered and reject those not qualifying with requirements, those damaged in transit, or those that appear otherwise unsatisfactory. B. Schedule delivery of items to installation areas that are in proper condition to receive them. Place items neatly and systematically to avoid damage,store in clean,dry,enclosed,and secure storage area. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD MATERIALS A. Interior Standing and Running Trim - Painted Finish: AWI Custom Grade; plain sawn, Grade II lumber, closed- grain hardwood,any species. B. Interior Standing and Running Trim-Clear Sealer Finish: AWI Custom Grade; plain sawn, Grade II lumber; pro- vide one of the following hardwood species(one species throughout): ► 1. Ash. 2. Birch. 3. Oak. 40 4. Poplar. C. Shelving-Clear Sealer Finish: Fir or birch plywood with veneer core and sanded edges. 1. APA 5-ply A/C,3/4 inch thickness at Stockroom shelving. 2. APA 5-ply A/B at other locations. D. Panel Product for Finish Material on Walls,Ceilings,Wainscots,and Bases: See Section 06100. 06200-1 OU Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,nr BLANK PAGE .r �1 r 06100-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 "' 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install miscellaneous blocking, nailing strips, framing, and sheathing as detailed on Drawings. Coordinate to al- low proper attachment of work of other Sections. 1. Secure wood blocking, cants, nailers, in place using fasteners specified. Use only recommended power tools for placement of fasteners. 2. Recess heads of fasteners below surface of wood members. B. Install members true to line,plumb,and level. C. Secure in place with appropriate fasteners. Use fasteners of correct size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or require finishing. Do not split wood with fasteners; set panel products to allow expansion at joints. 0 D. Do not splice structural members between supports. E. Firestop concealed spaces with wood blocking (horizontally and vertically per drawings) not less than 2 inches thick where space is not blocked by other framing members. F. Construct members of continuous pieces of longest possible lengths. 00 G. Furring on Masonry: Attach wood furring strips with specified Masonry Fasteners at 12"o.c. and liquid nail adhe- sive. END OF SECTION 06100-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 s 5. Lumber shall be dried to 15-19 percent moisture content after treatment, and material to be painted or stained shall have knots and pitch streaks sealed as with untreated wood. 6. Liberally brush freshly cut surfaces, bolt holes and machined areas with the same preservative in accordance with AWPA Standard M4. B. Fire Retardant Treatment: 1. Manufacturers: a. "Dricon"by Hickson Corporation;Atlanta,GA;(404)801-6600. b. "Pyro-Guard"by Hoover Treated Wood Products,Inc.;Thomson,GA;(800)832-9663 C. "D-Blaze"by Bowie-Sims-Prange Treating Corporation,Dallas,TX;(214)446-1150. 2. Lumber and plywood shall be treated as follows: a. Each piece of treated material shall bear the UL FR-S classification or shall bear actual flamespread and smoke developed ratings indicating compliance with an extended 30 minute tunnel test in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. b. After treatment,all lumber shall be dried to an average moisture content of 19 percent or less. a C. After treatment,all plywood,shall be dried to an average moisture content of 15 percent or less. d. All treated material shall meet interior Type A requirements in AWPA standard C-20 for lumber and C-27 for plywood. e. Chemicals used to treat material shall be free of halogens, sulfates, ammonium phosphate and do formaldehyde. f. Treatment material shall provide protection against termites and fungal decay and shall be registered for use as a wood preservative by the U. S.Environmental Protection Agency. g. Submit evidence of local building code compliance and approval for proposed material. C. Wood Requiring Treatment: 1. Lumber,Preservative Treated: a. Nailers, blocking, stripping, and similar items in conjunction with roofing, flashing, and other con- struction. b. Sills,blocking,furring,stripping,and similar items in contact with masonry or concrete. , 2. Lumber,Fire Retardant Treated: a. Interior partition framing, furring, blocking, nailers, and miscellaneous exposed wood at roofing system and wood exposed within the roof/ceiling assembly. b. Do not treat furring in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Interior Plywood,Fire Retardant Treated: a. Plywood used as finish material,walls,ceilings,wainscots and bases. b. Plywood backing for electrical and telephone equipment. C. Plywood concealed within gypsum board and metal stud partitions. d. Exposed to sight plywood surfaces. 4. Plywood Not to be Fire Retardant Treated: Structural plywood performing a structural function, such as a component of roof,floors or shear walls. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive rough carpentry work and verify following: 1. That installation of building components to receive rough carpentry work is complete. 2. That surfaces are satisfactory to receive work. 3. That spacing, direction and details of supports are correct to accommodate installation of blocking, backing,stripping,furring and nailing strips. 3.2 SITE TREATMENT OF WOOD MATERIALS A. Retreat site sawn ends with brush application according to manufacturer's instructions. Allow preservative to cure prior to placing members. .w 06100-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 6. Fasteners for Wood and Plywood to Light Gage Metal Framing and Metal Deck (up to 11 gage (0.1196 inch)): Self-drilling flat head wood-to-metal screws. a. Manufacturers: 1) Hilti,Tulsa,OK (800)879-8000. 2) ITW Buildex,Itasca,Il (800)323-0720. 3) Alternate Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with project requirements fasteners of equal type to those specified,by alternate manufacturers are acceptable. b. Wood and Plywood Up to 3/4 Inch Thick: 1) Hilti: 8-18 PFH#3 Point. 2) ITW: Traxx 10-16#3 point. 3) Alternate Manufacturers: Equivalent type. C. Wood 7/8 Inch Thick and Thicker to 18 Gage(0.0478 inch)and 20 Gage(0.0359 inch)Metal: 1) Pre-drill wood for fastener. " 2) Hilti: 8-18 PFH#3 Point. 3) ITW: Traxx 10-16#3 point. ! 4) Alternate Manufacturers: Equivalent type. d. Wood 7/8 Inch Thick and Thicker to 16 Gage(0.598 inch)and Heavier Metal: 1) Hilti: 12-24 PFH#4 Point with Wings. 2) ITW: Traxx 12-24#4 Point with Wings. 3) Alternate Manufacturers: Equivalent type. 7. Fasteners for Structural Wood Members to Solid Grouted Masonry: Adhesive anchors, size and length as indicated on Drawings. o"' a. Manufacturers: 1) Hilti,Tulsa,OK (800)879-8000. 2) ITW Epcon,Itasca,Il (800)323-0720. 00 3) Alternate Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with project requirements fasteners of equal type to those specified,by alternate manufacturers are acceptable. b. Hilti: HIT C-100. C. ITW: Epcon Ceramic 6. d. Alternate Manufacturers: Equivalent type. 8. Fasteners for Non-Structural Wood Members to Masonry: 1/4 inch diameter x 3-1/4 inch with phillips or torx flat head. a. Manufacturers: 1) Hilti,Tulsa,OK (800)879-8000. 2) ITW Buildex,Itasca,Il (800)323-0720. 3) Alternate Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with project requirements fasteners of equal type to those specified,by alternate manufacturers are acceptable. b. Hilti: Kwik-Con 11 fastener. C. ITW: Tapcon masonry anchor. d. Alternate Manufacturer: Equivalent type. 2.3 WOOD TREATMENT A. Preservative Pressure Treated Lumber: 1. Manufacturers: a. "Wolmanized Pressure-Treated Wood", Wolman CCA Type C, by Hickson Corporation; Atlanta, GA;(404)801-6600. b. CCA Pressure Treated Lumber Type C, by Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc.; Thomson, GA; (800)832-9663. 2. Impregnate lumber with preservative treatment conforming to AWPA Standard C1 and P5. Apply the " preservative in a closed cylinder by pressure process in accordance with AWPA Standard C 15. 3. Retention of dry salts: a. Moderate service conditions(weather exposure):0.25 pounds per cubic foot(oxide basis). b. Severe conditions(constant contact with ground or water): 0.40 pounds per cubic foot(oxide basis). 4. Remove excess moisture where shrinkage is a serious fault or where treated lumber will be in contact with plaster,or stucco,and where water-borne treated lumber is to be painted or stained. 06100-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ..M 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Lumber Grading Agency: Lumber to be grade stamped by an agency certified by the Board of Review of the American Lumber Standards Committee(ALSC). B. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA. C. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to applicable codes for fire retardant treatment of wood surfaces for ,j,. flame/smoke ratings. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING AO A. Provide proper facilities for handling and storage of materials to prevent damage to edges,ends and surfaces. B. Keep materials dry. Stack materials off ground a minimum of 12 inches or if on concrete slab-on-grade a mini- A& mum of 1-1/2 inches,fully protected from weather. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Lumber: PS 20; S4S. Maximum of 19 percent moisture content, surfaced dry, No. 2 any species graded under *+ WWPA grading rules or No. 3 Grade Southern Pine graded under SPIB grading rules. B. Non-Structural Panel Product: APA graded plywood for application indicated. 1. Backing for Electrical and Telephone Equipment(If Applicable): C-D Plugged, Exposure 1; fire retardant treated, 3/4 inch thickness. 2. Other Locations: C-D Plugged,Exposure 1, 1/2 inch thickness. C. Structural Panel Product: 1. APA Performance Rated Panels: For concealed applications, provide-plywood meeting requirements of DOC PS 1. ..A 2. Where exposure rating or span rating is not shown or specified, provide Exposure 1 plywood with rating required to suit support spacing indicated on Drawings. 3. Plywood Wall Sheathing: DOC PS 1, APA Rated Sheathing, Exposure 1. Thickness as indicated on the drawings. .w 4. Plywood Roof Deck:: Structural I, APA Rated Sheathing, Exposure 1, 5 ply. Thickness as indicated on Drawings and span rating required to suit support spacing indicated on Drawings. D. High Density Wood Fiber: 1. GAFTEMP Fiberboard Roof Insulation,by GAF,(800)766-3411. 2. Huebert Fiberboard Roof Insulation,by Huebert Fiberboard,Inc,(816)882-2704. 3. Wood Fiber Roof Insulation,by Wood Fiber Industries,(312)407-9210. .w 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Provide manufacturers recommended power tools for each type of fastener. 1. Nails, Spikes and Staples: ASTM A123,Galvanized for exterior locations,high humidity areas,and treated wood;plain finish for other interior locations;size and type to suit application,unless otherwise noted. 2. Bolts,Nuts,Washers,Lag Screws,and Wood Screws: ASTM A307,Medium carbon steel;size and type to suit application; galvanized for exterior locations, high humidity areas, and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations,of size and type to suit application,unless otherwise noted. 3. Toggle Bolt Fasteners: For anchorage of non-structural items to hollow masonry. 4. Expansion Shield Fasteners: For anchorage of non-structural items to solid masonry and concrete. ` 5. Powder or Pneumatically Activated Fasteners: For anchorage of non-structural items to steel. .rr 06100-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 UniSpec II 112699 t�r< SECTION 06100-ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wood furring for wall finishes. 2. Blocking and nailers for roofing system and related metal flashings. , * 3. Preservative and fire resistive treatment. 4. Concealed blocking behind wall mounted items. 5. Structural panel products. 6. Non-structural panel products including the following: a. Backing for electrical and telephone equipment. b. Panels concealed within gypsum board and metal stud partitions. C. Panels used as finish material;walls,ceilings,wainscots,and bases. 7. Panel product and framing for wood and wire mesh doors. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Lumber Standards Committee(ALSO): Softwood Lumber Standards. B. American Plywood Association(APA): Grades and Standards. C. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A123 -Specification for Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 2. ASTM A307-Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,60,000 psi Tensile Strength. 3. ASTM E84-Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. D. American Wood Preservers Association(AWPA): 1. AWPA-C 1 -All Timber Products-Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes. 2. AWPA - C15 - Wood for Commercial-Residential Construction Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes. 3. AWPA-C20-Structural Lumber-Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes. 4. AWPA-C27-Plywood-Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes. 5. AWPA-M4-Care of Preservative Treated Wood Products. 6. AWPA-P5 -Water Borne Preservatives. E. National Forest Products Association(NFoPA): National Design Specification for Wood Construction (and Sup- plement). F. Product Standard(PS): 1. PS 1 -Construction and Industrial Plywood with typical APA Trademarks. 2. PS 20-American Softwood Lumber Standard. G. Southern Pine Inspection Bureau(SPIB): Grading Rules. H. Western Wood Products Association(WWPA): Western Lumber Grading Rules. 1. Underwriters'Laboratories(UL): 1. UL FR-S Classification - Fire Retardant Treated Wood with Flame Spread Ratings of 25 or less in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. UL 723 -Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 06100-1 00 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ANA BLANK PAGE Aw .w 05500-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ift 3. Attach with steel mounting brackets. Vp 4. Prime paint finish. 5. Cage: Provide ladder cage,starting at 12 feet AFF,conforming to OSHA Standards. K. Steel Supports for Overhead Doors and Grilles: Channels and tubes as indicated on Drawings for overhead coiling doors and overhead coiling grilles. Coordinate fabrication with respective section of work. L. Jib Crane Hoist Arm and Railing Assembly(Wal-Mart Furnished Contractor Installed): 1. Factory fabricated welded steel tube with steel support bracket plates of size and configuration indicated on Drawings,factory finished OSHA Yellow. 2. Install jib crane hoist arm and railing assembly using threaded rods through masonry wall with nuts each side to attachment plates and backing plates in accordance with manufacturer's installation drawings at locations indicated on Drawings. 3. Seal threaded rod penetrations of masonry wall using sealant. Provide a watertight condition. Set support TO bracket plate in full bed of sealant and seal edge of plate to prevent infiltration of moisture behind plate. M. Television Monitor Bracket Support Assembly(Wal-Mart Furnished Contractor Installed): 1. Factory fabricated steel assembly consisting of threaded pipe hanger (lengths vary according to location and height of roof structure), support angle, and attachment fasteners. Factory prime finish ready for field painting. 2. Install support assembly spanning across steel roof joist bottom chords. Attach to structure as indicated on 010 Drawings. Use pipe hanger lengths required for required height above finish floor for television monitor bracket. ., 3. install support assemblies at locations indicated on Electrical Drawings and as approved by Wal-Mart. N. Television Monitor Bracket(Wal-Mart Furnished Contractor Installed): 1. Factory fabricated steel assembly for support of security system television monitor,threaded for attachment to end of threaded pipe support. 2. Install bracket to end of threaded pipe support. O. Truck Well Curb Drain: Model 1211-Black, by National Diversified Sales, Inc.; (800) 726-1994. Locate as indi- cated on Drawings. l P. Pit Angles and Channels: Provide perimeter steel angles and channels with welded studs, as indicated on Draw- ings, for dock leveler pits as required for installation of equipment. Coordinate fabrication with respective section of work. 1. Prime paint finish. Q. Wire Mesh Partitions: 10 to 14 gage steel, 1 x 1 or 1 x 2 inch mesh. ' END OF SECTION 05500-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am* 3.4 SCHEDULE A. Loose Bearing Plates and Lintels: Fabricate to sizes and configuration indicated on Drawings; prime paint finish except for items requiring field welding. B. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Furnish steel framing and supports not specified under Section 05120. Fab- ricate welded construction in as large units as possible. Drill and tap for hardware and other items. Include an- chors required for building into work of other Sections. 1. Prime paint finish,gray. C. Rough Hardware: Custom fabricated bolts,plates,anchors,hanger,dowels,and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes required for framing, supporting, and anchoring other construction. Galvanized unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. D. Steel columns not included in Section 05120. 44 1. Prime paint finish. E. Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Profiles and sizes as indicated on Drawings; continuous welded joints and smooth ex- posed edges. Use concealed field splices where possible. Provide cutouts,fittings,and anchorages; coordinate as- A* sembly and installation into work of other Sections. 1. Prime paint finish. F. Steel Pipe Bollards: ASTM A 53, Type E (electric-resistance welded) or Type S (seamless), Grade B, Schedule 40, size and configuration as detailed. 1. Fill bollard as indicated on Drawings. 2. Bollards associated with freezers and coolers; install immediately after installation of freezer and cooler installations. 3. Finish: a. Prime paint finish as specified in Section 09900. 4. Plastic Sleeves: Where indicated, provide "red" thermoplastic polyethylene bollard sleeve, #001220 x 52" high to fit 6" diameter pipe bollards as manufactured by Ideal Shield LLC, Detroit, MI 48209 (313) 842- 7290. •+w G. Steel Pipe Railings: ASTM A53,Type E(electric-resistance welded)or Type S (seamless),Grade B, Schedule 40. Fabricate to dimensions indicated on Drawings. Cope horizontal railings intersecting vertical members. Provide radius bends at changes in direction.Finish as follows: r. 1. Prime paint finish as specified in Section 09900. 2. Set-in sleeves and secure railings to other construction,as indicated on Drawings. 3. Handrails and Top Rails: Design point load 200 lbs,downward or horizontal,and uniform load of 50 lb/lin ft applied simultaneously in both vertical and horizontal directions. Concentrated and uniform loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 4. Intermediate Rails: Uniform load of 25 lbs/sq ft of gross area of railing system,including open area. 5. Shopping Cart Railings (If Indicated on Drawings): 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 inches by 11 gage tube steel. Weld all connections. No finish required. Coordinate installation with store manager. H. Handrail Brackets: Cast iron with not less than 3 inch projection from wall surface to center line of handrail. Finish as indicated below. " 1. Prime paint finish as indicated in Section 09900. I. Partition Deep Leg Track at Roof Deck or Structure for Partition Between Stockroom and Sales Area(designed for uniform load perpendicular to partition exceeding 5 pounds per square foot): ASTM A 653, galvanized steel sheet,size,configuration,gage and fasteners as indicated on Drawings. J. Steel Ladder(Roof Hatch): Coordinate steel wall ladders with Section 07722. 1. Side Rails: 1/2 x 3-1/2 inch steel bars. 2. Rungs: 3/4 inch diameter solid steel rods, 12 inches o.c. 05500-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,. I. Primers: 1. Shop application and field touch-up: SSPC 25. 2. Touch-up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC 20. 3. Color: To match primer used on steel roof deck and joists. J. Concrete Inserts: Cast steel or malleable bolts,washers,and shims;galvanized. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections,for delivery to site. D. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform ra- dius. A!► E. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts;unobtrusively located; consistent with design of structure,except where specifically noted otherwise. F. Make exposed joints butt tight,flush,and hairline. G. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication,except where specifically noted otherwise. 4* H. Finishing: 1. Clean surfaces of rust,scale,grease,and foreign matter prior to finishing. 2. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required. 3. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat;touch up with same primer. 4. Galvanize to minimum 2.0 oz/sq ft zinc coating, exterior items,and those items indicated on Drawings and specified herein,to be galvanized. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Obtain Wal-Mart Construction Manager approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. B. Clean and strip site primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is scheduled. C. Make provision for erection loads with temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment. D. Use grout specified in Section 03300 for setting metal fabrications. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level,accurately fitted,free from distortion or defects. B. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS DLL or D1.3, as applicable. After installation, grind sight- exposed field welds smooth,touch-up welds,scratched,or damaged surfaces with primer. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspection: See Section 01458. 05500-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ow 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330-Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding operators in accordance with AWS Standard Qualification Procedures. Provide certification that welders employed in work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests within previous 12 months. If recertification of welders is required, provide without additional cost to Owner. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .ws A. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Transport,handle,store,and protect products. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (WAL-MART FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED to ITEMS) A. Product Delivery: Wal-Mart's metal fabrication supplier will deliver products to jobsite for Contractor to receive on delivery date established by Contractor. To establish product delivery date and obtain Manufacturer's Installa- tion Drawings contact: 1. R&S Manufacturing,Catoosa,OK (918)266-2266. B. Product Packaging: Products will be packaged in manufacturer's standard packaging on shipping pallets. Installa- tion Drawings will be included with products. C. Acceptance at Site: Receive products as specified in Section 01600. 1. Verify quantity of products furnished with Bill of Material provided with Wal-Mart furnished products. 2. Report discrepancies in product quantity delivered, or damage to products delivered to Wal-Mart A& Construction Division immediately at(501)273-4217. 3. Upon notification by Contractor,Wal-Mart will arrange for delivery of replacement products. 4. Note description of product quantity discrepancies and/or product damage on Bill of Lading. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel Plates and Shapes: ASTM A 36. B. Bolts,Nuts,and Washers: ASTM A 325 and ASTM A 307. C. Cold Rolled Steel: ASTM A 366,Class I,matte finish. D. Cold Rolled Sheet: ASTM A 570. E. Galvanized Steel Sheets: 1. Structural: ASTM A 653 Structural Quality,G90. 2. Galvanized Sheet Steel: ASTM A 591,Class C. F. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500,Grade B. w G. Steel Piping: ASTM A 53. H. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.3 type required for materials being welded. 05500-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 05500-METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Shop fabricated ferrous metal items,galvanized and prime painted. 2. Wal-Mart furnished fabricated metal items. 3. See Schedule at end of this Section. a. Provide as scheduled and as indicated on Drawings. b. Include anchorages and attachments necessary for installation. C. Schedule lists basic items and systems. Include related items and systems necessary to complete the Work. B. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: Under provisions of Section 01600, Wal-Mart's metal fabrication supplier will furnish the following fabricated metal items for installation by Contractor. 1. Jib crane hoist arm and railing assembly. 2. Television monitor bracket support assembly. 3. Television monitor bracket. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01600-Product Requirements: General procedures related to Wal-Mart furnished products. ! 2. Section 01458-Testing Laboratory Services: Testing and inspection. 3. Section 03300-Cast-In-Place Concrete: Furnish handrail sleeves for embedding into concrete. 4. Section 05120-Structural Steel: Connection of miscellaneous framing and supports to structural steel. 5. Section 07722-Roof Hatches: Steel wall ladder to roof hatch. 6. Section 09900-Paints and Coatings: Painted finishes. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A 36-Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A 53 -Specification for Pipe, Steel,Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless. 3. ASTM A 307-Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,60,000 psi Tensile Strength. 4. ASTM A 325 - Specification for Structural Bolts,Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 5. ASTM A 366-Specification for Steel Sheet,Carbon,Cold-Rolled,Commercial Quality. .,: 6. ASTM A 500 - Specification for Cold-formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 7. ASTM A 569 - Specification for Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum, Percent), Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip Commercial Quality. 8. ASTM A 570-Specification for Steel,Sheet and Strip,Carbon,Hot-Rolled,Structural Quality. 9. ASTM A 591 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Electrolytic Zinc-Coated, for Light Coating Mass Applications. 10. ASTM A 653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. B. American Welding Society(AWS): 1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code. 2. AWS D1.3 -Structural Welding Code-Sheet Steel. C. Steel Structures Painting Council(SSPC): 1. SSPC-Paint 20 Type 11-Zinc Rich Primers-Organic. 2. SSPC-Paint 25-Red Iron Oxide,Zinc Oxide,Raw Linseed Oil,and Alkyd Primer. 05500-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ow 3.6 CONSTRUCTION am A. Interface with Other Work: 1. Coordinate erection of studs with hollow metal door frames and overhead coiling door frames. 2. Coordinate installation of anchors, supports, and blocking for mechanical, electrical, and building accessory items installed within framing. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL rw A. Inspect metal framing erection,placement,spacing,fasteners,welds,and connections to building. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. END OF SECTION ws Ok .,. Aw 05400-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,,� MINIMUM CONNECTION FASTENERS Floor Track to Concrete I -Anchor at 36 inches on center. Partition Stud to Floor Track 1 -Screw each side at flange Stud Web to Stud Web 2-Screws. Plates and Straps to Studs 2- Screws. Lateral Bracing to Partition Stud Using clip Angles 2-Screws to stud and 2-Screws to cold rolled channel. Runner to Header 1 -Screw at 16 inches on center,maximum 6 inches from each end. Welded Connections Indicated on Drawings. 3.3 INSTALLATION-JOIST FRAMING A. Install joists and fasteners in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. B. Make provisions for erection stresses. Provide temporary alignment and bracing. C. Place joists at locations and spacing as indicated on Drawings. D. Touch-up field welds and damaged galvanized surfaces with primer. E. Fastening: Indicated on Drawings. 3.4 INSTALLATION-CEILING JOISTS A. Install joists and fasteners in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions and, where gypsum board is attached to joists,install joists in accordance with GA-201 and GA-216. B. Ceiling Joist Spacing: 16 inches on center beginning from center of room. C. Install joists in direction of shortest span,parallel and level,with lateral bracing and bridging. D. Install joists in one piece full length. Splicing of joists not permitted. E. Install perimeter joist runner track sized to match joists. Attach joist runner track to wall framing with minimum 2 screws per stud and at corners and ends. F. Attach joist ends to joist runner tracks with minimum 1 screw each side at each flange. G. Install bridging at 48 inches on center beginning from center of room with 1-1/2 inch rolled channels screw at- tached to joists. 3.5 INSTALLATION-FURRING A. Furring Channels: Attach vertically spaced at maximum 16 inches on center, to masonry and concrete surfaces with specified powder driven fasteners staggered 24 inches on center on opposite flanges. B. Wall Furring: 1. Secure top and bottom runners to structure. 2. Space metal furring at maximum 16 inches on center. 05400-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 «w B. Primer: SSPC Paint 20,Type I,touch-up for galvanized surfaces. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine existing conditions and adjacent areas where products will be installed and verify that conditions con- form to product manufacturer's requirements. Verify that building framing components are ready to receive work. Verify that rough-in utilities are in-place and located where required. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory condi- tions have been corrected. B. Beginning of erection indicates acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION- STUD FRAMING A. Install studs and fasteners in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions and, where gypsum board is attached to studs,install studs in accordance with GA-201 and GA-216. B. Metal Stud Spacing: 16 inches on center,maximum. AO C. Align stud web openings horizontally. 40 D. Construct corners using minimum three studs. E. Place studs as indicated on Drawings,minimum 2 inches from abutting walls. F. Erect studs one piece full length. Splicing of studs not permitted. G. Erect studs,brace,and reinforce to develop full strength to meet design requirements. H. Install headers at partition openings using load-bearing cee joists. I. Install framing between studs for attachment of mechanical and electrical items. J. Coordinate placement of insulation in multiple stud spaces made inaccessible after erection. K. Install intermediate studs above and below openings to match wall stud spacing. L. Fasten studs adjacent to door and window frames, partition intersections, and corners to top and bottom runner 4* flanges in double-stud fashion with metal lock fastener tools. 1. Securely fasten studs to jamb and head anchor clips of door and borrowed-light frames. 2. Place horizontally a cut-to-length section of runner with web-flange bent at each end, fasten with minimum one screw per flange. 40 3. Position a cut-to-length stud(extending to top runner)at vertical panel joints over door frame header. M. Install bridging for stud partitions over 8 feet high at mid-height with 1-1/2 inch rolled channels through studs and ,,,,,,, screw attach in place using clip angles. Lap channels by nesting one inside the other to a depth of at least 8 inches and wire tie together. N. Blocking: Screw attach wood blocking between studs. Install blocking for support of plumbing fixtures, toilet "" partitions,wall cabinets,toilet accessories,and hardware. O. Touch up field welds and damaged galvanized surfaces with primer. 004 P. Fastening: Fasten framing in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions and schedule below, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. 05400-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 00 D. Partition Deep Leg Track at Roof Deck or Structure for Nonload-Bearing Steel Stud Partitions (designed for 5 4 pounds per square foot uniform load perpendicular to partition): ASTM A 653 and ASTM C 955; galvanized sheet steel,channel shaped;solid web. 1. 22 and 20 Gage Studs: CR18 x stud depth x 4 inch leg. E. Partition Deep Leg Track at Roof Deck or Structure for Partition Between Stockroom and Sales Area(designed for uniform load perpendicular to partition exceeding 5 pounds per square foot): Fabricated bent plate channel and fasteners specified in Section 05500. F. Load-Bearing Wall Furring and Partition Bracing: ASTM A 653 and ASTM C 955,galvanized sheet steel. 1. Studs: a. 358SN20 - 3-5/8 inch studs,20 gage. b. 358SN18 - 3-5/8 inch studs, 18 gage. C. 358SN16 - 3-5/8 inch studs, 16 gage. 2. Cold-Rolled Channels: 3/4 inch x 1/2 inch and 1-1/2 inch x 17/32 inch. 3. Clip Angles: 2 inches x 2 inches x 16 gage x 1/4 inch less than stud width. G. Framing Attachment Angles: ASTM A 653 Structural Quality; galvanized sheet steel, size, shape and configura- tion as indicated on Drawings, 14 gage,unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. H. Ceiling Joists and Runners: ASTM A 653 and ASTM C 955;galvanized sheet steel,cee shaped. 1. 600SJ20-6 inch joists,20 gage. 2. 600CR20-6 inch runner track,20 gage. I. Flat Straps and Plates: ASTM A 653; galvanized sheet steel, gage, shape, and configuration as indicated on Drawings. 2.3 FASTENERS A. Framing to Framing: ASTM C 954; 5/8 inch Type S-12 low-profile head corrosion-resistant self-drilling self- , tapping steel screws. B. Framing to Attachment Angle Fasteners: #12 diameter pan head corrosion-resistant self-drilling self-tapping steel screws. C. Wall Floor Track Anchorage Device: Carbon steel wedge type expansion anchor; minimum 3/8 inch diameter x minimum 1-1/2 inch embedment. 1. Kwik Bolt KB 11 38-3,by Hilti,Tulsa,OK (800)879-8000. 2. Thrubolt WS-3822,by ITW Ramset/Red Head,Wood Dale,IL (708)350-1558. D. Wall Furring to Concrete or Masonry Wall Fasteners: Hex head sleeve anchors; minimum 1/4 inch diameter x minimum 1-1/8 inch embedment. 1. Slv Anch HX 5/16X2-1/2,by Hilti,Tulsa,OK (800)879-8000. 2. Dynabolt HN-1413,by ITW Ramset/Redhead,Wood Dale,IL(708)350-1558. E. Furring Channel to Masonry or Concrete Surface Fasteners: Low velocity powder-actuated drive pins of size to suit application. F. Welding: AWS D1.3. G. Wood Furring,Blocking,and Plywood,Attached to Framing Fasteners: Specified in Section 06100. 2.4 FINISHES A. Galvanizing: G90 coating class. 05400-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .f B. Install system to provide for movement of components without damage, failure of joint seals,undue stress on fas- teners,or other detrimental effects when subject to seasonal or cyclic day/night temperature ranges. C. Install system to accommodate construction tolerances, deflection of building structural members, and clearances of intended openings. *" D. Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding operators in accordance with AWS Standard Qualification Procedures. Provide certification that welders employed in work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests within previous 12 months. If recertification of welders is required, provide without additional cost to Owner. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Transport,handle,store,and protect products. B. Protect metal framing from corrosion,deformation,and other damage during delivery,storage,and handling. C. Store and protect with waterproof covering;ventilate to avoid condensation. D. Where framing is stored outdoors, stack materials off ground, supported on level platform, fully protected from weather. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Unimast Incorporated,Franklin Park,IL(800)969-4110. 1. Unimast framing component designations are used within this Section to identify framing types. 2. Alternate Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with project requirements metal framing materials of equal type to those specified,by alternate manufacturers are acceptable. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Interior and Exterior Load-Bearing Studs: ASTM A 653 and ASTM C 955; galvanized sheet steel, channel shaped,punched for utility access,depth and gage as indicated on Drawings. 1. 358SN20 - 3-5/8 inch studs,20 gage. •+ 2. 358SN18 - 3-5/8 inch studs, 18 gage. 3. 358SN16 - 3-5/8 inch studs, 16 gage. 4. 600SN20 - 6 inch studs,20 gage. , 5. 600SN18 - 6 inch studs, 18 gage. 6. 600SN16 - 6 inch studs, 16 gage. B. Interior and Exterior Load-Bearing Cee-Joists: ASTM A 653 Structural Quality; galvanized sheet steel, channel so shaped,depth and gage as indicated on Drawings. 1. 358SJ20 - 3-5/8 inch joists,20 gage. 2. 358SJ18 - 3-5/8 inch joists, 18 gage. 3. 358SJ16 - 3-5/8 inch joists, 16 gage. 4. 600SJ20 - 6 inch joists,20 gage. 5. 600SJ18 - 6 inch joists, 18 gage. 6. 600SJ16 - 6 inch joists, 16 gage. C. Partition Floor Tracks and Runners: ASTM A 653 and ASTM C 955; galvanized sheet steel, channel shaped; same depth and gage as studs;tight fit; solid web. 1. 20 Gage Studs: CR20 x stud size. tuft 2. 18 Gage Studs: CR18 x stud size. 3. 16 Gage Studs: CR16 x stud size. 00 05400-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 AS UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 05400-COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Load bearing formed steel stud exterior and interior framing 20 gage and heavier. 2. Cold formed steel cee joists. 3. Cold formed steel ceiling joists. 4. Cold formed steel stud header wall framing and bracing supported from roof structure. 5. Cold formed deep leg track for interior nonload-bearing steel stud partitions (designed for 5 pounds per 00 square foot uniform load perpendicular to partition). 6. Cold formed steel stud partition between stockroom and sales area. B. Related Sections: #* 1. Section 05120-Structural Steel: Connecting to structural building framing. 2. Section 05210-Steel Joists: Connecting to steel joists. 3. Section 05300-Metal Deck: Connecting to decking 4. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Fabricated bent plate, deep leg track for steel stud partition between stockroom and sales area (designed for uniform load perpendicular to partition exceeding 5 pounds per square foot). 5. Section 06100-Rough Carpentry: Wood furring strips,plywood,and blocking. 6. Section 07210-Building Insulation: Thermal insulation installed in exterior framing. 7. Section 09250 - Gypsum Board: Non-load bearing steel stud partition framing 20 gage and lighter and gypsum board attached to cold formed metal framing. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A 153 -Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 2. ASTM A 653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. 3. ASTM C 954 -Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in.(0.84 mm)to 0.112 in(2.84 mm)in Thickness. 4. ASTM C 955 - Specification for Load-Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs, Runners (Track), and Bracing or Bridging for Screw Application of Gypsum Board and Metal Plaster Bases. B. American Welding Society(AWS): 1. AWS D1.3-Structural Welding Code-Steel Sheet. C. Gypsum Association(GA): 1. GA-201 - Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings. 2. GA-216 - Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. D. Steel Structures Painting Council(SSPC): 1. SSPC-Paint 20 Type I-Zinc Rich Primers-Inorganic. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in the installation of cold formed metal framing components with 00 minimum five years documented experience. 05400-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 "M Am AM BLANK PAGE «ru wu 05300-8 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,,� SECTION 05300 METAL DECK CONTRACTOR'S FINAL FIELD USE DRAWING REVIEW Project Name: Project Number: The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work until review of the Final Field Use Drawings is complete. By signing below as approved,the Contractor hereby certifies that the he has reviewed the Final Field Use Drawings and has checked and coordinated the information contained therein with related work and has reported any errors, inconsistencies,or omissions to the Architect/Engineer. The Architect/Engineer's review of this form or any attached drawings shall neither relieve the Contractor or the steel deck supplier from the responsibility to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents nor approve any work not ," complying therewith. Final Field Use Drawings are not Contract Documents and do not modify Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of measurements,elevations,line and grades of the Work. SUBMITTAL: ❑ Steel Deck Final Field Use drawings from Owners Metal Deck Supplier dated ! ! (check the appropriate submittal action and fill in date on drawings) ❑ Approved/no exceptions taken ❑ Revise and resubmit ❑ Approved/comments attached ❑ Rejected If comments are required,attach a separate sheet. Approved by Contractor: Firm Name: Signed by: Date: Return one copy to the Structural Engineer of Record,and one copy to Owner's Metal Deck Supplier. Ok Wallace Engineering 201 W.5th, Suite 200 Tulsa,OK 74103 Attn: SUBMITTAL REVIEWER Wheeling Corrugating Company,Division of Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation 1134 Market Street PHONE: (304)234-2300 Wheeling,WV 26003 FAX: (304)234-2330 END OF FORM 05300-7 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ..r �r BLANK PAGE .r. 05300-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 r C. Testing and Inspection: Testing Laboratory services specified in Section 01458. D. Manufacturer's Field Services: Powder and air actuated fasteners. 1. Inspection: Pin manufacturer representative shall be on site to inspect and verify proper installation of fasteners. 2. Report: Manufacturer representative shall submit inspection report indicating verification to Wal-Mart Construction Manager. END OF SECTION d 05300-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10, 2000 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Erect metal decking and connect to structure in accordance with SDI Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks,Roof Decks. Coordinate attachment sequence and procedure with placing of units; show on final field use drawings. .. B. On steel support members provide 1-1/2 inch minimum bearing. On masonry support surfaces provide 3 inch minimum bearing. Am C. Align and level deck on supports. D. Provide welds,fasteners,and side lap connectors of size,spacing,and location as indicated on Drawings. """ E. Install Hilti powder actuated fasteners using the DX-450 or DX-750 decking system,by Hilti. Installed pin height shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,and verified with manufacturer approved inspection gage. Determine power level by jobsite testing. F. Install Hilti air actuated fasteners using the R4xl2 decking system, by Hilti. Installed pin height shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, and verified with manufacturer approved inspection gage. Determine power level by jobsite testing. G. Install Pneutek air actuated fasteners using decking system, by Pneutek. Install pins in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Pin head shall clamp deck tightly to supporting member without gaps between underside of head and top side of deck. Pin shall not cause excessive dimpling of the deck greater than 1/2 the thickness of the pin head. H. Powder and air actuated fasteners shall be installed by a tool operator licensed by the pin manufacturer. 1. Welding: In accordance with AWS D1.1 and D1.3. Provide welding washers when welding 24 gauge or lighter ,. steel in conformance with SDI standards.Install 6 inch wide sheet steel cover plates where deck changes direction. Spot weld in place 12 inches on center maximum. Install sheet steel closures and angle flashings to close openings between deck and walls,columns,and openings. ,Kw J. Position roof sump pans with flange bearing on top surface of deck. Weld at each deck flute. K. Immediately after welding deck in place, touch-up welds, burned areas, and surface coating damage with prime oft paint. L. Field Painting: Dry fog paint finish specified in Section 09900. ... M. Interface with Other Work: 1. Coordinate locations and sizes of openings for skylights, smoke vents (if specified), roof top mechanical equipment and penetrations of metal deck. AW 2. Verify steel joist spacing,bracing,and layout. 3. Coordinate structural steel support framing for metal deck openings. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect metal deck installation,type of deck,laps, fastener type,fastener spacing,and attachments. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. rr. 05300-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 „�, 2.2 DECK MATERIALS (OWNER FURNISHED-CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) A. Metal deck shall conform to SDI standards. B. Steel Roof Deck: ASTM A 611, Grade C, 1-1/2 inch high, minimum gage sheet steel as indicated on Drawings, prime painted grey top side and white bottom side. 2.3 ACCESSORIES(OWNER FURNISHED-CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) A. Side Lap Fasteners: Self-drilling screws; #10-16 /1, by ITW Buildex, Itaska, Il (800) 323-0720, or Wal-Mart approved substitute. 2.4 ACCESSORIES (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED-CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) A. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1. B. Primers: 1. Shop application and field touch-up: SSPC 25. 2. Touch-up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC 20. C. Screw Fasteners: Self-drilling, self tapping No. 12 HWH Tek screws, by ITW Buildex, Itaska, Il (800) 323- 0720,or Wal-Mart approved substitute. D. Powder Actuated Fasteners: Minimum 0.145 inch diameter knurled hardened steel shank; minimum 0.5625 inch diameter washer;meet SDI design requirements. 1. ENP2-21-1,15,by Hilti Incorporated,Tulsa,OK (800)879-8000. 2. Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment: Product options and substitutions. Substitutions: not permitted. I OR E. Air Actuated Fasteners: Minimum 0.130 inch diameter knurled hardened steel shank; minimum 0.500 inch diameter steel washer or head;meet SDI design requirements. 1. X-EDNK22 HSN or X-EDN19 HSN,by Hilti,Incorporated,Tulsa,Ok (800) 879-8000. 2. K-65056 or SDK-63075,by Pneutek Incorporated,Hudson,NH (603) 883-1660. 3. Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment: Product options and substitutions. Substitutions: not permitted. F. Masonry Anchorage: Specified in Section 04220. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate steel decking in accordance with the SDI Design Manual and AISI,to accommodate the following: 1. Roof Deck: Maximum working stress of 20,000 psi and maximum span deflection of L/240. B. Fabricate roof sump pan of 14 gage sheet steel, flat bottom, sloped sides, recessed 1-1/2 inches below roof deck surface,bearing flange 3 inches wide,watertight. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions and adjacent areas where products and materials will be installed and verify that conditions conform to product manufacturer's requirements. Verify that metal deck supporting framing components are ready to receive Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of existing conditions. 05300-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .0" E. Steel Structures Painting Council(SSPC): 1. SSPC-Paint 20 Type II-Zinc Rich Primers-Organic. 2. SSPC-Paint 25-Red Iron Oxide,Zinc Oxide,Raw Linseed Oil,and Alkyd Primer. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330-Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals. B. Final Field Use Drawing Review Form: Complete attached Final Field Use Drawing Review Form and forward to Structural Engineer of Record and metal deck supplier under provisions of Section 01330. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE +* A. Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding operators in accordance with AWS Standard Qualification Procedures. Provide certification that welders employed in Work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests within previous 12 months. If recertification of welders is required, provide without additional cost to Owner. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Product Delivery: Owner's metal deck supplier will deliver products to jobsite for Contractor to receive on delivery date established by contractor. To establish product delivery date, contact the Delivery Scheduling or Wal-Mart Account Contact person indicated,immediately upon notice of Award of Contract. B. Project Packaging: Metal decking will be shipped in manufacturer's standard packaging with identification markings on each component or package. Identification markings will coordinate with identification markings for components indicated on Owner's Metal Deck Supplier installation final field use drawings. C. Acceptance at Site: Receive products as specified in Section 01600. 1. Verify quantity of products furnished with Installation Final Field Use Drawings and Bills of Lading provided by Owner's Metal Deck Supplier. 2. Report discrepancies in product quantity delivered, or damage to products delivered to Wal-Mart immediately. Upon notification, Wal-Mart will arrange for delivery of replacement products. Note description of product quality discrepancies and/or product damage on Bill of Lading. D. Manufacturing Defects: Report suspected product manufacturing defects to Wal-Mart Construction Manager and •+ Owner's Metal Deck Supplier. Upon notification,Wal-Mart will arrange for repair of manufacturing defects. E. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Transport,handle,store,and protect products. F. Keep materials dry. Separate sheets and store deck on dry wood sleepers; slope for positive drainage. G. Prevent damage to edges,ends and surfaces. ..� PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Wheeling Corrugating Company, Division of Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation, Wheeling, WV (304) 234- 2300. •. 1. Wal-Mart Account Sales Manager: Kerry Price. B. Substitutions: Not permitted. 05300-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ," UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 05300-METAL DECK ! ! PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Owner furnished roof decking. 2. Owner furnished sidelap fasteners. 3. Framed openings up to 10 inches by 10 inches. 4. Welding,fasteners,and accessories for attachment of deck. 5. Contractor installation of metal decking and accessories. B. Work Installed,but not Furnished under this Section: 1. Owner's Metal Deck supplier will furnish steel roof deck under provisions of Section 01600. 2. Owner's Metal Deck supplier will furnish side lap fasteners for deck. Owner's Metal Deck supplier will determine quantity of fasteners based on requirements of Side Lap Fastener Schedule on Drawings. At time of receipt, Contractor shall verify quantity of side lap fasteners is in accordance with Side Lap Fastener Schedule. If fastener quantity is not in accordance with requirements of Schedule,obtain balance of fasteners from Owner's Metal Deck supplier. Subsequent to receipt of side lap fasteners from Owner's Metal Deck supplier,additional fasteners shall be provided at Contractor's expense. C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Furnish and install roof sump pans,cover plates,and accessories required for installation and attachment of deck to structural steel members. 2. Installation of Owner furnished metal decking and accessories. D. Related Sections: 1. Section 01600-Product Requirements: General procedures related to Owner furnished products. 2. Section 04220 - Concrete Masonry Units: Anchorages for support plates and angles embedded in masonry. 3. Section 05120-Structural Steel: a. Structural steel for rooftop HVAC units and framed openings larger than 10 inches by 10 inches. b. Support plates and angles with anchor studs, expansion bolts, or adhesive anchors, which are embedded in or cast into concrete or masonry for supporting steel deck. 4. Section 05210-Steel Joists: Support structure for metal decking. 5. Section 09900-Paints and Coatings: Field painting of exposed deck. 1.2 REFERENCES .! A. American Iron and Steel Institute(AISI): Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members. B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A 611 -Specification for Structural Steel(SS),Sheet,Carbon,Cold-Rolled 2. ASTM A 653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process C. American Welding Society(AWS): 1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code. 2. AWS D1.3 -Structural Welding Code-Sheet Steel. D. Steel Deck Institute(SDI): Design Manual for Composite Decks,Form Decks,Roof Decks. 05300-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 -No Am Ow .o AM MR M., BLANK PAGE Mw am am .w. SM an am •r 05210-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,,,,� SECTION 05210 STEEL JOISTS CONTRACTOR'S FINAL FIELD USE DRAWING REVIEW FIN Project Name: Project Number: The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work until review of the Final Field Use Drawings is complete. By signing below as approved,the Contractor hereby certifies that the he has reviewed the Final Field Use Drawings and has checked and coordinated the information contained therein with related work and has reported any errors, inconsistencies, or omissions to the Architect/Engineer. The Architect/Engineer's review of this form or any attached drawings shall neither relieve the Contractor or the steel joist supplier from the responsibility to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents nor approve any work not complying therewith. Final Field Use Drawings are not Contract Documents and do not modify Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of measurements,elevations,line and grades of the Work. SUBMITTAL: ~ ❑ Steel Joist Final Field Use Drawings from Owner's Steel Joist Supplier dated (check the appropriate submittal action and fill in date on drawings) ❑ Approved/no exceptions taken ❑ Revise and resubmit ❑ Approved/comments attached ❑ Rejected OP If comments are required,attach a separate sheet. Approved by Contractor: Firm Name: Signed by: Date: Return one copy to the Structural Engineer or Architect of Record,and one copy to Owner's Steel Joist Supplier. !► Wallace Engineering 201 W.5th,Suite 200 Tulsa,OK 74103 Attn: SUBMITTAL REVIEWER SMI Joist Company 619B N. 1 st Street Jacksonville,AR 72076 (501)982-5377 END OF FORM 05210-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect steel joist installation,types of joists and locations,welds and connections. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. C. Testing and Inspection: Testing Laboratory Services specified in Section 01458. w END OF SECTION .. .ft a 05210-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Am 2.3 ACCESSORIES(CONTRACTOR FURNISHED-CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) A. Anchors and Fasteners: Furnish anchors and fasteners required for installation and attachment of joist, joist girders,and bridging not provided by Owner's Steel Joist Supplier. B. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Steel joists and joist girders will be fabricated in accordance with SJI Standard Specifications including headers and other supplementary framing. Top and bottom chord extensions will be provided where indicated on Drawings. B. Joists,joist girders,and accessories will be prepared and shop primed with one coat of primer. C. Fabrication Testing and Inspection: 1. Testing and inspection will be performed under provisions of Section 01450. 2. Fabrication of joists and joist girders is subject to inspection and testing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions and adjacent areas where products and materials will be installed and verify that conditions conform to product manufacturer's requirements. Verify that steel joist supporting framing components are ready to receive Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 ERECTION A. Erect steel joists,joist girders,and bridging in accordance with approved final field use drawings and SJI Standard Specifications. B. Bear joists and joist girders on supports in accordance with approved final field use drawings and SJI. During erection,provide temporary bracing,as required by joist manufacturer,for induced loads and stresses on joists and joist girders. C. Limit sweep of joists to span length/180 or a maximum of 2 inches. D. Coordinate placement of anchorages in concrete and masonry construction for making connections to joists and joist girders,and for securing bearing plates. E. Connect or field weld joist seat to placed bearing plates after alignment, positioning after installation of bridging. Do not permit erection of decking until joists are braced and bridged. F. Do not field cut or alter joists without written approval from Structural Engineer of Record and Owner's Steel Joist Supplier. 05210-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 No" 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Am A. Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding operators in accordance with AWS Standard Qualification Procedures. Provide certification that welders employed in work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests within previous 12 months. If recertification of welders is required, provide without additional cost to .f Owner. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING so A. Product Delivery: Owner's Steel Joist Supplier will deliver products to jobsite for Contractor to receive on delivery date established by contractor. To establish product delivery date,contact the Wal-Mart Account Contact person indicated,immediately upon notice of Award of Contract. a B. Project Packaging: Steel Joists will be shipped in manufacturer's standard packaging with identification markings on each component or package. Identification markings will coordinate with identification markings for components indicated on Owner's Steel Joist Supplier installation shop drawings. C. Acceptance at Site: Receive products as specified in Section 01600. 1. Verify quantity of products furnished with Installation Shop Drawings and Bills of Lading provided by Owner's Steel Joist Supplier. 2. Report discrepancies in product quantity delivered,or damage to products delivered to Wal-Mart immediately. Upon notification,Wal-Mart will arrange for delivery of replacement products. Note description of product quality discrepancies and/or product damage on Bill of Lading. w D. Manufacturing Defects: Report suspected product manufacturing defects to Wal-Mart Construction Manager and Owner's Steel Joist Supplier. Upon notification,Wal-Mart will arrange for repair of manufacturing defects. "■! E. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: Transport, handle, store, and protect products in accordance with SJI requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. SMI Joist Company,Hope,AR. Telephone: (800)643-1577. FAX: (800)427-4272. 1. Wal-Mart Account Sales Manager: Stan McKown. 2. Additional Manufacturer Contacts: Susan Rider or Robbie Fuller. B. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Product options and.substitutions: Substitutions: Not Permitted. 2.2 MATERIALS(OWNER FURNISHED-CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) A. Open Web Joist Members: 1. SJI Type K Open Web. 2. SJI Type H Open Web. 3. LH Longspan. 4. DLH Longspan. 5. Joist Girders. B. Bridging: ASTM A 36,ASTM A 242,A 570,or A 572. C. Primer: SSPC-Paint 15,grey. D. Anchors and Fasteners: " 1. Bridging bolts and joist to girder bolts. 2. Clips for bridging wall anchors. 05210-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .w UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 05210-STEEL JOISTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Owner furnished open web steel joists,with extended ends,and attached bearing plates. 2. Owner furnished joist girders and continuity angles for joist girders. 3. Owner furnished bridging and connection angles for bridging at side walls. 4. Contractor installation of steel joists and accessories. Pik B. Work Installed, but not Furnished under this Section: Owner's Steel Joist Supplier will furnish steel joists,joist girders,and bridging under provisions of Section 01600. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300-Cast In Place Concrete: Grouting base plates and bearing plates. 2. Section 05120-Structural Steel: a. Support plates and angles with anchor studs,expansion bolts,or adhesive anchors,which are embedded in or cast into concrete or masonry for supporting steel joists and joist girders. b. Frames for rooftop HVAC units and roof openings larger than 10 inches by 10 inches. 3. Section 09900-Paint and Coatings: Field painting of exposed joists and roof deck. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A 36-Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A 242-Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel. 3. ASTM A 570-Specification for Steel,Sheet and Strip,Carbon,Hot-Rolled,Structural Quality. 4. ASTM A 572-Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality. B. American Welding Society(AWS): 1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code. C. Steel Joist Institute(SJI): 1. SJI-Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists H-Series,and Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists K-Series,and Standard Specifications for Longspan Steel Joists LH-Series and Deep Longspan Steel Joists DLH-Series. 2. SJI-Standard Specifications for Joist Girders. D. Steel Structures Painting Council(SSPC): 1. SSPC-Paint 15 Steel Joist Shop Paint. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330-Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals. B. Contractor's Final Field Use Review Form: Complete attached Contractor's Final Field Use Review Form and forward to Structural Engineer of Record and Owner's Steel Joist Supplier under provisions of Section 01330. 05210-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 3.4 ERECTION A. Erect structural steel in accordance with AISC Specification. B. Make provision for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and in ... true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. C. Do not field cut or alter structural members. ..c D. After erection, paint surfaces not shop painted that are to receive finish painting. Use a primer consistent with shop coat. E. Anchor Bolts: Install anchor bolts and other connectors required for securing structural steel to foundations and other in-place work. Furnish templates and other devices as necessary for presetting bolts and other anchors to accurate locations. F. Setting Bases and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surfaces of base and bearing plates. 1. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural members on adjusting nuts. 2. Tighten anchor bolts after the supported members have been positioned and plumbed. 3. Grout solidly between bearing surfaces and bases of plates immediately after erecting member and before additional load is placed on member. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure. For proprietary grout materials,comply with manufacturer's installation instructions. 4. Slide bearings: Permanently affixed to member and support, respectively, by welding or bolting as indicated. Align and level member faces to maintain full contact between surfaces before completing installation. G. High-strength Bolting: Comply with specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts. H. Erection Bolts: 1. Comply with ASTM A 307. 2. Hand tighten nut to minimum depth of nut. I. Touch-up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean exposed field welds,bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. 4 ft J. Field Painting: Specified in Section 09900. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL No A. Inspect structural steel erection,material,components,shapes,alignment and connections. 4W B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract Documents. C. Testing and Inspection: Testing Laboratory services specified in Section 01458. oft END OF SECTION 44 «w Aft 05120-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .R 2.2 FABRICATION A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC Specification. B. Connections not detailed on Drawings: Engineer by fabricator,which is subject to review. C. Fabricator's Responsibility: 1. Errors of detailing,fabrications,and for correct fitting of structural steel members. 2. Do not splice structural steel members. Members having splice not indicated on Drawings will be rejected. 2.3 FINISH A. Clean,prepare,and shop prime structural steel members. B. Galvanized Finish: Minimum 1.25 oz/sq ft zinc (hot-dipped galvanized) coating complying with ASTM A123. Galvanize the following items: 1. Anchor bolts exposed to weather and in contact with or embedded in concrete or masonry. C. Epoxy Coating Finish: Prepare structural steel items scheduled to receive epoxy coating by SSPC-SP 6 (Commercial Blast Cleaning) method. Prime steel with SSPC-Paint 20 Type II, zinc rich primer; minimum dry film thickness of 3 mils. Top coat structural steel with SSPC-Paint 22, epoxy coating; minimum dry film thickness of 3 mils. Apply zinc rich primer and epoxy coating to the following items: 1. Satellite dish support(from bottom of deck to top of support). D. Alkyd Primer Finish: Prepare structural steel items scheduled to recieve alkyd primer by SSPC-SP 2 (Hand Tool Cleaning) method. Prime steel with SSPC-Paint 25 alkyd primer; minimum dry mil thickness of 2 mils. Apply alkyd primer to the following items: 1. Structural steel items not specified as galvanized or scheduled to recieve epoxy coating. OPP PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions and adjacent areas where products and materials will be installed and verify that conditions conform to product manufacturer's requirements. Verify elevations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces and !fie locations of anchorage. Verify that all conditions are ready to receive Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION ! ► A. Supply items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry with setting diagrams to appropriate Sections. 3.3 SURVEY A. Employ Professional Engineer registered in State in which Project is located, experienced in survey work, to establish permanent bench marks as shown and as necessary for accurate erection of structural steel. Check elevations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces, and locations of anchor bolts and similar devices, before erection work proceeds, and report discrepancies to Wal-Mart Construction Manager. Do not proceed with erection until corrections have been made, or until compensating adjustments to structural steel work have been agreed upon with Wal-Mart. 05120-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding operators in accordance with AWS Standard Qualification Procedures. Provide certification that welders employed in work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests within previous 12 months. If recertification of welders is required, provide without additional cost to .w Owner. B. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Transport,handle,store,and protect products. .�s C. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. D. Keep steel members off ground by using pallets,platforms,or other supports. *�*! E. Protect steel members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. 1. Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 2. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion or damage members or supporting structures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS „ A. Structural Steel: 1. Wide Flange Steel Shapes:ASTM A 572,Grade 50. 2. Steel Channels,Angles,Anchor Bolts,Plates and Bars: ASTM A 36. B. Structural Tubing: ASTM A 500,Grade B. C. Structural Steel Pipe: ASTM A53,Grade B;ASTM A500,Grade B;ASTM A 501. D. Bolts,Nuts,and Washers: ASTM A 325 or A 307 as indicated on Drawings. E. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded or as indicated on Drawings. E7024 electrodes("Jet Weld"rods)are not permitted;use only"All Position"rods. F. Adhesive Anchors: Stud-type adhesive anchors consisting of threaded steel rod, nut and washer or deformed reinforcing bar, adhesive cartridge, and mixing tubes. Subject to compliance with project requirements, provide adhesive anchors as manufactured by one of the following: w.. 1. HY-150,by Hilti. 2. Epcon System,by ITW Ramset/Red Head. G. Alkyd Primer: SSPC-Paint 25; Grey color. H. Zinc Rich Primer: SSPC-Paint 20 Type 11. 1. Carboline 858,by Carboline. 2. 90-97 Tneme-Zinc,by Tnemec. 1. Epoxy Top Coat: SSPC-Paint 22. 1. Carboline 893,by Carboline. 2. Series 27 F.C.Typoxy,by Tnemec. J. Teflon Coated Slide Bearing Pads: 1. Fluorogold,by Furon. 2. Dura-Slide,by Tobi Engineering. 3. Type CSA,by Con-Serv,Inc. 05120-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,, wR UniSpec II-ASTM 123199 SECTION 05120-STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Structural steel framing members, structural steel support members, struts, with required bracing, welds, and fasteners. 2. Base plates and shear stud connectors. 3. Teflon coated slide bearing pads. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast In Place Concrete: Anchorages cast in concrete. Grouting base plates and bearing plates. 2. Section 04220-Concrete Masonry Units: Anchorages embedded in masonry. ► 3. Section 05210-Steel Joists: Steel bracing for joists and joist girders. 4. Section 05300-Metal Deck: Support framing for roof openings. 5. Section 05500-Metal Fabrications: Miscellaneous steel components. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A 36-Specification for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A 53 -Specification for Pipe,Steel,Black and Galvanized,Seamless and Welded. 3. ASTM A 123 - Specification for Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 4. ASTM A 307-Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,60,000 psi Tensile Strength. 40 5. ASTM A 325 -Specification for Structural Bolts,Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 6. ASTM A 500 - Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 7. ASTM A 501 -Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. 8. ASTM A572 - Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel. 1P C. American Welding Society(AWS): AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code. D. Steel Structures Painting Council(SSPC): 1. SSPC-Paint 20 Type II-Zinc Rich Primers-Organic. 2. SSPC-Paint 22-Epoxy-Polyamide Paints. 3. SSPC-Paint 25 -Red Iron Oxide,Zinc Oxide,Raw Linseed Oil,and Alkyd Primer. 4. SSPC-SP 2-Hand Tool Cleaning. 5. SSPC-SP 6-Commercial Blast Cleaning. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330-Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals. B. Final Field Use Drawing Review Form: Complete attached Final Field Use Drawing Review Form and forward to OR Structural Engineer of Record and structural steel supplier under provisions of Section 01330. 05120-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .wr ANN an BLANK PAGE w 04220-8 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .w C. Bed anchors of metal door and glazed frames in mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with grout. Fill masonry cores with grout minimum 12 inches from framed openings. D. Do not build in organic materials subject to deterioration. 3.11 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fit for bearing plates, chases, pipes, conduit, sleeves, and grounds. Coordinate with other Sections of work to provide correct size,shape,and location. B. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting any area not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.12 CLEANING A. Remove excess mortar and smears. B. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work. C. Clean soiled surfaces with a non-acidic solution which will not harm masonry or adjacent materials. Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. D. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. 3.13 PROTECTION A. Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction activities. B. Provide protection without damaging completed work. C. At day's end,cover unfinished walls to prevent moisture infiltration. Weight cover down to prevent blow-off and maintain protection for fresh masonry work. Extend cover from top of wall a minimum of 2 feet down the wall on each side. 3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Masonry: Required testing will be performed in accordance with Section 01458. B. Blown-In Expanded Polystyrene Bead Insulation: Upon completion of installation, perform infrared thermographic inspection of exterior walls. 1. Thermographer Qualifications: Level 2 Certified Thermographer, certified in accordance with ASNT SNT-TIC-IA,with at least three years experience performing infrared inspections of building envelopes. 2. Infrared Equipment: Flir Systems Incorporated Prism DS thermal imager. 3. Environmental Conditions: Perform thermographic inspection under the following conditions. a. From exterior of building with building in heated mode. b. Post-sunset,from ground level,with inside/outside temperature differential of at least 18 degrees F. C. Exterior wall surfaces shall be dry at time of inspection and winds at less than 15 miles per hour. 4. Inspection Report: Submit Inspection Report prepared by Thermographer to: Staff Architect Wal-Mart Stores Incorporated Sam M.Walton Development Center 2001 S.E. 10th Street Bentonville,AR 72712-6489 END OF SECTION 04220-7 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .., 3.6 MASONRY FILL INSULATION w A. Blown-In Expanded Polystyrene Bead Insulation: Confirm that selected foam insulation material is compatible and non-detrimental to referenced fire resistance assemblies before use. B. Install insulation in masonry unit cores of exterior walls. C. Granular Insulation: 1. Place masonry fill insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Verify that holes and openings have been sealed to prevent escape of insulation. 2. Place as masonry is erected. Ensure spaces are free of mortar to allow free flow of insulation. 3. Completely fill spaces. Place in lifts and rod to eliminate air pockets. Place prior to covering cores with '"t bond beams or lintels. 4. Place temporary signs on face of insulated walls warning workers to use caution to prevent loss of insulation if cutting into walls. 04 D. Blown-In Expanded Polystyrene Bead Insulation: 1. Installer shall be certified or approved by manufacturer of insulation. 2. Install expanded polystyrene beads in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. "" 3. Blow-in expanded polystyrene beads from top of wall prior to installation of bond beams. 3.7 LINTELS am A. Install loose steel lintels as scheduled. B. Install reinforced unit masonry lintels over openings where steel lintels are not scheduled. Construct lintels using grout fill and reinforcing. Maintain minimum 8 inch bearing on each side of opening, unless noted otherwise on Drawings. om C. Use reinforcing bars of one piece lengths only. D. Place and consolidate grout fill without disturbing reinforcing. Allow lintels to reach strength before removing temporary supports. go. E. For soap units covering steel lintels,provide 9 gage Z-ties at each vertical joint. Weld Z-ties to web of steel lintel. Oft 3.8 CONTROL JOINTS A. Do not continue bond beam reinforcing or joint reinforcing across control joints. No B. Install preformed control joint filler at locations indicated on Drawings. Use proper size material to create sealant joint space. For backer rod and sealant see Section 07900. an 3.9 EXPANSION JOINTS A. At expansion joints indicated on Drawings, locate expansion joint filler on centerline of wall. Install backer rods am and sealant. See Section 07900. 3.10 BUILT-IN WORK •w A. As work progresses,build in metal door frames,fabricated metal frames,window frames,anchor bolts,diaphragm anchors,embedded plates,and other items included in the work supplied by other Sections. am B. Install items plumb and level. Aft 04220-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .w B. For hollow concrete masonry units, fill head and bed joints solidly with mortar for a distance in from the face of the unit not less than the thickness of the shell. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and foundation walls and in courses of piers, columns and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be reinforced or filled with concrete or grout. For starting courses on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed,including areas under cells. C. Fully bond intersections,and external and internal corners. D. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. ON E. Perform jobsite cutting with proper tools to provide straight unchipped edges. Take care to prevent breaking masonry unit corners or edges. 1. Where required,match finish masonry work to adjacent surfaces. 2. For fire-rated walls, construct walls to finish against bottom of roof or floor deck and fill voids with firestopping. 3. For other than fire-rated walls, cut units to match the slope of the roof deck and finish construction to within 2 inches of and parallel to roof deck. F. Isolate masonry partitions from vertical structural framing members with a control joint. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Construct masonry within the following tolerances: 1. Alignment of Pilasters: Maximum 1/4 inch from true line. 2. Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 feet;3/8 inch in 20 feet; 1/2 inch maximum. 3. Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non-cumulative. 4. Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 feet; 1/4 inch in 10 feet; 1/2 inch maximum. 5. Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 feet. B. Tolerances for the placement of reinforcing steel in walls and flexural elements: 1. t 1/2 inch when the distance from the centerline of the steel to the opposite face of the masonry, "d", is equal to 8 inches or less. 2. t 1 inch for"d"equal to 24 inches or less. 3. f 1-1/4 inch for"d"greater than 24 inches. 3.5 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGES A. Install horizontal joint reinforcement 16 inches on center, except space at 8 inches in parapet walls and below finished floor, or where otherwise indicated on Drawings. Place joint reinforcement continuous in first and second joint below top of walls. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6 inches. Do not extend joint reinforcement through control joints. B. Place vertical reinforcing bars supported and secured against displacement,by means of bar positioners. Support other bars and tie to prevent displacement. C. Grout cells full that contain vertical reinforcing. Use low lift grout method of construction conforming to requirements of ACI. D. Verify that anchorages embedded in masonry are properly placed. 1. Proper placement of embed anchors shall be understood as full depth penetration of scheduled anchorage without contact of embed stud with interior surface of exterior shell face. 04220-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am b. Control Joint No. 9101, by Southern Construction Products, Inc.; Birmingham, AL; (800) 821- 9296. "'�" C. Masonry Control Joint No. 571;by Greenstreak; St.Louis,MO;(800)325-9504. 2. Tee Joint: 2-5/8 inches by I inch;rubber. a. Rapid Control Joint D/A 2025,by Dur-O-Wal,Inc.,Aurora,IL,(800)323-0090. .. b. Control Joint No. 9107, by Southern Construction Products, Inc.; Birmingham, AL; (800) 821- 9296. C. Masonry Control Joint No. 572;by Greenstreak; St.Louis,MO;(800)325-9504. Oft C. Preformed Expansion Joint Filler: 1. One Inch Expansion Joint: Secondary compression seal. a. WABO WE-225,black;by Watson Bowman Acme;Amherst,NY;(716)691-7566. Am b. GreyFlex Expanding Foam Sealant; by Emseal Joint Systems, Ltd.; Westborough, MA; (508) 836- 0280. 2.4 MASONRY FILL INSULATION A. Granular Insulation: ASTM C 516 vermiculite or ASTM C 549 perlite. im B. Blown-In Expanded Polystyrene Bead Insulation: Bloc Fil Masonry Insulation, by Block Fil Incorporated (800) 342-0839. 1. Substitutions: As approved by Wal-Mart Staff Architect submitted through the Wal-Mart Construction ,,m Manager. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Verify items provided by other sections of work are properly sized and located. B. Establish lines, levels, and coursing. Protect from disturbance. Use non-corrosive materials in contact with masonry work. .w C. Provide temporary bracing for walls,lintels,and other masonry work during erection. Maintain in place until roof and other structural elements are complete and provide permanent bracing. 3.2 COURSING A. Place masonry to lines and levels indicated. ... B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform width. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness. C. Lay concrete masonry units in running bond unless otherwise noted. Course one block unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches. D. Tool head and bed joints concave regardless if below grade or above ceiling height. Use tool with large enough radius that joint is not raked free of mortar. 3.3 PLACING AND BONDING 0 A. Lay solid concrete masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not slush head joints. Remove excess mortar. no oft 04220-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 AM PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Hollow Load Bearing Units: ASTM C 90,Type II. 1. Smooth CMU: Light weight or normal weight above finished floor; normal weight only below finished floor. 2. Splitface CMU: Light weight or normal weight above finished floor; normal weight only below finished floor. B. Solid Load-bearing Units: ASTM C 90,Grade N,Type 11. 1. Smooth CMU: Light weight or normal weight above finished floor; normal weight only below finished floor. 2. Splitface CMU: Light weight or normal weight above finished floor; normal weight only below finished floor. C. Non-load Bearing Units: ASTM C 129,Type I1. D. Light Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 331,free of materials that will cause rusting,staining,or popouts. E. Fire Resistance Classification: UL, FM, WH, or SWRI listing and fire resistance rating required for CMU wall and partition assemblies and components. Provide units of minimum equivalent thickness specified for the fire rating and for corresponding aggregate type. F. Unit Design: Modular two core units sized as indicated or scheduled. Provide special units for bond beams, control and expansion joints,and lintels. 1. Provide units as required for indicated construction including sill units and solid cap units. 2. Provide units with exposed faces which are uniform in appearance. 2.2 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGES A. Horizontal Joint Reinforcement: At Contractor's option, truss design or ladder design, minimum 9 gage welded steel wire; hot dipped galvanized to 1.5 oz, ASTM A 153, Class B2. Width 1-1/2 to 2 inches less than wall thickness. ON B. Deformed Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60. Shop fabricate reinforcement which is shown bent or hooked. Field bending not allowed. C. Anchor bolts and threaded rods as shown embedded in masonry on structural drawings: ASTM A 307. D. Adhesive for embedding threaded rods: HILTI C 100. No substitutions. E. Bar Positioners for Vertical Wall Bars: Minimum 9 gage,galvanized wire. 1. AA Wire Products Co.;Dallas,TX;(214)637-1511. 2. Dur-O-WaI,Inc.;Arlington Heights,IL;(708)577-6400. 3. Masonry Reinforcing Corporation of America;Charlotte,NC;(704)525-3761. 2.3 ACCESSORIES OR A. Joint Filler: Closed cell foam,oversized 50 percent;self-expanding. B. Preformed Control Joint Filler: 1. Regular Joint: 2-5/8 inches by 1-1/2 inches;rubber. a. Rapid Control Joint D/A 2001,by Dur-O-WaI,Inc.,Aurora,IL(800)323-0090 04220-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 C. Mock-up: Construct a masonry wall mockup, 8 feet long x 6 feet high panel. 1. Locate where directed by Wal-Mart Construction Manager. 2. Include reinforcing and minimum of one expansion joint and one outside corner. 3. Include joint treatment and mortar color. 4. Receive acceptance of mock-up by Wal-Mart Construction Manager before proceeding with masonry installation. 5. When accepted,mock-up will be used as standard of quality for masonry Work. 6. Leave field sample in place until project completion. 7. Mock-up may not remain as part of the Work. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements(Cold Weather): Follow cold weather procedures of IMIAC. Include the following construction requirements for cold weather procedures. 1. When Air Temperature is above 40 degrees F: a. Heating of Materials: Follow normal masonry procedures. b. Protection: Cover walls with plastic or canvas at end of workday to prevent water entering masonry. 2. When Air Temperature is below 40 degrees F: A. a. Heating of Materials: Heat mixing water. Maintain mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 degrees F until placed. b. Protection: Cover walls and materials to prevent wetting and freezing. Cover material: plastic or canvas. 3. When Air Temperature is below 32 degrees F: a. Heating of Materials: In addition to above heating requirements,heat sand. Thaw frozen sand and frozen wet masonry units. Maintain masonry above 32 degrees F, by using auxiliary heat or .., insulated blankets for 16 hours after laying masonry units. b. Protection: With wind velocities over 15 mph,provide windbreaks during the work day and cover walls and materials at the end of the workday to prevent wetting and freezing. 4. When Air Temperature is below 20 degrees F: " a. Heating of Materials: In addition to above heating requirements, dry masonry units by heating to 20 degrees F. b. Protection: Provide enclosures and supply sufficient heat to maintain masonry enclosure above 32 degrees F for 24 hours after laying masonry units. B. Environmental Requirements (Hot Weather): When the ambient air temperature exceeds 100 degrees F, or 90 degrees F with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph,execute the following: 1. Store masonry units out of direct sunlight. 2. Do not spread mortar beds more than 4 feet ahead of masonry. 3. Set masonry units within one minute of spreading mortar. o. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Document 00800-Supplementary Conditions: Requirements for warranties. am B. Blown-In Expanded Polystyrene Bead Insulation: Provide manufacturer warranty covering the following items. 1. Complete wall coverage at time of installation. 'm 2. Testing of suspected problem areas during life of building. Test shall consist of drilling 1/4 inch holes in horizontal mortar joints and probing wall for insulation. 3. Repair of problem areas,including future renovations,at no cost to building owner. am go 04220-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 AW No UniSpec 11(ACI) 123199 SECTION 04220-CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete masonry units. 2. Reinforcement,anchorages,and accessories. 3. Masonry fill insulation. B. Work Installed But not Furnished under this Section: Support plates and angles with anchor studs, sleeve anchors, expansion bolts, adhesive anchors, and anchor bolts which are embedded in masonry for supporting structural members. C. Related Sections: wr 1. Section 04060-Mortar and Masonry Grout: Mortar and grout. 2. Section 05120 - Structural Steel: Support plates and angles with anchor studs, expansion bolts, sleeve anchors,adhesive anchors,and anchor bolts embedded in masonry for supporting structural members. 3. Section 05500-Metal Fabrications: Loose steel lintels and other metal components embedded in masonry. 4. Section 07900-Joint Sealers: Rod and sealant at control joints. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute(ACI): 1. ACI 530-Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures. 2. ACI 530.1R-Specifications for Masonry Structures. B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A 153 -Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 2. ASTM A 307-Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,60 000 psi Tensile Strength.. 3. ASTM A 615 -Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 4. ASTM C 90-Specification for Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 5. ASTM C 129-Specification for Non-Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 6. ASTM C 331 -Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Concrete Masonry Units. 7. ASTM C 516-Specification for Vermiculite Loose Fill Thermal Insulation. 8. ASTM C 549-Specification for Perlite Loose Fill Insulation. w C. International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council (IMIAC): Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330-Submittal Requirements: Procedures for Submittals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct masonry in accordance with ACI 530 and 530.1R.Regulatory Requirements: B. Special inspection and testing will be provided in accordance with the Building Code and as noted on the Drawings and will be performed under provisions of Section 01450. Ok 04220-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 BLANK PAGE 4M oft Awn .w oft OR 04060-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am 3. Do not use anti-freeze compounds. 40 4. If water is lost by evaporation,retemper only within 2 hours of mixing. Do not retemper mortar more than 2 hours after mixing. 2.4 MIXES-GROUT FILL A. Grout fill for concrete masonry unit bond beams, lintels, and reinforced cells with reinforcing bars and embedded plates. 1. Compressive Strength: 2000 psi minimum at 28 days, as determined in accordance with the provisions of ASTM C 1019. 2. Slump: 8 inches,minimum; 10 inches,maximum,taken in accordance with ASTM C 143. 3. Use coarse grout when grout space is equal to or greater than 4 inches in both directions. 4. Use fine grout when grout space is smaller than 4 inches in either direction. 5. Do not use air-entrainment admixtures. " 2.5 MIXING-GROUT A. Grout: Batch and mix grout in accordance with ASTM C 94 or ASTM C476 for site batched and mixed grout. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of grout. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. After reinforcing of masonry is securely tied in place, plug cleanout holes with masonry units. Brace against wet grout pressure. B. Install mortar and grout under provisions of Section 04220. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 01458-Testing Laboratory Services: Procedures for testing. END OF SECTION 04060-3 on Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 sm 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS WA A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Cold Weather Requirements: IMIAC - Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. e. 2. Specific Cold Weather Requirements: When the ambient air temperature is below 40 degrees F, heat mixing water to maintain mortar temperature between 40 degrees F and 120 degrees F until placed. When the ambient air temperature is below 32 degrees F, heat the sand and water to maintain this mortar .,t temperature. B. For other measures and hot weather requirements refer to Section 04220. ow PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS ON A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150,normal-Type I or Type II; gray color. Fly ash, slag,and pozzolans not permitted as substitutes for Portland cement. AM B. Masonry Cement: Not allowed. C. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C 144, standard masonry type; clean, dry, protected against dampness, freezing, and .� foreign matter. D. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C 404; use of blast furnace slag is not permitted. Maximum coarse aggregate size, 3/8 inch. E. Calcium chloride is not permitted in mortar or grout. Admixtures or other chemicals containing Thyocyanates, Calcium Chloride or more than 0.1 percent chloride ions are not permitted. ,■„ F. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207,Type S. G. Water: Potable. H. Admixtures: Not permitted unless approved by the Architect prior to construction. (See Section 01330 for sub- mittal procedures). 2.2 MIXES-MORTAR A. Mortar: Type"S",in accordance with the Proportion specification of ASTM C 270. w. 1. Mixing of components on-site is acceptable. 2. Mixing on-site water and packaged dry blended mix for mortar(ASTM C 387 or C1329), that contains no masonry cement,is acceptable. 3. Use of ready mix mortar(ASTM C 1142)is prohibited. B. Pointing Mortar: Duplicate original mortar proportions. Add aluminum tristearate, calcium stearate, or ammo- nium stearate equal to 2%of Portland cement weight. C. Mortar Color: As required to match existing, subject to approval by Wal-Mart Construction Manager. Control mortar mix to obtain desired color. .e 2.3 MIXING-MORTAR A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in accordance with ASTM C 270, in quantities needed for immediate use. we 1. Maintain sand uniformly damp immediately before the mixing process. 2. Provide uniformity of mix and coloration. w 04060-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 A on UniSpec II-ASTM 092499 40 SECTION 04060-MASONRY MORTAR ON PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Mortar and grout for unit masonry. B. Related Sections: 00 1. Section 04220-Concrete Masonry Units: Installation of mortar and grout,reinforcement and anchorages. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM C 94-Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 2. ASTM C 143 -Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 3. ASTM C 144-Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 4. ASTM C 150-Specification for Portland Cement. 5. ASTM C 207-Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 6. ASTM C 270-Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 7. ASTM C 387-Specification for Packaged,Dry,Combined Materials for Mortar and Concrete. 8. ASTM C 404-Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout. 9. ASTM C 476-Specification for Grout for Masonry. ! 10. ASTM C 1019-Method of Sampling and Testing Grout. 11. ASTM C 1142-Specification for Ready Mixed Mortar for Unit Masonry(Prohibited). 12. ASTM C 1329-Standard Specifications for Mortar Cement. B. IMIAC-International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council: Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330-Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing CMU Grout: 10 1. Determine and certify that proportions of ingredients for mix design will provide the specified compressive strength for each type of grout. 2. Test mix design prior to beginning construction of CMU walls. 3. Required testing will be performed in accordance with Section 0 145 8. 4. Prepare test specimens in accordance with Section 01458. B. CMU Mortar: Determine and certify that proportions of ingredients for mix design in accordance with ASTM C on 270 will provide the specified strength. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store sand for mortar on plastic sheeting to prevent contamination by extraneous chemicals in earth beneath. 04060-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 AM 4e .w'A d" wx BLANK PAGE ..0 ..r 03480-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 „�„ oft UniSpec II 092499 ON SECTION 03480-PRECAST CONCRETE SPECIALTIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Window Sill. on B. Related Sections: 1. Section 04220-Concrete Masonry Units. IN 1.2 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver,store,and handle precast items to prevent breakage or chipping. Replace damaged items. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PRECAST ITEMS A. Window Sill: Reinforced precast of 3500 psi air-entrained concrete, approximately 24 inches long, with cham- fered corners. Size and shape as indicated. ! " B. Fabricate sill in nominal dimensions,allowing for 3/8 inch mortar joints. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Lay units with completely filled bed and head joints;butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not slush head joints. Remove excess mortar. B. Maintain courses to uniform width. Align vertical joints.Provide joints equal and of uniform thickness. C. Tool head and bed joints concave regardless. Use tool with large enough radius that joint is not raked free of mortar. END OF SECTION 03480-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 1.7 WARRANTY A. Document 00800-Supplementary Conditions: Requirements for warranties. B. Provide 20 year manufacturer's material warranty commencing at date of building Substantial Completion. Manu- facturer shall warrant to the Owner that treated surface will remain waterproof, dustproof, hardened and abrasion resistant. PART 2 -PRODUCTS s 2.1 MATERIALS MW A. Special Concrete Finish: Silicate sealer, hardener, densifier floor finish "Retro-Plate 99". Subject to compliance with project requirements,provide special concrete finish as manufactured by the following: 1. Advanced Floor Products, Inc. Provo, UT. (801) 812-3420. For name of local agent, contact Advanced .. Floor Products,Inc 2. Substitutions: Not permitted. PART 3 - EXECUTION •. 3.1 EXAMINATION am A. Examine surfaces receiving special concrete finish. Verify that surfaces conform to product manufacturer's re- quirements for substrate conditions. Prior to application, verify floor is free of construction latents. Do not pro- ceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Special Concrete Finish Application: 1. Application of Densifier and finishing of concrete by certified applicator of Advanced Floor Products,Inc. END OF SECTION 03360-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,� UniSpec II 102999 SECTION 03360-CONCRETE FINISHES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Silicate sealer,hardener,densifier floor finish. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300-Cast-In-Place Concrete: Concrete floors. an 1.2 REFERENCES&SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Application of silicate sealer,hardener,densifier floor finish with a medium floor finish(600 grit). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330-Submittal Procedures: Procedures for Submittals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Applicator certified by special concrete finish manufacturer. 2. Applicator familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work. B. Manufacturer Certification: Provide letter of certification from concrete finish manufacturer stating that installer is a certified applicator of special concrete finish material and is familiar with proper procedures and installation requirements required by manufacturer. C. Assign experienced mechanics from previous applications including lead mechanic. 4M 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 01600-Product Requirements: Transport,handle,store,and protect products. B. Store material in dry,enclosed area protected from exposure to moisture. C. Keep containers closed and upright to prevent leakage. D. Dispense special concrete finish material from factory numbered and sealed drums. Maintain record of drum numbers. 1.6 SCHEDULING A. Application: Concrete must be in place a minimum of 45 days before application can begin. Application is to take place at least ten days prior to racking and other in-store accessory installation (substantial completion),thus pro- viding a complete,uninhibited concrete slab for application. go 03360-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 BLANK PAGE wb .r a ■o am, .R 03300-16 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,o B. Exposed Interior Slab Areas: 4" 1. Preferred Curing Method: Curing,sealing,and finishing in accordance with Section 03360. 2. Alternative Curing Method: None. 3. Prohibited Curing Methods: Curing/sealing compound;moisture cure. W C. Seasonal Garden Center: 1. Preferred Curing Method:Curing,sealing,and finishing in accordance with Section 03360. 2. Alternative Curing Method: None. 3. Prohibited Curing Methods: Curing/sealing compound;moisture cure. D. Carpet or Vinyl Composition Tile Finished Areas: 1. Preferred Curing Method: Moisture cure. 2. Alternative Curing Method: Curing/sealing compound. E. Ceramic or Quarry Tile Finished Areas: 1. Preferred Curing Method: Moisture cure. 2. Alternative Curing Method: None. END OF SECTION 4a no so 03300-15 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 4. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas to sound concrete with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4-inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding compound. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to blend with ... adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. D. Perform structural repairs with prior approval of Wal-Mart Construction Manager for method and procedure, using specified epoxy adhesive and mortar. 1.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL am A. Testing as indicated in Section 01458. B. Evaluation and Acceptance: am 1. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if the average of all sets of three consecutive strength tests equal or exceed specified strength and no individual strength test(average of two cylinders) results are below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 2. Complete concrete work will not be accepted unless requirements of ACI 301, have been met, including Im dimensional tolerances,appearance,and strength of structure. 3. Where average strength of cylinders, as shown by tests is not satisfactory, Wal-Mart reserves the right to require Contractor to provide improved curing conditions of temperature and moisture to secure required 1e,,,, strength. If average strength of laboratory control cylinders should fall so low as to cause portions of structure to be in question by Wal-Mart, follow core procedure set forth in ASTM C42. If results of core test indicate, in opinion of Wal-Mart, that strength of structure is inadequate, provide without additional cost to Wal-Mart,replacement,load testing,or strengthening as may be ordered by Wal-Mart. If core tests '" are so ordered and results of such tests disclose that strength of structure is as required, cost of test will be paid by Wal-Mart. .w 1.11 PROTECTION A. Protect finished work. so B. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and damage. C. Patch or replace damaged portions of detectable warning areas. 1.12 CLEANING A. Remove forms, equipment, protective coverings, and rubbish resulting from concreting operations. Leave finished concrete surfaces in clean conditions. After sweeping with ordinary broom and removing mortar, concrete droppings, loose dirt and mud,wash concrete floors and platforms with soapy water and rinse with clean . � water. Provide adequate measures during scrubbing, mopping, and rinsing to keep excessive or detrimental amounts of water off resilient tile floors. Repair damage to resilient tile floors due to concrete cleaning operations. 1.13 CURING SCHEDULE,INTERIOR SURFACES A. Stockroom: 1. Preferred Curing Method: Curing,sealing,and finishing in accordance with Section 03360. 2. Alternative Curing Method: None. 3. Prohibited Curing Methods: Curing/sealing compound;moisture cure. �w 03300-14 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 „� 2. Cover entire surface,including edges of slabs such as paving or sidewalks. 3. Keep coverings continually moist so that a film of water remains on concrete surface throughout curing period. 4. Maintain concrete in moist condition for not less than seven days after placement. 1.8 CURING METHOD,EXTERIOR SURFACES A. Moisture Cure: 1. Place wet, moisture-containing fabric covering as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent surface damage. 2. Cover entire surface, including edges of slabs such as paving or sidewalks. ! 3. Keep coverings continually moist so that a film of water remains on concrete surface throughout curing period. 4. Maintain concrete in moist condition for not less than seven days after placement. B. Detectable Warning Areas: 1. Sweep, vacuum and pressure wash surface. Allow to dry. Apply specified curing compound in accordance with manufacturers printed instructions. 1.9 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE WN A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removal of forms. 1. Mix dry-pack mortar,consisting of one part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve,using only enough water as required for handling and placing. e B. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Wal-Mart Construction Manager. Surface defects include color and texture irregularities,cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other projections on surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes, fill with dry-pack mortar, or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 1. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, that contain defects that affect the durability of w concrete.If defects cannot be repaired,remove and replace concrete. 2. Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over 1/4 inch in any dimension, and holes left by tie rods and bolts, down to solid concrete. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat the area to be patched with specified bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding compound has dried. 3. For surfaces exposed to view, blend white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry,patching mortar will match color surrounding. Provide test areas at inconspicuous location to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike-off slightly higher than surrounding surface. C. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and verify surface plane to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness by using template having required slope. on 1. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect concrete's durability. Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections regardless of width, spalling,popouts,honeycomb,rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. 2. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. 3. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary underlayment compounds may be used when acceptable to Wal-Mart Construction Manager. 03300-13 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 3. Do not over-trowel floors scheduled to receive curing/sealing/densifying compound. Slab must be able to accept specified floor treatment. Coordinate with floor treatment manufacturer's application instructions for proper finish and for procedures when finish is too dense for proper floor treatment application. 4. Do not re-wet surface to trowel. .. F. Broomed: 1. Provide a floated finish,then finish with broom. a. Heavy Boom Finish: Steel wire or stiff,course,fiber broom. WX b. Light Broom Finish: Soft-bristled fiber broom. 2. Allow surface to harden sufficiently to retain scoring or ridges. 3. Broom transverse to traffic or at right angles to slope of slab. ow G. Provide ACI "Class A"tolerance; 1/8 inch variation in 10 feet,measured with straight edge laid in any direction in accordance with ACI 117. .. H. Pitch to drains: Form 18 inch radius around floor drains and pitch concrete surface to drains at rate of 1/4 inch per foot nominal,unless noted otherwise in Drawings. I. Building Slab Joints: sm 1. Saw-Cut Control Joints: a. Primary Method: Soff-Cut System, by Soff-Cut International, Corona, CA (800)776-3328. Finisher shall have documented successful experience in the use of this method prior to this project. am. Install cuts within 2 hours after final finish at each saw cut location. Use 1/4 inch thick blade, cutting 3/4 inch into slab. b. Optional Method(Where Soff-Cut System Equipment is Not Available): Properly time cutting with set of concrete. Saw-cut control joints within 12 hours after finishing. Start cutting as soon as no concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent aggregates being dislodged by saw. Complete cutting before shrinkage stresses become sufficient to produce cracking. Use 1/4 inch thick blade, cutting 1-1/4 inch into slab. ON J. Sidewalk Joints: 1. Tooled Joints: Provide at 12 feet 0 inch on center maximum intervals each way,unless indicated at smaller intervals on Drawings. a. Form tooled joints in fresh concrete by grooving top of slab minimum 1/4 slab thickness with jointer and finishing edges. b. Do not use sawed joints. 2. Expansion Joints: Provide at 30 feet 0 inch on center maximum intervals, unless indicated at smaller intervals on Drawings. Provide at joints abutting concrete curbs,buildings and other appurtenances. a. Provide asphalt impregnated fiberboard joint filler. Recess top of filler 1/4 inch below finished surface of sidewalk. Provide joint fillers in one piece lengths for full width being placed. �. b. Provide horizontal exterior joint sealant as specified in Section 07900. 3. Align curb,gutter and sidewalk joints. w 1.7 CURING METHODS,INTERIOR SURFACES A. Cure floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 301. B. Curing/Sealing Compound: Apply in accordance with manufacturer's application instructions. C. Curing/Sealing/Densifiying Compound: Specified in Section 03360. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's �* application instructions as. D. Moisture Cure: 1. Place wet, moisture-containing fabric covering as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent surface damage. as 03300-12 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am sw C. Floating: 1. Begin float operations when bleed water sheen has disappeared and concrete has stiffened sufficiently to allow walking on surface without leaving heel prints more than 1/4 inch deep. Use magnesium or aluminum power float. go a. Detectable Warning Area: Float concrete from two directions with wood float to create an open and uniform surface. Metal floats not permitted. b. All Other Areas: Use magnesium or aluminum power float. ON 2. Avoid premature finishing that brings excessive fines to surface and causes finished slab to have soft surface which will dust. D. Color Texture Concrete: 00 1. Pattern: a. Exterior Detectable Warning Area: Layout defined pattern as indicated with proper alignment with respect to building lines. Apply imprint to concrete surface with a consistent pressure while Im concrete is plastic providing a uniform texture. 1) Layout texture area at 90 degrees to edge of sidewalk. Provide uniform balance of texture spacing,centering pattern between ends of detectable warning area. 2) Hand-tool in areas where imprinting tools are not practical. b. Vestibule Entry Area: Layout defined pattern as indicated with proper alignment with respect to building lines. Imprint fresh concrete surface, creating uniform texture using "slate or rock" textured mat for entire entry area. 1) Saw cut 1/4"x 1/4" deep joints within entry area in 24 inch grid pattern at 90 degrees to building lines (1/4"x 3/4" deep at control joints). Follow saw cutting method as defined within this Section. Observe minimum curing times for fresh concrete. 2) Saw cut to within 8"of perimeter wall. !! ! 2. Coloring Agents: a. Dry-Shake Method: Evenly apply color hardener in two or more applications to fresh concrete. Apply at rate of 60 pounds per 100 square feet.Wood float after each shake. b. Release Agent: Apply evenly to troweled surface before imprinting. 3. Detailing: When necessary, after concrete has set for at least 24 hours, chisel to remove marks left by imprinting tool. a. Or S-tool joints immediately following imprinting procedure. ,go 4. Sealer:Apply per manufacturer's requirements. 5. Protection of Work: After application and curing or sealer, cover imprinted concrete area with polyethylene.Lay panels of hardboard over polyethylene at traffic paths.Remove protection material from finish surfaces only after Work in the area has been completed. 6. Grout Joints: um of 3 days before grouting operations begin. a. Allow concrete surface to cure a minim b. Close area to traffic for a minimum of 12 hours after grouting operations begin. C. Cleaning Joints: 1) Construction Joints: Clean joints of dirt and debris and fill with sanded elastomeric caulking. 2) Saw Cut Joints: Clean thoroughly joints of loose dirt and debris. 3) Tooled Joints: Remove dirt, and debris from joint. Remove excess concrete material from formed joints. d. Prepare grout to a uniform consistency. e. Grout tooled joints within textured area. Tool grout joints with concave tool, slightly compressing grout. E. Troweling: 1. Delay troweling as long as possible to prevent working excess fines and water to surface. Do not begin until surface moisture film and shine remaining after floating have disappeared. 2. Power trowel using riding trowel where possible;use hand trowel in inaccessible areas. ON 03300-11 !M Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 L. Vibration: As soon as concrete is deposited, thoroughly agitate with mechanical vibrators and suitable hand tools to work mixture into comers of forms and around reinforcing and embedded items. Use mechanical vibrators ` with minimum frequency of 9000 revolutions/minute. Do not over vibrate or use vibrators to transport concrete within forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators at approximately 18 inches apart. At each insertion,vibrate generally 5-15 seconds,sufficient to consolidate concrete but not long enough to cause segregation. Keep spare vibrator on job site during concrete placement operations. Do not insert vibrator into lower courses that have begun to set. M. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Wal-Mart Construction Manager ... upon discovery. N. Pumping: Maintain controls for proportioning, mixing,adjustment of mix and placement in accordance with ACI 301. 1. Refer to Section 01330 for submittal requirements. 3.5 FORM REMOVAL A. Do not remove forms until concrete has attained sufficient strength. Clamps or tie rods may be loosened 24 hours after concrete is placed. Ties,except for sufficient number to hold forms in place,may be removed at that time. B. Minimum Curing Period Prior to Form Removal: 1. Air Temperature: Above 60 degrees F: 3 days. 2. Air Temperature: 50F to 60 degrees F: 5 days. 3. Air Temperature: 40F to 50 degrees F: 7 days. 4. Air Temperature: Less than 40 degrees F: When temperature below 40 degrees F prevails, leave forms until concrete reaches 75%of 28-day design strength. C. Observance of minimum curing periods listed above does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for safety of structure during construction. D. Remove wood forms from under floors, ramps, steps, and similar places (through temporary openings if necessary)so no material will be left to rot or to be infested by termites. E. Slab Construction and Expansion Joints: Remove greased dowels prior to form removal. Immediately re-insert ..n dowels as forms are removed. 1.6 FINISHING A. Schedule of Finishes: 1. Interior Floor Slabs: Riding machine trowel. 2. Unexposed Exterior Formed Surfaces: Rough form finish. 3. Exposed Exterior Formed Surfaces: Rubbed/stoned. 4. Sidewalks: Light broom. 5. Detectable Warning Area Color Textured Concrete: Specified in Article entitled "Color Textured Concrete." 6. Ramps and Steps: Heavy broom. 7. Slabs Receiving Ceramic or Quarry Tile Flooring: Light broom. 8. Exterior Garden Center Slab: Light broom. 9. Vestibule Floor Slab Color Textured Concrete: Specified in Article entitled"Color Textured Concrete." B. Initial Finishing: 1. Remove surface irregularities with bull float before water appears on concrete surface. 2. Do no further working of surface until time for floating;do not work surface while water is present. 3. "Dry Sprinkle"method finishing is not acceptable and will be cause for rejection. �. 03300-10 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .�„ go a. Bars in Slabs and Beams: 1) Members 8 Inches Deep or Less: f 1/4 inch. 2) Members 8 Inches to T-0"Deep: f 1/2 inch. 3) Members More than T-0"Deep: t 1 inch. b. Lengthwise of Member: t 2 inches. C. Concrete Cover to Formed Surfaces: t 1/4 inch. d. Minimum Spacing Between Bars: f 1/4 inch. B. Welded Reinforcement(AWS D1.4): Do not weld reinforcement in the shop or field. 3.4 PLACING CONCRETE A. Notify Testing Laboratory minimum 48 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations. B. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301;including hot and cold weather placement procedures. C. Inspect reinforcement, inserts, and embedded parts before beginning concrete placement to ensure accurate size and location. on D. Ensure reinforcement,inserts,embedded parts and formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Place concrete in uniform layers, horizontal, 12 to 18 inches thick, exercising care to avoid vertical joints or inclined planes. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction joints shown on structural drawings. Piling up of concrete in forms to cause separation or loss of ingredients is not permitted. F. Place exposed concrete surfaces free of stains, including petroleum stains. Means of adequately removing petroleum stains are not available,therefore,prevention of stains is most critical. 1. No pipe cutting machinery allowed within building line on concrete surface. 2. No stock piling of steel allowed within building line on concrete surface. 3. No vehicle parking within building line on concrete surface without meeting the following requirements: a. Provide non-absorbent"drop cloths"below vehicle that will not stain surface. b. Cover hydraulic powered equipment to prevent staining of concrete surface. G. Do not deposit concrete which has partially set or hardened. Do not deposit initial lubricating mortar when pumping concrete. Remove hardened or partially hardened concrete which has accumulated on forms or reinforcement. Do not place concrete on previously deposited concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams or planes of weakness within respective member or section except as specified. H. Deposit concrete as nearly in final position as practical to avoid rehandling. Exercise care to prevent splashing forms or reinforcing with concrete. Do not permit concrete to drop freely a distance greater than 3 feet. Where longer drops are necessary,use chute,tremie,or other conveyance to help avoid separation. I. Do not deposit concrete into excavation where water is standing. If place of deposit cannot be successfully pumped dry,place through tremie with outlet end near bottom of place of deposit. J. Do not deposit concrete when plasticity,measured by slump test, is outside specified limits. K. Consolidate and screed concrete slabs-on-grade by use of laser screed to allow construction joint pattern as indicated on Structural Drawings and specified. Other vibratory screeding methods are acceptable only in areas where laser screed in not acceptable. 03300-9 WaI-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 b. For Concrete Not Exposed to Freeze-Thaw: 0.58 by wt. C. Water-cementitious material ratio may vary from above if standard State Highway Department mix ., design is used. Submit copy of State mix under provisions of Section 01300. 7. Concrete to be Placed by Pumping Methods a. The minimum quantity of constituent materials passing the No. 50 sieve (fine aggregate and w' cementitious materials)shall be 600 pounds per cubic yard. b. The particle size distribution of the combined fine and coarse aggregate shall be uniform from the largest to the smallest particles. 4M 2.10 ADMIXTURES A. Use water-reducing admixture or high-range water-reducing admixture (Superplasticizer) in concrete as required XW for placement and workability. Unless otherwise permitted, chemical admixtures shall be dispensed at the batch plant. am B. Use nonchloride accelerating admixture in concrete slabs placed at ambient temperatures below 50 degrees F (10 degrees Q. C. Use high-range water-reducing admixture(HRWR)in pumped concrete. D. Use air-entraining admixture in exterior concrete exposed to weather. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having total air content with a tolerance of plus or minus 1.5 percent. E. Use admixtures for water reduction and set control (accelerators and retarders) in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. F. Verify with the admixture manufacturer the following: 1. The compatibility of the individual admixtures when combined in the concrete mix. .. 2. The compatibility of the individual admixtures with the concrete materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement, and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, held .� securely,and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent. Apply bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not apply bonding agent at slab-on-grade construction joints. B. The base elevation shall conform to an elevation of+0"/-3/4". Prior to placing concrete,the soil support system shall be proof rolled by a loaded tandem axle dump,a loaded truck mixer, roller, or equivalent. Corrective action shall be taken if rutting or pumping is evident at any time during the preparation of the soil support system. 3.3 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. Perform concrete reinforcement work in accordance with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, Documents 63 and 65. 1. Accurately place and secure saddle ties at every other intersection with 16 gage black annealed wire; hold rigidly in place with metal chairs or spacers during placing of concrete. 2. Hold bars in beams and slabs to exact location during concrete placement. Use spacers, chairs, or other necessary supports with the following tolerances: 03300-8 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10, 2000 .,, 40 D. Textured Concrete Sealer: go 1. Mix 20 parts of sealer to(1)part skid-resistant additive. a. Sealer: Solvent based concrete sealer having a minimum 25% solids similar to Concrete Sealer "B28 as manufactured by Barrier International or High Solids Clear Seal manufactured by Increte Systems Inc. b. Additive: "Sharkgrip" Skid-Resistant Additive by H&C distributed by Sherwin-Williams. 2.8 COLOR TEXTURED CONCRETE A. Where indicated, provide stamped concrete textures noted as "Detectable Warning Area" and "Vestibule Floor Texture." Subject to compliance with project requirements, provide concrete stamp pattern as manufactured by w one of the following: 1. Bomanite Corporation,(800)854-2094. 2. Patterned Concrete Industries,Inc.,(800)252-4619. 3. Increte Systems Inc.,(800)752-4626. 4. Substitutions:None accepted. B. Imprint Pattern: Imprint tools listed below shall be compatible in terms of providing a dimensional transition between Warning Area and Vestibule. Subject to approval by Wal-Mart Construction Manager, provide textured finishes as follows: 1. Detectable Warning Area: 6"x 6"Granite Setts stamp. 2. Vestibule Floor Texture: 12"x 12" Slate or Rock texture mat. C. Colored Hardener: Dry-shake colored hardener. Subject to compliance with project requirements,provide colored hardener as manufactured by one of the following: 1. "Lithochrome Color Hardener"by L.M. Schofield Company,(800) 800-9900. a. Detectable Warning Area:#A-21 "Deep Charcoal". b. Vestibule Floor Color: Base#A-50"Slate Gray"with Release Agent#A-57"Platinum". 2. "Bomanite Color Hardener"by Bomanite Corporation,(800)854-2094. a. Detectable Warning Area Color: #13-2, "Cobblestone Gray" with Release Agent #A-3 "Natural Gray". b. Vestibule Floor Color: Base#B-13 "Chargreen"with Release Agent#A-3 "Natural Gray". on 3. "Increte Systems Color Hardener"by Increte Systems,Inc.,(800)752-4626. a. Detectable Warning Area: "Gray". b. Vestibule Floor Color: Base"Muted Slate"with Release Agent"Pewter". an 2.9 CONCRETE MIX OR A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by the laboratory trial batch or the field experience method as specified in ACI 301. B. Provide concrete with the following characteristics: 1. 28 Day Compressive Strength: a. 3000 psi for all concrete except exterior concrete and Vestibule Concrete.. b. 3500 psi for exterior concrete and Vestibule Concrete. 2. Air Content: a. For Concrete Exposed to Weather: 6 percent,plus or minus 1.5 percent. b. For Concrete Not Exposed to Weather: Not to exceed 4 percent. Do not add air entraining agents. 3. Fly Ash: Maximum 20 percent of total cement content. ±, 4. Slump for Conventionally Placed Concrete: Not to exceed 5 inches. 5. Slump for Pumped Concrete: Not to exceed 7 inches at the point of discharge from the pipe or hose after pumping. HRWR admixture(superplasticizer)required. ON 6. Maximum Water-Cementitious Material Ratio(Cement Quantity Includes Fly Ash): a. For Concrete Exposed to Freeze-Thaw: 0.46 by wt.. 00 03300-7 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 3. Construction Grout;by Master Builders, Inc.;(800)227-3350. 4. Sonogrout;by Sonneborn Building Products(ChemRex Inc.); (800)433-9517. 5. Certi-Vex Grout#1000,by Vexcon Chemicals,Inc.,(888)839-2661. 6. Enduro 50,by Conspec Marketing&Manufacturing,(800)348-7351. B. Epoxy Bonding Agent: ASTM C881. 1. Euco#452 or Eucopoxy LPL;by Euclid Chemical Co.,(800)321-7628. 2. EVA-PDX Epoxy Paste No. 22;by E-Poxy Industries,Inc.;(800)833-3400. 3. Concresive Liquid(LPL);by Master Builders,Inc.,(800)227-3350. 4. Uniweld;by Permagile Industries,Inc.; (800)645-7546. 5. EMACO P-24,by Master Builders,Inc.,(800)227-3350. C. Expansion Joint Fillers: 1. Asphalt Impregnated Fiberboard: ASTM D1751, 1/2 inch thick,unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. 2. Extruded Polystyrene Insulation Board: ASTM C578,Type IV(density 1.6 pcf minimum), 1/2 inch thick. .® D. Control/Construction Joint Fillers: 1. Interior Exposed Concrete Slabs: See Section 03150. 2. Concrete Slabs Receiving Floor Finish: See Section 09650. E. Bond Breaker: ASTM D226,No. 15,unperforated asphalt saturated felt. F. Leveling Compound: 1. Ardex V-900,by Ardex Engineered Cements;Contact: Jesse David, (412)264-4240. 2. Flo-Top;by Euclid Chemical Co.,(800)321-7628. 3. SikaTop Overlay System;by Sika Corporation, (201)933-8800. 4. Thoro Underlayment Self-Leveling including Thoro Primer#800; by Thoro System Products, (800) 327- 1570. 5. Certi-Vex SLU TC including EnvioBond A Primer,by Vexcon Chemicals,Inc.,(888)839-2661. 6. Conflow including Primeflow,by Conspec Marketing&Manufacturing,(800)348-7351. 7. MASTERTOP 110 UNDERLAYMENT, by Master Builders,Inc. (800)227-3350. G. Evaporation Retardant: ** 1. CONFILM,by Master Builders,Inc.(800)227-3350. 2.7 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS , A. Curing/Sealing/Densifying Compound for Slabs: See Section 03360 B. Curing/Sealing Compound for Slabs: Acrylic formula,ASTM C309. "O 1. Dress&Seal WB;by L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc.; (800)362-3331. 2. Kure-N-Seal-WB;by Sonnebom Building Products;(800)433-9517. 3. Vexcon StarSeal 1315,by Vexcon Chemicals,Inc.,(888)839-2661. 4. MASTERCURE N-Seal-W,by Master Builders,Inc. (800)227-3350. 5. High Seal,by Conspec Marketing&Manufacturing,(800)348-7351. 6. Substitutions: None accepted. C. Moisture Cure: 1. Water: Potable. 2. Moisture-retaining Coverings: Burlap, cotton mats, or other moisture-retaining fabrics; AASHTO M182, ASTM C171, or AASHTO M73. Provide burlap free of sizing;rinse thoroughly in caustic soda to remove soluble substances and make burlap more absorbent. MW 03300-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 w. C. Fly Ash: ASTM C618,Type C or F,maximum 4 percent loss in ignition. D. Water: Clean potable water,not detrimental to concrete. + . 2.5 CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES A. Chemical Admixtures,General: 1. Admixtures containing calcium chloride or more than 0.05 percent chloride ions or more than 0.03 percent ` thiocyanate ions by weight of cement are not permitted. 2. Maximum water soluble chloride ion content in hardened concrete at 28 days: Not to exceed 0.15 percent by weight of cement. B. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. 1. Air-Mix or Perma-Air,by Euclid Chemical Co.,(800)321-7628. 2. MB-VR MB-AE 90,or Micro-Air,by Master Builders,Inc.,(800)227-3350. 3. Sika AER,by Sika Corp.,(800)631-7270. 4. Daravair or Darex Series,by W.R.Grace and Co.,(713)223-8353. C. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494,Type A. 1. Eucon WR-75,by Euclid Chemical Co.,(800)321-7628. 2. Pozzolith by Master Builders,Inc.,(800)227-3350. w 3. Plastocrete 161,by Sika Corp.,(800)631-7270. 4. WRDA or Daracem Series,by W.R.Grace and Co.,(713)223-8353. D. Chloride-Free,Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494,Type C. Ps 1. Accelguard 80,by Euclid Chemical Co.,(800)321-7628. 2. Plastocrete 161FL,by Sika Corp.,(800)631-7270. 3. Certi-Vex Triple Set NC,by Vexcon Chemicals,Inc.,(888)839-2661. M 4. Pozzutec 20,by Master Builders,Inc.,(800)227-3350. 5. Pozzolith 534 NC by Master Builders,Inc.,(800)227-3350. E. Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494,Type D. an 1. Eucon Retarder 75,by Euclid Chemical Co.,(800)321-7628. 2. Pozzolith by Master Builders,Inc.,(800)227-3350. 3. Plastiment,by Sika Corp.,(800)631-7270. 4. Daratard 17,by W.R.Grace and Co.,(713)223-8353. F. Chloride-Free,Water Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494,Type E. 1. Accelguard 80,by Euclid Chemical Co.,(800)321-7628. 2. PolarSet,by W.R.Grace and Co.,(713)223-8353. 3. Certi-Vex Triple Set NC,by Vexcon Chemicals,Inc.,(888) 839-2661. 4. Pozzutec 20,by Master Builders,Inc.,(800)227-3350. G. High-Range,Water Reducing Admixture(Superplasticizer): ASTM C494,Type F or Type G. 1. Eucon 37,by Euclid Chemical Co.,(800)321-7628. 2. PolyHeed by Master Builders,Inc.,(800)227-3350. 3. Rheobuild 1000,by Master Builders,Inc.,(800)227-3350. 4. Sikament 300,by Sika Corp.,(800)631-7270. 5. Daracem Series,by W.R.Grace and Co.,(713)223-8353. Aw 2.6 RELATED MATERIALS A. Non-shrink Grout: Pre-mixed non-shrinking, high strength grout, COE CRD-621; compressive strength of 5000 psi in 28 days. 1. Euco-N-S Grout;by Euclid Chemical Company;(800)321-7628. 2. Duragrout;by L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc.;(800)362-3331. 03300-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 3. Execute special precautions to protect fresh concrete before and during finishing when the rate of evaporation of surface moisture from concrete exceeds 0.2 pounds per square foot per hour. Determine rate of evaporation in accordance with ACI 305R. Provide special precautions as required: a. Cool ingredients before mixing to reduce concrete temperature at time of placement. Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used to control the concrete temperature provided the water .. equivalent of the ice is calculated to the total amount of mixing water. b. Dampen subgrade and forms. C. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap so the steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedment in concrete. 4. When high temperature and/or placing conditions dictate, the concrete supplier may request use of water- reducing retarding admixture (Type D) in lieu of water-reducing admixture (Type A), subject to approval from the Wal-Mart Construction Manager. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMWORK A. Design, engineer, and construct forms, shores, bracing, and other temporary supports to support loads imposed during construction. Design under the direct supervision of a licensed Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work. 1. Plywood: PS 1,sound,undamaged sheets with straight edges. 2. Lumber: Construction grade. 3. Steel: Minimum 16 gage sheet,well matched,tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without ..® deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished surfaces. 4. Carton Forms: Moisture resistant treated paper faces, biodegradable, structurally sufficient to support weight of wet concrete until initial set. ,.. B. Accessories: 1. Form Ties: Removable or snap-off metal,of fixed or adjustable length as applicable,with cone ends. 2. Form Release Agent: VOC compliant, colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete. Provide one of the following or an equivalent product: a. Certi-Vex FRN VOC or Certi-Vex Enviro Strip,by Vexcon Chemicals,Inc.,(888)839-2661. b. Enviroform by Conspec Marketing&Manufacturing,(800)348-7351. 3. Waterstops: Select one of the following. a. Volclay RX-101;by American Colloid Company;Arlington Heights,IL;(708)392-4600. b. Synko-Flex;by Synko-Flex Products(Division of Henry Company);Houston,TX;(800)231-4551. .. 2.2 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615; 60 ksi yield grade billet-steel deformed bars,uncoated finish. 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type. B. Manufactured Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during installation and placement of concrete. 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150 -Type I. If reactive aggregates are available in the area, use low alkali cement containing +� less than 60 percent alkalis. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregate: Use gradation for fine and coarse aggregate per ASTM C33,but not larger than 1-1/2 inches;except building slabs-on-grade use 1 inch maximum; for pumped concrete use maximum aggregate size of 1/3 the inside diameter of the hose or pipe. 03300-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 C. Chemical Admixtures: Permitted only when adverse weather conditions are anticipated. Use of admixtures is subject to Wal-Marts approval. 1. Notify Wal-Mart Construction Manager at Pre-Bid Conference if admixtures will be used in concrete. 2. Provide Wal-Mart Construction Manager with proposed Construction Schedule identifying anticipated adverse weather conditions justifying use of admixtures. D. Delivery,Storage And Handling: 1. Deliver materials in unopened containers with labels identifying contents. 2. Store powdered materials in dry area and in manner to prevent damage. Protect liquid materials from freezing. rw, E. Imprinted Concrete Installer: Company qualified in patterned concrete and trained by imprinting tool manufacturer. F. Textured Concrete Field Samples: 1. Prepare a reference sample,minimum 24"x 24",before proceeding with Work. 2. Once accepted by Wal-Mart Construction Manager,store sample on site as directed. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cold Weather Concreting: Perform work in accordance with ACI 306R during cold weather concreting operations. 1. Comply with the following for minimum temperature of concrete delivered to job site: a. Air Temperature 30-45 degrees F: Concrete temperature 60 degrees F minimum. b. Air Temperature 0-30 degrees F: Concrete temperature 65 degrees F minimum. C. Air Temperature below 0 degrees F: Concrete temperature 70 degrees F minimum. d. Maximum concrete temperature: Not to exceed the minimum required temperature by more than 10 degrees F. 2. Combine water heated to above 100 degrees F with aggregates before cement is added. Do not add cement to water or aggregates having temperature greater than 100 degrees F. 3. When temperatures of 40 degrees F or lower occur during the placing and curing of concrete, maintain temperature of concrete at not less than 55 degrees F for at least 3 days. a. Make arrangements before placement to maintain required temperature without damage from excessive heat. b. Do not use combustion heaters during first 48 hours without precautions to prevent exposure of concrete to exhaust gases containing carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide. 4. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength which could be caused by frost, freezing actions,or low temperatures,in compliance with the requirements of ACI 306R and as herein specified. 5. When the air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 degrees F,provide adequate means to maintain the temperature of the plastic concrete as placed, at 60 degrees F minimum, for at least 3 days. Provide temporary housings or coverings including tarpaulins or plastic film. Keep protection in place and intact at least 24 hours after artificial heat is discontinued. Avoid rapid dry-out of concrete due to on overheating,and avoid thermal shock due to sudden cooling or heating. 6. Do not use frozen materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. Ascertain that forms, reinforcing steel, and adjacent concrete surfaces are entirely free of frost, snow, and ice and temperature of these materials is above 32 degrees F before placing concrete. 7. Use specified non-corrosive, non-chloride accelerator. Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05 percent chloride ions are not permitted. B. Hot Weather Concreting: Perform work in accordance with ACI 305R. 1. When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair the quality and strength of concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305R and as herein specified. on 2. Temperature of concrete at time of placing: Not to exceed 90 degrees F. Maintain an accurate reading thermometer at the job site to check temperature of concrete. Reject concrete before placing if temperature of concrete exceeds 90 degrees F. on 03300-3 om Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 13. ASTM C 172-Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. 14. ASTM C 173 -Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method. 15. ASTM C231 -Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete By the Pressure Method. 16. ASTM C260-Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 17. ASTM C309-Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 18. ASTM C494-Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 19. ASTM C578-Specification for Preformed,Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. 20. ASTM C618 - Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. .w 21. ASTM C881 -Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete. 22. ASTM D226-Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt used in Roofing and Waterproofing. 23. ASTM D698 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3). 24. ASTM D1751 - Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. 25. ASTM D2240-Test Method for Rubber Property--Durometer Hardness. 26. ASTM E 1155 - Test Method for Determining Floor Flatness and Levelness Using the F-Number System (Inch-Pound Units). C. American Welding Society(AWS): AWS DIA-Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel. aw D. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI): I. CRSI-Manual of Standard Practice. 2. CRSI 63 -Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars. 3. CRSI 65 -Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports,Specifications and Nomenclature. E. Product Standard(PS): Construction and Industrial Plywood with Typical APA Trademarks. F. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO): 1. AASHTO M182. 2. AASHTO M73. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01330-Submittal Procedures: Procedures for Submittals 1.4 TESTING 1W A. Section 01458 -Testing Laboratory Services. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: 1. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 318 -Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 3. CRSI-Manual of Standard Practice. .� B. Pumped Concrete: 1. Submit documented evidence of experience in placing concrete by pumping on not less than three projects of similar size and complexity. List available pump size,standby pump size,piping,and other equipment. 2. Submit documented evidence of concrete supplier's ability to dedicate sufficient mixing and delivery equipment to supply the concrete continuously for the volumes to be placed by pumping. or 03300-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 as UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 03300-CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE low PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: - 1. Formwork,shoring,bracing,and anchorage. 2. Reinforcement and accessories. ox 3. Cast-in-place concrete, including sidewalks adjacent to building, light pole foundations and equipment pads. 4. Textured Concrete. w 5. Curing and finishing. 6. Grout,for setting and anchoring items in masonry and concrete. 7. Expansion joint fillers. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03150 - Concrete Accessories: Joint filler for control/construction joints in interior exposed concrete floor slabs. 2. Section 03360-Concrete Finishes: Application of siliconate sealer,hardener,densifier floor finish. 3. Section 05120-Structural Steel: Column anchor bolts. 4. Section 05500-Metal Fabrications: Other metal components cast into concrete. 5. Section 07900-Joint Sealers: Joint sealant for expansion joints in exterior concrete slabs and sidewalks. 6. Section 09650 - Resilient Flooring: Joint filler for control/construction joints concealed by floor finish material. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute(ACI): 1. ACI 117 - Standard Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials - Floor profile finish using the straight edge method. 2. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 3. ACI 302-Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. 4. ACI 304.2R-Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods. 5. ACI 305R-Hot Weather Concreting. 6. ACI 306R-Cold Weather Concreting. 7. ACI 308-Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. 8. ACI 315-Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. 9. ACI 318-Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete and Commentary. 10. ACI 347-Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A82-Specification for Steel Wire,Plain,for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. ASTM A185-Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric,Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM A615 -Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 4. ASTM C31 -Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 5. ASTM C33 -Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 6. ASTM C39-Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 7. ASTM C42-Test Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. 8. ASTM C94-Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 9. ASTM C 138-Test Method for Unit Weight,Yield,and Air Content(Gravimetric)of Concrete. 10. ASTM C143 -Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 11. ASTM C150-Specification for Portland Cement. 12. ASTM C 171 - Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. 03300-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 no C. Choke off shrinkage crack at bottom of control/construction joints. 1. Saw Cut Control Joints: Use one of the following methods: Er a. Place 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch(maximum)layer of dry-bagged silica sand. b. Insert Spal-Pro Rod, as manufactured by Metzger/McGuire, to bottom of cut. Rod shall be over- sized to fit snugly in joint. Do not use compressible backer. ow 2. Construction Joints Through Slab: Use one of the following methods: a. Fill joint with dry-bagged silica sand to depth of 2 inches of slab surface. b. Insert Spal-Pro Rod, as manufactured by Metzger/McGuire,to depth of 2 inches below slab surface. Do not use compressible backer rod. .W 3.2 INSTALLATION ow A. Do not proceed with installation until Contractor has verified that joints have been cleaned and prepared as speci- fied. B. Mix joint filler in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. C. Fill joint using two pass method. On first pass fill to within 1/2 inch of slab surface. Allow filler to cure for 30 to 60 minutes,while filler is still liquid and tacky make second pass. D. Filler shall cure flush with surface. If slightly crowned,shave excess flush with surface within 12 to 24 hours. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL " A. Joint filler installed to a depth less than specified in this Section shall be removed and replace at no cost to the Owner. During installation, the Contractor shall drill random holes through filler and measure depth. Take one M random measurement per 500 linear feet of filler. B. Joint filler installed over compressible backer rod shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 03150-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 UniSpec II 102999 SECTION 03150-CONCRETE ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Preparing joint filler substrate surfaces. 2. Joint filler for interior exposed concrete slab control/construction joints. Isolation joints between concrete slab and vertical surfaces are excluded from this Section. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300-Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete slab materials and accessories. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide joint filler that is approved by the United States Department of Agriculture for use in food service areas, as required by local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Store joint filler material in manufacturer's labeled,unopened containers. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Metzger/McGuire;Concord,NH;(800)223-6680. B. Sika Corporation,Lyndhurst,NJ; (800)933-7452. C. Dayton Superior;Oregon,IL;(815)732-3136. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Epoxy Joint Filler: Two-part liquid, 100 percent solids epoxy resin. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide epoxy joint filler as manufactured by one of the following: W 1. Spat-Pro XL,by Metzger/McGuire. 2. Sikadur 51 SL,by Sika. 3. Poxy-Fil(J-52),by Dayton Superior. B. Color:provide color to match concreteIntegralIy colored concrete : Match"Mocha Brown"by LM SchofieldOther Exposed Concrete:Concrete gray C. Substitutions: Not Permitted. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Loosen embedded debris and saw laitance in joint using narrow tool or dustless saw/grinder. Remove curing and sealing compounds using dustless saw/grinder. B. Clear loosed matter from joint by blowing out or vacuuming. If debris is damp,allow joint to dry for 24 hours. a 03150-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Optics that will sharply restrict any back light behind the luminaire(house side). Light is directed forward (street side)and equally on both sides of the luminaire(bi-laterally symmetric about the luminaire across axis). d) Type V Square(Vertical Lamp) ., Optics that produce a symmetrical (quadrilateral)square light distribution pattern about the luminaire across and along axis. Optical types I, III and IV(Forward Throw)are used to effectively cover odd-shaped areas. Optical assemblies that produce round light distribution patterns are not acceptable. Wal-Mart Engineering shall be the sole judge regarding acceptability of optical system performance. See section 1.05 D for specific optical type performance. J. BALLAST and BALLAST HOUSINGf Premium type ballast that will provide power for only 1 (one) metal halide lamp, capable of reliable lamp starting at temperatures as low as-20 degrees Fahrenheit and shall have minimum power factor of 90 percent, Super CWA pulse start type± 10 percent lamp power regulation with± 10 percent variation from 480 volt, single phase, input voltage. Assembly shall be easily accessible and removable with quick disconnects to reflector. K. AREA LIGHTING LAMPS 1000 watt; 110,000 initial lumen; 15,000 hour; clear BT37 reduced envelope pulse start metal halide (vertical base-up). PART 3 INSTALLATION 1. Provide labor, material, and energy to conduct parking lot lighting test at least 30 days prior to Substantial Completion date. Test shall consist of continuous operation of luminaires and lamps for time period of 100 hours. Witness and certify continuous operation and time duration of test. At end of testing period, immediately request warranty parts and replace defective components at least 3 days prior to Substantial Completion date. 2. The Contractor shall Install lighting poles, anchor bolts, luminaires, lamps, and apply touch-up paint.T 3. The Contractor shall Furnish and Install the parking lot electrical system in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documentation. 4. The Contractor shall Furnish and Install a ground rod and required bonding at each concrete pole foundation in accordance with the specific details shown on the Construction Drawings. 5. The Contractor shall Furnish and Install the concrete foundations in accordance with the specific details shown on the Contract Drawings. End of Section 16530 •�r Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 8/19/1999 16525-6 Specification Name: 1000 Watt SITE LIGHTING electrostatically applied and cured in a gas fired convection oven by heating the steel substrate to a minimum of 350 degrees Fahrenheit and a maximum of 400 degrees Fahrenheit. 3. Interior Coating: A minimum of 2'(feet)at the base end of the pole shaft shall be blast cleaned and powder coated with a minimum of 2 mils of exterior coating applied per specifications. A minimum of 6'(feet)at the base end of the pole shall be coasted with a hydrocarbon resin coating formulated for application over untreated surfaces. 4. Field Touch-up: An matching Acrylic Enamel or Polyurethane touch-up kit shall be included to repair an scratches in the pole's coating. 5. Wrapping Materials: Prior to shipment poles all poles will be entirely wrapped as per the pole manufacturers suggested method. The Site Lighting Vendor will be responsible for the arrival of poles on site in an undamaged condition. Cutting instruments(i.e. knives)are strictly prohibited for means of removing packaging material. G. MATERIAL CERTIFICATIONS All raw materials, and manufacturing process to form, shape, cut, or weld, said materials, shall be produced in North America to be considered of domestic origin. They shall be of the ASTM type as called forth in this specification. Mill certifications shall be supplied for proof of compliance to this specification. H. LUMINAIRES 1. SITE LIGHTING SEMI-CUTOFF LUMINAIRES Luminaires shall be fabricated from one piece die cast aluminum or from formed and welded aluminum housing. Assembled to form weather and bug proof unit. Injected silicone used as a weatherproofing seal shall not be directly exposed to sunlight and shall not be the sole means to prevent water intrusion. All exposed surfaces shalt have an electrostatically applied thermally cured polyester powder finish. Color shall be black. Sag lens of vertical lamp units shall be constructed of a one piece, impact resistant, clear tempered glass. Sag lens frame shall be mitered, extruded, anodized aluminum with stainless steel spring loaded latches and hinge pins or securing screws. Flat lens frame shall be mitered, extruded, anodized aluminum with stainless steel hinge and latch pins. Lens frame assemblies and housing shall be sealed by memory retentive silicon rubber gasketing to exclude moisture, dust, insects and pollutants. Screwdriver only access is required to both optic chamber and ballast. Every luminaire shall be electrically tested before shipment from factory. Luminaire shall have lamp installed or packaged in optical chamber as of shipment from factory. Luminaire arm bolts shall be 304 stainless steel or zinc plated steel. Luminaire arm shall have either an internal extruded bolt alignment channel with an integral hand hole and cover for the field wiring connections or cast as an integral part of the luminaire assembly with electrical connection from the pole top. Each luminaire shall bear the UL label for wet location. I. LUMINAIRE OPTICAL ASSEMBLY 1. AREA LIGHTING SEMI-CUTOFF LUMINAIRES One universal"outdoor cutoff luminaire"housing shall be capable of containing the following general optical systems without modification and each optical system shall be field interchangeable and rotatable in 90 degree increments with only a screwdriver. a) Type I Optics that produce a long narrow light distribution pattern that disperse light equally on both sides of luminaire (bi-laterally symmetric about luminaire across and along axis). b) Type III Optics that produce an asymmetrical light distribution pattern that directs the majority of the light in front(street side)of the luminaire and equally on both sides of the Luminaire (bi-laterally symmetric about the luminaire across axis). C) Type IV(Forward Throw) - Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 8/19/1999 16525-5 Specification Name: 1000 Watt SITE LIGHTING PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. POLE DESIGN 441' Pole shaft, base plate, and anchor bolts, shall be designed in accordance requirements of(current) 1985 AASHTO"Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals". Loading shall be based on the appropriate isotach wind velocity of 120 mph times a 1.3 gust factor with the effective projected area (EPA)and weight of 3 (three) 1000 watt vertical burn luminaires. ' The design stresses shall include the additional stresses resulting from eccentricity caused by deflections y of all design loads, including deflections caused by eccentricity of these loads per AASHTO 1.3.3(A)(2). B. POLE SHAFT The pole shall be one piece, 38'-9"long, round, and shall have a constant linear taper. The pole shaft shall be manufactured with a single ply minimum wall thickness of 11-gauge (.1196"). Circumferential welded splices, or two piece telescoping sections shall not be permitted. The pole shaft shall be made of high strength steel meeting the requirements of ASTM A595 Grade-A with a guaranteed minimum yield strength of 55,000 psi after fabrication. The pole shall have a seamless appearing, visually pleasing uniform weld. A nominal 4"(inch)X 6.5"(inch)hand hole frame shall be welded into the pole at 1.5'(feet) from it's base and shall be provided with a cover. The pole shall be drilled properly to accept the maximum number of specified luminaires. All unused pre-drilled holes shall be plugged weathertight. sir C. POLE BASE PLATES The base plate shall be of steel meeting or exceeding the requirements of ASTM A36. It shall be integrally welded to the pole shaft utilizing a telescopic weld. The base plate shall be slotted to accommodate a plus or minus 1/2" (inch)variation in the nominal bolt circle. All base plates shall have a 12.5"bolt circle (for consistency)for all pole designs. D. ANCHOR BOLTS The anchor bolts shall meet the requirement of ASTM F1554 Grade-55, having a minimum yield strength of 55,000 psi. The bolts shall have an"L"bend on one end and shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123 specifications for a minimum of 8"(in.)on the threaded end. Four anchor bolts shall be provided per pole. Each anchor bolt shall be furnished with 2 (two)hex nuts, 2 (two)flat washers galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153 specifications The strength of the nuts shall equal or exceed the proof load of the anchor bolts. Anchor bolts shall have minimum dimensions of 1.25"(in.)of diameter, 42" (in.)of length, and 6"(in.)of hook(for consistency)for all pole designs. Each pole shall be provided with an aluminum base cover powder coated to match the finish of the pole. E. WELDING Welding shall be in accordance with AWS(American Welding Society)or CWB (Canadian Welding Bureau)"Structural Welding"(the most recent publication). Welding shall only be performed by robotic welding process or welders formally trained and certified in accordance with AWS or CWB specifications. F. COATING 1. Surface Preparation: The exterior steel surface is blast cleaned to Steel Painting Council Surface Preparation Specification No. 6 (SSPC-SP6)or"near white"Specification No.10 (SSPC-SP10)requirements. The inside steel surface shall be cleaned to SSPC-SP3 requirements a minimum of 2' (feet)at the base end of the pole. aw 2. Exterior Coating: All exterior surfaces shall be coated with a Triglycidyl Isocyanurate(TGIC)or"super durable" Polyester Powder to a minis.lum dry film thickness of 3.0 mils. The coating shall be Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 8/19/1999 16525-4 Specification Name: 1000 Watt SITE LIGHTING C. PAVEMENT ILLUMINATION UNIFORMITY 1. TYPICAL STANDARD SPACING ANALYSIS GRIDS IF VERTICAL LAMP LUMINAIRE ASSEMBLIES The 4 (four)pole analysis shall produce a Maximum-to-Minimum uniformity ratio of not greater than 6-to-1 and an Average-to-Minimum uniformity ratio of not greater than 2-to-1. 2. OVERALL PARKING STANDARD SPACING LAYOUT ANALYSIS VERTICAL LAMP LUMINAIRE ASSEMBLIES The site lighting layout shall produce a Maximum-to-Minimum uniformity ratio of not greater than 10-to-1 and an Average-to-Minimum uniformity ratio of not greater than 3-to- 1 in accordance with I.E.S. visual comfort and lighting safety recommendations. (Site lighting uniformity shall not include facade lighting and/or building security lighting.) D. SEMI-CUTOFF LUMINAIRE PERFORMANCE VERTICAL LAMP LUMINAIRE Optics that produce a symmetrical (quadrilateral)square light distribution pattern about the luminaire across and along axis,which meets the following requirements. Control downward within the lighted area: The optical system shall produce a candlepower peak(maximum intensity)of not less than 213 candela per 1000 rated lamp lumens at 65 degrees vertical and 35 degrees lateral from luminaires across and along axis. Nadir candlepower shall not exceed 79 candela per 1000 rated lamp lumens. The total downward coefficient of utilization for the luminaire shall not be less than 66%. i 1.06 SUBMITTALS When required by the Owner, each submittal transmitted for approval shall contain: A. Computer generated photometric analysis of proposed lighted area layout which indicates the site lighting system performance by point horizontal footcandle readings at grade and compliance with section 1.05 C. 2. Analysis points shall not be greater than 25'(feet)on center. Y B. Computer generated photometric analysis of proposed lighted area typical sections which indicates area lighting and building security lighting system performance by point horizontal footcandle readings at grade and compliance with sections 1.05 B./C1 and 1.07 B./C1. Analysis points shall not be greater than 5' (feet)on center. C. A Cutoff luminaire performance (photometric)report with laboratory name, report number, date, luminaire catalog number, luminaire and lamp specifications. Report shall contain I.E.S. Cutoff and Roadway Type classifications, candlepower tabulations, zonal lumen summary and iso footcandle diagram. D. The Underwriters Laboratory listing and file number for the specific luminaire(s)to be utilized. E. Pole Manufacturer AASHTO calculations indicating the poles and anchor bolts being submitted are capable of supporting the pole and luminaire systems being utilized in accordance with specifications. 4 G. Catalog specification sheets proving complete conformance to specifications. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Unless otherwise indicated on Construction Drawings or in Special Conditions to Contract, Owner(or Developer as directed by the Owner in the case of a Joint Development Agreement project)will furnish lighting poles, anchor bolts, luminaires, lamps, and touch-up paint for installation by Contractor. B. Owner will furnish and erect signage for illuminated canopy, automotive, pylon, and mall entrance signs. Project Name. Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 8/19/1999 16525-3 Specification Name: 1000 Watt SITE LIGHTING Oa B. Owner reserves the right to request standard production model luminaire samples for inspection and to order such tests as Owner deems necessary to insure compliance with this Section and to reject those luminaires failing such tests, or those luminaires with improper or inadequate light distribution. Wal-Mart Engineering shall be sole judge regarding acceptability of optical system performance. C. Wal-Mart reserves the right to take field measurements to confirm lighting levels. If light levels do not meet specification, the luminaire manufacturer shall provide additional luminaires to achieve specified light rt levels. The cost for additional luminaires and poles, if required, including material and labor to install the same, shall be the responsibility of the luminaire manufacturer. Additionally, the luminaire manufacturer shall reimburse Wal-Mart for additional energy costs as a result of the additional luminaires. D. Wal-Mart reserves the right to request independent testing of site luminaires, installed at least 6 months prior to the bid date, to verify luminaire performance. Luminaires must be identical to bid luminaire,which must comply with the specification. 1.05 SITE LIGHTING SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. GENERAL Semi-Cutoff luminaire(s)to be utilized shall meet the I.E.S. defined"semi-cutoff'classification requirements. An"Outdoor Semi-Cutoff Luminaire"is defined by the following I.E.S. limitations on light distribution. 1. At any lateral angle around the luminaire, candlepower at the angle of 80 degrees vertical, shall not exceed 200 candela per 1000 rated lamp lumens. 2. At any lateral angle around the luminaire,candlepower at the angle of 90 degrees vertical, shall not exceed 50 candela per 1000 rated lamp lumens. See Section 2.01 I. 1.for specific optical type descriptions. B. TYPICAL STANDARD SPACING FOUR POLE ANALYSIS GRIDS 1. VERTICAL LAMP AREA LIGHTING a minimum of 1.8 horizontal The optical system specified herein shall be capable of maintaining footcandles measured at grade for paved walking and driving surfaces based on a 2 (two) luminaire mounting configuration with vertical lamp optics,which produce a symmetric(square) distribution pattern, at a mounting height of 42' (feet)within a 4 (four)pole grid with pole spacing of 186' (feet)fixed X 186' (feet). All point-by-point photometric performance test grids shall be based on the following criteria: Maintenance Factor=0.75 Mounting Height=42' (feet) Grid = 1"= 10' (points on 5'centers)-all points between 4 (four)poles (1,521 points). (Including point at grid midpoint) Vertical Lamp Lumens= 110,000 lumens minimum initial (each of 2 lamps per pole) Analysis Grid Results: (calculations by Lumen-Point software) a) 3.3 Footcandle Average b) 1.8 Footcandle Minimum C) 10.0 Footcandle Maximum d) 6.0 Maximum-to-Minimum Uniformity e) 1.8 Average-to-Minimum Uniformity 2. HORIZONTAL LAMP AREA LIGHTING Horizonal burn 1000 watt lamps are not permitted. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 8/19/1999 16525-2 Specification Name: 1000 Watt SITE LIGHTING l SECTION 16525 SITE LIGHTING 1000 Watt Pulse Start Technology PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of exterior luminaires and accessories, installation and touch-up of poles, underground conduit, wiring, concrete foundation ground rod installation, system bonding, terminations and final system testing and documentation. B. Installation of concrete pole foundations. C. Installation of underground conduit,wires, and controls for illuminated pylon sign. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02222 - Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Utilities B. Section 03300 -Cast-in-Place Concrete(See Architectural/Building Specifications 0 C. Section 16950- Electrical Systems Testing (See Architectural/Building Specifications) L D. Construction Drawings ' - 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) latest edition ANSI C78.379 Electric Lamps- Incandescent and High-Intensity-Discharge Reflector Lamps- Classification of Beam Patterns. ANSI C82.4 Ballasts for High-Intensity-Discharge and Low-Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple Supply Type). B. National Fire Protection Agency(NFPA) latest edition NFPA 70 National Electrical Code C. Illuminating Engineering Society(IES)of North America IES RP-8 Recommended Practice for Roadway Lighting. IES RP-20 Recommend Practice for Parking Facilities. IES LM-36 Method for Testing Floodlights Using Discharge Lamps. IES Lighting Handbook- Eighth Edition (1993) D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)latest edition A 36 Structural Steel A 307 Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength A 595 Steel Tubes, Low-Carbon, Tapered for Structural Use 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide Owner with 1 (one)year warranty certificate signed by Contractor and by company providing actual warranty labor. Certificate must be received by Owner prior to final payment. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 8/19/1999 16525-1 Specification Name: 1000 Watt SITE LIGHTING w 04 � i BLANK PAGE �r M4 1. When cold weather approaches and chance for freezing conditions exist, the irrigation system should be drained after each use. 2. Winterization procedure as follows: a. Shut water off at main gate valve b. Open manual drain valves C. Blow out each section twice with compressed air d. Set controller to cycle through each section minimum time available, once each day through Winter months y e. If backflow preventor is installed with unions, remove and store out of weather. L. Spring start up: Spring start up procedure as follows: 1. Reinstall backflow prevention 2. Close manual drain valves 3. Slowly turn water on 4. Check for leaks and proper alignment of heads 5. Repair and adjust system as required for proper operation M. Component replacement: If replacement of component parts becomes necessary after normal use, and after original warranty has expired, Owner is responsible for expense of replacements, if there i-; has been no mishandling of these items on part of landscape maintenance contractor. A N. Termination of maintenance contract: 1. If Owner fails to make payment for period of 90 days without written clarification, landscape maintenance contractor may, upon 12 additional days written notice to Owner, terminate contract and recover from Owner, payment for work executed and for proven loss sustained upon materials, equipment, or tools, including reasonable profit and damages applicable to Maintenance Contract. 2. If landscape maintenance contractor defaults, persistently fails, or neglects to carry out work in accordance with Maintenance Contract, Owner, after 12 days written notice to landscape maintenance contractor, and without prejudice to any other remedy Owner may v have, may make good such deficiencies and deduct cost, including compensation for additional services made necessary, from payment due landscape maintenance contractor, or Owner may terminate Maintenance Contract. END OF SECTION 02900 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02900-11 Specification Name: PLANTING Remove rubbish,waste, tools, and equipment used at end of each workday. Other procedures consistent with good horticultural practice necessary to insure vigorous, healthy growth of plant material are also part of Maintenance Contract. 3. During first year of Maintenance Contract, replacement of plant material shall be responsibility of Contractor with exceptions as listed herein. + 4. Landscape maintenance contractor shall purchase and maintain Contractor's general liability insurance in amount of$1,000,000 for protection from Contractor's operations under Maintenance Contract. Certification of such insurance shall be filed with Owner prior to commencement of work. B. Watering 1. Irrigation system shall be used by landscape maintenance contractor for watering. Failure ew of system does not eliminate landscape maintenance contractor's responsibility of maintaining desired level of moisture necessary to maintain vigorous, healthy growth. 2. Water shall be applied each time sufficient to penetrate soil to minimum depth of 8-inches in shrub beds and 6-inches in turf areas at rate that will prevent saturation of soil. 3. On-site water shall be furnished by Owner. Contractor shall furnish hose and other watering equipment. C. Weeding: Landscape maintenance contractor shall keep areas free from weeds and undesirable grasses by approved methods and materials . D. Disease and insect pest control: Inspect plant material at least once each month to locate any disease or insect pest infestations. Upon discovery of infestation, nature or species of infestation shall be identified. Control in accordance with industry standards shall be immediately implemented. rw► E. Fertilizing: Landscape maintenance contractor is to fertilize on regularly scheduled program to-fit requirements of plant material to maintain vigorous, healthy growth. F. Pruning and repair: Amount of pruning shall be limited to minimum necessary to remove dead or injured branches, to compensate for loss of roots as result of transplanting operations, and to maintain safety in traveled areas. Pruning shall be done to not change the natural habit or shape of plant. Cuts shall be made flush, leaving no stubs. G. Mowing: Mow grass areas at regular intervals to keep grass height from exceeding 3-inches. Mow in such manner as to prevent clippings from blowing onto paved areas and sidewalks. Cleanup ; after mowing shall include sweeping or blowing to clear mowing debris. H. Clean up: During course of maintenance, excess and waste materials shall be continuously and promptly removed at end of each workday. I. Maintenance report and schedule of activities: Landscape maintenance contractor shall provide schedule and report to Owner that details planned maintenance activities including names of any subcontractors. J. General Irrigation: 1. After Extended 2-Year Maintenance Agreement has expired, landscape maintenance contractor shall maintain irrigation system in good operating condition through monthly inspections of system components and make repairs as necessary. This includes checking and verifying operation in each zone, alignment of heads, rain sensors, controller, , and checking leaks. 2. Landscape maintenance contractor shall make every effort to conserve water by adjusting programming to allow for weather changes and growth seasons. Irrigation should be conducted between 2:00 a.m. and 6:00 a.m. unless requested by Owner. K. Winterization: Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/1412000 02900-10 Specification Name: PLANTING G. Water for execution and maintenance will be provided by Owner at no expense to Contractor. Contractor shall furnish portable tanks, pumps, hose, pipe,connections, nozzles, and any other equipment required to transport water from available outlets and apply it to seeded areas in approved manner. H. Initiate mowing of seeded areas when grass has attained height of 1 1/2-inches to 2-inches Maintain grass height at 1-inch to 1 1/2-inches at subsequent cuttings depending on time of year. Not more than 1/3 of grass leaf shall be removed at any cutting and cutting shall not occur closer than 10 days apart. I. Heavy cuttings shall be removed to prevent destruction of underlying turf. If weeds or other undesirable vegetation threaten to smother planted species, such vegetation shall be mowed or, in case of rank growths, shall be uprooted, raked and removed from area by methods approved by Owner. J. Protect seeded area from trespassing while grass is germinating. Furnish and install fences, signs, barriers, or other necessary temporary protective devices. Contractor shall repair damage resulting from trespass, erosion, washout, settlement, or other causes at his expense. K. Remove fences, signs, barriers, or other temporary protective devices after final acceptance. L. If substantial number of plants are sickly or dead at time of inspection, acceptance will not be granted and Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of plants shall be extended until replacements are made. M. Replacements shall be plants of same kind and size specified on Construction Drawings. Furnish and plant as specified herein. Cost shall be borne by Contractor. Replacements resulting from removal, loss, or damage due to occupancy of project in any part, vandalism, physical damage by tf animals, vehicles, etc., and losses due to curtailment of water by local authorities will be approved and paid for by Owner. 04 N. Remove and replace dead, defective and/or rejected plants as required before final acceptance. Replacement of plant materials that may be necessary shall be at expense of Contractor. O. Grassed areas damaged during process of work shall be responsibility of Contractor,who shall restore disturbed areas to condition satisfactory to Owner. This may include filling to grade, fertilizing, seeding, and mulching. P. Guarantee plants for period of 2 years after inspection and acceptance. Q. At end of Establishment Period, inspection shall be made again. Remove from site any plant that is dead or unsatisfactory to Owner. Replace plants during normal planting season. 3.08 MAINTENANCE A. GENERAL LANDSCAPING 1. Provide Owner with 3 written proposals due before possession date for landscape }: maintenance from experienced local nursery businesses capable of performing work specified herein. Accepted proposal and maintenance contract will be for period of 2 years and renewable in 1-year increments. Maintenance will begin immediately after final acceptance of landscaping by Owner. During the first year warranty period,the Contractor ' shall be responsible for insuring that the maintenance contract is being followed. 2. Landscape maintenance shall include necessary watering, cultivation, weeding, pruning, wound dressing, disease and insect pest control, protective spraying, labor for replacement of dead plant material, straightening plants which lean or sag, adjustments of plants which settle or are planted too low, mowing, replacement of mulch that has been displaced, repairing and reshaping of saucers, and reseeding or replanting of those areas affected. ` " Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02900-9 Specification Name: PLANTING .w - 3.05 SEEDING A. Do not perform seeding in windy weather. B. Seeding shall be done in 2 directions at right angles to each other. C. Seed lawn areas by sowing evenly with approved mechanical seeder at rate of minimum of 3- pounds per 1,000 square feet. Culti-packer or approved similar equipment may be used to cover seed and to form seedbed in 1 operation. In areas inaccessible to culti-packer, lightly rake seeded ground with flexible rakes and roll with water ballast roller. After rolling, seeded areas are to be lightly mulched with wheat straw. D. Surface layer of soil for seeded areas must be kept moist during germination period. Water seeded areas twice first week to minimum depth of 6-inches with fine spray and once per week thereafter as necessary to supplement natural rain to equivalent of 1-inch or to 6-inches depth. , 3.06 SOD A. As noted on Construction Drawings, V-6"wide strip shall be sodded along sidewalks, roadways, and parking areas to prevent washing and erosion. B. Cut and lay sod on same day. Only healthy vigorous growing sod is to be laid. C. Always lay sod across slope and tightly together so as to make solid area. D. Roll or firmly but lightly tamp with suitable wooden or metal tamper new sod sufficiently to set or press sod into under laying soil. E. After sodding has been completed, clean up and thoroughly moisten newly sodded areas. +• 3.07 MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Begin maintenance immediately after planting. Plants shall be watered, mulched,weeded, pruned, „ sprayed,fertilized, cultivated, and otherwise maintained and protected until acceptance. Settled plants shall be reset to proper grade and position, planting saucer restored, and dead material removed. Tighten and repair stakes and wires. Correct defective work as soon as possible after it becomes apparent and weather and season permit. B. Maintain lawns for at least 30 days after sodding and 60 days after seeding, or as long as is necessary to establish uniform stand of the specified grasses, or until substantial completion of project, or until acceptance of lawns,whichever is later. C. In event that lawn operations are completed too late in Fall for adequate germination and/or growth, maintenance shall continue into following growing season or until uniform stand of specified grasses has been established. D. Make weekly inspections to determine moisture content of soil and adjust watering schedule established by irrigation system installer to fit conditions. E. After grass growth has started, areas that fail to show uniform stand of grass for any reason whatsoever shall be reseeded in accordance with Construction Drawings and as specified herein. �R Such areas shall be reseeded repeatedly until areas are covered with satisfactory growth of grass at no additional cost to Owner. F. Watering shall be done in such manner and as frequently as is deemed necessary by Owner to assure continued growth of healthy grass. Water areas of site in such way as to prevent erosion due to excessive quantities applied over small areas and to avoid damage to finished surface due to watering equipment. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02900-8 Specification Name: PLANTING retaining structure as detailed on Construction Drawings constructed minimum of 5-feet from trunk. Exposed or broken roots shall be cut clean and covered with topsoil. 3.03 TREE AND SHRUB PLANTING A. Plants too large for 2 men to lift in and out of holes shall be placed with sling. Do not rock trees in holes to raise. B. If rock or other underground obstruction is encountered, Owner may require plant pits to be relocated, pits enlarged,or plants deleted from project. C. Make adjustments in locations as directed. In event that pits or areas for planting are prepared and backfilled with topsoil to grade prior to commencement of lawn operations, they shall be so marked that when planting they can be readily located. In case underground obstructions s p g proceeds, such as ledges or utilities are encountered, change location under direction of Owner without charge. D. Holes for trees shall be at least 2-feet greater in diameter than spread of roots stem and at lea 6-in. deeper than root ball. Holes for shrubs and vines shall be at least 12-inches greater in least diameter than spread of root system and at least 2-feet deep. E. During backfilling of tree holes and shrub beds with topsoil, manure, ground limestone if soil tests indicate it is needed), and commercial fertilizer at rate of 3-pounds for trees up to 3-inches in caliper, 1-pound per inch caliper for larger trees, 6-ounces for small shrubs and 8-ounces for each shrub 4-feet or over shall be added as progress of work permits. Omit ground limestone and manure in case of acid soil plants. Manure, limestone, and fertilizer shall be thoroughly mixed with topsoil in planting operation; care being taken that manure does not come in immediate contact with roots. F. Plants shall be planted in center of holes and at same depth as they previously grew. Backfill topsoil in layers of not more than 8-inches and each layer watered sufficiently to settle before next layer is put in place. Tamp loam under edges of balled plants. Use enough topsoil to bring surfaces to finish grade when settled. 1. Provide saucer around each plant as shown on Construction Drawings. 2. Soak plants with water twice within first 24 hours after time of planting. Apply water with low pressure so as to soak in thoroughly without dislodging topsoil. 3.04 MISCELLANEOUS INSTALLATIONS A. Shredded Hardwood Bark Mulch 1. Use 4-inches of shredded hardwood bark mulch or approved equal as top dressing in planting beds. Mulch single trees or shrubs to outside edge of saucer. 2. Place weed mat under planting areas not to be seeded, or as directed on Construction Drawings. Cover mat with mulch and secured in place with soil anchor. B. Use peat moss for planting soil mixture only and not be used as mulch, except on ground cover. C. Apply fertilizer to grass or sodded areas in 2 applications with thorough watering immediately following. First application shall be 1 week before seeding at rate of 35-pounds per 1,000 square feet harrowed into top 2-inches of seedbed. Second application shall be done at rate of 25-pounds per 1,000 square feet, immediately following second mowing. D. Peg sodded slopes greater than 3:1 to hold in place. E. Areas to be covered with erosion control blankets shall be properly prepared,fertilized, and seeded before blanket is applied. When blanket is unrolled, netting shall be on top and fibers in contact with soil. In ditches, apply blanket in direction of flow of water. On slopes, apply blankets vertically on slope. Butt ends and sides snugly and stapled. Staple to manufacturer's recommendations. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification p Revised 02/14/2000 02900-7 Specification Name: PLANTING OR .w I. Sod Bed Preparation: Grade areas to finish grade, filling as needed or removing surplus dirt, stones, debris, etc. and floating areas to smooth, uniform grade as indicated on Construction Drawings. Lawn areas are to slope to drain. J. Grass or sodded areas shall have fertilizer applied in two(2)applications with a thorough watering as specified in section 4.02 B immediately following each application. The first application shall be one (1)week prior to seeding/sodding at the rate of 25 pounds per 1000 square feet and barrowed into the top two (2) inches of topsoil. The second application shall be at the rate of 10 pounds per 1000 square feet immediately following the second mowing. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Before commencing work, trees and shrubs that are to be saved shall be protected from damage by placement of fencing flagged for visibility or some other suitable protective procedure approved by Owner. No work may begin until this requirement is fulfilled. B. In order to avoid damage to roots, bark, or lower branches, no truck or other equipment shall be driven or parked within drip line of any tree, unless tree overspreads paved area. C. Use precautionary measures when performing work around trees, sidewalks, pavements, utilities, and other features either existing or previously installed. Milk D. Adjust depth of earthwork and topsoil when working immediately adjacent to aforementioned features in order to prevent disturbing tree roots, undermining sidewalks and pavements, and damage in general to other features either existing or previously installed. E. Cover plants transported to project in open vehicles with tarpaulins or other suitable covers securely fastened to body of vehicle to prevent injury to plants. Closed vehicles shall be adequately ventilated to prevent overheating of plants. Evidence of inadequate protection following digging, carelessness while in transit, or improper handling or storage shall be cause for rejection. Plants shall be kept moist, fresh, and protected. Such protection shall encompass entire period during which plants are in transit, being handled, or are in temporary storage. F. Where excavating, fill, or grading is required within drip line of trees that are to remain,work shall be performed as follows: 1. Trenching: When trenching occurs around trees to remain,tree roots shall not be cut but trench shall be tunneled under or around roots by careful hand digging without injury to roots. 2. Raising Grades: a. Where fill not exceeding 16-inches is required, clean,washed gravel graded from 1-inch to 2-inch in size shall be placed directly around tree trunk. Extend gravel out from trunk on all sides minimum of 18-inches and finish approximately 2-inches above finished grade at tree. Install gravel before any earth fill is placed. New "4 earth fill shall not be left in contact with trunks of trees requiring fill. b. Where fill exceeding 16-inches is required, construct dry laid tree well around trunk of tree. Tree well shall extend out from trunk on all sides minimum of 3-feet and to 3-inches above finish grade. Place coarse grade rock directly around tree well extending out to drip line of tree. Place clean,washed gravel graded from 1-inch. to 2-inch. in size directly over coarse rock to depth of 3-inches. Place approved backfill material directly over washed gravel to desired finish grade. 3. Lowering Grades: Existing trees in areas where new finish grade is to be lowered shall have regrading work done by hand to elevation indicated on Construction Drawings. Roots as required shall be cut cleanly 3-inches below finished grade and scars covered with tree paint. 4. Trees marked for preservation that are more than 6-inches above proposed grades shall stand on broad rounded mounds and be graded smoothly into lower level. Trees located more than 16-inches above proposed grades shall have dry laid stone wall or other Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02900-6 Specification Name: PLANTING "' acceptable to Owner. Loosen soil to minimum depth of 12-inches with additional loosening as required to obtain adequate drainage. Contractor may introduce peat moss, sand, or a organic matter into the subsoil to obtain adequate drainage. Such remedial measures shall be considered as incidental, without additional cost to Owner. 2. Where unsuitability is deemed by Owner to be due to presence of boards, mortar, concrete, or other construction materials in sub-grade and where natural subsoil is other than AASHTO classification of A6 or 7, remove debris and objectionable material. Such remedial measures shall be considered as incidental, without additional cost to Owner. 3. Where unsuitability is deemed by Owner to be because natural subsoil falls into AASHTO classification of A6 or 7 and contains moisture in excess of 30 percent, then installation of sub-drainage system or other means described elsewhere in Specifications shall be used. Where such conditions have not been known or revealed prior to planting time and they have not been recognized in preparation of Construction Drawings and Specifications, then Owner shall issue pricing order to install proper remedial measures. D. Perform planting operations at steady rate of work unless weather conditions make it impossible to work. No plant material shall be planted in frozen ground. E. Disk, drag, harrow, or hand rake subgrade to depth of 4-inches and removed stones larger than 1- 1/2 inches to provide bond for topsoil. Topsoil, which must be transported across finished sidewalks, shall be delivered in such manner that no damage will be done to sidewalks. Contractor shall be responsible for repair of such damage. F. Do not place topsoil until sub grade has been g approved in accordance with Section 02300. Before placing topsoil, rake subsoil surface clear of stones, debris, and roots. Compact topsoil to form layer with minimum depth of 4-inches in lawn areas and 12-inches in shrub beds. Place topsoil so that after final settlement there will be positive drainage conforming to elevations shown on Construction Drawings. G. Tree and Shrub Preparation 1. Dig bare rooted shrubs with adequate fibrous roots. Cover roots of these plants with uniformly thick coating of mud by being puddled immediately after they are dug, or packed in moist straw or moss. 2. Dig ball and burlap plants with firm natural balls of earth of diameter and depth to include fibrous roots. 3. Protect roots or balls of plants at all times from sun and drying winds. 4. Ball and burlap plants which cannot be planted immediately upon delivery shall be set on ground and protected with soil,wet moss, or other acceptable material. Heel-in bare rooted plants that cannot be planted immediately upon delivery. All shall be kept moist. 5. Open bundles of plants and plants separate before roots are covered. Take care to prevent air pockets among roots. During planting operations, cover bare roots with canvas, hay, or other suitable material. No plant shall be bound with wire or rope at any time so as to damage bark or break branches. H. Seed Bed Preparation 1. Grade areas to finish grades, filling as needed or removing surplus dirt. Float areas to smooth, uniform grade as indicated on Construction Drawings. Lawn areas shall slope to drain. 2. Where no grades are shown, areas shall have smooth and continual grade between existing or fixed controls, such as walks, curbs, catch basin, steps, or building, and elevations shown on Construction Drawings. Roll, scarify, rake, and level as necessary to obtain true, even lawn surfaces. Finish grades shall meet approval of Owner, before grass seed is sown. 3. Loosen soil to depth of 6-inches in lawn areas by approved method of scarification and r-E grade to remove ridges and depressions. Remove stones or foreign matter over 2-inches in diameter from top 2-inches of soil. Float lawn areas to finish grades. 4. Seed beds should be permitted to settle or should be firmed by rolling before seeding begins. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02900-5 Specification Name: PLANTING WA C. Hose shall be 2-ply fibred-bearing rubber garden hose, not less than 1/2-inches inside diameter, w black or green, and of suitable length. 2.07 WATER A. Potable water, on-site water shall be furnished by Owner. Contractor shall furnish hose and other watering equipment. 2.08 LAWN SEED A. Lawn seed mixture shall be fresh, clean new crop seed. Furnish to Owner dealers guaranteed statement of composition of mixture and percentage of purity and germination of each variety. No B. Seed Mixture: Provide seed of grass species and varieties, proportions by weight and minimum percentages of purity, germination, and maximum percentage of weed seed. Seed mixtures vary we by region and season and shall comply with State DOT and Local Soil Conservation Service Standards. 2.09 WEED MAT A. Weed mat shall be"Dewitt Weed Barrier"or approved equal. 2.10 STEEL EDGING A. Steel edging shall be 1/8-inch x 4-inch interlocking steel edge, staked with metal stakes sufficiently to hold in place. 2.11 STONE MULCH A. Size and color of stone mulch should be as shown on Construction Drawings. 2.12 SOD A. Sod shall be species ASPA certified. Sod to be strongly rooted,weed, disease, pest free and uniform in thickness. �r 2.13 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET odegradable plastic mesh, including steel wire staples, A. Blankets, biodegradable, enclosed in a phot 6 inches long. B. Provide and install where indicated on Construction Drawings"Curlex" blankets by American Excelsior Company, "Polyjute" Style 465 GT by Synthetic Industries, or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. If project completion date prohibits in-season planting, prepare for out-of-season seeding or sodding so that lawns shall be completed and ready for acceptance at time of project completion, without additional cost to Owner. B. Provide sufficient tools and equipment required to carry out planting operation. C. Locations containing unsuitable subsoil shall be treated by one or more of the following: 1. Where unsuitability is deemed by Owner to be due to excessive compaction caused by heavy equipment and where natural subsoil is other than AASHTO classification of A6 or 7, loosen such areas with spikes, discing, or other means to loosen soil to conditions Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02900-4 Specification Name: PLANTING f M< 9. Thickness of each shrub shall correspond to trade classification "No.1". Single stemmed or thin plants shall not be accepted. Side branches must be generous, well-twigged, and plant as whole well-branched to ground. Plants must be in moist condition, free from dead wood, bruises, or other root or branch injuries. 2.02 TOPSOIL A. Natural, friable, fertile, fine loamy soil possessing characteristics of representative topsoil in the vicinity that produces heavy growth. B. Topsoil, pH range of 5.5 to 7.4 percent organic material minimum, free from subsoil, objectionable r weeds, litter, sods, stiff clay, stones larger than 1-inch in diameter, stumps, roots, trash, toxic substances, or any other material which may be harmful to plant growth or hinder planting operations. C. Verify amount stockpiled if any, and supply additional as needed from naturally well drained sites h where topsoil occurs at least 4 inches deep; do not obtain topsoil from bogs or marshes. 2.03 FERTILIZER t5 A. Deliver fertilizer, mixed as specified, in original unopened standard size bags showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Containers shall bear manufacturer's guaranteed statement of analysis, or manufacturer's certificate of compliance covering analysis shall be furnished to Owner. Store fertilizer in such manner that it shall be kept dry. B. Base percentages of nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash on laboratory test recommendations as approved by Owner. For bidding assume 10 percent nitrogen, 6 percent phosphorus, and 4 percent potash by weight. At least 50 percent of total nitrogen shall contain no less than 3 percent water-insoluble nitrogen. At least 60 percent of nitrogen content shall be derived from super-phosphate containing not less than 18 percent phosphoric acid or bone meal containing 25- 30 percent phosphoric acid and 2 -3 percent nitrogen. Potash shall be derived from muriate of potash containing 55-60 percent potash. 2.04 PEAT MOSS A. Peat moss shall be Michigan peat moss or approved equal in color and consistency. B. Peat moss shall be moss peat, finely shredded to pass 1/2-inch mesh and shall be no less than 90 percent organic material by weight, with ash content by ignition of no more than 10 percent. C. Material shall contain 35-66 percent moisture by weight, but shall have water-holding capacity of 150-200 percent. D. Material shall have pH value of 4 to 5. E. Material may be imported supplied in bales or domestic furnished in bulk. If furnished in bulk, material and its source must be acceptable to Owner. 2.05 SHREDDED HARDWOOD BARK MULCH A. Mulch shall be of sufficient character as not to be easily displaced by wind or water runoff. 2.06 STAKING MATERIAL A. Stakes shall be 8-ft steel tee posts. Three stakes shall be used for each tree. B. Wire used for tree staking shall be pliable No. 12 galvanized soft steel wire. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master aster Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02900-3 Specification Name: PLANTING G. Measurements specified are minimum size acceptable and,where pruning is required, are measurements after pruning. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Before ordering or purchasing materials, provide samples of those materials to Owner for approval, if so requested. AIR B. Submit certification tags from trees, shrubs, sod, and seed verifying type and purity. C. Unless otherwise authorized by Owner, notify Owner at least 48 hours in advance of anticipated delivery date of plant materials. Legible copy of invoice, showing kinds and sizes of materials included for each shipment, shall be furnished to Owner. D. Inform Owner of date when planting shall commence. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Work must be carried out only during weather conditions favorable to landscape construction and to health and welfare of plants. Owner shall determine suitability of such weather conditions. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PLANT MATERIALS A. Plant material (trees and shrubs)shall conform to requirements of ANSI Z60.1 of rules and grading upgraded to meet the following: 1. Plants shall be of selected specimen quality, exceptionally heavy, symmetrical,tightly knit, so trained or favored in their development and appearance as to be superior in form, number of branches, compactness and symmetry. Plants shall have normal habit or sound, healthy,vigorous plants with well developed root system. 2. Plants shall be free of disease, insect pests, eggs, or larvae. 3. Plants shall not be pruned before delivery. 4. Trees with abrasion of bark, sunscalds, disfiguring knots, or fresh cuts of limbs over 1 1/4- inch, which have not completely calloused, shall be rejected. 5. Plants shall be typical of their species or variety and shall have normal habit of growth and be legibly tagged with proper name. Plants shall have been grown under climatic conditions similar to those of site or have been acclimated to such condition for at least 2 years. 6. Root system of each plant shall be well provided with fibrous roots. Parts shall be sound, healthy,vigorous,well-branched, and densely foliated when in leaf. 7. Plants designated ball and burlap must be moved with root systems as solid units with balls of earth firmly wrapped with burlap and comply with the following: a. Diameter and depth of balls of earth must be sufficient to encompass fibrous root feeding systems necessary for healthy development of plant. b. No plant shall be accepted when ball of earth surrounding its roots has been badly cracked or broken preparatory to or during process of planting. Balls shall remain intact during all operations. C. Plants that cannot be planted at once must be heeled-in by setting in ground and covering balls with soil or mulch and then watering. d. Hemp burlap and twine is preferable to treated. If treated burlap is used,twine is to be cut from around trunk and burlap is to be removed. 8. Trunk of each tree shall be single trunk growing from single unmutilated crown of roots. No part of trunk shall be conspicuously crooked as compared with normal trees of same variety. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02900-2 Specification Name:PLANTING SECTION 02900 PLANTING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparation and excavation of planting beds. A� B. Planting of trees, shrubs, sod, seed, and associated materials. C. Provide and execute Maintenance Contract. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02300- Earthwork B. Section 02370- Erosion Control and Sedimentation C. Section 02810- Lawn Sprinkler System D. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American National Standard Institute (ANSI) 1. Z60.1 American Standard for Nursery Stock B. American Sod Producer Association (ASPA) C. American Nursery and Landscape Association (ANLA) 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE _ A. No error or discrepancy in Construction Drawings or Specifications shall cause defective or inappropriate materials to be used or poor workmanship to be allowed. B. Condition of new plant materials is responsibility of Contractor and shall be approved by Owner. ° Owner reserves right to inspect and reject plants at any time and place. C. Measure plants when branches are in their normal position. D. Trees and shrubs shall meet requirements for spread, height, or container size stated in Construction Drawings. 1. Measurements are to be taken from ground level to average height of shrub and not to longest branch. 2. Height and spread dimensions specified herein refer to main body of trees measured from crown of roots to tip of top branch. E. Caliper measurements shall be taken at point on tree trunk 6-inches above natural ground line for trees up to 4-inches in caliper, and at point 12-inches above natural ground line for trees exceeding 4-inches in caliper. F. If range of sizes is given, no plant shall be less than minimum size, and at least 50 percent of plants shall be as large as upper half of range specified. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02900-1 Specification Name: PLANTING 2.02 POSTS A. "U" channel galvanized steel posts with galvanized sign-mounting hardware for each sign. Posts shall have a weight of 2-pounds per lineal foot. 2.03 MIX DESIGN AND TESTING A. Mix concrete and deliver in accordance with ASTM C94. B. Design mix to produce normal weight concrete consisting of Portland cement, aggregate, water-reducing admixture, air-entraining admixture, and water to produce following: 1. Compressive Strength: 3,500 psi, minimum at 28 days, unless otherwise indicated on W* Construction Drawings. 2. Slump Range: 1 to 3-inches at time of placement 3. Air Entrainment: 5 to 8 percent PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Contractor to field verify all underground utilities prior to sign installation. Primary utilities of concern, of shallow depths, are lawn sprinkler systems, electric, telephone,fiber optic, cable and gas B. Cost related to repair of damaged surface and subsurface facilities shall be paid for by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Owner. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install posts in 18-inches round x 24-inches deep concrete foundations. Set posts vertical and plumb with bottom of sign at 6'-5"above finish grade unless otherwise indicated on the Construction Drawings. Mount signs in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 02846 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specifications Revised 02/14/2000 02890-2 Specification Name:TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS ., P' SECTION 02890 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of traffic control signs. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS: B. US Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration's "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" (MUTCD), latest edition. C. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Standard for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1. C94 Ready Mix Concrete PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGNS- MUTCD classification is shown in parentheses A. "STOP" - Signs: 30 inches x 30-inches, Octagon, white legend and border on red background (R1- 1) B. "YIELD"Signs: 36-inches x 36-inches x 36-inches, Triangle, red legend and border band with white interior(R1-2) C. "SPEED LIMIT 15MPH"Signs: 24-inches x 30-inches, black legend and border on white background (R2-1) D. "NO RIGHT TURN" (or"NO LEFT TURN") Signs: 24-inches x 24-inches, black legend and border, red circle and bar, and white background (R3-1 and R3-2) E. "RIGHT TURN ONLY"(or"LEFT TURN ONLY")Signs: 30-inches x 36-inches, black legend and border on white background (R3-5) F. "DO NOT ENTER"Signs: 30-inches x 30-inches, white legend, bar, and background and red circle (R5-1) G. "NO TRUCKS"Signs: 24-inches x 24-inches, black truck symbol, red circle and bar, on white background (R5-2) H. "ACCESSIBLE PARKING SYMBOL"Signs: 12-inches x 18-inches, green legend and border, white symbol on blue box, and white background (R7-8) ' I. PED XING Signs: 30-inches x 30-inches, black legend and border on yellow background (W11A- 2) J. Miscellaneous Signs: See Construction Drawings Project Name: Wal-Mart art Master Specifications Revised 02/14/2000 02890-1 Specification Name:TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS D. Soil and Backfill Testing: Unless otherwise directed by the Owner or required by this technical scope of work, type and minimum frequency of testing for soils related ortions of construction shall be as follows. 1. Field density tests in accordance with ASTM (D2922): a. Subgrade Soils: One test for every 2,500 square feet per lift of material • r► b. Base Leveling Pad: One test for every 100 lineal feet C. Reinforced Backfill: One test for every 2,500 square feet per lift. Every other lift shall be tested. 2. Laboratory moisture-density relationships, ASTM (D698), a minimum of one test for every compacted material type. 3. Gradation Analysis in accordance with ASTM(D422): a. Unit Fill: One test for every 500 cubic yards of material b. Wall Backfill: One test for every 500 cubic yards of material or when material type changes. END OF SECTION 02830 rr1 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02830-10 Specification Name: SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEMS 3. When blanket drain is installed, non-woven geotextile shall be installed prior to aggregate 00, placement in accordance with Construction Drawings. C. Drainage Composite: 1PR 1. Install drainage composite according to Construction Drawings. 2. Wrap upper ends of drainage composite with approved geotextile fabric. 3. Drainage composite, shall extend upwards minimum of 213 of height of backcut and be spaced on horizontal centers to give a minimum of 50% to 100% horizontal coverage as required. 4. Drainage composite shall terminate in a French Drain effectively connecting to a collector pipe wrapped in drainage aggregate and an approved geotextile fabric. 3.08 SRW CAP INSTALLATION A. Place SRW Cap units per manufacturer's recommendations. Backfill and compact to finished grade. B. Incorporate surface water drainage control (swale) into finished grading at top of wall, as shown on Construction Drawings. C. Permanent mechanical connection of cap units to wall units shall be provided by construction epoxy Apply epoxy to bottom surface of cap unit and install on units below. Follow epoxy manufacturer's directions to ensure permanent bond. 3.09 CONSTRUCTION A. SRW Tolerances: Installation of SRW face location shall be within all the following tolerances: 1. Vertical control from plan: t 1.25 inches over a 10 ft. distance. 2. Horizontal location control from plan: Straight lines: t 1.25 inches over a 10 ft. distance. Straight&radius corner locations: t 1.0 ft. Curves and serpentine radius: t 2.0 ft. 3. Rotation of the wall face during construction: Maximum 2.0 degrees from established wall plan batter. Maximum, t 10.0 %from total established horizontal setback. 4. Bulging: t 1.25 inches over a 10.0 ft. distance. B. Mechanical vibrating ate compactors shall not be used on to of the units. The Contractor shall 9 P p P compact fill between units and the backfill zone behind the units by running hand-operated compaction equipment just behind units. The Contractor shall perform compaction to Manufacturers Specifications. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. In accordance with provisions of Division 1, the Owner shall engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent laboratories, to provide quality assurance and testing services during construction of the Project. This does not relieve the Contractor from providing the necessary construction quality control and testing. B. Testing and inspection services will be performed only by trained and experienced technicians currently qualified for the work they are to perform. C. The testing agency will submit written reports to the Owner and to Contractor of all inspections on weekly basis. Such reports shall include description of work performed, deficiencies noted in construction, and corrective action taken to resolve such deficiencies. Written reports will also include location, type and results of all tests taken on the Project. Testing agency will verify reinforcement type (strength); length, orientation and placement elevation are as shown on the Construction Drawings. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02830-9 Specification Name: SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEMS no 3.05 SOIL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A. Soil reinforcement shall be oriented with the highest strength axis perpendicular to the wall alignment. B. Install soil reinforcement at wall height, horizontal location, and to the extent as shown on Construction Drawings. C. Lay the soil reinforcement horizontally on compacted backfill. Pull geogrid taut and connect to concrete SRW units according to connection detail shown on Construction Drawings or as recommended by manufacturer prior to backfill placement on geosynthetic reinforcement. M. D. Soil reinforcements shall be continuous throughout their embedment lengths. Spliced connections between shorter pieces will not be allowed. E. Do not operate tracked construction equipment directly upon soil reinforcement. A minimum fill thickness of 6 inches is required prior to operation of tracked equipment over soil reinforcement. Keep tracked vehicle turning to minimum to prevent tracks from displacing the fill and damaging soil reinforcement. F. Rubber-tired equipment may pass over soil reinforcement at low speeds, less than 10 mph, if permitted by the manufacturer. Avoid sudden braking and sharp turning. G. Changes to soil reinforcement layout, including, but not limited to, length, soil reinforcement type (strength), or elevation, shall be made subject to the Civil RFI Process and Approval. H. Verify orientation (Roll direction)of geosynthetic reinforcement. I. Place segmental unit and fill in accordance with requirements of this specification section. 3.06 REINFORCED BACKFILL PLACEMENT A. Place reinforced backfill, spread and compact in such a manner that will not develop slack in the soil reinforcement in accordance with Manufacturers recommendations. B. Place and compact reinforced backfill in lifts not to exceed 8 inches, in compacted thickness. E. At the end of each day's operation, slope the last lift of reinforced backfill away from the wall facing to rapidly direct runoff away from the wall face. Do not allow surface runoff from adjacent areas to enter the wall construction site. 3.07 DRAINAGE SYSTEM A. Drainage Collection Pipe: 1. Install the drainage collection pipe according to line, grades and sections shown in Construction Drawings. 2. Install drainage collection pipe to maintain gravity flow of water from reinforced soil zone. Daylight drainage collection pipe at storm sewer manhole or along slope at an elevation lower than lowest point of pipe within reinforced soil mass, every 40 feet minimum. 3. Main collection drain pipe just behind segmental units shall be minimum 4 inches in diameter. Secondary collection drain pipe shall gravity flow independently or tie into main collection drain pipe with laterals at maximum 40 foot spacing along wall face. B. Drainage Aggregate: 1. Install drainage aggregate to line, grades and sections shown on Construction Drawings. 2. Place the drainage aggregate to minimum finished thickness and widths shown on Construction Drawings. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02830-8 Specification Name: SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEMS C. Prior to undertaking any grading or excavation of the site, confirm the location of the retaining walls and all underground features, including utility locations within the area of construction. Ensure surrounding structures are protected from effects of wall excavation. D. Coordinate installation of underground utilities with wall installation. E. Control surface water drainage and prevent inundation of the retaining wall area during construction. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Excavate to lines and grades shown on the Construction Drawings. Take precautions to minimize over-excavation. Over-excavation shall be filled with approved compacted material at no cost to the Owner. B. Inspect excavation prior to placement of leveling pad material. C. Excavation of unsuitable soils and replacement with approved compacted material shall be included part of this contract. D. Fill over-excavated areas in front of wall face with approved compacted material before wall construction reaches 4 feet in height. E. In areas where soft, disturbed or otherwise unsuitable soils are encountered within the zone of the wall loading in the excavations, such unsuitable soils shall be over-excavated to the depths and extents required and replaced with select material and compacted per the contract documents at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.03 LEVELING PAD CONSTRUCTION A. Place leveling pad as shown on the Construction Drawings with minimum thickness of 6 inches for crushed stone dense aggregate base and 8 inches for unreinforced concrete. The leveling pad shall extend laterally a minimum distance of 6 inches from the toe and heel of the lower most SRW Unit in accordance with Manufacturers recommendations. 3.04 SRW UNIT INSTALLATION A. Place first course of SRW units on the leveling pad. Level units side-to-side, front-to-rear and aligned with adjacent units. B. Insure units are in full contact with base. C. Place the front of the units side-by-side. Do not leave gaps between the front of adjacent units. Layout of curves and corners shall be in accordance with SRW manufacturer's installation guidelines. D. Install mechanical fascia connections per SRW manufacturer's recommendations. E. Place and compact drainage fill within, between and behind units. Place and compact infill soil behind drainage fill. F. Clean all excess debris from top of units. G. Repeat procedure to the extent of wall height. H. Stacking of segmental retaining wall units without placing core fill in the previous course of units will not be permitted. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02830-7 Specification Name: SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEMS 2. Geogrid manufacturers are: a. Stratagrid b. Nicolon/Mirafi C. Tensar(Black Sb Series Geogrids Only)d. Approved equal B. Steel Soil Reinforcement: 1. The steel soil reinforcement shall possess minimum strength and durability at end of design life of structure including provisions for corrosion and Manufacturers recommendations 2. Approved steel (inextensible)soil reinforcement manufacturers is: Reinforced Earth Company or approved equal. rw 2.04 DRAINAGE MATERIALS A. Drainage collection pipe shall be perforated/slotted PVC or corrugated HDPE pipe comply with Section 02630. The pipe shall be covered with a knitted or non-woven geotextile sock specifically designed to function as a filter. B. Drainage aggregate shall be free draining material, relative to the surrounding soil, in order to prevent build up of hydrostatic pressure as specified in Section 02325 and Manufacturers recommendations. C. Drainage geotextile shall be Synthetic Industries 401 or Approved Equal. D. Drainage composite shall be J-DRain 400 or Approved Equal. 2.05 REINFORCED WALL BACKFILL A. Reinforced Soil shall be in accordance with Manufacturers recommendations. 2.06 RETAINED BACKFILL OR COMMON BACKFILL A. Soil placed behind the reinforced backfill shall be as specified in Section 02300. 2.07 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. SRW Shear Capacity: Concrete units shall have a demonstrated shear capacity to withstand laterally applied shear loads as defined in the design calculations. Shear capacity shall be demonstrated through full-scale testing of SRW facing system according to NCMA SRWU-2 test method. Shear capacity shall be defined both with and without the soil reinforcement present at the interface. Results of this capacity testing shall be submitted, as required in sec. 1.06.G.5. Ado PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION «r A. Include all means of subsoil improvement as required. B. Comply with all federal, state and local requirements for execution of the work, including local AIR building codes and current OSHA excavation regulations. The Contractor is responsible for stability of the area during excavation and wall construction. Any excavation support required to maintain / protect existing structures; utilities, landscape features or property shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. �r Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02830-6 Specification Name: SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEMS PART2 PRODUCTS .: 2.01 SEGMENTAL CONCRETE FACING UNITS A. Facing units shall be KEYSTONE, VERSA-LOK, REINFORCED EARTH COMPANY, ANCHOR, VENTURE DELTA1, or MESA Segmental Retaining Wall Units or approved equal as manufactured by a licensed representative. B. Facing units shall meet the following structural requirements: 1. Concrete wall units including cap units shall have minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi on the net area and have a maximum absorption rate of 8 percent. 2. Cementitious materials used in manufacture of units shall be Type I, Type II or Type III Portland cement in accordance with ASTM C150. 3. In areas where repeated freezing and thawing under saturated conditions occur freeze- thaw durability shall be demonstrated by testing per ASTM C1262. Testing shall be conducted for a minimum 100 cycles, and leight loss shall not exceed one percent. 4. Other constituents - Air entraining agents, coloring pigments, integral water repellents, finely ground silica and other constituents shall be previously established as suitable for use in retaining wall units and shall conform to applicable ASTM Standards or shall be shown by test or experience not to be detrimental to the durability of segmental concrete facing units or to any material used in masonry construction. 5. Dimensional tolerances for exterior molded units shall be in accordance with ASTM C90- 85. SRW concrete facing unit's molded dimensions shall not differ more than ± 1/8 inch from the manufacturer's published dimensions, except for height which must be t 1/16. Maximum differential shall be no more than 1/16 inch in height from front to back of unit. 6. SRW units shall provide minimum effective, in-place weight equivalent to 100 pcf. Fill placed within dimensions of units may be considered as integral the effective unit weight. This in-place weight shall be determined by testing and used for all design calculations. 7. Only SRW Systems with positive mechanical fascia connections will be considered. Connections shall provide uniform horizontal setback per course, which equates to uniform a initial wall batter of between 3 and 12 degrees for installed units. 0116 C. Material Acceptance: 1. All units shall be sound and free of cracks or other defects that would interfere with the proper placing of the unit or significantly impair the strength or permanence of the construction. 2. Only units meeting all physical and material properties specified herein shall be used. Units not meeting these specifications, specifically unit height tolerance, shall be rejected by the contractor. Materials incorporated into the Work and found to be non-compliant with the requirements of this specification shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner. 2.02 BASE LEVELING PAD MATERIAL AND UNIT FILL FOR BLOCK A. Provide base leveling pad material complying with requirements of State Highway Department's recommended crushed dense aggregate base material. At Contractor's option, lean non-reinforced concrete; minimum of 8 inches thick will be permitted. B. Unit Fill: Free-draining crushed stone or crushed gravel, meeting requirements of Section 02325 and Manufacturers recommendations. 2.03 SOIL REINFORCEMENT A. Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement: 1. Properties: The geosynthetic soil reinforcement shall possess minimum strength and durability required by design as determined by product specific testing as defined in the NCMA Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls (Section 3.5), including provisions for minimum partial safety factors. Design submittal shall indicate the index tensile strength for each reinforcement type to be used in construction. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02830-5 Specification Name: SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEMS «rte wall penetrations, guard rails, hand rails, leveling pad, drainage swales and typical sections and construction details. 8. Retaining wall shop drawings shall show design parameters for retaining wall, required bearing capacity of foundation soils along with provided factor safety against bearing capacity failures wall subgrade and construction details. « 9. Retaining wall shop drawings shall be accompanied by a complete set of construction specifications based on this specification. 10. Retaining wall shop drawings and specifications shall be stamped "FOR BID ONLY-NOT CONSTRUCTION" in red ink. d specifications shall be accompanied by hand 11. Retaining wall shop drawings an calculations and/ computer output accompanied by hand calculations addressing required design parameters according to NCMA recommendations. w, 12. Four copies of the submittal package shall be provided to the project civil engineer of record for distribution for review as follows: a. 2 copies to the owner. b. 1 copy to the project geotechnical engineer. C. 1 copy to be retained by the civil engineer of record. After submittals are approved, shop drawings and construction specifications shall be provided stamped "FOR CONSTRUCTION" and sealed by the Wall Design Engineer of Record. The wall design of record shall be registered in the state of the project and shall have a minimum of 5 years of documentable experience in the design of SRW systems. The wall design engineer of record shall provide proof of current professional and general liability with aggregate coverage limit not less than $1,000,000. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. SRW system installer shall have minimum of the previous two years and minimum of 100,000 square feet of documentable experience installing SRW systems over eight feet in height on minimum of five projects. B. Provide the Owner a project list with current references and telephone numbers for the proposed SRW Installer substantiating the required experience. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Segmental Concrete Facing Units: 1. Check the materials upon delivery to assure the specified type, grade, color and texture of units have been received. 2. Prevent excessive mud, wet concrete, epoxies, and like materials which may affix themselves,from coming in contact with the materials. 3. Protect the materials from damage. Damaged material shall not be incorporated into the SRW system. B. Soil Reinforcement: 1. Check the soil reinforcement upon delivery to assure the proper grade and type of material been received. Provide a product certification with each shipment. 2. Store soil reinforcement material in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Drainage Materials: 1. Store plastic pipe in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to prevent damage deleterious materials from becoming affixed. 2. Store drainage aggregate to prevent contamination with other materials. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02830-4 Specification Name: SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEMS 7. Minimum Factor of Safety Connections (serviceability criterion)0.75 inches 1.0 8. Minimum Factor of Safety for Uncertainties 1.5 C. External Stability: 1. Minimum Factor of Safety Against Base Sliding (static condition) 1.5 2. Minimum Factor of Safety Against Overturning 2.0 3. Minimum Factor of Safety for Global Stability 1.5 4. Minimum Factor of Safety for Bearing Capacity 2.0 d. Design shall address hydrostatic loading, seismic loading, rapid drawdown, surcharge, and backslopes where appropriate. Minimum Design Live Load of 125 psf shall be used for all walls. Minimum Design Live Load of 250 psf shall be used for walls supporting entrance drives, service drives and other areas subject to traffic. e. Minimum geogrid length shall be 70 percent of the wall height. Geogrid reinforcement coverage at each layer shall be 100 percent(no gaps) f. The maximum vertical distance between layers of soil reinforcement shall be 1.06 SUBMITTALS limited to two times the thickness of the facing units. A. Notarized manufacturer's certification shall be provided to the Owner prior to start of work stating that SRW units meet requirements of this specification. Note: If the Contractor provides design, items B, C apply t e B. Notarized certificate from the Wall Design Engineer of Record shall be provided to the owner prior to start of work stating that the SRW system complies with code evaluation referenced in section 1.06.G.1 C. The Contractor shall provide the SRW system design and supporting signed & sealed structural calculations to the Owner prior to the start of work. The designs submitted shall be based on soil parameters, foundation conditions and loading stated in documentation as outlined in the Construction Drawings and Project Manual. D. Samples of SRW units showing finish and color shall be provided to the Owner for selection prior to delivery of materials as required on Construction Drawings. E. Furnish to the Engineering Consultant of Record and to the Owner a Certificate of Compliance certifying the reinforced backfill materials comply with this section of the specifications. F. Soil Reinforcement: Submit manufacturer's certification to the Engineering Consultant of and to the Owner, prior to start of work, stating soil reinforcement meets requirements of this specification. G. Drainage Materials: Submit a notarized manufacturer's certification to the Engineering Consultant of Record and to the Owner, prior to start of work, stating the drainage materials meet the requirements of this specification. H. Submittal Requirements For Srw Systems Submittal packages shall include the following: 1. Code evaluation of the specific SRW system by the governing Model Codes (SBCCI, BOCA or ICBO). 2. Proprietary product literature indicating specifically which segmental retaining wall units are proposed for use on project, including color, face style and texture. 3. Proprietary product specifications indicating compressive strength, unit weight, mix and percent absorption for the units proposed. 7. Retaining wall shop drawings showing complete wall profiles, reinforcement elevations, reinforcement lengths, reinforcement types, top of wall, bottom of wall, proposed grades at top of wall, proposed grades at bottom of wall, and stations showing beginning of and end of wall as well as beginning and end of turns and radii. Shop drawings shall include detail drawings for facing connections, Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02830-3 Specification Name: SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEMS G. Retained Soil: Compacted import or in-situ soil behind reinforced zone of retaining wall. H. Leveling Pad: Level compacted gravel or unreinforced concrete footing upon which first course of segmental concrete facing units are placed. 1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Designs for SRW's using extensible (geosynthetic) reinforcement shall be prepared according to design methodology presented in NCMA's "Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls" and conform to the minimum safety factors as specified in this specification section. Design submittals not meeting this design criteria or technical/administrative criteria as specified will be rejected in their entirety until complete compliance is achieved. Owner reserves all rights in determining compliance for plan approval and may reject any submittals. B. Designs submitted using inextensible reinforcements, including Panel Wall Systems, shall be performed per AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. Allowable tensile stress at the end of design service life shall not exceed 55 percent of yield strength of steel for metallic strap and wire reinforcements after accounting for appropriate amount of sacrificial steel for corrosion. Design submittals not meeting this design criteria or technical / administrative criteria as specified will be rejected in their entirety until complete compliance is achieved. Owner reserves all rights in determining compliance for plan approval and may reject any submittals. C. Soil design parameters shall be as provided in the Construction Documents. Wall Design Engineer of Record shall be responsible for selecting and specifying reinforced fill material. Reinforced fill material shall have minimum angle of internal friction of 30 degrees. Contractor is responsible for ensuring and documenting the reinforced fill meets the specified parameters for both strength and compaction. Compacted retained soil shall meet the minimum requirements specified in 1.05.D D. Design Criteria For Retaining Wall System Mo 1. Design Parameters: a. Design of the SRW system shall be based on the following soil parameters as: determined in the field. Wall Segment Friction Anale Cohesion Unit Weiaht Reinforced Backfill 300 (min.) —PSF —PCF Retained Backfill _PSF _PCF Foundation i PSF PCF 2. Design Requirements: a. Unless otherwise indicated below, SRW design shall be performed in strict accordance with the procedures presented in the NCMA Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls. b. Internal Stability of Walls: 1. Minimum Factor of Safety on Tensile Overstress 1.2 2. Minimum Factor of Safety on Geogrid Pullout(peak load criterion) 1.5 ! 3. Minimum Factor of Safety on Geogrid Pullout (serviceability criterion)0.75 inches 1.0 4. Minimum Factor of Safety on Facing Shear (peak load criterion) 1.5 5. Minimum Factor of Safety on Facing Shear (serviceability criterion)2%of height of SRW units 1.0 6. Minimum Factor of Safety Connections (peak load criterion) 1.5 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02830-2 Specification Name: SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEMS SECTION 02830 SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEMS PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Construction of segmental retaining wall (SRW) units, soil reinforcement, and all appurtenant materials in accordance with Manufacturers Specifications and in conformity to the lines, grades and dimensions shown on the Construction Drawings. B. Providing the type of Segmental Retaining Wall System and the associated lump sum cost to the Owner as provided on the bid form. If not provided on the bid form, contact the Owner in accordance with the Special Conditions. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02230-Site Clearing B. Section 02300- Earthwork C. Section 02630—Storm Drainage D. Section 02325—Aggregate Materials D. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS The latest edition or revision of the Manufacturers Specifications for materials and installation shall apply. Where specifications and construction documents conflict, the more stringent shall apply. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Soil Reinforcement: Structural geogrid or steel strips formed by a regular network of integrally connected tensile elements with apertures of sufficient size to allow interlocking with surrounding soil, rock or earth and function primarily as structural reinforcement. 1. Geosynthetic (extensible) Soil Reinforcement: Polymer product specifically manufactured as soil reinforcement element that meets requirements of this specification. 2. Steel (inextensible) Soil Reinforcements: Steel strips, wires, or bars specially configured and coated for soil reinforcement applications. B. Segmental Concrete Facing Units: KEYSTONE, VERSA-LOK, REINFORCED EARTH CO., ANCHOR, VENTURE DELTA1, or MESA made from Portland Cement, water and mineral aggregates. C. Cap Unit: KEYSTONE, VERSA-LOK, REINFORCED EARTH CO., ANCHOR, VENTURE DELTA1, or MESA segmental concrete cap unit. D. Unit Fill: Free draining 'open" aggregate fill which is within, between and extends minimum of 12" behind the segmental concrete facing units. E. Reinforced Backfill: Compacted soil which is within the reinforced soil volume as outlined on Construction Drawings. F. Foundation Soil: Compacted import or in-situ soil beneath entire wall. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02830-1 Specification Name: SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEMS BLANK PAGE ** 1. Bend ends of exposed wires to minimize hazards to persons or clothing. 2. Install nuts for fasteners on tension bands and hardware bolts on the side of the fence opposite the fabric. The ends of bolts, once secure and checked for smooth operation, shall be peened to prevent removal of nuts. 3. Repair coatings damaged in the field with methods and techniques as recommended by the manufacturer. 3.06 WARRANTY v, 1. A guarantee shall be furnished for all materials, installation, and workmanship to be free of defects for a period of 1 year from date of acceptance unless noted otherwise in the contract documents. Any defect in installation or workmanship shall be repaired, and defective materials shall be replaced during the guarantee period without any cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 02821 f> Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specifications Revised 02/14/2000 02821-5 Specification Name: CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES A. Comply with recommended procedures and instructions of fencing manufacturer. Provide secure, aligned installation with line posts spaced at 10'-0"o.c. maximum. B. Grade Set Posts: Drill or hand excavate using posthole digger in firm undisturbed or compacted soil. " C. Excavate hole for each post to minimum diameter recommended by fence manufacturer but not less than 4 times the largest cross-section of post. Excavate hole depths not less than 36-inches below finish grade surface. D. Center and align posts in holes with bottom of posts 3-inches above bottom of excavation. E. Place concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Check each post for vertical and top alignment, and hold in position during placement and finishing operations. Extend concrete footing 2-inches above grade and trowel crown to shed water. F. Sleeve Set Posts: Anchor posts by means of pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete. After posts have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve solid with nonshrink, non-metallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's directions. G. Top Rails: Run rail continuously, bending to form radius for curved runs. Provide expansion couplings as recommended by manufacturer. H. Center Rails: Provide center rails where indicated. Install in 1 piece between posts and flush with post on fabric side, using special offset fittings where necessary. I. Brace Assemblies: Install braces so posts are plumb when diagonal rod are under proper tension. J. Tension Wire: Install tension wires through post cap loops before stretching fabric and tie to each post cap with not less than 6 gauge galvanized wire. Fasten fabric to tension wire using 11 gauge galvanized steel hog rings spaced 24-inches o.c. K. Fabric: Leave approximately 2-in. between finish grade and bottom selvage. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. Install fabric on security side of fence, and anchor to framework so that fabric remains in tension after pulling force is released. L. Stretcher Bars: Secure at end, corner, pull, and gate posts by threading through or clamping to fabric at 4-inches o.c., and secure to posts with metal bands spaced at 15-inches o.c. M. Tie Wires: r 1. Use U-shaped wire, conforming to diameter of pipe to which attached, clasping pipe and fabric firmly when ends twisted at least 2 full turns. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to persons or clothing. 2. Tie fabric to line posts with wire ties spaced 12-inches o.c. Tie fabric to rails and braces with wire ties spaced 24-inches o.c. Tie fabric to tension wires with hog rings spaced 24- inches o.c. 3. Manufacturer's standard procedure will be accepted if of equal strength and durability. N. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and hardware bolts on side of fence opposite fabric side. Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of nuts. O. Gates: Install gates plumb, level, and secure for full opening without interference. Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubrication. 3.05 MISCELLANEOUS INSTALLATION A. Use U-shape tie wires, conforming to the diameters of pipe, that clasp the pipe and fabric firmly with ends twisted at least 2 full turns. AIR Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specifications Revised 02/14/2000 028214 Specification Name: CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES P. Ready Mix Concrete: ASTM C94, mix design as follows: 1. Mix concrete and deliver in accordance with ASTM C94. 2. Design mix to produce normal weight concrete consisting of Portland cement, aggregate, water-reducing admixture, air-entraining admixture, and water to produce following: a. Compressive Strength: 3,500 psi, minimum at 28 days, unless otherwise indicated on Construction Drawings. b. Slump Range: 1 to 3-inches at time of placement C. Air Entrainment: 5 to 8 percent Q. Water: Clean R. Swinging Gate Hardware: 1. Hinges: Size and material to suit gate size, non-lift-off type, offset to permit full 180 degree C gate opening. Provide a pair of 1 1/2-inch hinges for each leaf over 6'-0"nominal height. 2. Latch: Forked type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate,with padlock eye as integral part of latch. S. Double Gates Hardware: Provide gate stops for double gates, consisting of mushroom type of flush plate with anchors set in concrete, to engage center drop rod or plunger bar. Include locking device and padlock eye as integral part of latch, using 1 padlock for locking both gate leaves. T. Sliding Gate Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard heavy-duty track, ball-bearing hanger sheaves, overhead framing and supports, guides, stays, bracing, and accessories as required. x _ PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GATE FABRICATION A. Fabricate swing gate perimeter frames of 1.90-inch OD pipe, galvanized steel. Provide horizontal and vertical members to ensure proper gate operation and attachment of fabric, hardware, and accessories. Space frame members maximum of 8'-0"apart. B. Assemble gate frames by welding or special fittings and rivets,for rigid connections. Install same fabric as for fence with stretcher bars at vertical edges. Install diagonal cross-bracing on gates as required ensuring rigid frame without sag or twist. Bars may be used at top and bottom edges. Attach stretchers to gate frame at 15-inches o.c. maximum. C. Attach hardware to provide security against removal or breakage. 3.02 FINISH A. Fabric Finish: Galvanized,ASTM A 392, Class I,with not less than 1.2 oz zinc/sq. ft of surface. B. Framing: Galvanized steel, ASTM A120 or A123,with not less than 1.8 oz zincisq.ft of surface. C. Hardware and Accessories: Galvanized, ASTM A153 with zinc weights in accordance with Table I. 3.03 CONCRETE MIXING A. Mix materials to obtain concrete with minimum 28-day compressive strength of 2,500 psi; 1-inch maximum size aggregate, maximum 3-inch slump, and 2-4 percent entrained air. 3.04 INSTALLATION Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specifications Revised 02/14/2000 02821-3 Specification Name: CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 1. No. 9 gage, 0.148"t 0.00", finished size galvanized steel wires, 2-inch mesh, top and bottom selvages twisted and barbed conforming to ASTM A392, A491, F668, or F573. 2. Furnish 1-piece fabric widths for fencing. B. End, Corner, and Pull Posts: Galvanized steel, minimum sizes and weights conforming to ASTM A120 as follows: 1. Up to 6'-0" Fabric Height: 2.5" pipe (2.375-inch OD), 3.12-pounds per lineal foot, or 3.5- inch x 3.5-inch roll-formed section, 4.85-pounds per lineal foot. 2. Over 6'-0" Fabric Height: 3.0"pipe (2.875-inch OD),4.85-pounds per lineal foot, or 3.5- inch x 3.5-inch roll-formed section, 4.85-pounds per lineal foot. C. Line Posts: Galvanized steel, minimum sizes and weights conforming to ASTM A120 as follows: r*! 1. Up to 6'-0" Fabric Height: 2.0"pipe (1.90-inch OD), 2.28pounds per lineal foot or 1.875- inch x 1.625-inch C-section, 2.28-pounds per lineal foot. 2. Over 6-0"to 8'-0" Fabric Height: 2.5"pipe (2.375-inch OD), 3.12-pounds per lineal foot or 2.25-inch x 1.875-inch H-section, 2.64-pounds per lineal foot. 3. Over 8'-0" Fabric Height: 3.0"pipe (2.875-inch OD),4.85-pounds per lineal foot or 2.25- inch x 1.875-inch H-section, 3.26-pounds per lineal foot. D. Gate Posts: Galvanized steel posts for supporting single gate leaf or 1 leaf of double gate installation, for nominal gate widths conforming to ASTM A120 as follows: 1. Up to 6'-0": 3.0"pipe (2.875-inch OD),4.85-pounds per lineal foot, or 3.5-inch x 3.5-inch roll-formed section, 4.85-pounds per lineal foot. 2. Over 6'-0"to 13'-0": 4.00-inch OD pipe, 9.11-pounds per lineal foot. E. Top Rail: Rails: 1 e"(1.66-inch OD), 1.84-pounds per lineal foot or 1.625-inch x 1.25-inch roll-formed sections, 1.35-pounds per lineal foot; galvanized steel, manufacturer's longest lengths conforming to ASTM A120. F. Couplings: Expansion type, approximately 6-inches long,for each joint. G. Attaching Devices: Provide means for attaching top rail securely to each gate corner, pull, and end post. H. Sleeves: Galvanized steel pipe not less than 6-inches long with inside diameter not less than 1/2- inch greater than outside diameter of pipe. Provide steel plate closure welded to bottom of sleeve of width and length not less than 1-inch greater than outside diameter of sleeve. I. Tension Wire: 7 gage galvanized steel, coated coil spring wire, located at bottom of fabric conforming to ASTM A116. « , J. Wire Ties: Class 1 galvanized steel, no less than 9 gage. K. Post Brace Assembly: Manufacturer's standard adjustable brace at end of gate posts and at both " !! sides of corner and pull posts,with horizontal brace located at mid-height of fabric. Use same material as top rail for brace, and truss to line posts with 0.375-inch diameter rod and adjustable tightener. , L. Post Tops: Galvanized steel,weather tight closure cap for each tubular post. Furnish caps with openings to permit passage of top rail. M. Stretcher Bars: Galvanized steel, 1 piece lengths equal to full height of fabric, with minimum cross-section of 3/16-inch x 3/4-inch. Provide 1 stretch bar for each gate and end post, and 2 for each corner and pull post. N. Stretch Bar Bands: Manufacturer's standard O. Gate Cross-bracing: 3/8-inch diameter galvanized steel adjustable length truss rods. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specifications Revised 02/14/2000 02821-2 Specification Name: CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES SECTION 02821 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of chain link fences and gates units provided by single source including erection accessories, fittings, and fastenings. B. Refer to architectural building plans for fencing attached to building. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS B. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)latest edition 1. A116 Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)Steel Woven Wire Fence Fabric 2. A 120 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc Coated (Galvanized)Welded and Seamless, for Ordinary Uses 3. A 121 Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Barbed Wire 4. A 123 Zinc(Hot Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 5. A 153 Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware 6. A 392 Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric 7. A 428 Weight of Coating on Aluminum-Coated Iron or Steel Articles 8. A 491 Aluminum-Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric 9. A 569 Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum, Percent), Hot-Rolled, Sheet and Strip Commercial Quality 10. A 585 Aluminum Coated Steel Barbed Wire 11. C 94 Ready-Mixed Concrete 12. F 668 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric 13. F 567 Installation of Chain-Link Fence 14. F 573 Residential Zinc-Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric B. Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (CLFMI) latest edition Product Manual OR 1.04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Accurately record actual locations of property perimeter posts relative to property lines and easements. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of following or approved equal: 1. Allied Tube and Conduit Corp. 2. Anchor Fence, Inc. 3. United States Steel 2.02 MATERIALS A. Fabric: Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specifications Revised 02/14/2000 02821-1 Specification Name: CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES BLANK PAGE D. Grade backfilled trench uniform with surrounding grades. 3.10 BACKFLOW PREVENTOR A. Comply with local codes for installation of backflow preventor. In absence of local codes, minimum requirements shall be to set in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Provide combination of drains and quick coupler valves to accommodate winterization of entire system by forced air. Submit materials/methods to Owner for consideration and receive approval prior to installation of work. 3.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER A. Location and installation shall be as shown on Construction Drawings and approved by Owner prior to installation. B. Provide rigid conduits for both power supply and control wiring. 1. Control wire conduit shall extend to 18-inches below grade. 2. Secure conduit to wall with anchors and screws. C. Provide electrical grounding for controller in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 02810 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02114/2000 02810-9 Specification Name: IRRIGATION SYSTEMS C. Locate within valve box with 6-inch deep layer of coarse gravel beneath bottom of valve. D. Top of quick coupler valves shall be 6-inches to top of valve box. Top of gravel layer shall be 3- inches below top of valve. E. Master Valve(if provided on Construction Drawings): 1. Locate immediately behind backflow preventor. 2. Valve shall be energized by master valve circuit on automatic controller. " ! 3.07 SPRINKLERS A. Install plumb to within 1/16-inch,with top collar, not nozzle, flush with finish grade. B. Provide swing joint with each sprinkler, except where entire head is raised above grade and/or where rigid riser piping is required. C. Heads adjacent to paving and curb: Locate between 6-inch and 12-inches from edge of paving or back of curb to prevent car overhang to conflict with a fully extended sprinkler. 3.08 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND CONTROL WIRE A. Shall be in strict accordance with latest edition of National Electrical Code (NEC) and local • electrical codes. B. Provide electrical connection to system as designated on Construction Drawings and as specified herein. C. General: 1. Do not run control and power supply wiring in same conduit. 2. Provide continuous runs of wire between controller and valves. Splices shall be made with one of following: a. Watertight below ground electrical junction boxes. b. Water-tight connectors, such as utilized for valves, and located within valve box for ease of locating. C. The location of any and all electrical splices shall be shown on the As-Built provided for herein in 1.06A. 3. Bury control wire beside pipe in same trench. Bundle and tape together at not more than 10-ft intervals. D. Expansion Loops: Constructed by wrapping wire around 1/2-inch diameter pipe to create coil. A 3- 1°"! foot section of wire shall be used to create 12-inch coil with 6-foot section being used to create 24- inch coil. 1. Provide 12-inch coils at each wire splice, not including valves, and at each change of wire direction. 2. Provide 24-inch coils at each control valve and where each valve enters conduit for automatic controller. 3.09 BACKFILLING A. Sand or fine-grained soils should be used for initial backfill to sufficient depth to prevent damage to pipe from rocks or other debris during compaction of subsequent backfill. B. Fill trench to within 3-inches of finish grade with excavated soil and compact in accordance with Section 02322. "w C. Fill top 3-inches with existing topsoil in planting or turf areas and wheel roll until compaction of backfill is same as surrounding soil. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02810-8 Specification Name: IRRIGATION SYSTEMS D. Excavate trenches deeper than required in soils containing rock or other hard material that might damage pipe. Backfill to proper depth with selected fine earth or sand. E. Keep trenches free of obstructions and debris that would damage pipe. F. Avoid heating trenches, electric ducts, storm and sanitary sewer lines, water and gas mains when trenching for piping. G. Do not cut sidewalks, paved areas, or curb and gutter when trenching for piping unless otherwise noted on the Construction Drawings. 1. Provide sleeves (as specified in 2.03 A. above) under paving prior to installation of paving. 2. Under existing paving, auger bore or tunnel without disturbing existing pavement above. Any damaged pavement will be removed and replaced according to specification Section 02740 or 02751. 3.03 PIPING SYSTEM A. Minimum cover from top of piping to finished grade shall be provided as follows: 1. Lawn and planting areas: a. Mains and Control Valves: 18-inches b. Laterals: 12-inches 2. Drives or parking areas: 24 inches B. Clearances: Minimum of 3-inches horizontal clearance between parallel lines in same trench or vertical clearance between lines crossing at angles. C. Special Requirements-PVC and PE pipe: 1. Snake in trench at least 1-foot per 100-feet of pipe to allow for thermal expansion. - 2. Pipe laterals to drain to low point drains located at lowest elevations of each zone. 3.04 SLEEVING A. Provide sleeves for both piping and control wiring where either passes under paved surfaces: 1. Depths of sleeves shall be same as that required for piping at each location or condition. 2. Extend sleeves 12-inches beyond paving at each end. 3. Install permanent benchmark at top of curbs for reference to sleeve locations. 3.05 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Do not lay pipe on unstable material or blocking, or when in opinion of Owner conditions are unsuitable. B. Rest full length of pipe section on bed of trench, excavating recesses to accommodate joints. C. Hold pipe securely while joints are being made. D. Threaded Plastic Pipe: 1. Do not use solvent cement on threaded joints. 2. Wrap joints with Teflon tape or use virgin Teflon lubricant. E. Bell and Socket Plastic Pipe: Cemented joints in accordance with ASTM D2855. .n 3.06 VALVES A. Do not locate beneath paved surfaces. B. Install plumb to within 1/16-inch. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02810-7 Specification Name: IRRIGATION SYSTEMS A. Number 14-size minimum copper wire, U. L. approved for underground direct burial. 1. Colored wire shall have same color-coding as shown on controller. 2. Provide single wire from controller to each valve. 3. Provide common neutral from controller to each valve. 2.14 BACKFLOW PREVENTOR A. Comply with requirements and codes of local governing authority regarding backflow prevention. B. Provide the necessary materials, insulation/draining capabilities, and insulated fiberglass enclosure, dark green in color. C. Backflow preventors shall be type suitable for use in high hazard cross connection to potable water system as manufactured by Watts Regulator Company, Lawrence, Ma., or approved equal: 1. Reduced pressure backflow preventors shall be No. 909 series Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventor, or approved equal. 2. Double check valve assembly backflow preventors shall be No. 709 series Double Check Valve Assembly, or approved equal. 3. In absence of local codes or requirements, double check assembly backflow preventor installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions shall be considered as minimum requirement. 2.15 RAINFALL SENSOR A. Provide rainfall sensor to cancel operation of controller during substantial rainfall. Acceptable products include: 1. Mini-Click Rain Sensor manufactured by Glen-Hilton 2. Approved equal as manufactured by entities specified in 2.01 above. 2.16 METER A. Meter box shall meet or exceed requirements set forth by local utility company. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Pressure/Flow Test: Conduct tests at the irrigation water tap or meter location and provide written results to Owner including the following information: 1. Static pressure in psi 2. Residual pressure in psi 3. Flow in gpm B. Prior to installation, receive approval from General Contractor to proceed with construction. C. Contractor shall field verify all aboveground and underground utilities prior to start of work. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Excavate trench to proper depth. B. Minimum trench width shall be 3 1/2-inches. C. Backfill and hand tamp over excavation prior to installing piping. A" Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02810-6 Specification Name: IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 2.08 MASTER VALVES A. Shall be electric control valve as specified herein. B. Size of valve shall be same as diameter of main line pipe as noted on Construction Drawings. C. Provide watertight connectors as Scotch Lock or Rain Bird Snap Tight connectors with sealant for wiring connections. 2.09 SPRINKLER HEADS A. Full or part Circle Pop-Up Fixed Spray Sprinkler: 1. If not specified on Construction Drawings, pop-up heights shall be: a. Turf-4-inches b. Shrub and groundcover beds- 12-inches ,.r 2. Acceptable Products: a. Rain Bird 1800 Series nozzles with 1800 Series sprinklers having Pressure Regulating (PRS)and Seal-A-Matic(SAM)features. b. Toro 570 Series plastic nozzles with 570C Series sprinklers having Pressure ' Compensating Devices (PCD)and optional check valve unit. C. Nelson 6400 Series with Anti-Drain Valves (ADV) with Pressure Compensating Screens (PCS). B. Full or Part Circle Pop-up Gear Driven Rotor Sprinkler. 1. Acceptable Products: a. Rain Bird Turf Bird Rotor Pop-up Sprinkler Series, R-50C Commercial Series, R-70 Series,with Seal-A-Matic(SAM)check valve. b. Toro Super 700 Sprinklers Series S700C Commercial, with check valve. C. Nelson Pro 6000 and 6500 Series Gear Drives with Anti-Drain Valves (ADV). 2.10 VALVE BOX A. Valve boxes shall be manufactured by Ametek, Plymouth Products Division, Sheboygan WI., or approved equal. No irrigation valve box shall be placed in pavement areas unless otherwise specified on the Construction Drawings. 1. When used with single valve, provide Economy Turf Box with green colored snap fit cover labeled"Valve Box". 2. When used with 2 or more valves, provide Jumbo Box with 20-inch x 14-inch cover opening with cover labeled "Control Valve". 2.11 LOW POINT DRAINS A. Required on all zones. Automatic drain valves shall be Rain Bird Model Number 16A, FDV, or approved equal. B. Provide 2 at lowest points of each zone, with each drain installed above a 12-inch x 12-inch x 12- inch deep area of coarse gravel. y F 2.12 AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER A. Controller shall have wall mount, weatherproof, lockable cabinet with internal transformer. Acceptable products include: 1. Rain Bird RC-4C, RC-7C, RC-1260C. 2. Toro 170 Series Monitor II Controller 3. Nelson 8900 Series Controller 2.13 CONTROL WIRE Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02810-5 Specification Name: IRRIGATION SYSTEMS D. Pipe sizes 2 1/2-inch or smaller shall have bell and socket joints. E. Pipe sizes larger than 2 1/2-inch shall have snap connections with rubber gasket joints. Thrust blocking shall be required in accordance with Section 02510. 2.03 FITTINGS A. Sleeves: Sleeves shall conform to ASTM D2241, Schedule 40. Minimum diameter of 2-inch or 2 sizes larger than pipe scheduled to pass through them. B. Plastic Fittings: 1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings: Fittings shall conform to ASTM D2241, Schedule 40, and Molded. 3. Flexible Polyethylene (PE) Lateral Line Fittings: Fittings shall conform to ASTM D2609, Type 1 PVC insert fittings designed for used with this type of pipe. Pipe and fittings shall ' be joined with stainless steel pinch clamps or worm gear clamps, including stainless steel screw. 4. Risers above finished grade shall be black in color or receive 2 coats of black exterior semi-gloss enamel paint if a color other than black. C. PVC Solvent Cement: Cement shall conform to ASTM D2564. w D. Swing Joint Connections: Connections between heads and laterals shall be thick wall, flexible, polyethylene pipe, with fittings that have male barbs on one end and either male or female screw ends opposite. Glue fittings and female barb adapters are not allowed. 2.04 BALL VALVES - 3-Inches or Smaller A. Cut off or isolation valves shall be as manufactured by Red-White Valve Corporation, Carson, CA. or approved equal. 2.05 MECHANICAL JOINT VALVES- Larger than 3-Inches A. Cut off or isolation valves shall be of cast iron and bronze construction and have fusion bonded epoxy coated, exterior and interior, finish as Resilient Wedge Valve, manufactured by Clow Valve Co., Oskaloosa, Iowa or approved equal. S B. Provide with each valve a valve key and cast iron cylindrical valve box with top. 2.06 QUICK COUPLER VALVES A. Each with key having 3/4-inch male top pipe threads for hose connection, shall be one of following: 1. Rain Bird model 44NP Valve with model 33K Key 2. Toro 470 Series Valve and Coupler Key 3. Nelson Model 7643 Valve with Model 7640 Coupler Key and Model 8649 Locking Top Wrench. 2.07 ELECTRIC CONTROL VALVES A. Rain Bird PEB Series electric remote control valves B. Toro 252 Series plastic valves C. Nelson Model 7900 Series plastic valves " D. Provide watertight connectors as Scotch Lock or Rain Bird Snap Tight connectors with sealant for wiring connections. • Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02810-4 Specification Name: IRRIGATION SYSTEMS B. If irrigation work is part of General Construction Contract, then meter shall be provided by Plumbing Subcontractor in accordance with Section 02510. If irrigation work is not part of General Construction Contract, General Contractor shall contract with and pay local utility company, including meter deposit, to tap water main and install meter(s)required. C. Cutting and patching is not permitted. 1.08 QUALIFICATIONS A. Minimum of 3 consecutive years experience in area of project and having installed other jobs of similar size and scope. B. Provide minimum of 3 references and list of similar projects with owner's names, addresses, and telephone numbers, when requested by Owner. 1.09 MAINTENANCE A. Once each month, for first 6 months of operation following Final Acceptance, provide on-site consultation with Owner's operating personnel. This shall include up to 4 hours time each month. B. Maintenance agreement: 1. Prior to beginning installation, execute bonded, written Extended 2-Year Maintenance Agreement with Owner for period of 2 years from date of Final Acceptance for the following: a. Spring start-up of system in accordance with Section 02900. b. Monthly checks of system during operating season. C. Winterization of system in accordance with Section 02900. 2. Costs for additional work required for repair of items not covered by warranty (e.g. damage OR by others) shall be negotiated between Owner and Contractor prior to initiation of any repairs. 3. Costs for Extended 2-Year Maintenance Agreement are over and above Contract Sum, and shall not be included in construction price. Payment for extended maintenance by Owner shall occur upon completion of scheduled service and additional work, if any, as it occurs on monthly basis throughout duration of Extended 2-Year Maintenance Agreement. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Acceptable manufacturers shall include: 1. Rain Bird Sales, Inc. -Turf Division 2. The Toro Company- Irrigation Division 3. L.R. Nelson Corporation-Turf Division 2.02 PIPE A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC): Pipe over 1 inch diameter shall conform to ASTM D2241, SDR 21, and Class 200. B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC): Pipe 1-inch diameter and under shall conform to ASTM D2241, SDR 13.5, and Class 315. C. Flexible Polyethylene (PE): Pipe shall conform to ASTM D2239, SDR 11.5, PE23, rated at 100 PSI, National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approved. Subject to approval of Owner, shall be utilized for laterals in areas where ground is subject to freezing for extended periods of time each year. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02810-3 Specification Name: IRRIGATION SYSTEMS C. Following final adjustment, operate entire installation to demonstrate complete and successful operation of equipment. D. Guarantee installation for 1 year from date of final acceptance for the following: 1. Defects in material, equipment, and workmanship. �"�*► 2. Repair of damage to premises resulting from leaks or other defects in material, equipment, and workmanship to satisfaction of Owner. E. Repairs, if required, shall be done promptly at no cost to Owner. F. Parts Manufacturers'warranties shall be provided to Owner. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals: 1. Required for items specified herein. Provide 5 copies of each to Owner for review. ` 2. Do not proceed with purchase or installation of materials prior to receipt of approved submittals from Owner. B. Substitutions shall be made only with written approval of Owner. Substitutions will not be considered prior to opening of bids. 1. Substitution of specified irrigation heads after awarding of bid shall require piping diagram noting revised pipe sizes, pressure loss calculations, and head locations necessary to achieve desired watering provided by system as shown on Construction Drawings. 2. Provide 5 copies each of product data for requested substitutions to Owner for review. 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. As-built drawings: 2 sets, noting exact locations of elements and changes to Construction Drawings. B. Operation Manual: 2 copies, bound in 1-inch diameter three ring binders, indexed and tabbed for easy reference, and labeled on spine and cover. Manual is to include following: 1. Approved submittals as specified herein. 2. Installation instructions including mounting details for control valves. 3. Operating Instructions: a. Winterization procedures b. Recommended operation sequence, frequency, and length of operation cycle, as per relationship to estimated absorption rate, evaporation rate, and anticipated flow. 4. Maintenance Instructions: a. Manufacturers'product data, installation, and maintenance instructions. b. Copies of completed warranty information. Contractor to complete and mail necessary warranty registration information to manufacturer keeping copies for Owner. C. Controller Chart: Prepare color coded chart, reduced in size, containing same plan information as As-Built drawings, and laminated in plastic on both sides,with following specific information: 1. Note routing of control wires. 2. Identify valves as to size, station number shown on controller, and type of irrigation head (e.g. spray head, turf head)on each valve. 3. Delineate each station's limits of coverage by color-coding, with each station having different color showing its zone with zone number designation. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Visit site and become familiar with nature and location of work, existing conditions, and conditions that will exist during installation. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02810-2 Specification Name: IRRIGATION SYSTEMS SECTION 02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES a, A. Installation of underground, automatically controlled lawn and shrub bed irrigation system, including electrical connections, connections to water mains, and necessary accessories. B. Provide and execute Extended 2-Year Maintenance Agreement. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02322- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Utilities B. Section 02510-Water Distribution Systems C. Section 02740—Asphaltic Concrete Paving D. Section 02751 —Portland Cement Concrete Paving E. Section 02900- Planting F. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) latest edition 1. D2239 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter 2. D2241 Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe(SDR-Series) 3. D2564 Solvent Cement for poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings 3. D2609 Plastic Insert Fittings for Polyethylene(PE) Plastic Pipe 4. D2855 Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)Pipe and Fittings B. National Fire Protection Agency(NFPA) latest edition 1. 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform piping installation in accordance with Section 02510 or as specified on the Construction Drawings. B. Following installation, make final adjustments to lawn irrigation system prior to Owner's final inspection. 1. Flush system completely,with nozzles and screens removed, to extract debris. 2. Verify sprinkler operation and alignment for direction of throw. Correct as necessary at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Check pop-up spray nozzling for proper arc of spray with no overthrow onto pavement. Adjust nozzles as necessary for proper throw with no additional cost to the Owner. 4. Insure uniform distribution exists. 5. Insure proper sprinkler head operational after landscaping and/or sod installation. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02810-1 Specification Name: IRRIGATION SYSTEMS t' BLANK PAGE B. Work edges of sidewalks, gutters, back top edge of curb, and formed joints with edging tool, rounding edge to 1/2-inch radius. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surface. After completion of floating and trowelling, when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete surface finishing, as follows: 1. Curbs,gutters, and sidewalks: Broom finish by drawing fine-hair broom across surface perpendicular to flow of traffic. Repeat operation as necessary to produce fine line texture. C. Do not remove forms for 24 hours after concrete has been placed. After form removal, clean ends of joints and point up minor honeycombed areas. Remove and replace areas or sections with L8 major defects, as directed Owner. D. Protect and cure finished concrete paving using acceptable moist-curing methods, more particularly described in 'water-curing"section of ACI 308. 3.04 BACKFILL A. After concrete has set sufficiently, spaces on either side of concrete curb, combination concrete curb and gutter, or concrete sidewalk shall be refilled to required elevation with suitable material compacted in accordance with Section 02323. 3.05 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. Sweep concrete pavement and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt, and other foreign material r just prior to final inspection. B. Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials. END OF SECTION 02770 r :,, rt Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02770-5 Specification Name: CURBS AND SIDEWALKS 4. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as often as required to ensure separation from concrete without damage. B. Reinforcement: Fasten reinforcing bars or welded wire fabric (if required)accurately and securely in place with suitable supports and ties. Remove from reinforcement all dirt, oil, loose mill scale, rust, and other substances that will prevent proper bonding of the concrete to the reinforcement. C. Concrete Placement 1. Concrete may be mixed and placed when the air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat is a minimum of 35 degrees F and rising. Hot and cold weather concreting shall be in accordance with ACI 305R and 306R, respectively. 2. Do not place concrete until base material and forms have been checked for line and grade. Moisten base material if required to provide uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until set at required finish elevation and alignment. 3. Place concrete using methods that prevent segregation of mix. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocation of reinforcing, dowels, and joint devices. 4. Deposit and spread concrete in continuous operation between transverse joints, as far as possible. If interrupted for more than 112 hour, place construction joint. Automatic machine may be used for curb and gutter placement. Machine placement shall be at required cross section, line, grade, finish, and jointing as specified for formed concrete. If results are not acceptable, remove and replace with formed concrete as specified herein. D. Joint Construction 1. Contraction Joints: Construct concrete curb or combination concrete curb and gutter, where specified on Construction Drawings, in uniform sections of length specified on - Construction Drawings. Form joints between sections either by steel templates, 1/8-inch in thickness, of length equal to width of curb and gutter, and with depth which will penetrate at least 2-inches below surface of curb and gutter; or with 3/4-inch thick performed expansion joint filler cut to exact cross section of curb and gutter;or by sawing to depth of at least 2- inches while concrete is between 4 and 24 hours old. If steel templates are used,they shall be left in place until concrete has set enough to hold it's shape, but shall be removed while forms are still in place. 2. Longitudinal Construction Joints: Tie concrete curb or combination concrete curb and gutter, where specified on Construction Drawings, to concrete pavement with 1/2-inch round deformed reinforcement bars of length and spacing shown on Construction Drawings. 3. Transverse Expansion Joints: Concrete curb, combination concrete curb and gutter, or concrete sidewalk shall have filler cut to exact cross section of curb, gutter, or sidewalk. Joints shall be similar to type of expansion joint used in adjacent pavement. E. Joint Fillers: Extend joint fillers full-width and depth of joint, and not less than 1/2-inch or more than 1-inch below finished surface where joint sealer is indicated. Furnish joint fillers in 1-piece lengths for full width being placed,wherever possible. Where more than 1 length is required, lace or clip joint filler sections together. F. Joint Sealants: Seal joints with approved exterior pavement joint sealants. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.03 CONCRETE FINISHING A. After striking off and consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screeding and floating. Adjust floating to compact surface and produce uniform texture. After floating,test surface for trueness with 10'-0" straightedge. Distribute concrete as required to remove surface irregularities, and refloat repaired areas to provide continuous smooth finish. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02770-4 Specification Name: CURBS AND SIDEWALKS po E. Joint Fillers: Resilient premolded bituminous impregnated fiberboard units complying with ASTM D994, D1751, D2628; FS HH-F-341, Type II, Class A or approved equal. F. Joint Sealants: Conforming to ASTM D1190, non-priming, pourable, self-leveling polyurethane. Acceptable sealants are Sonneborn "Sonolastic Paving Joint Sealant", Sonneborn "Sonomeric CT 1 Sealant", Sonneborn "Sonomeric CT 2 Sealant", Mameco"Vulken 245", or Woodmont Products "Chem-Caulk"or approved equal. G. Aggregate: Shall conform to ASTM C33. H. Water: Shall be clean and potable I. Dowel Bars: Shall conform to ASTM A615, grade 60, and plain steel bars. J. Air Entraining Mixture: Shall conform to ASTM C260 (Sika AER by Sika Corporation, Air Mix by the Euclid Chemical Corporation or approved equal). K. Curing Compound: Shall conform to ASTM C309 (Hydrocide by Sonneborn of Rexnord Chemical Products, Inc., and Polyseal 4 in 1 by Chem Masters Corporation or approved equal. L. Joint Backup Rods: Shall be CCEVA Rod 100 by E-Poxy Industrials, Inc., Sealtight BACKER ROPE by W.R. Meadows, Inc. or approved equal. 2.02 MIX DESIGN AND TESTING A. Mix concrete and deliver in accordance with ASTM C94. B. Design mix to produce normal weight concrete consisting of Portland cement, aggregate, P water-reducing admixture, air-entraining admixture, and water to produce following: 1. Compressive Strength: 3,500 psi, minimum at 28 days, unless otherwise indicated on Construction Drawings. 2. Slump Range: 2"-4"for hand placed concrete, 1-1/4"to 3"for machine placed (slipform) concrete 3. Air Entrainment: 5 to 8 percent PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Proofroll prepared base material surface to check for unstable areas. Begin paving work only after unsuitable areas have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. B. Remove loose material from compacted base material surface to produce firm, smooth surface ' immediately before placing concrete. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Form Construction 1. Set forms to required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured. 2. Install sufficient quantity of forms to allow continuance of work and so that forms remain in place minimum of 24 hours after concrete placement. 3. Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to following tolerances: a. Top of forms not more than 1/8-inch in 10'-0" b. Vertical face on longitudinal axis, not more than 1/4-inch in 10'-0" Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02770-3 Specification Name: CURBS AND SIDEWALKS w 16. D2628 Preformed Polychloroprene Elastomeric Joint Seals for Concrete Pavements C. State Highway Department Standard Specifications 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Establish and maintain required lines and elevations. B. Check surface areas at intervals necessary to eliminate ponding areas. Remove and replace unacceptable work as directed by Owner. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit materials certificate which materials producer and Contractor, certifying that materials comply with, or exceed, requirements specified herein to the Engineering Consultant of Record and the independent testing laboratory for review and approval for the following items: With 7 calendar days after receipt of Notice-to-Proceed, submit for approval, certified laboratory test data or manufacturers certificates and data for the following items: 1. Portland cement concrete mix 2. Aggregate gradations 3. Preformed expansion joint filler 4. Field molded/poured sealant 5. Dowel bars 6. Expansion sleeves 7. Tie bars 8. Reinforcing steel bars 9. Welded wire fabric 10. Air entraining admixtures 11. Water-reducing and set-retarding admixtures (if used) 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. Utilize temporary striping,flagmen, barricades,warning signs, and warning lights as required. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Forms: Steel,wood, or other suitable material of size and strength to resist movement during erel concrete placement and to retain horizontal and vertical alignment until removal. Use straight forms, free of distortion and defects. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends as required. Forms shall be of depth equal to depth of curbing or sidewalk, and so designed as to permit secure fastening together at tops. Coat forms with nonstaining type of coating that will not discolor or deface surface of concrete. B. Welded Wire Mesh: Welded plain cold-drawn steel wire fabric,ASTM A 185. Furnish in flat sheets. C. Reinforcing Steel: Deformed steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60. D. Portland Cement: Shall conform to ASTM C150,Type I Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02770-2 Specification Name: CURBS AND SIDEWALKS SECTION 02770 CURBS AND SIDEWALKS PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparation and placement of combination portland cement concrete curb and gutter. B. Preparation and placement of portland cement concrete curb. C. Preparation and placement of portland cement concrete sidewalk. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02323- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Pavements B. Section 02324- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Out Parcels C. Section 02715- Base Course D. Section 02740—Asphlatic Concrete Paving E. Section 02765—Pavement Markings F. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) latest edition 1. 211.1 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete 2. 304R Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete 3. 305R Hot Weather Concreting 4. 306R Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting 3. 308 Standard Practice for Curing Concrete B. American Standards for Testing and Materials (ASTM) latest edition 1. A185 Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain,for Concrete Reinforcement 2. A615 Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel for Concrete Reinforcement 3. C33 Concrete Aggregates 4. C78 Method for Flexural Strength Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third- point Loading) 5. C94 Ready-Mixed Concrete 6. C143 Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete 7. C150 Portland Cement 8. C171 Sheet Material for Curing Concrete 9. C231 Air-Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method 10. C260 Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 11. C309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete 12. C494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 13. D994 Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete(Bituminous) 14. D1190 Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot Poured, Elastic Type 15. D1751 Performed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02770-1 Specification Name: CURBS AND SIDEWALKS A. Examine the work area and correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust. B. Where existing pavement markings are indicated on Construction Drawings to be removed or would interfere with adhesion of new paint, a motorized abrasive device shall be used to remove the markings. Equipment employed shall not damage existing paving or create surfaces hazardous to vehicle or pedestrian traffic. Within public rights-of-way, appropriate governing authority shall approve method of marking removal. C. New pavement surfaces shall be allowed to cure for a period of no fewer than 30 days before application of marking materials. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply two coats of paint at manufacturer's recommended rate,without addition of thinner,with maximum of 100 square feet per gallon. Apply with mechanical equipment to produce uniform straight edges. At sidewalk curbs and crosswalks, use straightedge to ensure uniform, clean, and straight stripe. B. Install pavement markings according to manufacturer's recommended procedures for the specified material. C. Following items shall be painted with colors noted below: 1. Pedestrian Crosswalks: White 2. Exterior Sidewalk Curbs, Light Pole Bases, and Guard posts: Yellow 3. Fire Lanes: Red or per local code 4. Lane Striping where separating traffic moving in opposite directions: Yellow 5. Lane Striping where separating traffic moving in the same direction: White 6. Handicap Symbols: Blue or per local code 7. Parking Stall Striping: Yellow, unless otherwise noted on Construction Drawings 8. Associate Parking Area:White, unless otherwise noted on Construction Drawings 3.04 INSPECTION AND CLEAN UP A. After the paint has thoroughly dried, visually inspect the entire application and touch up as required to provide clean, straight lines and surfaces throughout. B. Waste materials shall be removed at the end of each workday. Upon completion of the work, all containers and debris shall be removed from the site. Paint spots upon adjacent surfaces shall be carefully removed by approved procedures that will not damage the surfaces and the entire job left clean and acceptable. END OF SECTION 02765 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02765-2 Specification Name: PAVEMENT MARKINGS SECTION 02765 PAVEMENT MARKINGS PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparation and application of painted parking lot pavement markings. B. Preparation and application of paint on curbs, guard posts, and light pole bases. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02740-Asphaltic Concrete Paving B. Section 02751 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving C. Section 02770-Curbs and Sidewalks D. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Federal Specifications and Standards 1. A_A_2886A Paint,Traffic, Solvent Based (supersedes FS TT-P-85E and FS TT-P% 115F,Type I) B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation (AASHTO) 1. AASHTO M248 Ready-Mixed White and Yellow Traffic Paints 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. Utilize flagmen, barricades,warning signs, and warning lights as required. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use trained and experienced personnel in applying the products and operating the equipment required for properly performed work. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Paint shall be non-bleeding, quick-drying, and alkyd petroleum base paint suitable for traffic-bearing surface and be mixed in accordance with manufacture's instructions before application for colors White,Yellow, Blue, and Red. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02765-1 Specification Name: PAVEMENT MARKINGS x MR BLANK PAGE 2. Paving: Provide coarse, nonslip finish by scoring surface with stiff-bristled broom perpendicular to flow of traffic so as to produce regular corrugations not over 1/16 of an inch deep. C. Do not remove forms for 24 hours after concrete has been placed. After form removal, clean ends of joints and point up minor honeycombed areas. Remove and replace areas or sections with major defects, as directed by Owner. D. Protect and cure finished concrete paving using acceptable moist-curing methods, more particularly described in "water-curing" section of ACI 308. 3.04 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. Sweep concrete pavement and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt, and other foreign material just prior to final inspection. B. Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The independent testing laboratory will randomly core pavement at minimum rate of 1 core per 20,000 sq. ft of pavement,with minimum of 3 cores from heavy-duty areas and 3 cores from light duty areas. Core will be tested for thickness and quality of aggregate distribution. Core holes shall be patched immediately with portland cement concrete and shall be finished to provide level surface as specified herein. END OF SECTION 02751 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02751-5 Specification Name: PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING C. Concrete Placement 1. Concrete may be mixed and placed when the air temperature in the shade and away from "* artificial heat is a minimum of 35 degrees F and rising. Hot and cold weather concreting shall be in accordance with ACI 305R and 306R, respectively. 2. Do not place concrete until base material and forms have been checked for line and grade. Moisten base material if required to provide uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Concrete shall not be placed around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment. 3. Place concrete using methods that prevent segregation of mix. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocation of reinforcing, dowels, and joint devices. 4. Deposit and spread concrete in continuous operation between transverse joints, as far as possible. If interrupted for more than 1/2 hour, place construction joint. D. Joint Construction: Construct expansion,weakened-plane control (contraction), and construction joints straight with face perpendicular to concrete surface. Construct transverse joints perpendicular to centerline, unless otherwise detailed. 1. Weakened-Plane Control or Contraction Joints: Provide joints at spacing of 15'-0"on centers, maximum each way. Construct control joints for depth equal to at least 1/4 of the concrete thickness, as follows: a. Form tooled joints in fresh concrete by grooving top with recommended tool and finishing edge with jointer. b. Form sawed joints using powered saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut joints into hardened concrete as soon as surface will not be torn, abraded, or otherwise damaged by cutting action. 2. Construction Joints: Place construction joints at end of placements and at locations where placement operations are stopped for period of more than 1/2 hour, except where such placements terminate at expansion joints. Construct joints using standard metal keyway-section forms. 3. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints at maximum of 180'-0" on centers, maximum each way unless otherwise shown on the Construction Drawings. Provide premolded joint filler for expansion joints abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, sidewalks, and other fixed objects. E. Joint Fillers: Extend joint fillers full-width and depth of joint, and not less than 1/2-inch or more than 1-inch below finished surface where joint sealer is indicated. Furnish joint fillers in 1-piece lengths for full width being placed,wherever possible. Where more than 1 length is required, lace or clip joint filler sections together. F. Joint Sealants: Joints shall be sealed with approved exterior pavement joint sealants and shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.03 CONCRETE FINISHING A. After striking off and consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screeding and floating. Adjust floating to compact surface and produce uniform texture. After floating, test surface for trueness with 10'-0"straightedge. Distribute concrete as required to remove surface irregularities and refloat repaired areas to provide continuous smooth finish. B. Work edges of slabs and formed joints with edging tool, rounding edge to 1/2-inch radius. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surface. After completion of floating and trowelling,when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete surface finishing, as follows: 1. Inclined Slab Surfaces: Provide coarse, nonslip finish by scoring surface with stiff-bristled broom perpendicular to flow of traffic so as to produce regular corrugations not over 1/16 of *! an inch deep. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02751-4 Specification Name: PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 1 Sealant", Sonneborn "Sonomeric CT 2 Sealant", Mameco"Vulken 245", or Woodmont Products "Chem-Caulk"or approved equal. G. Aggregate: Shall conform to ASTM C33. H. Water: Shall be clean and potable I. Dowel Bars: Shall conform to ASTM A615, grade 60, and plain steel bars. J. Air Entraining Mixture: Shall conform to ASTM C260 (Sika AER by Sika Corporation, Air Mix by the Euclid Chemical Corporation or approved equal). K. Curing Compound: Shall conform to ASTM C309 (Hydrocide by Sonneborn of Rexnord Chemical Products, Inc., and Polyseal 4 in 1 by Chem Masters Corporation or approved equal. L. Joint Backup Rods: Shall be CCEVA Rod 100 by E-Poxy Industrials, Inc., Sealtight BACKER ROPE by W.R. Meadows, Inc. or approved equal. 2.02 MIX DESIGN AND TESTING A. Mix concrete and deliver in accordance with ASTM C94. B. Design mix to produce normal weight concrete consisting of Portland cement, aggregate, water-reducing admixture, air-entraining admixture, and water to produce following properties: 1. Compressive Strength: 3,500 psi, minimum at 28 days, unless otherwise indicated on Construction Drawings. 2. Slump Range: 2"-4"for hand placed concrete, 1-1/4"to 3"for machine placed (slipform) concrete 3. Air Entrainment: 5 to 8 percent PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Proofroll prepared base material surface to check for unstable areas. Paving work shall begin only after unsuitable areas have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. B. Remove loose material from compacted base material surface to produce firm, smooth surface immediately before placing concrete. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Form Construction 1. Set forms to required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured. - 2. Install sufficient quantity of forms to allow continuance of work and so that forms remain in place minimum of 24 hours after concrete placement. 3. Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to following tolerances: a. Top of forms not more than 1/8-inch in 10'-0" b. Vertical face on longitudinal axis, not more than 1/4-inch in 10'-0" 4. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as often as required to ensure separation from concrete without damage. B. Reinforcement: Fasten reinforcing bars or welded wire fabric(if required)accurately and securely in place with suitable supports and ties. Remove from reinforcement all dirt, oil, loose mill scale, rust, and other substances that will prevent proper bonding of the concrete to the reinforcement. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02751-3 Specification Name: PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING C. State Highway Department Standard Specifications 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Establish and maintain required lines and elevations. B. Check surface areas at intervals necessary to eliminate ponding areas. Remove and replace unacceptable paving as directed by Owner. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit materials certificate which materials producer and Contractor, certifying that materials comply with, or exceed, requirements specified herein to the Engineering Consultant of Record and the independent testing laboratory for review and approval for the following items: With 7 calendar days after receipt of Notice-to-Proceed, submit for approval, certified laboratory test data or manufacturers certificates and data for the following items: 1. Portland cement concrete mix 2. Aggregate gradations 3. Preformed expansion joint filler 4. Field molded/poured sealant 5. Dowel bars 6. Expansion sleeves 7. Tie bars 8. Reinforcing steel bars 9. Welded wire fabric 10. Air entraining admixtures 11. Water-reducing and set-retarding admixtures (if used) 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. Utilize temporary striping,flagmen, barricades,warning signs, and warning lights as required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Forms: Steel,wood, or other suitable material of size and strength to resist movement during concrete placement and to retain horizontal and vertical alignment until removal. Use straight forms, free of distortion and defects. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends as required. Coat forms with nonstaining type of coating that will not discolor or deface surface of concrete. B. Welded Wire Mesh: Welded plain cold-drawn steel wire fabric,ASTM A 185. Furnish in flat sheets. C. Reinforcing Bars: Deformed steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60. D. Portland Cement: Shall conform to ASTM C150, Type 1 E. Joint Fillers: Resilient premolded bituminous impregnated fiberboard units complying with ASTM D994, D1751, D2628; FS HH-F-341, Type 11, Class A or approved equal. F. Joint Sealants: Conforming to ASTM D1190, non-priming, pourable, self-leveling polyurethane. Acceptable sealants are Sonneborn "Sonolastic Paving Joint Sealant", Sonneborn "Sonomeric CT Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02751-2 Specification Name: PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING wi SECTION 02751 .` PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparation and placement of portland cement concrete parking areas. B. Preparation and placement of portland cement concrete roads and entrances. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02323- Excavation, Backfill, Compaction For Pavement B. Section 02224- Excavation, Backfill, Compaction for Out Parcels C. Section 02715- Base Course D. Section 02765- Pavement Markings E. Section 02770-Curbs and Sidewalks F. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) latest edition a 1. 211.1 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete 2. 304R Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete 3. 305R Hot Weather Concreting 4. 306R Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting 3. 308 Standard Practice for Curing Concrete B. American Standards for Testing and Materials (ASTM)latest edition 1. A185 Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement 2. A615 Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel for Concrete Reinforcement 3. C33 Concrete Aggregates 4. C78 Method for Flexural Strength Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third- point Loading) 5. C94 Ready-Mixed Concrete 6. C143 Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete 7. C150 Portland Cement 8. C171 Sheet Material for Curing Concrete r, 9. C231 Air-Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method 10. C260 Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 11. C309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete 12. C494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 13. D994 Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete(Bituminous) 14. D1190 Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot Poured, Elastic Type 15. D1751 Performed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) 16. D2628 Preformed Polychloroprene Elastomeric Joint Seals for Concrete Pavements Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02751-1 Specification Name: PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING ow Base Course Surface: 1/4-inch Wearing Course Surface: 1/8-inch C. Thickness Test: The average thickness of the course or the combined courses shall be within 1/4 inch of the indicated thickness. Where the deficiency is greater than the specified tolerance, remove the pavement and replace it with new pavement. D. Field density test for in-place materials shall be performed by examination of field cores in accordance with one of following standards: 1. AASHTO Test Method T 245 (Percent of Laboratory Density) a. Temperature equal to temperature at paving machine with reheating. b. Compactive blows (35, 50, or 75)equal to mix design blows. C. Minimum density = 96% of laboratory density. 2. AASHTO Test Method T 209 (Percent of Theoretical Maximum Density) a. Minimum density =92% of Theoretical Maximum Density. w E. Rate of density testing shall be 1 core per 20,000 sq. ft of pavement, with minimum of 3 cores from heavy-duty areas and 3 cores from light duty areas. Cores shall be cut from areas representative of project. "! F. Areas of insufficient compaction, smoothness and thickness shall be delineated, removed, and replaced in compliance with Specifications at no additional expense to Owner. END OF SECTION 02740 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02740-6 Specification Name: ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING tom.: operations shall be such that the required density and surface are consistently attained while the mixture is in workable condition. B. Compact mixture with hot hand tampers or vibrating plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers. I C. Breakdown Rolling: Accomplish breakdown or initial rolling immediately following rolling of joints and outside edge. Check surface after breakdown rolling and repair displaced areas by loosening and filling with hot material. D. Second Rolling: Follow breakdown rolling as soon as possible, while mixture is hot. Continue second rolling until mixture has been thoroughly compacted. E. Finish Rolling: Perform finish rolling while mixture is still warm enough for removal of roller marks. Continue rolling until roller marks are eliminated and course has attained maximum density. F. Patching: Remove and replace paving areas mixed with foreign materials and defective areas. Cut out such areas and fill with fresh, hot asphaltic concrete. Compact by rolling to maximum surface density and smoothness. G. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and hardened. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become marked. Any masked or marred finish surfaces shall be repaired or smoothed. 3.05 JOINTS A. General 1. Place each asphaltic paving layer as continuous as possible to keep the number of joints to a minimum. Create joints between old and new pavement, between successive days'work, and where the mixture has become cold (less than 140 degrees F). Make these joints in such a manner as to create a continuous bond between the old and new pavement construction courses. 2. When the pavement construction involves 2 or more courses, offset successive courses by at least 6 inches. B. Transverse Joints: If placing of material is discontinued or if material in place becomes cold, make a joint running perpendicular to the direction traveled by the paver. Before placement continues, trim the edge of the previously placed pavement to a straight line perpendicular to the paver and cut back to expose an even vertical surface for the full thickness of the course. When placement continues, position the paver on the transverse joint so that sufficient hot mixture will be spread in order to create a joint after rolling that conforms to the required smoothness. If the temperature of the previously placed pavement material drops below 140 degrees F before paving is resumed, give the exposed vertical face a thin coat of liquid asphalt just before paving is continued. C. Longitudinal Joints: Coat longitudinal joints that are not completed before the previously laid mixture has cooled to a temperature below 140 degrees F,with liquid asphalt just before paving is continued. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Asphaltic surface and base courses will be randomly cored at minimum rate of 1 core per 20,000 sq. ft of paving. However, a minimum of 3 cores in light duty areas and 3 cores in heavy-duty areas shall be obtained. Coring holes shall be immediately filled with full-depth asphaltic concrete. Asphaltic concrete pavement samples will be tested for conformance with mix design. B. Testing will be performed on finished surface of each asphalt concrete course for smoothness, using 10'-0" straightedge applied parallel with, and at right angles to centerline of paved area. Results of failed tests will be sent to Wal-Mart Construction Manager within 24 hours. . Surfaces will not be accepted if the following 10-foot straightedge tolerances for smoothness are exceeded: Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02740-5 Specification Name: ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 3.02 APPLICATIONS A. Prime Coat: 1. Apply bituminous prime coat to base material surfaces at least 24 hours in advance, where asphaltic concrete paving will be constructed. 2. Apply bituminous prime coat in accordance with state highway department specifications. 3. Apply at minimum rate of 0.25 gal per sq. yd over compacted base material. Apply to penetrate and seal, but not flood surface. 4. Take necessary precautions to protect adjacent areas from over spray. 5. Cure and dry as long as necessary to attain penetration of compacted base and evaporation of volatile substances. B. Tack Coat: 1. Apply to contact surfaces of previously constructed asphaltic concrete base courses or portland cement concrete and surfaces abutting or projecting into asphaltic concrete or into asphaltic concrete pavement. 2. Apply tack coat to asphaltic concrete base course or sand asphalt base course. Apply emulsified asphalt tack coat between each lift or layer of full depth asphaltic concrete and sand asphalt bases and on surface of bases where asphaltic concrete paving will be constructed. 3. Apply emulsified asphalt tack coat in accordance with state highway department specifications. 4. Apply at minimum rate of 0.05 gal per sq. yd of surface. 5. Allow drying until at proper condition to receive paving. - 3.03 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Place asphaltic concrete mixture on completed compacted subgrade surface, spread, and strike off. Spread mixture at following minimum temperatures: 1. Ambient temperature between 40 degrees Fahrenheit and 50 degrees Fahrenheit, mixture temp. =285 degrees Fahrenheit 2. Ambient temperature between 50 degrees Fahrenheit and 60 degrees Fahrenheit, mixture temp. =280 degrees Fahrenheit *^ 3. Ambient temperature higher than 60 degrees Fahrenheit, mixture temp. = 275 degrees Fahrenheit B. Whenever possible, spread pavement by finishing machine; however, inaccessible or irregular areas " may be placed by hand methods. Spread hot mixture uniformly to required depth with hot shovels and rakes. After spreading, carefully smooth hot mixture to remove segregated course aggregate and rake marks..Rakes and lutes used for hand spreading shall be type designed for use on asphalt mixtures. Do not dump loads faster that they can be properly spread. Workers shall not stand on loose mixture while spreading. C. Paving Machine Placement: Apply successive lifts of asphaltic concrete in transverse directions with surface course placed parallel to flow of traffic. Place asphaltic paving in typical strips not less than 10'-0"wide. Where thickness of finished paving will be greater than 3 inches, spread in equal lifts of 3 inch maximum and 1 inch minimum. Where the thickness of finished paving will be 3 inches or less, spread in one layer. D. Joints: Make joints between old and new pavements, or between successive days and work in manner that will provide continuous bond between adjoining work. Construction joints shall have same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of asphaltic concrete course. Clean contact surfaces of joints and apply tack coat. 3.04 ROLLING AND COMPACTION A. Mixture, after being spread, shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling as soon as it will bear the weight of rollers without undue displacement. Number, weight, types of rollers, and sequences of rolling Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02740-4 Specification Name: ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING „� C. Prime Coat: Medium curing cut-back asphalt or asphalt penetrating prime coat consisting of either MC-30 or SS-1 h. D. Tack Coat: Emulsified asphalt; AASHTO M 140 or AASHTO M 208, SS-1h, CSS-1, or CSS-1 h, diluted with 1 part water to 1 part emulsified asphalt. E. Mineral Filler: Rock or slag dust, hydraulic cement, or other inert material complying with AASHTO M 117, if recommended by state highway department specifications. F. Asphalt-Aggregate Mixture: Unless otherwise noted on Construction Drawings, Design Mix shall have minimum stability based on 75-blow Marshall complying with ASTM D 1559 of 1000 pounds with flow between 0.08 and 0.16 inches. The Design Mix shall be within sieve analysis and bitumen ranges specified below unless approved otherwise by Owner prior to placement. SIEVE ANALYSIS OF MIX Sieve No. Total Percent Passing Percent Tolerance 3/4" 100 7 1/2" 90-100 5 4 44-74 4 8 28-58 4 50 5-21 2 200 2-10 0 Percent bitumen by weight of total mix: 5.0-8.5 percent Air voids: 3 -6 percent Aggregate voids filled with asphalt cement: 70-82 percent Allowable variance of bitumen by weight of total mix=0.4 percent 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. All equipment necessary for the paving of asphaltic concrete shall be on the project prior to beginning paving operations. B. Maintain equipment in satisfactory operating condition and correct breakdowns in manner that will not delay or be detrimental to the schedule of paving operations. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Proofroll prepared base material surface to check for unstable areas. Paving work shall begin only after unsuitable areas have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. B. Remove loose material from compacted base material surface immediately before applying prime coat. C. Establish and maintain required lines and elevations. D. Cover the surfaces of curbs, gutters, manholes and other structures the asphaltic concrete mixture will be placed against with a thin, uniform coat of liquid asphalt. Where the asphaltic concrete mixture will be placed against the vertical face of an existing pavement, clean the vertical face to remove foreign rF substances and apply a coating of liquid asphalt at a rate of approximately 0.25 gallons per square yard. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02740-3 Specification Name: ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING r1_' _______ - C. In-place compacted thickness shall not be less than thickness specified on Construction Drawings. Areas of deficient paving thickness shall receive tack coat and minimum 1-in. overlay; or shall be removed and replaced to proper thickness, at discretion of Owner; until specified thickness of course is met or exceeded at no additional expense to Owner. D. Check surface areas at intervals necessary to eliminate ponding areas. Remove and replace unacceptable paving as directed by Owner. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Before asphaltic concrete paving is constructed, submit actual design mix to Civil Engineering Consultant of Record and independent testing laboratory for review and approval. Design mix submittal shall follow a format as indicated in Asphalt Institute Manual MS-2, Marshall Stability Method; and shall include type/name of mix, gradation analysis, grade of asphalt cement used, Marshall Stability in pounds (lb.)flow, effective asphalt content in percent(%), and direct references to state highway department specifications sections for each material. Design shall be for mixture listed in current edition of state highway department specifications. Mix designs over 3 years old will not be accepted by Owner. B. Submit materials certificate to the independent testing laboratory that is signed by materials producer and Contractor, certifying that materials comply with, or exceed, requirements specified herein. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: 1. Apply prime and tack coats when ambient or base surface temperature is above 40 degrees Fahrenheit, and when temperature has been above 35 degrees Fahrenheit for 12 hours immediately prior to application. Do not apply when base is wet, contains excess moisture, during rain, or frozen. 2. Construct asphaltic concrete paving when atmospheric temperature is above 40 degrees Fahrenheit. B. Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. Utilize temporary striping,flagmen, barricades,warning signs, and warning lights as required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide asphalt-aggregate mixture in accordance with this Section. If specified aggregate is scarce, use locally available materials and gradations that meet state highway department specifications and exhibit satisfactory records of previous installations. B. Asphalt Cement: Comply with AASHTO M 226; Table 2 AC-10, AC-20, or AC-40, viscosity grade, depending on local mean annual air temperature. See chart below: Temperature Condition Asphalt Grades Cold, mean annual air temperature AC-10 At 45 degrees Fahrenheit or lower 85/100 pen. !+ Warm, mean annual air temperature AC-20 Between 45 degrees Fahrenheit and 60/70 pen. 75 degrees Fahrenheit Hot, mean annual air temperature AC-40 At 75 degrees Fahrenheit or higher Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02740-2 Specification Name: ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING SECTION 02740 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparation and placement of asphaltic concrete binder course. B. Preparation and placement of asphaltic concrete surface course. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02323- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Pavement B. Section 02324- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Out Parcels C. Section 02715- Base Course D. Section 02765- Pavement Markings E. Section 02770-Curbs and Sidewalks F. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The Asphalt Institute (AI)latest edition 1. MS 2 Mix Design Methods for Asphaltic Concrete and Other Hot Mix Types 2. MS 3 Asphalt Plant Manual 3. MS 8 Asphalt Paving Manual 4. MS 19 Basic Asphalt Emulsion Manual B. State Highway Department Standard Specifications C. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) latest edition 1. D 946 Penetration -Graded Asphalt Cement for use in Pavement Construction 2. D 1188 Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Paraffin- Coated Specimens 3. D 1559 Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures Using Marshall Apparatus D. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)latest edition 1. M 117 Mineral Filler"Bitumen-Saturated Cotton Fabrics Used in Roofing and Waterproofing" 2. M 140 Tack Coat"Emulsified Asphalt' 3. M 208 Tack Coat"Cationic Emulsified Asphalt' 4. M 226 Viscosity Graded Asphalt Cement 5. T 245 Marshall Mix Design 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. An independent testing laboratory, selected and paid by Contractor, will be retained to perform construction testing of in-place asphaltic concrete courses for compliance with requirements for thickness, compaction, and surface smoothness. B. All failed test results to be faxed to Wal-Mart Construction Management. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02740-1 Specification Name: ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING ww BLANK PAGE wit � Specifications; wne and o rc or will be notified immediately by the independent @Sl,n laboratory. E. The Contractor shall pay mr retesting due to failures at no additional e p ns to Owner. , Contractor shall provide to access b the site for testing activities � ® END OF SECTION 027 5 � � � � � � � - � � �. . � � � Project Name Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised O)&2 m 02715-3 Specification Name: BASE COURSE go B. Do not place aggregate when base surface temperature is less than 40 degrees F, nor when air temperature is below 45 degrees F. Do not place aggregate when surface is wet or frozen. Do not place aggregate when weather conditions are unfavorable otherwise. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS A. Submit materials certificate to the independent testing laboratory that is signed by materials producer and Contractor, certifying that materials comply with, or exceed, requirements specified herein or on the Construction Drawings. (4 & 5 moved to FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AS B &C.) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Contractor shall verify to the Owner in writing that the subgrade has been inspected, tested, and gradients and elevations are correct, dry, and properly prepared in accordance with Section 02223. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION A. Perform base course construction in a manner that will drain the surface properly and prevent runoff from adjacent areas from draining onto base course construction. B. Compact base material to not less than 98 percent of optimum density as determined by ASTM D 698 (or 95 percent of optimum density, as determined by ASTM D 1557) unless otherwise indicated on Construction Drawings. C. Granular Base: Construct to thickness indicated on Construction Drawings. Apply in lifts or layers not exceeding 8-inches, measured loose. D. Sand/Shell Base: Construct to thickness indicated on Construction Drawings. Apply in lifts or layers not exceeding 4-inches, measured loose. E. Asphalt Institute Type VI, VII, or VIII Mixes for Hot-mix Sand Asphalt Bases: Construct to thickness indicated on Construction Drawings. Apply in lifts or layers not exceeding 3-inches, measured loose. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field density tests for in-place materials shall be performed in accordance with the following standard: 1. Nuclear Method: ASTM D 2922 (Method B-Direct Transmission) B. Base material thickness: Perform 1 test for each 20,000 sq.ft. of in-place base material area. C. Base material compaction: Perform 1 test in each lift for each 20,000 sq. ft. of in-place base material area. D.. The independent testing laboratory will prepare reports that indicate test location, elevation data, and test results. Owner and Contractor shall be provided with copies of the reports within 96 hours of the time the test was performed. In the event that the test results show failure to meet any of the Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02715-2 Specification Name: BASE COURSE ,,� SECTION 02715 BASE COURSE PART GENERAL IF 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Construction of granular base for asphaltic concrete and portland cement concrete paving. B. Construction of sand/shell base for asphaltic concrete and portland cement concrete paving. C. Construction of hot-mix sand asphalt base for asphaltic concrete paving. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02323- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Pavement B. Section 02324— Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction For Out Parcels C. Section 02325-Aggregate Materials -e D. Section 02740-Asphaltic Concrete Paving E. Section 02751 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving F. Section 02770-Curbs and Sidewalks G. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)latest edition Jv 1. C136 Method For Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 1. D698 Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort ,. (12,400 ft-Ibf/ft3 (600 kN.m/m3)) 2. D1557 Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft Ibf/ft3 (2,700 Kn.m/m3)) 3. D 2216 Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil, Rock, and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures 4. D 2487 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 5. D 2922 Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate In Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 6. D 3017 Water Content of Soil and Rock In Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 7. D 4318 Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils B. State Highway Department Standard Specifications 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE M A. An independent testing laboratory, selected and paid by Owner, will be retained to perform construction testing of in-place base course for compliance with requirements for thickness, compaction, density, and tolerances. Paving base course tolerances shall be verified by rod and level readings on not more than 50-foot centers to be not more than 0.05-feet above design elevation which will allow for paving thickness as shown on Construction Drawings. Contractor shall provide instruments and suitable benchmark. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02715-1 Specification Name: BASE COURSE l BLANK PAGE Sot a,. 7 3. Adjustment rings used to make adjustments in grade shall be made with the initial ring embedded in mortar and the exterior of the rings parged with mortar not less than 1/2 inch thick. No adjustment made in this manner shall exceed 8 inches. E. Concrete cradles shall be constructed as shown on the construction drawings and as needed when crossing over and under sewer pipe or utility lines. Concrete is to be 3000 psi mix with a minimum thickness of 6 inches. 3.06 SUBDRAINS A. Subdrains shall be installed in accordance with the details and at the locations shown on the construction drawings M 3.07 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. General 1. Strom sewer systems and culverts, upon completion or at such time as directed, shall be cleaned, inspected and tested. The system or culvert shall have a true grade and line. Actual elevations shall be within 0.08 feet of the elevations given on the construction drawings. 2. After completion of the Work, or any part thereof, the job shall be tested to determine that it has been installed in accordance with the construction drawings and specifications. In .; general, the Work shall prove to be in good condition, installed in accordance with the , construction drawings and specifications and ready for use. B. Cleaning and Testing 1. The contractor is to visibly inspect and remove all debris and obstructions from storm pipe. All storm pie is to be tested for infiltration and exfiltration by hydrostatic testing per ASTM C969. All manholes and pipe shall meet ASTM C969 leakage criteria. C. Alignment Test 1. After backfill has been placed and compacted to a depth not less than one foot above to of pipe, a visual inspection shall be made by flashing a light between manholes. Any displacement or misalignment of invert shall be corrected. END OF SECTION 02630 fo t Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02630-5 Specification Name: STORM DRAINAGE � _` disturbed after laying shall be taken up and replaced. Open ends shall be protected with a stopper , to prevent earth or other material from entering the pipe during construction. The interior of the pipe shall be free from dirt, excess water and other foreign materials as the pipe laying progresses, and left clean at the completion of the installation. B. Installation shall commence at the lowest point for each segment of the route. RCP shall be laid with the groove or bell end upstream. Riveted CSP shall be placed with the inside circumferential laps pointing downstream. Applying bituminous material conforming to AASHTO M190 shall repair damaged bituminous coating on CSP. C. Lay pipe to the required line and slope gradients with the necessary fittings, bends, manhole, risers �. and other appurtenances placed at the required location as noted on Construction Drawings. D. Do not displace or damage pipe when compacting. F. No pipe shall be laid in water or when trench conditions are unsuitable for such work. G. Joints: 1. Joints shall be constructed as described herein with the intent that they be made watertight. 2. For RCP, the joint surface shall be cleaned and washed with water, if necessary, before the joints are made. For tongue and groove joints in smaller sizes, butting the inside of the bell with a cement mortar before joining shall make the joints. The inside joint can be wiped clean of excess mortar by brush of a squeegee drawn through the pipe as the laying operations progress. In the lager diameters, which permit the entry of a man, an annular space is provided between pipe sections which shall be completely filled with mortar and finished off smooth with the inside surface of the pipe. 3. CSP shall be joined by standard corrugated connecting bands. Care shall be used to keep dirt or gravel out for between the pipes and band so that corrugations fit snugly. While being tightened, the bands shall be tapped with a mallet to take up slack and insure a tight joint. 4. PVC fittings shall be attached to the pipe by solvent welding according to the Not manufacturers recommendations. 3.05 INSTALLATION -CATCH BASINS, INLETS,AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Precast Sections: 1. Precast section with bases shall be installed in accordance with Section 02322 and 02536 or as shown on construction drawings. 2. Pipe openings shall be aligned to that of the pipe entering and leaving the manhole, etc. Pipe shall be properly aligned with connections to manholes, etc. as shown on the construction drawings. • B. Cast-In-Place sections shall be as shown on the drawings and in accordance with Section 02322. C. Invert channels shall be smooth and accurately shaped to a semicircular bottom conforming to the ' inside of the adjacent sewer section. Invert channels and structure bottoms shall be shaped with cement mortar. Changes in size and grade of invert shall be made gradually and evenly. Changes in direction of the sewer entering branch or branches shall have a true curve of as large a radius as the manhole will permit. D. Frames and Covers: 1. Frames and covers shall be set to the proper elevation. The frames shall be firmly embedded in mortar approximately 1 inch thick and aligned to fit the top section of the structure. 2. Bricks set in mortar used to adjust the frame to finished grade shall be limited to no more , than four courses. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02630-4 Specification Name: STORM DRAINAGE .� a 2. Acceptable manufacturers: Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc. "ADS N-12", HANCOR, INC. "Hi-Q", or approved equal. D. Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP): shall conform to ASTM A746 1. Fittings shall be cast iron conforming to ASTM A74 2. Joint material for DIP shall be a rubber gasket conforming to the requirements of ASTM C564 for compression joints. E. Subdrains: shall be perforated, PVC or Flexible corrugated plastic pipe as specified herein of the size indicated on the construction drawings. 2.02 INLETS, CATCH BASINS AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Lid and frame per details shown on Construction Drawings. B. Structure construction in accordance with details shown on Construction Drawings and in accordance with Section 02536. C. Cast-In-Place concrete for drainage structures including: manholes, inlets, catch basins, collars, support blocks, headwalls and paved ditches shall conform to ACI 301 and applicable reference specification therein and the following: 1. Compressive Strength—3000 psi at 28 days. 2. Reinforcement—ASTM A615, grade 40 or 60 deformed reinforcing bars. Or A185 for wire fabric D. Cement Mortar used for paving inverts,filling lift holes,joints, patching and anchoring castings-shall consist of one part portland cement, type I, ASTM C150, 1/4 part hydrated lime, ASTM C206 and 2-1/2 parts clean, well-graded sand and water free of suspended matter, alkali, and containing no industrial or domestic waste. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that trench cut and excavation is ready to receive work and excavations, dimensions, and =X elevations are as indicated on Construction Drawings. r 3.02 PREPARATION A. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. Correct over excavation with bedding material. B. Remove large stones or other hard matter that could damage piping or impede consistent A backfilling or compaction. C. Protect benchmarks, property corners, and other survey monuments from damage or displacement. If marker needs to be removed it shall be referenced by licensed land surveyor and replaced, as necessary, by same. 3.03 BEDDING o A. Excavate pipe trench and place bedding material in accordance with Section 02322. 3.04 INSTALLATION- PIPE A. The pipe shall be inspected for defects and cracks before being carefully lowered into the trench, piece by piece. Any defective, damaged or unsound pipe or any pipe that has had its grade i Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02630-3 Specification Name: STORM DRAINAGE A. Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, and accessories. Provide shop drawings for precast inlets, catch basins and junction boxes. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified local requirements. 1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS w A. Accurately record actual locations of pipe runs, connections, catch basins, cleanouts, and invert elevations. B. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions and location of uncharted utilities. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate work with termination of storm sewer connection outside building including connection to municipal storm sewer system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEWER PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS A. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP): ASTM C 76, Class 111, wall B (Class V under Railroads) except as noted on Construction Drawings, installed with flexible plastic, bitumen gaskets at joints. 1. Gaskets: Joint material for RCP shall be rubber gasket conforming to the requirements of ASTM C443 or"tongue and groove"type filled with cement mortar. 2. Flared end sections shall be class 1 B. Corrugated Steel (Metal) Pipe (CSP or CMP): ASTM A 760, 16 gauge unless another gauge is indicated on Construction Drawings. Galvanized, aluminized (Type 1R), or bituminous coated as specified on Construction Drawings. Only permitted when specifically indicated on Construction Drawings. Corrugated steel pipe may be round pipe, arch pipe, or slotted drainpipe as indicated on Construction Drawings. Slotted drainpipe shall have 1.75-inches wide drain waterway openings and 6-inches minimum height drain guide 1. CSP, bands and appurtenances shall be uniformly coated inside and outside with a 0.05 inch minimum thickness bituminous coating in accordance with AASHTO M190. . 2. CSP shall be supplied with paved inverts or fully lined to provide a smooth interior, smooth flow lining only as indicated on the construction drawings. C. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe: ASTM D 3034, rated SDR 35, continually marked with manufacturer's name, pipe size, cell classification, SDR rating, and ASTM D 3034 classification. Only permitted when specifically indicated on Construction Drawings. 1. Pipe joints:Joints for PVC shall conform to ASTM 3212 using restrained gasket conforming to ASTM F477. D. High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) Smooth Interior: AASHTO Designation M252 and M294, maximum diameter of 48-inches. Only permitted when specifically indicated on Construction Drawings. Pipe shall be installed in accordance with pipe manufacturer's installation Guidelines for Culvert Storm Drainage Applications. 1. Pipe Joints and fittings shall conform to AASHTO M252 and M294. •�t Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02630-2 Specification Name: STORM DRAINAGE �,,, SECTION 02630 STORM DRAINAGE PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES M A. Site storm sewer drainage piping, fittings, accessories, and bedding. B. Connection of building storm water drainage system to municipal storm sewers. C. Catch basins, paved area drainage, site surface drainage, and stormwater detention facilities. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 02322- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Utilities B. Section 02370-Slope Protection and Erosion Control C. Section 02536-Sewer Manholes, Frames, and Covers D. Section 02830-Segmental Retaining Wall Systems E. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)latest edition �i 1. M36 Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Corrugated Iron or Steel Culverts and Under Drains 2. M190 Bituminous Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Arches 3. M252 Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing, 3 to 10 Inch Diameter 4. M294 Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing, 12 to 36 Inch Diameter B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) latest edition 1. A74 Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings 2. A185 Steel welded Wire Fabric, Plain,for Concrete Reinforcement 3. A615 Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 4. A746 Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe 5. C 76 Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe 6. C150 Portland Cement 7. C206 Finished Hydrated Lime 8. C443 Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets 9. C478 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections 10. C564 Rubber Gasket for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings 11. C969 Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines 12. D 3034 Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Sewer Pipe and Fittings 13. D3212 Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals 14. D3350 Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fitting Materials 15. F477 Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets)for Joining Plastic Pipe C. American Concrete Institute(ACI) 1. ACI 301 Structural Concrete for Buildings 1.04 SUBMITTALS Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02630-1 Specification Name: STORM DRAINAGE .,w aim 40 BLANK PAGE ,,, lot Pik E. Provide regulator vent with rain and insect proof opening, terminating not less than 5-feet away from building openings. 3.06 PROPANE TANK INSTALLATION A. place tank legs on concrete pads level:within tolerance of 2-inches maximum. B. Piepare andvade an area outside theAank perimeter,for distance of 646et. Grade, place; and compact gravel fill to compacted depth;af'3-inches minimum: Compact in accordance with Section 02322, C. Provide=tank,with:relief valve,shu#offFvalve, pressure regulator, pressure.gauge,and removable rotection"cover, Install i Sri ;shutoff vaW0ind ressure au a to under round i in p Pprk y. ., ,.. ..Np... .a_ . .g. g g pp 9 D. Set tank regulator to outlet.pressure as,.indicated .....on Construction Drawings: E. Install vaporizer to under side,ofetank'and secure to#ank vuith aluminum#ray.and-twc stamlass'stee{ �, straps: F. lnstait weatherproof"control box for�vaporizer 40 Inches-aboue.ground surface. Install on 4=inch x 4-inch cedar post,'d'riven Into groun, es. �lM G. Install control wire'from vaporer to control box inches below ground surface: lnsta{I aervace wiring 24=inches below gnd.fm cn loin, END OF SECTION 02555 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02555-5 Specification Name: NATURAL AND PROPANE GAS DISTRIBUTION B. Verify that building service connection and utility gas main size, location, and depth are as indicated on Construction Drawings. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe ends and remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe over 2-inches diameter or thread ferrous pipe 2-inches diameter and under. B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections with flanges or threading and unions. D. Comply with NFPA 54 on all installations of gas lines. 3.03 BEDDING A. Excavate pipe trench and place bedding material in accordance with Section 02322. 3.04 INSTALLATION - PIPING A. Maintain a minimum of 12 inches separation of gas line from sewer,water, or storm water piping in 4% accordance with state or local code. B. Install piping to conserve space and not interfere with use of site space. C. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe or joints. D. Install cocks and other fittings as required. E. Establish elevations of buried piping in accordance with Section 02322. F. Wrap couplings and fittings of steel pipe with polyethylene tape and heat shrink over pipe in accordance 16 with AWWA C105. G. For Nonmetallic Pipe: Install trace wire continuous over top of pipe. H. Backfill trench in accordance with Section 02322. I. Center and plumb valve box over valve. Set box cover flush with finished ground surface. Prevent shock or stress from being transmitted through valve box to valve. J. Wrap valve and valve box with polyethylene tape and heat shrink or paint valves and valve boxes with red anti-rust primer and 1 coat of epoxy paint. 3.05 SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Provide sleeve in foundation wall for gas service main. Caulk enlarged sleeve watertight. B. Anchor service main to interior surface of foundation wall. C. Install service regulator adjacent to building wall in specified location. D. Install service regulator and riser pipe to prevent undue stress on service pipe. For plastic service pipe, use steel pipe riser from below ground to regulator. A& Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02555-4 Specification Name: NATURAL AND PROPANE GAS DISTRIBUTION Alk lip 4k D. For Propane Systems; Copper tubing above ground: ASTM B88 Type K, L or ASTM B75,Type GP; internally tinned: 1, Fittings: ASME;B161'8,cast,copper,;ASME'B 16.22,wrought copper,'orASME BI 6.26, cast copper,.Internally tinned,ij'2. Joint• ASTM B32r Solder,Grade 95TA or AWS,A5.8, Bcup silver brazed.11 E. Polyethylene Pipe (below ground only): ASTM D-2513, SDR 11.5 or ASTM F678 Series 125: 1. Fittings: ASTM D2513 2. Joints: Mechanical or Compression fit. 3. Trace Wire: Magnetic detectable conductor, brightly colored plastic covering, imprinted with "Natural Gas Service" in large letters. F. Reinforced Epoxy Resin Piping:ASTM D2517: 1. Fittings: ASTM D2517. 2. Joints: Bell and spigot with epoxy resin. 3. Trace Wire: Magnetic detectable conductor, brightly colored plastic covering, imprinted with "Natural Gas Service" in large letters. 2.02 GAS COCKS A. 2-Inches and Smaller: 150 psig (1,040 kPa)WOG, bronze body, bronze tapered plug, non-lubricated, Teflon packing, threaded ends with cast iron curb box, cover, and key. B. 2-Inches and Larger: 125 psig (860 Kpa)WOG, Steel or Cast iron body and tapered plug, non-lubricated, Teflon packing, threaded ends,with cast iron curb box, cover, and key. C. For Applications with Line Pressure Greater than 60 psig (415 KPA): Over 2-Inches (50 mm): Cast iron body and plug, pressure lubricated, Teflon packing, flanged ends, with cast iron curb box, cover, and key. 2.03 PRESSURE REGULATING VALVES A. Valves: Single stage, malleable iron body, corrosion-resistant, pressure regulator with atmospheric vent, elevation compensator; with threaded ends for 2-inches and smaller or flanged ends for larger than 2- inches. Install earthquake actuated automatic shutoff valve, if required by local code or utility. B. Capacity: For inlet and outlet gas pressures, specific gravity, and flow rate indicated. 2.04 PROPANSSTORAGE TANKS A. Construction: Closed,welded steel,tested and stampedln,.accordance with ASME Sectron 8D; minimum 250 psig=SLPp a�rating��Yote'an � me:coated end p irited with 2 Goafia of"aii er antt rust,.paint, and suppliad ort saddle s,pressure gage;tapprrrg for installation orpiprng and accessorlas g. . Vaporizer 1,,000 watts,heating cable bedded m 1 tech of glass fiber insulation anti covered,lay flexible st; lnW.ss steel plat tt rtrtos#at t weatherproof bn t set to turn on`at 43 de ree Fahrenheit with manua�off-on switch.;: C: Ca aci piameter and`lent ttt'as shown on Constr �nrawm P ty .� 9 �. N , . . 9s PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions. # Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02555-3 Specification Name: NATURAL AND PROPANE GAS DISTRIBUTION .�e 4. 831.8 Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems G. National Fire Protection Agency(NFPA) latest edition 1. 54 National Fuel Gas Code 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform installation in accordance with utility company requirements. B. Gas Cock: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. z.R C. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and applicable state regulations. .r� D. Welders Certification: In accordance with ASME Sec 9. E. Conform to NFPA 54,ANSI 831.2, or ANSI 831.8. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings,valves, and accessories. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified local requirements. 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Accurately record actual locations of pipe mains, valves, connections, and top of pipe elevations. - B. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions and location of uncharted utilities. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to be included. B. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE A. Steel Pipe Below Ground: ASTM A53, Schedule 40, type E or S, grade B, black: 1. Fittings: ANSI B16.11,forged steel, or ASTM A234 forged steel welding type. 2. Joints: Welded and seamless. 3. Jackets: AWWA C105 polyethylene jacket, double layer, half lapped, 10-mil polyethylene tape. «w B. Steel Pipe Above Ground: ASTM A53, Schedule 40, type E or S, grade B, black: 1. Fittings: ANSI B16.3, malleable iron, ANSI 1316.11,forged steel, or ASTM A234,forged steel welding type. 2. Joints: Threaded. C. For.Propane Systems Gepper,tubEns bet"w ground RSTM 1-388 Type K,:internally tinned: Fittings,ASME.B1618 easl coppelw�of A$IE , 2,wrrugh "copper;internally tinned, 2. Joint: AVID A5.$BOO sil4�t wat Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02555-2 Specification Name: NATURAL AND PROPANE GAS DISTRIBUTION AW SECTION 02555 NATURAL AND PROPANE GAS DISTRIBUTION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe and fittings for site utility natural or popane,gas distribution. B. Propane storage tanks and appurtnan C. Connection of site natural gas system and private utility company system. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02322 - Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Utilities h D. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) latest edition 1. B 16.18 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings 2. B 16.22 Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings 3. B 16.26 Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes 4. B31.8 Gas Transmission And Distribution Piping Systems 4. Sec. 8D Pressure Vessels 5. Sec. 9 Welding and Brazing Qualifications 6. Boiler and Pressure Code B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) latest edition 1. A53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated (Galvanized)Welded and Seamless 2. A234 Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperature 3. B32 Solder Metal 4. B75 Seamless Copper Tube 5. B88 Seamless Copper Water Tube 6. D2513 Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe,Tubing, and Fittings 7. D2517 Reinforced Epoxy Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings !" 8. D2683 Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings For Outside Diameter-Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing 9. F678 Polyethylene Gas Pressure Pipe,Tubing and Fittings D. American Welding Society(AWS) latest edition 1. A5.8 Brazing Filler Metal E. American Water Works Association (AWWA) latest edition 2. C105 Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids F. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)latest edition 1. B16.3 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings 2. 816.11 Forged Steel Fittings, Socket Welding and Threaded 3. B31.2 Fuel Gas Piping Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02555-1 Specification Name: NATURAL AND PROPANE GAS DISTRIBUTION Afq BLANK PAGE 3.01 EXAMINATION " A. Verify items specified by other Sections are properly sized and located. B. Verify that built-in items are in proper location and ready for roughing into work. C. Verify that the excavation for manholes is correct. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of inlet and outlet pipe or duct sleeves as indicated on Construction Drawings. 3.03 PLACING PRECAST MANHOLE BARREL SECTIONS A. Place base pad to proper elevation and location and trowel top surface level for placement of manhole barrel. B. Place manhole barrel plumb and level to correct elevations and anchor to base pad. 1. After completion of slab foundation, lower first joint of manhole barrel into position, grooved end first, and set level and plumb on concrete base. Align and adjust to proper grade prior to placing and forming invert. Pour invert immediately after setting of first section of manhole barrel. 2. Prior to setting subsequent manhole barrel sections, apply primer to tongue and groove ends and allow to set in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Place "Ram-nek", or equivalent, plastic rope on tongue end. Lower next section into position, and remove excess material from interior of structure. Add additional material on exterior of joint, if necessary, for completely watertight joint. C. Set cover frames and lids level without tipping, to correct elevations. Utilizing pre-cast rings, or brick and mortar may achieve final rim elevation. Maximum limit, 4 courses. END OF SECTION 02536 ir1; JIM y Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02536-3 Specification Name: SEWER MANHOLES, FRAMES,AND COVERS PART PRODUCTS A% 2.01 MATERIALS A. Manhole Barrel: Reinforced precast concrete in accordance with ASTM C 478 with gaskets in accordance with ASTM C 923. 1. Construct manholes of precast concrete sections as required by Construction Drawings to size, shape, and depth indicated, but never less than 4'-0" inside diameter. AIR B. Concrete Brick Units: ASTM C 55, Grade N Type I-moisture controlled, normal weight, of same grade, type and weight as block units, nominal modular size of 3 5/8-inches x 7 5/8-inches x 2 1/4- inches C. Manhole Barrel: Precast polyethylene in accordance.with ASTM D 1248. Manholes shall be manufactured with factory-molded steps. Nominal cylinder internal diameter shall be 48-inches and shall be designed to accept concrete filled polyethylene manhole lids and standard cast iron frames with lid or grate. Manholes shall have compressive strength that meets ASTM D 2412 standards. Acceptable Manufacturers: Advanced Drainage Systems (ADS)or approved equal. D. Mortar and Grout: Mortar for finishing and sealing shall be Class"C". Honeycombing less than 2- inches deep shall be repaired using Class"D" mortar. E. Brick Transition Reinforcement: Formed steel 8-gauge wire with galvanized finish. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Lid and Frame: ASTM A 48, Class 30B heavy duty cast iron construction, machined flat bearing surface, removable lid, closed or open as indicated on Construction Drawings, sealing gasket, minimum total weight of 475 pounds manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company, East Jordan Iron Works, or approved equal. B. Manhole Steps: Shall be formed aluminum rung, 3/4 inch minimum diameter, 12 inches wide, 16 inches on center vertically(maximum)set in manhole wall. 2.03 CONFIGURATION A. Barrel Construction: Concentric with eccentric cone top section. A� B. Shape: Cylindrical C. Clear Inside Dimensions: 48-inches diameter minimum or as indicated on Construction Drawings. D. Design Depth: As indicated on Construction Drawings. E. Clear Lid Opening: 24-inches minimum F. Pipe Entry: Provide openings as indicated on Construction Drawings G. Main and Lateral Pipes: Neatly cut off main and lateral pipes flush with inside of manhole or inlet where they enter structure,walls. Point up irregularities and rough edges with nonshrinking grout. H. Inverts: Shape inverts for smooth flow across structure floor as indicated on Construction Drawings. Use concrete and mortar to obtain proper grade and contour. Finish surface with fine textured wood float. PART 3 EXECUTION Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02536-2 Specification Name: SEWER MANHOLES, FRAMES,AND COVERS SECTION 02536 SEWER MANHOLES, FRAMES,AND COVERS PART I. GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Monolithic concrete manhole barrel with either monolithic concrete or masonry transition to lid frame. B. Modular precast concrete manhole barrel with tongue-and-groove joints with either precast concrete or masonry transition to lid frame. C. Masonry manhole barrel with masonry transition to lid frame. D. Precast polyethylene manhole assemblies. E. Preparation and installation of lid frame, covers, anchorage, and accessories. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS iL A. Section 02322- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Utilities B. Section 02535-Sanitary Sewer Systems r C. Section 02630-Storm Drainage D. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) latest edition =- 1. A48 Gray Iron Castings 2. C 55 Concrete Building Brick 3. C 478 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections 4. C 923 Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures `- and Pipes 5. D 1248 Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials B. International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council (IMIAC) latest edition 1. Recommended Practices and Guide Specification for Cold Weather Masonry Construction C. State Department of Transportation (DOT), Construction and Material Specifications, Latest Edition 1.04 SUBMITTALS ,z A. Shop Drawings: Indicate reference to Construction Drawings of manhole locations, elevations, piping with sizes, locations, and elevations of penetrations. B. Product Data: Provide data for manhole covers, manhole steps, component construction,features, configuration, and dimensions. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02536-1 Specification Name: SEWER MANHOLES, FRAMES,AND COVERS AMR •O4 BLANK PAGE 1. Each section of sewer line between successive manholes shall be tested by closing the lower end of the sewer to be tested and the inlet sewer of the upper manhole, using stoppers. 2. Fill the manhole and pipe with water to a point which produces a maximum of 3 feet of head above the invert of the sewer at the center of the upper manhole; or if ground water is present, 3 feet of head above the average adjacent ground water level. L 3. The allowable leakage shall be: oft a. 200 gal/inch of pipe diameter/mile/day `" E. Infiltration Test 1. If excessive ground water is encountered in the construction of a section of the sewer, the exfiltration test shall not be used. 2. The upper and lower ends of the sewer to be tested shall be closed sufficiently to prevent rL the entrance of water. 3. Pumping of ground water shall be discontinued for at least 3 days; then infiltration shall be tested. 4. Infiltration into each section of sewer between adjoining manholes shall not exceed that allowed for the exfiltration test, except that head conditions shall be a maximum of 6 feet. F. Provide measuring devices, meters,water, materials, and labor for making the required tests. - G. Tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Construction Manager or his designee. Test data shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval. H. All force main piping shall be hydrostatically tested at 150 psi in accordance with AWWA C 600. I. If deflection test is to be run using a rigid ball or mandrel. It shall have a diameter equal to 95 percent of the inside diameter of the pipe. The test shall be performed without mechanical pulling devices. 1. Allowable Deflection: Maximum allowable pipe deflection shall not exceed 5 percent of nominal inside diameter. 2. Mandrel: Mandrel, go/no-go, device shall be cylindrical in shape and constructed with either 9 or 16 evenly spaced arms or prongs. Mandrels with fewer arms will be rejected as not sufficiently accurate. Contact length of mandrel's arms shall equal or exceed nominal inside diameter of sewer to be inspected. Critical mandrel dimensions shall carry tolerance of 0.01-inch maximum. Contractor shall provide mandrel and necessary equipment for mandrel test. 3. Procedure: Mandrel shall be hand-pulled through flexible pipe sewer lines no earlier than 30 days after trench has been completely backfilled. Sections of sewer not passing mandrel shall be uncovered and rebedded, rerounded, or replaced to satisfaction of Owner or governing agency. Repaired section shall be retested. OR END OF SECTION 02535 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02535-5 Specification Name: SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS unsound pipe, or any pipe that has had its grade disturbed after laying shall be taken up and replaced. Commence installation at lowest point with the bell end upgrades. B. No pipe shall be laid in water or when trench conditions are unsuitable for work. Arr C. Pipe connecting to manholes or other structures shall terminate flush inside of the structure wall. D. Joints for PVC and CISP shall be thoroughly lubricated with an approved lubricant before pipe A% sections are slipped together. Open ends shall be fully protected with a stopper to prevent earth or other material from entering the pipe during construction. Carefully free interior of the pipe from dirt, cement and other deleterious material as the work progresses. E. Maintain separation of potable water main for sewer piping (10 foot horizontal and 18 inches vertical minimum. F. Install HDPE piping and fittings to AWWA C901 and C906. Butt fusion welded per ASTM D3261. G. Route pipe in straight line parallel to roads, buildings and adjacent utilities and as shown on construction drawings. H. Establish elevations of buried piping with sufficient cover as recommended by pipe manufacturer to ensure not less than 3 feet of cover, except as noted on drawings. I. Form and place concrete for thrust blocks at each elbow of pipe force main. See construction drawing for details of construction. J. Backfill trench in accordance with Section 02322. K. Install trace wire continuous over to of non-metal pipe. Bury 6 inches minimum below finish grade, above pipeline. 3.05 INSTALLATION—CLEANOUTS AND MANHOLES J* A. Form bottom of excavation clean and smooth to correct elevation. B. For cleanouts form and place cast-in-place concrete base pad, with provision for sanitary sewer pipe to be installed to proper elevations. C. For manholes construct inverts according to the following guidelines: 1. Invert channel shall be smooth and accurately shaped to a semicircular bottom to match with the inside of the adjacent sewer section. 2. Invert channels and structure bottoms shall be shaped with mortar and lean concrete. 3. Changes in size and grade of invert shall be made gradually and evenly. 4. Changes in the direction of the sewer entering branch or branches shall have a true curve of as large a radius as the manhole will permit. D. For manholes provide manhole rings, frame and cover as shown on the construction drawings. ,rr 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Ow A. Pipes and joints shall not be completely backfilled until after inspection, testing, and approval by the Construction Manager. B. Prior to testing for leakage, the pipe trench shall be backfilled to at least the spring line of the pipe. If required to prevent pipe movement during testing, additional backfill shall be added leaving the pipe joints uncovered to permit inspection. C. Exfiltration Test , Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/1412000 02535-4 Specification Name: SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS 1. High-Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE): AWWA C901 and C906, ASTM D3035, SDR 11 for 150psi pressure rating. a. Fittings: Molded,AWWA C901 or C906. b. Joints: Butt fusion, ASTM D2657,flanged gasket joints at interface C. Trace Wire: Magnetic detectable conductor (#12 copper), brightly colored plastic covering, imprinted with"Sanitary Sewer Service" in large letters. 2. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC): For less than 4 inches in diameter, ASTM D2241 for push- on or solvent weld joints, and for pipe 4 inches in diameter and larger, AWWA C900, Class 150 with push-on joints. a. Joints/Fittings: Push-on,ASTM D3139 with ASTM F477 gaskets. b. Solvent Cement: ASTM D2564 2.02 PIPE ACCESSORIES A. Pipe Joints: Mechanical clamp ring type, stainless steel expanding and contracting sleeve, neoprene-ribbed gasket for positive seal. ,s B. Fittings: Same material as pipe molded or formed to suit pipe size and end design, in required tee, bends, elbows,cleanouts, reducers, traps, etc. 2.03 CLEANOUTS AND MANHOLES A. Precast concrete manholes section shall conform to Section 02536. B. Lid and Frame: Provide traffic grade and rated covers and frames where cleanouts and manholes are within pavement, with the letters "SSCO" or "SANITARY SEWER" respectively cast into the cover. B. Shaft Construction: Cast Iron shaft of internal diameter as specified on Construction Drawings with 2500 psi concrete collar for cleanouts. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that trench cut and excavation is ready to receive work and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on Construction Drawings. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. Correct over excavation with bedding material. B. Remove large stones or other hard matter that could damage pipe or impede consistent backfilling or compaction. 3.03 BEDDING =r: A. Excavate trench and place bedding material in accordance with Section 02322. i 3.04 INSTALLATION - PIPE A. The type and class of pipe used shall be as shown on the construction plans. Pipes shall be laid and maintained to the required line and grade with necessary fittings, bends, manholes risers, cleanouts and other appurtenances placed at the required locations. The pipe shall be installed with uniform bearing under the full length of the barrel of the pipe. The pipe shall be inspected fro defects and cracks before carefully being lowered into the trench. Any defective, damaged or f: 02535-3 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 Specification Name: SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS u�r A. An independent testing laboratory, selected and paid by Owner, will be retained to perform construction testing on site. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data of pipe materials, pipe fittings, and accessories. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified local requirements. 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Accurately record actual locations of pipe runs, connections, cleanouts, and invert elevations. B. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions and location of uncharted utilities. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate work with termination of sanitary sewer connection outside building and connection to municipal sewer utility service. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEWER PIPE, FITTINGS, AND JOINTS (Exterior to Building except as noted) AIR A. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC): ASTM D 3034, rated SDR 35 unless otherwise specified by the utility company. Pipe shall be continually marked with manufacturer's name, pipe size; cell classification, SDR rating, and ASTM D 3034 classification. 1. Pipe joints: Integrally molded bell ends, ASTM D 3034, Table 2, with factory supplied elastomeric gaskets and lubricant. 2. Trace Wire: Magnetic detectable conductor (#12 copper), brightly colored plastic covering, imprinted with "Sanitary Sewer Service" in large letters. all B. Vitrified Clay Pipe(VCP): ASTM C700: (Use only if required by local jurisdiction) 1. Fittings: ASTM C700 2. Joints: ASTM C425 3. Gaskets: ASTM C425. Gaskets shall be manufactured from high grade, properly vulcanized elastomeric compound consisting of either basic natural or synthetic rubber. Gasket manufacturing tolerances shall comply with Rubber Manufacturer's Association tolerances for gaskets. 4. Lubricant: Suitable for lubricating joint components; no deteriorating effects on gasket or pipe material, will not support growth of fungi or bacteria, and shall be of type recommended by gasket manufacturer. 5. Trace Wire: Magnetic detectable conductor (#12 copper), brightly colored plastic covering, imprinted with "Sanitary Sewer Service" in large letters. C. Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP): ASTM A746, Class 50, inside nominal diameter as specified on Construction Drawings, bell and spigot end. 1. Ductile Iron Pipe Joint Device: AWWA C111, rubber gasket joint devices. AM D. Cast Iron Pipe (CISP)(Building Interior ONLY): ASTM A74, Service grade (SV), inside nominal diameter as specified on Construction Drawings, bell and spigot end. 1. Cast Iron Pipe Joint Device: ASTM C564, rubber gasket joint devices. E. Force Main: Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02535-2 Specification Name: SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS SECTION 02535 SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sanitary sewer drainage piping, fittings, accessories, cleanouts, and bedding. B. Connection of site sanitary sewer system to municipal sanitary sewer systems. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 02322 - Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Utilities B. Section 02536-Sewer Manholes, Frames, and Covers - D. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) latest edition 1. A74 Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings 2. A746 Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe 3. C12 Practice for Installing Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines 4. C150 Portland Cement 5. C207 Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes to 6. C425 Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings ., 7. C478 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections 8. C564 Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings 9. C700 Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated 10. C828 Recommended Practice for Low-Pressure Air Test of Vitrified Clay Pipe r Lines 11. D1785 Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120 12. D2141 Poly (vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe(SDR Series) 13. D2657 Heat-Joining Polyolefin pipe and Fittings 14. D3034 Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings 15. D3035 Polyethylene(PE) Plastic Pipe Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals 16. D3139 Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipe Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals 17. D3212 Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals 18. D3261 Butt heat fussion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene Plastic pipe and Tubing 19. F477 Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets)for Joining Plastic Pipe C. American Water Works Association (AWWA) latest edition 1. C111 Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings 2. C600 Ductile-Iron Water mains and Their Appurtenances 3. C900 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure pipe, 4 in. Through 12 in, for Water Distribution 4. C901 Polyethylene (PE) Pressure pipe, Tubing and Fittings 1/2 inch through 3 inches,for Water Distribution 5. C906 Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4 inch through 63 inch, for Water Distribution 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE 5; . - Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02535-1 Specification Name: SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS A. After the pumps have been installed and wired the Contractor shall complete the following with certification provided to the Owner's Engineering Consultant: 1. Megger stator and power cables. 2. Check seal lubrication. 3. Check for proper rotation. 4. Check power supply voltage. 5. Measure motor operating load and no load current. 6. Check level control operation and sequence. 3.04 WARRANTIES A. The manufacturer of the equipment shall warrant the total package for the lift station for one year from the date of start-up. The major wear parts, such as mechanical seal, impeller, pump housing, wear ring and ball bearings, are pro-rated from years two through five. A printed warranty certificate w from the original manufacturer shall be provided. END OF SECTION 02532 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02532-4 Specification Name: SEWAGE LIFT STATIONS C. Check Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Mueller swing type lever and weight check valves or approved equal. 2. AWWA C508, iron body, rubber disc facing,flanged, 175 psi rated. 2.05 PAINTING A. All metal surfaces coming into contact with the pump,other than stainless steel or brass, shall be protected by a factory applied primer with a chlorinated rubber paint finish or a zinc chromate base enamel on the exterior of the pump. B. All painted surfaces damaged during handling or construction shall be repaired with primer and paint compatible with the base material and original painted finish. 2.06 GUIDE RAIL SYSTEM A. The pump shall be automatically connected to the discharge connection elbow when lowered into place, and shall be easily removed for inspection or service. There shall be no need for personnel to enter the pump well. A simple linear downward motion of the pump shall accomplish sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge connection elbow. 2.07 CONTROLS A. The motor control panel shall be assembled and tested by the contractor in accordance with UL Standard 508 for industrial controls. B. The alarm system shall produce a signal that is compatible with remote building alarm system. A conduit and signal wire shall be installed from the pump station control panel to the stockroom area of the store in accordance with the construction documents. C. All internal wiring shall be neat and color-coded. Each wire shall be a different color or stripe(except for ground). D. All electrical components and assembly shall be in accordance with Section 16050. 2.08 OPERATION OF SYSTEM A. All float switches shall be adjustable for level setting from the surface. 2.09 ACCESS DRIVE A. An all-weather surface with a minimum width of 20 feet shall be provided to the lift station in accordance with the construction documents PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that building sewer service pipe size, location, and elevation are as indicated on Construction Drawings. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Installation of the duplex non-clog submersible lift station pumps shall be done in accordance with the L pump manufacturer's recommendations. 3.03 START-UP Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02532-3 Specification Name: SEWAGE LIFT STATIONS E. Wet wells constructed of precast manhole barrels shall meet the requirements of Section 02536. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed state or local requirements. B. Dimensional shop drawings of equipment items shall be provided to the Civil Engineering Consultant. 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Accurately record actual sewer inlet invert elevations at the wet well;wet well bottom elevation; pump •�w on/off level switch elevations; and high level alarm elevation. B. Unexpected modifications resulting from field variations shall be made only with the approval of the Engineering Consultant. Identify and describe all approved modifications. C. Furnish one copy of Lift Station Operation and Maintenance Manual to Owner's Director of Maintenance and Warranty. This manual shall cover, in addition to installation and general operating fir, procedure, the operation, maintenance, and servicing procedures of the major individual components provided with the lift station. The manual shall also include parts lists of components and a troubleshooting guide. WO D. Furnish Certificate of Warranty for one year on any defects of material or workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL �w A. The Contractor shall furnish and install a duplex lift station with a concrete wet well. Pumps shall be of the non-clog submersible centrifugal type with submersible motor. Pumps shall be installed on lift- out rail systems to allow for easy removal without requiring entry into the wet well. Pumps shall not be intended to handle material that is not normally found in municipal sewage. 2.02 CONCRETE WET WELL A. Excavation and backfill to comply with Section 02322. B. Concrete to meet requirements of Class"C"concrete as specified in Section 02536 for precast wet wells. C. Top of wet well slab shall not be less than 1 foot above the surrounding area. Grading shall be tapered up to meet the base of the top slab to provide positive drainage away from the station. " ? 2.03 DISCHARGE PIPING go A. Where piping passes through a wall, non-shrink grout shall be used to make a watertight joint. 2.04 VALVES A. Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Mueller resilient seat gate valves or approved equal. 2. AWWA C509, iron body, non-rising stem with 2"square nut, resilient seat,flanged ends, 200 psi rated. B. Plug Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Dezurik Series 100 or equal,flanged. ► Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02532-2 A Specification Name: SEWAGE LIFT STATIONS SECTION 02532 SEWAGE LIFT STATIONS PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Construction of exterior submersible lift station wet well. B. Installation of exterior pumping system and appurtenances. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02322- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Utilities. B. Section 02536-Sewer Manholes, Frames, and Covers C. Section 02535-Sanitary Sewer Systems. D. Section 02630-Storm Drainage E. Section 16050- Basic Electrical Materials and Methods F. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)latest edition. B. American Water Works Association (AWWA)latest edition. C. National Electrical Code(NEC)latest edition. D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA). x F. Underwriters Laboratories(UL)latest edition. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Commercial Testing of Pumps: 1. The pump shall be visually inspected to confirm that it is built in accordance with the specification as to horsepower, voltage, phase and hertz. 2. The motor seal and housing chambers shall be meggered for infinity to test for moisture content or insulation defects. 3. Pump shall be allowed to run dry to check for proper rotation. 4. Discharge piping shall be attached,the pump submerged in water and amp readings shall be taken in each leg to check for an imbalanced stator winding. B. Pumps: Manufacturer's name, pump model number,and electrical information stamped on the motor nameplate. C. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. D. Compaction testing of backfill around concrete lift station wet well shall be performed in accordance with Section 02322. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02532-1 Specification Name: SEWAGE LIFT STATIONS .ra with 6" permanent storage. In this case, the contractor shall time the release to assure that no rainstorms are imminent. The intent of this condition is to allow the majority of the chlorine to evaporate into the atmosphere before a rainstorm has the opportunity to wash the residual downstream. Contractor shall not release super-chlorinated water directly into the sanitary sewer system, private or public, nor any storm drain system not directly discharging into the detention facility mentioned above. 3.07 SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Provide water service connection in compliance with utility company requirements including reduced pressure backflow preventor (if required) and water meter with by-pass valves and sand strainer. ,",„ 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform compaction testing of trench backfill in accordance with Section 02322. '"! B. Test water distribution system pipe installed below grade and outside building in accordance with the following procedures: „A 1. Perform testing of pipe materials, joints, and other materials incorporated into construction of water mains and force mains to determine leakage and water tightness. Test pressure pipeline in accordance with Section 4 of AWWA C600 and NFPA 24. In the event state or local code requires more stringent test, more stringent test shall take precedence. 2. Pressure Test: After pipe has been laid, subject newly laid pipe or valved section to hydrostatic pressure of at least 1.5 times working pressure at point of testing and not less than 1.25 times working pressure at highest point along test section. 3. Leakage Test: Conduct leakage test concurrently with pressure test. Leakage is defined as quantity of water that must be supplied into newly laid pipeline or valved section thereof to maintain pressure within 5 psi of specified test pressure after air in pipeline has been expelled and pipeline has been filled with water. Leakage shall not be measured by drop ''�"► in pressure in test section over period of time. a. Pipeline installation will not be accepted if leakage is greater than that determined by the following formula: SD4P L= 133200 L= allowable leakage, (gallons per hour) S = length of pipe tested, (feet) D = nominal diameter of pipe, (inches) P =average test pressure during test, (psig) 4. Visible Leakage: Repair visible leaks regardless of amount of leakage measured. 5. Acceptance of Installation: If test of pipe laid in place discloses leakage greater than that specified, Contractor shall, at his own expense, locate leak and make repairs as necessary until leakage is within specified allowance. Supply water for testing at no expense to Owner. END SECTION 02510 •■r Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02510-6 Specification Name: WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 3.04 INSTALLATION - PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Maintain separation of water main from sanitary and storm sewer piping in accordance with state or local codes. B. Install pipe and fittings in accordance with AWWA C600. C. Install pipe to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe or joints or as specified by pipe manufacturer. D. Install access fittings in accordance with local codes to permit disinfection of water system performed under this Section. E. Connections with Existing Pipelines: Where connections are made between new work and existing piping, make connection using suitable fittings for conditions encountered. Make each connection with existing pipe at time and under conditions with least interference with operation of existing pipeline and in compliance with local utility company. F. Form and place concrete for thrust blocks or other specified methods of retainage at each change of direction or end of pipe main. G. Establish elevations of buried piping in accordance with Section 02322. H. Backfill trench in accordance with Section 02322. I Install trace wire continuous over top of non-metal pipe. Bury a minimum of 6 inches below finish I rL grade, and above pipeline. 3.05 INSTALLATION -VALVES AND HYDRANTS A. Install gate valves as indicated on Construction Drawings. Support valve on concrete pads with valve stem vertical and plumb. Install valve boxes in manner that will not transmit loads, stress, or shock to valve body. Center valve box over operating nut of valve vertical and plumb. Securely fit valve box together leaving cover flush with finished surface. B. Install fire hydrant assemblies as indicated on Construction Drawings in vertical and plumb position with steamer/pumper nozzle pointed perpendicular to traffic where hydrant is adjacent to street, roadway, or parking lot drive or toward protected building unless otherwise directed by local authorities. Support hydrant assembly on concrete pad and firmly brace on side opposite inlet pipe against undisturbed soil and concrete blocking. Place minimum of 6-cubic feet of crushed stone or gravel around hydrant base and barrel after thrust blocking has cured at least 24 hours. Exercise care when backfilling and compacting so proper vertical position will not be altered. 3.06 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM A. Contractor to disinfect distribution system with chlorine before acceptance for domestic operation. Amount of chlorine shall be such as to provide dosage of not less than 50 parts per million. Thoroughly flush lines before introduction of chlorinating materials and after contact period of not less than 24 hours, system shall be flushed with clean water until residual chlorine content is not greater than 1.0 part per million. Open and close valves in lines being disinfected several times during contact period. After disinfection, take water sample and bacteriologically test in accordance with AWWA C651. Do not place distribution system in service until approval is obtained from local governing authorities. B. Contractor shall provide a means of neutralizing the super-chlorinated water before releasing into the environment. This may be accomplished by either a method of dechlorinization, direct release into a detention area approved by Wal-Mart, or any method acceptable to federal, state, and local codes. Direct release to open ground shall not be allowed, unless contained within an on site detention facility Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02510-5 Specification Name: WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS A. Fire Hydrants: Type as required by utility company/Local Fire Department and as shown on Construction Drawings. B. Hydrant Extensions: Fabricate in multiples of 6-inches with rod and coupling to increase barrel length. C. Hose and Steamer Connections: Match sizes with utility company, with two hose nozzles, one pumper nozzle. D. Finish: Apply primer and 2 coats of enamel or special coating to color as required by utility company. , 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Thrust Blocking: Place 3000 psi concrete to provide sufficient bearing area to transmit unbalanced thrust from bends, tees, caps, or plugs to undisturbed soil without loading undisturbed soil in excess of 2,500 pounds per square foot when water main pressure is 100 psi. MINIMUM THRUST BLOCKING BEARING AREAS Pipe Tees 90°Bend 45°Bend 22'/:°Bend 11%,Bend 5 5/8 Bend Cap/Plug Diameter Sq. Ft Sq.Ft Sq.Ft Sq.Ft. Sq.Ft. Sq.Ft. Sq.Ft. 3" 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 4" 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 6" 1.5 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 3.0 8" 2.5 3.5 1.8 1.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 10" 4.0 5.5 2.8 1.5 1.0 1.0 6.0 12" 6.0 8.0 4.0 2.0 1.5 1.0 8.5 14" 8.0 11.0 5.5 3.0 2.0 1.5 12.0 16" 10.0 14.2 7.0 4.0 3.0 2.5 15.0 18" 21.0 21.0 12.0 6.0 4.0 3.5 24.0 B. Locked mechanical joint fittings shall be installed where vertical changes in direction are required and, if approved by Owner and governing authority, can be installed in lieu of above thrust blocking requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that building service connection and municipal utility water main size, location, and depth are as indicated on Construction Drawings. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends and remove burrs. B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare pipe for connections to equipment with flanges or unions. D. Protect benchmarks, property corners, and other survey monuments from damage or displacement. If marker needs to be removed it shall be referenced by licensed land surveyor and replaced, as necessary, by same. 3.03 BEDDING A. Excavate pipe trench and place bedding material in accordance with Section 02322. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02510-4 Specification Name: WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS PART PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE A. Pipe sizes less than 3-inches that are installed below grade and outside building shall comply with f one or combination of following: 1. Seamless Copper Tubing: Type"K"soft copper, ASTM B 88. a. Fittings: Wrought copper(95-5 Tin Antimony solder joint), ASME B 16.22. 2. Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Water Pipe: Pipe, ASTM D 2241, with SDR 21 rating, continually marked with manufacturer's name, pipe size, cell classification, SDR rating, and ASTM D 1784 material classification. a. Pipe joints: Integrally molded bell ends, ASTM D 2672. b. Cement primer: ASTM - F656. C. Solvent cement: ASTM - D 2564. d. Trace wire: Magnetic detectable conductor, (#12 Copper) brightly colored plastic covering imprinted with"Water Service"in large letters. B. Pipe sizes 3-inches and larger that are installed below grade and outside building shall comply with one or combination of following: 1. Gray Cast Iron Water Pipe: ANSI A21.6, thickness class 22, pressure class 150. a. Fittings: Either mechanical joint or push-on joint, AWWA C110 or AWWA C111. b. Elastomeric gaskets and lubricant: ASTM - F477. 2. Ductile Iron Water Pipe: AWWA C151, thickness class 50. a. Fittings: Either mechanical joint or push-on joint, AWWA C110 or AWWA C111. b. Elastomeric gaskets and lubricant: ASTM- F477. 3. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Pipe: Pipe, AWWA C900, rated DR 18 (Class 150), continually marked as required. a. Elastomeric gaskets and lubricant: ASTM- F477 for smaller pipes. _ b. Pipe joints: Integrally molded bell ends,ASTM D3139. C. Trace wire: Magnetic detectable conductor, (#12 Copper) brightly colored plastic covering imprinted with"Water Service"in large letters. 2.02 GATE VALVES- 2-Inches and Larger A. Manufacturers: Mueller Resilient Seat Gate Valves or approved equal. B. AWWA C500, Iron body, non-rising stem with square nut, single wedge, resilient seat, class 150flanged or mechanical joint ends, control rod, post indicator where indicated on Construction Drawings, extension box and valve key. 2.03 BALL VALVES-2-Inches and Smaller A. Manufacturers: Mueller Oriseal or approved equal. B. Brass body, teflon coated brass ball, rubber seats and stem seals, Tee stem pre-drilled for control rod, AWWA compression inlet end, compression outlet with electrical ground connector, with control rod, extension box and valve key. 2.04 BUTTERFLY VALVES from 2-Inches to 24-Inches A. AWWA C504, Iron body, bronze disc, resilient replaceable seat, water or lug ends, infinite position lever handle. 2.05 CHECK VALVES, POST INDICATOR VALVES, and BACKFLOW PREVENTORS A. Refer to Section 13900 - Fire Suppression in Architectural/Building Specifications 2.06 FIRE HYDRANTS Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02510-3 Specification Name: WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 9. C504 Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves 10. C600 Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Appurtenances 11. C606 Grooved and Shouldered Joints 12. C651 Disinfecting Water Mains 13. C900 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 Inches Through 12 Inches, for Water Distribution E. National Fire Protection Associations (NFPA) 1. NFPA 13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems 2. NFPA 24 Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform installation in accordance with utility company or municipality requirements. B. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. C. Perform disinfection of potable lines in accordance with AWWA C651. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide CEC with data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, hydrants, valves, and accessories. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed state or local requirements. C. Furnish 1 copy of results of meter test and hydrostatic pressure test to Owner and utility company upon completion of water distribution backfilling operations. D. Project Record Documents: 1. Disinfection report; record: a. Type and form of disinfectant used. b. Date and time disinfectant injection start and time of completion. C. Test locations. d. Initial and 24 hour disinfectant residuals (quantity in treated water) in ppm for each outlet tested. e. Date and time of flushing start and completion. f. Disinfectant residual after flushing in ppm for each outlet tested. 2. Bacteriological report; record: a. Date issued, project name, testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number. b. Time and date of water sample collection. C. Name of person collecting samples. d. Test locations e. Initial and 24 hour disinfectant residuals in ppm for each outlet tested. f. Coliform bacteria test results for each outlet tested. g. Certification that water conforms, or fails to conform, to bacterial standards. h. Bacteriologist's signature and authority. Mo 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Accurately record actual locations of piping mains, valves, connections, and top of pipe elevations. B. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions and location of uncharted utilities. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02510-2 Specification Name: WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS arr SECTION 02510 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Site water piping and fittings including domestic potable waterline and fire protection system supply waterline, valves, and fire hydrants. B. Connection of site water system to municipal water systems. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02322 - Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Utilities B. Section 02810—Lawn Sprinkler Systems C. Section 13900- Fire Suppression (See Architectural/Building Specifications) D. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME) latest edition 1. B 16.22 Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) latest edition 1. B88 Seamless Copper Water Tube 2. D 1784 Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(CPVC)Compounds 3. D 2241 Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe(SDR-Series) 4. D 2564 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) solvent cement 5. D 2672 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) integrally molded bell ends for solvent - cemented pipe joints. 6. D 2855 Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings 7. D 3139 Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes using Flexible Elastomeric Seals 8. F 477 Elastomeric gaskets and lubricant 9. F 656 Poly(vinyl chloride)(PVC)cement Primer C. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) latest edition 1. A21.8 D. American Water Works Association (AWWA) latest edition 1. C104 Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water 2. C105 Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids 3. C110 Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 Inches Through 48 Inches, for Water and Other Liquids 4. C111 Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings 5. C151 Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water or Other Liquids 6. C200 Steel Water Pipe 6 Inches and Larger 7. C500 Gate Valves for Water and Sewage Systems 8. C502 Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02510-1 Specification Name: WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SITE STABILIZATION and CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY DATES A record of dates when major grading activities occur,when construction activities temporarily or permanently cease on a portion of the site, and when stabilization measures are initiated shall be maintained until final site stabilization is achieved and the Notice of Termination is filed. The dates can be entered in the following form,or on a different form. MAJOR GRADING ACTIVITIES Description of Activity: Begin (date): Site Contractor: Location: End (date): Description of Activity: Begin (date): Site Contractor: Location: End (date): ..s Description of Activity: Begin (date): Site Contractor: Location: End (date): Description of Activity: Begin (date): Site Contractor: Location: End (date): Description of Activity: Begin (date): Site Contractor: "* Location: End (date): so END OF SECTION 02370 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370-22 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL (INCLUDING SWPPP) ..� APPENDIX E RECORD OF STABILIZATION AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY DATES Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370-21 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) No NOTICE of TERMINATION Two copies of the Notice of Termination must be completed when construction activities that disturb site soil have been completed and the site has achieved final stabilization. One should be forwarded to the Wal-Mart Construction Manager. The other should be sent via registered or certified mail, with return receipt requested,to the following address. [GoyeIning Aggp�K r-?9l M* w Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370-20 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) .+� APPENDIX D NOTICE OF TERMINATION Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370- 19 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) INSPECTION REPORT for STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN Pap 0%,V lr>�e and Aftjbid .ff3 � P o ec�,.Locatio..�� � DATE: INSPECTOR: INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS: SITE CONDITIONS: M POLLUTANT CONTROL IN CONFORMANCE EFFECTIVE Construction Entrance YES/NO See Below YES/NO See Below Sediment Barriers YES/NO See Below YES/NO See Below Vehicle Service Area Berm YES/NO See Below YES/NO See Below YES/NO See Below YES/NO See Below YES/NO See Below YES/NO See Below YES/NO See Below YES/NO See Below YES/NO(See Below) YES/NO(See Below) VIOLATIONS NOTED: (Explain each "NO"circled above) RECOMMENDED REMEDIAL ACTIONS: ""!4 COMMENTS: Based on the results of the inspection, necessary control modifications shall be implemented within 7 calendar days. These reports shall be kept on file as part of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan for at least three years from the date of conpletion and submissioin of the Notice of Termination. A copy of the SWPPP shall be kept at the site at all times during construction. Certification Statement "I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Name: Address: Telephone: Site location: INSPECTOR: DATE: (Signature) + y Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370- 18 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) APPENDIX C INSPECTION REPORT (SAMPLE FORM) Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370- 17 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATIONS [�i�ojec aim wand,,Nu berj [Projec tion The general contractor and/or subcontractor(s)that will implement the pollutant control measures described in the SWPPP must be identified below. Each must sign a statement certifying that they understand the NPDES general permit authorizing storm water discharges during construction. These statements must be maintained in the SWPPP file on site. Contractor implementing the SWPPP: Business Name Business Address Business Telephone Number CERTIFICATION: (Note signature requirements in Part VI.G. of the NPDES General Permit.) *r► "I certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of the general National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(NPDES)permit that authorizes the storm water discharges associated with Industrial activity from the construction site identified as part of this certification." Signature Date Printed Name Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370- 16 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) APPENDIX B CERTIFICATION FORM Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370- 15 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) *+t ■w BLANK PAGE +w Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370- 14 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) „� APPENDIX A NOTICE OF INTENT (Attact�,.,�copy of actuai�Notice,yof�lntent� Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370- 13 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) MR .w BLANK PAGE Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370- 12 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) APPENDIX A -NOTICE OF INTENT(NOI) APPENDIX B -CERTIFICATION FORMS APPENDIX C - INSPECTION REPORT(SAMPLE FORM) APPENDIX D - NOTICE OF TERMINATION (NOT) APPENDIX E -RECORD OF STABILIZATION AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY DATES t° �F. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370- 11 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) effective in preventing significant impacts to receiving waters. Based on inspection results, any modification necessary to increase effectiveness of this SWPPP to an acceptable level must be made within seven calendar days of the inspection. The inspection reports must be completed entirely and additional remarks should be included if needed to fully describe a situation. An important aspect of the inspection report is the description of additional measures that need to be taken to enhance plan effectiveness. The inspection report must identify whether the site was in compliance with the SWPPP at the time of inspection and specifically identify all incidents of non- compliance. Inspection reports must be kept on file by the general contractor as an integral part of this SWPPP for at least three years from the date of completion of the project. Ultimately, it is the responsibility of the general contractor to assure the adequacy of site pollutant discharge controls. Actual physical site conditions or contractor practices could make it necessary to install more structural controls than are shown on the plans. (For example, localized concentrations of runoff could make it necessary to install additional sediment barriers.) Assessing the need for additional controls and implementing them or adjusting existing controls will be a continuing aspect of this SWPPP until the site achieves final stabilization. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370- 10 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) 2. The general contractor will designate areas for equipment cleaning, maintenance,and repair. The general contractor and subcontractors will utilize those areas. The areas will be protected by a temporary perimeter berm. 3. Use of detergents for large scale washing is prohibited (i.e.,vehicles, buildings, pavement surfaces, etc.) 4 4. Chemicals, paints, solvents,fertilizers,and other toxic material must be stored in waterproof containers. Except during application, the contents must be kept in trucks or within storage facilities. Runoff containing such material must be collected, removed from the site, treated, and disposed at an approved solid waste or chemical disposal facility. VI. LOCAL PLANS In addition to this SWPPP, construction activities associated with this project must comply with any guidelines set forth by local regulatory agencies. VII. INSPECTIONS AND SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Between the time this SWPPP is implemented and final site stabilization is achieved, all disturbed areas and pollutant controls must be inspected at least once every seven calendar days and within 24 hours following a rainfall of 0.5 inches or greater. The purpose of site inspections is to assess performance of pollutant controls. The inspections will be conducted by the general contractor's designated representative. Based on these inspections,the general contractor will decide whether it is necessary to modify this SWPPP, add or relocate sediment barriers,or whatever else may be needed in order to prevent pollutants from leaving the site via storm water runoff. The general contractor has the duty to cause pollutant control measures to be repaired, modified, maintained, supplemented,or whatever else is necessary in order to achieve effective pollutant control. OPP Examples of particular items to evaluate during site inspections are listed below. This list is not intended «° to be comprehensive. During each inspection the inspector must evaluate overall pollutant control system performance as well as particular details of individual system components.Additional factors should be considered as appropriate to the circumstances. A. Locations where vehicles enter and exit the site must be inspected for evidence of off-site sediment tracking. A stabilized construction entrance will be constructed where vehicles enter and exit. This entrance will be maintained or supplemented as necessary to prevent sediment from leaving the site on vehicles. B. Sediment barriers must be inspected and, if necessary,they must be enlarged or cleaned in order to provide additional capacity. All material excavated from behind sediment barriers will be stockpiled on the up slope side. Additional sediment barriers must be constructed as needed. C. Inspections will evaluate disturbed areas and areas used for storing materials that are exposed to rainfall for evidence of, or the potential for, pollutants entering the drainage system. If necessary, the materials must be covered or original covers must be repaired or supplemented. Also, protective berms must be constructed, if needed, in order to contain runoff from material storage areas. D. Grassed areas will be inspected to confirm that a healthy stand of grass is maintained. The site has achieved final stabilization once all areas are covered with building foundation or pavement, or have a stand of grass with at least 70 percent density. The density of 70 percent or greater must be maintained to be considered as stabilized. Areas must be watered,fertilized,and reseeded as needed to achieve this goal. E. All discharge points must be inspected to determine whether erosion control measures are Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370-9 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) ..w Final site stabilization is achieved when turf grass cover provides permanent stabilization for at least 70 percent of the disturbed soil surface, exclusive of areas that have been paved. B. Other Pollutant Controls Control of sediments has been described previously. Other aspects of this SWPPP are listed below: 1. Dust Control -Construction traffic must enter and exit the site at the stabilized construction entrance. The purpose is to trap dust and mud that would otherwise be carried off-site by construction traffic. Water trucks will be used as needed during construction to reduce dust generated on the site. Dust control must be provided by the general contractor to a degree that is acceptable to the Wal-Mart Construction Manager, and in compliance with applicable local and state dust control regulations. After construction, the site will be stabilized (as described elsewhere),which will reduce the potential for dust generation. 2. Solid Waste Disposal-No solid materials, including building materials, are allowed to be discharged from the site with storm water. All solid waste, including disposable materials incidental to the major construction activities, must be collected and placed in containers. The containers will be emptied periodically by a contract trash disposal service and hauled away from the site. "'*! Substances that have the potential for polluting surface and/or groundwater must be controlled by whatever means necessary in order to ensure that they do not discharge from the site. As an example,special care must be exercised during equipment fueling and servicing operations. If a spill occurs, it must be contained and disposed so that it will not flow from the site or enter groundwater, even if this requires removal,treatment, and disposal of soil. In this regard, potentially polluting substances should be handled in a manner consistent with the impact they represent. 3. Sanitary Facilities-All personnel involved with construction activities must comply with •wr state and local sanitary or septic system regulations. Temporary sanitary facilities will be provided at the site throughout the construction phase. They must be utilized by all construction personnel and will be serviced by a commercial operator. 4. Water Source-Non-storm water components of site discharge must be clean water. Water used for construction,which discharges from the site, must originate from a public water supply or private well approved by the State Health Department. Water used for * ± construction that does not originate from an approved public supply must not discharge from the site. It can be retained in the ponds until it infiltrates and evaporates. 5. Long-Term Pollutant Controls-Storm water pollutant control measures installed during construction, that will also,Provide benefits after construction, include[provide descnptior _ �..• .,,�.: .- M. of permar�en#,pon�is,4gras�Iinedacl�annels,.pp- .Pp ___,_._,..9.�_.��_._.__9._,.��..��• Those sediment barriers that do not interfere with normal operations and appear to provide long-term benefits can be left in place after construction is completed. C. Construction Phase"Best Management Practices" During the construction phase, the general contractor will implement the following measures: 1. Material resulting from the clearing and grubbing operation will be stockpiled up slope from adequate sedimentation controls. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370-8 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) �„� IV. SITE DESCRIPTION Included as part of this SWPPP are the project construction drawings. Refer to them for detailed site information. ' a.P'T.I�iZ'.•.. _ 'ua.epa,+ ? .['^ ^""!"!71 �•rrarrn.oaf A. Site Lo� tion [Pro Ia;bref scrip'pne3rQje t"�ocat�o ancl ( �,$urrouriding,stream: an/r property, ha c l fie pa� y eta its cos c onj0 4"""' ,..p..�.w •w} "'-h" ��nwaa.o.�.« ...a. l s .^a.nn� B. Site Topography [De§bribe tf�a,existing topograpy on the safe Tel what vegetation Will_bq impacted by the de e(gpgZen,"j a �rlbQ how a o..R4gra yvill b.Q.,t►7rjpac[`ed,pytpe ,.< dexelopmgat]. s[Tf.�-`"'°--^• ..�- ,: y-��°..5 rn"�•a-S'ak'-'- "'P. `. -. Os;'y S,T""".�'y.�'•°�e. �x C. Rainfall Information (Descgf� ;taeypical y�ealy rir fal[pattern for�thesi�e:.How muc__ whert ea n call a"Is' �fc`s L� � lyp y �. Il ,^ x, dr'c- . ;''_ .3-`-,... �,...,. tsr-"'K3.Tp"S+Ts `st a•t'v.z D. Site Soils-[DescnR�eit e:§oits,gzpQct dot .�e`(our�d¢ur�ngoQsruct'iog basec]ohelgeire reports. E. Total Area and Disturbed Area and Disturbed Area-The entire site contains(mil acres and the area to be disturbed by grading is anticipated to be approximately kil acres F. Quality Receiving Surface Waters and Wetlands Waters and Wetlands-[Desc�t�j quaMi rece,e _!i g-nr G. Erosion Control Plan- � " GPyL�a��e�ta�e_,erosio�,,,;�.,,�tsol�ans eet�)] V. STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES AND CONTROLS !' A variety of storm water pollutant controls are recommended for this project. Some controls are intended to function temporarily and will be used as needed for pollutant control during the construction period. These include temporary sediment barriers and permanent storm retention ponds (which also function as permanent sediment basins). For most disturbed areas, permanent stabilization will be accomplished by covering the soil with pavement, building,or vegetation. A. Erosion and Sediment Controls 1. Soil Stabilization-The purpose of soil stabilization is to prevent soil from leaving the site. In the natural condition, soil is stabilized by native vegetation. The primary technique to be used at this project for stabilizing site soil will be to provide a protective cover of turf grass, pavement, or building. (a) Temporary Seeding-Within 14 days after construction activity ceases on any particular area, all disturbed ground where there will not be construction for longer than 21 days must be seeded with fast-germinating temporary seed and protected with mulch. (b) Permanent Seeding-All areas at final grade must be seeded within 14 days after completion of the major construction activity. Except for small level spots, seeded areas should generally be protected with mulch. (c) Structural Controls [Provl e'a t escription16%fencing plan sheets which --.r n. -� a �e�a-•.�i ^z e _•, 1­1" .r^�a«'"�"5." ,rif xa ...� describes how tte stormwate arunofvjlwbe:;handleddetentior�portd, retention poAd, � Jet rgn sct4r� `;ec ]. „; Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370-7 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL (INCLUDING SWPPP) L 3. Water used to wash vehicles or control dust; 4. Water flowing from potable sources and water line flushing;' 5. Irrigation drainage; 6. External building wash down which does not use detergents; 7. Runoff from pavement wash down where spills or leaks of toxic or hazardous materials have not occurred (unless all spilled material has been removed)and where detergents have not been used; 8. Air conditioning condensate; 9. Springs and uncontaminated groundwater; and 10. Foundation or footing drains where flows are not contaminated with process materials such as solvents. The techniques described in this SWPPP focus on providing control of pollutant discharges with practical.,approaches that utilize readily available expertise, materials, and equipment. The Owner referred to in this SWPPP is Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. The general contractor will ,M construct the site development improvements while working under contract with the Owner. III. PROJECT DESCRIPTION Described below are the major construction activities that are the subject of this SWPPP. They are _ presented in the order(or sequence)they are expected to begin, but each activity will not necessarily be completed before the next begins. Also,these activities could occur in a different order if necessary to maintain adequate erosion and sedimentation control: A. Construct rock pads for construction entrance/exit. This will be the first construction work on the project. B. Install sediment barriers down slope from construction activities that disturb site soil; C. Construct rock surface for temporary parking; D. Clear and grub the improvement areas. Sediment barriers will already be in place down slope; E. Excavation and embankment to form retention ponds and drainage channels; F. Excavation and embankment to form the building pad and pavement areas; G. Underground Utilities-Sediment barriers will be utilized as required to bound the down slope side of utility construction and soil stockpiles; ! H. Final Grading-Sediment barriers will be maintained down slope from disturbed soil during this operation;and I. Completion of on-site stabilization. The actual schedule for implementing pollutant control measures will be determined by project ' construction progress. Down slope protective measures must always be in place before soil is disturbed. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370-6 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) SWPPP in order to accomplish the intended goals. K. This SWPPP must be amended as necessary during the course of construction in order to keep it current with the pollutant control measures utilized at the site. Amending the SWPPP does not mean that it has to be reprinted. It is acceptable to add addenda, sketches, new sections,and/or revised drawings. tl0 L. A record of the dates when major grading activities occur,when construction activities temporarily or permanently cease on a portion of the site,and when stabilization measures are initiated must be maintained until the NOT is filed. A log for keeping such records is included in the Appendices. A different form for the log may be substituted if it is found to be more useful. 11. INTRODUCTION This SWPPP has been prepared for major activities associated with construction of(insert project name and location). This SWPPP includes the elements necessary to comply with the national baseline general permit for construction activities administered by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(NPDES) program and all local governing agency requirements. This SWPPP must be implemented at the start of construction. Construction phase pollutant sources anticipated at the site are disturbed (bare)soil, vehicle fuels and lubricants, chemicals associated with building construction, and building materials. Without adequate control there is the potential for each type of pollutant to be transported by storm water. Project construction will consist primarily of site grading, paving, storm drainage,water sul , sewage collection, and site lighting to facilitate ProJEM� n,g�.7M. A. Purpose A major goal of pollution prevention efforts during project construction is to control soil and pollutants that originate on the site and prevent them from flowing to surface waters. The purpose of this SWPPP is to provide guidelines for achieving that goal. A successful pollution prevention program also relies upon careful inspection and adjustments during the construction process in order to enhance its effectiveness. B. Scope This SWPPP must be implemented before construction begins on the site. It primarily addresses the impact of storm rainfall and runoff on areas of the ground surface disturbed during the construction process. In addition,there are recommendations for controlling other sources of pollution that could accompany the major construction activities. This SWPPP will terminate when disturbed areas are stabilized, construction activities covered herein have ceased, and a completed Notice of Termination (NOT)is mailed to the governing agency requiring the NOT. Particular forms are included which are necessary for implementing the SWPPP. The national baseline General Permit for Storm Water Discharges from Construction Activities prohibits most non-storm water discharges during the construction phase. Allowable non-storm water discharges that could occur during construction on this project,which would therefore be covered by the General Permit, include: 1. Discharges from fire fighting activities; 2. Fire hydrant flushing;' ' Project Specification 02510-3.06,8 requires the Utility Contractor to neutralize super-chlorinated water from water distribution pipes before releasing it into the environment. Alternative neutralization techniques are described in that specification. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/1412000 02370-5 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL (INCLUDING SWPPP) I. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY The general contractor, and all subcontractors involved with a construction activity that disturbs site soil or who implement a pollutant control measure identified in the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) must comply with the following requirements of the National Pollution Discharge Elimination Systems (NPDES) General Permit and any local governing agency having jurisdiction concerning erosion and sedimentation control: A. List the notification requirements�of�f�eermit List names and addresses of the govemig" agencies requiring no$ficat on'befgreFea�iwo_ca('begimand what the"minimur 'no ifcatioij time is State any requirements fob,a,pre-const!g ori,mee' ng Identify specifically Rose coptacts whose,attenda�ce' p� struc ^n�eet�g tsequired� [address,�C_Rtacti aria{�f on Cumti, Lb e.govemir�g°reyjew g�iZcy] B. A copy of the Notice of Intent(NOI)and a description of the project must be posted in a prominent place for public viewing at the construction site. C. Complete copy of the SWPPP, including copies of all inspection reports, plan revisions, etc., must be retained at the project site at all times during working hours and kept in the permanent project records for at least three years following submission of the Notice of Termination (NOT). D. The general contractor must provide names and addresses of all subcontractors working on this project who will be involved with the major construction activities that disturb site soil. That information must be kept with this SWPPP. awl E. The general contractor and all subcontractors involved with the major construction activities that disturb site soil must sign a copy of the appropriate certification statement included in Appendix B. F. As described previously, regular inspections must be made to determine effectiveness of the SWPPP. It would be modified as needed to prevent pollutants from discharging from the site. The inspector must be a person familiar with the site, the nature of the major construction activities, and qualified to evaluate both overall system performance and individual component performance. Additionally,the inspector must either be someone empowered to implement modifications to this SWPPP and the pollutant control devices, if needed, in order to increase effectiveness to an acceptable level,or someone with the authority to cause such things to happen. G. This SWPPP must be updated each time there are significant modifications to the pollutant prevention system or a change of contractors working on the project who disturbs site soil. The general contractor must notify the governing review agency as soon as these modifications are implemented. H. Discharge of oil or other hazardous substances into the storm water is subject to reporting and •� cleanup requirements. Refer to Part 111.6 of the NPDES General Permit for additional information. Copies of the NPDES General Permit and the Notice of Intent forms are available by calling 1-703-821-4823. I. Once the site reaches final stabilization, the general contractor must complete and submit a Notice of Termination (NOT). A blank form is included as Appendix D. J. This SWPPP intends to control water-borne and liquid pollutant discharges by some combination .. of interception,filtration, and containment. The general contractor and subcontractors implementing this SWPPP must remain alert to the need to periodically refine and update the Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370-4 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) 4' STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN For CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES At [Project-Name rand Nmber Pro ect�L�oc�ation Prepared by: [Engineei(n9�irrb] [Engineers duress [Engineer Phone] [E o,] [Engineer's fProJect;.Ntimber,(optional)] (Date] Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370-3 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Review Construction Drawings and Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. B. Conduct pre-construction meeting with Site Contractor. 3.02 EROSION CONTROL AND SLOPE PROTECTION IMPLEMENTATION A. Place erosion control systems in accordance with Construction Drawings and Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan or as may be dictated by site conditions in order to maintain the intent of the specifications and permits at no additional cost to Owner. B. Deficiencies or changes on Construction Drawings or Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan shall be implemented as site conditions change. C. Owner has authority to limit surface area of erodible earth material exposed by clearing and grubbing, excavation, borrow and embankment operations and to direct Contractor to provide immediate permanent or temporary pollution control measures. D. Maintain temporary erosion control systems as directed by Owner or governing authorities to control siltation during life of contract. Contractor shall respond to maintenance or additional work ordered by Owner or governing authorities within 48 hours or sooner if required at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Contractor will be required to incorporate permanent erosion control features into project at earliest practical time to minimize need for temporary controls. F. Permanently seed and mulch cut slopes as excavation proceeds to extent considered desirable and practical. G. Slopes that erode easily or that will not be graded for a period of 14 days or more shall be temporarily seeded as work progresses with wheat, rye, or oats application in accordance with Section 02900 unless otherwise specified on the Construction Drawings. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370-2 Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) SECTION 02370 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of temporary and permanent erosion control systems. B. Installation of temporary and permanent slope protection systems. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02230-Site Clearing B. Section 02300—Earthwork C. Section 02630—Storm Drainage D. Section 02900—Planting E. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan F. Construction Drawings 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS F.: - A. Protect adjacent properties and water resources from erosion and sediment damage throughout life of contract. PART2-PRODUCTS 7F 2.01 MATERIALS A. Quick growing grasses such as wheat, rye, or oats in accordance with Section 02900. B. Hay or straw bales as specified on Construction Drawings. C. Fencing for siltation control as specified on Construction Drawings. D. Curlex blankets by American Excelsior Company or approved equal. E. Bale stakes for each bale shall be minimum of 4-feet in length and shall be either two#2 rebars,two steel pickets, or two 2-inch x 2-inch hardwood stakes driven V-6" into ground. F. Temporary mulches such as loose hay, straw, netting,wood cellulose, or agricultural silage. G. Fence stakes shall be minimum of 5-ft in length and be either metal stakes or 2-inch x 2-inch hardwood stakes driven 1'-6" into ground. H. Rip-Rap in accordance with Section 02300.3.06. I. Temporary and Permanent Outfall Structures as specified on Construction Drawings. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02370- 1 rL Specification Name: EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL(INCLUDING SWPPP) E. Backfill and compaction of treated subsoil shall be in accordance with Sections 02300, 02321, 02322, 02323, and 02324. F. Maintain optimum moisture of mixed materials to attain required stabilization and compaction. G. Finish subgrade surface in accordance with Section 02300. H. Remove surplus mix materials from site at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.05 CURING A. Immediately following compaction of mix, seal top surface with curing seal. B. Do not permit traffic for 72 hours after sealing top surface. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Compression test and analysis of hardened fill material will be performed in accordance with Section 02300. B. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest. END OF SECTION 02340 •.A Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02340-4 Specification Name: SOIL STABILIZATION """ PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Obtain approval from the independent testing laboratory of mix design before proceeding with placement, B. Start stabilization only when weather and soil conditions are favorable for successful application of proposed material. C. Proofroil subgrade to identify areas in need of stabilization. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Excavate subsoil to depth sufficient to accommodate soil stabilization. B. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock that interfere with achieving uniform subsoil conditions. ? C. Do not excavate within normal 45 degree bearing splay of any foundation. D. Notify Construction Manager of unexpected subsurface conditions. Discontinue affected work in area until notified to resume work. E. Correct areas over-excavated in accordance with Section 02300. F. Remove excess excavated material from site. 3.03 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A. Place geotextile fabric over subsoil surface, lap edges and ends in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations in those areas that are shown on Construction Drawings or in those areas that need additional stabilization prior to placement of base course. Bridge lift sections may require the use of geotextile fabric for stabilization prior to placement of fill. B. Place geotextile fabric specified on Construction Drawings and in Specifications in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.04 SOIL TREATMENT AND BACKFILLING A. Lime Stabilized Subgrade: Where indicated on Construction Drawings or as required after continual failure, treat prepared subgrade with hydrated lime in accordance with state highway department specifications. B. Cement Stabilized Subgrade: Where indicated on Construction Drawings or as required after continual failure, treat prepared subgrade with portland cement in accordance with state highway department specifications. C. Fly Ash Stabilized Subgrade: Where indicated on Construction Drawings or as required after continual failure, treat prepared subgrade with fly ash in accordance with state highway department specifications. D. Bridge Lifts: Where indicated on Construction Drawings or as required after continual failure, treat prepared subgrade by application of a bridge lift. Bridging over existing soils shall be acceptable only when approved in writing by the Owner. Place geotextile fabric or geogrid over existing soils to be bridged. The geotextile fabric or geogrid selected shall be appropriate for the bridge lift material being placed. Place bridge lift over geotextile fabric or geogrid. Bridge lift material may be surge stone, granular fill, or shot rock fill. Granular material shall be in accordance with Section 02325. Surge stone and shot rock will be approved by the Owner's representative on a submittal basis. The Owner and the Owner's representative shall have sole discretion as to the acceptability of all submittals. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02340-3 Specification Name: SOIL STABILIZATION 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with state and local standards in conjunction with requirements specified herein. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit 30-pound sample of each material to be used at the site in airtight containers to the independent testing laboratory or submit gradation and certification of material that is to be used to the independent testing laboratory for review. B. Submit name of each materials supplier and specific type and source of each material. Change in 4" source requires approval of Owner. C. Submit mix design and materials mix ratio that will achieve specified requirements of state and local agencies for soil stabilization. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Hydrated Lime B. Portland Cement:ASTM C150, Normal Type I C. Fly Ash: ASTM C977 or AASHTO M216 D. Coarse Aggregate: Type Al E. Fine Aggregate: Type A4 F. Subsoil: Existing to be Reused, Type S1 ,R G. Surge Stone 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Curing Seal: Asphalt Emulsion Primer B. Geotextile Fabric for Stabilization 1. Mirafi 50OX or 60OX 2. Phillips 66 Supac 6WS 3. Dupont Typar 3401 and 3601 4. Trevira S1114 and S1120 5. Tensar SS-1 and SS-2 6. Exxon GTF-200 or 350 7. TerraTex HD and GS 2.03 EQUIPMENT A. Perform operations using suitable, well maintained equipment capable of excavating subsoil, mixing and placing materials,wetting, consolidating, and compacting of material. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02340-2 Specification Name: SOIL STABILIZATION "' SECTION 02340 SOIL STABILIZATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation, treatment, and backfilling of subgrade for lime stabilization. B. Excavation, treatment, and backfilling of subgrade for cement stabilization. C. Excavation, treatment, and backfilling of subgrade for fly ash stabilization. IF D. Excavation, treatment, and backfilling of subgrade for bridge lift stabilization. 1.11 E. Installation of Geotextile Fabric for stabilization of subgrade. 1.02. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02300- Earthwork B. Section 02321 - Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Structures C. Section 02322 - Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Utilities D. Section 02323 - Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Pavement E. Section 02324— Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction For Out Parcels F. Section 02325-Aggregate Materials G. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)latest edition 1. C 150 Portland Cement 2. C 618 Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete "` 3. C 977 Quicklime and Hydrated Lime for Soil Stabilization 4. D 1633 Compressive Strength of Molded Soil-Cement Cylinders ri B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)latest edition 1. M 216 Lime for Soil Stabilization C. National Lime Association (NLA) 1. Bulletin 326 Lime Stabilization Construction Manual 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install mixed materials in wind in excess of 10 mph or when temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02340-1 Specification Name: SOIL STABILIZATION MR aw BLANK PAGE 1 inch 70-100 3/4 inch 50-90 No.4 30-60 No. 30 7-30 No. 200 0-13 3. Aggregate Type A3: Pea Gravel — Natural stone; washed, free of clay, shale, organic matter; graded in accordance with ASTM C136 and D2487; to the following limits: a. Minimum size: 114 inch b. Maximum Size: 5/8 inch 4. Fine Aggregate Type A4: Sand — Natural river or bank sand; washed; free of silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter; graded in accordance with ASTM C136 and D2487;within the following limits: Sieve Size Percent Passing No.4 90-100 No. 50 7-40 No. 200 0-10 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Transport off-site materials to project using well-maintained and operating vehicles. Once on site, transporting vehicles shall stay on designated haul roads and shall at no time endanger any improvements by rutting, overloading, or pumping. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 STOCKPILING Stockpile on-site at locations indicated by Owner in such manner that there will be no standing water or mixing with other materials. 3.02 BORROW AND SPOIL SITES Upon completion of borrow and/or spoil operations, clean up borrow and/or spoil areas as indicated on Construction Drawings in neat and reasonable manner to satisfaction of property owner and Owner. END OF SECTION 02325 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02325-3 Specification Name: AGGREGATE MATERIALS 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit 30-pound sample of each aggregate or mixture that is to be incorporated into project in air- tight containers to the independent testing laboratory or submit gradation and certification of aggregate material that is to be incorporated into project to the independent testing laboratory for review. B. Submit name of each material supplier and specific type and source of each material. Any change in source requires approval of Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Construction and materials shall meet or exceed requirements of this Section and applicable state highway department specifications section(s) referred to or noted on the Construction Drawings which pertain to paving base course design, materials, preparation, and execution. Materials shall be as indicated on Construction Drawings and shall comply with state highway department specifications regarding source, quality, gradation, liquid limit, plasticity index, and mix proportioning. B. Soil Materials ■. 1. Subsoil Type S1: Excavated and reused material, graded, free of lumps larger than 3 inches, rock larger than 2 inches, and debris; Conforming to ASTM D2487 Group Symbol CL, ML, SC. 2. Subsoil Type S2: Imported material graded, free of lumps larger than 3 inches, rock larger than 2 inches, and debris, conforming to ASTM D2487 Symbol CL, ML, SC. 3. Topsoil Type S3; Excavated and reused material, graded, free of root, rock larger than inch, subsoil, debris, large weeds and foreign matter; conforming to ASTM D2487 Group Symbol OH C. Aggregate Material 1. Coarse Aggregate Type Al: Material shall be sound crushed limestone, crushed slag, granulated slag, crushed gravel, or other types of suitable material meeting the requirements of the item. Crushed limestone, crushed slag and crushed gravel shall meet the following grading requirements: Sieve Size Percent Passing 1 1/2 inches 100 1 inch 75-100 3/4 inch 60-100 3/8 inch 35-75 No. 4 30-60 No. 30 7-30 No. 200 3-13 2. Coarse Aggregate Type A2: Material shall be crushed carbonate, crushed gravel, crushed air-cooled slag, granulated slag, a mixture of crushed and granulated slag, or other types of suitable material meeting the requirements of this item. Crushed carbonate stone or 0" mixtures of crushed and granulated slags shall meet the following gradation requirements: Sieve Size Percent Passing 2 inches 100 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02325-2 Specification Name: AGGREGATE MATERIALS SECTION 02325 AGGREGATE MATERIALS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Aggregate materials for use as specified in other Sections. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02220—Site Demolition B. Section 02230-Site Clearing C. Section 02300- Earthwork D. Section 02321 - Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Structures E. Section 02322- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Utilities F. Section 02323- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Pavement G. Section 02324- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Out Parcels H. Section 02340- Soil Stabilization I. Section 02370- Erosion Control and Sedimentation J Section 2830—Segmental Retaining Wall Systems K. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) latest edition 1. C136 Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 2. D 698 Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft- Ibf/ft3(600 kN.m/m3)) 3. D 1557 Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft- 1P Ibf/ft3(2,700 Kn.m/m3)) 4. D 2216 Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil, Rock, and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures 5. D 2487 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 6. D 2922 Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate In Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) '< 7. D 3017 Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 8. D 4318 Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils IF B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) latest editionT 88 Particle Size Analysis of Soils 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests and analysis of aggregate materials will be performed in accordance with ASTM and AASHTO procedures specified herein. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02325-1 Specification Name: AGGREGATE MATERIALS 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 02300, "Field Quality Control". END OF SECTION 02324 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02324-4 Specification Name: EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR OUT PARCELS insufficient compaction. Accomplish proofrolling by making minimum of 2 complete passes with ' fully-loaded tandem-axle dump truck with a maximum loaded weight of 20 tons, or approved equal, in each of 2 perpendicular directions under supervision and direction of the independent testing laboratory. Excavate and recompact areas of failure as specified herein. Continual failure areas shall be stabilized in accordance with Section 02340 at no additional cost to Owner. B. Place fill materials used in preparation of the subgrade in lifts or layers not to exceed 8-inches loose measure and compacted to minimum density of 95 percent of optimum density, in accordance with ASTM D 698, (or 92 percent of optimum density, in accordance with ASTM D 1557) at moisture content of not less than 1 percent below and not more than 3 percent above optimum moisture content. : C. Following table stipulates maximum allowable values for plasticity index(PI) and liquid limit(LL)of suitable fill materials to be used in specified areas, unless specifically stated otherwise on Construction Drawings: PI LL *Paving Area, below upper two feet 20 50 *Paving Area, upper two feet 15 40 (*References to depth are to proposed subgrade elevations) D. Fill material imported from off-site or fill material removed from onsite cut areas shall have CBR or LBR value equal to or greater than pavement design subgrade CBR or LBR value indicated on Construction Drawings. 3.04 COMPACTION A. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials as specified herein to attain required compaction density. B. Test materials in accordance with Section 02300. C. Corrective Measures for Non-Complying Compaction: Remove and recompact deficient areas until proper compaction is obtained. Continual failure areas shall be stabilized in accordance with Section 02340 at no additional cost to Owner. 3.05 MAINTENANCE OF SUBGRADE A. Verify finished subgrades to ensure proper elevation and conditions for construction above subgrade. B. Protect subgrade from excessive wheel loading during construction including concrete trucks, dump trucks, and other construction equipment. C. Remove areas of finished subgrade found to have insufficient compaction density to depth necessary and replace in manner that will comply with compaction requirements by use of material equal to or better than best subgrade material on site. Surface of subgrade after compaction shall be hard, uniform, smooth, stable, and true to grade and cross-section. 3.06 FINISH GRADING A. Finish grading shall be in accordance with Section 02300 and as specified herein. B. Check grading of out parcel areas by string line from grade stakes (blue tops) set at not more than 50-foot centers. Tolerances of 0.10-foot, more or less,will be permitted. Contractor is to provide engineering and field staking necessary for verification of lines, grades, and elevations. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02324-3 Specification Name: EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR OUT PARCELS Monow "I PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Fill material from on-site as specified in Section 02300 and approved by Owner. B. Fill material from off-site as specified in Section 02300 and approved by Owner. C. Aggregate material as specified in Section 02325. D. Acceptable geotextile fabrics and geogrids as specified in Section 02340. , 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Transport off-site materials to project using well-maintained and operating vehicles. Once on site, " transporting vehicles shall stay on designated haul roads and shall at no time endanger improvements by rutting, overloading, or pumping. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION ` A. Identify lines, elevations, and grades necessary to construct Out Parcel(s)as shown on Construction Drawings. B. Protect benchmarks, property corners, and other survey monuments from damage or displacement. if marker needs to be removed it shall be referenced by licensed land surveyor and replaced, as necessary, by same. C. Locate and identify site utilities that have previously been installed and protect from damage. D. Locate and identify existing utilities that are to remain and protect from damage. E. Over excavate and properly prepare areas of subgrade that are not capable of supporting proposed systems. Stabilize these areas by using acceptable geotextile fabrics or aggregate ► material placed and compacted as specified in Section 02340. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Excavate Out Parcel(s)areas to line and grade as shown on Construction Drawings. B. Place suitable material into project fill areas as specified in Section 02300. r C. Unsuitable excavated material is to be disposed of in manner and location that is acceptable to Owner and local governing agencies. D. Perform excavation using capable,well-maintained equipment and methods acceptable to Owner and local governing agencies. OR 3.03 FILLING AND SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Areas exposed by excavation or stripping and on which subgrade preparations for out parcel(s)are to be performed shall be scarified to minimum depth of 8-inches and compacted to minimum of 95 percent of optimum density, in accordance with ASTM D 698 (or 92 percent of optimum density, in accordance with ASTM D 1557)at moisture content of not less than 1 percent below and not more than 3 percent above optimum moisture content. Proofroll these areas to detect areas of Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02324-2 Specification Name: EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR OUT PARCELS SECTION 02324 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR OUT PARCELS PART1 GENERAL T 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation to line, grade, and configuration as shown on Construction Drawings for proposed out parcel(s). B. Fill to line, grade, and configuration as shown on Construction Drawings for proposed out parcel(s). C. Compacting fill materials in acceptable manner as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02300- Earthwork B. Section 02318 - Rock Excavation ' C. Section 02340-Soil Stabilization D. Section 02715- Base Course E. Section 02325-Aggregate Materials F. Section 02740 -Asphaltic Concrete Paving G. Section 02751 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving H. Section 02770-Curbs and Sidewalks I. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. See Section 02300 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Independent Testing Laboratory, selected and paid by Owner,will be retained to perform construction testing on filling operations and subgrade analysis as specified in Section 02300 and ti= as specified herein. B. Quality assurance testing shall be in accordance with Part 3, Section 3.07, "Field Quality Control". 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings or details pertaining to excavating and filling for out parcel(s)are not required unless otherwise shown on Construction Drawings or if contrary procedures to Construction Documents are proposed. B. Submit 30-pound sample of each type of off-site fill material that is to be used in backfilling in = air-tight container to independent testing laboratory or submit gradation and certification of aggregate material that is to be used to independent testing laboratory for review. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02324-1 1 p Specification Name: EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR OUT PARCELS B. Check grading of paving areas by string line from grade stakes (blue tops) set at not more than 50- foot centers. Tolerances of 0.10-foot, more or less, will be permitted. Contractor is to provide engineering and field staking necessary for verification of lines, grades, and elevations. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 02300, 3.07, "Field Quality Control". END OF SECTION 02323 • Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02323-4 Specification Name: EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR PAVEMENT 1 percent below and not more than 3 percent above optimum moisture content. Proofroll these areas to detect areas of insufficient compaction. Accomplish proofrolling by making minimum of 2 complete passes with fully-loaded tandem-axle dump truck with a maximum loaded weight of 20 tons, or approved equal, in each of 2 perpendicular directions under supervision and direction of OR the independent testing laboratory. Excavate and recompact areas of failure as specified herein. Continual failure areas shall be stabilized in accordance with Section 02245 at no additional cost to Owner. B. Place fill materials used in preparation of the subgrade in lifts or layers not to exceed 8-inches loose measure and compacted to minimum density of 98 percent of optimum density, in accordance with ASTM D 698, (or 95 percent of optimum density, in accordance with ASTM D 1557) at moisture content of not less than 1 percent below and not more than 3 percent above optimum moisture content. C. Following table stipulates maximum allowable values for plasticity index (PI) and liquid limit (LL) of suitable fill materials to be used in specified areas, unless specifically stated otherwise on Construction Drawings: PI LL *Paving Area, below upper two feet 20 50 *Paving Area, upper two feet 15 40 (*References to depth are to proposed subgrade elevations) D. Fill material imported from off-site or fill material removed from onsite cut areas shall have CBR or LBR value equal to or greater than pavement design subgrade CBR or LBR value indicated on Construction Drawings. 3.04 COMPACTION A. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials as specified herein to attain required compaction density. B. Test materials in accordance with Section 02300. C. Corrective measures for non-complying compaction: Remove and recompact deficient areas until proper compaction is obtained at no additional expense to Owner. 3.05 MAINTENANCE OF SUBGRADE A. Verify finished subgrades to ensure proper elevation and conditions for construction above subgrade. B. Protect subgrade from excessive wheel loading during construction including concrete trucks, dump trucks, and other construction equipment. C. Remove areas of finished subgrade found to have insufficient compaction density to depth necessary and replace in manner that will comply with compaction requirements by use of material equal to or better than best subgrade material on site. Surface of subgrade after compaction shall be hard, uniform, smooth, stable, and true to grade and cross-section. 3.06 FINISH GRADING A. Finish grading shall be in accordance with Section 02300 and as specified herein. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02323-3 Specification Name: EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR PAVEMENT an PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Fill material from on-site as specified in Section 02300 and approved by Owner. B. Fill material from off-site as specified in Section 02300 and approved by Owner. C. Aggregate material as specified in Section 02325. D. Acceptable geotextile fabrics and geogrids as specified in Pe9tion'023405, 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Transport off-site materials to project using well-maintained and operating vehicles. Once on site transporting vehicles shall stay on designated haul roads and shall at no time endanger improvements by rutting, overloading, or pumping. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Identify lines, elevations, and grades necessary to construct pavements, curb, curb and gutter, bases, sidewalk, and roadways as shown on Construction Drawings. Mir B. Protect benchmarks, property corners, and other survey monuments from damage or displacement. If marker needs to be removed it shall be referenced by licensed land surveyor and +k replaced, as necessary, by same. C. Locate and identify site utilities that have previously been installed and protect from damage. sit D. Locate and identify existing utilities that are to remain and protect from damage. E. Over excavate and properly prepare areas of subgrade that are not capable of supporting proposed systems. Stabilize these areas by using acceptable geotextile fabrics or aggregate material placed and compacted as specified in Section 02340. 3.02 EXCAVATION Ms A. Excavate roadway and pavement areas to line and grade as shown on Construction Drawings. B. Place suitable material into project fill areas as specified in Section 02300. C. Unsuitable excavated material is to be disposed of in manner and location that is acceptable to Owner and local governing agencies. + D. Perform excavation using capable, well-maintained equipment and methods acceptable to Owner and local governing agencies. 3.03 FILLING AND SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Areas exposed by excavation or stripping and on which subgrade preparations for paving are to be performed, including future pavement areas, shall be scarified to minimum depth of 8-inches and compacted to minimum of 98 percent of optimum density, in accordance with ASTM D 698 (or 95 percent of optimum density, in accordance with ASTM D 1557) at moisture content of not less than Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02323-2 Specification Name: EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR PAVEMENT SECTION 02323 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR PAVEMENT PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation to line, grade, and configuration as shown on Construction Drawings for proposed and future pavement areas. B. Fill to line, grade, and configuration as shown on Construction Drawings for proposed and future pavement areas. C. Compacting fill materials in acceptable manner as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02300- Earthwork B. Section 02318- Rock Excavation C. Section 02340- Soil Stabilization D. Section 02715- Base Course E. Section 02325-Aggregate Materials F. Section 02740-Asphaltic Concrete Paving G. Section 02751 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving H. Section 02770-Curbs and Sidewalks I. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. See Section 02300 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE n A. Independent Testing Laboratory, selected and paid by Owner, will be retained to perform construction testing on filling operations and subgrade analysis as specified in Section 02300 and as specified herein. B. Testing shall be in accordance with Part 3, Section 3.07, "Field Quality Control". 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings or details pertaining to excavating and filling for pavement are not required unless otherwise shown on Construction Drawings or if contrary procedures to Construction Documents are proposed. B. Submit 30-pound sample of each type of off-site fill material that is to be used in backfilling in air-tight container to independent testing laboratory or submit gradation and certification of aggregate material that is to be used to independent testing laboratory for review. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02323-1 Specification Name: EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR PAVEMENT wr mo Alt BLANK PAGE 0,% B. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials as specified in Section 02300 to attain required compaction density. C. Materials used for backfill shall comply with requirements of Section 02325 and as specified herein. 3.06 BORINGS AND CASINGS UNDER ROADS, HIGHWAYS,AND RAILROAD CROSSINGS A. When indicated by Construction Drawings, street, road, highway, or railroad crossings for utility mains installed by jacking and boring method shall be in accordance with area specifications and governing authorities. B. Excavation of approach pits and trenches within right-of-way of street, road, highway, or railroad shall be of sufficient distance from paving or railroad tracks to permit traffic to pass without interference. Tamp backfill for approach pits and trenches within right-of-way in layers not greater than 6-inches thick for entire length and depth of trench or pit. Compact backfill to 98 percent of maximum density in accordance with ASTM D698, (or 95 percent of maximum density, in accordance with ASTM D1557) obtained at optimum moisture as determined by AASHTO T 180. Mechanical tampers may be used after cover of 6-in. has been obtained over top of barrel of pipe. C. Accomplish boring operation using commercial type boring rig. Bore hole to proper alignment and grade. Bore hole shall be within 2-inches of same diameter as largest outside joint diameter of pipe installed. Install pipe in hole immediately after bore has been made and in no instance shall hole be left unattended while open. D. In event subsurface operations result in failure or damage to pavement or railroad tracks within 1 year of construction, make necessary repairs to pavement or railroad tracks at no additional cost to Owner. If paving cracks on either side of pipe line or is otherwise disturbed or broken due to construction operations, repair or replace disturbed or broken area at no additional cost to Owner. E. Clean, prime, and line interior and exterior of casing pipe with two coats of asphalt in accordance with area specifications and governing authorities. F. Butt weld steel casing. Welds shall be full penetration single butt-welds in accordance with AWWA C206 and AWS D7-0-62. G. Install casing and utility pipe with end seals, vent pipe, and other special equipment in accordance with area specifications and governing authorities. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL -` A. See Section 02300, 3.07, "Field Quality Control". END OF SECTION 02322 4 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02322-5 Specification Name: EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR UTILITIES G. Accurately grade trench bottom to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of pipe on bedding material at every point along entire length, except where necessary to excavate for bell holes, proper sealing of pipe joints, or other required connections. Dig bell holes and depressions for joints after trench bottom has been graded. Dig no deeper, longer, or wider than needed to make joint connection properly. H. Trench width below top of pipe shall not be less than 12-inches or more than 18-inches wider than outside surface of pipe or conduit that is to be installed to designated elevations and grades. Other trench width for pipe, conduit, or cable shall be least practical width that will allow for proper compaction of trench backfill. I. Trench depth requirements measured from finished grade or paved surface shall meet the following requirements or applicable codes and ordinances, whichever is more stringent: 1. Water Mains: 30-inches to top of pipe barrel or 6-inches below frost line, established by local building official, whichever is deeper. 2. Sanitary Sewer: Elevations and grades as indicated on Construction Drawings. 3. Storm Sewer: Elevations and grades as indicated on Construction Drawings. 4. Electrical Conduits: 24-inches minimum to top of conduit or as required by NEC 300-5, .rr NEC 710-36 codes, or local utility company requirements, whichever is deeper. 5. TV Conduits: 18-inches minimum to top of conduit or as required by local utility company, whichever is deeper. 6. Telephone Conduits: 18-inches minimum to top of conduit, or as required by local utility company, whichever is deeper. 7. Gas Mains and Service: 30-inches minimum to top of pipe, or as required by local utility company, whichever is deeper. 3.03 PIPE BEDDING A. Accurately cut trenches for pipe or conduit that is to be installed to designated elevations, 4-inches below bottom of pipe and to the width as specified herein. Place 4-inches of bedding material, compact in bottom of trench, and accurately shape to conform to lower portion of pipe barrel. B. Place geotextile fabric as specified on Construction Drawings and in accordance with Section 02340. 3.04 BACKFILLING �1 A. Criteria: Do not backfill trenches until required tests are performed and utility systems comply with and are accepted by applicable governing authorities. Backfill trenches as specified in Sections ,, 02300 and one or more of the following sections, as applicable: 02321 for trenches below structures; 02323 for trenches below pavements; or 02324 for trenches on out parcels. If improperly backfilled, reopen to depth required to obtain proper compaction. Backfill and compact, as specified herein, to properly correct the condition in an acceptable manner. B. Backfilling: After pipe or conduit has been installed, bedded, and tested as required, backfill trench or structure excavation with specified material placed as given in the Construction Documents. C. Backfill trenches to contours and elevations shown on Construction Drawings with unfrozen materials. D. Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, wet, frozen, or spongy subgrade surfaces. 3.05 COMPACTION *�► A. Exercise proper caution when compacting immediately over top of pipes or conduits. Water jetting or flooding is not permitted as method of compaction. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02322-4 Specification Name: EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR UTILITIES A. Transport off-site materials to project using well-maintained and operating vehicles. Once on site, transporting vehicles shall stay on designated haul roads and shall at no time endanger improvements by rutting, overloading,or pumping. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Set lines, elevations, and grades for proposed systems. B. Protect benchmarks, property corners, and other survey monuments from damage or displacement. If marker needs to be removed it shall be referenced by licensed land surveyor and t' replaced, as necessary, by same. C. Maintain in operating condition existing utilities, previously installed utilities, and drainage systems encountered in utility installation. Repair surface or subsurface improvements shown on Construction Drawings. ryD. Verify location, size, elevation, and other pertinent data required making connections to existing Lk utilities and drainage systems as indicated on Construction Drawings. E. Over excavate and properly prepare areas of subgrade that are not capable of supporting proposed systems. Stabilize these areas by using acceptable geotextile fabrics or additional bedding material placed and compacted as specified in Section 02340. F. Provide dewatering systems as required for utility excavations. Dewatering systems shall comply with requirements of Section 02300. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Contract local utility companies before excavation begins. Dig trench at proper width and depth for laying pipe, conduit, or cable. Cut trench banks vertical, if possible, and remove stones from bottom of trench as necessary to avoid point-bearing. Over excavate wet or unstable soil, if encountered, from trench bottom as necessary to provide suitable base for continuous and uniform bedding. B. Trench excavation sidewalls shall be sloped, shored, sheeted, braced, or otherwise supported by means of sufficient strength to protect workmen in accordance with applicable rules and regulations established for construction by the Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and by local ordinances. Lateral travel distance to exit ladder or steps shall not be greater than 25-feet in trenches 4-feet or deeper. C. Perform excavation as indicated on Construction Drawings for specified depths. During excavation, stockpile materials suitable for backfilling in orderly manner far enough from bank of trench to avoid overloading, slides, or cave-ins. D. Remove excavated materials not required or not suitable for backfill or embankments and waste off-site or at on-site locations approved by the Owner and in accordance with governing regulations. Dispose of structures discovered during excavation as specified in Section 02220. E. Prevent surface water from flowing into trenches or other excavations by temporary grading or other methods, as required. Remove accumulated water in trenches and other excavations as specified in Section 02300. or backhoe. Where machines other than ladder or F. Open cut excavation with trenching machine wheel-type trenching machines are used, do not use clods for backfill. Dispose of unsuitable material and provide other suitable material at no additional cost to Owner. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02322-3 Specification Name: EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR UTILITIES A. An independent testing laboratory will perform testing at intervals not exceeding 200-feet of trench for first and every other 8-inch lift of compacted trench backfill and furnish copies of results as specified herein. B. Testing shall be in accordance with Part 3, Section 3.07, "Field Quality Control". 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings or details pertaining to site utilities are not required unless required by regulatory authorities or unless uses of materials, methods, equipment, or procedures that are contrary to Construction Drawings or Specifications are proposed. Do not perform work until Owner has accepted required shop drawings. „e B. Contact utility companies and determine if additional easements will be required to complete project. Provide written confirmation of the status of all easements to Owner at time of Preconstruction Conference or no later than 90 days prior to project possession date. C. Submit 30-pound sample of each type of off-site fill material that is to be used in backfilling in air-tight container(s) to the independent testing laboratory or submit gradation and certification of „ aggregate material that is to be used at the site to the independent testing laboratory for review. 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Accurately record actual locations of subsurface utilities, structures, and obstructions installed or encountered. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Bedding Material: Aggregate Type as indicated on the plans and [Specifications to add type on plans based".on site ppnditl69s as specified in Section 02325. B. Haunching Material: As specified in Section 02325. Aggregate Type as indicated on the plans and [CEC'to ac@,type ors pun's based on sife condrt" as specified in Section 02325. C. Backfill material from the site as specified in Section 02300 and approved by Owner. D. Backfill material from off-site as specified in Section 02300 and approved by Owner. t E. Steel Casing Pipe: Comply with AWWA C200 minimum grade B, size, and wall thickness as indicated on Construction Drawings. F. Backfill material shall not contain rock or stone with a maximum size greater than 2 inches. 2.02 LOCATOR TAPE A. Locator tape shall be heavy duty 6" wide underground warning tape. Tape shall be made from polyethylene material, 3.5 mils thick, with a minimum tensile strength of 1,750 psi. Place the tape at one-half the minimum depth of cover for the utility line or a maximum of 3', which ever is the lesser, but never above the top of subgrade. Color of tape shall be determined by APWA Color Standards: Natural Gas or Propane-Yellow, Electric- Red, Telephone-Orange. ' 2.03 EQUIPMENT Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02322-2 Specification Name: EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR UTILITIES �r SECTION 02322 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR UTILITIES PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation of trenches for installation of utilities. B. Backfilling trenches with bedding material as specified and filling trenches with suitable material to proposed subgrade. C. Compacting backfill materials in acceptable manner. Pip D. Borings and casings under roads. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02220—Site Demolition B. Section 02300- Earthwork C. Section 02318 -Rock Excavation D. Section 02340-Soil Stabilization E. Section 02510-Water Distribution Systems F. Section 02535-Sanitary Sewer Systems G. Section 02536-Sewer Manholes, Frames, and Covers H. Section 02555- Natural and LP Gas Distribution I. Section 02630 -Storm Drainage J. Section 02325-Aggregate Materials K. Section 02810 - Lawn Sprinkler Systems L. Section 13900—Fire Suppression M. Section 16525—Site Lighting N. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 15 See Related Sections. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02322-1 Specification Name: EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR UTILITIES not more than 50-foot centers. Tolerance of 0.10-feet, more or less, will be permitted. Contractor to provide engineering and field staking necessary for verification of lines, grades, and elevations. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL �*+! A. See Section 02300, 3.07, "Field Quality Control". END OF SECTION 02321 �rt Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 9/24/99 02321-4 Specification Name: EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR STRUCTURES B. Prepare building area subgrade pad in strict accordance with "Foundation Subsurface Preparation" as shown on the Construction Drawings and/or the Structural drawings, whichever is more stringent. Rock larger than 6-in. shall not be part of building subgrade fill. C. Areas exposed by excavation or stripping and on which building subgrade preparations are to be performed shall be scarified to a minimum depth of 8-inches and compacted to minimum of 98 percent of optimum density, in accordance with ASTM D 698, (or 95 percent of optimum density, in accordance with ASTM D 1557) at moisture content of not less than 1 percent below and not more than 3 percent above optimum moisture content. Proofroll these areas to detect areas of insufficient compaction. Accomplish proofrolling by making a minimum of 2 complete passes with a fully-loaded tandem-axle dump truck with a maximum weight of 20 tons, or approved equal, in each of 2 perpendicular directions while under supervision and direction of the independent testing laboratory. Excavate and recompact areas of failure as specified herein. Continual failure areas shall be stabilized in accordance with Section 02340 at no additional cost to Owner. D. Place fill materials used in preparation of subgrade in lifts or layers not to exceed 8-inches loose measure and compacted to a minimum density of 98 percent of optimum density, in accordance with ASTM D 698 (or 95 percent of optimum density, in accordance with ASTM D 1557) at moisture content of not less than 1 percent below and not more than 3 percent above optimum moisture content. Unless specifically stated otherwise in "Foundation Subsurface Preparation" on Construction Drawings, following table stipulates maximum allowable values for plasticity index (PI) and liquid limit (LL) of suitable materials to be used as fill in specified areas: Location PI LL *Building area, below upper four feet 20 50 `Building area, upper four feet 12 40 (*References to depth are to proposed subgrade elevations) 3.04 COMPACTION A. Maintain optimum moisture content as specified above of fill materials to attain required compaction density. B. Test materials in accordance with Section 02300. C. Corrective measures for non-complying compaction: Remove and recompact deficient areas until proper compaction is obtained at no additional expense to Owner. 3.05 MAINTENANCE OF SUBGRADE A. Verify finished subgrades to ensure proper elevation and conditions for construction above subgrade. B. Protect subgrade from excessive wheel loading during construction, including concrete trucks, dump oil trucks, and other construction equipment. C. Remove areas of finished subgrade found to have insufficient compaction density to depth necessary and replace in manner that will comply with compaction requirements by use of materials equal to or better than best subgrade material on site. Surface of subgrade after compaction shall be hard, uniform, smooth, stable, and true to grade and cross-section. 3.06 FINISH GRADING A. Finish grading shall be in accordance with Section 02300 and as more specifically specified herein.B. Check grading of building subgrades by string line from grade stakes (blue tops) set at Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 9124/99 02321-3 Specification Name: EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR STRUCTURES I I �� ���� �Ai���� � ��an��me. EHCA fi PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Fill material from on-site as specified in Section 02300 and approved by Owner. B. Fill material from off-site as specified in Section 02300 and approved by Owner. C. Aggregate material as specified in Section 02325. AW 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Transport off-site materials to the project using well-maintained and operating vehicles. Once on site, transporting vehicles shall stay on designated haul roads and shall at no time endanger improvements by rutting, overloading, or pumping. PART 3 EXECUTION " 3.01 PREPARATION A. Identify lines, elevations, and grades necessary to construct building subgrades as shown on Construction Drawings. B. Protect benchmarks, property corners, and other survey monuments from damage or displacement. If marker needs to be removed it shall be referenced by licensed land surveyor and replaced, as necessary, by same. C. Locate and identify utilities that have previously been installed and protect from damage. D. Locate and identify existing utilities that are to remain and protect from damage. E. Over excavate and properly prepare areas of subgrade that are not capable of supporting proposed structures. Stabilized these areas by using acceptable geotextile fabrics or aggregate materials placed and compacted as specified in Section 02340. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Excavate building areas to line and grade as shown on Construction Drawings being careful not to over excavate beyond elevations needed for building subgrades. B. Place suitable excavated material into project fill areas as specified in Section 02300. C. Unsuitable excavated material is to be disposed of in manner and location that is acceptable to Owner and local governing agencies. D. Perform excavation using capable, well-maintained equipment and methods acceptable to Owner and local governing agencies. 3.03 FILLING AND SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Building area subgrade pad shall be that portion of site directly beneath and 10-feet beyond building and appurtenances, including limits of future building expansion areas as shown on Construction Drawings. ,, Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 9/24/99 02321-2 Specification Name: EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR STRUCTURES SECTION 02321 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR STRUCTURES PART1 GENERAL } 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation to line, grade, and configuration as shown on Construction Drawings for proposed structures and future expansion areas. B. Fill to line, grade, and configuration as shown on Construction Drawings for proposed structures and future expansion areas. - C. Compacting for materials in acceptable manner as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02300- Earthwork B. Section 02318 - Rock Excavation C. Section 02340 - Soil Stabilization D. Section 02325-Aggregate Material E. The "Foundation Subsurface Preparation" as shown on the Construction Drawings and/or the Structural drawings, whichever is more stringent. F. Construction drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. See Section 02300 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. An independent testing laboratory, selected and paid by Owner, will be retained to perform construction testing on filling operations and subgrade analysis as specified in Section 02300 and as specified herein. B. Testing shall be in accordance with Part 3, Section 3.07, "Field Quality Control". 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings or details pertaining to excavating and filling for structures are not required unless otherwise shown on Construction Drawings or if contrary procedures to Contract Documents are proposed. B. Submit 30-pound sample of each type of off-site fill material that is to be used in backflling in air-tight container(s) to the independent testing laboratory or submit gradation and certification of aggregate material that is to be used at the site to the independent testing laboratory for review. �z Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 9/24/99 02321-1 Specification Name: EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR STRUCTURES 3.04 ROCK CUT FACE EXCAVATION A. The slope of the soil above the top of any permanently exposed rock cut face shall be no less than 3(H):1(V) unless otherwise noted on the Construction Drawings. Slope of the rock face shall meet the requirements below. TYPE SLOPE (Horizontal to Vertical) Solid limestone or sandstone 1:1.2 Interbedded limestone, sandstone or shale 1:1.25 Layered shale (no hard rock) 1:1.5 B. Benches of at least ten (10) feet in width at a maximum of twenty (20) feet in elevation intervals or as noted on the Construction Drawings. The benches are to provide rock traps and divert water from the rock face. , 3.05 ROCK TRAP A. Locate rock traps at the base of permanently exposed rock slopes and construct as indicated on the Construction Drawings. 'i 3.06 OVEREXCAVATION AND BACKFILL , A. Over excavation, which is required to remove unsuitable natural undisturbed bedrock weakened by weathering or other cause not inflicted by the Contractor shall be immediately reported to the Owner and performed as directed by the Owner, and the theoretical lines and grades will be adjusted accordingly. Material outside the excavation limits which are disturbed due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor or due to his failure to exercise sound construction practices, shall be either replaced by him with-suitable materials (earth or concrete), or bolted, or both as directed, at no cost to the Owner. �F END-OF SECTION 02318 �+R Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02318-6 Specification Name: ROCK EXCAVATION b. The preblast survey shall also include an assessment of water supply wells located within a minimum 500 feet of the limits of all blasting work. This assessment shall include the following items: 1. Information regarding the date of construction of the well, depth, method of construction, yield, water quality and any other existing available data will be requested from each well owner and/or the installer, providing the installer is known. 2. A short duration pump test shall be performed on each well utilizing the existing pump that services each well. The pump shall be activated, the volume of water measured and the drawdown in the well measured for a 1-hour or less period until approximate steady state conditions are achieved. The data obtained from these measurements shall be used to estimate the approximate yield of each well. 3. Upon completion of the above-described short duration pump test, obtain a groundwater sample from the well and submit to a State certified water quality laboratory. Laboratory shall analyze sample for iron, manganese, total dissolved solids, turbidity and total coliform. 4. Survey Report: a. The Contractor shall prepare a written report summarizing the results of the preblast survey. The final written report shall be signed and sealed by the Contractor's qualified inspector. The report shall contain the following: 1. Location and description of each property 2. Descriptions of the conditions of the on-site elements 3. Summary of the visual inspection 4. Color photographs, sketches, and videotape with vocal summary 5. All data developed from the water supply well assessment b. Provide videotapes to include supplemental information, as required. Pictorial documentation shall be of professional quality and shall be provided with a scale, where practicable. Clearly label pictorial documentation with an identification number, name of the project and the Engineer or qualified person conducting the survey, name of the property owner, date the picture or video tape was taken, and sufficient information to determine the location of the area in question. C. The Contractor's inspector shall immediately report in writing to the Contractor any findings that, in his opinion, indicate that any structure or well will be adversely affected by the required construction and blasting. d. If, during the course of construction and blasting, the Contractor is requested by an adjacent property owner to view alleged damage to property, the Contractor shall give written notice to the Owner prior to the Contractor's visit to the adjacent owners property. F. Blast Monitoring 1. Contractor shall perform seismic blast monitoring in accordance with State and local regulations. 2. Contractor shall provide monitoring of blasting vibrations and over-pressures to allow evaluation of compliance with the specified vibration/over-pressures to criteria. As a minimum, the Contractor will monitor each blast as follows: a. Monitor vibrations at the exterior walls of all structures within 500 feet of each blast location. F b. If no structures are located within 500 feet of the blast location, monitor vibrations at three equally spaced radial points located a minimum of 500 feet from the blast locations. �i C. Monitor over-pressures for all structures within a minimum 500 feet of the blast. 3. If requested by the Owner, report vibration/overpressure-monitoring results to the Owner within two hours of blasting. Monitoring performed by the Contractor does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for control of vibration and overpressure during blasting operations. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02114/2000 02318-5 Specification Name: ROCK EXCAVATION 3. In case of conflict between regulations or between regulations and Specifications, the Contractor shall comply with the strictest applicable codes, regulations or Specifications. C. Explosives 1. Take special precautions for proper use of explosives to prevent harm to human life and damage to surface structures, utility lines, or other subsurface structures. 2. Store, handle, and employ explosives in accordance with Federal, state and local regulations, or, in the absence of such, in accordance with the provisions of the NFPA and OSHA. D. Blasting Vibration And Limit Criteria 1. The amount of vibration, frequency and overpressure generated by blasting shall not exceed regulatory statutes or directives establish by State, local or other authorities. In no case shall the maximum Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) exceed the limits indicated on Figure B-1, Appendix B, of the United States Bureau of Mines Report of Investigations, RI 8507, 1980 or latest edition. 2. The peak airblast overpressure measured at the location of the nearest occupied, aboveground structure (considering wind direction)shall not exceed 0.014 psi. E. Preblast Survey 1. General: a. Conduct a preblast survey prior to initiating any blasting work. The Contractor shall have the preblast survey performed by a registered Professional Engineer or specialized , consultant licensed in the State of the work covered under this contract and specialized in conducting preblast surveys. b. The work to be performed for the preconstruction/preblast survey will consist of documenting conditions of all existing dwellings and structures located within a minimum of 500 feet of the limits of all work requiring rock blasting prior to commencement of blasting or further if required by Federal, state or local regulations. C. The purpose of the preblast survey is to determine the conditions of existing dwellings, structures and water supply wells and document any pre-existing defects and other physical factors that could reasonably be affected by the blasting. Structures such as dams, ponds, pipelines, cables and transmission lines, cisterns, structures of historical significance, and/or structures with unusually costly or vulnerable contents shall be included. The preblast survey shall also note the nature and sensitivity of livestock that may be affected by the blasting. 2. Examination of and Preparation for Survey: a. The Contractor shall contact the property owners (or their legal representative) of properties within a minimum of 500 feet of the limits of all blasting work in order to obtain permission to conduct a survey of their property. If the property owner does not grant the Contractor permission to conduct the survey, the Contractor shall contact the property owner a second time by registered mail/return receipt requested. The second request for permission to conduct the survey shall include a description of the survey to be performed and the purpose of the survey. At least 72 hours prior to start of blasting work, notify the appropriate local regulatory authority of any property owners who refuse access for the preconstruction survey. b. Notify the property owners at least 48 hours prior to conducting the preblast survey. After completion of the survey, two copies of the preblast report will be submitted to the lie appropriate local regulatory authority for their reference if required. Additionally, one copy shall be kept on file at the location of the project and provided to the Owner upon request. 3. Method: a. The preblast survey shall include a detailed examination of the interior and exterior of structures located within a minimum of 500 feet of the limits of all blasting work. Color photographs, videotapes, and written descriptions shall be taken as required to document the condition of areas within the limits of the survey area. Particular note shall be made of evident structural faults or deficiencies, or recent repairs. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02318-4 Specification Name: ROCK EXCAVATION building improvements as indicated on Construction Drawings. Remove loose or shattered rock, overhanging ledges and boulders,which might dislodge. C. Use lean concrete or suitable materials as directed by registered geotechnical engineer to replace rock overblast or over excavation in building and expansion area to facilitate placement of utilities and foundations systems. 3.03 ROCK BLASTING A. General 1. The drilling and blasting methods and programs shall be those necessary to accomplish any and all rock excavation required for completion of the improvements shown on the Construction Drawings in accordance with the procedures specified herein. Do not use explosives as a primary means of transporting material outside the excavated prism. 2. Blasting work shall be performed only with necessary permits from all regulatory authorities and prior to completion of the preblast survey. Blasting work shall take place only after persons in the vicinity have been notified and have reached positions of safety. Take appropriate precautions to prevent all persons from entering the blasting area. Use methods and programs that will prevent damage to, but not limited to, adjacent dwellings, structures, public domain, natural resources, habitat, existing wells and landscape features and that will minimize the scattering of rock, stumps or other debris. All affected roadways shall be inspected, cleared, and opened to traffic within 1 (one)hour of completed blasting or as required by governing authorities. 3. Complete all blasting with experienced powdermen licensed to use explosives in the State. 4. Conduct blasting at 5u tt I' ` hours so as not to disrupt surrounding residences and businesses, and in accordance with Federal, state and local regulations and/or ordinances with regard to noise. 5. Take all precautions necessary to warn and/or protect any individuals exposed to his operations prior to any blasting. Blasting mats or other approved flyrock protection shall be employed as necessary to protect areas adjacent to blasting. 6. Develop and maintain records covering pertinent data on the location, depth and area of the blast, the diameter, spacing, depth, overdepth, pattern, amount, distribution and powder factor for the explosives used per hole and per blast; the sequence and pattern delays, and description and purpose of special methods. Provide a copy of the records to the Owner upon the Owner's request. Receipt and acceptance by the Owner of blasting data will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to produce satisfactory results as set forth in these specifications. Drilling and blasting shall be done only to the depth, amount and at such locations, with explosives of such quantity, distribution, and density that will not produce unsafe or damage rock surfaces or damage rock beyond the prescribed excavation limits. The Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of removal of overblast and also for the cost of placement and compaction of suitable replacement fill where overblast removal is required or occurs. 7. When a drilling and blasting program results in damage to the excavation or unacceptable peak particle velocity or frequency values as specified in Section 3.03. D. Below, the Contractor will be required to devise and employ revised methods that will prevent such damage or unacceptable ground motions at no cost to the Owner. The revisions may include special methods such as presplit and zone blasting, shallow lifts, reduction in size of individual blasts, small diameter blast holes, closely spaced blast holes, reduction of explosives, greater distribution of explosives by use of decking and primacord or variation in density of explosives and chemical or mechanical splitting of the rock. B. Codes, Permits And Regulations 1. Comply with all applicable laws, rules, ordinances and regulations of the Federal, State and local regulatory authorities and insurers that govern the licensing, transportation, storage, handling, use, and disposition of explosives. a 2. Obtain and pay for all powder and blasting permits and licenses required to complete the work of this Section as defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02318-3 Specification Name: ROCK EXCAVATION A. Perform the Work in accordance with all pertinent Federal, state and local regulations. B. "Rock Excavation" contract requirements are provided in the General and Supplementary Conditions '* provided in the Project Manual. C. This Section includes furnishing all drilling, blasting and protection required to complete the work indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all damage and/or injury from the use of explosives. The Contractor shall save and hold harmless the Owner, Architect and Engineer from any and all claims from the use of explosives. Removal of materials of any nature by blasting shall be done in such a manner and at such times as to avoid damage affecting integrity of existing construction and damage to new or existing dwellings, structures and water wells in or adjacent to the area of the work. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the method of operation to ensure desired results and integrity of completed work. All damage caused by the Contractor's blasting operations shall be repaired to the full satisfaction of the Owner at no additional cost to the Owner. A* 1.07 PERMITS AND LICENSES A. Prior to rock excavation, Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits from regulatory agencies. If blasting is required or undertaken, the responsible Subcontractor shall be licensed in the State and shall possess ` a current blasting license issued by the appropriate regulatory authority and be permitted for the transportation of explosives if required. 1.08 SUBMITTAL A. The Contractor shall provide Blasting Plan (prior to any blasting) and Monitoring Reports to the Owner and Governing Agencies for review. PART 2 PRODUCTS '44 2.01 MATERIALS A. Explosives, detonator/delay device, and blast mat materials shall be type recommended by explosive supplier and shall comply with requirements specified herein. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify site conditions and note subsurface conditions affecting work of this section. B. Identify required lines, levels, and elevations that will determine extent of proposed removals. 3.02 ROCK EXCAVATION A. Cut rock to form level bearing at bottom of footing and trench excavations. Remove shaled layers to '" provide sound and unshattered base for footings or foundations. Contractor shall consider reuse of excavated materials on site in accordance with Section 02300. If material cannot be utilized on site, than Contractor shall dispose of material offsite at no additional cost to the Owner. B. If placed in embankments, perform rock excavation in manner that will produce material of such size as in accordance with Section 02300. Remove rock to allow for construction and/or installation of the site and Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02318-2 Specification Name: ROCK EXCAVATION SECTION 02318 ROCK EXCAVATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Removal of identified and discovered rock during excavation. B. Use of explosives to assist rock removal. C. Incorporating removed rock into fills and embankments. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02230—Site Clearing B. Section 02300 - Earthwork C. Section 02321 - Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Structures D. Section 02322- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Utilities E. Section 02323- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Pavement F. Section 02324- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Out Parcels G. Construction Drawings PK 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 495 Code for Manufacturing, Transportation, Storage, And Use of Explosive Material B. United States Department of Interior, Bureau of Mines, Seismic Effects of Blasting (Latest Edition) Pd C. Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA) 1. 29CFR 1910.109 Explosives and Blasting Agents 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Determine environmental effects associated with proposed work and safeguard those concerns as regulated by law and local governing agencies by reasonable and practical methods. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. "Rock Excavation" is defined as removal of igneous, metamorphic or sedimentary rock or stone, boulders over two (2) cubic yards in volume in open areas and one (1) cubic yard in volume in trenches; masonry or concrete or solid frozen soil; that cannot be removed by rippers or other mechanical methods and, therefore, requires drilling and blasting. The word"trenches"shall mean excavations having vertical sides whose depths exceed its width, made for drainage, storm water, sewer, water, and gas pipes, electric and steam conduits, and related uses. 1.06 SCOPE Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02318-1 Specification Name: ROCK EXCAVATION BLANK PAGE Iw A. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/29/2000 02300-2 Specification Name: EARTHWORK D. Place stones so that greater portion of weight is carried by earth and not by adjacent stones. Place stones in single layer with close joints. Upright areas of stone shall make angle of approximately 90 degree with embankment slope. Place courses from bottom of embankment upward,with larger stones being placed in lower courses. Fill open joints with spalls. Embed stones in embankment as necessary to present uniform top surface such that variation between tops of adjacent stones shall not exceed 3-inches. 3.07 FINISH GRADING A. Grade areas where finish grade elevations or contours are indicated on Construction Drawings, other than paved areas and buildings, including excavated areas, filled and transition areas, and landscaped areas. Graded areas shall be uniform and smooth,free from rock, debris, or irregular surface changes. Finished subgrade surface shall not be more than 0.10-feet above or below established finished subgrade elevation. Ground surfaces shall vary uniformly between indicated elevations. Grade finished ditches to allow for proper drainage without ponding and in manner that will minimize erosion potential. For topsoil, sodding and seeding requirements refer to Section 02900. B. Correct settled and eroded areas within 1 year after date of completion at no additional expense to Owner. Bring grades to proper elevation. Replant or replace grass, shrubs, bushes, or other vegetation that appears dead, dying, or disturbed by construction activities. Refer to Section 02370 for slope protection and erosion control. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field density tests for in-place materials shall be performed as part of construction testing requirements according to one of following standards: 1. Nuclear Method: ASTM D 2922 (Method B-Direct Transmission) B. Perform density test as follows: 1. Building Subgrade Areas, Including 10'-0"Outside of Exterior Building Lines: In cut areas, not less than 1 compaction test for every 2,500 sq. ft. In fill areas, same rate of testing for each 8- inch lift, measured loose. 2. Areas of Construction Exclusive of Building Subgrade Areas: In cut areas, not less than 1 compaction test for every 10,000 sq.ft. In fill areas, same rate of testing for each 8-inch lift, measured loose. C. Corrective measures for non-complying compaction: 1. Remove and recompact deficient areas until proper compaction is obtained at no additional expense to Owner. END OF SECTION 02300 Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/29/2000 02300-7 Specification Name: EARTHWORK maximum weight of 20 tons, or approved equal, in each of 2 perpendicular directions while under the supervision and direction of the independent testing laboratory. Areas of failure shall be excavated and recompacted as specified herein. Continual failure areas shall be stabilized in accordance with Section 02340 at no additional cost to Owner. J. Fill materials used in preparation of subgrade in all areas other than structures, utilities, pavements, or out parcels (see related sections for backfilling within these areas)shall be placed '"!+ in lifts or layers not to exceed 8-inches loose measure and compacted to 95 percent of maximum density, in accordance with ASTM D 698, (or 92 percent of the maximum density, in accordance with ASTM D 1557)at moisture content of not less than 1 percent below and not more than 3 percent above optimum moisture content. K. Material imported from off-site shall have CBR or LBR value equal to or above pavement design subgrade CBR or LBR value indicated on Construction Drawings. 3.04 MAINTENANCE OF SUBGRADE A. Verify finished subgrades to ensure proper elevation and conditions for construction above subgrade. B. Protect subgrade from excessive wheel loading during construction, including concrete trucks, * dump trucks, and other construction equipment. C. Remove areas of finished subgrade found to have insufficient compaction density to depth .we necessary and replace in manner that will comply with compaction requirements by use of material equal to or better than best subgrade material on site. Surface of subgrade after compaction shall be hard, uniform, smooth, stable, and true to grade and cross-section. 3.05 BORROW AND SPOIL SITES A. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with NPDES and local erosion control permitting requirements for any and all on-site and off-site, disturbed spoil and borrow areas. Upon completion of spoil and/or borrow operations, clean up spoil and/or borrow areas in a neat and reasonable manner to the satisfaction of off-site property owner, if applicable, Owner, and Civil Engineering Consultant. 3.06 RIP-RAP A. Place rip-rap in areas where indicated on Construction Drawings. Stone for rip-rap shall consist of field stone or rough unhewn quarry stone as nearly uniform in section as is practical. Stones shall be dense, resistant to action of air and water, and suitable for purpose intended. Unless otherwise specified, stones used as rip-rap shall weigh between 50-pounds and 150-pounds each, and at least 60 percent of stones shall weigh more than 100-pounds each. B. Dress slopes and other areas to be protected to line and grade shown on Construction Drawings prior to placing of rip-rap. Undercut areas to receive rip-rap to elevation equal to final elevation less average diameter of stones before placing rip-rap. r�i► C. Install filter fabric and bedding stone prior to placement of stones if so indicated on Construction Drawings. Bedding stone shall be quarried and crushed angular limestone, 6-inches in depth in accordance with Section 02227 and with the following gradation: rrx Sieve Designation % By Weight Passing Square Mesh Sieves 3" 100 No.4 20-65 No. 200 0-10 Filter fabric shall be as specified in Section 02270 and as detailed on Construction Drawings. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/29/2000 02300-6 Specification Name: EARTHWORK becomes inadequate or fails. If dewatering requirements are not satisfied due to inadequacy or failure of dewatering system, perform such work as may be required to restore damaged structures and foundation soils at no additional cost to Owner. d. System maintenance shall include but not be limited to 24-hour supervision by personnel skilled in the operation, maintenance, and replacement of system components, and any other work required to maintain excavation in dewatered condition. 5. System Removal: a. Remove dewatering equipment from the site, including related temporary electrical service. b. Wells shall be removed or cut off a minimum of 3 feet below final ground surface, capped, and abandoned in accordance with regulations by agencies having jurisdiction. 3.02 EXCAVATION FOR FILLING AND GRADING A. Classification of Excavation: by submitting bid, Contractor acknowledges that site has been investigated to determine type, quantity, quality, and character of excavation work to be performed. Excavation shall be considered unclassified excavation, except as indicated in the III! Contract Documents. B. When performing grading operations during periods of wet weather, provide adequate dewatering, drainage and ground water management to control moisture of soils. C. Shore, brace, and drain excavations as necessary to maintain excavation as safe, secure, and free of water at all times. D. Excavated material containing rock or stone greater than 6-inches in largest dimension is unacceptable as fill within proposed building subgrade and paving subgrade. .v!. E. Rock or stone less than 6-inches in largest dimension is acceptable as fill to within 24-inches of surface of proposed subgrade when mixed with suitable material. F. Rock or stone less than 2-inches in largest dimension and mixed with suitable material is acceptable as fill within the upper 24-inches of proposed subgrade. 3.03 FILLING AND SUBGRADE PREPARATION ` A. Fill areas to contours and elevations shown on Construction Drawings with unfrozen materials. B. Place fills in continuous lifts specified herein. C. Refer to Section 02321 for filling requirements for structures. D. Refer to Section 02322 for filling requirements for utilities. E. Refer to Section 02323 for filling requirements for pavements. F. Refer to Section 02324 for filling requirements for out parcels. G. Refer to Section 02340 for soil stabilization using lime, cement, fly ash, and geotextile fabrics. ' H. Refer to Section 02318 for rock excavation. I. Areas exposed by excavation or stripping and on which subgrade preparations are to be performed shall be scarified to minimum depth of 8-inches and compacted to minimum of 95 percent of maximum density, in accordance with ASTM D 698 (or 92 percent of maximum density, in accordance with ASTM D 1557)at moisture content of not less than 1 percent below and not more than 3 percent above optimum moisture content. These areas shall then be proofrolled to detect areas of insufficient compaction. Proofrolling shall be accomplished by making minimum of 2 complete passes with fully-loaded tandem-axle dump truck with a Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/29/2000 02300-5 Specification Name: EARTHWORK .w hydrostatic head from the bottom and/or sides. Design system to prevent differential hydrostatic head,which would result in floating out soil particles in a manner, termed as a "quick"or"boiling"condition. System shall not be dependent solely upon sumps and/or .. pumping water from within the excavation where differential head would result in a quick condition,which would continue to worsen the integrity of the excavation's stability. b. Provide dewatering system of sufficient size and capacity to prevent ground and surface water flow into the excavation and to allow all Work to be installed in a dry condition. C. Control, by acceptable means, all water regardless of source and the Contractor is fully responsible for disposal of the water. d. Confine discharge piping and/or ditches to available easement or to additional easement obtained by Contractor. Provide necessary permits and/or additional easement at no additional cost to Owner. e. Control groundwater in a manner that preserves strength of foundation soils, does not cause instability or raveling of excavation slopes, and does not result in damage to existing structures. Where necessary to these purposes, lower water level in advance of excavation, utilizing wells,wellpoints,jet educators, or similar positive methods. The water level as measured by piezometers shall be maintained a minimum of 3 feet below prevailing excavation level. f. Commence dewatering prior to any appearance of water in excavation and continue until Work is complete to the extent that no damage results from hydrostatic pressure,flotation, or other causes. g. Open pumping with sumps and ditches shall be allowed, provided it does not result in boils, loss of fines, softening of the ground, or instability of slopes. h. Install wells and/or wellpoints, if required, with suitable screens and filters, so that continuous pumping of fines does not occur. Arrange discharge to facilitate collection of samples by the Owner. During normal pumping, and upon development of well(s), levels of fine sand or silt in the discharge water shall not exceed 5 ppm. Install sand tester on discharge of each pump during testing to verify that levels are not exceeded. L Control grading around excavations to prevent surface water from flowing into excavation areas. j. No additional payment will be made for any supplemental measures to control seepage, w. groundwater, or artesian head. 2. Design: a. Contractor shall designate and obtain the services of a qualified dewatering specialist to provide dewatering plan as may be necessary to complete the Work. b. Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of the drawings, design data, and operational records required. C. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the design, installation, operation, maintenance, and any failure of any component of the system. 3. Damages: a. Contractor shall be responsible for and shall repair without cost to the Owner any damage to work in place,or other contractor's equipment, utilities, residences, highways, roads, railroads, private and municipal well systems, adjacent structures, natural resources, habitat, existing wells, and the excavation. Including, damage to the bottom due to heave and including but not limited to, removal and pumping out of the excavated area that may ,rw result from Contractor's negligence, inadequate or improper design and operation of the dewatering system, and any mechanical or electrical failure of the dewatering system. b. Remove subgrade materials rendered unsuitable by excessive wetting and replace with approved backfill material at no additional cost to the Owner. 4. Maintaining Excavation in Dewatering Condition: a. Dewatering shall be a continuous operation. Interruptions due to power outages, or any other reason will not be permitted. b. Continuously maintain excavation in a dry condition with positive dewatering methods during preparation of subgrade, installation of pipe, and construction of structures until the critical period of construction and/or backfill is completed to prevent damage of subgrade support, piping, structure, side slopes, or adjacent facilities from flotation or other hydrostatic pressure imbalance. C. Provide standby equipment on site, installed, wired, and available for immediate operation if required to maintain dewatering on a continuous basis in the event any part of the system , Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/29/2000 02300-4 Specification Name: EARTHWORK 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Transport off-site materials to project using well-maintained and operating vehicles. Once on site, transporting vehicles shall stay on designated haul roads and shall at no time endanger improvements by rutting, overloading, or pumping. 00 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. In areas to receive pavement, California Bearing Ratio(CBR)or Limerock Bearing Ratio(LBR) test shall be performed for each type of material that is imported from off-site. B. Following tests shall be performed as part of construction testing requirements on each type of on-site or imported soil material used as compacted fill: 1. Moisture and Density Relationship: ASTM D 698 (or ASTM D 1557) 2. Mechanical Analysis: AASHTO T 88 (or ASTM D422) 3. Plasticity Index: ASTM D 4318 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. B. Locate and identify existing utilities that are to remain and protect from damage. C. Notify utility companies to remove or relocate public utilities that are in conflict with proposed improvements. D. Protect plant life, lawns,fences, existing structures, sidewalks, paving, and curbs, unless otherwise noted on construction drawings from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic. E. Protect benchmarks, property corners, and other survey monuments from damage or displacement. If marker needs to be removed it shall be referenced by licensed land surveyor and replaced, as necessary, by same. F. Remove from site, material encountered in grading operations that, in opinion of Owner or Agent, is unsuitable or undesirable for backfilling, subgrade, or foundation purposes. Dispose of in manner satisfactory to Owner. Backfill areas with layers of suitable material and compact as specified herein. G. Prior to placing fill in low areas, such as previously existing creeks, ponds, or lakes, perform following procedures: 1. Drain water out by gravity with ditch having flow line lower than lowest elevation in low area. If drainage cannot be performed by gravity ditch, use adequate pump to obtain the same results. 2. After drainage of low area is complete, remove mulch, mud, debris, and other unsuitable material by using acceptable equipment and methods that will keep natural soils underlying low area dry and undisturbed. 3. All muck, mud, and other materials removed from low areas shall be dried on-site by spreading in thin layers for observation by Owner or Agent. Material shall be inspected and, if found to be suitable for use as fill material, shall be incorporated into lowest elevation of site filling operation, but not under building subgrade or within 10'-0"of perimeter of building subgrade or paving subgrade. If, after observation by Owner or Agent, material is found to be unsuitable, unsuitable material shall be removed from site. H. Dewatering: 1. General: a. Design and provide dewatering system using accepted and professional methods consistent with current industry practice to eliminate water entering the excavation under Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/29/2000 02300-3 Specification Name: EARTHWORK 2. D 698 Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-Ibf/ft3 (600 kN.m/m3)) 3. D 1557 Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort(56,000 ft-Ibf/ft3 (2,700 Kn.m/m3)) 4. D 2216 Laboratory Determination of Water(Moisture)Content of Soil, Rock, and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures 5. D 2487 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 6. D 2922 Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate In Place by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth) 7. D 3017 Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 8. D 4318 Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) latest edition Aq 1. T 88 Particle Size Analysis of Soils 2. State Department of Transportation (DOT): Standard Specifications for Construction and Materials, Latest Edition 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. An independent testing laboratory, selected and paid by Owner, will be retained to perform construction testing on site. 1. The independent testing laboratory shall prepare test reports that indicate test location, elevation data, and test results. Owner, Civil Engineering Consultant, and Contractor shall be provided with copies of reports within 96 hours of time that test was performed. In event that test performed fails to meet Specifications, the independent testing laboratory shall notify Owner and Contractor immediately. 2. Costs related to retesting due to failures shall be paid for by Contractor at no additional expense „t* to Owner. Contractor shall provide free access to site for testing activities. 3. Quality assurance testing shall be in accordance with Part 3, Section 3.07, "Field Quality Control". 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Submit 30-pound sample of each type of off-site fill material that is to be used at the site in airtight container(s)for the independent testing laboratory or submit gradation and certification of aggregate material that is to be used at the site to the independent testing laboratory for review. B. Submit name of each material supplier and specific type and source of each material. Change in source throughout project requires approval of Owner. "* C. If fabrics or geogrids are to be used, design shall be submitted for approval to Owner. D. Submit Dewatering Plans upon request by Owner. PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Excavated and re-used material for subsoil fill as specified herein. ► B. Aggregate fill as specified in Section 02325. C. Imported fill material approved by Owner and specified herein. D. Topsoil fill as specified in Section 02230. so E. Acceptable stabilization fabrics and geogrids as specified in Section 02340. F. Filter and drainage fabrics as specified in Section 02370. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/29/2000 02300-2 Specification Name: EARTHWORK ,,,� 71�, SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Protection, modification,or installation of utilities as site work progresses with particular attention to grade changes and necessary staging or phasing of work. B. Cutting,filling, and grading to required lines, dimensions, contours, and elevations for proposed improvements. C. Scarifying, compacting, drying, dewatering and removal of unsuitable material to ensure proper preparation of areas for fills or proposed improvements. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02220—Site Demolition B. Section 02230-Site Clearing C. Section 02321 - Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Structures D. Section 02322- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Utilities E. Section 02323- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Pavement F. Section 02324- Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Out Parcels G. Section 02318- Rock Excavation H. Section 02340-Soil Stabilization I. Section 02370- Erosion Control and Sedimentation J. Section 02325-Aggregate Materials K. Section 02830—Segmental Retaining Wall Systems L. Section 02900—Planting M. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) N. The"Foundation Subsurface Preparation"as shown on the Construction Drawings and/or the x Structural drawings,whichever is more stringent if a conflict exists. O. Construction Drawings 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) latest edition 1. D422 Standard Test Method For Particle—Size Analysis of Soil Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/29/2000 02300-1 Specification Name: EARTHWORK ow BLANK PAGE A* k A A" B. Cut heavy growths of grass from areas before stripping and remove cuttings with remainder of cleared vegetative material. C. Strip topsoil from areas that are to be filled, excavated, landscaped, or re-graded to such depth that it prevents intermingling with underlying subsoil or questionable material. > D. Stockpile topsoil in storage piles in areas shown on Construction Drawings or where directed by Owner. a Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. Cover storage piles as required to prevent windblown dust. Dispose of unsuitable topsoil as specified for waste material, unless otherwise specified by Owner. Contractor shall remove excess topsoil from site unless specifically noted otherwise on Construction Drawings. END OF SECTION 02230 e s Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02230-3 Specification Name: SITE CLEARING .wr B. Variations to conditions or discrepancy in actual conditions as they apply to site preparation operations are to be brought to attention of Owner prior to commencement of sitework. PART2 PRODUCTS 1.01 EQUIPMENT A. Off-site materials shall be transported to project using well-maintained and operating vehicles. Once on site, transporting vehicles shall stay on designated haul roads and shall at no time endanger improvements by rutting, overloading, or pumping. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Identify existing plant life that is to remain and verify clearing limits are clearly tagged, identified, and marked in such manner as to ensure their safety throughout construction operations. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Locate and identify existing utilities that are to remain and protect these from damage. B. Protect trees, plant growth, and features designated to remain as part of final landscaping. C. Conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private accesses and facilities. Maintain ingress and egress at all times and clean or sweep roadways daily as required by SWPPP or governing authority. Dust control shall be provided with sprinkling systems or equipment provided by Contractor. D. Protect benchmarks, property corners, and other survey monuments from damage or displacement. If marker needs to be removed it shall be referenced by a licensed land surveyor and replaced, as necessary, in kind. E. Provide traffic control as required, in accordance with the US Department of Transportation's "Manual on At Uniform Traffic Control Devices"and applicable state highway department requirements. 3.03 CLEARING rr A. Clear areas required for access to site and execution of work. B. Unless otherwise indicated on Construction Drawings, remove trees, shrubs, grass, other vegetation, improvements, or obstructions interfering with installation of new construction. Removal includes digging out stumps and roots. Depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations are to be filled to subgrade elevation to avoid ponding of water. Satisfactory fill material shall be placed in accordance with Section 02300. C. Remove grass, trees, plant life, stumps, and other construction debris from site to dump site that is suitable for handling such material according to state laws and regulations. 3.04 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION A. Topsoil shall consist of organic surficial soil found in depth of not less than 6-inches. Satisfactory topsoil 00 shall be reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, stones and other objects over 2-inches in diameter, weeds, roots, and other objectionable material. oft Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02230-2 Specification Name: SITE CLEARING A* SECTION 02230 SITE CLEARING PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cleaning site of debris, grass, trees, and other plant life in preparation for site or building earthwork. B. Protection of existing structures, trees, or vegetation indicated on the Construction Drawings to remain. C. Stripping topsoil from areas that are to be incorporated into limits of project and storage of topsoil where so indicated on Construction Drawings. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02220—Site Demolition B. Section 02300 - Earthwork C. Section 02325—Aggregate Materials D. Section 02318—Rock Excavation = E. Section 02370 - Erosion Control and Sedimentation r F. Section 02830—Segmental Retaining Wall System G. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) H. Construction Drawings 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Construct temporary erosion control systems as shown on Construction Drawings or as directed by the "Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan" (SWPPP) to protect adjacent properties and water resources from erosion and sedimentation. B. In event that sitework on this project will disturb 5 or more acres; Contractor shall not begin construction without "National Pollution Discharge Elimination System" (NPDES) permit governing discharge of storm water from site for entire construction period. NPDES permit requires SWPPP to be in place during construction. C. Contractor shall be totally responsible for conducting storm water management practices in accordance with NPDES permit and for enforcement action taken or imposed by Federal or State agencies, including cost of fines, construction delays, and remedial actions resulting from Contractor's failure to comply with provisions of NPDES permit. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Conditions at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by Owner in so far as practical. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02230-1 Specification Name: SITE CLEARING Wo 0* C. Transport materials removed from demolished structures with appropriate vehicles and dispose off-site to areas that are approved for disposal by governing authorities and appropriate property owners. END OF SECTION 02220 '"" z A" A* Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02220-4 Specification Name: SITE DEMOLITION B. Cease operations immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger. Notify authority-having jurisdiction. Do not resume operations until directed by authority. C. Conduct operations with minimum of interference to public or private access. Maintain ingress and egress at all times. D. Obtain written permission from adjacent property owners when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon, or limit access to their property. E. Sprinkle work with water to minimize dust. Provide hoses and water connections for this purpose. F. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. G. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing prior to start of work. 3.03 DEMOLITION A. Demolish buildings completely and remove from site using methods as required to complete work within limitations of governing regulations. Small structures may be removed intact when acceptable to Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Locate demolition equipment and remove materials so as to prevent excessive loading to supporting walls,floors, or framing. C. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Break up concrete slabs-on-grade that are 2-feet or more below proposed subgrade to permit moisture drainage. Contractor shall remove slabs-on-grade and below grade construction within 2-feet of proposed subgrade. 3.04 FILLING BASEMENTS AND VOIDS A. Completely fill below grade areas and voids resulting from demolition or removal of structures, underground fuel storage tanks, wells, cisterns, etc., using approved select fill materials consisting of stone, gravel, and sand free from debris, trash, frozen materials, roots, and other organic matter. B. Ensure that areas to be filled are free of standing water, frost, frozen or unsuitable material, trash, and debris prior to fill placement. C. Place fill materials in accordance with Section 02300 unless subsequent excavation for new work is required. D. Grade surface to match adjacent grades and to provide flow of surface drainage after fill placement and compaction. 3.05 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove from site debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from demolition operations. Leave areas of work in clean condition. B. No burning of any material, debris, or trash on-site or off-site will be allowed, except when allowed by appropriate governing authority and Owner. If allowed as stated above, burning shall be performed in manner prescribed by governing authority. Attend burning materials until fires have burned out and have been completely extinguished. � Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02220-3 Specification Name: SITE DEMOLITION W* 1.04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Accurately record actual locations of capped utilities and subsurface obstructions that will remain after demolition. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Structures to be demolished will be discontinued in use and vacated prior to start of work. B. Owner assumes no responsibility for condition of structures to be demolished. C. Conditions, existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by Owner as reasonably practical. Variations within structures may occur by Owner's removal and salvage operations prior to start of demolition work. D. Unless otherwise indicated in Contract Documents or specified by the Owner, items of salvageable value to Contractor shall be removed from site and structures. Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be permitted and shall not interfere with other work specified in Contract Documents. E. Explosives shall not be brought to site or used without written consent of authorities having jurisdiction. Such written consent will not relieve Contractor of total responsibility for injury to persons or for damage to property due to blasting operations. Performance of required blasting shall comply with governing regulations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS Aggregate materials as specified in Section 02325. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Provide, erect, and maintain erosion control devices, temporary barriers, and security devices at locations indicated on Construction Drawings. B. Protect existing landscaping materials, appurtenances, and structures, which are not to be demolished. 0^ Repair damage caused by demolition operations at no cost to Owner. C. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. Provide bracing and shoring as needed. D. Mark location of utilities. Protect and maintain in safe and operable condition utilities that are to remain. Prevent interruption of existing utility service to occupied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing ,. utilities as acceptable to governing authorities and Owner. E. Notify adjacent owners of work that may affect their property, potential noise, utility outages or disruptions. Contractor to coordinate with Owner. 3.02 DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent structures or pavements. At Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02220-2 Specification Name: SITE DEMOLITION SECTION 02220 SITE DEMOLITION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Demolition of designated site structures, retaining walls and foundations and removal of materials from site. B. Demolition and removal of pavements, curbs and gutters, drainage structures, utilities, signage or landscaping. C. Disconnecting and capping or removal of identified utilities. D. Filling or removal of underground tanks, piping, and appurtenances. E. Filling voids in subgrade created as a result of removals or demolition. F. Hazardous material compliance. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02230- Site Clearing B. Section 02300- Earthwork C. Section 02322— Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction for Utilities rr D. Section 02325 -Aggregate Materials `" E. Section 02370 - Erosion Control and Sedimentation F. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) G. Construction Drawings 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable State and local codes for demolition of structures, safety of adjacent structures, dust control, and runoff control. B. Obtain required permits and licenses from appropriate authorities. Pay associated fees including disposal charges. C. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements. D. Do not close or obstruct public or private roadways, sidewalks, or fire hydrants without appropriate permits or written authorization. E. Conform to applicable regulatory procedures when hazardous or contaminated materials are discovered. F. Test soils around buried tanks for contamination. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 02220-1 Specification Name: SITE DEMOLITION N CU L N O N � 7 ` N N O p lU`9 N m p a O 7- U cno u.. A% O O O N N 00 O 7 y U y C m '0 i Uonc 0 � W C aNi O ! U m U V- -O O C c m C 7 m o W `� c°� t4mU v � y 00 U- 0 1 t/1 d m O C)O N O CL V N o U CL 0 � d U ow c c o O p o N U ` > w E N > �Q C O O U O CL o `Ow o m m t5 ti U�- �m m p o M o o ti o Z U a O H Q W O tm LL L_ V , Z z w m 3 (D C " 0) O LL U C O CO W W G1 C � inwUw ti �•o o oU w 0 -6 .� o � + A C ' W cm o o � E � Z L)C) � � p UW QW U to Z C a? Z O a � W R 7 ` c V O E t: w @ L) O ,C Ct C �U G V 2 -0 E 3 ° � m tL Comte Ems . O (D (n oow Z CL WAL -MART REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (CIVIL ENGINEERING) STORES, SUPERCENTER, SAM'S DATE: RFI NO: TO: PROJECT: (Civil Engineering Consultant) (City, State) FROM: PROJECT NO: (General Contractor) (Store#) SPECIFICATION SECTION: (Project Superintendent) " (Job Site Phone Number) DRAWING/DETAIL: (Job Site Fax Number) Contractor: Please Check Box to indicate that W/M Construction Manager has authorized this RFI to be sent to the Consultant ❑ INFORMATION REQUESTED: Requested By: REPLY: cc: Wal-Mart Civil Engineering Manager Engineer's response shall not be considered as a Change Order or Change Directive, nor does it authorize changes in the Contract Sum or Contract Schedule Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 01256-3 Specification Name: CIVIL ENGINEERING"REQUEST FOR INFORMATION" 1.04 RFI FORM A. Submit RFI's on attached form, or duplicate format on letterhead. Civil Engineering Consultant will not respond unless on proper form or equivalent format is utilized. B. If submittal form or format does not provide space needed for complete information, additional sheets may be attached. END OF SECTION 01256 J" Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 01256-2 Specification Name: CIVIL ENGINEERING "REQUEST FOR INFORMATION" SECTION 01256 - "REQUEST FOR INFORMATION" (CIVIL ENGINEERING) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing "Request for Information", (RFI). B. RFI process diagram and form is attached at the end of this Section. OF 1.02 DEFINITION A. RFI: Formal process used during construction phase to facilitate communication between the Contractor, the Wal-Mart Construction Manager, and the Civil Engineering Consultant with regard to requests for additional information and clarification of intent of Contract Documents (Drawings and Specifications). B. Do not use RFI form during bidding. Direct questions during bidding phase as indicated in Contract Documents. 1.03 PROCEDURE A. Conditions requiring clarification of the Contract Documents: 1. Subcontractors, manufacturers, and suppliers shall submit request for additional information and clarification to Contractor. 2. Contractor shall contact the Wal-Mart Construction Manager with request for additional information or clarification. The Wal-Mart Construction Manager will not accept request for information or clarification submitted directly from subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers. 3. The Wal-Mart Construction Manager will provide response to Contractor or he will direct the Contractor to submit RFI to the Civil Engineering Consultant with a copy to the Wal-Mart Engineering Manager. a. Generate RFI by one source per project and number accordingly. b. Submit one request for information or clarification per form. B. Civil Engineering Consultant will review RFI from Contractor with reasonable promptness and Contractor will be notified in writing of decisions made. 1. Civil Engineering Consultant's written response to RFI shall not be considered as a Pricing Order or Pricing Directive, nor does it authorize changes in Contract Sum or Contract Schedule. C. Contractor shall maintain a log of RFI's sent to and responses from Civil Engineering Consultant. RFI log shall be sent, by FAX, every Friday to Civil Engineering Consultant. r D. RFI's regarding scheduling, cost, or coordination for Owner provided equipment shall be submitted directly to the Wal-Mart Construction Manager. Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 01256 - 1 Specification Name: CIVIL ENGINEERING"REQUEST FOR INFORMATION" A* BLANK PAGE �s j WAL-MART SITEWORK SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 2.1 - SITEWORK PER ENGINEERING CONSULTANT DESIGN SECTION 01256 CIVIL ENGINEERING "REQUEST FOR INFORMATION" SECTION 02220 SITE DEMOLITION �.- SECTION 02230 SITE CLEARING SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK SECTION 02318 ROCK EXCAVATION SECTION 02321 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION FOR STRUCTURES SECTION 02322 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION FOR UTILITIES SECTION 02323 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL,AND COMPACTION FOR PAVEMENT SECTION 02324 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION FOR OUT PARCELS SECTION 02325 AGGREGATE MATERIALS SECTION 02340 SOIL STABILIZATION SECTION 02370 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL (INCLUDING SWPPP) SECTION 02510 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SECTION 02532 SEWAGE LIFT STATIONS SECTION 02535 SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS SECTION 02536 SEWER MANHOLES, FRAMES, AND COVERS SECTION 02555 NATURAL AND PROPANE GAS DISTRIBUTION SECTION 02630 STORM DRAINAGE SECTION 02715 BASE COURSE SECTION 02740 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING SECTION 02751 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING SECTION 02765 PAVEMENT MARKINGS SECTION 02770 CURBS AND SIDEWALKS SECTION 02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS SECTION 02821 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES SECTION 02830 SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SYSTEMS SECTION 02890 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS SECTION 02900 PLANTING SECTION 16525 SITE LIGHTING PROJECT: PROJECT ENGINEER: (Engineer's Seal & Signature) Project Name: Wal-Mart Master Specification Revised 02/14/2000 Index Cover Sheet "0 M. Posts for Garden Center aluminum truss columns for shade cloth canopy: 1. Install columnns at locations indicated on the drawings. 2. Coordinate installation of aluminum truss attachment brackets with Wal-Mart's Aluminum Truss Supplier Installation Drawings. 3.2 INSTALLATION- ACRYLIC SHEET A. Mechanically fasten"Plexiglass" as shown on Drawings. M^ B. Pre-drill oversized holes in"Plexiglass"for fasteners. 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch. B. Maximum Offset from True Position: 1 inch. END OF SECTION .W M so^ ow erw 02821-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install chain link fence in accordance with ASTM F 567. Install chain link gates in accordance with ASTM F 900. B. Space line posts 10'-0"on center maximum,except as otherwise indicated. 1. Space line posts at 8'-0"on center maximum, if plastic slats are indicated to be installed in fence fabric. 2. Space interior line posts 8'-0"on center maximum. C. Methods for Setting Posts: 1. Grade-Set Posts: a. Drill or hand excavate to a depth approximately 3 inches lower than post bottom. Set post bottom not less than 36 inches below finish grade. NO b. Excavate each post hole to 12 inch diameter,or not less than four times diameter of post. C. Hold post in position while placing,consolidating,and finishing concrete. d. Post shall be set plumb within 1/4"in 10 feet. 2. Sleeve-Set Posts In Slabs: Anchor posts in concrete by means of pipe sleeves preset into concrete to depth not less than 24 inches"below finish slab, and anchored into concrete. Insert posts into sleeves and fill annular space between post and sleeve solid with grout. Mix and place grout in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. D. Intermediate Rails: Provide center and bottom rails where indicated. Install in one piece between posts and flush with post on fabric side, using offset fittings where necessary. Place intermediate rails a maximum of 6 feet on center. E. Brace Assemblies: Install braces so posts are plumb with rod in tension. F. Tension Wire: Install tension wires through post cap loops before stretching fabric and tie to each post cap with not less than 6 gage galvanized wire. Fasten fabric to tension wire using 11 gage galvanized steel hog rings spaces 24 inches on center. G. Fabric: Leave approximately 2 inches between finish grade and bottom selvage. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. Install fabric on security side of fence, and anchor to framework so fabric remains in tension after pulling force is released. H. Stretcher Bars: To secure end, corner, pull, and gate posts, thread through or clamp to fabric 4 inches on center and secure to posts with metal bands spaced 15 inches on center. I. Tie Wires: 1. Use U-shaped wire conforming with diameter of pipe to which attached, clasping pipe and fabric firmly with ends twisted two full turns. Bend wire ends to minimize hazards to persons or clothing. 2. Tie fabric to line posts with wire ties spaced 12 inches on center. Tie fabric to rails and braces with wire ties spaced 24 inches on center. Manufacturer's standard procedure will be accepted if of equal strength and durability. J. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and hardware bolts on side of fence opposite fabric side. Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of nuts. K. Gates: Install gates plumb, level, and secure for full opening without interference. Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. L. Install plastic slats vertically to manufacturer's instructions. 02821-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 b. Latch: ... 1) Exterior: Forked type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from both sides of gate, with padlock eye. 2) Interior: Forked type to permit operation from both sides of gate, with padlock link. At Electrical Room and Sprinkler Room, omit padlock link and substitute standard pin bracket for attachment of forked latch(gates are not to be padlocked). 2. Double Gate Hardware: In addition to the above, provide gate stops for double gates, consisting of mushroom type flush plate with anchors set in concrete to engage center drop rod or plunger bar. Configure for use of one padlock to lock both gate leaves. 3. Sliding Gate Hardware: Manufacturer's standard heavy duty cantilever slide gate complying with ASTM F1184 including the following: a. Enclosed top track/rail. b. Truck assembly with internal ballbearing rollers. Provide two truck assemblies per leaf. C. Gate hangers,latches,brackets,bracing,and stops. d. Bottom guide wheel assemblies. ... J. Plastic Slats(Exterior): Tubular plastic slats designed for use in 2 inch mesh fabric, installed vertically. PVT slats by Patrician Products,Inc.; Hicksville,NY; (516)937-3580. 1. Color: Grey,except as noted otherwise. ' K. Acrylic Sheet: Clear acrylic plastic sheet, "Plexiglass", by Rohm and Haas Company. Grind exposed edges smooth, free of chips and hairline cracks. 1. Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Location: Garden Center gate. 2.5 SETTING MIXES w A. Concrete: See Section 03300. B. Grout: Premixed, factory-packaged, non-staining, non-corrosive grout. See Section 03300. Provide type especially formulated for exterior application. 2.6 GATE FABRICATION .w A. Fabricate swing gate perimeter frames of 1.90 inch outside diameter galvanized steel pipe. Provide horizontal and vertical members to ensure proper gate operation and for attachment of fabric, hardware, and accessories. Space .ft frame members maximum 8'-0"apart. B. Assemble gate frames rigidly by welding or with special fittings and rivets. Use same fabric as specified for fence. am Install fabric with stretcher bars at vertical edges. Bars may also be used at top and bottom edges. Attach stretchers to frame at not more than 15 inches on center. Install diagonal cross-bracing on gates as required to ensure frame rigidity without sag or twist. am C. Attach hardware to provide security against removal or breakage. 2.7 FINISH am A. Fabric: Not less than 1.2 oz zinc/sq ft. B. Framing: oft 1. Type I Pipe: Hot dipped galvanized,with not less than 1.8 ounces of zinc per square foot of coated surface area as per ASTM A 90. 2. Type II Pipe: Not less than 0.9 ounces of zinc per square foot of exterior surface, over coated with a clear sw acrylic or polyester of not less that 3 mils,and the internal surface shall be coated with zinc rich paint with a minimum thickness of 3 mils as per ASTM A 90. 3. C Section: Zinc coating as per ASTM A 123. +.b 02821-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 """�' C. Gate Posts: For single gate or one leaf of double gate,as follows. 1. Up to 6 Foot Fabric Height: a. Type I Posts: 1) Round: 2.875 inch outside diameter pipe,5.79 Ibs/lin ft. 2) Square: 2.5"x 2.5"outside dimension,5.10 lbs/lin ft. b. Type II Posts: 2.875 inch outside diameter pipe,4.641bs/lin ft. 2. Over 6 Foot Fabric Height: a. Type I Posts: Round;4.00 inch outside diameter pipe,9.10 lbs/lin ft. b. Type II Posts: 4.00 inch outside diameter pipe,6.56 lbs/lin ft. D. Top,Bottom,and Intermediate Rails: Manufacturer's longest lengths. 1. Typical: a. Type I: Round; 1.66 inch outside diameter pipe,2.27 lbs/lin ft. b. Type II: 1.66 inch outside diameter pipe 1.83 Ibs/lin ft. 2. Couplings: Expansion type,approximately 6 inches long. 3. Attaching Devices: Means of attaching top rail securely to each gate,corner,pull,and end post. E. Posts for Garden Center aluminum truss columns for shade cloth canopy. a. Type I: Round,size as indicated on the drawings. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Sleeves: Galvanized steel pipe with inside diameter not less than 1/2 inch greater than outside diameter of fence posts. Provide steel plate closure welded to bottom of sleeves of width and length not less than 1 inch greater than outside diameter of sleeve. 1. Up to 6 Foot Fabric Height: Provide sleeve not less than 12 inches long. 2. Over 6 Foot Fabric Height(Not for Partitions Tight to Roof Deck): Provide sleeve not less than 24 inches long. 3. Fabric Installed Tight to Roof Deck (Posts Braced to Roof Structure): Provide sleeve not less than 12 incheslong. B. Tension Wire: 7 gage steel, metallic-coated coil spring wire, in accordance with ASTM A 824, located at bottom of fence fabric. C. Wire Ties: 11 gage galvanized steel. D. Post Brace Assembly: Manufacturer's standard adjustable brace at end and gate posts and at both sides of corner and pull posts,with horizontal brace located at mid-height of fabric. Use same materials as top rail for brace, and truss to line posts with 0.375 inch diameter rod and adjustable tightener. E. Post Tops: Galvanized steel, weather tight closure cap for tubular posts, one cap for each post. Furnish cap with openings to permit passage of top rail. F. Stretcher Bars: Galvanized steel, one piece lengths equal to full height of fabric; with minimum cross section of 3/16 x 3/4 inch. Provide one stretcher bar for each gate and end post,and two for each corner and pull post. G. Stretcher Bar Bands: Manufacturer's standard. H. Gate Cross-Bracing: 3/8 inch diameter galvanized steel adjustable length truss rods. I. Gate Hardware: 1. Swinging Gate Hardware: a. Hinges: Size and material to suit gate size; offset to permit 180 degree gate opening. Provide 1-1/2 pair of hinges for each leaf over 6-0"nominal height. 02821-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 r,. PART 2-PRODUCTS +• 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with specifications,use products of one of the following: 1. Allied Tube and Conduit Fence Division;(708)339-1610. 2. Anchor Fence, Inc.;(410)633-6500. 3. Cyclone Fence,U.S. Steel Group USX Corp.; (817)640-5309. mo 4. Master-Halco,Inc.;(800)883-8384. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel Posts: 1. Type I: ASTM F 1083, standard weight (Schedule 40) round or square post, hot dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 90. -� 2. Type II: ASTM F 669, cold-formed and welded steel pipe with zinc coating in accordance with ASTM F 1234. 3. C Section: Rolled formed steel'C'shapes,produced from ASTM A 570 Grade 45 and ASTM A 572 Grade .. 45,and shall be fabricated with zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A 123. B. Fabric: No. 9 gage(0.148 nominal)galvanized steel wire in 2 inch mesh;ASTM A 392. 1. Fabric height less than 72 inches: Top and bottom selvages knuckled. 2. Fabric height 72 inches and greater: Top selvage twisted,bottom selvage knuckled. 2.3 COMPONENTS , A. End,Corner,and Pull Posts: Minimum sizes and weights as follows. 1. Up to 6 Foot Fabric Height: a. Type I Posts: 1) Round: 2.375 inch outside diameter pipe,3.65 lbs/lin ft. 2) Square: 2"x 2"outside dimension,2.601bs/lin ft. b. Type II Posts: 2.375 inch outside diameter pipe,3.12 lbs/lin ft. Mm, 2. Over 6 Foot to 13 foot Fabric Height: a. Type I Posts: 1) Round: 2.875 inch outside diameter pipe,5.79 lbs/lin ft. 2) Square: 2.5"x 2.5"outside dimension,5.10 lbs/lin ft. b. Type II Posts: 2.875 inch outside diameter pipe,4.641bs/lin ft. 3. 13 foot and over Fabric Height(If required): a. Type I Posts: Round;4.0 inch outside diameter pipe,9.10 lbs/lin ft. b. Type II Posts: 4.0 inch outside diameter pipe,6.56 lbs/lin ft. B. Line(Intermediate)Posts: Minimum sizes and weights as follows. 1. Up to 6 Foot Fabric Height: a. Type I Posts: Round; 1.90 inch outside diameter pipe,2.72 lbs/lin ft. b. Type II Posts: 1.90 inch outside diameter pipe,2.28 lbs/lin ft. C. C Section: 1.875"x 1.625"outside dimension,2.28 lbs/lin ft. .. 2. Over 6 Foot to 8 Foot Fabric Height: a. Type I Posts: Round;2.375 inch outside diameter pipe,3.65 lbs/lin ft. b. Type II Posts: 2.375 inch outside diameter pipe,3.12 lbs/lin ft. C. C Section: 2.25"x 1.70"outside dimension,2.64 lbs/lin ft. 3. Over 8 Foot Fabric Height: a. Type I Posts: 1) Round: 2.875 inch outside diameter pipe,5.79 lbs/lin ft. w 2) Square: 2.5"x 2.5"outside dimension,5.10 lbs/lin ft. b. Type II Posts: 2.875 inch outside diameter pipe,4.641bs/lin ft. 02821-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 "'" UniSpec Il 123199 SECTION 02821 -CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES(BUILDING RELATED) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior and interior chain link fence. 2. Columns for Garden Center aluminum trusses at shade cloth canopy. 3. Acrylic plastic sheet at Garden Center swinging exit gate. 4. Manual swinging and sliding chain link gates. 5. Plastic slat screening. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300-Cast-In-Place Concrete: Concrete anchorage for posts. 2. Section 13121 -Fabric Structures: Aluminum trusses and shade cloth canopy at Garden Center. 3. Section 08710-Door Hardware: Panic exit device at Garden Center swinging exit chain link gate. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A 90-Tests for Weight of Coating on Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)Iron or Steel Articles. 2. ASTM A 116-Specification for Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)Steel Woven Wire Fence Fabric. 3. ASTM A 123 -Specification for Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 4. ASTM A 392-Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric. 5. ASTM F 567-Specification for Installation of Chain Link Fence. 6. ASTM A 570-Specification for Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet and Strip,Structural Quality. 7. ASTM A 572 - Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality. OR 8. ASTM A 824 - Specification for Metallic-Coated Steel Marcelled Tension Wire Use with Chain Link Fence. 9. ASTM F 669 - Specification for Strength Requirements of Metal Posts and Rails for Industrial Chain Link Fence. AIM 10. ASTM F 900-Specification for Industrial and Commercial Swing Gates. 11. ASTM F 1083 - Specification for Pipe, Steel, Hot-Dipped Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Welded, For Fence Structures. 12. ASTM F1184-Specification for Industrial and Commercial Horizontal Slide Gates. 13. ASTM F 1234-Specification for Protective Coatings on Steel Framework for Fences. B. Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute(CLFMI): Product Manual. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: Fencing system and installation engineered to withstand 70 mph windload assuming 50 percent coverage with hanging plastic banners and signage. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with CLFMI Product Manual and ASTM F 567. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum 3 years documented experience. 02821-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 MW C. Perform cutting and patching required by installation of shoring in accordance with approved Cutting and Patching Procedures and Sequencing Plan as specified in Section 01700. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Shoring Design Engineer: Inspect and approve shoring materials and installation prior to start of any demolition work. B. Submit inspection report to Wal-Mart Construction Manager. END OF SECTION .�e ..R A" r■ M" .w 02251-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 oft UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 02251 -SHORING PART1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Shoring at excavations and building structural and non-structural elements required to provide temporary support during excavating,demolition,and construction operations. 2. Temporary protection including without limits for construction workers, materials, existing construction other adjacent properties,and public. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01700-Execution Requirements: Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching Work. 2. Section 02023 - Selective Site Demolition: Procedures for demolition and removal of existing building elements. 1.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design and provide shoring to safely prevent collapse of materials and structures and to permit construction op- erations to proceed in conformance with construction sequence phases indicated on Drawings. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide design of shoring by professional civil or structural engineer licensed in State in which project is located. B. Coordinate shoring design and construction with: 1. Soil Investigation Report prepared for this project. 2. Building structural system, including without limits to locations of footings, columns, pilasters, walls, and other related structural elements. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Provide shoring constructed of structural materials as required for shoring system design. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where Work under this Section will be performed. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Starting Work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. Be responsible for correcting unsatisfactory and de- fective Work encountered after starting Work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install shoring system in accordance with shoring design drawings. B. Coordinate placement of shoring system elements with existing Work and approved Demolition Procedures and Sequencing Plan as specified in Section 02023. 02251-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .. C. Interior or Exterior Slab on Grade: No 1. Locate portion of existing concrete slab to be removed. Saw cut perimeter of existing slab minimum of 50%of slab thickness to provide a breaking point to remove existing concrete. 2. Break concrete slab to be removed into portions easily removed,maximum 3 feet dimension at any side. 3. Remove concrete pieces within removed area down to the existing subgrade. D. Exterior Masonry: 1. Locate portion of existing masonry wall to be removed. Units which are removed: "tooth" from existing construction. 2. Verify that temporary supports,enclosures,and bracing are in place and adequate for intended purpose. 3. Remove only that portion of the exterior wall which is required for the indicated new construction. E. Below Grade Construction: 1. Remove below grade construction including foundation work, column footings, and abandon mechanical, plumbing,and electrical work as indicated. OR F. Interior Walls and Partitions: 1. Remove interior walls and partitions as indicated. 2. Remove all top and bottom framing tracks and overhead braces of partitions being removed. G. Doors and Frames: 1. Remove hollow metal doors and frames. 2. Remove aluminum storefront doors and frames. 3. Remove aluminum automatic doors and frames. H. Interior Finishes: Oft 1. Remove carpet and carpet adhesives. I. Mechanical System: ,.. 1. Remove mechanical equipment and related ductwork as indicated. 2. Provide temporary weathertight protection of openings in roof and exterior walls. 3. Remove accessories to the mechanical system including,but not limited to,hanger straps. .�e J. Plumbing: 1. Remove plumbing fixtures and accessories including exposed supply,waste,and vent piping as indicated. 2. Identify concealed piping within and below slab construction, and cap a minimum of 3 inches below finish �* floor unless otherwise noted. K. Electrical Service: 1. Remove abandoned electrical fixtures,conduit,boxes,and wiring as indicated. .. 2. Remove electrical circuits including conduct as indicated. END OF SECTION *. .w 02023-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 "" 9. Where selective demolition terminates at a "surface" or construction "to remain," completely remove all traces of material selectively demolished,including mortar beds. Provide smooth, even substrate transition as specified in Section 01731. C. Environmental Controls: 1. Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in air to lowest practical level. 2. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. 3. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, or pollution. D. Below Grade Demolition: 1. Demolish and remove below grade wood or metal construction. 2. Break up below grade concrete slabs. E. Filling Below-Grade Voids: 1. Fill below grade areas and voids resulting from demolition work. 2. Use fill consisting of earth,gravel,or sand,free of trash and debris, stones over 6 inches diameter,roots,or other organic matter. F. If unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements conflicting with intended function or design are en- countered,submit written report of nature and extent of conflict to Architect and Wal-Mart Construction Manager. Rearrange demolition schedule to continue job progress without delay. 3.4 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Transport and legally dispose of debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from demolition operations, to le- gally approved and licensed offsite location. B. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, comply with applicable regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning removal,handling, and protection against exposure or environmental pollution. Notify Wal-Mart Construction Manager, in writing,of hazardous materials encountered. 3.5 POLLUTION CONTROLS A. Use temporary enclosures and other suitable methods to limit the amount of dust and dirt rising and scattering in the air to the lowest practical level. B. Comply with governing authorities pertaining to environmental protection. C. Clean adjacent portion of the structure and improvement of dust, dirt and debris caused by demolition operations, as directed by the Wal-Mart Construction Manager and governing authorities. Return adjacent areas to conditions existing prior to the start of the work. D. Burning of trash,debris,or removed materials not permitted on site. 3.6 SCHEDULE OF SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. Remove and dispose of existing building items and adjacent sitework items as required for Work and as indicated on Drawings. B. Sitework Adjacent to Building: 1. Fencing,gates and concrete post footings. 2. Asphalt concrete paving. 3. Metal handrails and railings. 02023-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 PART 3 -EXECUTION ** 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas of Work under this Section. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Starting Work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ensure safe passage of persons around area of demolition. B. Erect temporary covered passageways as sspecified in Section 01500. C. Protect existing finish work to remain in place. D. Protect floors with suitable coverage. E. Construct temporary insulated solid dustproof partitions where noise or extensive dirt or dust operations are per- formed. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks if required as specified in Section 01500. F. Provide temporary weather protection between demolition and removal of existing construction on exterior sur- faces and installation of new construction to ensure no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior ar- eas of existing building as specified in Section 01500. ..s G. Cease operations and notify Wal-Mart Construction Manager immediately if safety of structure appears to be en- dangered. H. Take precautions to support structure until determination is made for continuing operations. I. Cover and protect furniture, equipment, and fixtures to remain from soiling or damage when demolition work is �. performed in rooms or areas from which such items have not been removed. 3.3 DEMOLITION .w A. The Owner will remove or, under separate contract, have materials and equipment which the Owner requires re- moved,prior to commencement of Work under this Section. Coordinate scheduling of removal of Owner materi- als and equipment with Wal-Mart Construction Manager and Store Manager. B. Demolition: 1. Perform demolition work in systematic manner. 2. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. 3. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using masonry saws or hand tools, and make cuts straight and square with building. 4. Do not use powder-driven impact tools. 5. Locate demolition equipment throughout structure and promptly remove debris to avoid imposing excessive loads on supporting walls,floor,or framing. 6. For interior slabs on grade,use removal methods that will not crack or structurally disturb adjacent slabs or partitions. 7. Perform cutting of existing concrete and masonry construction with saws and core drills. Do not use jack- hammers or explosives. 8. Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances for the work. 02023-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 P 1.6 PROJECT SITE A. Indicated"Existing Construction" was obtained from existing drawings. Verify existing conditions as specified in Document 00800 and notify the Wal-Mart Construction Manager of discrepancies before proceeding with the Work. B. Perform removal, cutting, drilling, etc., of existing work with extreme care, and use small tools in order not to jeopardize the structural integrity of the building. C. Occupancy: Contractor will have limited use of the facility during construction as specified in Section 01700. D. Condition of Structure: The Owner assumes no responsibility for the actual condition of portions of the structure to be demolished. E. Protection: Ensure that the safe passage of persons around the area of demolition is provided. Conduct operations to prevent damage to adjacent buildings,structures,and other facilities,and injury to persons. 1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Comply with Wal-Mart approved schedule for sequence of operations for selective demolition work. OR B. Include coordination for shut-off,capping,and continuation of utility services as required,together with details for dust and noise control. 1.8 SHORING AND BRACING A. Provide temporary shoring, bracing and supports for building structure as required for support of structure during demolition of existing structural elements and to prevent movement, settlement of exting building and adjacent buildings and facilities to remain as specified in Section 02251. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Designated materials and equipment for re-installation: Carefully remove, store,and protect. B. Wal-Mart Salvage: Clean, store, and transfer designated materials and equipment to Owner, and obtain receipt. Wal-Mart salvage items include but are not limited to: 1. Store fixtures. 2. Storage racks. 3. Store equipment. 4. Salvage items as indicated on Drawings. C. Contractor's Salvage: 1. Contractor shall verify with and obtain approval from Wal-Mart Construction Manager for all Contractor salvage items prior to their removal from site. 2. Transport salvaged items from site as items are removed. 3. Storage or sale of removed items on site not permitted. D. Replace materials scheduled for reuse which are damaged to the extent that they cannot be reused. Replace with equal quality material at no additional cost to the Owner as specified in Section 01700. E. Coordinate with the Owner on disposition of salvage items not scheduled for reuse, demolished materials, and equipment. Deliver salvaged materials,not reused,as directed,by or to the Owner. 02023-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS 00 A. Conditions of Structure: 1. Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items or structures to be demolished. 2. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by Owner insofar as practical. 3. Variations within structure may occur by Owner's removal and salvage operations prior to start of selective demolition work. B. Traffic: Conduct selective demolition and debris removal in manner to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Provide traffic controls as specified in Section 01500. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE am A. Qualifications: Engage only personnel who can demonstrate not less that five (5) years successful experience in Work of similar character. B. Performance Criteria: so 1. Requirements of Structural Work: Do not cut structural work in a manner resulting in a reduction of load- carrying capacity of load/deflection ratio. 2. Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut operational elements and safety-related components in a a* manner resulting in a reduction of capacities to perform in a manner intended or resulting in a decreased operational life,increased maintenance,or decreased safety. 3. Visual Requirements: Do not cut work which is exposed on the exterior or exposed in occupied spaces of we the building in a manner resulting in a reduction of visual qualities or resulting in substantial evidence of the demolition work judged by the Architect to be cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. _ 4. Loading: Do not superimpose loads at any point upon existing structure beyond design capacity including loads attributable to materials,construction equipment,demolition operations,and shoring and bracing. ,. 5. Vibration: Do not use means, methods, techniques, or procedures which would induce vibration into any element of the structure. 6. Fire: Do not use means,methods,techniques,or procedures which would produce any fire hazard. 7. Water: Do not use means, methods, techniques, or procedures which would produce water run-off, and .� water pollution. 8. Air Pollution: Do not use means, methods, techniques or procedures which would produce uncontrolled dust,fumes,or other damaging air pollution. ma 1.5 UTILITY SERVICES am A. Maintain existing utilities. Keep in service and protect against damage during demolition operations. B. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities except when authorized in writing by authori- ties having jurisdiction and approval by Wal-Mart Construction Manager. M+ C. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities as acceptable to governing authorities. .. D. Locate,identify,stub off,and disconnect utility services not to remain. E. Provide by-pass connections as necessary to maintain continuity of service to occupied areas of building. F. Provide advance notice to Wal-Mart if shut-down of service is necessary during change-over. 02023-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 '"` UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 02023 -SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Procedures for demolition and removal of existing building elements. 2. Protection of existing construction. 3. Salvaged material and items. 4. Schedule of building demolition. 5. Disposal of demolished materials(non-hazardous and hazardous). B. Related Sections: 1. Document 00800 - Supplementary Conditions: Review of Contract Documents and field conditions by Contractor. 2. Section 01100-Summary: Restrictions for Work within and adjacent to existing building areas. 3. Section 01700-Execution Requirments. 4. Section 01731 -Cutting and Patching: Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching Work. 5. Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary protection and barriers. Removal and disposal of demolished materials. 6. Section 02251 -Shoring: Requirements for shoring and bracing. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Selective Demolition Requirements: 1. Perform demolition in construction sequence phases according to Construction Sequence Drawings. 2. Work necessary and required to facilitate the new construction indicated. 3. Demolish so that construction, new and existing, can be performed and completed in accordance with construction documents. 4. Visit the project site and become familiar with the existing conditions and project requirements. 5. Clarify the scope of the Work under this Section including salvage material. The Owner will be responsible for removing materials and equipment which the Owner wishes to salvage prior to the beginning of this Work. 6. Retain existing fire protection sprinkler system in place and active. 7. Contractor is responsible for damage to existing structure and replacement or repair of damage. 8. Repair,replace,or rebuild existing construction as required or as directed which has been removed,altered, or disrupted to allow for new construction. Correct existing construction to match adjacent construction, new or existing as specified in Section 0 173 1. OR B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Conform to applicable code for demolition of structures, safety of adjacent structures, dust control, runoff control,and disposal. 2. Obtain required permits from authorities having jurisdiction and submit to Wal-Mart. 3. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements. Submit Certificates for severance of utility services and submit confirmation documentation of all utility company contacts to Wal-Mart. ll ► 4. Do not close or obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or hydrants without permits from authorities having jurisdiction and Wal-Mart Construction Manager. 5. Conform to applicable regulatory procedures when discovering hazardous or contaminated materials. 6. Test soils around buried tanks for contamination(where burried tanks occur). 02023-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut to prevent failure. B. Protection: 1. Protect other work during cutting and patching to prevent damage. 2. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for that part of project that may be exposed during cutting and patching operations. 3. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. 4. Take precautions not to cut existing pipe, conduit, or duct serving building but scheduled to be relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Remove, cut, and patch Work in a manner to minimize damage and to provide means of restoring products, mate- �*+ rials and finishes to original condition. B. Cut work using methods that are least likely to damage work to be retained or adjoining work. .. C. Where cutting is required,use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding,not hammering or chop- ping. Cut through concrete and masonry using cutting machine, such as a carborundum saw or core drill. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required with minimum disturbance of adjacent work. To avoid marring existing ** finished surfaces, cut and drill from exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. D. Patch with seams that are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances for work. ,. 3.4 TRANSITIONS A. Where expansion new Work abuts or aligns with existing Work, provide a smooth and even transition. Patched Work shall match existing adjacent Work in texture and appearance. B. When finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with expansion new Work is not possible, terminate ex- isting surface along a straight line at a natural line of division. 3.5 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SURFACES "f A. Patch or replace portions of existing surfaces which are damaged,discolored,or showing imperfections. B. Repair substrate prior to patching finish. 3.6 FINISHES A. Finish surfaces as specified in individual product sections. B. Finish patched area shall produce uniform finish and texture over entire area. When finish cannot be matched, re- .� finish entire surface to nearest intersections. END OF SECTION ON 0M O.. 01731-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 "" UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 01731 -CUTTING AND PATCHING PRO PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching Work. 2. Products for patching and extending Work. 3. Transitions and adjustments. 4. Repair of damaged surfaces,finishes and cleaning. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01500-Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary barriers. 2. Section 02023 -Selective Site Demolition: Procedures for removing existing materials and equipment. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Cutting and patching includes cutting into existing construction to provide for installation or performance of other work and subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Structural Work: 1. Do not cut and patch structural work in manner resulting in reduction of load-carrying capacity or load and deflection ratio. 2. Submit proposal and request and obtain Wal-Mart Construction Manager's review before proceeding with cutting and patching of structural work. C. Operational Limitations: 1. Do not cut and patch operational elements and safety components in manner resulting in decreased performance,shortened useful life,or increased maintenance. -Mart Construction Manager's acceptance before proceeding 2. Submit proposals and requests and obtain Wal with cutting and patching. D. Quality Limitations: Do not cut and patch work exposed to view(exterior and interior) in manner resulting in no- ticeable reduction of aesthetic qualities and similar qualities,as judged by Wal-Mart Construction Manager. E. Limitation on Acceptance: Wal-Mart Construction Manager's acceptance to proceed with cutting and patching does not waive right to later require removal or replacement of work found to be cut and patched in unsatisfactory manner as judged by Wal-Mart Construction Manager. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Use materials for cutting and patching that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not avail- able or cannot be used,use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials for cutting and patching that will result in equal or better performance characteristics. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which work is to be performed before cutting. Take corrective action before proceeding with work if unsafe or otherwise unsatisfactory conditions are encountered. 01731-1 # !} Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 BLANK PAGE +.a rA 01700-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .. UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 01700-EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General Installation Requirements 2. Work Within and Adjacent to Existing Building Area. 1.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Repair, re-route, and extend all services, piping, and conduit of existing items and equipment as required during construction operations for installation and operation of new items and equipment. Re-install existing equipment or related items in areas affected by Work as required for proper operation. B. Provide furring for all existing and new piping and conduit. Finish and materials on furring to match existing ad- jacent finishes. C. Obtain all required inspections and approvals from authorities having jurisdiction for Temporary Certificate of Occupancy for Offices and Stockroom 7 calendar days prior to Wal-Mart scheduled move into new Office and Stockroom areas. D. Provide materials and finishes used for expansion Work of same type as existing materials and finishes as speci- fied in Section 01600. 1.3 WORK WITHIN AND ADJACENT TO EXISTING BUILDING AREAS A. Building Regulations: Comply with all specific Wal-Mart building regulations for Contractor work within build- ing. Specific regulations will be discussed by Wal-Mart Construction Manager at Preconstruction Conference. PART 2-PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01700-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .M ON ew am Jon .. Am go M. BLANK PAGE .aw 01600-8 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 ..s Specification Furnished Received Section Description B B Installed By Order Date* Delivery Date* 16700 Telephone • Telephone Service Installed Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Wal-Mart 10 weeks 4 weeks • Telephone System(Phase 1) Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Wal-Mart 4 weeks • Telephone System(Phase 2) Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Wal-Mart 2 weeks after possession Fire Alarm Drawings Fire Alarm System • Fire Alarm System Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Wal-Mart 4 weeks • Burglar Alarm System Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Wal-Mart 4 weeks *Dates are based on number of weeks prior to possession(unless noted otherwise). END OF SCHEDULE P0 01600-7 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .. Specification Furnished Received Section Description By By Installed By Order Date* Delivery Date* Architectural Wal-Mart Drawings Vision Center Equipment Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Contr.Hook-Up 1 week Architectural Wal-Mart Drawings Photo Lab Equipment Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Contr.Hook-Up Contractor to schedule Architectural Drawings Pharmacy Equipment Wal-Mart Contractor Contractor 4-6 weeks Architectural Drawings Fire Extinguishers Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Contractor to schedule 13121 Fabric Structures Wal-Mart Contractor Contractor 8 weeks 13810 Energy Monitoring and Control Systems Owner Owner Owner Contractor to schedule 13812 Energy Management System Wiring Owner Owner Owner Contractor to schedule w' 15480 Water Heaters Owner Contractor Contractor Contractor to schedule 15700 Roof Top Air Conditioning Units Owner Contractor Contractor Contractor to schedule 15700 HVAC Test and Balance Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Wal-Mart 1 week sw 15600 Refrigeration Contractor to coord.with • Condensers/Evaporators Owner Owner Owner Refrigeration Department Contractor to coord.with • Walk-In Cooler/Freezers Owner Owner Owner Refrigeration Department Contractor to coord.with • Upright Cases with Doors Wal-Mart Owner Owner Refrigeration Department 16121 Prefabricated Flexible Cable Assemblies Owner Contractor Contractor Contractor to schedule am 16128 Data System Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Contractor to schedule 16265 Central UPS Wal-Mart Contractor Wal-Mart 3 weeks w 16402 Low Voltage Service and Distribution Owner Contractor Contractor Contractor to schedule 16500 Lighting Fixtures as Noted Owner Contractor Contractor Contractor to schedule ..w 16525 Site Lighting • Anchor Bolts Owner Contractor Contractor Contractor to schedule • Site Lighting Poles/Heads Owner Contractor Contractor Contractor to schedule 16700 Satellite Dish Equipment and Cabling Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Wal-Mart 3 weeks .ems •w 01600-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .w PP PRODUCTS FURNISHED BY OTHERS SCHEDULE Specification Furnished Received Section Description By By Installed By Order Date* Delivery Date* 05210 Steel Joists Owner Contractor Contractor Contractor to schedule 05300 Metal Roof Decking Owner Contractor Contractor Contractor to schedule 05500 Metal Fabrications Jib Crane Hoist Arm and Railing Assembly Wal-Mart Contractor Contractor Contractor to schedule -- Monitor Bracket Support Assembly Wal-Mart Contractor Contractor Contractor to schedule • Television Monitor Bracket Wal-Mart Contractor Contractor Contractor to schedule 07411 Manufactured Roof Panels Owner Contractor Contractor Contractor to schedule 08331 Pharmacy Coiling Counter Doors Wal-Mart Contractor Contractor Contractor to schedule 08352 Accordion Folding Door Owner Contractor Owner Contractor to schedule 08360 Sectional Overhead Doors Owner Owner Owner Contractor to Schedule 08462 Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors Owner Owner Owner Contractor to Schedule 08710 Positive Lock Alarm Exit Device Owner Contractor Contractor Contractor to schedule- 06610 Fiber Reinforced Plastic Coated Panels Owner Contractor Contractor Contractor to schedule Resilient Flooring Tile,Feature Tile,and Contractor to schedule 09650 Adhesive Wal-Mart Contractor Contractor 09720 Wall Covering for Vision Center Wal-Mart Contractor Contractor Contractor to schedule Architectural Drawings Carpet Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Wal-Mart 2 weeks Architectural Contractor coordinate Drawings Signage Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Wal-Mart with Sign Department 10810 Toilet Accessories • Toilet Paper Holders,Sanitary Napkin Disposals,Soap Dispensers Wal-Mart Contractor Contractor Possession date • Paper Towel Dispensers Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Refer to Section 11400 and Snack Bar 11400 Food Service Equipment(Snack Bar) Drawings for Schedule of Equipment 10 weeks 6 weeks Architectural Drawings Stock Room Motorized Racks Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Wal-Mart 1-4 weeks Architectural Drawings High Stock Fixed Racks Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Wal-Mart 1-4 weeks Architectural Drawings Battery Chargers Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Wal-Mart 10 weeks 6 weeks Architectural Drawings Balers/Compactors Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Wal-Mart 3 weeks Architectural Drawing Safe Wal-Mart Wal-Mart Contractor 9 weeks 6 weeks 01600-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer, for components being replaced. B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BY OTHERS SCHEDULE A. Refer to schedule at the end of this Section for products furnished by others and respective milestone dates. .A wn .w 01600-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,,, B. Unpack and set in place,plumb, level,and secure. C. Connect to mechanical,plumbing,and electrical systems as required. D. Remove packaging and clean products. E. Test and adjust as required. -NEGOTIATED SUPPLIERS 1.9 PRE x A. Wal-Mart has negotiated national accounts for Products identified in individual Specification,Sections. Manufac- turer national accounts include fixed pricing, delivery, and payment terms for the Products to be incorporated into the Work. B. Refer to individual Specification Sections for product manufacturer and manufacturer national account contact in- formation. C. Procure specified products as indicated in the individual Specification Section through the manufacturer national account contact. 1.10 PRODUCT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Deliver materials and equipment at such stages of work in order to expedite the Work and minimize storage requirements. B. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, and damage. Do not use damaged materials and equipment. 1.11 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS A. Provide safe storage of both Owner furnished and Contractor furnished products. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather-tight,climate controlled enclosures. C. For exterior storage of fabricated products,place on sloped supports,above ground. D. Provide off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. E. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensa- tion. F. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter. G. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling,disfigurement,or damage. H. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undam- aged and are maintained under specified conditions. 01600-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 MW B. Wal-Mart's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for delivery of supplier furnished shop drawings,product data,and samples to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site, in accordance with agreed upon construction management plan in Section 01320. 3. Deliver supplier's shipment list of materials to Contractor. ..� 4. Submit claims for transportation damage. 5. Arrange for replacement of damaged,defective,or missing items. 6. Arrange for manufacturers'warranties,bonds,services,and inspections,as required. C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Determine and coordinate quantities of materials with Wal-Mart's Construction Department. 2. Coordinate required delivery dates with Wal-Mart's Construction Department. 3. Review supplier furnished shop drawings, product data, and samples under provisions of Section 01330. Submit to supplier with notification to Architect and Wal-Mart's Construction Department of any discrep- ancies or problems anticipated in the use the products. 4. Receive and unload products at the Site. ` 5. Promptly inspect products upon receipt for shortages, damaged, or defective items; report to Wal-Mart's Construction Department. 6. Handle products at site, including uncrating,storage,and protection. 7. Install products when indicated in"Products Furnished by Others Schedule"at end of this Section. 8. Protect installed products from damage. 9. Replace items damaged by Contractor. 10. Remove trash,debris,and rubbish. " 1.7 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Products furnished to the site and paid for by Owner are those indicated in "Products Furnished by Others Sched- ule" at end of this Section. B. Owner's Responsibilities: .. 1. Arrange for delivery of supplier furnished shop drawings,product data,and samples to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site, in accordance with agreed upon construction management plan in Section 01320. + 3. Deliver supplier's shipment list of materials to Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage. 5. Arrange for replacement of damaged,defective,or missing items. .� 6. Arrange for manufacturers'warranties,bonds,services,and inspections,as required. C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Determine and coordinate quantities of materials with Owner and Wal-Mart's Construction Department. 2. Coordinate required delivery dates with Owner and Wal-Mart's Construction Department. 3. Review supplier furnished shop drawings, product data, and samples under provisions of Section 01330. Submit to supplier with notification to Architect, Owner, and Wal-Mart's Construction Department of any .� discrepancies or problems anticipated in the use the products. 4. Receive and unload products at the Site. 5. Promptly inspect products upon receipt for shortages, damaged, or defective items; report to Owner and Wal-Mart's Construction Department. *� 6. Handle products at site,including uncrating,storage,and protection. 7. Install products when indicated in"Products Furnished by Others Schedule"at end of this Section. 8. Protect installed products from damage. .� 9. Replace items damaged by Contractor. 10. Remove trash,debris,and rubbish. 1.8 INSTALLATION OF WAL-MART AND OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 01600-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .,,� OF go UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 01600-PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Basic Product Requirements 2. Product Options on 3. Product Substitution Requirements 4. Owner Furnished Products 5. Pre-negotiated Suppliers. 6. Product Delivery Requirements 7. Product Storage and Handling Requirements 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Defined as new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components required for reuse. 1.3 BASIC PRODUCT RQUIREMENTS ! " A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus standards, comply with require- ments of the standard,except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Contract Documents. C. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents. D. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect be- fore proceeding. Wo E. The contractual relationship, duties, and responsibilities of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.4 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Naming a Single Manufacturer and/or Model Number: Provide specified product only. B. Products Specified by Naming Two or More Manufacturers: Provide specified products of manufacturers and models named only,meeting specifications and specified requirements. C. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Provide any product meeting specified refer- ence standard or description. 1.5 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION REQUIREMENTS A. No substitutions permitted. Provide specified products only. 1.6 WAL-MART FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Products furnished to the site and paid for by Wal-Mart are those indicated under "Products Furnished by Others Schedule" at end of this Section. 01600-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Am an .. BLANK PAGE 01500-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .. PART 2-PRODUCTS Not Used. P4 PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 06 po 01500-5 IF Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 F. Do not operate cranes or other heavy equipment on concrete floor slabs if damage could result from such opera- , tions. G. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas. .w 1.17 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. B. Coordinate with Owner's security program through Wal-Mart Construction Manager. ..a 1.18 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING A. Construct and maintain temporary all weather roads accessing public thoroughfares to serve building pad and con- struction staging area. B. Extend and relocate as Work progress requires. Provide detours necessary for unimpeded traffic flow. C. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants,free of obstructions. D. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. E. When site space is not adequate,provide additional off-site parking. F. Provide 100'x 100'all weather material staging area exclusive of building pad. 1.19 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials,debris,and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing,and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. s� D. Remove waste materials,debris,and rubbish from site weekly and dispose off-site. 1.20 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES,FACILITIES,AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Final Application for Payment inspection. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. C. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. am am am 01500-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 am 4W P0 1.12 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weather-tight closure of exterior openings to provide acceptable working conditions and pro- tection for Products, to allow for temporary heating and maintenance of required ambient temperatures identified in individual specification Sections,and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. B. Provide access doors with self-closing hardware and locks. 1.13 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary partitions as required to separate work areas from Owner occupied areas,to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner occupied areas,and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment. B. Framing and plywood sheet materials with closed joints and sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces. 1.14 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. Contractor's Office: ps 1. Size as required for Contractor's use and to provide space for project meetings. 2. Adequate electrical power,lighting,heating,and cooling to maintain human comfort. 3. Office space with desk and chair, layout table, plan rack, and facilities for storage of Project Record Documents. 4. Furnishings in meeting area: a. Conference table and chairs for at least eight persons. b. Racks and files for Project Record Documents in,or adjacent to,the meeting area. C. Other furnishings: Contractor's option. 5. Contractor's office and sheds not to be used as living accommodations. B. Storage Sheds: Structurally sound,weathertight,on proper foundations,with floors raised above ground. C. Locate office and sheds minimum 30 feet from structures. MM 1.15 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide construction aids required to facilitate execution of Work, including stairs, ladders, ramps, staging, plat- forms,railings,cranes,scaffolds,hoists,chutes,runways,and other required facilities and equipment. B. Coordinate crane service required for erection of structural steel, installation of HVAC Rooftop Units, Electrical Distribution Center(when used),and other crane services as required to accommodate Wal-Mart's needs. 1.16 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed Work;provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections. B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to minimize damage. C. Provide protective coverings at walls,projections,jambs,sills,and soffits of openings. D. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. E. Minimize traffic and storage on roofed surfaces. If traffic or storage is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from roofing material manufacturer. 01500-3 � Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 C. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F in areas where construction is in progress, unless indi- cated otherwise in specifications. 1.5 TEMPORARY VENTILATION A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes,vapors,or gases. ow 1.6 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide,maintain and pay for telephone service to field office at time of project mobilization. ..r 1.7 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Provide,maintain and pay for suitable quality water service required for construction operations. ** B. Extend branch piping with outlets located so water is available by hoses with threaded connections. Provide tem- porary pipe insulation to prevent freezing. C. Connect to existing water source. Owner will pay cost of water used. Exercise measures to conserve water. 1.8 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required chemical toilet facilities. B. Existing facilities shall not be used. 1.9 BARRIERS A. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic,stored materials,site and structures from damage. B. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas to allow for Owner's use of site,and to protect ,.l! existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. C. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way, to allow for Owner's use of site,and for public access to existing building. ow 1.10 FENCING ..e A. Construction: Commercial grade chain link fence,6 feet high. B. Provide fence around area of expansion and staging area. C. Equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks. 1.11 WATER CONTROL A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water.Provide,operate,and maintain pumping equipment. B. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion. C. The Contractor shall at all times protect all activities of his construction, excavations, fill areas, embankments, trenches structures or building from damage from rainwater, spring water, ground water, backing up of drains, sewers and all other water encountered during his operations. He shall provide all pumps, equipment and enclo- sures necessary to provide adequate protection. 01500-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 l UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 01500-TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Temporary Utilities: Electricity,lighting,heat,ventilation,telephone service,water,and sanitary facilities. 2. Temporary Controls: Barriers,enclosures and fencing,protection of the Work,and water control. 3. Construction Facilities: All weather access roads, parking, progress cleaning, and temporary buildings, staging areas. 1.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY !! ;..; A. Connect to existing power service. Owner will pay cost of electricity used. Power consumption shall not disrupt Owner's need for continuous service. Exercise measures to conserve energy. B. Arrange with local electric utility for installation of temporary electric service. Provide required items of work as- sociated with the installation of temporary electric service. C. Provide adequate distribution equipment,wiring, and outlets to provide single phase branch circuits for power and lighting. Provide temporary feeders to limit voltage loss to 5% overall from local utility power lines to provide electric requirements for project during construction. D. Provide main service disconnect and overcurrent protection at convenient location. Provide necessary transform- ers,meters,cables,protective devices,switches,etc.,as required. E. Provide for motors up to 1/2 HP, 120 volt only. F. Provide flexible power cords as required. Provide sufficient number of outlets so that extension cords of not more than 50 feet will reach work requiring light and power. G. Permanent convenience receptacles may not be utilized during construction. 1.3 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide and maintain lighting for construction operations. Provide temporary lighting equal to one 200 watt lamp per 1000 square feet of floor space. B. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors,pigtails, and lamps as re- quired. C. Permanent building lighting may be utilized during construction. D. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs. 1.4 TEMPORARY HEAT PW A. Provide and pay for heat devices and heat as required to maintain specified conditions for construction operations. B. Prior to operation of permanent equipment for temporary heating purposes, verify that installation is approved for operation,equipment is lubricated and filters are in place. Provide and pay for operation,maintenance,and regular ,< replacement of filters and worn or consumed parts. OP 01500-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 an Ow am PO .r Om .o dft BLANK PAGE m, wa Ow .w go 01458-10 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 w 5. Inspect walls for compliance with Drawings and Specifications. Report on the following: a. Spacing and grouting of embedded plates for joist bearing. b. Spacing and grouting (or installation of Hilti anchors) of embedded plates for continuous angle attachment at roof perimeter. C. Structural Steel Inspections: 1. Inspection of columns, beams,joist, and joists girders for compliance with Drawings and Specifications Ok shall be by a professional engineer licensed in the state where the project is located. Report on the following: a. Size of members. b. Straightness. C. Erection tolerances and bearing length: 1) Minimum 2-1/2 inch bearing length for joists. 2) Minimum 5 inch bearing length for joist girders. go d. Imperfections or damage. D. Structural Connections Inspections: 1. Inspection of bolted connections for placement and tightness shall be by a professional engineer licensed 1A in the state where the project is located. When designated on the Drawings as"Slip Critical,"high strength bolts complying with ASTM A 325 or ASTM A 490 shall be tested to ensure they have been torqued to the minimum values as shown in the AISC specification for structural connections. All other bolt locations shall be visually inspected to verify bolt placement. 10 percent of all bolted connections shall be tested to verify that nuts are snug tight. All base plate anchor bolts shall be visually inspected for out-of-plumb and extension of threads beyond the nut. 2. Inspect welded connections for compliance with Drawings and Specifications. Welding inspection shall be t by a Welding Inspector certified by AWS in accordance with AWS QC1-Standard and Guide for Qualification and Certification of Welding Inspectors, and meeting the qualification requirements of AWS D 1.1. Report on the following: a. Verify that all welding is performed by welders certified for the type of welding indicated. Deck to joist welding shall be performed by welders certified for deck welding. b. A minimum of 10 percent of joist to joist girder welds selected at random and visually inspected for length and size of weld. C. A minimum of 25 percent of continuous roof perimeter angle to embedded plate and joist welds selected at random and visually inspected for length,spacing, and size of weld. d. A minimum of 25 percent of all deck-to-joist welds,visually inspected for size,spacing,and fusion. Perform random checks of deck for adhesion to joists. e. If more than 10 percent of the welds inspected are not acceptable, an additional 25 percent of all welds shall be inspected. If additional welds are unacceptable, 100 percent of all welds shall be inspected. ! ' f. If approved by the Construction Manager, the testing engineer shall verify the adequacy of the welds in question by means of ultrasonic inspection. E. Steel Roof Deck Inspections: 1. Inspect steel roof deck for compliance with Drawings and Specifications. Report on the following: a. Select 6 random sheets for each type of deck used. Inspect for deck thickness,type,and material. b. Inspect 10 percent of side lap connectors over entire roof area for type, size,and spacing of side lap connectors. END OF SECTION 01458-9 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 3.5 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY TESTING A. Conduct strength tests in accordance with ASTM C 140. B. Select 3 units from each lot of 10,000 units or less, 6 units for each lot of 10,000 to 100,000 units, select 3 units for every 50,000 units. C. Strength of concrete masonry units will be considered satisfactory if calculated test compressive strength conforms to requirements of ASTM C 90 for hollow units and ASTM C 145 for solid units. D. In addition to required information noted previously in this Section, record the following information on concrete unit masonry compression reports: 1. Test sample number. 2. Specific wall areas covered by test. 3. Description of units used to form sample. 4. Tested compressive strength to the nearest 10 psi separately for each specimen and as the average of three �. specimens. 3.6 STRUCTURAL INSPECTION A. Concrete Foundations and Slabs-On-Grade Inspections: 1. Inspect foundations for compliance with Drawings and Specifications. Report on the following: a. Concrete footing size and depth. b. Footing bar size,spacing,and placement(cover). C. Placement and vibration of concrete. d. Dowel bar size,orientation,embedment,and spacing. a* e. Anchor bolt size,orientation,embedment,and spacing. 2. Inspect slabs-on-grade for compliance with Drawings and Specifications. Report on the following: a. Preparation of subgrade. b. Slab thickness. C. Size, spacing,placement(cover),and lap of reinforcement. d. Size,spacing,and placement of joint dowels. e. Placement and finishing of concrete. f. Time of saw cuts after placement of concrete. B. Masonry Wall Inspections: 1. Inspect wall for compliance with Drawings and Specifications. Report on the following: a. Placement of concrete masonry units(joint space,level,plumb). b. Horizontal reinforcing,spacing,and lap. C. Vertical bar size,spacing and placement(spacing across width of wall)at walls and control joints. d. Vertical bar laps. e. Lift heights,placement,and vibration of grout. 2. Inspect bond beams for compliance with Drawings and Specifications. Report on the following: „n a. Location. b. Size,placement,and lap of reinforcing bars. C. Placement and vibration of grout. 3. Inspect openings for compliance with Drawings and Specifications. Report on the following: a. Types of concrete masonry units used to form lintels. b. Reinforcing bar size and placement at lintel. C. Stirrup size and spacing at lintel. d. Vertical reinforcing size and placement at doorjambs. e. Placement and vibration of grout in lintels and jambs. 4. Inspect pilasters for compliance with Drawings and Specifications. Report on the following: a. Vertical reinforcing size and placement. b. Tie size and placement. C. Placement and vibration of grout. 01458-8 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 „® K. Certify each delivery ticket of concrete. Report type of concrete delivered, amount of water added and time at which cement and aggregate were loaded into truck,and time at which concrete was discharged from truck. 3.3 MASONRY GROUT TESTING A. Conduct strength tests in accordance with ASTM C 1019. 1. Take two strength samples for each 5000 square feet of masonry wall surface for each type of grout placed each day. z, 2. Create test samples by forming with wood surface on bottom and concrete block on sides. The samples shall be minimum 3 inches square and 6 inches high. 3. Initial cure during first 48 hours. Protect samples from loss of moisture by covering with wet cloth and keeping moist. Protect from freezing and variations in temperature. Record maximum and minimum temperatures by using a max/min thermometer. } 4. Remove masonry units that form samples after 48 hours and transport grout samples to laboratory. Keep samples protected from vibration,freezing,and moisture loss during transportation. 5. Test samples with test method ASTM C 39 at 7 days & 28 days. Compressive strength shall be the average of the two samples and shall be adequate if it equal fm as defined an Drawings. If 7 day test breaks are equal to or above specified 28 day strength,do not break 28 day samples. B. Conduct slump test at time compressive test samples are taken in accordance with ASTM C 143. Grout shall have a slump between 8 inches and 10 inches. C. In addition to required information noted previously in this Section, record the following information on grout compression reports: 1. Mix design or mix designation. 2. Test sample number. 3. Specific wall areas covered by test. 4. Description of sample-dimensions amount out of plumb in percent. 5. Description of units used to form sample. 6. Curing history with max/min temperature,age when transported to lab,and age when tested. 7. Tested compressive strength. 8. Description of failure. 3.4 MASONRY MORTAR TESTING A. Conduct strength tests in accordance with ASTM C 109 and with the following: 1. Spread mortar on the masonry units 1/2 inch to 5/8 inch thick,and allow to stand for one minute. 2. Remove mortar and place in a 2-inch cube in two layers, compressing the mortar into the cylinder using a flat-end stick or fingers. Lightly tap mold on opposite sides, level off and immediately cover molds and keep them damp until taken to the laboratory. 3. After 48 hours'set, have the laboratory remove molds and place them in the fog room until tested in damp condition. B. Execute 2 mortar test specimens per week during period masonry construction is being performed. Test specimens at 28 days. C. In addition to required information noted previously in this Section, record the following information on mortar compression reports: 1. Mix design or mix designation. 2. Test sample number. 3. Specific wall areas covered by test. 4. Description of units used to form sample. 5. Tested compressive strength. l 01458-7 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 d. Specimens transported after 48 hours age shall be demolded in 24 hours (plus or minus 8 hours). Curing shall then be continued but in saturated limewater at 73.4 degrees (plus or minus 3 degrees F)until the time of transporting. 3. Test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C 39. , a. Date test cylinders and number consecutively. Give each cylinder of each set an identifying letter (i.e. A, B, C, D). Prepare a sketch of the building plan for each test set identifying location of placed concrete. b. Test one cylinder(A)at 7 days for information. (If the compressive strength of the concrete sample .* is equal to or above the 28 day specified strength, test another cylinder(B) at 7 days. The average of the breaks shall constitute the compressive strength of the concrete sample. If the average is equal to or above 28 day specified strength,do not test cylinders(B&C)at 28 days). C. Test two cylinders (B and C) at 28 days and the average of the breaks shall constitute the compressive strength of the concrete sample. d. Retain fourth cylinder (D) for further testing if needed, but do not retain cylinder more than 60 days. D. Conduct slump test for each cylinder set taken in accordance with ASTM C 143. Make additional slump tests for every other load from a stationary mixer or truck to test consistency. Sampling shall be in accordance with ASTM C 172. E. Conduct air content test for each cylinder set for concrete exposed to freeze-thaw in accordance with ASTM C 231,ASTM C 173,or ASTM C 138. Indicate test method on report. Make test at same time as slump test. F. Unit Weight: ASTM C 138. G. Conduct temperature test for each cylinder set taken in accordance with ASTM C 1064. Test hourly when air temperature is 40 F and below or 80 F and above. Determine temperature of concrete sample and ambient air for each strength test. Ak H. Additional Tests: In-Place tests in accordance with ASTM C 42 shall be conducted as directed by the Wal-Mart Construction Manager when specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structures. *0 I. In addition to required information noted previously in this Section, record the following information on concrete compression reports: 1. Test cylinder number and letter. 2. Specific foundations or structures covered by this test. 3. Proportions of concrete mix or mix identification. 4. Maximum size coarse aggregate. " * 5. Specified compressive strength. 6. Tested compressive strength. 7. Slump,air-content(when applicable)and concrete temperature. 8. Concrete plastic unit weight. 9. Concrete Temperature. 10. Elapsed time from batching at plant to discharge from delivery truck at project. 11. Date and time concrete was placed. 44 12. Ambient temperature,wind speed,and relative humidity during concrete placement. 13. Name of technician securing samples. 14. Curing conditions for concrete strenght test specimens(field and laboratory). 15. Date strength specimens transported to laboratory. 16. Age of strenght specimens when tested. 17. Type of fracture during test. am J. At the start of each day's mixing, report any significant deviations from approved mix design including temperature,moisture and condition of aggregate. am 01458-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ""' F. Repair and protection is Contractor's responsibility, regardless of assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing,or similar services. 1. Protect work exposed by or for quality assurance and quality control service activities. 2. Upon completion of inspection , testing, sample-taking, and similar services, restore constructed areas to '!! conform to Contract Documents. G. Costs of retesting and re-inspections will be deducted from the Sum due the Contractor. H. Costs of any required redesign or re-engineering required by non-conformance tests and inspections will be deducted from the Sum due the Contractor. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. 10 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 ASPHALT/CONCRETE PAVING TESTING A. Take core samples at the rate of not less than one per every 20,000 square feet of parking lot area, but not less than 3 cores in light duty areas or 3 cores in heavy duty areas. Testing and Inspection Firm shall consult with ! ' Wal-Mart Construction Manager for locations prior to commencement of coring. Selection of core locations shall provide the greatest amount of information for the area tested. B. Perform the following test: 1. Perform compression tests in accordance with ASTM C 39. 2. Perform asphalt density tests in accordance with ASTM D 2950. 3. Perform extraction and gradation tests in accordance with ASTM D 4074 and ASTM D 71. 4. Measure thickness of pavement. C. Testing during placement of asphalt concrete mixture: 1. Test engineer shall be on-site when placement begins. 2. Perform in-site density tests utilizing Nuclear Density equipment. 3. Record ambient temperature. 4. Record asphalt mixing temperatures. 3.2 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE TESTING A. Review the Contractor's proposed materials and mix design for conformance with specifications. B. Perform testing in accordance with ACI 301 and testing standards listed in Section 03300. C. Conduct strength tests: 1. Secure composite samples in accordance with ASTM C 172. Sample at regularly spaced intervals from middle portion of the batch. Sampling time shall not exceed 15 minutes. 2. Mold and cure specimens in accordance with ASTM C 31. a. A minimum of four concrete test cylinders shall be taken for every 100 cubic yards or less of each b class of concrete placed each day and not less than once for each 5000 square feet of surface area for slabs. b. During the initial 24 hours (plus or minus 8 hours) after molding, the temperature immediately adjacent to the specimens shall be maintained in the range of 60 to 80 degrees F. Control loss of moisture from the specimens by shielding from the direct rays of the sun and from radiant heating devices. C. Specimens transported prior to 48 hours after molding shall not be demolded, but shall continue initial curing at 60 to 80 degrees F until time for transporting. 01458-5 k Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 B. Maintain a copy of Contract Drawings and Specifications with all Addenda and Change Orders. C. Provide qualified personnel, under supervision of the Registered Professional Engineer (P.E.) in the state where Project is located,at site to comply with schedule and submit reports for each test and inspection as defined in Part 3 of this Section. . D. Perform specified inspection,sampling,and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. E. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. F. Notify Wal-Mart Construction Manager, Sitework Engineering Consultant,Architect of Record,and Contractor of ." observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work or Products. If observed deviations will be probable cause of subsequent rejection of material, notify Contractor, the Wal-Mart Construction Manager, Sitework Engineering Consultant, and Architect of Record, sufficiently in advance for determination to continue operations or take corrective measures before continuing. "" G. Perform retesting due to non-conformance with the Contract Documents. Costs will be deducted from the Sum due the Contractor. + 1.8 TESTING AND INSPECTION FIRM LIMITS ON AUTHORITY A. Testing and Inspection Firm may not: 1. Release,revoke,alter,or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Assume any duties of Contractor. , 4. Stop the Work. 4W 1.9 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor shall pay for: 1. Tests and inspections of materials,products, or equipment to certify compliance with Contract Documents, before incorporation into the Work. 2. Additional tests, samples, inspection, or engineering services the Contractor determines appropriate for performance of Work or for Contractor's convenience. 3. Tests, inspections,or laboratory services necessary with respect to substitutions. 4. Additional tests and inspections when initial tests or inspections indicate Work does not comply with Contract Documents. 5. Tests and inspections required or conducted by public authorities as part of permits or inspection fees. 6. Other tests and inspections indicated to be"by Contractor." B. Cooperate with Testing and Inspection Firm personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. C. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to Work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested,to facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of test samples. D. Provide Testing and Inspection Firm 24 hour notice prior to expected time for operations requiring inspecting and testing services. E. Notify in writing the Wal-Mart Construction Manager three calendar days prior to expected time for operations requiring inspecting and testing services. 01458-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 '"' B. Test and Inspection Reports: 1. Site Work Testing and Inspection: After each inspection or test, distribute report within three calendar days of time services were performed as follows: a. Wal-Mart Construction Manager: 1 copy. ! b. Site Work Engineering Consultant: 1 copy. C. Contractor: 3 copies. d. Building Official: Quantities as required. 2. Building Testing and Inspection: After each inspection or test, distribute report within three calendar days of time services were performed as follows: a. Wal-Mart Construction Manager: 1 copy. b. Contractor: 3 copies. C. Building Official: Quantities as required. d. Architect of Record: 2 copies,Attention Construction Management Support Team. 3. Tests and inspections indicating non conformance to the Contract Documents shall be stamped with a red stamp indicating "Non-Conformance" and distributed to the Wal-Mart Construction Manager within 24 hours of discovery. 1.6 TESTING AND INSPECTION FIRM REPORTS A. Laboratory Report Format: Reports shall be made on 8-1/2 by 11 white paper, suitable for photocopying and binding in booklet form. Sheets shall have Testing and Inspection Firm's letterhead(including phone number and address). Larger sheets shall be folded and bound into the booklet. 44 1 B. Laboratory Report Data: Reports shall include the following: 1. Date issued. 2. Project title and number as it appears on the Contract Documents. 3. Store number. W 4. Name of inspector. 5. Name and seal of registered engineer in responsible charge. 6. Date and time of sampling or inspection. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Location of sampling or inspection in the Project. !! 9. Type of inspection or test. 10. Date of test. 11. Results of tests. 12. Indicate conformance or non-conformance with the Contract Document requirements and provide Testing and Inspection Firm's interpretation of test or inspection results. 13. When test results indicate non conformance with Contract Document requirements, provide Testing Laboratory's recommendations for corrective action. C. Report non-conformance in materials or construction to the Construction Documents to the Wal-Mart Construction Manager within 24 hours of discovery by both written and verbal means. D. When a non-conformance is noted in reports, comment on probable cause and provide recommendation for corrective action as an attachment to the 24 hour written notice to the Wal-Mart Construction Manager. E. Note trends of decreasing quality in concrete due to changing seasons, conditions of curing, or other causes and bring to attention of the Wal-Mart Construction Manager with recommendations for corrective action before material falls below requirements of specifications for environmental tolerances. Report and log comments on Non-Conformance Correction Log. 1.7 LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Testing and Inspection Firm's registered professional engineer (P.E.) will be required to attend a Wal-Mart sponsored pre-construction meeting prior to actual start of the Project at no additional cost to the Owner. 01458-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 10. ASTM C 145 - Specification for Solid Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. .. 11. ASTM C 172-Method of Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. 12. ASTM C 173 -Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method. 13. ASTM C 231 -Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. 14. ASTM C 1019-Method of Sampling and Testing Grout. F 15. ASTM C 1077 - Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation. 16. ASTM C 1093 -Accreditation of Testing Agencies for Unit Masonry. 17. ASTM D 71 -Test Method for Relative Density of Solid Pitch and Asphalt(Displacement Method). 18. ASTM D 2950-Test Method for Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by Nuclear Method. 19. ASTM D 3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. 20. ASTM D 4074 - Test Method for Bitumen and Aggregate Content of Bitumen-Aggregate Mixtures from Built-Up Roofing Samples. 21. ASTM D 4561 - Quality Control Systems for an Inspection and Testing Agency for Bituminous Paving Materials. 22. ASTM E 329 - Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction. 00 23. ASTM E 543 -Determining the Qualification of Nondestructive Testing Agencies. 24. ASTM E 548 - Preparation of Criteria for Use in the Evaluation of Testing Laboratories and Inspection Bodies. 25. ASTM E 699-Criteria for Evaluation of Agencies Involved in Testing,Quality Assurance, and Evaluating Building Components in Accordance with Test Methods Promulgated by ASTM Committee E 6. C. American Welding Society(AWS): .w 1. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code. 2. AWS QC -Standard and Guide for Qualification and Certification of Welding Inspectors. _ 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing agency will comply with requirements of ASTM C 1077,ASTM C 1093,ASTM D 3740, ASTM D 4561, ASTM E 329 ASTM E 543,ASTM E 548,and ASTM E 699. A0 B. Laboratory: 1. Authorized to operate in state in which Project is located. 2. Conform to "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification," published by American Council of Independent Laboratories. C. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards(NBS) Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Laboratory Quality Assurance: Submit the following. 1. Testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number, and names of full time Registered Engineer and responsible officer. 2. Copy of report of laboratory facilities inspection made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during most recent inspection, with memorandum of remedies of any deficiencies reported by the inspection. 3. List of each individual test and inspection to be performed. 4. Submit to: a. Wal-Mart Construction Manager. b. Site Work Engineering Consultant. C. Contractor. d. Building Official(when required by the local authority having jurisdiction). e. Architect of Record,Attention: Construction Management Support Team. 01458-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 ""' w UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 01458-TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for testing and inspection services. " B. Related Documents and Sections: 1. A complete set of site specific Contract Documents. 2. Document 00700-General Conditions: Inspections,testing,and approvals required by public authorities. 3. Document 00800-Supplementary Conditions: Contract Closeout,Project Record Documents. 4. Section 01600-Product Requirements: General procedures related to Owner furnished work and Work of other Contractors. 5. Section 01411 -Testing,Adjusting, and Balancing: Wal-Mart procurement of test and balance for heating, ventilating,and air conditioning systems. 6. Provide Testing and Inspection Work identified in Divisions 2 through 16 except Work specifically assigned to other contractors. 1.2 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. Owner Responsibilities: Employment and payment for services of an independent Testing Laboratory to perform specified testing and inspecting will be by the Owner under separate contract. B. Contractor(Building)Responsibilities: to 1. Employment of testing laboratory in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents 2. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality control services as specified or required by the Owner or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 3. The Contractor shall not employ the entity engaged by the Owner, unless otherwise agreed in writing with the Owner. C. Testing Lab Responsibilities: Testing laboratory services include inspections, tests and related actions including reports,performed by testing agency. They do not include Contract enforcement activities performed by the Wal- Mart Construction Manager or authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Provide the Architect of Record a copy of the contractual provisions defining the testing laboratory's scope of services. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute(ACI): 1. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A 325 -Specification for High-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 2. ASTM A 490-Specification for Heat-Treated,Steel Structural Bolts, 150 ksi Tensile Strength. 3. ASTM C 31 -Test Methods of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 4. ASTM C 39-Test Method for Comprehensive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 5. ASTM C 90-Specification for Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 6. ASTM C 109-Standard Test Method For Compressive Strength Of Hydraulic Cement Mortar. 7. ASTM C 138-Test Method for Unit Weight,Yield,and Air Content(Gravemetric)of Concrete. 8. ASTM C 140-Test Method of Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units. 9. ASTM C 143 -Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete. 01458-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 BLANK PAGE Aki 01411-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 C. Report Procedures: ' 1. If any air system or outlet is not within 10 percent of design capacity at design rpm,determine the reason. Check duct work and plenums for leaks; coils, filter, for excessive pressure drop, etc.; and list on HVAC Deficiency Report. 2. Using data obtained during test,determine if cooling side of roof top unit is performing in accordance with published data. One representative unit's record data for each size RTU shall be plotted on a psychometric chart for comparison to manufacturer's published literature. These psychometric charts shall be part of the final test report. Any deficiencies shall be listed on the HVAC Deficiency Report. 3. Before leaving job site, provide Contractor's representative a neat, legible deficiency list of all remaining HVAC system deficiencies for correction. The content of this HVAC Deficiency Report shall be provided to Wal-Mart by phone before leaving job site. 4. Submit three bound copies of final testing and balancing report. Record data on applicable NEBB or AABC certified reporting forms. Report shall include start-up data provided by Contractor; summary sheet of deficiencies with status (corrected or not corrected at time of report) and recommendations. Submit report within 14 days after final test and balance. D. Guarantee test and balance for period of ninety days from date of final acceptance of the Test and Balance Report. During this period,ITBA shall correct deficiencies at no cost to Wal-Mart. low PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION gym: �r 1 01411-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 2. One day prior to starting test and balance procedure, verify that new filters have been installed and are .r equal in quality to factory installed filters. Filters: Class 1, 30 percent efficiency, radial pleat design with 15 pleats per linear foot. 3. Verify that duct work is clean and sealed tight against leaks. 4. Verify that controls,dampers,and actuators are installed,adjusted,and calibrated. 5. To maintain schedules and prevent return trips, have experienced personnel available to correct HVAC system deficiencies while ITBA is scheduled on site. 6. Secure control dampers after test and balance as directed by ITBA. C. Notify Wal-Mart Construction Department when HVAC systems are ready for test and balance. If Contractor fails to notify Wal-Mart Construction Department of status, ITBA will be scheduled into store during week following Contract Substantial Completion Date. .� 1.6 INDEPENDENT TEST AND BALANCE AGENCY(ITBA)RESPONSIBILITIES A. Test, adjust, and balanced specified equipment in accordance with governing NEBB or AABC Procedural Stan- dards, B. Procedures: 1. Make preliminary system check on HVAC, control and Energy Management systems and equipment to be tested to determine that equipment, duct work, etc. is installed and will operate. Deficiencies shall be immediately reported to Contractor's job site superintendent and the Wal-Mart General Offices. 2. Inspect and test Novar Controls electronic thermostat modules using ETM Interface Analyzer for the following control functions: a. Fan control. b. Stage 1 cooling control. C. Stage 1 heating control. d. Stage 2 cooling control. e. Stage 2 heating control. ,, f Economizer control g. Unit shut down upon fan operation loss, and alarm received at offices. (Novar, Wal-Mart Maint. Dept., Wal-Mart EMS). Verify with Wal-Mart Support Service. Contact:Wal-Mart Support Service Novar 3. Record readings and testing data for inclusion into final report. 4. Perform the following testing and balancing. Record readings for inclusion into final report: a. Test and adjust fan speeds to deliver design CFM and record rpm and full load amperes at design CFM. Record voltage at each unit. b. Test and adjust system for design CFM outside air. C. Test and record suction and discharge external static pressures at respective plenums. Seal access holes with rubber or metal snap-in plugs. The use of duct tape to seal access holes will not be permitted. d. Test and record entering air temperatures. (Dry Bulb heating and cooling;Wet Bulb cooling.) e. Test and record leaving air temperature. (Dry Bulb heating and cooling;Wet Bulb cooling.) f. Test and record outside air Dry Bulb and Wet Bulb temperatures. g. Test and adjust the volume dampers in the main duct runs to each diffuser, grille, and register to provide f 10%of design CFM requirements. h. Identify each diffuser,grille,and register to location and area. i. Record Unit Data and Motor Data for each air system tested per appropriate NEBB or AABC test report. 5. Test and record voltage and amperage measurements and calculate KW rating per appropriate NEBB or AABC procedure for each electric heater or electric coil heating section. 6. Verify and record proper operation of all stages of gas heating sections or gas radiant heaters. 7. Verify and record proper operation of ceiling fans. 01411-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,� JON UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 01411 -MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for test and balance services for mechanical equipment. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01458 - Testing Laboratory Services: Owner procurement of testing laboratory services for site and building testing and inspection. 00 2. Section 13810-Energy Monitoring and Control: Energy management system(EMS). 3. Section 15700-Heating,Ventilating,and Air Conditioning Equipment: HVAC system equipment. 4. Section 15800-Air Distribution: HVAC system ductwork and diffusers. 1.2 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. Employment and payment for services of an Independent Test and Balance Agency (ITBA) to perform specified testing and balancing of environmental systems will be by Wal-Mart under separate contract. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE ,001k A. Wal-Mart Responsibilities: Wal-Mart will obtain the services of an Independent Test And Balance Agency (ITBA) certified by National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) or Associated Air Balance Council (AABC). B. Independent Test And Balance Agency (ITBA) Responsibilities: Testing and balancing shall be supervised by Registered Professional Engineer. Personnel involved in execution of the work for ITBA shall be technicians ex- perienced and trained specifically in testing and balancing of mechanical systems. Instruments used by ITBA shall be recently and accurately calibrated and maintained in good working order. Verification of calibration shall be submitted in final test report if so requested by Wal-Mart. !% 1.4 WAL-MART RESPONSIBILITIES A. Upon completion of system Test and Balance, a copy of ITBA report will be forwarded to the Contractor. If ON HVAC system deficiencies exist,a letter listing those deficiencies will also be forwarded to the Contractor for cor- rection. If the Contractor fails to respond and correct these deficiencies within seven days upon receipt of letter, the Owner will authorize repairs as judged necessary and take necessary contractual action to recover adequate compensation for repair expenses. B. As a result of HVAC system performance or operational deficiencies, a return trip by ITBA to complete Test and *W Balance will be authorized when deemed necessary by Wal-Mart Construction Department. This return trip will be costed at$55.00 per hour plus mileage and expenses. Wal-Mart shall be reimbursed for ITBA expenses. 1.5 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Provide balancing dampers as specified and shown on the Drawings for proper balancing of systems. B. Prepare system for test and balance as follows: 1. Install, start up, check out, and adjust HVAC systems per Drawings and Specifications and have fully operational with deficiencies corrected on or before Wal-Mart's Substantial Completion Date. 01411-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 tea►,-- "M Am As* BLANK PAGE *, .R► .ar wr 01330-10 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ..0 8. Incorrect Valves: Do not propose OS&Y valves when PIV's are indicated in the Construction Documents. 9. Incorrect Sprinklers: Unapproved sprinklers being proposed as substitutions. Submit 10. Substitute products which are proposed,but not indicated in the Construction Documents,will be cause for rejection. Back charge, described above, will be imposed until submittals are approved by Designated Reviewer(s). D. Send submittals to Public Authorities and Designated Reviewer(s)within 15 working days after award of contract. Expect 30 day turn-around on submittals sent to Designated Reviewer(s). 1. Submittals to Public Authorities: Submit two copies of complete submittals to Public Authorities. Submit additional copies if required. 2. Submittals to Designated Reviewer(s): Submit five copies of shop drawings (folded,not rolled),one copy of hydraulic calculations, one copy of product data sheets, and one copy of fire pump motor control electrical diagrams. 3. Designated Reviewer(s): AIE Sue Warmarm Alternatives in Engineering 1314 Hwy DD Defiance,MO 63341 (314)398-5288. 4. Submittals to Wal-Mart: After receiving approval from the Public Authorities and all Designated Reviewers,forward one(Designated Reviewer(s)stamped and approved)copy of the submittal to: Conversion Technology Incorporated 4923 South Yorktown Tulsa,OK 74105 (918)712-7226. END OF SECTION a�. 01330-9 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10, 2000 3.16 SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. Letter of Certification: Submit certification from sheet metal supplier verifying quality of galvanized steel sheet materials. B. Submit Letter of Certification within 20 working days of Contract date. 3.17 SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE A. Hardware Schedule: Submit final hardware schedule organized by "like sets", to indicate specifically which product to be furnished for each item required on each door. B. Submit Hardware Schedule within 30 working days of Contract date. 3.18 SECTION 09981 - ELASTOMERIC COATINGS FOR MASONRY A. Letter of Certification. B. Submit Letter of Certification within 30 working days of Contract date. 3.19 SECTION 11160 - LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT A. Contract Closeout Submittals: Submit Letter of Conformance, attached to technical section, in accordance with Document 00800.. A* 3.20 SECTION 13900 - FIRE SUPPRESSION A. Submit the following: 4wu 1. For proper and timely approval of submittals, it is imperative that submittals be complete, accurate and in full compliance with Construction Documents. 2. No extension of time will be allowed due to submittal approval delays due to rejected submittals. If submittal is rejected, revise and submit until approved. General Contractor shall respond to ALL shop �. drawing review comments within 15 days of receipt. B. Submittal Rejection: If submittal is rejected by Designated Reviewer(s) for any reason, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., will back-charge the Contractor$200.00(Two Hundred Dollars)via Change Order, to cover the processing costs of each subsequent review,until submittal is approved. C. Submittal shall include,but is not limited to, fire protection system design,product data, shop drawings,hydraulic �► calculations, and additional data as may be required byPublic Authorities. Designated Reviewer(s) will reject submittals which do not comply with Construction Documents. Submittal rejections include, but are not limited to,the following reasons: 1. Hydraulics: Input errors,incorrect remote areas, shop drawings do not match calculations,etc. ` 2. Design Issues: Incorrect densities, design areas, equipment sprinkler spacing, hose station missing, incomplete system design,etc. 3. Backflow Preventors: Devices incorrectly located on the suction side of pumps. Improper friction loss used in calculations. Device shown in the vertical position. 4. Fire Pump Details: Make, model number unknown. Piping and valve arrangement not defined, product data not submitted. Electrical details missing. 5. Fire Pump Electrical: Safety shut-off not shown in power feed to fire pump controller. 6. Incorrect Pipe: Unapproved pipe products being proposed. Submit pipe data as indicated in the Construction Documents. 7. Incomplete Calculations: Submit calculations for all areas indicated in the Construction Documents and shown on shop drawings. 01330-8 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 .0 2. Include erection drawings,elevations,and details where applicable. 3. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 4. Prepare shop drawings under the supervision of a licensed structural Professional Engineer. B. Submit Shop Drawings within 10 working days of Contract date. r 3.11 SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY A. Letter of Certification: 1. Preservatives Treatment: For type specified, include certification by treating plant stating chemicals and process used,net amount of preservative retained and conformance with AWPA Standards C9 and C15. 2. For water-borne preservatives, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to a maximum of 15%for plywood prior to shipment to project site. 3. Fire Retardant Treatment(when specified): a. For type specified,include certification by treating plant stating chemicals and process used,net amount of retardant retained and conformance with AWPA Standards C-20 and C-27. b. Include statement that moisture content of treated materials was 15 percent or less. B. Submit Letter of Certification within 15 working days of Contract date. 3.12 SECTION 07240 - EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM A. Letter of Certification. Submit Letter of Certification within 20 working days of Contract date. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Contractor Installation Declaration Form: Include completed Exhibit A and Exhibit B forms signed by EIFS Contractor and Sealant Installer,under provisions of Document 00800. 3.13 SECTION 07411 - METAL ROOF PANELS A. Shop Drawings: Metal Roof Panel shop drawings will be prepared as part of the Metal Decking shop drawings specified in Section 05300. B. Submit Contractor's Final Field Use Drawing Review Form,completed. Form is located at end of Section 07411. 3.14 SECTION 07511- BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING A. Letters of Certification: Submit copy of certification from roofing system manufacturer, verifying qualifications of roofer. ` 1. Submit Letter of Certification within 20 working days of Contract date. B. Contract Closeout Submittals: Submit Letter of Conformance, attached to technical Section, under provisions of Document 00800. 3.15 SECTION 07550 - MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING A. Letters of Certification: Submit copy of certification from roofing system manufacturer, verifying qualifications of roofer. 1. Submit Letter of Certification within 20 working days of Contract date. B. Contract Closeout Submittals: Submit Letter of Conformance, attached to technical Section, under provisions of Document 00800. 01330-7 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 C. Substitutions: Submit substitutions of sections or modifications of details, or both, and reasons for proposal, with shop drawings. Clearly identify substitutions as such. Accepted substitutions, modifications, and necessary changes in related portions of Work shall be coordinated by fabricator and shall be accomplished at no additional cost to Wal-Mart. D. Submit Shop Drawings and Quality Control Submittals within 10 working days of Contract date. 3.8 SECTION 05210 - STEEL JOISTS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Owner's steel joist supplier will prepare shop drawings and forward to Structural Engineer of Record. a. Transmit submittals reviewed by Structural Engineer of Record to: Wallace Engineering 201 W.5th, Suite 200 Tulsa,OK 74103 Attu: SUBMITTAL REVIEWER 2. Shop Drawings will indicate: a. Standard designations,configuration,sizes, spacing,and locations of joists and joist girders. b. Joist and joist girder coding. C. Bridging,connections,attachments,and cambers. 3. Shop drawings will be prepared under the direction of a Professional Structural Engineer registered in State in which the Project is located. .. B. Submit Contractor's Final Field Use Drawing Review Form,completed. Form is included in Section 05210. .e► C. Submit Shop Drawings and Contractor's Final Field Use Drawing Review Form within 3 working days of Contract date. 3.9 SECTION 05300 - METAL DECKING A. Shop Drawings: 1. Owner's steel deck supplier will prepare shop drawings and forward to Structural Engineer of Record. .s. a. Transmit submittals reviewed by Structural Engineer of Record to: Wallace Engineering 201 W.5th, Suite 200 Tulsa,OK 74103 Attn: SUBMITTAL REVIEWER 2. Shop Drawings will indicate: a. Decking plan, deck profile dimensions, supports, projections, openings and reinforcements, fastening method and installation accessories. b. Locations,types,and sequence of connections. C. Welds by standard welding symbols adopted by AWS. 3. Shop drawings will be prepared under the direction of a Professional Structural Engineer registered in State �++ in which the Project is located. B. Submit Contractor's Final Field Use Drawing Review Form,completed. Form is located at end of Section 05300. «. C. Submit Shop Drawings and Contractor's Final Filed Use Drawing Review Form within 3 working days of Contract date. 3.10 SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS A. Shop Drawings: Submit directly to Architect. ... 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. «w 01330-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 opis 3.5 SECTION 04060 - MASONRY MORTAR A. Product Data. 1. Design mix. 2. Proportion method used. 3. Required environmental conditions. 4. Assurance that mix is free of admixtures. B. Test results of trial design mix. C. Submit Product Data within 5 working days of Contract date. 3.6 SECTION 04220 - CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Shop Drawings: Do not use reproductions of Contract Documents as shop drawings. Prepare shop drawings in accordance with ACI 315. 1. Reinforcement: a. Include masonry notes on shop drawings that relate to proper placing of reinforcing and submit shop drawings for use in the field. b. Reinforcing shown shall include but not limited to vertical and horizontal wall reinforcement, dowels,bond beam reinforcement,embedded steel items and anchor bolts. 2. Placement Drawings: a. Prepare elevations including sides, front and rear of building showing all masonry walls full height and length showing reinforcing size,quantity, spacing,location,length and grade of steel. b. Shop drawings shall include top of bearing plate elevations,and elevations above finish floor to the centerlines of embedded plate,anchor bolts,and all control joint locations. B. Submit Shop Drawings within 5 working days of Contract date. 3.7 SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL A. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, and locations of structural members, connections, attachments, and fasteners. 2. Include supplementary parts and members necessary to complete structural steel work, regardless of whether parts are definitely shown or specified, and furnish bolts, gussets, plates, and related items as required for proper assembly of items. 3. Include miscellaneous deck support angles as required for proper support of metal deck around columns, gussets,openings,and obstructions. 4. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 5. Provide setting drawings,templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed by other trades. 6. Templates are to be furnished by fabricator with instructions for setting of anchor bolts and bearing plates. 7. Prepare shop drawings under seal of a Professional Structural Engineer registered in the State in which Project is located. 8. Omission from shop drawings of materials required by Contract Documents does not relieve Contractor of responsibility of furnishing and installing such materials even though shop drawings may have been returned and reviewed. B. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Submit design calculations for structural steel connections not detailed on Contract Documents or proposed differently than as shown on Contract Documents, signed and sealed by Professional Structural Engineer registered in State in which Project is located. 01330-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 PART 3 EXECUTION , 3.1 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS BY SECTION A. Submittals under this Section are required for,but not limited to,the following items: 3.2 DIVISION 2.1 - SITEWORK PER ENGINEERING CONSULTANT DESIGN A. Transmit submittals in accordance with requirements of each section. B. Transmit sitework submittals directly to Owner's Civil Engineering Consultant of Record listed on first page of Division 2.1 "Wal-Mart Sitework Specifications." 3.3 SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE A. Product Data: List products selected for the following. 1. Curing compound. 2. Concrete Admixtures. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Reinforcement: a. Submit concrete notes that concern proper placing of reinforcing and submit with shop drawings for field use. Do not use reproductions of Contract Drawings as shop drawings. b. Submit reinforcement placement drawings with bar lists. Include elevations of walls and grade beams and plans of footings and slabs. Include sections, details, and schedules. Comply with Part B, Chapter 3 of ACI 315 for preparation of shop drawings. Include number, grade, size, length, mark,location,splice lengths,and bending diagrams for all reinforcing steel and related products. C. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Mix Design: Submit three copies of each proposed mix design in accordance with ACI 301, Sections 3.9 "Proportioning on the basis of previous field experience or trial mixture", or 3.10 "Proportioning based on empirical data". Submit separate mix design for concrete to be placed by pumping, in addition to the mix .r design for concrete to be placed directly from the truck chute. 2. Include the following information in concrete mix design: a. Proportions of cement,fine and coarse aggregate,and water. b. Water-cement ratio,28-day compressive design strength, slump,and air content. AM C. Type of cement and aggregate. d. Aggregate gradation. e. Type and dosage of admixtures. , ► f. Special requirements for pumping. g. Range of ambient temperature and humidity for which design is valid. h. Special characteristics of mix which require precautions in mixing, placing, or finishing techniques to achieve finished product specified. 3. Materials and methods for curing concrete. D. Samples: Materials as requested by the Engineer,incuding names,cources,and descriptions. „ E. Submit Product Data, Shop Drawings,and Quality Control Submittals within 5 working days of Contract date. 3.4 SECTION 03360-CONCRETE FINISHES -ft A. Letter of Certification. B. Submit Letter of Certification within 30 working days of Contract date. 01330-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ONO G. Number of Copies Required: One reproducible transparency and one blueline or blackline reproduction. Submit additional copies to local jurisdiction for approval if required. Comply with requirements of local jurisdiction with regard to signing and sealing of submittals by Registered Professional licensed in the State in which project is located. 1. One copy only will be returned to the Contractor. 2. Bar Joists and Joist Girders: Owner's joist supplier will submit one reproducible transparency and two blueline or blackline reproductions and two bills of materials directly to Structural Engineer of Record. 3. Steel Roof Deck: Owner's metal deck supplier will submit one reproducible transparency and two blueline or blackline reproductions and two bills of materials directly to Structural Engineer of Record. 1.5 PRODUCT DATA 04 A. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams: 1. Clearly mark to identify pertinent products. 2. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 3. Show dimensions and clearances required. 4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. 5. Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information not applicable to this work. 6. Supplement standard drawings and diagrams to provide complete information applicable to this work. B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement product data with material prepared for the Work to satisfy submittal requirements for which product data does not exist. Note that the material is developed specifically for this Contract. C. Submit product data for each section as a complete, bound volume. Include table of contents listing page and catalog item numbers for product data. D. Indicate,by prominent contrasting color notation, each product which is being submitted; indicate the section and paragraph numbers to which it pertains. E. Where printed product data include information on several products, some of which are not required,mark copies to indicate information applicable to Work and clearly cross out other information not applicable to Work. Include the following information: 1. Manufacturer's printed recommendations or instructions. 2. Compliance with referenced standards. !+ 3. Application of testing agency labels and seals. 4. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. 5. Notation of coordination requirements. F. Product Data For Information: €' 1. Submitted for the Architect's knowledge or for the Owner. G. Number of Copies Required: Four. 1.6 LETTERS OF CERTIFICATION A. Certify manufacturer's or installer's qualifications, conformance with tests or specified criteria, or other factors as ` required in individual specification sections. B. Submit supporting reference data,affidavits,and certifications as required. C. Number of Copies Required: Two. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. �I1 01330-3 Or Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am 4. Identify variations from Contract Documents and limitations of product and system which may be A% detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. 5. Provide space for Contractor,Architect,and Architect's Consultant review stamps. 6. Allow 10 working days for review. 7. Revise and resubmit submittals when required; identify changes made since previous submittal. 8. Forward copies of reviewed submittals to Contractor. D. Contractor's Responsibilities-Wal-Mart and Owner Furnished Products: 1. Review submittals to verify products required,field dimensions,and adjacent construction. 2. Coordinate information on submittals with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. 3. Forward executed copy of Submittal Review Form to supplier within 5 days after receipt of submittal,with copies to Architect and Wal-Mart's Construction Manager. 4. Schedule delivery date for products with supplier. E. Architect's Responsibilities: Review submittals and take appropriate action as follows. 1. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Architect will mark submittals to indicate appropriate action. 2. Return Architect reviewed Submittals to Contractor,by US Mail only. 3. Submittals for Information: Architect will not return submittals for information. F. Non-Required Submittal Items: Submittals transmitted to Architect or Architect's Consultants that are not indicated or requested to be submitted will not be reviewed. Architect will dispose of non-required submittal items. 1.3 RECORD LETTERS OF CONFORMANCE A. Submit Record Letters of Conformance as a Closeout Submittal instead of Shop Drawings, or Product Data. See Document 00800 - Supplementary Conditions. By submitting Record Letter of Conformance, the Contractor declares that the Product identified by manufacturer's name and model number is (one of)the product(s)specified is suitable for the intended use as defined within the Contract Documents and has been provided and placed in operational condition in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions and the Contract Documents. 1. Submit completed Record Letter of Conformance for each product selected as indicated within each Section. 2. Fill-in required information on form and sign in ink by person authorized to sign on behalf of the Contractor. 3. No modifications to form permitted. 4. Record Letters of Conformance are located at the end of each Section. ' ' 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS/FINAL FIELD USE DRAWINGS r. A. Submit drawings with graphic information at accurate scale. Show dimensions and note which dimensions are based on field measurement. Identify materials and products in Work shown. Indicate compliance with specified standards and special coordination requirements. Do not use reproductions of Contract Drawings as shop drawings. B. Include on each drawing the drawing title, number, date, and revision numbers and dates, in addition to other required identifying information. C. Identify details by reference to sheet,detail,schedule or room names shown on Drawings. D. Size: Not less than 8-1/2 by 11 inches nor more than 30 by 42 inches. ` E. For drawings submitted on sheets larger than 8-1/2 x 11 inches, submit reproducible transparency and blueline or blackline reproduction. F. For drawings submitted on sheets 8-1/2 x 11 inches, conform to requirements for product data and submit as a bound volume for submittal required. 01330-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 01330-SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Record Letters of Conformance. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Product data. 4. Letters of Certification. 5. Required submittals by section. B. Related Sections: 1. Document 00800-Supplementary Conditions: Contract closeout submittals. 2. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: General procedures related to Owner furnished products. Requirements for product selection and product options. 3. Section 01458-Testing Laboratory Services: Submittals required for tests and inspections. 4. Wal-Mart Sitework Specifications Division 2.1: Submittals required. 1.2 PROCEDURES A. Comply with submittal requirements defined within each Section. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Submit to Architect unless indicated otherwise. 1. Transmit submittals reviewed by Architect to: Perry L.Butcher&Associates,Architects Attn: SUBMITTAL REVIEWER 301 West Chestnut P.O. Box 2076 Rogers,Arkansas 72756 B. Contractor's Responsibilities-Contractor Provided Products: ' 1. Submit required submittals as scheduled. 2. Identify Project, Contractor, subcontractor, or supplier, pertinent Drawing sheet and detail numbers, and specification section number,as appropriate. 3. Apply Contractor's Submittal Review stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, verification of products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction, and coordination of information, is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. 4. Schedule submittals to expedite the Work; coordinate submission of related items into single submittal. 5. Submit all submittal items required within an individual specification section in a single submittal. 6. Identify variations from Contract Documents and limitations of product and system which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. OR 7. Provide space for Contractor,Architect,and Architect's Consultant review stamps. 8. Allow 10 working days for review. 9. Revise and resubmit submittals when required; identify changes made since previous submittal. 10. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties and to Record Documents file. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. C. Supplier's Responsibilities-Wal-Mart and Owner Furnished Products: 1. Identify Project, Contractor, subcontractor or supplier, pertinent Drawing sheet and detail numbers, and specification section number,as appropriate. 2. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project. 3. Submit all submittals required within an individual specification section in a single submittal. 01330-1 !! Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 1.4 SCHEDULE UPDATES A. The Contractor shall provide to the Wal-Mart Construction Manager regular updated reports on the Construction Schedule as determined by the Wal-Mart Construction Manager. The Contractor shall maintain current weekly updated detailed construction schedule in the site construction field office. 1. Construction Schedule Updating: Progress information to be included in schedule updates includes actual start and finish dates, percentage complete, remaining duration or projected finish dates for all activities in progress during reporting period. Schedule updates may also include approved added activity descriptions. Updates to the schedule shall not change any milestone dates or the contract completion date. B. Periodically, at times to be determined by Wal-Mart,the Wal-Mart Construction Manager will visit the job site for a meeting with the Contractor's Project Manager and Superintendent. This meeting is to review progress to date, and to project upcoming work. 1.5 RECOVERY PLAN A. Should the updated approved Construction Schedule show the Contractor to be behind schedule, the Contractor shall immediately devise a plan for recovery of lost time within one week and submit it to the Wal-Mart Construc- tion Manager for approval. Once approved by the Wal-Mart Construction Manager, the Contractor shall immedi- ately put recovery plan into action. B. During period covered by recovery plan,the Contractor's progress will continue to be monitored against approved Construction Progress Chart. If the Contractor does not recover from delay as detailed in his recovery plan, Wal- Mart may exercise its option as described above. C. The Contractor shall bear all costs and expenses related to recovery from the Contractor's delays, including costs, expenses,and lost sales incurred by Wal-Mart. PART 2-PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 01320-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 r� UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 01320-CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 4W PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. Progress Schedules and Reports 1.2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS CHART A. Progress of the Project will be monitored using bar charts. Requirements are included to ensure adequate planning and execution of the Work and to assist the Wal-Mart Construction Manager in evaluating progress of the Work economically and chronologically. B. The Contractor shall be familiar, in detail, with the Construction Progress Bar Chart example, which is contained in the Invitation to Bid. Use the Construction Progress Bar Chart example for the basic time table for delivering and executing the Work. By submitting his bid,the Contractor acknowledges that the Construction milestones are feasible,reasonable,and are a workable schedule for the Work. C. The completion milestones noted on Schedule in Section 01600 indicate normal delivery times for Wal-Mart Fur- nished Items. Coordinate delivery of these items with progress of the Work. D. Prior to construction,the Contractor may request reasonable changes to the Construction Progress Bar Chart,pro- vided milestones contained on Schedule in Section 01600 and the contract completion date are not changed.The Wal-Mart Construction Manager will review requested changes. Once schedule is agreed to by Wal-Mart, it shall become the "Approved Construction Progress Chart" by which the Contractor shall plan, organize, direct, coordi- nate,and execute the Work,and the basis of evaluating progress of the Work. E. If, in the opinion of the Wal-Mart Construction Manager, any of the milestone dates shown on schedule in Section 01600 are not completed by the Contractor on or before the stated time period and after 48 hours written notice to the Contractor, Wal-Mart may proceed to carry out the work in accordance with Paragraph 2.4 of the General Conditions except that both 7 day notices do not apply in this particular situation. F. The Contractor shall perform work directed by the Wal-Mart Construction Manager to meet the Wal-Mart contract completion date and shall maintain the original management and supervision team to continue their office and job site duties on a full-time basis through Grand Opening and/or any other time the Contractor has any work being .i performed on the project regardless of the date or condition of project completion. 1.3 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Using the Construction Progress Bar Chart example as the model; the Contractor shall develop a detailed Con- struction Schedule with activity time duration in calendar days further describing his method for performing the Work. This schedule shall be similar in appearance to the example Construction Progress Bar Chart with enough detail to clearly represent work flow and areas to be completed. The Contractor shall review the Contractor's schedule with the Wal-Mart Construction Manager within 3 weeks from award of Contract, or at the Pre- Construction Meeting, whichever is first. Failure of the Contractor to have a construction schedule approved by the Wal-Mart Construction Manager will be considered cause to withhold progress payments. 1. The Construction Progress Bar Chart example is not to be construed as an indication by the Owner as to means,methods,or techniques of construction to be employed by the Contractor. 2. Critical path activities shall be indicated on the Contractor's detailed construction schedule. go 01320-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 -M .w, .f► ,.w w% am on BLANK PAGE 01311-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 '" oft 7. Corrective measures to regain quality of materials and workmanship; status of products, assemblies, or systems requiring replacement. 8. Status of change orders. 9. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. ow 10. Planned progress for period prior to next scheduled Progress Meeting. 11. Effect of proposed project changes(if any)on construction schedule and coordination. 12. Temporary facilities and services. 13. Jobsite housekeeping and cleanliness. D. Documentation: Record minutes of conference and distribute copies to Wal-Mart Construction Manager, partici- pants, and those affected by decisions made, 2 working days after conference date. Recording, producing, and distributing by Contractor. E. Construction Schedule Update: Revise construction schedule after each progress meeting where schedule revi- sions have been made or recognized. Issue updated schedule concurrently with report of meeting. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION t!► + 01311-3 No Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 21. Quality of workmanship required. 22. Wal-Mart furnished testing and inspection services. 23. Contractor's quality control procedures and requirements, inspection,testing,and documentation. D. Documentation: Record minutes of conference and distribute copies to Wal-Mart Construction Manager, partici- pants, and those affected by decisions made, 2 working days after conference date. Recording, producing, and distributing by Contractor. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. When required in individual specification Section,conduct a Preinstallation Conference at project site prior to start of Work of Section or related sections. """ B. Notify Wal-Mart Construction Manager 14 working days in advance of meeting date. .t C. Attendance Required: Wal-Mart Construction Manager, Owner's Representative, Contractor Project Coordination Administrator, Contractor Quality Control Representative, Contractor Project Field Superintendent, any subcon- tractor,supplier,or installer directly affecting,or affected by,Work of specific Section. nw D. Minimum Agenda: Review conditions of installation, progress of other construction activities, and preparations for Work of Section or related Sections,including requirements for: 1. Contract documents. 2. Related change orders. 3. Equipment and material deliveries. 4. Shop drawings and product data. 5. Possible conflicts and compatibility problems. "w 6. Weather limitations. 7. Time schedules. 8. Manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 9. Compatibility of materials. 10. Acceptability of substrates. 11. Temporary facilities required. 12. Space and access limitations. 13. Governing codes and regulations. 14. Inspection and testing requirements. 15. Required performance results. AM E. Documentation: Record minutes of conference and distribute copies to Wal-Mart Construction Manager, partici- pants, and those affected by decisions made, 2 working days after conference date. Recording, producing, and distributing by Contractor. 1.6 PROGRESS AND QUALITY CONTROL MEETINGS •w A. Schedule and conduct progress meetings throughout the progress of the Work at intervals determined by the Wal- Mart Construction Manager. B. Attendance Required: Wal-Mart Construction Manager,Owner's Representative, Contractor Project Coordination Administrator,Contractor Quality Control Representative,and Contractor Project Field Superintendent. C. Minimum Agenda: Review items of significance that may affect project progress,including the following: ► 1. Minutes of previous meetings. 2. Work progress in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. 3. Status of required submittals. 4. Payment request status.Documentation of information for payment requests. 5. Field observations,Requests for Information,discussions of problems,and agreement on solutions. 6. Quality of materials and workmanship. an 01311-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 on UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 01311 -PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Preconstruction conference. 2. Preinstallation conferences. 3. Progress and quality control meetings. 1.2 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Conduct project meetings, as a part of the overall project coordination effort, to coordinate construction activities and Work. 1.3 ATTENDEES'AUTHORITY A. Persons designated by Contractor, subcontractors, and suppliers to attend project meetings: Possess authority to P commit entities they represent to items agreed upon in project meetings. n 1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE olk A. Schedule a preconstruction conference at project site or other designated location after execution of the Contract and prior start of Work. B. Attendance: Wal-Mart Construction Manager, Owner's Representative,Contractor Project Coordination Adminis- trator, Contractor Quality Control Representative, Contractor Project Field Superintendent, roofing, mechanical, plumbing,fire protection,and electrical subcontractor field supervisory personnel. 1 00 C. Minimum Agenda: 1. Organizational arrangement of Contractor's forces and personnel, and those of subcontractors, material suppliers and Wal-Mart Construction Manager. 2. Contractor certificates of insurance. 3. Status of Contractor-required submittals;list of subcontractors,schedule of values,etc.. 4. Approved Progress Schedule. Work hours. Work outside of normal working hours. pa 5. Specific building regulations for Work within and adjacent to existing building. 6. Critical work sequencing. 7. Procedures for processing field decisions; Request for Information procedures. 8. Change order process and procedures for processing change orders. 9. Procedures for processing applications for payment. Contract closeout procedures. 10. Wal-Mart furnished equipment and materials process,procedures,and coordination. 11. Wal-Mart installed equipment and materials process,procedures,and coordination. 12. Wal-Mart separate vendor process,procedures,and coordination. 13. Submittal process,procedures,and coordination. 14. Temporary facilities and controls by Owner. 15. Temporary utilities provided by Owner. `! 16. Procedures for preparation and maintenance of Project Record Documents. 17. Contractor office,work,storage,and parking areas. 18. Work area security requirements. 19. Safety procedures,first aid,and occupational safety and health requirements. 20. Housekeeping,cleanliness,noise and dust control of work areas. 01311-1 op Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 I" F. Coordinate completion and clean up of Work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion and am for portions of Work designated for Owners partial occupancy after possession. G. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents,to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION .. ..r AM 01310-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 .� ! UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 0 13 10-CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Project Management and Coordination: a. Construction Manager + ► b. Project Coordination 1.2 WAL-MART CONSTRUCTION MANAGER A. Wal-Mart will assign this project to a staff Wal-Mart Construction Manager. The Wal-Mart Construction Manager is the Owner's representative in all matters relating to the Work. B. Cooperate with the Wal-Mart Construction Manager in all matters relating to the Work on this project. C. During construction,coordinate use of site and facilities through the Wal-Mart Construction Manager. D. Comply with Wal-Mart Construction Manager's procedures for project communications; reports and records; coordination with drawings,and comply with recommendations and resolution of ambiguities and conflicts. E. Comply with instructions of the Wal-Mart Construction Manager for use of temporary utilities and construction facilities. F. Coordinate use of site during Wal-Mart fixture set-up work under instructions of the Wal-Mart Construction Manager. 1.3 PROJECT COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various Sections of specifications to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements,with provisions for accommodating items installed at a later date and under separate contracts. B. Obtain necessary drawings, manufacturer's product data, and other necessary data to provide a complete and proper installation. 1. Check field dimensions prior to installing equipment and furnishings. Verify necessary clearances and means of access from equipment storage to final position. 2. Make shop drawings and manufacturer's rough-in requirements available to trades involved. C. Verify that utility requirements of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate Work of various specification Sections for installation and final connection of equipment. 1. Verify that mechanical,plumbing,and electrical rough-ins have been properly located. D. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical Work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduits, as closely as practicable; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations,for maintenance,and for repairs. E. In finished areas, conceal pipes,ducts, and wiring in the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. 01310-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 _ dft WAL-MART TAKEOVER wM REQUEST FOR INFORMATION /\(/0 PROCESS :2/ (®§�\ AIM 0, 2 §z §)G§ AM \j ; /e ) » }z #§�2( (& _ (\§k ` ®!!! -< ((()< $(\f« ® ) `Z5 2` $`;s ) � � }§\Z! (Cy 7 A00 §§_ (,Ea ®-'® z: /\\k\ w \(\(}\§ omw &\2§) 4cz gz§ =2 U<u§ .\0e0z (�([®E E§)2i2 � [ \z0 )\®m [ m �;. 2 (10 f . 22o ( m!;( kn, zl \}I( (}§$ � o.z )(§U ()° )(� _ 01255-4 Wal-Mart Store#901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,200 0 am WAL-MART REQUEST FOR INFORMATION P0 TAKEOVER f-W DATE: RFI NO: r. TO: PERRY BUTCHER&ASSOCIATES PROJECT: FAX(501)631-6996 FROM: (General Contractor) Store# (City,State) SPECIFICATION SECTION: - (Project Superintendent) DRAWING/DETAIL: (Job Site Phone Number) This request has been reviewed by the Wal-Mart Stores,Inc. (Job Site Fax Number) Construction Manager. ❑ YES ❑ NO INFORMATION REQUESTED: Requested By: Answered By: Date: REPLY: Architect's response shall not be considered as a Change Order or Change Directive,nor does it authorize changes in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. ! 01255-3 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 WA 1.6 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION FORM „r, A. Submit requests for information on attached Request for Information form. Architect will not respond to requests for information unless this format is utilized and all appropriate information is provided. ma B. Where submittal form does not provide space needed for complete information,additional sheets may be attached. PART 2-PRODUCTS A* Not Used. PART 3 -EXECUTION w Not Used. am END OF SECTION MW «. Asl AM Am, +„ 01255-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 UniSpec II 123199 SECTION 01255 -REQUEST FOR INFORMATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Requests for Information(RFI)procedures. 1.2 DEFINITION A. Requests for Information: A formal process used during the construction phase to facilitate communication be- tween the Contractor,the Wal-Mart Construction Manager,and the Architect with regard to requests for additional information and clarification of the intent of the Contract Documents(Drawings and Specifications). B. Do not use Request for Information form during bidding. For questions during bidding phase,refer to Invitation to Bid issued by Contract Administrator. 1.3 PROCEDURE A. Conditions Requiring Clarification of the Contract Documents: 1. Subcontractors, manufacturers, and suppliers shall submit request for additional information and clarification to Contractor. 2. Contractor shall contact Wal-Mart Construction Manager with requests for additional information or clarification. Wal-Mart Construction Manager will not accept requests for information or clarification submitted directly from subcontractors,manufacturers,or suppliers. 3. Wal-Mart Construction Manager will provide response to Contractor or he will direct Contractor to submit Request for Information to Architect/Team Wal-Mart. a. Generate Requests for Information by one source per project and number accordingly. b. Submit one request for information per form. B. Architect will review formal requests from Contractor with reasonable promptness and Contractor will be notified in writing of decisions made. 1. Architect's response shall not be considered as a Change Order or Change Directive, nor does it authorize changes in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. C. Maintain log of Requests for Information sent to,and responses from Team Wal-Mart. D. Scheduling,Costing,and Owner Provided Equipment Coordination: Direct to the Owner's Construction Manager. E. Civil Engineering, Sitework Coordination: Direct to Civil Engineer of Record. 1.4 PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO FOLLOW PROCEDURE A. A $250 administrative cost will be assessed to the Contractor for each Request for Information submitted which does not follow the procedure specified in"PROCEDURE" article above. 1.5 REIMBURSEMENT FOR ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING FEES A. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all administrative costs and professional fees incurred by Wal- Mart for additional Architectural and Engineering services associated with the correction of completed Work which is not in accordance with the Contract Documents. See General Conditions of the Contract for Construction and Document 00800-Supplementary Conditions,Article 12 for provisions relating to correction of Work. 01255-1 ! Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .A C. Be responsible for maintaining the following conditions at all times during the construction period until possession date by Wal-Mart. 1. Maintain building weathertight and secure. 2. Maintain building security and fire alarm systems in operation. (In the event both systems should fail, the Fire Alarm System shall have priority over the Security System.) a. Contract with local alarm company to maintain service, and repair existing systems as required due to work relating to this Contract. b. Alarm Company: 1) Visit site and be familiar with existing conditions. 2) Respond to service calls within 24 hours. C. Provide on-site guard services in the event the existing system is disabled for 8 hours or more. d. Coordinate security alarm with Section 01500-Temporary Facilities and Controls. e. Contact Wal-Mart Alarm Central Control at (501) 273-4600 for additional information and coordination relating to work associated with existing alarm systems. 3. Maintain access and egress from the building. Oak 1.6 WAL-MART OCCUPANCY A. Wal-Mart may occupy any completed or partially completed portions of the Work. B. Cooperate with Wal-Mart to minimize conflict,and schedule the Work to facilitate Wal-Mart's operations. C. Prior to Wal-Mart occupancy,ensure that the following conditions have been met: 1. Illuminated exit signs are installed and operational. 2. Exit doors are installed,including required panic hardware,and operational. 3. Lighted, enclosed walkways and other temporary safety measures are in place if required by authorities ` having jurisdiction. 4. Fire sprinkler system is operational. 5. Doors required for Wal-Mart's security purposes are installed and operational. •. D. After Wal-Mart occupancy: 1. Keep exit routes and exit doors free from obstructions. 2. Maintain exit signs and fire sprinkler system in operational condition. 3. Provide security for Wal-Mart's products,equipment,and operations. 4. Do not permit smoking in the building. PART 2-PRODUCTS Not Used. AGO PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used am END OF SECTION Aw A wo wo 01100-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 "' UniSpec II 092499 SECTION 01100-SUMMARY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Definitions. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Work by Wal-Mart or Separate Contractors. 4. Contractor use of site and premises. 5. Wal-Mart occupancy. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Furnish: Purchase and deliver to project site,ready for installation. B. Install: Unpack, assemble, set in final position, fasten in place, make final connections, clean, adjust, and leave ready for use. C. Provide: Furnish and install. D. Receive: Accepting a delivery. (Entity responsible for accepting a delivery.) E. Final Connections: Complete plumbing, mechanical, and electrical connections as required and recommender)by manufacturer for optimum operation of equipment. 1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Work of this Contract comprises the general construction required for a Wal-Mart Store Takeover. 1.4 WORK BY WAL-MART OR SEPARATE CONTRACTORS A. Wal-Mart has its own forces who will perform certain Work on the project, items noted 'NIC' (Not In Contract) .k which will commence as indicated on the Construction Schedule. �w B. Wal-Mart may award separate contracts for work at the Site, which will be executed concurrent with work of this Contract. Consult and cooperate with separate contractors to the full extent provided for in the Conditions of the Contract. 1. Work defined as "Refrigeration" will not be contained within the contract for General Construction. Refer to Document 00800- Supplementary Conditions,for additional requirements. C. During setup of equipment by the Owner or separate contractors, make crane service available to hoist equipment [, directly from trucks to final position. Coordinate schedule with Wal-Mart's Construction Manager. 1.5 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Limit use of site to allow for: 1. Wal-Mart occupancy. 2. Work by separate contractors and by Wal-Mart. 3. Use of site and premises by the public. B. Do not unreasonably encumber site with products or equipment. l 01100-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Aft Aft BLANK PAGE ,. Aft Oft so .. Am AM w 00800-28 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 ""' AFFIDAVIT OF TOTAL RELEASE AND CERTIFICATION OF ALL BILLS PAID THE UNDERSIGNED hereby certifies that he(or she)has examined and is authorized and empowered to execute this Affidavit as the owner,partner,or officer as the case may be,of the contractor named below("the Contractor") employed in connection with the construction project("the Project")mentioned below. In consideration for the full and final payment to the Contractor for all service in connection with the project,the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged,the Contractor hereby releases and waives all liens and claims to liens which the Contractor may have on or affecting the Project or Project property as a result of the Contractor's contract(s) for the Project or for performing labor and/or furnishing materials that are in any way connected with any construction of any building(s)or improvement(s)for the Project whether or the Project property or elsewhere. The Contractor further !' certifies and warrants that all subcontractors of labor and/or materials supplied to,for,through or at the direct or indirect request of the Contractor and/or subcontractor. 1. (Print or type the firm or individual name of the Contractor) 2. (Print or type the Contractor's address) 3. Print or type the name of the person signing for the Contractor) 4. (Print or type the position of the person signing for the Contractor) 0# 5. Description of the Project(use an additional page,if necessary): 6. Date that the project was totally completed: The undersigned certifies that the foregoing information is true and correct and acknowledges that the owner of the Project has placed a material reliance on such information in directing final payment to the Contractor. EXECUTED this day of 19 (To be signed by the person shown in Item 3 above) Subscribed and sworn before me this day of , 19 Notary Public: My Commission Expires: END OF AFFIDAVIT 00 W 00800-27 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 Exhibit"B" Page 2 of 2 The parties executing this Bond on behalf of Principal and Surety represent and warrant that they are duly authorized to bind the Principal and Surety respectively. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the above parties have executed this instrument under their several seals this day of , 199 the name and corporate seal of each corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative,pursuant to authority of its ,. governing body. PRINCIPAL: By: Title: .A (Principal's Address) , Witness: Or Secretary's Attest ISEAL] SURETY: By: Title: (Surety's Address) Witness: Or Secretary's Attest [SEAL] [Attach Power of Attorney if executed by attorney-in-fact on behalf of Surety] .. !6a 00800-26 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 ++! PAYMENT BOND Exhibit"B" Page 1 of 2 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,That (hereinafter called the"Principal"),as Principal and a corporation,duly authorized to do business in Arkansas,(hereinafter called the"Surety"),are held and firmly bound unto WAL-MART STORES,INC. (hereinafter called the"Obligee"),and its representatives,successors and assigns, in the sum of Dollars( ) for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves,and their respective heirs, administrators,executors,successors and assigns jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. 70, WHEREAS,the Principal has been awarded a contract with Obligee for (hereinafter called the"Contract")and which Contract is hereby referred to and incorporated by express reference as if fully set forth herein. NOW,THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,that if the Principal shall promptly make- payment in full to all persons or entities supplying labor,material,supplies, services,utilities and equipment in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract and any and all modifications of said Contract that may hereafter be made,and shall indemnify and save harmless said Obligee of and from any and all loss,damage,and expense, including costs and attorneys'fees,which the said Obligee may sustain by reason of Principal's failure to do so,then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. The said Surety agrees that no change,extension of time,alteration,addition,omission,waiver,or other modification of the terms of either the said Contract or in the said work to be performed,or in the specifications,or in the plans,or in the contract documents,or any forbearance on the part of either the Obligee or Principal to the other,shall in anywise affect its obligation on this Bond,and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such changes,extensions of time,alterations,additions, omissions,waivers,or other modifications. The said Principal and the said Surety agree that this Bond shall inure to the benefit of all persons or entities as supplying labor,material,supplies,services,utilities and equipment in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract,as well as to the Obligee,and that any of such persons or entities may maintain independent actions upon this Bond in the name of the person or entities bringing any such action. �r 00800-25 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 Exhibit"A" �. Page 2 of 2 The parties executing this Bond on behalf of Principal and Surety represent and warrant that they are duly authorized to bind the Principal and Surety respectively. w IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the above bounden parties have executed this instrument under their several seals this day of , 199 the name and corporate seal of each corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative,pursuant to authority of AM its governing body. ,t PRINCIPAL: .ee By: Title: 4M (Principal's Address) Witness: Or Secretary's Attest ISEAL] SURETY: By: Title: (Surety's Address) Witness: Or Secretary's Attest [SEAL] Attach Power of Attorney if executed by " attorney-in-fact on behalf of Surety 00800-24 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 °A O PERFORMANCE BOND Exhibit"A" Page 1 of 2 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,That (hereinafter called the"Principal"), as Principal and a corporation,duly authorized to do business in Arkansas,(hereinafter called the"Surety"),are held and firmly bound unto WAL-MART STORES,INC. (hereinafter called the"Obligee"),and its representatives,successors and assigns, in the sum of Dollars(S ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves,and their respective heirs,administrators,executors,successors and assigns,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS,the Principal has been awarded a contract with Obligee for (hereinafter called the"Contract")and which contract is hereby referred to and incorporated by express reference as if fully set forth herein. NOW,THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,that if the above bounden Principal shall well and truly perform all the work,undertakings,covenants,terms,conditions,and agreements of said contract within the time provided therein and any extensions thereof that may be granted by Obligee,and during the life of any maintenance obligation,guaranty or warranty required under said Contract,and shall also well and truly perform all the undertakings, AA covenants,terms,conditions,and agreements of any and all modifications of said Contract that may hereafter be made,and shall indemnify and save harmless said Obligee of and from any and all loss,damage,and expense,including costs and attorneys'fees,which the said Obligee may sustain by reason of Principal's failure to do so,then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. The said surety agrees that no change,extension of time,alteration,addition,omission,waiver,or other modification of the terms of either the said Contract or in the said work to be performed,or in the specifications,or in the plans,or in the contract documents,or any forbearance on the part of either the Obligee or Surety to the other,shall in any way affect said Surety's obligation on this Bond,and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such changes,extensions of time, alterations,additions,omissions,waivers, or other modifications. d �4 00800-23 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ,.m .. am MM BLANK PAGE A" a" oft .� dw .., an 00800-22 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 "OR PRODUCTS Manufacturer Model/Serial# Color/Style(If Applicable) Door Closers: Panic Hardware: Auto. Doors: Ceiling Panels: Floor Tile: Rubber: VCT: Ceramic: R.R. Partition: Fire Pump: Jockey Pump: Exit Lights: Emergency Lights: Note: Include all information requested, including Owner Provided Parts. DNA: Does Not Apply END OF MAINTENANCE DATA SHEET 00800-21 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .. Company Name Location Business Phone Emere. Phone Struct. Steel: Overhead Doors: Auto. Doors: Flooring: Landscaping: Irrigation: HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT GAS FIRED [ ] ELECTRIC HEAT [ ] Quantity Manufacturer Model No. Heat/Cool(BTU's) Cool Only(BTU's) MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION Quanta Manufacturer Catalog/Model No. Volts/Watts Parking Lot Lightine: Lighting Poles: Light Fixtures: Ballasts: Lamps: Ceiling Light Fixtures: High Bay: Ballasts: •w Lamps: Pendant Mount: Ballasts: Lamps: Fluorescent Mount: ..� Ballasts: Lamps: 00800-20 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 '""` WAL-MART STORES,INC. MAINTENANCE DATA SHEET All Sections Must Be Complete Prior To Final Payment Location: Store/Club No.: Size: Possession Date: TYPE OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION Walls: Roof(circle one): SBS BUR EPDM Metal Other(explain) Roofing Mfg. Warranty Infor. (years) STORE/CLUB TYPE(Check Those That Apply) Free Standing New Store Take-over Store Strip Center Relocation Stockroom Add'n. Mall Remodel Expansion Back Front L. Side R. Side Company Name Location Business Phone Emerg. Phone Developer: Gen.Contractor: Subcontractors: Electrical: Plumbing: Fire Protection: Roofing: Ht/Vent/Cool.: Paving: Painting: Storefront: Earthwork: Site Utility: Striping: Fencing: Concrete Ext.: Concrete Int.: Masonry: 00800-19 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 an 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Am 13.5 Supplement Paragraph 13.5 in accordance with provisions of Section 01458. om 13.6 INTEREST 13.6 Delete Paragraph 13.6 in its entirety. 13.8 HARMONY CLAUSE 13.8 Add the following Paragraph 13.8 to ARTICLE 13 : • 13.8 HARMONY CLAUSE 13.8.1 The Contractor and all Subcontractors agree that no labor dispute of any kind involving any Contractor or Subcontractor,or their employees or agents shall be permitted to occur or be manifested on the Project and the Contractor and Subcontractors agree to that end to only employ persons on the Work who .. will work at all times in harmony with other persons employed on the Project. 13.8.2 The Contractor and all Subcontractors agree that their employees shall not participate in or accede to any work stoppage,slow down or any type of interference with the performance of work by other persons .s on the project which may occur as a result of any labor dispute involving their employees. 13.8.3 Should there be a work stoppage,slow down or any type of interference with the performance of .e work on the project involving the Contractor or his employees or a Subcontractor or his employees resulting from a labor dispute and which in the judgment of Wal-Mart will cause,or threatens to cause delay in the progress of construction,then upon twenty-four(24)hours written notice Wal-Mart shall have the right to declare the Contractor and/or Subcontractor in default under this Contract and take such steps as are necessary to finish the uncompleted portion of the Work. In such event Wal-Mart shall have the right to take possession of and use all of the Contractor's and/or Subcontractor's materials(exclusive of tools)intended for use on the Work. The cost of completion including all expenses,attorney's fees and costs incurred in resolving the labor dispute shall be charged against the Contractor and/or Subcontractor's remaining interest in the Contract amount. 13.8.4 Should the Contractor and/or Subcontractor(s)become involved in a labor dispute resulting in a work stoppage, slow down or any type of interference with progress of construction and resulting in an increase in interest charges to Wal-Mart,the Contractor and/or Subcontractor(s)shall be liable to Wal-Mart for this increased cost. If the Contractor and/or Subcontractor's remaining interest in the Contract amount exceeds cost of completion,the Contractor and/or Subcontractor(s)agree to pay Wal-Mart such excess within thirty(30)days after written demand for such excess has been made upon him by Wal-Mart. 13.8.5 Harmony clause provisions similar to the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraphs shall be included in any of the Contractor and/or Subcontractor's subcontracts relating to the Work. 13.9 CRANE SERVICE 13.9 Add the following Paragraph 13.9 to ARTICLE 13 13.9 CRANE SERVICE omit 13.9.1 It is the Contractor's responsibility to provide crane service and/or coordinate crane operations to make best use of crane service and not delay operations of subcontractors requiring crane service. WN END OF DOCUMENT .,. 00800-18 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 00 government office in the county where the Project is located. The original receipt from the Recorder of Deeds(setting forth date,time,amount,and description of document recorded),a copy of the bonds,and other required documents shall be submitted by the Contractor to Wal-Mart before the Contract will be executed by Wal-Mart. The recorded Bonds with recordation/filing stamp affixed shall be submitted by the Contractor to Wal- Mart promptly after the Contractor receives the Bonds from the Recorder of Deeds. .5 Contractor shall promptly pay to Wal-Mart all dividends,rebates,or return of payments in any form of premiums paid for the Bonds. Payment shall be made in the form of a = Cashier's or Certified Check. 11.6 INSURANCE AND BOND ISSUERS 11.6 Add the following Paragraph 11.6 to Article 11: 11.6 INSURANCE AND BOND ISSUERS 11.6.1 All Insurance Policies,Performance Bonds and Labor and Material Payment Bonds must be issued by a company(1)licensed to issue the type of insurance or bond by the insurance commissioner or comparable state agency in the state in which the Project is located and(2)acceptable to Owner,in its 10 discretion. Issuer of Bonds must be listed in the Federal Register. ARTICLE 12-UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK !l1�► 12.2.1 Add the following Clauses(.2 and.3)to Subparagraph 12.2.1: .2 Compensation for the Architect's services associated with correction of Work rejected or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents will be based on the additional service hourly rate established in the Master Agreement for Professional Consulting Services. .3 Adjustment in the Contract Sum will be made by Change Order as provided in Paragraph 7.2 for costs incurred by the Owner as a result of Work rejected or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 13-MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 13.2.1 Modify the second sentence of Subparagraph 13.2.1 as follows: Revise"Except as provided in Subparagraph 13.2.2,neither..."to"Except as provided in Subparagraph 13.2.2 or 13.2.3,neither..." 13.2.2 Modify Subparagraph 13.2.2 as follows: At the end of second sentence add"...as provided in such assignment." 13.2.3 Add the following subparagraph 13.2.3: 13.2.3 Owner may assign the contract to an entity which controls,is controlled by,or is under common control with owner. 00800-17 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 op 11.4.1 Modify the first sentence of Subparagraph 11.4.1 as follows: am Delete"Unless otherwise provided,the Owner" and substitute"the Contractor." 11.4.1 Add the following sentences to Subparagraph 11.4.1: MR The form of policy for this coverage shall be Completed Value. If the Owner is damaged by the failure of the Contractor to maintain such insurance,then the Contractor shall bear all reasonable costs properly ,®„ attributable thereto. 11.4.1.2 Delete Clause 11.4.1.2 in its entirety. Am 11.4.1.3 Delete Clause 11.4.1.3 in its entirety. 11.4.2 Modify Subparagraph 11.4.2 as follows: Delete"The Owner shall purchase"and substitute"The Contractor shall purchase". 11.4.4 Delete Subparagraph 11.4.4 in its entirety. "* 11.4.6 Delete Subparagraph 11.4.6 in its entirety. See Subparagraph 11.1.3 for instructions for proof of insurance coverage. .M 11.4.7 Modify Subparagraph 11.4.7 as follows: Substitute"Contractor" for"Owner"at the end of the first sentence. AW 11.4.8 Modify Subparagraph 11.4.8 as follows: Substitute"Contractor" for"Owner"as fiduciary;except that at the first reference to "Owner" in the first sentence,the word"this" should be substituted for"Owner's". 11.4.9 Modify Subparagraph 11.4.9 as follows: MR Substitute "Contractor" for"Owner"each time the latter word appears. 11.4.10 Modify Subparagraph 11.4.10 as follows: ' Substitute"Contractor"for"Owner"each time the latter word appears. 11.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.5.1 Add the following Clauses(.1, .2, .3, .4, and.5)to Subparagraph 11.5.1: 'AA1 1 The Contractor shall provide Wal-Mart with an acceptable Performance Bond on the form attached as Exhibit"A",and an acceptable Labor and Material Payment Bond on the form attached as Exhibit"B",that complies with all statutory and administrative requirements governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. The Performance Bond shall stay in force for the two years after Substantial Completion. The Labor and Material Payment Bond shall stay in force for one year after Substantial Completion. .2 The Bonds described in paragraph 11.4.1.1 above shall each be for an amount not less than one hundred percent(100%)of the Contract amount. .3 Contractor shall provide a"copy" of a Bonds described in Paragraph 11.4.1.1 above to Wal-Mart Contract Administration Department before Contractor mobilization. .4 The Bonds described in paragraph 11.4.1.1 above shall each be filed prior to commencement of construction by the Contractor with the recorder of deeds or similar 00800-16 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 """ change of policy. Policy shall identify Wal-Mart Stores,Inc., its affiliates,and its subsidiaries et al as additional insureds. .3 The Contractor shall protect,defend,hold harmless and indemnify Wal-Mart from and against any and all ! ' claims,actions, liabilities,fines or penalties, losses,costs and expenses,including attorneys'fees,even if such claims are groundless,fraudulent,or false,arising out of any actual or alleged spilling,dumping,release and/or disposal of hazardous waste materials,whether at or upon the construction site or at another undetermined site pursuant to the performance of this Contract. It is expressly agreed and understood that such protection and indemnification shall apply and extend to claims made by federal,state,or local governmental entities or agencies. It is further expressly agreed and understood that such protection and indemnification shall apply to all claims arising out of such actual or alleged spilling,dumping,release and/or disposal of hazardous waste materials even if such claim is not discovered or made until after the performance of the Work required or after conclusion of this agreement. As used in this agreement,the term "hazardous materials" shall mean any hazardous or toxic substances,materials or wastes,pollutants or contaminants,petroleum,or other materials as defined,listed or regulated by any federal,state or local law, regulation or order or by common law decision applicable to the property, including,without limitation,(i) trichloroethylene,tetrachloroethylene,perchloroethylene and other chlorinated solvents,(ii)petroleum products or byproducts, (iii)asbestos and(iv)polychlorinated biphenyls. .4 The Contractor shall protect,defend,hold harmless and indemnify Wal-Mart from and against any and all claims,actions, liabilities,fines or penalties,losses,costs and expenses,including attorneys' fees,even if such claims are groundless,fraudulent,or false,arising out of any actual or alleged pollution,contamination or adulteration of the waters of the United States or any particular state as a result of or arising out of the performance of this Contract. It is expressly agreed and understood that such protection and indemnification shall apply and extend to claims made by federal,state,or local governmental entities or agencies. It is further expressly agreed and understood that such protection and indemnification shall apply to all claims arising out of such actual or alleged pollution,contamination or adulteration of the waters of the United States or any particular state thereof even if such claim is not discovered or made until after the performance of the work required or after conclusion of this agreement. x 11.1.3 Add the following sentences to Subparagraph 11.1.3: t The Certificate of Insurance,must be received by the Wal-Mart Contracts Administration Department before Wal-Mart will execute the Contract or before any work is performed on the project,whichever is the earliest date. The certification must indicate that the limits listed are provided and that insurance will not be canceled or material change while the work specified is in progress without thirty(30)days prior written notice to Wal-Mart. Certificate must reference the Project store number,city and state. Copies of Declaration pages and/or Policies of Insurance shall be furnished to the owner upon request.Failure to provide the proper Certificate of Insurance,Declaration pages or Policies as required above may result in the cancellation of the award of Contract. Wal-Mart shall be additional insureds on all policies of insurance. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.2.1 Delete Subparagraph 11.2.1 in its entirety and substitute the following: 11.2.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance covering the Owner's contingent liability for claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. This coverage can be afforded by adding Wal-Mart as additional insured on general liability. 11.3 Project Management Protective Liability Insurance 11.3 Delete Paragraph 11.3 in its entirety. 11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE 00800-15 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 the form of insurance certificates must be submitted to Wal-Mart Stores,Inc. for approval before commencement of Work. Wal-Mart Stores,Inc. and its affiliates and its subsidiaries shall be listed as certificatible and,as their interests may appear,shall be additional insureds with cross liability endorsement with respect to commercial,general and automobile liability policies. All workers'compensation insurance contracts shall contain a Waiver of Subrogation,where permitted by law, in favor of Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. and its affiliates. Insurance coverage required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than the following limits,or greater if required by law: TYPE MINIMUM LIMITS Builders Risk Insurance All Risk including Earthquake and Flood Total Building Cost including Improvements and Betterments Worker's Compensation Statutory Employer's Liability Per Each Stop Gap Endorsement(monopolistic states) Occurrence $1,000,000 Waiver of Subrogation Where Permitted by Law Commercial General Liability Including Contractual Liability for the specific Project or Blanket Contractual for all Agreements,Products,and Completed Operations for two year period .rs following completion of the Work (covering liability assumed hereunder) with no exclusion for liability resulting from the hazards of explosion,collapse ' and underground property damage,personal injury liability,or fire legal. Contractor Per Each Occurrence $5,000,000 Subcontractor Per Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Business Auto Liability Including Hired&Non-Owned Contractor Per Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Subcontractor Per Each Occurrence $1,000,000 .2 The Contractor shall be responsible for securing Certificates of Insurance from all Subcontractors for insurance coverage limits not less than the limits indicated above and shall make such Certificates available to Wal-Mart upon request. Policy shall provide 30 days written notice prior to cancellation or material .. 00800-14 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10, 2000 MR including drawings,instructions,or manuals supplied with equipment furnished by others and installed under this Contract. 9.11.6 Warranties And Bonds: Prior to Final Application for Payment, submit in Closeout Document Book described in Paragraph 9.11.2 in this Document. 1 Assemble documents from Subcontractors,suppliers,and manufacturers. .2 For equipment put into use with Owner's acceptance during construction,submit within ten days after first operation,listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. .3 For items of Work delayed materially beyond Date of Substantial Completion,provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance,listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. ARTICLE 10-PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.2 Add the following sentence to 10.2.2: The Contractor shall include,but is not limited to,the latest federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA)safety standards. Costs related thereto shall be included in the Contract Sum. 10.2.3 Add the following Clause to Subparagraph 10.2.3: 1 10.2.3.1 The Contractor shall at all times protect all activities of his construction,excavations,fill areas, embankments,trenches,structures,or building from damage resulting from rainwater,spring water,ground water,backing up of drains,sewers and all other water encountered during his operations. The Contractor shall provide pumps,equipment and enclosures,etc.necessary to provide adequate protection. 10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 04 10.3.2 Delete Subparagraph 10.3.2 in its entirety and replace with the following 10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the " material or substance reported by the Contractor and,in the event such material or substance is found to be present,to verify that it has been rendered harmless.When the material or substance has been rendered harmless,Work in the affected area shall resume.The Contract Time and the Contract Sum shall be adjusted appropriately as provided in Article 7. ARTICLE 11 -INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.1.2 Add the following Clauses(.1, .2,.3 and.4)to Subparagraph 11.1.2: 1 Contractors and subcontractors doing work under contract for Wal-Mart shall carry the following insurance with the minimum limits set forth. Such insurance must be carried with insurance companies acceptable to Wal-Mart Stores,Inc. and contractors and subcontractors shall maintain such insurance in full force and effect until this agreement has been fully performed and all equipment,implements and machinery of contractors and subcontractors have been removed from and all employees,agents,representatives and subcontractors of contractor have left Wal-Mart Stores,Inc.'s premises. Certificates of Insurance shall stipulate that insurance will not be canceled or any material change made in the policies without thirty(30)days prior written notice to Wal-Mart Stores,Inc. Evidence of insurance in g;> 00800-13 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 I" Submit completed Letter of Conformance for each product selected as indicated within each Section. Fill-in required information on form and sign in ink by person authorized to sign on behalf of the Contractor. No modifications to form permitted. Record Letters of Conformance are included,and can be found at the end of each applicable Specification Section. List of Record Letters of Conformance as follows: Section 07511 -Built-Up Asphalt Roofing Section 07550 -Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing Section 11160-Loading Dock Equiipment. ,m 9.11.3 Final Cleaning: Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection as follows. 1 Clean interior and exterior glass and surfaces exposed to view;remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances,polish transparent and glossy surfaces,vacuum carpeted and ..� soft surfaces. .2 Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. .3 Clean or replace filters of operating equipment. .4 Clean debris from roofs,gutters,downspouts,and drainage systems. .5 Clean site;sweep paved areas,rake clean landscaped surfaces. .6 Remove waste and surplus materials,rubbish,and construction facilities from the site. am 9.11.4 Project Record Documents: 1 Maintain on site,one set of the following record documents;record actual revisions to the Work. a) Contract Drawings. .Ar b) Specifications. c) Addenda. d) Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract. e) Reviewed shop drawings,product data,and samples. .2 Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction. .3 Record information concurrent with construction progress. Do not permanently conceal work until required information has been recorded. " .4 Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of actual Products installed, including the following: a) Manufacturer's name and product model and number. ., b) Product substitutions or alternates utilized. c) Changes made by Addenda and Modifications. .5 Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: a) Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish floor datum. b) Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. c) Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. d) Field changes of dimension and detail. e) Details not on original Contract Drawings. f) Refrigeration closeout submittals per Section 15600. Prepare record documents for refrigeration system. Indicate actual pipe routing and corresponding circuits. Submit start-up records and installation and maintenance instructions in three-ring binder to Wal-Mart. .6 At Project completion,present to the Store Manager the Record Documents(including Record Drawings, Specifications,Addenda,and Change Orders)enclosed in a plastic pipe tube(fixed cap at one end and a threaded-cap on the other end)for storage in the Electrical Room. 9.11.5 Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit to Owner, 14 days prior to final inspection,three suitably bound sets of descriptive literature,maintenance and operation data,and parts lists for each item of equipment provided under this Contract that will require maintenance or special operating procedures, 00800-12 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 '"` Pq 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 9.10.2 Add the following Clauses to Subparagraph 9.10.2: pa 1 Consent of Surety to Final Payment is required to be submitted in the Closeout Document Book(Re 9.11.2). 9.11 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 9.11 Add the following Paragraph 9.11 to ARTICLE 9: 9.11 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 9.11.1 Closeout Procedures: When Contractor considers Work to be Substantially Complete,submit written certification to Wal-Mart's Construction Manager as follows. 1 Contract Documents have been reviewed. .2 Work has been inspected. .3 Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents. .4 Work is ready for inspection. 9.11.2 Final Closeout Submittals: Before final application for payment will be approved, following submittals must be received and approved by Wal-Mart. If Contractor fails to provide a fully completed Closeout Document Book within ninety(90)days after Substantial Completion of the Work,then Contractor agrees to pay Owner the sum of two hundred fifty dollars($250.00)per day,as liquidated damages and not as a penalty,until the fully completed Closeout Document Book is received by Owner. Bind closeout documents in a"Closeout Document Book" consisting of a black,three-ring binder with tabs for each category below. Submit only one set of Documents. For Warranties and Bonds refer to Paragraph 9.11.6 of this Document. 1 "Contractors Statement of Warranty." .2 Original Certificate of Occupancy. .3 Final list of Subcontractors used complete with telephone numbers,addresses,and after hours telephone numbers. .4 Final lien waivers from Contractor and all Subcontractors on the Wal-Mart form(Affidavit of Total Release and Certification of all Bills Paid); included at end of this Document. .5 Completed Operations Bond(copy of original Performance and Payment Bond). .6 Consent of Surety to Final Payment. .7 Substantial Completion punch list showing items completed and approved by Wal-Mart. .8 Original Roofing Guarantee; Section 07511 or 07550. 9 Special Concrete Finish Warranty; Section 03360. .10 Automatic Sliding Door Warranty; Section 08462. .11 Elastomeric Coatings Warranty; Section 09981. .12 Registration of Storage Tanks with State. .13 Landscape and Irrigation System Warranty; Section 02810. .14 Maintenance Data Sheet(3 pages);included at the end of this Document. .15 Project Record Documents(Placed in PVC storage tube near Electrical Room and witnessed by Store Manager,provide proof of delivery in Closeout Document Book). a) Drawings. b) Specifications. c) Shop Drawings. d) Operation and Maintenance Data. .16 Contractor's Record Letters of Conformance: By submitting Letter of Conformance,the Contractor declares that the Product identified by manufacturer's name and model number is(one of)the product(s)specified and is suitable for the intended use as defined within the Contract Documents and has been provided and placed in operational condition in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions and the Contract Documents. l 00800-11 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 .f. 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT am 9.4 Delete Paragraph 9.4 in its entirety. Nft 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.6.2 Delete Paragraph 9.6.2 in its entirety and replace with the following: .w 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor for such portion of the Work that Subcontractor is entitled. The Contractor shall,by appropriate agreement with each subcontractor,require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. AM 1 Contractor agrees not to use"Pay When Paid"contracts with Subcontractors and Suppliers of equipment,material or services. Contractor shall require a similar provision in all Subcontractor and Sub-subcontractor contracts. 0M 9.6.4 Add the following Clause to Subparagraph 9.6.4: .1 At the Owner's sole discretion,the Owner may require all sums due under the Contract Documents to be paid 4,„ pursuant to a joint check arrangement or through an escrow account for payment to the Contractor, subcontractors,or material suppliers. The Contractor agrees to sign such additional documents and take such action as the Owner shall deem necessary to carryout the intent of this subparagraph 9.6.4.1. ..t 9.6.7 Delete subparagraph 9.6.7 in its entirety. �w 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT 9.7 Delete Paragraph 9.7 in its entirety. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.8.1 Add the following sentences and Clause to Subparagraph 9.8.1: Substantial Completion is further defined as the date when all construction indicated in the Contract Documents is 100%complete and accepted for possession by Wal-Mart with the exception of Wal-Mart furnished and/or installed items which must be connected or installed by the Contractor, for the purpose of installing fixtures,equipment and stocking merchandise. The date of Substantial Completion is indicated in the Construction Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. .. .1 A final audit will be performed by Wal-Mart following Substantial Completion. 9.8.5 Add the following Clause to Subparagraph 9.8.5: am I Consent of Surety for Reduction in Retainage is required to be submitted with the Pay Application that reduces the retainage. an 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE Supplement in accordance with provisions of Section 01100. 00800-10 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ARTICLE 8-TIME 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME PM 8.3 Delete Paragraph 8.3 in its entirety. ' ARTICLE 9-PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.2 Delete Paragraph 9.2 in its entirety and replace with the following: 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 9.2.1 Within ten(10)days following the Notice of Award,the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a schedule of values,along with other required documents,allocated to various portions of the Work,prepared on the Owner's "Subcontractors Listing and Project Budget Form"and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Owner may require. This schedule,shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 9.2.2 The Owner will furnish to the Contractor an"Accounting Package"which includes the Subcontractors Listing and Project Budget Form,and other required documents,which must be received by po the Owner before the Contract will be executed. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1.1 Modify Clause 9.3.1.1 as follows: Delete",or by interim determinations of the Architect," 9.3.1 Add the following Clauses(.3, .4,and.5 )to Subparagraph 9.3.1: .3 The Owner shall determine the amount less ten percent(10%)retainage of each Application for Payment that is properly due and will issue payment for such amount not later than twenty(20)days after the first day of the next month following the period ! covered by the Application for Payment,provided the properly completed Application for Payment is in the Owner's possession not later than the first day of the month. .4 Contractor hereby waives its rights,pursuant to statute or otherwise,to require the deposit of the retainage in a separate escrow or other account in a bank or other entity and authorizes and directs Owner to hold and release the retainage in accordance with the terms of the Contract. .5 The Contractor is provided with accounting system forms by the Owner as part of the Contract Documents Package and the Contractor shall properly complete and submit the required forms with each Application for Payment. 9.3.3 Add the following Clauses(1 and.2)to Subparagraph 9.3.3: 1 In the event the Owner received information that indicated a lien has been filed or that there exists a potential lien situation,the Contractor will be notified by the Owner and the Owner will expect the Contractor to immediately resolve the situation to the satisfaction of the Owner. .2 It is hereby agreed between the Owner and the Contractor that each properly executed "Application and Certificate for Payment" (Form C-1200 or Form C-1210)is a valid lien release,as stated on the form,and the Contractor thereby agrees to defend and indemnify Wal-Mart against any and all claims resulting from a lien against the property. 00800-9 on Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 ON .2 The Energy Management System Contractor will be bound by the conditions and terms of am Wal-Mart Document#8017-01. .3 The Owner will award a separate contract for work defined as"Refrigeration." .4 The Refrigeration Contractor will be bound by the conditions and terms of Wal-Mart Document#8716-01. "" 6.1.4 Add the following Clauses(.1, .2, .3, .4,and.5)to Subparagraph 6.1.4: Am 1 Contractors performing work under separate contracts shall be responsible for relating problems and anticipated problems which may impede the progress of the job. Contractors performing work under separate contracts shall abide by the site cleanliness and safety regulation policies of the Contractor. WX .2 Owner agrees to hold Contractor harmless for any and all losses and liabilities arising in any way out of or as a result of the performance of Contractors under separate contracts. .3 Contractor will receive a copy of specifications and drawings for work performed under oft separate contracts for coordination purposes. .4 Coordination of Energy Management System activities shall be through Wal-Mart Energy Management Department,(501)273-8670. .5 Coordination of all Refrigeration activities shall be through Wal-Mart's Regional "" Refrigeration Coordinator. Telephone Contract Administrator/Technical Services at(501) 273-8524 for coordination contact. am 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 6.2.1 Add the following Clause to Subparagraph 6.2.1: ..A I Material and equipment provided by the Owner shall be received,stored,and protected-in accordance with Paragraph 10.2.1.2 of the General Conditions. Incurred costs for receiving, storage, liability,and warranty labor shall be included in the Contract Sum. 40 ARTICLE 7-CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS wW 7.2 Add the following Subparagraphs to 7.2: 7.2.3 The Contractor is provided with Change Order forms as part of the Contract Documents Package. 4M In the event a Change Order is necessary,the form shall indicate the cost of the Work and the cost of the Change Order fee which includes all overhead,profit and operational items such as taxes,bonds and insurance. No other itemized costs will be acceptable on the form provided. 7.2.4 The Contractor shall require a written provision under contract with the Subcontractor that the Subcontractor submit any changes in cost to adjust the subcontract amount by use of written Change Order. No adjustments will be accepted by the Contractor nor Wal-Mart from the Subcontractor except for those submitted on written Change Order. 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES 7.3.6.5 Delete Clause 7.3.6.5 in its entirety and replace with the following: 7.3.6.5 Additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change shall be applicable only to Change Orders that change the Contract Time of the Project. .wa 00800-8 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 '��" 4.3.7.2 Delete Clause 4.3.7.2 in its entirety and substitute the following: 4.3.7.2 Claims for additional time due to adverse weather conditions will not be considered. 4.3.10 Delete subparagraph 4.3.10 in its entirety. 4.5 MEDIATION 4.5 Delete Paragraph 4.5 in its entirety and replace with the following: 4.5 MEDIATION 4.5.1 References to mediation in Paragraph 4.5 or any other paragraph of the General Conditions is hereby deleted and rendered null and void,of no force or effect and not a part of the Contract. 4.6 ARBITRATION 4.6 Delete Paragraph 4.6 in its entirety and replace with the following: 4.6 ARBITRATION 4.6.1 References to arbitration in Paragraph 4.6 or any other paragraph of the General Conditions is hereby deleted and rendered null and void,of no force or effect and not a part of the Contract. ARTICLE 5-SUBCONTRACTORS 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 5.2.1 Add the following Clauses(.1 and.2)to Subparagraph 5.2.1: 1 The Contractor and all subcontractors are hereby notified that all Subcontractors and suppliers are subject to approval by the Owner prior to execution of a Contract on this Project. The list of names of persons or entities proposed for each principal portion of the Work shall be completed and furnished to Wal-Mart,on form provided with Contract, within ten(10)days following notice of award and before a Contract is executed. .2 The Contractor is hereby notified that any subcontractor or supplier,including their principals or associated companies,that have previously been designated by Wal-Mart as unacceptable will be subject to approval review by Wal-Mart prior to execution of the Contract on this Project. ARTICLE 6-CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.1.2 Add the following Clauses(.1, .2,.3,and A)to Subparagraph 6.1.2: go 1 The Owner will award a separate contract for work defined as "Energy Management System." 00800-7 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 ARTICLE 4-ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT .,., 4.1 ARCHITECT 4.1.1 Add the following Clause to Subparagraph 4.1.1: I Except for subparagraphs 1.1.1, 1.1.2,1.6.1,2.1.1,2.4.1 (first reference to Architect's only),3.12.4,3.12.5,3.12.8,3.12.9,3.12.10,4.1.1,4.1.2 and 4.1.3,4.4.1 (...omission by MW the Architect...)and 7.3.1 in the General Conditions,wherever the term Architect is used in the General Conditions, it shall be replaced with and shall mean the Owner as described in Article 2 of the General Conditions. ww 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2.1 Add the following Clause to Subparagraph 4.2.1: 1 The Owner will inform the Contractor of the member of the Owner's organization who is authorized to make changes in the Work previously authorized or give such directions and approvals on the Owner's behalf as may be required under this Contract. The person so designated shall be identified as the Owner's Representative and such designation of authority may be supplemented or changed in writing only by either the Wal-Mart Vice President of Construction or Wal-Mart Director of Construction. 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES "" 4.3.2 Delete Subparagraph 4.3.2 in its entirety and substitute the following: low 4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims. Notice of Claims by either party shall be made within seven(7)days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim. Notice of Claim which is or may be more than$20,000.00 shall be made by written Notice to the Wal-Mart Contracts Administration Department. The party submitting the notice of Claim shall provide the other party with all particulars of the Claim including all supporting documentation within thirty * (30)days after the Notice of Claim is made unless the other party agrees in writing to an extension of time. Failure to submit all particulars of the Claim including all supporting documentation within the time provided shall absolve the other party of all obligations therefor. An additional Claim made after the initial Claim which is based upon or arises out of the event will not be considered and is deemed waived. 4.3.4 Add the following sentence and Clauses(.1, .2,and.3)to Subparagraph 4.3.4: In the event"Rock Excavation" is required in the construction of this project,the following criteria shall apply: 1 "Rock Excavation" is described as igneous,metamorphic or sedimentary rock that cannot be removed by rippers or other mechanical methods and,therefore,requires drilling and blasting. .2 The excavation and disposal of all "Rock Excavation"that is indicated by the Soils Report shall be considered unclassified excavation and shall be included with site work grading as *� part of the lump sum base bid. .3 If"Rock Excavation"is required that is not indicated by the Soils Report,the Wal-Mart Construction Manager shall be notified prior to such rock excavation,and he must then visit the site and verify the necessity for excess"Rock Excavation," determine an estimated quantity and provide the Contractor written approval to proceed. In the event the estimated quantity is exceeded,the Wal-Mart Construction Manager shall again be notified to establish a revised estimated quantity and authorize the Contractor to proceed. Payment for ,. the authorized work shall be by a Change Order to the Contract. 00800-6 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 '�" low 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT 3.9 Add the following Subparagraph to 3.9: 3.9.2 The Superintendent(name previously submitted with bid)shall be approved by the Owner before the Contract will be prepared for execution. The Superintendent shall devote total and full time attention to the requirements of the Construction Documents and shall not work on any other project until final completion. 3.9.3 It is hereby agreed between Wal-Mart and the Contractor that the Contractor will perform any work that is directed by the Wal-Mart Construction Manager to meet the Wal-Mart contract completion date and will maintain the original management and supervision team to continue their office and job site duties on a full-time basis through contract completion date and/or any other time the Contractor has any work being performed on the project regardless of the date or condition of project completion. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE l 3.10.1 Modify the second sentence of Subparagraph 3.10.1 as follows: Revise"...The schedule shall..."to"...The progress chart shall...". 3.10.1 Add the following Clause to 3.10.1: 1 Refer to Section 01320 for Contractor's Construction progress chart 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES r 3.12.4 Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 3.12.4: Supplement in accordance with provisions of Section 01330-Submittal Procedures. 3.12.6 Add the following sentence to Subparagraph 3.12.6: Shop drawings and submittal data are considered"Not Approved"unless specifically stamped approved in accordance with Specifications Section 01330-Submittal Procedures. 3.12.8 Add the following Clause to Subparagraph 3.12.8 .1 The Contractor may not make substitutions except with the written consent of the owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order. 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION 3.18.1 Add the following Clause to Subparagraph 3.18.1: .1 The indemnification,defense and hold harmless of Owner by Contractor and any other right of Owner against Contractor shall not be impaired or affected in any way by the failure of Owner to provide Contractor with a copy of a notice to Owner of mechanics lien or other information. Contractor shall require this language in any contract with all subcontractors. 00800-5 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am .2 Provide a 12 month warranty on workmanship and Contractor furnished materials. The Contractor agrees to correct any defects during construction and within one(1)year from .w the actual date of substantial completion. The Contractor shall make all necessary repairs at no expense to the Owner. The Contractor also agrees to repair,at his own expense,any Work that it may disturb when correcting such defects. The Contractor shall provide w* similar guarantees from those who furnish material and equipment. When correcting defects the Contractor must obtain Owner's approval,in writing,when replacing defective materials with materials that are different from those originally required to be installed. am .3 Return for replacement,Wal-Mart and Owner furnished failed parts under warranty to the manufacturer. Record unit model and serial numbers in writing and forward to Wal-Mart. .w 3.6 TAXES 3.6 Add the following Subparagraph to 3.6: 3.6.2 In the event this project is constructed in an area where governmental jurisdiction requires income tax to be withheld,the Contractor shall comply with the requirements in a manner that will absolve the Owner of any withholding liability. 3.7 PERMITS,FEES,AND NOTICES 3.7.1 Add the following Clause to Subparagraph 3.7.1: 1 Owner hereby appoints Contractor as Owner's agent for the limited purpose of applying for MM and obtaining in Owner's name any and all building permits and other permits,licenses,or approvals that may be required by governmental units or agencies for the Project. - Contractor hereby accepts the appointment to act as Owner's agent for the stated purpose. The Contractor is authorized to advance its own funds to pay all fees, impact fees,building "' permit fees,special utility extension fees,meter installation fees,entrance permit fees, special development, impact documents,and temporary easements. The Contractor shall provide Owner with proper verification of the actual cost thereof-,and following receipt of an proper verifications and approval,the Contractor will be reimbursed by Owner for the actual cost for the advances. The'Contractor Fee'for change orders will not apply to these items. Any single fee that is greater than$1000.00 shall be brought to the attention of the Wal-Mart Construction Manager for his review prior to payment by the Contractor. Parties "` agree that although Contractor is authorized to advance its own funds to pay the fees associated with such permits,licenses,and approvals,Contractor shall be entitled to no additional compensation for its services under this Subparagraph. Applications shall be am made in the name of Wal-Mart,by agent (Name of Contractor). 3.7.4 Modify Subparagraph 3.7.4 as follows: Delete"appropriate". 3.8 ALLOWANCES �. 3.8 Delete paragraph 3.8 in its entirety 00800-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 NIP 3.1.4 The Contractor shall be licensed in the State where the project is located whether a resident of that State or not,and shall have appropriate certificates of licensure from that State's authorities having jurisdiction. 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 3.2.1 Add the following Clauses,(.1, .2,and.3) to Subparagraph 3.2.1: 1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of measurements,elevations, lines, and grades of the Work. Do not scale the drawings. If the Contractor chooses to measure distances by scaling from the Drawings,it is totally at his risk and is not considered by Wal-Mart to be an accurate measurement. The Contractor shall do field work necessary to lay out and maintain the Work. No extra charge or compensation will be allowed due to scaling from the Drawings or differences between actual dimensions and the measurements indicated on the Drawings;differences which may be found shall be submitted to the Owner for his consideration before proceeding with the Work. .2 The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the conditions of the existing site, including all existing improvements,paving,utilities,and construction,and shall have accounted for such conditions in the preparation of his bid and shall not be entitled to additional compensation as the result of not being familiar with the existing site conditions. .3 The Contractor is responsible for having a thorough knowledge of all Drawings, Specifications,General and Supplementary Conditions, Special Conditions,and other Contract Documents. Failure to acquaint himself with this knowledge does not relieve him of the responsibility for performing his work in a manner acceptable to the Owner. No additional compensation will be allowed because of conditions that occur due to failure by the Contractor to familiarize himself and all workers with this knowledge. 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 3.3.3 Modify Subparagraph 3.3.3 as follows: 3.3.3 Revise"...already performed to determine..."to"...already performed(including,but not limited to the building pad)to determine..." 3.3 Add the following Subparagraph to 3.3: 3.3.4 The Contractor shall provide work that meets the requirements of the Owner's property insurance carrier. 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.4.2 Delete subparagraph 3.4.2 in its entirety 3.5 WARRANTY 3.5.1 Add the following Clauses(.1, .2,and .3) to Subparagraph 3.5.1: 1 The Contractor shall provide a"Contractor's Statement of Warranty"as part of the requirements listed in 9.11.2 below. The"Contractor's Statement of Warranty" shall be on the Contractor's letterhead,signed by an officer of the company and shall state that the Work performed complies with 3.5.1 of the General Conditions and the warranty period extends one(1)year beyond the actual date of Substantial Completion as defined in Paragraph 9.8 below. 00800-3 ON Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 ... 2.1.2 Add the following Clause to Subparagraph 2.1.2: so 1 The indemnification,defense and hold harmless of Owner by Contractor and any other right of Owner against Contractor shall not be impaired or affected in any way by the failure of Owner to provide Contractor with a copy of a notice to Owner,notice of lien, �* mechanics lien,or other information. Contractor shall require this language in any contract with all Sub-Contractors. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 2.2.1 Delete Subparagraph 2.2.1 in its entirety. ... 2.2.3 Modify the first sentence of Subparagraph 2.2.3 as follows: Revise" ... limitations and utility locations..."to"...limitations and aproximate utility locations..." 2.2.3 Modify Subparagraph 2.2.3 as follows: Delete"The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the work." 2.2.3 Add the following Clause to Subparagraph 2.2.3 1 A soil investigation report has been made on this project and a log of borings prepared. This report was obtained only for use by the Architect/Engineer in design and is not a part of the Contract Documents. Soil investigation report is being furnished to the Contractor as general information only,and is not a warranty of subsurface conditions. Neither the - Owner,nor the Architect/Engineer assume responsibility for this report or log of borings. 2.2.4 Modify Subparagraph 2.2.4 as follows: Delete"Any other information or services relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work under the Owner's control shall be furnished by the Owner after reciept from the Contractor of a written request for such information or services. 2.2.5 Delete Subparagraph 2.2.5 in its entirety and substitute the following: 2.2.5 The Contractor will be furnished,free of charge,25 copies of Drawings and Project Manuals for the building,and 10 sets of Site and Grading Drawings. Additional sets will be furnished at the cost of reproduction,postage and handling. 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 2.3.1 Modify Subparagraph 2.3.1 as follows: Delete"Persistently" ARTICLE 3-CONTRACTOR 3.1 GENERAL 3.1 Add the following Subparagraph to 3.1: 00800-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 '"� UniSpec II: WM/DEV 1126999 SECTION 00800-SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS The following supplements modify,change,delete from or add to the General Conditions of The Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201 - Fifteenth Edition, 1997.Where any Article of the General Conditions is modified or any Paragraph, Subparagraph or Clause thereof is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions,the unaltered provisions of that Article,Paragraph, Subparagraph or Clause shall remain in effect. Any following Supplementary Conditions that modify, change,delete from or add to the Construction Contract between Owner and Contractor shall supersede the provisions in the Construction Contract. ARTICLE 1 -GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.2 Add the following Subparagraph to 1.2: 1 1.2.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society,organization or association,or to codes of local and state authorities,shall mean the latest standard code,specification or tentative specification adopted and published as of the date of commencement of the Work as established in the Agreement,unless specifically stated otherwise. 1 1.5.2 Delete Subparagraph 1.5.2 and replace with the following: 1.5.2 The Contractor shall thoroughly examine all factors reasonably available to him, including but not limited to the Drawings, Specifications, soils report, site boundary and topography,site conditions,site t history,local information,and seasonal weather conditions in the preparation of the Contract Sum. Soil report data are not considered all conclusive and it is the Contractor's responsibility to further investigate site conditions as he determines necessary. The Contractor shall be totally responsible for acceptance of the site and preparation of the site to the proper grade and compaction requirements as indicated by the Drawings and Specifications. Any construction performed by the Contractor on the project will constitute acceptance of the site. Any construction performed by the Contractor on a building pad prepared by others will constitute ! acceptance of the pad by the Contractor. ARTICLE 2-OWNER ! 2.1 GENERAL 2.1.1 Add the following Clauses(.1, .2,and3)to Subparagraph 2.1.1: I The Owner is Wal-Mart and is identified in the Agreement as Wal-Mart Stores,Inc., Bentonville,Arkansas. .2 The term Wal-Mart is defined as Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.,Bentonville,Arkansas. The term Wal-Mart,is used throughout the Contract Documents where various set-up and installation crews will be interfacing with the Work of the Contractor or occupying substantially completed areas of the Work for the installation of Wal-Mart owned systems and equipment,as well as for the conduct of grand opening preparations. .3 The Owner's authorized representative is defined as the Wal-Mart Construction Manager. 00800-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton, Massachusetts March 10,2000 Ow am w. mom ,w No BLANK PAGE wo •w am Ow am am 00700-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 am UniSpec II 102999 DOCUMENT 00700-GENERAL CONDITIONS PART1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Conditions of the Contract: General Conditions B. Related Documents: 1. AIA Document A201-1997 2. Document 00800-Supplementary Conditions. 1.2 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction AIA Document A201-1997, is hereby made a part of these documents and except as modified and supplemented by Document 00800 - Supplementary Conditions, are the General Conditions on which all agreements for this Work shall be based. B. One original document,AIA A201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,has been provided as ref- erence for use by the Contractor. go 1.3 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. Refer to Document 00800 for amendments to these General Conditions. pq PART 2-EXECUTION Not Used PART3 -PRODUCTS Not Used END OF DOCUMENT l 00700-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 no DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL ON 16050 Basic Electrical Materials And Methods 16100 Wiring Methods 16121 Manufactured Wiring Systems ..� 16128 Special Systems 16402 Low Volatage Service And Distribution 16500 Lighting 16525 Site Lighting(Included in Division 2.1) ., 16700 Communications 16925 HVAC Wiring END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS aye M. 00010-4 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 **! DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09250 Gypsum Board 09310 Ceramic Tile 09330 Quarry Tile 09511 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 09650 Resilient Flooring 09651 Floor Treatment 09655 Resilient Base And Accessories 09720 Wall Coverings 09900 Paints And Coatings 09981 Elastomeric Coatings For Masonry DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10170 Plastic Toilet Compartments 10260 Wall And Corner Guards 10810 Toilet Accessories DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT 11160 Loading Dock Equipment 11400 Food Service Equipment DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS Not Used DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13121 Fabric Structures 13810 Energy Monitoring And Control 13812 Energy Management System Wiring 13850 Detection And Alarm 13900 Fire Suppression DMSION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not Used DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods 15100 Bulding Services Piping 15196 Natural Gas Piping 15410 Plumbing Fixtures 15480 Domestic Water Heaters 15600 Refrigeration Equipment 15700 Heating,Ventilating,And Air Conditioning Equipment 15765 Infrared Heaters 15800 Air Distribution 00010-3 op Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 03150 Concrete Accessories 03300 Cast-in-place Concrete 03360 Concrete Finishes 03480 Precast Concrete Specialties DIVISION 4 MASONRY 04060 Masonry Mortar(astm) 04220 Concrete Masonry Units(aci) DIVISION 5 METALS 05120 Structural Steel .. 05210 Steel Joists 05300 Metal Deck 05400 Cold Formed Metal Framing 05500 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry 06400 Architectural Woodwork 06610 Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07210 Building Insulation 07240 Exterior Insulation And Finish Systems 07411 Metal Roof Panels 07511 Built-up Asphalt Roofing 07550 Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing 07611 Sheet Metal Soffit 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing And Trim 07711 Gutters And Downspouts 07721 Manufactured Curbs 07722 Roof Hatches 07815 Mineral Fiber Fireproofing .. 07840 Firestopping 07900 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 Steel Doors And Frames 08311 Access Doors And Frames 08331 Coiling Counter Doors 08352 Accordion Folding Doors 08360 Overhead Doors ** 08383 Flexible Traffic Doors 08411 Aluminum Framed Storefronts 08462 Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors 08620 Unit Skylights 08710 Door Hardware 08800 Glazing 00010-2 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 *�* UniSpec II 102999 po SECTION 00010-TABLE OF CONTENTS ivision Section Title INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION 00001 Project Title Page 00010 Table of Contents BIDDING REQUIREMENTS Bidding Requirements (incuding Invitation to Bids, Instructions to Bidders, and Bid Forms) are issued by the Owner under W separate cover and are not included in the Project Manual. CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00700 General Conditions 00800 Supplementary Conditions Other Contracting Requirements(including Agreement,Bond,and Certificate Forms)are issued by the Owner under separate cover and are not included in the Project Manual. DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS S ? 01100 Summary 01255 Request For Information !P 01310 Construction Management And Coordination 01311 Progress Meetings 01320 Construction Progress Documentation 01330 Submittal Procedures 01411 Mechanical Equipment Testing,Adjusting,And Balancing 01458 Labmatory Testing Services 01500 Temporary Facilities And Controls OP 01600 Product Requirements 01700 Execution Requirements 01731 Cutting And Patching DIVISION 2 SITE CONSTRUCTION 02023 Selective Site Demolition 02251 Shoring 02821 Chain Link Fences And Gates(building Related) 0P DIVISION 2.1 SITE CONSTRUCTION(ENGINEERING CONSULTANT DESIGN) The Sections within this Division and other Divisions listed within the Wal-Mart Sitework Specifications Table of Contents page are the responsibility of the Engineering Consultant , and not the responsibility of the Architect of Record. The Engineering Consultant,the seal and license number of the Professional Engineer registered in the State where the project is located,are also shown on the Wal-Mart Sitework Specifications Table of Contents page. 4 00010-1 Wal-Mart Store#2901 Northampton,Massachusetts March 10,2000 PROJECT MANUAL WAL-MART TAKEOVER ` NORTHAMPTON,MASSACHUSETTS Store Number: 2901 Project Number: 99358 March 10,2000 For WAL-MART STORES,INC. Sam M.Walton Development Center 2001 S.E. 10th Street Bentonville,Arkansas 72712-6489 PERRY L.BUTCHER&ASSOCIATES,ARCHITECTS 301 West Chestnut P.O.Box 2076 Rogers,Arkansas 72756 501-636-3545 4I,� 1, 9► w = NO: r � R ERS R � a <J q�N OF ►►�1►n►7�t� OR P E R R Y L B U T C H E R & A 5 5 0 C I A T E 5 A R E H I T E E T 5 "p O B O X 2 0 7 6 R O G E R S , A R K A N S A S 7 2 7 5 7 A•1 •A JOB NAME:... Walmart-Northampton SHEErNUMBER: 3 JOB NUMBER:... 0030020 FILE NAME:New door-Masonry.mcd 0/00 SUBJECT:... Framing at new masonry openings BY: RDH DATE: 3/10/00 HEADER BEAM AT GRID LINE E.3 - 2 Span = L:=21 ft W1 6x40 BM:=40•plf Fy:=50•ksi E :=29000•ksi Sx:=64.7•in3 Ix:=518•in4 Sy:=8.25•in3 ly:=28.9•in4 Vertical load Roof:=(16.5•ft) Wall:=(7-ft) Wx:=Roof•(Rdl + RII) + Wall•(Wdl) _> �3 ? If Lateral load Tributary wall area above = Wall:=(6-ft) Interior wind load = Qw:=10•psf Seismic load on wall = Qs:=(0.16)•Wdl Qs = 11.4 psf Seismic governs Wy:=Wall Qs =' Wy �$PIf Reactions LL only= Rx:=Wx•(.5•L) => Rx 139.K DL+LL= Ry:=Wy (.5 L) > qty OAK, Bending Mx:=(Wx•L2)• 8 => Mx=72.88K•ft My:=(Wy•L2). 1 => My=3.76K•ft C � Mx M fbx:= Sx fox= 3 1 5 ksi;' fby:= Sy fby 5:5 psi OOK Fbx :=0.66-Fy Fbx:-:33ksi� Fby:=0.75-Fy Fby 37.5ksi' Unity check = fbx + fby = 0.56 Fbx Fby Deflections 4 Ax := 5 Wx L 4 :> 'Ax,=0:385, < b = 0.42 in Dy := 5 Wy L => Ay =Oi356in_ < b =0.42 in 384•E•Ix " '° ` 600 384•E•ly 600 JAMB COLUMNS TS 6x6x3116 BM:= 14.53•plf Fy:=46.ksi E :=29000•ksi Sx:=7.93-in 3 Ix:=23.8•in4 Sy:=7.93-in 3 ly:=23.8-in 4 Height= H:= 10-ft+ 3-ft H = 13ft Vertical Load (See above) = P := 13.9-K Allowable load (AISC Table p. 3-42) = Pa:=87•K Lateral load at top of column due to lateral load on lintel beam = Py:=0.7•K Bending moment at base of cantilevered column = My:=Py•H My=9100lbft My fby:= Sy Fby:=0.66-Fy Unity check = F + fby = 0.61 Pa Fby JOB NAME:... Walmart- Northampton SHEET NUMBER: 2 � JOB NUMBER:... 0030020 FILE NAME:New door-Masonry.mcd t Framing at new mason openings BY: RDH DATE: 3/10/00 . SUBJECT:... 9 +Y h cADER BEAM AT SEASONAL SHOP / GARDEN CENTER Span = L:=13-ft W8x40 BM:=40•plf Fy:=50•ksi E :=29000•ksi Sx:=35.5•in3 Ix:= 146•in4 Sy:=12.2-in 3 ly:=49.1•in4 Vertical load Roof:=(15•ft) Wall :=(10•ft) 40" Wx:=Roof•(Rdl + RII) + Wall•(Wdl) _> 1�X6 Ifi Lateral load Tributary wall area above = Wall:=(5•ft) Exterior wind load = Qw:=16.6•psf Seismic load on wall = Qs :_(0.16)•Wdl Qs = 11.4psf Wind governs Wy:=Wall-Qw =' V1Yy plf Reactions LL only= Rx:=Wx•(.5•L) => -Rx 95K; DL+LL = Ry:=Wy•(.5•L) => Rye 0 5'C Bending r1 Mx:=(Wx•L2)• 8 => Mx=30.84K•ft My:=(Wy•L2). 1 => My= 1.75K•ft C � 8) M fbx:= Mx ".0.08i' fby:=Y ksi Sx Sy . Fbx :=0.66 Fy Fbx= 33 ksi Fby :=0.75•Fy Fby 37 5 ksi> Unity check= fbx + fby =0.36 Fbx Fby Deflections 4 4 Ax := 5 Wx L :> AX=,0 222 n < b =0.26 in Ay := 5 Wy L => Ay='Q 037in� < � =0.26 in 384•E•Ix 600 384•E-ly 600 JAMB COLUMNS TS 6x6x3116 BM:= 14.53.plf Fy:=46•ksi E :=29000•ksi Sx:=7.93•in3 Ix:=23.8•in4 Sy:=7.93•in3 ly:=23.8-in 4 Height= H:=8•ft+ 3•ft H = 11 ft Vertical Load (See above) = P :=9.5-K Allowable load (AISC Table p. 3-42) = Pa:=93•K Lateral load at top of column due to lateral load on lintel beam = Py:=0.5-K Bending moment at base of cantilevered column = My:=Py•H My= 5500 lb ft My fby:= Sy Fby :=0.66-Fy Unity check = P + fby =0.38 Pa Fby JOB NAME:... Walmart-Northampton SHEET NUMBER: 1 � JOB NUMBER:... 0030020 FILE NAME:New door-Masonry.mcc t Framing at new mason openings BY: RDH DATE: 3110/0( . SUBJECT:... 9 masonry _ems` DEAD LOADS ROOF WALL Roofing, insul, deck 6.0 psf 12"non-grouted CMU Mech, Elec, plumb, sprink 3 psf Wall Dead Load= Wdl:=71•psf Ceiling 2.0 psf Joists 2.0 psf Misc 2.0 psf Roof Dead Load = Rdl:=15•psf Roof Live Load = RII :=35•psf HEADER BEAM NEAR GRID LINE B-16 Span = L:=11-ft W8x40 BM:=40-pif Fy:=50•ksi E :=29000•ksi Sx:=35.5•in3 Ix:=146-in 4 Sy:= 12.2•in3 ly:=49.1•in4 Vertical load Roof:=(20-ft) Wall:=(10-ft) Wx:=Roof•(Rdl+ RII) + Wall•(Wdl) => /I(x 1710p[f Lateral load Tributary wall area above= Wall:=(5•ft) Interior wind load = Qw:= 10•psf Seismic load on wall = Qs :=(0.16) Wdl Qs = 11.4 psf Seismic governs Wy :=Wall Qs => Wy = 7 plf' Reactions LL only = Rx:=Wx•(.5-L) => Rx=9.4K DL+LL = Ry:=Wy.(.5•L) => 'Ry =.0.3 K Bending Mx:=(Wx•L2)• ft=> Mx=25.86K• My:=(Wy-L2). — _> My=0.86K-ft (1) M Mx fbx-.= Sx fbx=8.7 ksi fby.- Sy fby=0.$ ksi Fbx :=0.66•Fy Fbx=33 ksi Fby :=0.75-Fy Fby=37.5 ksi Unity check = fbx— + fby— = 0.29 Fbx Fby Deflections 5•Wx•L4 L 5-Wy•L4 L Ax -.- => ex ="0.133in < — =0.22 in Ay:= _> Ay=0.013in,` — =0.22 in 384•E•Ix 600 384-E-ly 600 WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM REVISED 919199 Page 1 Copyright Date 3/10/00 Sheet No. of Job Subject MOMENT BASE PLATES P 1. Input M Configuration: Lb,Base Plate Length= 12.00 inches Wb,Base Plate Width= 12.00 inches Lc We d',Anchor Bolt Edge Distance= 1.50 inches (to C.L.of bolts) Lc,Column Depth= 6.00 inches Wc,Column Width= 6.00 inches d' Lp,Pilaster(or Footing)Length= 36.00 inches d Wp,Pilaster(or Footing)Width= 36.00 inches V num,#of Bolts on Tension Side= 2 -� num,#of Bolts Total= 2 dia,Diameter of Tension Bolts= 0.75 inches sp,Spacing of Tension Bolts= 9.00 inches Lb x Wb de,Embedment of Tension Bolts= 6.63 inches Loads: P,Axial Load= 13.9 kips L x w M,Moment= 9.1 ft-kips V,Shear on Bolts= 0.0 kips e P Allowable Stresses: fc,Concrete Comp.Strength= 3,000 psi Fut,Bolt Ultimate Tensile Strength= 60 ksi e<Lb/6 Fyp,Plate Yield Strength= 36 ksi € Compression on Allow 1/3 Increase? N (Y or N) 1 01 € entire plate. 2. Calculations C 6=P/A+M/S d,Lb-d' 10.50 inches AOW = f,d-Lb/2= 4.50 inches f p e,Eccentricity=M/P= 7.86 inches Fore<Lb/6 A,Area of Base Plate= N.A. sq.in. Lb/6<e< Lb/3-f/3 S,Section Modulus of Plate= N.A. cu.in. Compression on part For Lb/6 C. " of plate. No Tension x=3(Lb/2-e)= N.A inches in bolts. For e P YI4 6=[2P/x]/Wb n,Es/Ec= 9.19 Ab,Area of Tension Bolts= 0.88 sq.in. x a'=3(e-Lb/2)= 5.6 Design of b'=6nAs/Wb(f+e)= 50.2 Welded Structures c'_-b'*(Lb/2+f)_ -527 by Blodgett, e P x^3+a'x^2+b'x+c'= 0 Section 3.3(5) X= 5.06 inches Bolts e T,Tension on Bolts= 5.6 kips Compression on part of Pss,Allowable Tension= 28.1 kips-O.K. 1997 UBC 1923.3.2 1 C plate. Tension in bolts. Ap,Concrete Pull-Out Projected Area 294.8 sq.in. T=-P(Lb/2-x/3-e) 0Pc,Concrete Pull-Out strength= 24.7 kips-O.K. x/3 Lb/2-x/3+f) V,Shear on Bolts= 0.0 kips a=[2(P+T)/x]/Wb Vss,Allowable Shear= 23.4 kips-O.K. 1997 UBC 1923.3.3 de,Edge Distance(C.L.bolt to pilastei 13.5 inches 0Vc,Allowable Shear= 14.8 kips-O.K. Combined Tension and Shear 0.06 1997 UBC 1923.3.4 mm Concrete Ld is measured from the s,Compression on Concrete= 641.5 psi intersection of the concrete s,Allowable Compression= 1800.0 psi-O.K. 1997 UBC1926.3.1 Ld failure cone for the anchor bolts Plate and the vertical bars. L,Plate Cantilever=(Lb-Lc)/2= 3.00 in. , ► Calculations assume#6 bars or s,Compression at Face= 261.5 psi smaller and that spacing Mc,Moment on Plate(from C)= 27.8 in-kips requirements of 1912.2.2 are Mt,Moment on Plate(from T)= 9.2 in kips t,Required Thickness of Plate= 0.72 in. Reinforcing Development(see figure at left) As,Required for Tension(per bar)= 0.05 sq.in. Ld,Development for Tension= 14.6 7"if hooked UBC 1912.2, 1912.. (re:UBC 1912.5.3 for Use 12"x 12"x 0.75"Base Plate hooks enclosed in tie WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Revised 617195 trl Date 3/9/00 Sheet No. of Job 0030020-WalMart Subject Garden Center Canopy Columns BASEPLATE DESIGN FOR WIDE-FLANGE COLUMNS WITH AXIAL LOAD ONLY AISC MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION-ASD, 9th EDITION l�l 1. Input bf Column: ' Mark= C1,C2 j t Standard AISC Size= TS4x4xl/4 values will be m d= 4 in.t used unless bf= 4 in.t Load(P)= 15.73 kips values are provided. d 95d N Baseplate: Fy= 36 ksi. * Leave values N= 10 in. * blank for B= 10 in. * m baseplate Concrete: design. f'c= 3 ksi. provide values n 80bf n A2= 784 in2 for baseplate B 2. Determine Baseplate Size analysis. d= 4.00 in. P= Total column load (kips) bf= 4.00 in. Al = B x N=Area of plate(in2) ,ovw Al (Case 1)= 0.29 in2 A2= Full cross-sectional area of concrete support(in2) Al (Case 2)= 7.49 in2 Fb= Allowable bending stress in baseplate(ksi) Al (Case 3)= 16.00 in2 (controls) Fp= Allowable bearing pressure on support(ksi) A= 0.30 in. fp= Actual bearing pressure(ksi) N(reqd)= 4.30 in. >d (ok) f'c= Compressive strength of concrete(ksi) B(reqd)= 1.60 in. <bf(nq) tp= Thickness of baseplate(in) Fy= Yield strength of steel (ksi) N= 10 in. B= 10 in. 3. Determine Baseplate Stresses Al(revised)= 100.00 in2 fp= 0.16 ksi. Fp= 2.10 ksi. <_0.7 f'c Fp >_fp(ok) 4. Determine Baseplate Thickness Check yield-line solution for heavily loaded small plates q= 0.075 :51.0 1 = 0.28 <_1.0 n = 1.00 in. M= 3.10 in. n= 3.40 in. (controls) C= 3.40 in. tp(reqd)= 0.45 in. tp= 0.75 in.** **Note:Use tp=3/4" minimum for erection stability WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Revised 9128193 Copyright Q 10/19/93 1.33 ^� Date 3/9/00 Sheet No. �`7� of Job Subiect Property Line Footings-Summary of Load Cases Load Cases D+L D+L+W .9D+W Soil Bearing W pilaster(kips)= 0.53 0.53 0.48 W wall(below grade)(kips)= 0.30 0.30 0.27 W footing(kips)= 1.80 1.80 1.62 W soil(incl.slab)(kips)= 1.13 1.13 1.02 P total=P+Ww+Wp+Wf+Ws(kips)= 14.07 14.07 6.26 M(about point A)(ft-kips)= 16.94 17.81 7.57 a=M/P(ft)= 1.20 1.27 1.21 Q max(ksf)= 2.49 2.30 1.10 Q max(net)(ksf)= 2.16 1.96 0.76 Q allowable(ksf)= 3.00 4.00 4.00 Q max<Q allowable O.K. Reinforcing(bottom layer) .75• Ultimate factors 1.4D+1.7L 1.4D+1.7L+1.7W .9D+1.3W Note:if loads shown as W are Pu(kips)= 21.84 16.38 5.92 Earthquake loads a factor of 1.1 Mu(ft-kips)= 26.57 21.15 7.48 is applied-1.1`1.7 and 1.1'1.3 a=Mu/Pu(ft)= 1.22 1.29 1.26 Qu max(ksf)= 3.80 2.58 0.97 Qu min(ksf)= 1.05 1.06 0.35 dist.to face of wall(ft)= 0.67 0.67 0.67 Qu face of wall(ksf)= 3.11 2.14 0.80 01 =Qu(face)-Qu(min)= 2.06 1.08 0.45 x(length of dist.load)(ft)= 2.33 2.33 2.33 ~ wu(weight of soil and ftq.load)= 0.56 0.42 0.36 L(length of cantilever)(ft)= 2.33 2.33 2.33 x1 (location of zero shear)= 2.33 2.33 2.20 x2(location of zero shear)= 3.45 5.11 2.33 Mu(face of wall)(ft-kips/ft)= 3.20 2.72 0.37 Mu(x1 from face)(ft-kips/ft)= 0.00 0.00 0.00 Mu(x2 from face)(ft-kips/ft)= 0.00 0.00 0.00 Mu(maximum positive)(ft-kips)= 9.61 8.15 1.12 Moments calculated are the result of Rn= 26.91 22.84 3.14 bearing pressure upwards and soil rho= .00050 .00040 .00010 and footinq weight downwards Use#5 at 10"O G primary reinf.and#5 at 10"O.C.secondary reinf. Reinforcing(top layer) If top and bottom steel are required,1/2 of min.temp.and shrinkage steel Mu(maximum negative)(ft-kips)= 0.00 0.00 0.00 (rho=.001)is placed on the bottom Rn= 0.00 0.00 0.00 and 1/2 is placed on the top. If no top rho= .00000 .00000 .00000 steel is required,a minimum of temp. and shrinkage steel(rho=.002) No top steel reauired is placed on the bottom. Punching Shear d dist.to d/2 from outside face of wall= 1.15 1.15 1.15 Qu(at d/2 from face(ksf)= 2.61 1.82 0.68 Vu(total)= 13.94 11.02 3.91 Beam Shear eVc,allow.shear(2-way)= 210.95 210.95 210.95 d/2 w Punching Shear Vu<oVc O.K. d/2 Beam Shear dist.to d from outside face of wall= 1.63 1.63 1.63 Qu(at d from face)(ksf)= 2.11 1.50 0.55 It d/2 Vu(kips)= 6.52 5.27 1.86 eVc,allow.shear(1-way)= 38.55 38.55 38.55 Vu<eVc O.K. WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Revised 12113196 Copyright m 10/19/93 Date 3/9/00 Sheet No (.Pt of Job 0030020-WalMart Subject Garden Center Canopy Footings Property Line Footings 1. Input Ww x1 P P,dead load at column= 1.01 kips P,live load at column= 7.12 kips P,wind/seismic load at column 0.00 kips x1,location of column= 1.33 ft x2 Ww,wall weight above grade= 0.73 klf M x2,width of wall above grade= 0.67 ft V Concrete or Masonry wall below grade? M C or M x3,width of wall below grade= 0.67 It W p t M,dead load moment= 0.00 ft-kips h Ws M,live load moment= 0.00 ft-kips M,wind/seismic moment= 0.00 ft-kips w(x I) V,dead load shear= 0.04 kips V,live load shear= 0.00 kips Wf V,wind/seismic load shear= 0.26 kips T Wind or Seismic controls? S W or S t,slab thickness= 4.00 in A h,pilaster height= 2.00 ft w,pilaster width= 1.33 ft '•`• i'•i'•'• '•`" I,pilaster length= 1.33 ft Soil weight= 100 pcf Qmax Allowable soil bearing= 3000 psf Rv Net or Max= N N or M Allow 1/3 increase? y y or n(for soil) a ft,concrete strength= 3000 psi W(x L) Fy,steel strength= 60000 psi i Try: W,Width= 3.00 ft Loading Diagram L,Length= 3.00 ft T,Thickness= 1.33 ft * Note:For footings with no column or no wall, Bottom bar size#= 5 input zero values for loads. For columns Top bar size#(if req'd)_ located in the wall,input x1 equal to 1/2 x2. 2. Soil Bearing P total= 14.07 kips (D+L controls) M(about point A)= 16.94 ft-kips a=M/P= 1.20 ft 0 max= 2.49 ksf 0 max(net)= 2.16 <3 ksf O.K. 3. Reinforcing P top 2"CLR. S top Bottom Steel Mu(face of pilaster)= 9.61 ft-kips(1.4D+1.7L controls) rho= 0.0005 COE .0 Primary As required= 1.15 inches squared - Idh= 6.00 inches 3"CLR. S bot Primary reinforcing,Pbot= #5 at 10"O.C. Idh P bot Secondary As required= 1.15 inches squared Secondary reinforcing,Sbot= #5 at 10"O.C. 3"CLR. Top Steel Mu(face of pilaster)= 0.00 ft-kips(.9D+1.3W controls) x rho= 0.0000 Primary As required= 0.58 inches squared Idh= 6.00 inches Reinforcing Diagram Primary reinforcing,Ptop= not required-rho=0 Secondary As required= 0.00 inches squared Secondary reinforcing,Stop= No top steel required Note:Bar sizes are controlled by the development lengths of the bottom bars. To use larger bars, 4. Shear increase the thickness of the footings and/or the width of the wall below grade. Punching Shear Vu= 13.94 kips oVc= 210.95 kips>13.94 kips O.K. Beam Shear Vu= 6.52 kips 0Vc= 38.55 kips>6.52 kips O.K. Use 3'-0"x 3'-0"x 1'-4"footing with #5 at 10"O.C.primary reinf.and#5 at 10"O.C.secondary reinf.bottom (�2 Q O M O M O CO O M O U) () LO LB - O O O N N <t O O V 'I 00 CV O Nt C) p (D O U) O (O N 0) (D e: Cy r- p O C) N U) O) N N K N ri N O N O d O et cV L �- N N M M �t LC) O CO O O) 0 0 0 0 O) co co O O N f\ co 1\ (D t\ 0) ^" c CD O O � � 00 CO O ti O N O O N U-) U) L() to O O CO N N V O O !t V CU N O rt () �- N �- co (n I` 6 6 M 00 M O In N O S U] er C j O N 0 CA N N K N (O 'o � K N O K N O (O C O 00 a CV a () r r N N M M l!) CO CO OO O O O W N O Cb N !� co co N 00 N N N N O 1� T a YOOI- CALnUlOON0Nm0LoLoLgLoLo - 00 (ON m m "t q. mNm) t N ? 0 V t- r CO r- I- N O CD to 06 N N K N (o ui CO r- t� cV O t� (V O (O �! O eF N 0 M r r N N M M T <}' 0 CO t\ N O O N N O 00 N 16 O CC) OO t\ t� h CO n C Q O O O U) M O M M 00 r-- O r-- CU Ch M O C`7 (f) lt) e- O O CD N N ,t O O V et O N O rt M c4 (n N M CD O 4 O 4 6 In N 00 L6 M .� Qi N U) 6 N N K N CO U) , K cV O K N O � � O (U er N h /11 CL M r r N N N M M t 0 In (O 1� N m m O W W O m W I� 00 co N 1� 00 I� I� I� N I� I� (D !� tN V Z cu Y C) O N N t� O t` 00 N O N O O N U) Lo O O CO N N V O O) �t !t m N O �t m N c p N U) 00 N r CO N 00 tt O 6 N O U) 6 N N K CV (O L6 cV O N tV O (O O Cn CO Cl) r r r N N M M tt In Cp Cp I� O O O OJ NON O O 00 CON O 0 O w 3 co O C) O to N 00 W;O r- � O f h O N co N O U7 �- O O O N � O O "t V co N 0) �t M e N �- Z I` r M L� O 4f 6 M M 4 6 LL) CV 00 U) Cn O 0) N CV N CV Cp U) N O � N O (� rY O CU V' CV 1 N r r r N Nj N Cl) CO It t In Cp (O � OD O co co O 00 N � co CO N � t2 1z 0 O ; � 1 1 Q 1 w m 00 O n cc 0) Ln � O N ONO tt U) O CD N LC) �- O O (O N N � O O �t !t N N O �t M � N �- -� LO O N LO M N,c0 O U) O 0 O M N CD U) N m N N K CV (D U) I� cV 10=01 I� fV O N r r r r N N M M � sf In 0 (0 (O I� O m N O N co f\ N N NK t� NK !� � � 1� � CO � I, Q w J 0 Lr) O T r O Mi CO CD CD O O O 00 Cl O n tt O �- O O O � N V O O !t <t OD N O It M '- N �- CO 1 O O 7 O Q N N UQ > N r r N N N M M cY 't U U) (O (O 1� W 00 O N N I� 00 00 I" N N N 1\ U 0 Q Q Op 0 r Lq r O j r U) r O r 11� r O r Lo t- O Lo O (O N V N N O !h m N �- Q O N LO OD r t}' OJ N CO O Lri O Cn O C� CV N !1' I� CV (O Lo n t� Op !t N W O O r r r r'N N N M M U) In Cp (O f� m m CO N N N N O N (� N N CO I� W O z 1► B O O O N OO to et CO O CO 114t q OO N CA (T O 'It O N Co N N !t M O !Y rt N N O <t M , N �- Z I` ^ Oo O M U) 00 r �t M r LO 0) CO 00 O U) CU tl (V r r r r r N N N M M M to lC) Cp O h O 1� O 00 N N c0 I� O O ' C) n M t CD O O ) e O O �f �h O N O �t ( N C) O Un �- O LO CO Cn r Co,LO M •-- fl- O M r- r U) a, N C') M O K N O CO V' O OO V' N r r rl r r N N N M M M V `7 lt) LO (O O N oo co N 00 N N N N N CO LL t� O M (D if) M'N M CD O O M N M U) O M O :cw6 M O Cl) S Cl) �- O O !t !t N N O !t M I N �- N U) O r i M LC) O N In 00 r (- r U) N U) O LC') t� N O K N O CO t} O 06 V N r r r r r N N N N M M M It It In LC) O O N N N t\ 00 N N N N (� O p O r M (D O O M r O r M c0 O c0 M r O r Cl) CO O CD M �- p r 4 Lo Or- N CD 00 O N n ti O CM D M N n O N CO O tt m O (O O m !t (V r r r r r N N N N M M M M 'IT � 'IT U) U) O O O Y _ L CD O O r14: CO 00 00 r U) O O M Cp 't O q O CO N Cb q N OO U� Cl O 00 U) M N O O O O r r r r N N N M M M "T Lo 0 LP) (D O ti ti w O O r N N M r1 U) U) co r •� r r r r r r r r r r r lf) � U Q 0 0 0 0 0 o (0 o LA LA co 0 U) 0 CD 0 0 LO CD LO 0 LO (D 0 0 0 w 0 U) CO CD LO LO C.0 CD LO LO � LL *k �k *k *k *kit * *k *t *k * *k * * * VIt *ku *kit4t *kit * * * �k * *k � � .i � � � O � MMMMCh M44 4 4 Ln LC) U) LA (O 6 CO CD r�L rZ. r` r-L OO OO ao oo 6666 O O O Orr O � a Z Z a C9 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U W co r r r r r r r r - r - - r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r - - r 0 0 Qw CL a - - - - cu O Co °o J N 0Oi'? t Da) O�i'MCOO) OM (OTOi? 1 9T 9C? TT9C? I? T9C? (0o) OCM <DO) OC? CDC) y00 000 C a j N (V N FV M CM M iM c} �t in In In b CD CD CD CD I- � � ti t0 00 00 00 a) O O O O 7 11 O r CO r r r r II V II > G- U) �:' 0 WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Revised 6 117199 Copyright©10/19/93 Date 3/9/00 Sheet No. of Job 0030020-WalMart Subject Battery Storage Canopy COLUMN AND BASE PLATE DESIGN Reference (with pinned bases) 1. Input y Column Mark C1 b P,axial load = 4.5 kips Mx,moment about x(strong)axis= 0.0 in.-kips My,moment about y(weak)axis= 0.0 in.-kips KLx,unbraced length= 13.2 feet Mx KLy,unbraced length= 13.2 feet d P Cmx= 1.0 x G x Cmy= 1.0 2. Column Design Column Properties My A,area of cross section of column= 2.02 sq.in. Re:AISC Steel Fy,yield stress= 46 ksi Manual,ASD y Sx,section modulus with respect to x axis= 1.73 cu.in. 9th edition Sy,section modulus with respect to y axis= 1.73 cu.in. rx,radius of gyration about x axis= 1.13 in. ry,radius of gyration about y axis= 1.13 in. Stresses fa,axial stress= 2.21 ksi fbx,bending stress about x axis= 0.00 ksi fby,bending stress about y axis= 0.00 ksi Allowable Stresses Cc,ratio separating long and short columns= 111.6 ksi Fa,allowable axial stress= 7.57 ksi Fbx,allowable bending stress about x axis= 27.60 ksi Fby,allowable bending stress about y axis= 27.60 ksi F'ex,Euler stress divided by safety factor= 7.57 ksi Fey,Euler stress divided by safety factor= 7.57 ksi Interaction Check Equation H1-1 = 0.29 :51.00-O.K. Equation H1-2= 0.08 :_1.00-O.K. USE: TS3x3x3/16 3. Base Plate P,Total column load= 4.5 kips Re:AISC Steel E b At =1/A2(P/.35f'c)^2= 0.0 sq.in. Manual,ASD Al =P/.7f'c= 2.1 sq.in. 9th edition Al =b d= 9.0 sq.in.-controls (1 st revision) A=.5'(.95d-.95b)= 0.0 in. P N,required=sgrt(A1)+b 3.00 use 9 in. b=3.00 Z d B,required=Al/N= 0.00 use 9 in. d=3.00 rn Al,Area of plate=B x N= 81 sq.in. A2,Area of concrete support= 3600 sq.in. fp,actual bearing pressure on support= 0.06 ksi Fp,allowable bearing pressure on support= 2.10 ksi-O.K. E q,factor for lightly loaded plates= 0.03 lambda,factor for lightly loaded plates= 0.16 use 0.2 lamda'n'= 0.12 in. ROW n 95b n m=(N-.95d)/2= 3.08 in.-controls n=(B-.95b)/2= 3.08 in.-controls c=max(m,n,lambda'n')= 3.08 in. B Fy,Yield strength of steel= 36 ksi tp,Thickness of plate= 0.24 in. USE: 0.25"x9"x0'-9" a -' Wallace/SC, Inc. Title: WalMart-Northampton, MA Job#0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Dsgnr: A.Redman Date: Irvine, CA 92618 Description (949) 753-5103 Scope Fax: (949) 753-5105 Rev: 504001 Steel Beam Design Page X (op Description B1: Battery Storage Canopy Framing General Information Steel Section : TS7X5X1/4 Fy 46.00ksi Pinned-Pinned Load Duration Factor 1.00 Center Span 11.50 ft Bm Wt.Added to Loads Left Cant. 0.00 ft LL&ST Act Together Right Cant 0.00 ft Lu : Unbraced Length 0.00 ft Distributed Loads #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 DL 0.028 k/ft LL 0.681 k/ft ST k/ft Start Location ft End Location ft Summary Beam OK Using:TS7X5X1/4 section,Span=11.50ft, Fy=46.Oksi End Fixity= Pinned-Pinned,Lu=O.00ft, OF=1.000 Actual Allowable Moment 12.035 k-ft 27.469 k-ft Max. Deflection -0.260 in fb : Bending Stress 13.301 ksi 30.360 ksi Length/DL Defl 8,224.6 : 1 fb/Fb 0.438 : 1 Length/(DL+LL Defl) 530.9 : 1 Shear 4.186 k 32.200 k fv: Shear Stress 1.196 ksi 18.400 ksi fv/Fv 0.065 : 1 Force &Stress Summary «--These columns are Dead+ Live Load placed as noted--» DL LL LL+ST LL LL+ST Maximum Only Center Center Cants Cants Max. M+ 12.03 k-ft 0.78 12.03 k-ft Max. M- k-ft Max. M @ Left k-ft Max. M @ Right k-ft Shear @ Left 4.19 k 0.27 4.19 k Shear @ Right 4.19 k 0.27 4.19 k Center Defl. -0.260 in -0.017 -0.260 -0.260 0.000 0.000 in Left Cant Defl 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in Right Cant Defl 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in ...Query Defl @ 0.000 ft 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in Reaction @ Left 4.19 0.27 4.19 4.19 k Reaction @ Rt 4.19 0.27 4.19 4.19 k Fa calc'd per 1.5-1, K`Ur<Cc Section Properties TS7X5X1/4 Depth 7.000 in Weight 18.99#/ft r-xx 2.607 in Width 5.000 in I-xx 38.00 in4 r-yy 2.011 in Thickness 0.250 in I-yy 22.60 in4 S-xx 10.857 in3 Area 5.59 in2 S-yy 9.040 in3 (c)1983-97 ENERCALC d:\jobs\engineering\0030020-walmart-north KW-0602190,Ver 5.0.4, 10-Dec-1997,Win32 Date Sheet No. r2q of Job �007�()p_2(2-VIAL IAM Subject �jA'('( `{ Gfj p Iz�[ GDIp�✓`( O GA�IDpY �i2AN11t�1G� rJl ; Its= tzR = -7 �.�' �iJi✓i2GD�l,G �4.10�I�,(rii�i Ps7TAGN�"1� , USE T�1x�x'14 P��AM WO Lc7Ai7 U,�2r-- RZOT0 I�;✓ U�� T� 1x� x'l NI o GAU D P'-� WLU Mi.,6 ', I�Lx = k L.� = (I I'- " �,D•�. l.i V.� + (Ili" 1, D,�i,) + (8" T,D•P, – (�/� 1+4 C, U�� T��X�X /itn C,ULUMN� ❑ f00T I QGS S UM 1'-0" T H 1 GI! NI I Q, 15I2G, 'PV2T 4 - 4Po - M AIX. WAGS rn I- - r), 0�5 k Uri ,�'-p•' pl' MMIQG 1�! I('��-Or2 r�;AGN 7 �M�x ' �•"�i'� -D1Y 2�, D l Date loop Sheet No. r2e) of Job C7D�Df�2a - 1114 LNI�1zT Subject D Dv-ly- I�ITI�CI IM;,1T 10 qJ w GMU �Mle-�Lf AgGLF— : LU,44x�/ILp 5 tw-, V= PL rpom up►-� za:2F SNOW bp-lr-T/I' FL-r Tf;1 I Q lOkD DUI; 1n pI2YI�4G ACIIL51f l: M= V-SA 31 9 �0� I I.1 �-tl L'f I I-I`f IP,20 4�D 1 (2%g' M Iti, �yeep) vA►,LOw I��n# �aI.LOW ����# ILP" Ir)r9 b 31�jvj�* ' 0,-7b < 1,00 61H G1� x4xr2/i MC;,5 b,Q6,LE (fix = 2.-7q in3) M= (-71-)LP FL F) (1c�"JI2)�/v - ILot VY-LO Fb = (ILpb D)(12) / 2,19 Ina = 0,123 ICI 0Lp (3C-P 2I, La I'-471 "7 0.1Z3 �I -av 41 A�5O1 TH1215A9t�O 209�2 M?2f:V I -}I I,7) WflrI2 Ad'IH15:�Iv;✓ �, MlWmuM Df /V4 Date ' ? Sheet No. r-) of look Job V-JA Mk9T Subject f02 bOkb 1.0AD IZ DcfiTlol V,' lz�z = (r?,la pLF) 110,)/2 ,Mv-[ I.ODct7 IZt;AGTI n � 0 2a��� - �tl ,����)(lo'�z)(lo f3)1�1O' = Loal 4 PL _ (�� 1'�r-� X1.00 F�F)( lo') -72v+� YDTA L 1=rAGT 1 C 7 M max = K- F T (FIZ om ewt ZCAL G) MA I V. 10 157. L kr)i:✓ DUr, 70 RMAx IT = 2 (1 r9 Co' ') / lo' P51. 12 FLf 0U5- 10 K4",x Vy = FT) (/0 91) ' PLf L-uvl t�g r2 00� 5llll uv� I�dt . 0 CI,I�( I0')o,3�, _ 1,51 2.2�' �, hr (2,0 PC/V) (2.'2-t?' GJI1.1G7; 12fe = 44-,(,, Pfu = ISO p-'2P kND klde<- 35� < Wdu=42,r2' U f�Z 1Zt7P-fz e2f4 OVJ 121Z)1'1 W l LL GOATe0l, F I?D U PPIZ WO` ,, tJ OVk D IZI I%T GA�t-��, VIMak = l 12 02 4'12° x i(�- GQ, D G', w"ALww z 2nD p�F 1 v 1,'l- Phi: -OK (ID'- CAI`!) U,'2� 4'1,2" x A P6&K- Date Oj�2(,�'� Sheet No. fit/ of Job '0�0020 - WA H klz:r Subject �)VIT62 Gj1 ❑ ������j� ,0�,=III'-� .= V- _ r� G I t'l- S � ,-,G 1 132 ❑ �G� (�C C��izi�l C�.171� GQ;�.I�� Clti� I%VQ b'�7t7'L I��) { 19200 tLA-T ZODY-) 15r? 0i'4Dkj 17i21r( CAL(. " 1/j bu = VI9'-0" h� = (I-l'-4')+ It-4,,,) - (1/21- z L, . 0 I b = 20 p6/F HAW r2')""I - l,r7 NLA + + VIf 0 hr- hbt V- r2' = 4.2r� pfUl wdu= 2(2(TP0y))1(4,2P2')= r)�'2, 4' PfU2 < 10(4.2r2') Ff +LAYv,- 1O r 32.r2' 'PfUl = b (hb t ha) - (20 F(If ( llp� +4-,2r9') = 120 ?Of Pfu2 = (�'1.�') (120 P-7f)14Tr2' ?*f 92 1�) P�F "),Ll) ?�f (A1�2"21M)1,A( I LP- G�, n-E�W) Date Sheet No. 6fj of Job -Admc) 20 - kLMDcIZT Subject o NSW BTU P WALL •• '�(IGl(. �iTUp WALL v/vl. �ty� u►I�LL �XV�T. F GMU WAU. ��nM wt�ln � ��I�M►C� L0�ct7�° ����� T• pwiun ' i la,Lv PGi1= 2.0 p 2,d IHIGK G--fP. 6a = 2,r) P--2F M I�G l O.fi Imo;= kl = TOPS 0, 1 C/2 (1.0 P�;f) Qw Z I Co.Cv W i tJb CON4W P -fI2' la" x l(v.-GA 5TUP-�, All il.n" O G. : (VJ01A - GAS) L = 1V O ") wJ= ( I F,�)?) ( ILP") = 22. I/")� n Mrrax= (2/�. F��)( I UT b = -7 0v I'T- L?; mom " m"A-19 WA11061 Ma = '2242 fl-L13 > -70bfT- LP- 0Y- (to nolGiL) GON��GTI0�1 TD T�AGK rn� 1�17ALH M 5qT -ifl rlx 1 -2T. tTu n wl <U Wvt� TP2 (2)- #1'2-14 T Ve7 v�Lww` 2(`�°Ib#� ? ',=012 WK)4+1n4T 10 MI 1. IZ 4p1L41 tv-0 1 T1Z` (2) 0, 14r2" DI Ar, 41 LTI X-;Zr 1 OWX12 A• TUATPV FP�, TaI5� r�T I lo" o�G VAwow - (IDS.1)(2) - 210# > Mt GPI Ull 0,G. A'(W H 10 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 54 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Member AISC Unity Checks, LC 8 : Seismic Member Joints Unity Shear ASD I - J Chk Loc Chk Loc Fa Fb Cb Cm Eqn. ---------------------------------------Ksi------Ksi------------------------- 9 1 10 0 . 326 2 0 . 008 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 10 2 11 0 . 357 2 0 . 009 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H2-1 11 3 12 0 . 348 2 0 . 009 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 12 4 13 0 . 349 2 0 . 009 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H2-1 13 5 14 0 . 349 2 0 . 009 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 14 6 15 0 . 349 2 0 . 009 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 15 7 16 0 . 348 2 0 . 009 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H2-1 16 8 17 0 . 357 2 0 . 009 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 17 9 18 0 . 326 2 0 . 008 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H2-1 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc. Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page: 53 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Load Patterns Pattern Magnitudes Locations Label Dir Start End Start End -------------------K/ft, F----------K/ft, F-----------ft or %-------ft or %--- DL Y 0 . 084 0 . 084 0 . 000 0 . 000 LL Y 0 . 140 0 . 140 0 . 000 0 . 000 SNOW Y 0 . 742 0 . 742 0 . 000 0 . 000 SEISMIC X 0 . 025 0 . 025 0 . 000 0 . 000 Load Combinations RWPE No. Description BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac SSdv ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Y -1 1 -1 yy 2 Dead + Live Y -1 1 -1 2 -1 yy 3 0 . 67DL+0 . 8Seismic Y - . 67 1 - . 67 4 . 8 yy 4 DL+0 . 6Snow+0 . 8Smc Y -1 1 -1 3 - . 6 4 . 8 yy 5 Dead Y -1 1 -1 6 Live 2 -1 7 Snow 3 -1 8 Seismic 4 -1 Reactions, LC 8 : Seismic Joint +--------- Forces ----------+ Moment No X Y Mz -------------K--------------K-------------K-ft------------------------------ 1 0 . 25 0 .42 0 . 00 2 0 .28 -0 . 18 0 . 00 3 0 .27 0 . 04 0 . 00 4 0 .27 -0 . 01 0 . 00 5 0 . 27 0 . 00 0 . 00 6 0 . 27 0 . 01 0 . 00 7 0 .27 -0 . 04 0 . 00 8 0 .28 0 . 18 0 . 00 9 0 .25 -0 .42 0 . 00 Totals : 2 .40 0 . 00 Center of Gravity Coordinates (X,Y, Z) No Calculation Member AISC Unity Checks, LC 8 : Seismic Member Joints Unity Shear ASD I - J Chk Loc Chk Loc Fa Fb Cb Cm Eqn. ---------------------------------------Ksi------Ksi------------------------- 1 10 11 0 . 112 1 0 . 008 1 19 .48 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 33 H1-2 2 11 12 0 . 057 2 0 . 004 1 19 .48 30 . 35 1 . 00 0 .26 H2-1 3 12 13 0 . 064 1 0 . 005 1 19 .48 30 . 36 1. 00 0 . 21 H1-2 4 13 14 0 . 061 2 0 . 005 1 19 .48 30 . 36 1. 00 0 . 20 H2-1 5 14 15 0 . 061 1 0 . 005 1 19 .48 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 .20 H1-2 6 15 16 0 . 064 2 0 . 005 1 19 . 48 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 .21 H2-1 7 16 17 0 . 057 1 0 . 004 1 19 .48 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 26 H1-2 8 17 18 0 . 112 2 0 . 008 1 19 .48 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 33 H2-1 RISA-21) (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 52 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Member Distributed Loads, BLC 1 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 12 13 DL 1 . 0000 4 13 14 DL 1 . 0000 5 14 15 DL 1 . 0000 6 15 16 DL 1 . 0000 7 16 17 DL 1 . 0000 8 17 18 DL 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 2 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 LL 1 . 0000 2 11 12 LL 1 . 0000 3 12 13 LL 1 . 0000 4 13 14 LL 1 . 0000 5 14 15 LL 1 . 0000 6 15 16 LL 1 . 0000 "" 7 16 17 LL 1 . 0000 8 17 18 LL 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 3 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 SNOW 1 . 0000 2 11 12 SNOW 1 . 0000 3 12 13 SNOW 1 . 0000 4 13 14 SNOW 1 . 0000 5 14 15 SNOW 1 . 0000 6 15 16 SNOW 1 . 0000 7 16 17 SNOW 1 . 0000 8 17 18 SNOW 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 4 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 2 11 12 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 3 12 13 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 4 13 14 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 5 14 15 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 6 15 16 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 look 7 16 17 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 8 17 18 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc. Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 51 0001. Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Materials (General) Material Young' s Shear Poisson' s Thermal Weight Yield Label Modulus Modulus Ratio Coef . Density Stress -------------Ksi----------Ksi----------------10^5°F----K/ft3-------Ksi------ STL 29000 . 00 11154 . 00 0 .3000 0 . 65000 0 .490 46 . 00 Sections Section Database Material As As I I T Label Shape Label Area 0, 2 1, 3 1, 3 0, 2 C ------------------------------in-2----------------in-4----------in^4-------- Bl TU7X5X4 STL 5 . 59 1 . 2 1 . 2 22 . 60 38 . 00 C2 TU4X4X4 STL 3 . 59 1 .2 1 . 2 8 . 22 8 . 22 ---------------------- Members Memb Joints Rotate Section Releases Offsets Inactive? No. I J 900 Set I :AVM J:AVM I-End J-End Label y Length --------------------------------------------in-------in---------------ft---- 1 10 11 B1 12 . 00 2 11 12 B1 12 . 00 3 12 13 B1 12 . 00 4 13 14 B1 12 . 00 5 14 15 131 12 . 00 6 15 16 B1 12 . 00 7 16 17 B1 12 . 00 8 17 18 131 12 . 00 9 1 10 C2 12 . 19 10 2 11 C2 12 . 19 11 3 12 C2 12 . 19 12 4 13 C2 12 . 19 13 5 14 C2 12 . 19 14 6 15 C2 12 . 19 15 7 16 C2 12 . 19 16 8 17 C2 12 . 19 17 9 18 C2 12 . 19 Basic Load Case Data BLC Basic Load Case Load Type Totals No. Description Nodal Point Dist . ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Load 8 2 Live Load 8 3 Snow Load 8 4 Seismic Load 8 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 1 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier 1 10 11 DL 1 . 0000 2 11 12 DL 1 . 0000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 50 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US Standard Steel Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AISC 9th Edition ASD Allowable Stress Increase Factor. . 1 . 333 Include Shear Deformation. . . . . . . . . Yes No. of Sections for Member Calcs. . 2 Do Redesign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes P-Delta Analysis Tolerance . . . . . . . . 0 . 50% Joint Coordinates Joint X Y Joint No Coordinate Coordinate Temperature ------------------ft------------ft------------OF---------------------------- 1 0 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 2 12 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 3 24 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 4 36 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 5 48 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 6 60 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 7 72 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 8 84 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 9 96 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 10 0 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 11 12 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 12 24 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 13 36 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 14 48 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 15 60 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 16 72 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 17 84 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 18 96 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 Boundary Conditions Joint +----- Translation -----+ No X Y Rotation ------------K/in--------K/in------K-ft/rad---------------------------------- 1 Reaction Reaction 2 Reaction Reaction 3 Reaction Reaction 4 Reaction Reaction 5 Reaction Reaction 6 Reaction Reaction 7 Reaction Reacti-n 8 Reaction Reaction 9 Reaction Reaction RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 49 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Member AISC Unity Checks, LC 7 : Snow Member Joints Unity Shear ASD I - J Chk Loc Chk Loc Fa Fb Cb Cm Eqn. ---------------------------------------Ksi------Ksi------------------------- 1 10 11 0 .400 2 0 . 098 2 19 .48 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 2 11 12 0 . 427 1 0 . 086 1 19 . 48 27 . 60 1. 00 0 . 85 H1-2 3 12 13 0 . 362 2 0 . 084 2 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 4 13 14 0 . 361 1 0 . 083 1 19 .48 27 . 60 1. 00 0 . 85 H1-2 5 14 15 0 . 361 2 0 . 083 2 19 .48 27 . 60 1. 00 0 . 85 H1-2 6 15 16 0 . 362 1 0 . 084 1 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 7 16 17 0 .427 2 0 . 086 2 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 8 17 18 0 . 400 1 0 . 098 1 19 .48 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 9 1 10 0 . 186 2 0 . 004 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 10 2 11 0 . 208 2 0 . 001 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 11 3 12 0 . 166 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 12 4 13 0 . 167 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 13 5 14 0 . 164 1 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 14 6 15 0 . 167 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 15 7 16 0 . 166 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 16 8 17 0 . 208 2 0 . 001 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 17 9 18 0 . 186 2 0 . 004 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 48 *sob, Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 WalMart - Northampton, MA File : 0030020A Garden Center Canopy Frame Member Distributed Loads, BLC 4 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 2 11 12 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 3 12 13 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 4 13 14 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 5 14 15 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 6 15 16 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 7 16 17 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 8 17 18 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 Load Patterns Pattern Magnitudes Locations Label Dir Start End Start End -------------------K/ft, F----------K/ft, F-----------ft or %-------ft or %--- DL Y 0 . 084 0 . 084 0 . 000 0 . 000 LL Y 0 . 140 0 . 140 0 . 000 0 . 000 SNOW Y 0 . 742 0 . 742 0 . 000 0 . 000 SEISMIC X 0 . 025 0 . 025 0 . 000 0 . 000 Load Combinations RWPE No. Description BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac SSdv ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Y -1 1 -1 yy 2 Dead + Live Y -1 1 -1 2 -1 yy 3 0 . 67DL+0 . 8Seismic Y - . 67 1 - . 67 4 . 8 yy 4 DL+0 . 6Snow+0 . 8Smc Y -1 1 -1 3 - . 6 4 . 8 yy 5 Dead Y -1 1 -1 6 Live 2 -1 7 Snow 3 -1 8 Seismic 4 -1 Reactions, LC 7 : Snow Joint +--------- Forces ----------+ Moment No X Y Mz -------------K--------------K-------------K-ft------------------------------ 1 0 . 12 3 . 66 0 . 00 2 -0 . 03 9 . 88 0 . 00 3 0 . 01 8 . 68 0 . 00 4 0 . 00 8 . 96 0 . 00 5 0 . 00 8 . 88 0 . 00 6 0 . 00 8 . 96 0 . 00 7 -0 . 01 8 . 68 0 . 00 how 8 0 . 03 9 . 88 0 . 00 9 -0 . 12 3 . 66 0 . 00 Totals : 0 . 00 71 . 23 Center of Gravity Coords (X,Y, Z) (ft) 48 . 000, 12 . 188, 0 . 000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc. Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 47 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Basic Load Case Data BLC Basic Load Case Load Type Totals No. Description Nodal Point Dist . ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Load 8 2 Live Load 8 3 Snow Load 8 4 Seismic Load 8 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 1 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 DL 1 . 0000 2 11 12 DL 1 . 0000 3 12 13 DL 1 . 0000 4 13 14 DL 1 . 0000 5 14 15 DL 1 . 0000 6 15 16 DL 1 . 0000 7 16 17 DL 1 . 0000 8 17 18 DL 1 . 0000 < Member Distributed Loads, BLC 2 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 LL 1 . 0000 2 11 12 LL 1 . 0000 3 12 13 LL 1 . 0000 4 13 14 LL 1 . 0000 5 14 15 LL 1 . 0000 6 15 16 LL 1 . 0000 7 16 17 LL 1 . 0000 8 17 18 LL 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 3 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 SNOW 1 . 0000 2 11 12 SNOW 1 . 0000 3 12 13 SNOW 1 . 0000 4 13 14 SNOW 1 . 0000 5 14 15 SNOW 1 . 0000 6 15 16 SNOW 1 . 0000 7 16 17 SNOW 1 . 0000 8 17 18 SNOW 1 . 0000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 46 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 WalMart - Northampton, MA File : 0030020A Garden Center Canopy Frame Boundary Conditions Joint +----- Translation -----+ No X Y Rotation ------------K/in--------K/in------K-ft/rad---------------------------------- 1 Reaction Reaction 2 Reaction Reaction 3 Reaction Reaction 4 Reaction Reaction 5 Reaction Reaction 6 Reaction Reaction 7 Reaction Reaction 8 Reaction Reaction 9 Reaction Reaction Materials (General) Material Young' s Shear Poisson' s Thermal Weight Yield Label Modulus Modulus Ratio Coef. Density Stress -------------Ksi----------Ksi----------------105°F----K/ft3-------Ksi------ STL 29000 . 00 11154 . 00 0 .3000 0 . 65000 0 .490 46 . 00 Sections Section Database Material As As I I T Label Shape Label Area 0, 2 1, 3 1, 3 0, 2 C ------------------------------in-2----------------in^4----------in^4-------- B1 TU7X5X4 STL 5 . 59 1 . 2 1 . 2 22 . 60 38 . 00 C2 TU4X4X4 STL 3 . 59 1 .2 1 . 2 8 .22 8 . 22 Members Memb Joints Rotate Section Releases Offsets Inactive? No. I J 900 Set I :AVM J:AVM I-End J-End Label y Length --------------------------------------------in-------in---------------ft---- 1 10 11 B1 12 . 00 2 11 12 31 12 . 00 3 12 13 B1 12 . 00 4 13 14 B1 12 . 00 5 14 15 B1 12 . 00 6 15 16 B1 12 . 00 7 16 17 B1 12 . 00 8 17 18 B1 12 . 00 9 1 10 C2 12 . 19 10 2 11 C2 12 . 19 11 3 12 C2 12 . 19 12 4 13 C2 12 . 19 13 5 14 C2 12 . 19 14 6 15 C2 12 . 19 15 7 16 C2 12 . 19 Aw► 16 8 17 C2 12 . 19 17 9 18 C2 12 . 19 "* Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US Standard Steel Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AISC 9th Edition ASD Allowable Stress Increase Factor. . 1 . 333 Include Shear Deformation. . . . . . . . . Yes No. of Sections for Member Calcs . . 2 Do Redesign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes P-Delta Analysis Tolerance . . . . . . . . 0 . 50% Joint Coordinates Joint X Y Joint No Coordinate Coordinate Temperature ------------------ft------------ft------------OF---------------------------- 1 0 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 2 12 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 3 24 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 4 36 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 5 48 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 6 60 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 7 72 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 8 84 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 9 96 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 10 0 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 11 12 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 12 24 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 13 36 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 14 48 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 15 60 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 16 72 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 17 84 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 18 96 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 RISA-21) (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc. Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 45 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Member AISC Unity Checks, LC 6 : Live Member Joints Unity Shear ASD I - J Chk Loc Chk Loc Fa Fb Cb Cm Eqn. ---------------------------------------Ksi------Ksi------------------------- 9 1 10 0 . 035 2 0 . 001 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 10 2 11 0 . 039 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 11 3 12 0 . 031 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 12 4 13 0 . 032 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 13 5 14 0 . 031 1 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 14 6 15 0 . 032 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 15 7 16 0 . 031 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 16 8 17 0 . 039 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 17 9 18 0 . 035 2 0 . 001 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1. 00 0 . 60 H1-2 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 44 A"k Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Load Patterns Pattern Magnitudes Locations Label Dir Start End Start End -------------------K/ft, F----------K/ft, F-----------ft or %-------ft or %--- DL Y 0 . 084 0 . 084 0 . 000 0 . 000 LL Y 0 . 140 0 . 140 0 . 000 0 . 000 SNOW Y 0 . 742 0 . 742 0 . 000 0 . 000 SEISMIC X 0 . 025 0 . 025 0 . 000 0 . 000 Load Combinations RWPE No. Description BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac SSdv ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Y -1 1 -1 yy 2 Dead + Live Y -1 1 -1 2 -1 yy 3 0 . 67DL+0 . 8Seismic Y - . 67 1 - . 67 4 . 8 yy 4 DL+0 . 6Snow+0 . 8Smc Y -1 1 -1 3 - . 6 4 . 8 yy 5 Dead Y -1 1 -1 6 Live 2 -1 7 Snow 3 -1 8 Seismic 4 -1 Reactions, LC 6 : Live Joint +--------- Forces ----------+ Moment No X Y Mz -------------K--------------K-------------K-ft------------------------------ 1 0 . 02 0 . 69 0 . 00 2 -0 . 01 1 . 86 0 . 00 3 0 . 00 1 . 64 0 . 00 4 0 . 00 1 . 69 0 . 00 5 0 . 00 1 . 68 0 . 00 6 0 . 00 1 . 69 0 . 00 7 0 . 00 1 . 64 0 . 00 8 0 . 01 1 . 86 0 . 00 9 -0 . 02 0 . 69 0 . 00 Totals : 0 . 00 13 .44 Center of Gravity Coords (X,Y, Z) (ft) 48 . 000, 12 . 188, 0 . 000 Member AISC Unity Checks, LC 6 : Live Member Joints Unity Shear ASD I - J Chk Loc Chk Loc Fa Fb Cb Cm Eqn. ---------------------------------------Ksi------Ksi------------------------- 1 10 11 0 . 075 2 0 . 018 2 19 .48 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 2 11 12 0 . 080 1 0 . 016 1 19 .48 27 . 60 1. 00 0 . 85 H1-2 3 12 13 0 . 068 2 0 . 016 2 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 4 13 14 0 . 068 1 0 . 016 1 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 - 5 14 15 0 . 068 2 0 . 016 2 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 6 15 16 0 . 068 1 0 . 016 1 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 7 16 17 0 . 080 2 0 . 016 2 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 8 17 18 0 . 075 1 0 . 018 1 19 .48 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc. Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 43 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Member Distributed Loads, BLC 1 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 12 13 DL 1 . 0000 4 13 14 DL 1 . 0000 5 14 15 DL 1 . 0000 6 15 16 DL 1 . 0000 7 16 17 DL 1 . 0000 8 17 18 DL 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 2 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 LL 1 . 0000 2 11 12 LL 1 . 0000 3 12 13 LL 1 . 0000 4 13 14 LL 1 . 0000 5 14 15 LL 1 . 0000 6 15 16 LL 1 . 0000 7 16 17 LL 1 . 0000 8 17 18 LL 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 3 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 SNOW 1 . 0000 2 11 12 SNOW 1 . 0000 3 12 13 SNOW 1 . 0000 4 13 14 SNOW 1 . 0000 5 14 15 SNOW 1 . 0000 6 15 16 SNOW 1 . 0000 7 16 17 SNOW 1 . 0000 8 17 18 SNOW 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 4 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 2 11 12 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 3 12 13 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 4 13 14 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 5 14 15 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 6 15 16 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 7 16 17 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 8 17 18 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 42 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Materials (General) Material Young' s Shear Poisson' s Thermal Weight Yield Label Modulus Modulus Ratio Coef . Density Stress -------------Ksi----------Ksi----------------10^5°F----K/ft3-------Ksi------ STL 29000 . 00 11154 . 00 0 . 3000 0 . 65000 0 . 490 46 . 00 Sections Section Database Material As As I I T Label Shape Label Area 0, 2 1, 3 1, 3 0, 2 C ------------------------------in^2----------------in^4----------in"4-------- B1 TU7X5X4 STL 5 . 59 1 .2 1 . 2 22 . 60 38 . 00 C2 TU4X4X4 STL 3 . 59 1 .2 1 . 2 8 . 22 8 . 22 Members Memb Joints Rotate Section Releases Offsets Inactive? No. I J 900 Set I :AVM J:AVM I-End J-End Label y Length --------------------------------------------in-------in---------------ft---- 1 10 11 B1 12 . 00 2 11 12 B1 12 . 00 3 12 13 B1 12 . 00 4 13 14 B1 12 . 00 5 14 15 B1 12 . 00 6 15 16 B1 12 . 00 7 16 17 B1 12 . 00 8 17 18 B1 12 . 00 9 1 10 C2 12 . 19 10 2 11 C2 12 . 19 11 3 12 C2 12 . 19 12 4 13 C2 12 . 19 13 5 14 C2 12 . 19 14 6 15 C2 12 . 19 15 7 16 C2 12 . 19 16 8 17 C2 12 . 19 17 9 18 C2 12 . 19 Basic Load Case Data BLC Basic Load Case Load Type Totals No. Description Nodal Point Dist . ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Load 8 2 Live Load 8 3 Snow Load 8 4 Seismic Load 8 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 1 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 DL 1 . 0000 2 11 12 DL 1 . 0000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 41 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US Standard Steel Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AISC 9th Edition ASD Allowable Stress Increase Factor. . 1 . 333 Include Shear Deformation. . . . . . . . . Yes No. of Sections for Member Calcs. . 2 Do Redesign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes P-Delta Analysis Tolerance . . . . . . . . 0 . 50% Joint Coordinates Joint X Y Joint No Coordinate Coordinate Temperature ------------------ft------------ft------------OF---------------------------- 1 0 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 2 12 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 3 24 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 4 36 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 5 48 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 6 60 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 7 72 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 8 84 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 9 96 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 10 0 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 11 12 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 12 24 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 13 36 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 14 48 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 15 60 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 16 72 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 17 84 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 18 96 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 Boundary Conditions Joint +----- Translation -----+ No X Y Rotation ------------K/in--------K/in------K-ft/rad---------------------------------- 1 Reaction Reaction 2 Reaction Reaction 3 Reaction Reaction 4 Reaction Reaction 5 Reaction Reaction 6 Reaction Reaction 7 Reaction Reaction 8 Reaction Reaction 9 Reaction Reaction RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 40 ,fir,, Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Member AISC Unity Checks, LC 5 : Dead Member Joints Unity Shear ASD I - J Chk Loc Chk Loc Fa Fb Cb Cm Eqn. ---------------------------------------Ksi------Ksi------------------------- 9 1 10 0 . 026 2 0 . 001 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 10 2 11 0 . 028 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 11 3 12 0 . 025 1 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 12 4 13 0 . 026 1 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 13 5 14 0 . 026 1 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 14 6 15 0 . 026 1 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 15 7 16 0 . 025 1 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 16 8 17 0 . 028 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 17 9 18 0 . 026 2 0 . 001 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc. Job 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 39 0000* Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 WalMart - Northampton, MA File : 0030020A Garden Center Canopy Frame Load Patterns Pattern Magnitudes Locations Label Dir Start End Start End -------------------K/ft, F----------K/ft, F-----------ft or %-------ft or %--- DL Y 0 . 084 0 . 084 0 . 000 0 . 000 LL Y 0 . 140 0 . 140 0 . 000 0 . 000 SNOW Y 0 . 742 0 . 742 0 . 000 0 . 000 SEISMIC X 0 . 025 0 . 025 0 . 000 0 . 000 Load Combinations RWPE No. Description BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac SSdv ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Y -1 1 -1 yy 2 Dead + Live Y -1 1 -1 2 -1 yy 3 0 . 67DL+0 . 8Seismic Y - . 67 1 - . 67 4 . 8 yy 4 DL+0 . 6Snow+0 . 8Smc Y -1 1 -1 3 - . 6 4 . 8 yy 5 Dead Y -1 1 -1 6 Live 2 -1 7 Snow 3 -1 8 Seismic 4 -1 rte, Reactions, LC 5 : Dead Joint +--------- Forces ----------+ Moment No X Y Mz -------------K--------------K-------------K-ft------------------------------ 1 0 . 02 0 . 66 0 . 00 2 0 . 00 1 . 52 0 . 00 3 0 . 00 1 . 35 0 . 00 4 0 . 00 1 . 39 0 . 00 5 0 . 00 1 . 38 0 . 00 6 0 . 00 1 . 39 0 . 00 7 0 . 00 1 . 35 0 . 00 8 0 . 00 1 . 52 0 . 00 9 -0 . 02 0 . 66 0 . 00 Totals: 0 . 00 11 . 23 Center of Gravity Coords (X,Y, Z) (ft) 48 . 000, 11 .461, 0 . 000 Member AISC Unity Checks, LC 5 : Dead Member Joints Unity Shear ASD I - J Chk Loc Chk Loc Fa Fb Cb Cm Eqn. ---------------------------------------Ksi------Ksi------------------------- 1 10 11 0 . 056 2 0 . 014 2 19 .48 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 2 11 12 0 . 059 1 0 . 012 1 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 3 12 13 0 . 050 2 0 . 012 2 19 . 48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 4 13 14 0 . 050 1 0 . 012 1 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 5 14 15 0 . 050 2 0 . 012 2 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 6 15 16 0 . 050 1 0 . 012 1 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 7 16 17 0 . 059 2 0 . 012 2 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 8 17 18 0 . 056 1 0 . 014 1 19 .48 30 . 36 1. 00 0 . 85 H1-2 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 38 % Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Member Distributed Loads, BLC 1 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 12 13 DL 1 . 0000 4 13 14 DL 1 . 0000 5 14 15 DL 1 . 0000 6 15 16 DL 1 . 0000 7 16 17 DL 1 . 0000 8 17 18 DL 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 2 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 LL 1 . 0000 2 11 12 LL 1 . 0000 3 12 13 LL 1 . 0000 4 13 14 LL 1 . 0000 5 14 15 LL 1 . 0000 6 15 16 LL 1 . 0000 7 16 17 LL 1 . 0000 8 17 18 LL 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 3 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 SNOW 1 . 0000 2 11 12 SNOW 1 . 0000 3 12 13 SNOW 1 . 0000 4 13 14 SNOW 1 . 0000 5 14 15 SNOW 1 . 0000 6 15 16 SNOW 1 . 0000 7 16 17 SNOW 1 . 0000 8 17 18 SNOW 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 4 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 2 11 12 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 3 12 13 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 4 13 14 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 5 14 15 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 6 15 16 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 7 16 17 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 8 17 18 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 37 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Materials (General) Material Young ' s Shear Poisson' s Thermal Weight Yield Label Modulus Modulus Ratio Coef . Density Stress -------------Ksi----------Ksi----------------10^5°F----K/ft3-------Ksi------ STL 29000 . 00 11154 . 00 0 . 3000 0 . 65000 0 .490 46 . 00 Sections Section Database Material As As I I T Label Shape Label Area 0, 2 1, 3 1, 3 0, 2 C ------------------------------in^2----------------in-4----------in-4-------- B1 TU7X5X4 STL 5 . 59 1.2 1 . 2 22 . 60 38 . 00 C2 TU4X4X4 STL 3 . 59 1 . 2 1 . 2 8 . 22 8 . 22 Members Memb Joints Rotate Section Releases Offsets Inactive? No. I J 900 Set I :AVM J:AVM I-End J-End Label y Length --------------------------------------------in-------in---------------ft---- 1 10 11 B1 12 . 00 2 11 12 B1 12 . 00 3 12 13 B1 12 . 00 4 13 14 B1 12 . 00 AOW 5 14 15 B1 12 . 00 6 15 16 B1 12 . 00 7 16 17 B1 12 . 00 8 17 18 131 12 . 00 9 1 10 C2 12 . 19 10 2 11 C2 12 . 19 11 3 12 C2 12 . 19 12 4 13 C2 12 . 19 13 5 14 C2 12 . 19 14 6 15 C2 12 . 19 15 7 16 C2 12 . 19 16 8 17 C2 12 . 19 17 9 18 C2 12 . 19 Basic Load Case Data BLC Basic Load Case Load Type Totals No. Description Nodal Point Dist . ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Load 8 2 Live Load 8 3 Snow Load 8 4 Seismic Load 8 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 1 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member-----I------J---------Label---------Multiplier 1 10 11 DL 1 . 0000 2 11 12 DL 1 . 0000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 36 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US Standard Steel Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AISC 9th Edition ASD Allowable Stress Increase Factor. . 1 . 333 Include Shear Deformation. . . . . . . . . Yes No. of Sections for Member Calcs . . 2 Do Redesign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes P-Delta Analysis Tolerance. . . . . . . . 0 . 500 Joint Coordinates Joint X Y Joint No Coordinate Coordinate Temperature ------------------ft------------ft------------OF---------------------------- 1 0 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 2 12 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 3 24 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 4 36 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 5 48 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 6 60 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 7 72 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 8 84 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 9 96 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 10 0 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 11 12 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 12 24 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 13 36 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 14 48 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 15 60 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 16 72 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 17 84 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 18 96 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 Boundary Conditions Joint +----- Translation -----+ No X Y Rotation ------------K/in--------K/in------K-ft/rad---------------------------------- 1 Reaction Reaction 2 Reaction Reaction 3 Reaction Reaction 4 Reaction Reaction 5 Reaction Reaction 6 Reaction Reaction 7 Reaction Reaction 8 Reaction Reaction 9 Reaction Reaction RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 35 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Envelope AISC Unity Checks Unity Loc Shear Loc ASD Memb Chk lc Chk lc Fa Fb Cb Cm Eqn. ------------------------------------Ksi-------Ksi--------------------------- 1 0 . 369 2 4 0 . 080 2 4 19 .48 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 2 0 . 312 2 4 0 . 063 2 4 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 3 0 . 334 2 4 0 . 067 2 4 19 . 48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 4 0 .328 2 4 0 . 066 2 4 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 5 0 . 332 2 4 0 . 066 2 4 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 6 0 . 321 2 4 0 . 066 2 4 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 7 0 . 369 2 4 0 . 068 2 4 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 8 0 . 244 1 4 0 . 064 1 4 19 .48 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 9 0 .250 2 3 0 . 006 1 3 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H2-1 10 0 .452 2 4 0 . 010 1 4 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 11 0 .401 2 4 0 . 009 1 4 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 12 0 .413 2 4 0 . 009 1 4 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 13 0 . 410 2 4 0 . 009 1 4 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 14 0 .410 2 4 0 . 009 1 4 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 15 0 .414 2 4 0 . 009 1 4 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 16 0 . 397 2 4 0 . 008 1 4 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 17 0 .459 2 4 0 . 011 1 4 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 RISA-21) (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 34 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Envelope Section Forces Section Memb y Axial lc Shear lc Moment lc -----------------K------------------K-----------------K-ft------------------ 10 1 U 7 . 63 4 0 .29 4 0 . 00 1 L 1 .2 3 0 . 004 1 0 2 U 7 . 48 4 0 .29 4 -0 . 05 1 L 1 . 1 3 0 . 004 1 -3 . 6 4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 1 U 6 . 52 4 0 . 26 4 0 . 00 1 L . 87 3 -0 . 002 2 0 2 U 6 . 37 4 0 . 26 4 0 . 02 2 L . 77 3 -0 . 002 2 -3 .2 4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 1 U 6 . 78 4 0 . 27 4 0 . 00 1 L . 94 3 0 . 000 1 0 2 U 6 . 63 4 0 . 27 4 0 . 00 1 L . 84 3 0 . 000 1 -3 . 3 4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 1 U 6 . 71 4 0 . 27 4 0 . 00 1 L . 93 3 0 . 000 1 0 2 U 6 . 56 4 0 . 27 4 0 . 00 1 L . 83 3 0 . 000 1 -3 . 3 4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 1 U 6 . 76 4 0 . 27 4 0 . 00 1 L . 93 3 0 . 000 2 0 2 U 6 . 61 4 0 . 27 4 0 . 01 2 L . 83 3 0 . 000 2 -3 . 2 4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 1 U 6 . 60 4 0 . 27 4 0 . 00 1 L . 94 3 0 . 001 1 0 2 U 6 .45 4 0 . 27 4 -0 . 01 1 L . 84 3 0 . 001 1 -3 . 3 4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 1 U 7 . 27 4 0 . 25 4 0 . 00 1 L . 87 3 -0 . 009 2 0 2 U 7 . 12 4 0 . 25 4 0 . 11 2 L . 77 3 -0 . 009 2 -3 . 1 4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 1 U 3 . 27 4 0 . 33 4 0 . 00 1 L . 66 1 0 . 016 1 0 2 U 3 . 12 4 0 . 33 4 -0 . 20 1 L . 51 1 0 . 016 1 -4 4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 33 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Envelope Section Forces Section Memb y Axial lc Shear lc Moment lc -----------------K------------------K-----------------K-ft------------------ 1 1 U 0 . 04 2 2 . 28 4 0 .46 2 L - . 19 3 -0 . 007 3 -2 .4 3 2 U 0 . 10 4 -0 . 73 1 10 . 11 4 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 1 U 0 . 03 2 3 . 19 4 6 . 55 4 L - . 17 3 0 .234 3 0 2 U 0 . 11 4 -0 . 59 1 7 . 76 4 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 1 U 0 . 03 2 2 . 98 4 4 . 58 4 L - . 15 3 0 . 178 3 - . 62 3 2 U 0 . 14 4 -0 . 62 1 8 . 31 4 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 1 U 0 . 03 2 3 . 03 4 5 . 04 4 L - . 12 3 0 . 191 3 - . 5 3 2 U 0 . 17 4 -0 . 62 1 8 . 17 4 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 1 U 0 . 03 2 3 . 01 4 4 . 92 4 L - . 1 3 0 . 189 3 - . 53 3 2 U 0 . 20 4 -0 . 62 1 8 . 26 4 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 1 U 0 . 03 2 3 . 04 4 5 . 02 4 L 0 2 U 0 . 23 4 -0 . 61 1 7 . 98 4 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 1 U 0 . 03 2 2 . 92 4 4 . 69 4 L 0 2 U 0 . 26 4 -0 . 63 3 9 . 16 4 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 1 U 0 . 06 4 3 .46 4 6 . 09 4 L 0 2 U 0 . 30 4 -0 . 51 1 4 . 04 4 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 1 U 2 .43 4 0 . 19 3 0 . 00 1 L 0 00". 2 U 2 .28 4 0 . 19 3 0 . 46 2 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 32 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Load Patterns Pattern Magnitudes Locations Label Dir Start End Start End -------------------K/ft, F----------K/ft, F-----------ft or %-------ft or %--- DL Y 0 . 084 0 . 084 0 . 000 0 . 000 LL Y 0 . 140 0 . 140 0 . 000 0 . 000 SNOW Y 0 . 742 0 . 742 0 . 000 0 . 000 SEISMIC X 0 . 025 0 . 025 0 . 000 0 . 000 Load Combinations RWPE No. Description BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac SSdv ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Y -1 1 -1 yy 2 Dead + Live Y -1 1 -1 2 -1 yy 3 0 . 67DL+0 . 8Seismic Y - . 67 1 - . 67 4 . 8 yy 4 DL+0 . 6Snow+0 . 8Smc Y -1 1 -1 3 - . 6 4 . 8 yy 5 Dead Y -1 1 -1 6 Live 2 -1 7 Snow 3 -1 8 Seismic 4 -1 Envelope Reactions Joint +------------ Forces -------------+ X lc Y lc Moment lc ------------K-----------------K----------------K-ft------------------------- lU 0 . 04 2 2 .43 4 0 . 00 1 L -0 . 19 3 0 . 09 3 0 . 00 1 2U 0 . 00 1 7 . 63 4 0 . 00 1 L -0 .23 4 1 . 17 3 0 . 00 1 3U 0 . 00 2 6 . 52 4 0 . 00 1 L -0 . 21 3 0 . 87 3 0 . 00 1 4U 0 . 00 1 6 . 78 4 0 . 00 1 L -0 .22 3 0 . 94 3 0 . 00 1 5U 0 . 00 2 6 . 71 4 0 . 00 1 L -0 . 22 3 0 . 93 3 0 . 00 1 6U 0 . 00 2 6 . 76 4 0 . 00 1 L -0 . 22 3 0 . 93 3 0 . 00 1 7U 0 . 00 1 6 . 60 4 0 . 00 1 L -0 .22 4 0 . 94 3 0 . 00 1 8U 0 . 01 2 7 . 27 4 0 . 00 1 L -0 . 22 3 0 . 87 3 0 . 00 1 9U -0 . 02 1 3 .27 4 0 . 00 1 L -0 . 30 4 0 . 66 1 0 . 00 1 Tot : 9U 0 . 00 2 53 . 97 4 L -1 . 92 3 7 . 52 3 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc. Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 31 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Member Distributed Loads, BLC 1 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 12 13 DL 1 . 0000 4 13 14 DL 1 . 0000 5 14 15 DL 1 . 0000 6 15 16 DL 1 . 0000 7 16 17 DL 1 . 0000 8 17 18 DL 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 2 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 LL 1 . 0000 2 11 12 LL 1 . 0000 3 12 13 LL 1 . 0000 4 13 14 LL 1 . 0000 5 14 15 LL 1 . 0000 A"411 6 15 16 LL 1 . 0000 7 16 17 LL 1 . 0000 8 17 18 LL 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 3 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 SNOW 1 . 0000 2 11 12 SNOW 1 . 0000 3 12 13 SNOW 1 . 0000 4 13 14 SNOW 1 . 0000 5 14 15 SNOW 1 . 0000 6 15 16 SNOW 1 . 0000 7 16 17 SNOW 1 . 0000 8 17 18 SNOW 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 4 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 2 11 12 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 3 12 13 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 4 13 14 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 5 14 15 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 6 15 16 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 7 16 17 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 8 17 18 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc. Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 30 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Materials (General) Material Young ' s Shear Poisson' s Thermal Weight Yield Label Modulus Modulus Ratio Coef . Density Stress -------------Ksi----------Ksi----------------105°F----K/ft3-------Ksi------ STL 29000 . 00 11154 . 00 0 . 3000 0 . 65000 0 .490 46 . 00 Sections Section Database Material As As I I T Label Shape Label Area 0, 2 1, 3 1, 3 0, 2 C ------------------------------in-2----------------in-4----------in-4-------- B1 TU7X5X4 STL 5 . 59 1 .2 1 .2 22 . 60 38 . 00 C2 TU4X4X4 STL 3 . 59 1 .2 1 . 2 8 .22 8 . 22 Members Memb Joints Rotate Section Releases Offsets Inactive? No. I J 900 Set I :AVM J:AVM I-End J-End Label y Length --------------------------------------------in-------in---------------ft---- 1 10 11 B1 12 . 00 2 11 12 B1 12 . 00 3 12 13 B1 12 . 00 4 13 14 31 12 . 00 5 14 15 B1 12 . 00 6 15 16 B1 12 . 00 7 16 17 B1 12 . 00 8 17 18 B1 12 . 00 9 1 10 C2 12 . 19 10 2 11 C2 12 . 19 11 3 12 C2 12 . 19 12 4 13 C2 12 . 19 13 5 14 C2 12 . 19 14 6 15 C2 12 . 19 15 7 16 C2 12 . 19 16 8 17 C2 12 . 19 17 9 18 C2 12 . 19 Basic Load Case Data BLC Basic Load Case Load Type Totals No. Description Nodal Point Dist . ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Load 8 2 Live Load 8 3 Snow Load 8 4 Seismic Load 8 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 1 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 10 11 DL 1 . 0000 2 11 12 DL 1 . 0000 RISA-21) (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc. Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 29 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020A WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US Standard Steel Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AISC 9th Edition ASD Allowable Stress Increase Factor. . 1 . 333 Include Shear Deformation. . . . . . . . . Yes No. of Sections for Member Calcs. . 2 Do Redesign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes P-Delta Analysis Tolerance. . . . . . . . 0 . 50% Joint Coordinates Joint X Y Joint No Coordinate Coordinate Temperature ------------------ft------------ft------------OF---------------------------- 1 0 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 2 12 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 3 24 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 4 36 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 5 48 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 6 60 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 7 72 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 8 84 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 9 96 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 10 0 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 11 12 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 12 24 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 13 36 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 14 48 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 15 60 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 16 72 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 17 84 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 18 96 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 Boundary Conditions Joint +----- Translation -----+ No X Y Rotation ------------K/in--------K/in------K-ft/rad---------------------------------- 1 Reaction Reaction 2 Reaction Reaction 3 Reaction Reaction 4 Reaction Reaction 5 Reaction Reaction 6 Reaction Reaction 7 Reaction Reaction 8 Reaction Reaction 9 Reaction Reaction RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 27 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Load Combinations RWPE No. Description BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac SSdv ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Y -1 1 -1 yy 2 Dead + Live Y -1 1 -1 2 -1 yy 3 0 . 67DL+0 . 8Seismic Y - . 67 1 - . 67 4 . 8 yy 4 DL+0 . 6Snow+0 . 8Smc Y -1 1 -1 3 - . 6 4 . 8 yy 5 Dead Y -1 1 -1 6 Live 2 -1 7 Snow 3 -1 8 Seismic 4 -1 Reactions, LC 8 : Seismic Joint +--------- Forces ----------+ Moment No X Y Mz -------------K--------------K-------------K-ft------------------------------ 1 0 . 37 0 . 62 0 . 00 2 0 . 40 -0 .29 0 . 00 3 0 . 39 0 . 14 0 . 00 4 0 . 38 -0 .33 0 . 00 5 0 . 38 0 .33 0 . 00 6 0 . 39 -0 . 14 0 . 00 7 0 .40 0 .29 0 . 00 8 0 . 37 -0 . 62 0 . 00 Totals : 3 . 07 0 . 00 Center of Gravity Coordinates (X,Y, Z) No Calculation Member AISC Unity Checks, LC 8 : Seismic Member Joints Unity Shear ASD I - J Chk Loc Chk Loc Fa Fb Cb Cm Egn. ---------------------------------------Ksi------Ksi------------------------- 1 9 10 0 . 120 1 0 . 008 1 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 33 H1-2 2 10 11 0 . 056 2 0 . 004 1 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 .25 H2-1 3 11 12 0 . 079 2 0 . 006 1 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 .24 H1-2 4 12 13 0 . 051 1 0 . 002 1 6 . 86 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 .20 H1-2 5 13 14 0 . 079 1 0 . 006 1 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 .24 H2-1 6 14 15 0 . 056 1 0 . 004 1 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 25 H1-2 7 15 16 0 . 120 2 0 . 008 1 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 33 H2-1 8 1 9 0 . 479 2 0 . 012 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 9 2 10 0 . 513 2 0 . 013 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H2-1 10 3 11 0 . 505 2 0 . 013 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 11 4 12 0 .498 2 0 . 013 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H2-1 12 5 13 0 .498 2 0 . 013 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 13 6 14 0 . 505 2 0 . 013 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H2-1 14 7 15 0 . 513 2 0 . 013 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 15 8 16 0 .479 2 0 . 012 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1. 00 0 . 60 H2-1 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 26 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Member Distributed Loads, BLC 2 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 LL 1 . 0000 2 10 11 LL 1 . 0000 3 11 12 LL 1 . 0000 4 12 13 LL 1 . 0000 5 13 14 LL 1 . 0000 6 14 15 LL 1 . 0000 7 15 16 LL 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 3 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 SNOW 1 . 0000 2 10 11 SNOW 1 . 0000 3 11 12 SNOW 1 . 0000 4 12 13 SNOW 1 . 0000 5 13 14 SNOW 1 . 0000 6 14 15 SNOW 1 . 0000 7 15 16 SNOW 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 4 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 2 10 11 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 3 11 12 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 4 12 13 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 5 13 14 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 6 14 15 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 7 15 16 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 Load Patterns Pattern Magnitudes Locations Label Dir Start End Start End -------------------K/ft, F----------K/ft, F-----------ft or %-------ft or %--- DL Y 0 . 084 0 . 084 0 . 000 0 . 000 LL Y 0 . 140 0 . 140 0 . 000 0 . 000 SNOW Y 0 . 989 0 . 989 0 . 000 0 . 000 SEISMIC X 0 . 032 0 . 032 0 . 000 0 . 000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 25 err Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame ------------------------- --------------------------------< Sections Section Database Material As As I I T Label Shape Label Area 0, 2 1, 3 1, 3 0, 2 C ------------------------------in^2----------------in-4----------in^4-------- B1 TU7X5X6 STL 8 . 08 1 .2 1 . 2 30 . 80 52 . 20 C1 TU4X4X4 STL 3 . 59 1 .2 1 .2 8 .22 8 . 22 C2 TU4X4X4 STL 3 . 59 1 . 2 1 .2 8 . 22 8 . 22 Members Memb Joints Rotate Section Releases Offsets Inactive? No. I J 900 Set I :AVM J:AVM I-End J-End Label y Length --------------------------------------------in-------in---------------ft---- 1 9 10 B1 12 . 00 2 10 11 31 12 . 00 3 11 12 31 12 . 00 4 12 13 131 24 . 00 5 13 14 31 12 . 00 6 14 15 31 12 . 00 7 15 16 131 12 . 00 8 1 9 C2 12 . 19 9 2 10 C2 12 . 19 10 3 11 C2 12 . 19 11 4 12 C1 12 . 19 12 5 13 C1 12 . 19 13 6 14 C2 12 . 19 14 7 15 C2 12 . 19 15 8 16 C2 12 . 19 Basic Load Case Data BLC Basic Load Case Load Type Totals No. Description Nodal Point Dist . ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Load 7 2 Live Load 7 3 Snow Load 7 4 Seismic Load 7 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 1 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 DL 1 . 0000 2 10 11 DL 1 . 0000 3 11 12 DI• 1 . 0000 4 12 13 DL 1 . 0000 5 13 14 DL 1 . 0000 6 14 15 DL 1 . 0000 7 15 16 DL 1 . 0000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 24 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US Standard Steel Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AISC 9th Edition ASD Allowable Stress Increase Factor. . 1 . 333 Include Shear Deformation. . . . . . . . . Yes No. of Sections for Member Calcs . . 2 Do Redesign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes P-Delta Analysis Tolerance. . . . . . . . 0 . 50% Joint Coordinates Joint X Y Joint No Coordinate Coordinate Temperature ------------------ft------------ft------------OF---------------------------- 1 0 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 2 12 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 3 24 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 4 36 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 5 60 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 6 72 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 7 84 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 8 96 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 9 0 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 10 12 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 11 24 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 12 36 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 13 60 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 14 72 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 15 84 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 16 96 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 Boundary Conditions Joint +----- Translation -----+ No X Y Rotation ------------K/in--------K/in------K-ft/rad---------------------------------- 1 Reaction Reaction 2 Reaction Reaction 3 Reaction Reaction 4 Reaction Reaction 5 Reaction Reaction 6 Reaction Reaction 7 Reaction Reaction 8 Reaction Reaction Materials (General) Material Young' s Shear Poisson' s Thermal Weight Yield Label Modulus Modulus Ratio Coef . Density Stress -------------Ksi----------Ksi----------------10^5°F----K/ft3-------Ksi------ STL 29000 . 00 11154 . 00 0 .3000 0 . 65000 0 .490 46 . 00 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 23 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Load Combinations RWPE No. Description BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac SSdv ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Y -1 1 -1 yy 2 Dead + Live Y -1 1 -1 2 -1 yy 3 0 . 67DL+0 . 8Seismic Y - . 67 1 - . 67 4 . 8 yy 4 DL+0 . 6Snow+0 . 8Smc Y -1 1 -1 3 - . 6 4 . 8 yy 5 Dead Y -1 1 -1 6 Live 2 -1 7 Snow 3 -1 8 Seismic 4 -1 Reactions, LC 7 : Snow Joint +--------- Forces ----------+ Moment No X Y Mz -------------K--------------K-------------K-ft------------------------------ 1 0 . 11 4 . 72 0 . 00 2 -0 . 01 13 . 96 0 . 00 3 -0 . 06 8 . 31 0 . 00 4 0 . 28 20 .49 0 . 00 5 -0 . 28 20 .49 0 . 00 6 0 . 06 8 .31 0 . 00 7 0 . 01 13 . 96 0 . 00 8 -0 . 11 4 .72 0 . 00 Totals : 0 . 00 94 . 94 Center of Gravity Coords (X,Y, Z) (ft) 48 . 000, 12 . 188, 0 . 000 Member AISC Unity Checks, LC 7 : Snow Member Joints Unity Shear ASD I - J Chk Loc Chk Loc Fa Fb Cb Cm Eqn. ---------------------------------------Ksi------Ksi------------------------- 1 9 10 0 .423 2 0 . 089 2 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 2 10 11 0 .461 1 0 . 085 1 19 . 14 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 3 11 12 0 . 976 2 0 . 107 2 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 4 12 13 1 . 174 2 0 . 147 1 6 . 86 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 5 13 14 0 . 976 1 0 . 107 1 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 6 14 15 0 .461 2 0 . 085 2 19 . 14 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 7 15 16 0 .423 1 0 . 089 1 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 8 1 9 0 . 191 2 0 . 004 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 9 2 10 0 . 270 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1. 00 0 . 60 H1-1 10 3 11 0 .209 2 0 . 002 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 11 4 12 0 . 712 2 0 . 009 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 12 5 13 0 . 712 2 0 . 009 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 13 6 14 0 .209 2 0 . 002 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 14 7 15 0 .270 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 15 8 16 0 . 191 2 0 . 004 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1. 00 0 . 60 H1-2 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 22 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Member Distributed Loads, BLC 2 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 LL 1 . 0000 2 10 11 LL 1 . 0000 3 11 12 LL 1 . 0000 4 12 13 LL 1 . 0000 5 13 14 LL 1 . 0000 6 14 15 LL 1 . 0000 7 15 16 LL 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 3 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 SNOW 1 . 0000 2 10 11 SNOW 1 . 0000 3 11 12 SNOW 1 . 0000 4 12 13 SNOW 1 . 0000 5 13 14 SNOW 1 . 0000 6 14 15 SNOW 1 . 0000 7 15 16 SNOW 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 4 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 2 10 11 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 3 11 12 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 4 12 13 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 5 13 14 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 6 14 15 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 7 15 16 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 Load Patterns Pattern Magnitudes Locations Label Dir Start End Start End -------------------K/ft, F----------K/ft, F-----------ft or %-------ft or %--- DL Y 0 . 084 0 . 084 0 . 000 0 . 000 LL Y 0 . 140 0 . 140 0 . 000 0 . 000 SNOW Y 0 . 989 0 . 989 0 . 000 0 . 000 SEISMIC X 0 . 032 0 . 032 0 . 000 0 . 000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 21 w, Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Sections Section Database Material As As I I T Label Shape Label Area 0, 2 1, 3 1, 3 0, 2 C ------------------------------in^2----------------in-4----------in^4-------- B1 TU7X5X6 STL 8 . 08 1 . 2 1 . 2 30 . 80 52 . 20 C1 TU4X4X4 STL 3 . 59 1 . 2 1 . 2 8 . 2.2 8 . 22 C2 TU4X4X4 STL 3 . 59 1 . 2 1 .2 8 . 22 8 . 22 Members Memb Joints Rotate Section Releases Offsets Inactive? No. I J 900 Set I :AVM J:AVM I-End J-End Label y Length --------------------------------------------in-------in---------------ft---- 1 9 10 B1 12 . 00 2 10 11 B1 12 . 00 3 11 12 B1 12 . 00 4 12 13 B1 24 . 00 5 13 14 B1 12 . 00 6 14 15 B1 12 . 00 7 15 16 B1 12 . 00 8 1 9 C2 12 . 19 9 2 10 C2 12 . 19 10 3 11 C2 12 . 19 11 4 12 C1 12 . 19 12 5 13 C1 12 . 19 13 6 14 C2 12 . 19 14 7 15 C2 12 . 19 15 8 16 C2 12 . 19 Basic Load Case Data BLC Basic Load Case Load Type Totals No. Description Nodal Point Dist . ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Load 7 2 Live Load 7 3 Snow Load 7 4 Seismic Load 7 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 1 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 DL 1 . 0000 2 10 11 DL 1 . 0000 3 11 12 DL 1 . 0000 4 12 13 DL 1 . 0000 5 13 14 DL 1 . 0000 6 14 15 DL 1 . 0000 7 15 16 DL 1 . 0000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 20 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US Standard Steel Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AISC 9th Edition ASD Allowable Stress Increase Factor. . 1 . 333 Include Shear Deformation. . . . . . . . . Yes No. of Sections for Member Calcs . . 2 Do Redesign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes P-Delta Analysis Tolerance . . . . . . . . 0 . 50% Joint Coordinates Joint X Y Joint No Coordinate Coordinate Temperature ------------------ft------------ft------------OF---------------------------- 1 0 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 2 12 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 3 24 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 4 36 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 5 60 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 6 72 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 7 84 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 8 96 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 9 0 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 10 12 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 11 24 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 12 36 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 13 60 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 14 72 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 15 84 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 16 96 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 Boundary Conditions Joint +----- Translation -----+ No X Y Rotation ------------K/in--------K/in------K-ft/rad---------------------------------- 1 Reaction Reaction 2 Reaction Reaction 3 Reaction Reaction 4 Reaction Reaction 5 Reaction Reaction 6 Reaction Reaction 7 Reaction Reaction 8 Reaction Reaction Materials (General) Material Young' s Shear Poisson' s Thermal Weight Yield Label Modulus Modulus Ratio Coef . Density Stress -------------Ksi----------Ksi----------------10^5°F----K/ft3-------Ksi------ STL 29000 . 00 11154 . 00 0 .3000 0 . 65000 0 .490 46 . 00 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 19 Aow Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Load Combinations RWPE No. Description BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac SSdv ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Y -1 1 -1 yy 2 Dead + Live Y -1 1 -1 2 -1 yy 3 0 . 67DL+0 . 8Seismic Y - . 67 1 - . 67 4 . 8 yy 4 DL+0 . 6Snow+0 . 8Smc Y -1 1 -1 3 - . 6 4 . 8 yy 5 Dead Y -1 1 -1 6 Live 2 -1 7 Snow 3 -1 8 Seismic 4 -1 Reactions, LC 6 : Live Joint +--------- Forces ----------+ Moment No X Y Mz -------------K--------------K-------------K-ft------------------------------ 1 0 . 02 0 . 67 0 . 00 2 0 . 00 1 . 98 0 . 00 3 -0 . 01 1 . 18 0 . 00 AOWI 4 0 . 04 2 . 90 0 . 00 5 -0 . 04 2 . 90 0 . 00 6 0 . 01 1 . 18 0 . 00 7 0 . 00 1 . 98 0 . 00 8 -0 . 02 0 . 67 0 . 00 Totals : 0 . 00 13 .44 Center of Gravity Coords (X,Y, Z) (ft) 48 . 000, 12 . 188, 0 . 000 Member AISC Unity Checks, LC 6 : Live Member Joints Unity Shear ASD I - J Chk Loc Chk Loc Fa Fb Cb Cm Eqn. ---------------------------------------Ksi------Ksi------------------------- 1 9 10 0 . 060 2 0 . 013 2 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 2 10 11 0 . 065 1 0 . 012 1 19 . 14 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 3 11 12 0 . 138 2 0 . 015 2 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 4 12 13 0 . 166 1 0 . 021 1 6 . 86 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 5 13 14 0 . 138 1 0 . 015 1 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 6 14 15 0 . 065 2 0 . 012 2 19 . 14 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 7 15 16 0 . 060 1 0 . 013 1 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 8 1 9 0 . 027 2 0 . 001 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1. 00 0 . 60 H1-2 9 2 10 0 . 038 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1. 00 0 . 60 H1-1 10 3 11 0 . 029 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1. 00 0 . 60 H1-1 11 4 12 0 . 086 2 0 . 001 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 12 5 13 0 . 086 2 0 . 001 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 13 6 14 0 . 029 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 14 7 15 0 . 038 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 15 8 16 0 . 027 2 0 . 001 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 18 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Member Distributed Loads, BLC 2 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 LL 1 . 0000 2 10 11 LL 1 . 0000 3 11 12 LL 1 . 0000 4 12 13 LL 1 . 0000 5 13 14 LL 1 . 0000 6 14 15 LL 1 . 0000 7 15 16 LL 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 3 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 SNOW 1 . 0000 2 10 11 SNOW 1 . 0000 3 11 12 SNOW 1 . 0000 4 12 13 SNOW 1 . 0000 5 13 14 SNOW 1 . 0000 6 14 15 SNOW 1 . 0000 7 15 16 SNOW 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 4 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 2 10 11 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 3 11 12 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 4 12 13 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 5 13 14 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 6 14 15 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 7 15 16 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 Load Patterns Pattern Magnitudes Locations Label Dir Start End Start End -------------------K/ft, F----------K/ft, F-----------ft or %-------ft or %--- DL Y 0 . 084 0 . 084 0 . 000 0 . 000 LL Y 0 . 140 0 . 140 0 . 000 0 . 000 SNOW Y 0 . 989 0 . 989 0 . 000 0 . 000 SEISMIC X 0 . 032 0 . 032 0 . 000 0 . 000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 17 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Sections Section Database Material As As I I T Label Shape Label Area 0, 2 1, 3 1, 3 0, 2 C ------------------------------in-2----------------in^4----------in^4-------- B1 TU7X5X6 STL 8 . 08 1 . 2 1 . 2 30 . 80 52 .20 C1 TU4X4X4 STL 3 . 59 1 . 2 1 . 2 8 . 22 8 .22 C2 TU4X4X4 STL 3 . 59 1 . 2 1 . 2 8 . 22 8 . 22 Members Memb Joints Rotate Section Releases Offsets Inactive? No. I J 900 Set I :AVM J:AVM I-End J-End Label y Length --------------------------------------------in-------in---------------ft---- 1 9 10 B1 12 . 00 2 10 11 31 12 . 00 3 11 12 B1 12 . 00 4 12 13 B1 24 . 00 5 13 14 B1 12 . 00 6 14 15 Bl 12 . 00 7 15 16 B1 12 . 00 8 1 9 C2 12 . 19 9 2 10 C2 12 . 19 10 3 11 C2 12 . 19 11 4 12 C1 12 . 19 12 5 13 C1 12 . 19 13 6 14 C2 12 . 19 14 7 15 C2 12 . 19 15 8 16 C2 12 . 19 Basic Load Case Data BLC Basic Load Case Load Type Totals No. Description Nodal Point Dist . ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Load 7 2 Live Load 7 3 Snow Load 7 4 Seismic Load 7 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 1 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 DL 1 . 0000 2 10 11 DL 1 . 0000 3 11 12 DL 1 . 0000 4 12 13 DL 1 . 0000 5 13 14 DL 1 . 0000 6 14 15 DL 1 . 0000 7 15 16 DL 1 . 0000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 16 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US Standard Steel Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AISC 9th Edition ASD Allowable Stress Increase Factor. . 1 . 333 Include Shear Deformation. . . . . . . . . Yes No. of Sections for Member Calcs . . 2 Do Redesign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes P-Delta Analysis Tolerance. . . . . . . . 0 . 50% Joint Coordinates Joint X Y Joint No Coordinate Coordinate Temperature ------------------ft------------ft------------OF---------------------------- 1 0 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 2 12 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 3 24 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 4 36 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 5 60 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 6 72 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 7 84 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 8 96 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 9 0 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 10 12 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 11 24 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 12 36 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 13 60 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 14 72 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 15 84 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 16 96 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 Boundary Conditions Joint +----- Translation -----+ No X Y Rotation ------------K/in--------K/in------K-ft/rad---------------------------------- 1 Reaction Reaction 2 Reaction Reaction 3 Reaction Reaction 4 Reaction Reaction 5 Reaction Reaction 6 Reaction Reaction 7 Reaction Reaction 8 Reaction Reaction Materials (General) Material Young ' s Shear Poisson' s Thermal Weight Yield Label Modulus Modulus Ratio Coef . Density Stress -------------Ksi----------Ksi----------------10-5°F----K/ft3-------Ksi------ STL 29000 . 00 11154 . 00 0 .3000 0 . 65000 0 .490 46 . 00 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page: 15 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Load Combinations RWPE No. Description BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac SSdv ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Y -1 1 -1 yy 2 Dead + Live Y -1 1 -1 2 -1 yy 3 0 . 67DL+0 . 8Seismic Y - . 67 1 - . 67 4 . 8 yy 4 DL+0 . 6Snow+0 . 8Smc Y -1 1 -1 3 - . 6 4 . 8 yy 5 Dead Y -1 1 -1 6 Live 2 -1 7 Snow 3 -1 8 Seismic 4 -1 Reactions, LC 5 : Dead Joint +--------- Forces ----------+ Moment No X Y Mz -------------K--------------K-------------K-ft------------------------------ 1 0 . 01 0 . 68 0 . 00 2 0 . 00 1 . 72 0 . 00 3 -0 . 01 1 . 09 0 . 00 4 0 . 03 2 . 46 0 . 00 5 -0 . 03 2 . 46 0 . 00 6 0 . 01 1 . 09 0 . 00 7 0 . 00 1 . 72 0 . 00 8 -0 . 01 0 . 68 0 . 00 Totals : 0 . 00 11 . 89 Center of Gravity Coords (X,Y, Z) (ft) 48 . 000, 11 . 578, 0 . 000 Member AISC Unity Checks, LC 5 : Dead Member Joints Unity Shear ASD I - J Chk Loc Chk Loc Fa Fb Cb Cm Eqn. ---------------------------------------Ksi------Ksi------------------------- 1 9 10 0 . 048 2 0 . 010 2 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 2 10 11 0 . 052 1 0 . 010 1 19 . 14 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 3 11 12 0 . 110 2 0 . 012 2 19 . 14 30 . 36 1. 00 0 . 85 H1-2 4 12 13 0 . 132 2 0 . 017 1 6 . 86 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 5 13 14 0 . 110 1 0 . 012 1 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 6 14 15 0 . 052 2 0 . 010 2 19 . 14 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 7 15 16 0 . 048 1 0 . 010 1 19 . 14 30 . 36 1. 00 0 . 85 H1-2 8 1 9 0 . 022 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 9 2 10 0 . 032 1 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 10 3 11 0 . 023 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1. 00 0 . 60 H1-1 11 4 12 0 . 068 2 0 . 001 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 12 5 13 0 . 068 2 0 . 001 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 13 6 14 0 . 023 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 14 7 15 0 . 032 1 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 15 8 16 0 . 022 2 0 . 000 1 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 14 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Member Distributed Loads, BLC 2 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 LL 1 . 0000 2 10 11 LL 1 . 0000 3 11 12 LL 1 . 0000 4 12 13 LL 1 . 0000 5 13 14 LL 1 . 0000 6 14 15 LL 1 . 0000 7 15 16 LL 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 3 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 SNOW 1 . 0000 2 10 11 SNOW 1 . 0000 3 11 12 SNOW 1 . 0000 4 12 13 SNOW 1 . 0000 5 13 14 SNOW 1 . 0000 6 14 15 SNOW 1 . 0000 7 15 16 SNOW 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 4 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 2 10 11 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 3 11 12 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 4 12 13 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 5 13 14 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 6 14 15 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 7 15 16 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 Load Patterns Pattern Magnitudes Locations Label Dir Start End Start End -------------------K/ft, F----------K/ft, F-----------ft or %-------ft or %--- DL Y 0 . 084 0 . 084 0 . 000 0 . 000 LL Y 0 . 140 0 . 140 0 . 000 0 . 000 SNOW Y 0 . 989 0 . 989 0 . 000 0 . 000 SEISMIC X 0 . 032 0 . 032 0 . 000 0 . 000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 13 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Sections Section Database Material As As I I T Label Shape Label Area 0, 2 1, 3 1, 3 0, 2 C ------------------------------in-2----------------in^4----------in-4-------- Bl TU7X5X6 STL 8 . 08 1 . 2 1 . 2 30 . 80 52 .20 C1 TU4X4X4 STL 3 . 59 1 .2 1 .2 8 .22 8 .22 C2 TU4X4X4 STL 3 . 59 1 .2 1 . 2 8 . 22 8 . 22 Members Memb Joints Rotate Section Releases Offsets Inactive? No. I J 900 Set I :AVM J:AVM I-End J-End Label y Length --------------------------------------------in-------in---------------ft---- 1 9 10 B1 12 . 00 2 10 11 B1 12 . 00 3 11 12 B1 12 . 00 4 12 13 B1 24 . 00 5 13 14 B1 12 . 00 6 14 15 B1 12 . 00 7 15 16 B1 12 . 00 8 1 9 C2 12 . 19 9 2 10 C2 12 . 19 10 3 11 C2 12 . 19 11 4 12 C1 12 . 19 12 5 13 C1 12 . 19 13 6 14 C2 12 . 19 14 7 15 C2 12 . 19 15 8 16 C2 12 . 19 Basic Load Case Data BLC Basic Load Case Load Type Totals No. Description Nodal Point Dist . ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Load 7 2 Live Load 7 3 Snow Load 7 4 Seismic Load 7 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 1 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 DL 1 . 0000 2 10 11 DL 1 . 0000 3 11 12 DL 1 . 0000 4 12 13 DL 1 . 0000 5 13 14 DL 1 . 0000 6 14 15 DL 1 . 0000 7 15 16 DL 1 . 0000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 12 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US Standard Steel Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AISC 9th Edition ASD Allowable Stress Increase Factor. . 1 . 333 Include Shear Deformation. . . . . . . . . Yes No. of Sections for Member Calcs . . 2 Do Redesign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes P-Delta Analysis Tolerance. . . . . . . . 0 . 50% Joint Coordinates Joint X Y Joint No Coordinate Coordinate Temperature ------------------ft------------ft------------OF---------------------------- 1 0 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 2 12 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 3 24 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 4 36 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 5 60 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 6 72 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 7 84 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 8 96 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 9 0 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 10 12 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 11 24 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 12 36 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 13 60 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 14 72 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 15 84 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 16 96 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 Boundary Conditions Joint +----- Translation -----+ No X Y Rotation ------------K/in--------K/in------K-ft/rad---------------------------------- 1 Reaction Reaction 2 Reaction Reaction 3 Reaction Reaction 4 Reaction Reaction 5 Reaction Reaction 6 Reaction Reaction 7 Reaction Reaction 8 Reaction Reaction Materials (General) Material Young ' s Shear Poisson' s Thermal Weight Yield o Label Modulus Modulus Ratio Coef . Density Stress -------------Ksi----------Ksi----------------105°F----K/ft3-------Ksi------ STL 29000 . 00 11154 . 00 0 . 3000 0 . 65000 0 .490 46 . 00 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 11 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Envelope Section Forces Section Memb y Axial lc Shear lc Moment lc -----------------K------------------K-----------------K-ft------------------ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12 1 U 14 . 39 4 0 . 62 4 0 . 00 1 L 1 .4 3 0 . 031 1 0 2 U 14 .24 4 0 . 62 4 -0 . 38 1 L 1 . 3 3 0 . 031 1 -7 . 5 4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 1 U 6 . 22 4 0 . 38 4 0 . 00 1 L . 84 3 -0 . 015 2 0 2 U 6 . 07 4 0 . 38 4 0 . 19 2 L . 74 3 -0 . 015 2 -4 . 7 4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 14 1 U 9 . 78 4 0 .42 4 0 . 00 1 L . 91 3 -0 . 003 2 0 2 U 9 . 63 4 0 .42 4 0 . 03 2 L . 81 3 -0 . 003 2 -5 . 2 4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15 1 U 4 . 19 4 0 .48 4 0 . 00 1 L . 68 1 0 . 013 1 0 2 U 4 . 04 4 0 .48 4 -0 . 15 1 L . 53 1 0 . 013 1 -5 . 9 4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- _______________________< Envelope AISC Unity Checks Unity Loc Shear Loc ASD Memb Chk lc Chk lc Fa Fb Cb Cm Eqn. ------------------------------------Ksi-------Ksi--------------------------- 1 0 . 388 2 4 0 . 072 2 4 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 2 0 . 271 1 4 0 . 056 1 4 19 . 14 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H2-1 3 0 . 783 2 4 0 . 083 2 4 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H2-1 4 0 . 892 2 4 0 . 107 2 4 6 . 86 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 5 0 . 671 1 4 0 . 070 1 4 19 . 14 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 6 0 . 354 2 4 0 . 065 2 4 19 . 14 30 . 36 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 7 0 .237 1 4 0 . 055 1 4 19 . 14 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 85 H1-2 8 0 . 442 2 4 0 . 010 1 4 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 9 0 . 671 2 4 0 . 014 1 4 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 10 0 . 664 2 4 0 . 015 1 4 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 11 0 . 510 2 4 0 . 010 1 3 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-1 12 0 . 940 2 4 0 . 020 1 4 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 13 0 . 556 2 4 0 . 013 1 4 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 14 0 . 645 2 4 0 . 014 1 4 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 15 0 . 660 2 4 0 . 016 1 4 15 . 04 27 . 60 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 10 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Envelope Section Forces Section Memb y Axial lc Shear lc Moment lc -----------------K------------------K-----------------K-ft------------------ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 1 U 0 . 01 2 1 . 80 4 1 . 17 2 L - . 37 4 -0 . 142 3 -1 . 8 3 2 U 0 . 01 2 -0 . 97 1 29. 52 4 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 1 U 0 . 08 2 8 . 30 4 26 . 80 4 L - .28 3 0 . 780 3 1 . 6 3 2 U 0 . 53 4 -1 . 01 3 30 . 51 4 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 1 U 0 . 10 4 5 . 63 4 22 . 99 4 L 0 2 U 0 . 41 4 -0 . 37 1 6 . 17 4 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 1 U 0 . 11 4 3 . 25 4 1 .49 4 L 0 2 U 0 .42 4 -0 . 77 1 13 . 29 4 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 1 U 0 . 12 4 4 . 42 4 8 . 11 4 L 0 2 U 0 . 43 4 -0 . 53 1 5 . 86 4 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 1 U 2 . 83 4 0 . 32 4 0 . 00 1 L 0 2 U 2 . 68 4 0 . 32 4 0 . 34 2 L - . 16 3 -0 . 028 2 -3 . 9 4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 1 U 10 .42 4 0 .44 4 0 . 00 1 L 1 .4 3 0 . 001 1 0 2 U 10 . 27 4 0 . 44 4 -0 . 02 1 L 1 . 3 3 0 . 001 1 -5 .4 4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 1 U 5 . 92 4 0 .47 4 0 . 00 1 L . 61 3 0 . 007 1 0 2 U 5 . 77 4 0 .47 4 -0 . 08 1 L 51 3 0 . 007 1 -5 . 7 4 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11 1 U 15 . 11 4 0 . 30 3 0 . 00 1 L 1 . 9 3 -0 . 070 2 0 2 U 14 . 96 4 0 . 30 3 0 . 86 2 L 1 . 8 3 -0 . 070 2 -3 . 6 3 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 9 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Load Combinations RWPE No. Description BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac SSdv ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Y -1 1 -1 yy 2 Dead + Live Y -1 1 -1 2 -1 yy 3 0 . 67DL+0 . 8Seismic Y - . 67 1 - . 67 4 . 8 yy 4 DL+0 . 6Snow+0 . 8Smc Y -1 1 -1 3 - . 6 4 . 8 yy 5 Dead Y -1 1 -1 6 Live 2 -1 7 Snow 3 -1 8 Seismic 4 -1 Envelope Reactions Joint +------------ Forces -------------+ X lc Y lc Moment lc ------------K-----------------K----------------K-ft------------------------- lU 0 . 03 2 2 . 83 4 0 . 00 1 L -0 . 30 3 -0 . 06 3 0 . 00 1 2U 0 . 00 1 10 . 42 4 0 . 00 1 L -0 . 31 3 1 . 39 3 0 . 00 1 3U -0 . 01 1 5 . 92 4 0 . 00 1 L -0 . 39 4 0 . 61 3 0 . 00 1 4U 0 . 07 2 15 . 11 4� >(, 0 . 00 1 L -0 .28 3 1 . 92 3 0 . 00 1 5U -0 . 03 1 14 . 39 4 0 . 00 1 L -0 . 43 4 1 . 38 3 0 . 00 1 6U 0 . 02 2 6 . 22 4 0 . 00 1 L -0 . 31 3 0 . 84 3 0 . 00 1 7U 0 . 00 2 9 . 78 4 0 . 00 1 L -0 . 32 3 0 . 91 3 0 . 00 1 8U -0 . 01 1 4 . 19 4 0 . 00 1 L -0 .43 4 0 . 68 1 0 . 00 1 Tot : 9U 0 . 00 1 68 . 86 4 L -2 .46 3 7 . 97 3 Envelope Section Forces Section Memb y Axial lc Shear lc Moment lc -----------------K------------------K-----------------K-ft------------------ 1 1 U 0 . 03 2 2 . 68 4 0 . 34 2 L - . 3 3 -0 . 155 3 -3 . 9 4 2 U 0 . 03 2 -0 . 81 1 14 . 62 4 L C ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 1 U 0 . 03 2 4 .49 4 9 .25 4 L - . 3 3 0 .243 3 - . 33 3 2 U 0 . 03 4 -0 . 57 1 6 . 11 4 L 0 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 8 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame Member Distributed Loads, BLC 2 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 LL 1 . 0000 2 10 11 LL 1 . 0000 3 11 12 LL 1 . 0000 4 12 13 LL 1 . 0000 5 13 14 LL 1 . 0000 6 14 15 LL 1 . 0000 7 15 16 LL 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 3 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 SNOW 1 . 0000 2 10 11 SNOW 1 . 0000 3 11 12 SNOW 1 . 0000 4 12 13 SNOW 1 . 0000 5 13 14 SNOW 1 . 0000 6 14 15 SNOW 1 . 0000 7 15 16 SNOW 1 . 0000 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 4 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 2 10 11 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 3 11 12 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 4 12 13 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 5 13 14 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 6 14 15 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 7 15 16 SEISMIC 1 . 0000 Load Patterns Pattern Magnitudes Locations Label Dir Start End Start End -------------------K/ft, F----------K/ft, F-----------ft or %-------ft or %--- DL Y 0 . 084 0 . 084 0 . 000 0 . 000 LL Y 0 . 140 0 . 140 0 . 000 0 . 000 SNOW Y 0 . 989 0 . 989 0 . 000 0 . 000 SEISMIC X 0 . 032 0 . 032 0 . 000 0 . 000 look RISA-21) (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc. Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 7 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 WalMart - Northampton, MA File : 0030020 Garden Center Canopy Frame _______________________< Sections Section Database Material As As I I T Label Shape Label Area 0, 2 1, 3 1, 3 0, 2 C ------------------------------in^2----------------in^4----------in^4-------- B1 TU7X5X6 STL 8 . 08 1 .2 1 . 2 30 . 80 52 . 20 C1 TU4X4X4 STL 3 . 59 1 . 2 1 .2 8 .22 8 . 22 C2 TU4X4X4 STL 3 . 59 1 . 2 1 .2 8 . 22 8 .22 Members Memb Joints Rotate Section Releases Offsets Inactive? No. I J 900 Set I :AVM J:AVM I-End J-End Label y Length --------------------------------------------in 1 9 10 B1 12 . 00 2 10 11 Bl 12 . 00 3 11 12 131 12 . 00 4 12 13 91 24 . 00 5 13 14 91 12 . 00 6 14 15 Bl 12 . 00 7 15 16 B1 12 . 00 8 1 9 C2 12 . 19 9 2 10 C2 12 . 19 10 3 11 C2 12 . 19 11 4 12 C1 12 . 19 12 5 13 C1 12 . 19 13 6 14 C2 12 . 19 14 7 15 C2 12 . 19 15 8 16 C2 12 . 19 Basic Load Case Data BLC Basic Load Case Load Type Totals No. Description Nodal Point Dist . ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Load 7 2 Live Load 7 3 Snow Load 7 4 Seismic Load 7 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 1 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 9 10 DL 1 . 0000 2 10 11 DL 1 . 0000 3 11 12 DL 1 . 0000 4 12 13 DL 1 . 0000 5 13 14 DL 1 . 0000 6 14 15 DL 1 . 0000 7 15 16 DL 1 . 0000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 6 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : 0030020 WalMart - Northampton, MA Garden Center Canopy Frame ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US Standard Steel Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AISC 9th Edition ASD Allowable Stress Increase Factor. . 1 . 333 Include Shear Deformation. . . . . . . . . Yes No. of Sections for Member Calcs . . 2 Do Redesign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes P-Delta Analysis Tolerance. . . . . . . . 0 . 50% Joint Coordinates Joint X Y Joint No Coordinate Coordinate Temperature ------------------ft------------ft------------OF---------------------------- 1 0 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 2 12 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 3 24 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 4 36 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 5 60 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 6 72 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 7 84 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 8 96 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 9 0. 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 10 12 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 11 24 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 12 36 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 13 60 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 14 72 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 15 84 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 16 96 . 000 12 . 188 0 . 00 Boundary Conditions Joint +----- Translation -----+ No X Y Rotation ------------K/in--------K/in------K-ft/rad---------------------------------- 1 Reaction Reaction 2 Reaction Reaction 3 Reaction Reaction 4 Reaction Reaction 5 Reaction Reaction 6 Reaction Reaction 7 Reaction Reaction 8 Reaction Reaction Materials (General) Material Young' s Shear Poisson' s Thermal Weight Yield Label Modulus Modulus Ratio Coef . Density Stress -------------Ksi----------Ksi----------------10^5°F----K/ft3-------Ksi------ STL 29000 . 00 11154 . 00 0 .3000 0 . 65000 0 .490 46 . 00 Date �?11200c) Sheet No. Gj of Job -00 0020- yi IA emAr Subject ( 7 Cp,� ❑ LATE�Pcl,, GDi�I'T M I : AT GLO,11� TO Iz-IAL,I, 1 4- r V 3 1 10 U 12 13 14 Iy r 1D a r C4 50 9 J) n — l- i 1. T Imo• 121 1�' 12' I�2I �I�OM I�iGik " 00�iOC72O" NcAM u11TH T�4x4x i/4 GOLUM�I�i X02 <il A�1D G2 3 4 to o 10 !i t2` jt 44 (5 14 11 f8' `` to it { 12 C� G3 4C> C r; �� T��xr? x Date ?j JWX Sheet No. q of Job 1003D X o- ViA LMAV-T Subject 1,o'k 96) Pt-PA P LOPAV2 P66 v_ ta, 1 IMMI� r�,o P &OWMQ42 �,L? P�iF M 1-2(,6L L?W-2 0.1 1T (2 p-2f rr-II), WVTI+ _ � o` WDi, _ I (n-0 P�;r) % 84 PLF t�OW P{u,i P, ip2 P u, 1)2 PSI' f 4,tp P el t (! ?,�)f+4' .WxIF)(14) = 1110 PL f P = 14v4 PL>= Al�c2UMt5 P16Nl ti 0 G51*1i 1/2 OP5>\JOd 1484- Plf Z 742 PbF ��� LMI� I(�[2.�, j �D`10 SNOW LpAp ��17UGTic7N hLLr}�.t� �D� LA-� PL = ' I 'bl PLP /'Z = 4'1r� PLC ; PQ' = 142 P V/2 10TDkL PfAV LOON X50% OF c�40W) vdl ?4 PLF +4115 PI f = 579 P L r W n - !b+P1,f }'121 1 P i F = 4-r2r2 PIMP V� --2 /V 1 LP 1'2. P5. ► 1) 1.2 (01 12) (1.0) ?LI) - 31, 0 PI,� V' = 0,Ovid (4P5ri 25,03 PLV Date )200D Sheet No. of .Job 00�50D20 - k1ALML9T Subject &Ap-1e�1 Cej jr5�-' GAelaf' f ��I�71t�1G nF 51JOki �I?Dt�l LOkI� �bb'�: P��ZIk>, 'D�11✓� µ�1Gk}T, �a2 = o,�C I,I�(wb�)o,�3 _ ►,57 (��. Il) = D.r7Ll.l�(14')0'33 - I,r) 1 = 0,02' Hat t hb = 0,(n2' 4 I,1 r5' = 2.'7�' < h, = 4.L.PT =-7 H = NAP,- D.b2' wd = g ha b (0.ce2') - 4 'T �f + �nL= 40,U fir 41,1' I4' �11QG1% V2 r/l `Ffu L 715.4 P--7�F UJat k1d„= 19,2' UPPVV- 17JZIrT '/-1lLL GO�1T1zD(,, rwm U ZDl 4.;. 19k1 9121 4'12"x I4-�,A VVCW, ALI�Ok1= 1�2 >�i 7 I I . (� r� dot? 141-0" 51'D4�4 203004, Fog U�1 a'I2° x 14 -CA- '9tU Date 9j1200D Sheet No. 2- of a Job 0'03D020- IdAL-M/k- T Subject GA{ZpT--� ca� GAt�ip1� nl'I�T11.1� n� 5N17k1 ��Di�l UPp� 1Z1�DI%� I'OT ITIAcI- ni?11=1IG�fi�, 1 hdu ` 1•IGi�ylbu�o,33 _I, 2 V2 I Iri (2;�1' S`)° _ I _ 7,44' Ndu + hb Q4' + 1,1rg' -7, h,- = 4,Lo1' -t hi - hf-hb = 4,1x1' -JIV2 2.q2� hb) - 2(r 2�-4u)/(hr -h lo)` 4(Pi,4=1'')/212' = 40.U' < 10(4-N)'29.2' b (hb+hd)` (20 rce)(),12' + 2 4 p�if N _ Pu2= 01,2 - 14')(�3.�-t�i�}�(2°I,2') = 49�,b P-2 f 1212 �f+ IIJp� 35 f'Si= t 5,Cn - -40. tv P�Ff 14 0' L 1r9,2' 1�I;D�1� LOD�p 12�4��TI� ,NOW LOA 12 12�ALTI Obi: 12v _ [('�r)PI.I' 4`b.( Fl fl 04-')'/2 + M'�-4 P f-4b,b F,F)(IN/2)(14Y3)j 1 14' =UN PI F t 4b,1p P L,�) (14') t (�i�.4 PLC-4i3,t�PL1✓)(14'/2)- ��, L l°I4,�# = 42 .-1" t W'I,10 t T�2,4� Mn^ox - 2�1 5 K -f 1 (r�ZuM 15�A CA•G) �Z N, bI,(-2T. WA1�i: f2 UV TO TZM4x w-= 2P44Ay D )/A IIl,L, ref bur; TO Date 7��20� Sheet No. of Job GYD3f�Cf�D—kl?�LM�h2T Subject (.,4V(�1 (fA11t�o C/ .1Gfy ❑ ICY 1:"L k.L T.o M -74 n�ut�a ❑ B 8 MAM 1 1 \ v ❑ r--t r-i 8 l n rI' ❑ 11.1 L)" POW ❑ D�GIL 14'-0" 8= tan-1 �¢�"�(f4'X 121j = 2,73° C 3D° rl.A1 �17� �IOf�TI-IAMPTntJ I�� 1� �vQ94 1�2fJnW I'I,b�T IZnU —� �I;�IG1.1 SQOW V, Wd II"I''4" S n�tJ�i11Y 0'r S�IOrc1, b z 20 PGA ( GN1R ��G, I1a10, C�, I , �. 3) hb= f /D Pe7f/20 PC/ = I,-7--2 ' (tV. 4) V-uof 6Ll;v. nl�� , &A 1?t-,GK VYv►.= to- I P-F Company Wallace/SC, Inc. March 10, 2000 Designer A. Redman Job Number : 0030020 -WalMart Footing at F.1-0.9 Checked By: flow Flexure Design Results Description Load Sets and Factors Mu-XX(k-ft) Z Dir As (in 2) Mu-ZZ (k-ft) X Dir As (in 2) 1.4DL 1 ADL 28.565 2.025 39.221 2.025 1.4DL+1.7LL 1.7DL+1.7LL 58.354 2.025 81.131 2.025 Note: Overburden and footing self weight are included in the DL load case. A B 1111 111 X Dir. Steel: 2.025 in2 (min) iAG)r-- (tf Z Dir. Steel: 2.025 in (min) _ \ D C 'n2 ' 'L.C�2 i'nZ 't):;- Shear Check Results Two Way(Punching)Vc: 260.278 k One Way(X Dir. Cut)Vc 90.374 k One Way(Z Dir. Cut)Vc: 90.374 k Punching X Dir. Cut Z Dir. Cut Description Load Sets and Factors Vu(k) Vu/SoVc Vu(k) Vu/¢Vc Vu(k) Vu/0Vc 1.4DL 1 ADL 49.489 .224 14.586 .19 20.137 .262 1.4DL+1.7LL 1.7DL+1.7LL 104.484 .472 29.776 .388 41.641 .542 Note: Overburden and footing self weight are included in the DL load case. Concrete Bearing Check Results (Only Vertical Loads Considered!) Bearing Bc: 1305.6 k Description Load Sets and Factors Bearing Bu (k) Bearing Bu/0Bc 1.4DL 1.4DL 56.858 .062 1.4DL+1.7LL I 1.7DL+1.7LL 120.042 .131 Note: Overburden and footing self weight are included in the DL load case. RISAFoot Version 1.03 [C:\E N G RAP PS\Risa-2 D\Jobs\0030020.rft] Page 2 Company Wallace/SC, Inc. March 10, 2000 Designer A. Redman Job Number : 0030020 -WalMart Footing at F.1-0.9 Checked By: 2.458 ft 4J w t6 1 Ln e^.y 4J '- - 44 G L G in D C D �x 6.25 ft Z Geometry and Materials Length :6.25 ft eX :0 in Allowable Soil Bearing :3000 psf Steel fy :60 ksi Width :6.25 ft eZ :0 in Concrete Weight :150 pcf Minimum Steel :.0018 Thickness :15 in pX :16 in Concrete f'c :3 ksi Rebar CL :4 in Height :0 in pZ :16 in Loads P (k) Vx(k) Vz (k) Mx(k-ft) Mz(k-ft) Overburden (psf) DL 29.56 2.245 24.472 100 -L 30 -1.7 15.2 hr +P +Vx +Vz +M x +Mz +OOve11rl1 A D D C B A A D Service Combination Results Description Load Sets Allowable (psf) Max Bearing (psf) OTMSF X-X OTMSF Z-Z DL+LL I DL+LL 3000 2796.06 B 404.889 5.562 A B D C DL+LL QA: 2769.27 psf QB: 2796.06 psf QC: 846.1 psf QD: 819.312 psf RISAFoot Version 1.03 [C:7ENGRAPPS\Risa-2D\Jobs\0030020.rft] Page 1 Date I2� Sheet No. �� of Job _ _��?�zi222Q_k11� Subject LOA21�A(, b(2 1%001 I�4 G AI F, 1 C0q T ��. 2 i 4u r I i s i new footing-center on outside face of 12"wall and outside face of 8"wall: L= 6.25' W= 6.25' T= 1.25' DL (k) LL (k) ex (ft) ez (ft) Mx DL Mx LL Mz DL Mz L P1 8.400 11.400 1.333 0.667 5.600 7.600 11.200 15.200 P2 8.000 18.600 0.000 -0.500 -4.000 -9.300 0.000 0.000 8"cmu 3.241 0.000 0.333 1.729 5.604 0.000 1.080 0.000 12"cmu 9.919 0.000 1.229 -0.500 -4.960 0.000 12.192 0.000 total 29.560 30.000 2.245 -1.700 24.472 15.200 U6 Cpl-y)" Co'-�" �c i -�" �roUrl�� 1u� (c�) - C� �,�cl. OOTTONA Date Sheet No. of OOW Job Subject - 114 IQG el)91rl I� �Eli_�--- �.I_:_o•� 0•� I I I r i k)A I- ��•°off 1o'�At, �, =' 6-�� Ix,°� II•�� �-J '�Z ;. ��cflr�J �►y(. l�tRt� 2 '" 1►2u Gilt Oka. l►;�72 (01' fo WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Copyright Page:�2(0 9. Reinforcing(cont'd) Toe Reinforcing-'T' Mu(face of wall)_ -197.2 ft-Ibs D+L+H+W controls rho= 0.0003 As required= 0.26 sq.in./foot Bars required= #5 at 12"O.C. Toe Longitudinal Reinforcing-"Lb bot" rho= 0.0018 temperature and shrinkage steel As required= 0.26 sq.in./foot Bars required= #5 at 12"O.C. 'T'-Toe reinforcing forces Wall Reinforcing-"0(fill side)" Vu(d from top of footing)= 1051.9 Ibs D+H controls 0 Vc= 5870.6 Ibs- O.K. Walls are Mu(top of footing)= 2448.0 ft-Ibs D+H controls designed for rho= .0017 lateral load As required= .12 sq.in./foot only. If wall Bars required= #4 at 12"O.C. has a Possible bar cut-off locations substantial As required at 1/4 Hw= 1.75 ft. 0.12 sq.in./foot Distances are amount of axial As required at 1/2 Hw=3.5 ft. 0.12 sq.in./foot from top of load,it should As required at 3/4 Hw= 5.25 ft. 0.12 sq.in./foot footing and be designed Wall Reinforcing-"0(front side)" include rho= .0000 Add'I reinforcing on front face= #0 no front face reinf,req'd. Wall Longitudinal Reinforcing-"Lw(fill side)" rho(min.)= .0023 minimum steel(per ACI 14.3.3) "0"-Wall reinforcing forces As required= .22 sq. in./foot Bars required= #5 at 12"O.C. Wall Longitudinal Reinforcing-"Lw(front side)" rho(for crack control)= .0023 -rho(provided on fill face)_ .0023 Add'I reinforcing on front face= #0 no front face reinf.req'd.(per CRSI Diagonal Reinforcing-"D" Vu(top of footing)= 1224.0 Ibs D+H controls Av required= 0.00 sq.in./foot Bars required = #0 at 12"O.C. Development Key Reinforcing-'T' lengths for Mu= 0.0 kips reinforcing bars As required = 0.00 sq.in./foot have not been Bars required= #0 at 12"O.C. checked. "K"-Key reinforcing forces Key Longitudinal Reinforcing-"Lk" rho(min.)= .0018 temperature and shrinkage steel As required= .00 sq.in./foot Bars required = #0 at 12"O.C. 10. Check Shear at Base of Wall V(top of footing)= 1224.0 Ibs D+H controls Vn,allowable shear= 6708.6 Ibs> 1224 Ibs O.K. 11. Check Footing is O.K.-use 4'-6"x V-0"With Reinforcing Listed Above 12. Cost Estimate Estimated Cost of Retaining Wall= $107.84 per lineal foot WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Copyright Page 215; 2. Earth Force Summary ph,active horizontal component= 40.0 pcf pv,active vertical component= 0.0 pd psh,surcharge horiz.component= 0.0 psf psv,surcharge vertical component: 0.0 psf Ph,active horizontal force= 980.0 Ibs Psh,horizontal surcharge force= 0.0 Ibs Pp,passive force = 3120.0 Ibs Pae,seismic force(see p.8)= 0.0 Ibs 3. Weight Summary P,additional axial load= 0.0 Ibs(D+H Controls) Pv,active vertical force= 0.0 Ibs Psv,surcharge vertical force= 0.0 Ibs Ww,weight of wall= 700.4 Ibs Wf,weight of footing= 675.0 Ibs Ws,weight of soil = 1549.8 Ibs Ws2,weight of sloped soil= 0.0 Ibs Ptot,sum= 2925.2 Ibs 4. Overturning Mo= 2286.7 ft-Ibs(D+H Controls) Mr= 11760.3 ft-Ibs Safety Factor=Mr/Mo= 5.14 "O(front "Lw(fill)" 5. Soil Bearing & Lw(front)" "0(fill)„ (when req'd) Rv= P total = 2925.2 Ibs(D+E Controls) Y M= Mr-Mo= 11760.3 ft-Ibs a = M/Rv= 4.0 ft "Lb" Q max= 2184.5 psf "P top" Qmax(net)= 1484.5 psf Aow,, 6. Sliding Y5:7 7bot" en required) Fs,sliding force= 980.0 Ibs(D+H Controls) 'T required) Fr,resisting force= 4290.1 Ibs Lk (when required) F.S. = Fr/Fs= 4.38 Depth of key required, Dkey= 0.0 ft Reinforcing Diagram F.S. =Fr/Fs= 4.38 Thickness of key,Tkey= 0.00 ft 7. Deflection Surcharge kf,coefficient for sloping fill= 1.000 Weight of soil ?,deflection= 0.042 inches= H/1990 8. Beam Shear on Footinq Vu,shear(beam shear)_ -385.1 Ibs(.9D+1.7H Controls) oVc,allow.shear= 9218.2 Ibs Ph(including sloping fill) Ph 9. Reinforcinq Heel Reinforcing(top)-"P top" JPv Mu(face of wall)= 4313.7 ft-lbs(D+L+H Controls) rho= .00094 Friction Weight of footing As required= 0.26 sq.in./foot Bars required= #5 at 12"O.C. Heel Reinforcing(bot)-"P bot" -Mu(face of wall)= 0.0 ft-Ibs(N/A Controls) Soil Bearing Pressure rho= 0.0000 As required= 0.00 sq.in./foot Bars required= #0 at 12"O.C. "P"-Heel reinforcing forces Heel Longitudinal Reinforcing-"Lb top" rho= 0.0018 temperature and shrinkage steel As required= 0.26 sq.in./foot ,,O**_. Bars required= #5 at 12"O.C. WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Copvriaht Date 3/10/00 Sheet No. of Job #0030020-WAL-MART,Northampton,Mass 'low Subject Retaining Walls at Dock Well Retaining Walls Revised 1!22196 cy 1. Input P Geometry/Loads: Height of Wall,Hw= 7.00 ft M V Soil depth above heel,Ha= 6.00 ft Soil depth above toe,Hp= 3.00 ft Active horizontal pressure,Ca= 40.0 pcf A Passive horizontal pressure,Cp= 390.0 pcf b Depth of Surcharge,ds= 0.0 ft Angle of backfill slope, 6 = 0.0 deg(33 maximum allowable) Vvw Hw Friction coefficient for sliding, u = 0.40 �Ws Soil weight= 100 pcf B Wall Weight= 150 pcf Ps Ha Wall type,concrete or masonry= C C or M Pv Distance between control joints= 20.0 feet Hp Ph Use passive to resist overturning? y y or n Use passive to resist sliding? y y or n T €'.'•:: T k Pp Wf Width,W= 4.50 ft Toe length,B= 1.25 ft " t Key(when required) Wall thickness,A= 0.67 ft Footing Thickness,T= 1.00 ft Reinforcing spacing(transverse)= 12.00 in Qmax Reinforcing spacing(longitudinal)= 12.00 in Rv Cover: a Clear cover for bottom of footing= 3.00 in W Clear cover for top of footing= 2.00 in Clear cover for fill side of wall= 2.00 in Clear cover for front side of wall = 4.00 in Loading Diagram(Earth Forces) Allowables: Allowable soil bearing pressure= 3000 psf otes: 1. Dashed lines indicate sloping fill loading Net or Max= N N or M Allow 1/3 increase for soil bearing? n y or n(for wind/seismic) Concrete strength,f = 3000 psi Masonry strength,fm= 1500 psi Inspection Factor,0,for Masonry= 1.000 (0 to 1)(for level of inspection) Applicable Code,for Masonry= ACI (UBC or ACI) i ?Pae Masonry Modulus of Elasticity,Em= 2080000 psi(Re:ACI 530,Table 5.5.1.3) Steel strength,Fy= 60000 psi Pae= Additional Loads(see diagram at left for description): Pa+?Pae Dead Loads P Axial dead load= 0.0 Ibs Note:All load values 67H Pa , Ha e,distance to P from C.L.of wall= 0.00 ft are per lineal foot of x M,Moment dead load= 0.0 ft Ib wall. Values maybe V,Shear dead load= 0.0 Ibs input+or-. A+ ° 0 0 Live Loads .33H p+S J P,Axial live load= 0.0 Ibs value will be from e,distance to P from C.L.of wall = 0.00 ft right to left(the same M,Moment live load= 0.0 ft-lb direction as shown on V,Shear live load= 0.0 1 b the sketch at the left). Wind Loads P,Axial wind load= 0.0 Ibs Loading Diagram(Seismic Forces) e,distance to P from C.L.of wall= 0.00 ft M,Moment wind load= 0.0 ft-Ibs V,Shear wind load= 0.0 Ibs Seismic Input Horiz.seismic acceleration factor= 0.00 (Av factor) Vert.seismic acceleration factor= 0.00 Seismic factor for walls= 0.00 Wp (from Wind/Seismic Summary) „pok Angle of internal friction,p= 45.0 deg WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM REVISED 417198 Page 2 Copyright 0 mot, Date 3/10/00 Sheet No. 2t of Job 0030020 Wal-Mart,Northampton,Mass Subject Pier between doors at Grid G-1 BLOCK LINTELS AND JAMBS 3.lamb Design Axial Load: Tributary Width= 7.34 feet Lateral Loading: w,lateral load= 121.8 plf V,shear= 1095.8 Ibs w Below Top of Door Section Properties: Pa= Number of reinforced cells n= 3 D.L •i!iisi'•'•.'•ii':.•:ff':.•:'siiiii f '•.':' i':.•:[!€ ':;':" `i`•i`:i€< E's bell= 24 inches,Design as a Wall Ag= 183.0 sq.in. Ig= 886.6 in A4 Vbot Hw Vtop Sg= 232.6 in.^3 r= 2.20 inches Axial Load: P= 4494.25 Ibs fa= 24.6 psi Loading on Jamb h/r= 98.13 Fa= 190.8 psi Moment: bell My,max.below top of door= 58.4 in-kips As= 0.93 sq.in. dy= 5.125 inches ......................... (rho)y= 0.0076 o ;e:• :e:• :o:• :o:• k= 0.387 kd= 1.983 >tf= 1.25 j= 0.897 fb= 619.0 psi<667 w fs= 13674.1 psi<32000 S Combined Stresses: fa/Fb+fb/Fb(orfs/Fs)= 0.97 Jamb Section Below Top of Door Above Top of Door Section Properties: Number of reinforced cells,n= 3 bell= 48 inches,Design as a Wall beff Ag= 243.0 sq.in. Ig= 1504.1 in A4 Sg= 394.5 in.^3 r= 2.49 inches :o:• :.;.:::: ;9:; Axial Load: P= 4044.83lbs fa= 16.6 psi h/r= 86.82 w Fa= 230.8 psi Moment: S S My,max.above top of door= 59.2 in-kips As= 0.93 sq.in. dy= 5.125 inches Jamb Section Above Door (rho)y= 0.0038 k= 0.278 kd= 1.425 >tf= 1.25 j= 0.910 fb= 376.8 psi<667 fs= 13646.2 psi<32000 Combined Stresses: fa/Fb+fb/Fb(orfs/Fs)= 0.59 40011 Use 24"Wide Jamb with 245 Bars in Each Cell Estimated Cost=$330.83 WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM REVISED 4/7/98 Page 1 Copyright O Date 3/10/00 Sheet No. 21 of �lpMa Job 0030020 Wal-Mart,Northampton,Mass Subject Pier between doors at Grid G-1 BLOCK LINTELS AND JAMBS ACI 530 1. Input Loads/Configuration: Opening Width,W= 10.67 feet Opening Height,H= 8.00 feet Joist Bearing Elevation,Hw= 18.00 feet Nominal Wall Thickness,T= 8 (6",B",10"or 12") Overall Wall Weight,Ww= 55 psf Lintel and Jamb Weight,WI= 78 psf Lateral Load,W lateral= 16.6 psf Dead Load,W dead= 0 plf Live Load,W live= 0 plf Eccentricity(Dead/Live Loads),e= 0.00 inches Allowables: Applicable code= ACI (UBC or ACI) Level of inspection factor,0= 1.000(0 to 1) H Masonry Comp.Strength,fm= 1500 psi Steel strength,Fs= 24000 psi Lintel Input: Nominal Lintel Depth,D= 24 inches For a series of Top bars(#-size)= 2 _#5 doors,input the Bottom bars(#-size)= 2 _#5 jamb width& Jamb Input: distance from Jamb Width,w(grouted cell width) 24 inches opening to C.J.as Bars per cell(#-size)= 2 -#5 1/2 the width of the Wall Reinforcing Spacing,S= 32 inches distance between W Distance from Opening to C.J.= 24 inches doors. Continue first bar to roof height? y (y or n) Reinforcing Diagram 2. Lintel Design Allowable Stresses: Masonry,Em= 2.1E+6 psi(Re:ACI 530,Table 5.5.2.3) ratio Es/Em,n= 13.94 Wdead Allow.Bending Stress,Fb= 500 psi If Hw:H>.5W, Wlive Allow.Steel Stress,Fs= 24000 psi Wwall is triangular Allow.Shear Stress,Fv= 38.7 psi (solid line) Moment-Mx(Gravity Loads): If Hw-H Hw-H= 10.00 feet Wwall is rectangular Wwall Mx= 60.0 in kips (dashed line)and - 5W dx= 20.125 inches wdaad and Wlive (rho)x= 0.004 are applied �1 k= 0.284 i 0.905 ateral fbx= 151.2 psi Jl fsx= 5315.6 psi Moment-My(Lateral Loads): Load Diagram My= 25.5 in-kips dy= 5.125 inches (rho)y= 0.005 k= 0.313 N j= 0.896 fby= 293.2 psi fsy= 8965.3 psi x Combined Stresses: a fbx/Fb+fby/Fb= 0.67 fsx/Fs+fsy/Fs= 0.45 Shear: Vx= 1615.0 Ibs VY= 797.0 Ibs ni t fv=Vx/tdx+Vy/ddy= 17.1 psi<51.6 No Stirrups Required Deflection: Deflection Limit=L/600= 0.213 inches how Lintel Section ?x,gravity load defection= 0.006 inches<0.213 O.K. Use 24"Deep Lintel with 245 Too and 245 Bottom Required development=0"for straight bars and 0"for hooked bars Estimated Cost=$436.47 WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM REVISED 417198 Page 2 Copyright Q n Date 3/10/00 Sheet No. `1 of Job 0030020 Wal-Mart,Northampton,Mass Subject Loading dock doors at Grid F BLOCK LINTELS AND JAMBS 3. Jamb Design Axial Load: Tributary Width= 6.00 feet Lateral Loading: w,lateral load= 99.6 plf V,shear= 896.4 Ibs w Below Top of Door Section Properties: Pa i '•'• i'• '• Number of reinforced ce II s n 3 D.L beff= 24 inches,Design as a Wall Ag= 183.0 sq.in. Ig= 886.6 in A4 Vbot Hw Vtop Sg= 232.6 in.^3 r= 2.20 inches Axial Load: P= 3384 Ibs fa= 18.5 psi Loading on Jamb h/r= 98.13 Fa= 190.8 psi Moment: beff My,max.below top of door= 48.4 in-kips As= 0.93 sq.in. dy= 5.125 inches ......................... (rho)y= 0.0076 :e:• :o:• :e:• :o:• k= 0.387 kd= 1.983 >tf= 1.25 j= 0.897 fb= 512.7 psi<667 w fs= 11325.1 psi<32000 S Combined Stresses: fa/Fb+fb/Fb(orfs/Fs)= 0.80 Jamb Section Below Top of Door Above Top of Door Section Properties: Number of reinforced cells,n= 3 bell= 48 inches,Design as a Wall beff Ag= 243.0 sq.in. Ig= 1504.1 in.^4 Sg= 394.5 in.^3 r= 2.49 inches :a:• e:• :e:• :o:• Axial Load: P= 3008lbs fa= 12.4 psi h/r= 86.82 w Fa= 230.8 psi Moment: S S My,max.above top of door= 47.8 in-kips As= 0.93 sq.in. dy= 5.125 inches Jamb Section Above Door (rho)y= 0.0038 k= 0.278 kd= 1.425 >tf=1.25 j= 0.910 fb= 304.4 psi<667 fs= 11024.7 psi<32000 Combined Stresses: fa/Fb+fb/Fb(or fs/FS)= 0.48 Use 24"Wide Jamb with 245 Bars in Each Cell Estimated Cost=$339.24 WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM REVISED 417198 Page 1 Copyright(D Date 3/10/00 Sheet No. 2.0 of Job 0030020 Wal-Mart,Northampton,Mass Subject Loading dock doors at Grid F BLOCK LINTELS AND JAMBS ACI 530 1. Input Loads/Configuration: Opening Width,W= 8.00 feet _ Opening Height,H= 10.00 feet Joist Bearing Elevation,Hw= 18.00 feet Nominal Wall Thickness,T= 8(6",B",10"or 12") Overall Wall Weight,Ww= 55 psf MEN I Lintel and Jamb Weight,WI= 78 psf Lateral Load,W lateral= 16.6 psf Dead Load,W dead= 0 pif Live Load,W live= 0 plf Eccentricity(Dead/Live Loads),e= 0.00 inches Allowables: Applicable code= ACI (UBC or ACI) Level of inspection factor,0= 1.000 (0 to 1) H Masonry Comp.Strength,fm= 1500 psi Steel strength,Fs= 24000 psi Lintel Input: 7X/ Nominal Lintel Depth,D= 24 inches For a series of Top bars(#-size)= 2 -#5 doors,input the Bottom bars(#-size)= 2 -#5 jamb width& Jamb Input: distance from Jamb Width,w(grouted cell width) 24 inches opening to C.J.as Bars per cell(#-size)= 2 -#5 1/2 the width of the Wall Reinforcing Spacing,S= 32 inches distance between W e. Distance from Opening to C.J.= 24 inches doors. Continue first bar to roof height? y(y or n) Reinforcing Diagram 2. Lintel Design Allowable Stresses: Masonry,Em= 2.1E+6 psi(Re:ACI 530,Table 5.5.2.3) ratio Es/Em,n= 13.94 Wdead Allow.Bending Stress,Fb= 500 psi If Hw:H>.5W, Wive Allow.Steel Stress,Fs= 24000 psi Wwall is triangular Allow.Shear Stress,Fv= 38.7 psi (said line) Moment-Mx(Gravity Loads): If Hw-H Hw-H= 8.00 feet Wwall is rectangular Wwall Mx= 29.1 in kips (dashed line)and ------ — 5W dx= 20.125 inches Wdead and wave (rho)x= 0.004 are applied k= 0.284 j= 0.905 Wlateral fbx= 73.2 psi fsx= 2572.2 psi Moment-My(Lateral Loads): Load Diagram My= 14.3 in-kips dy= 5.125 inches (rho)y= 0.005 k= 0.313 j= 0.896 fby= 164.8 psi fsy= 5039.8 psi k Combined Stresses: a r fbx/Fb+fby/Fb= 0.36 fsx/Fs+fsy/Fs= 0.24 Shear: Vx= 1064.0 Ibs 2 5 `^ Vy= 597.6 Ibs ri It fv=Vx/tdx+Vy/ddy= 11.9 psi<51.6 No Stirrups Required Deflection: Deflection Limit=U600= 0.160 inches Lintel Section ?x,gravity load defection= 0.002 inches<0.16 O.K. Use 74"Deeo Lintel with 245 Too and 245 Bottom Required development=0"for straight bars and 0"for hooked bars Estimated Cost=$364.88 WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM REVISED 10121196 Page 1 Copyright Date 3/10/00 Sheet No. of Job #0030020-WalMart-Northampton,Mass Subject Loading dock walls WORKING STRESS WALL ANALYSIS ACI 530 1. Input Wall Height,H = 18.00 feet Parapet Height,Hp= 0.00 feet e Pf Weight of Concrete Block= 115 (103, 115,135)pcf Nominal Wall Thickness,T 8 (6",8", 10"or 12") Eccentricity,e= 0 inches Hp Running or Stacked Bond R (R or S) Solid or Partial Grout S (S or P) Level of inspection factor,i 1.000 (0 to 1) W Applicable code= ACI (UBC or ACI) H Comp.Strength,fm= 1500 psi Steel Stress,Fs= 24000 psi Axial Loads(Unfactored) Dead Live Pf,Case#1 0 0 plf Pf,Case#2 0 0 plf Pf,Case#3 0 0 plf Spacing Pf,Case#4 0 0 plf Reinforcing-#,Size,and Spacing kd �7 # Size Spacing (Note: input numbers only) T -- - -- 0 -- LJf-J ._.__.._.. Try: 1 - # 5 @ 64 " O.C. 1 - # 5@ 56 " O.C. 1 - # 5@ 48 " O.C. �b4 1 - # 5 @ 40 " O.C. 1 - # 5 @ 32 " O.C. 1 - # 6@ 64 " O.C. 1 - # 6@ 56 " O.C. 1 - # 6 @ 48 " O.C. 1 - # 6@ 40 " O.C. 1 - # 6@ 32 " O.C. 1 - # 6@ 24 " O.C. 2. Summary of Calculations ALLOWABLE WIND PRESSURE(PSF) ALLOWABLE SEISMIC,PRESSURE(PSF), Reinforcing #5 @641#5 @56 #5 @481 #5@40 #5@@3721#6@641#6@561#6 @481#6 @401#6 @321 #6 @24 Density(psf) 1 78 78 1 78 78 78 1 78 78 78 1 78 78 78 d(inches) 3.81 3.81 1 3.81 3.81 3.61 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 Cost per sq.ft.(estimate 9.97 9.97 9.97 9.97 9.97 10.65 10.65 10.65 10.65 10.65 10.65 Axial Load Dead Live Case#1 0 0 18.8 20.4 22.2 25.0 27.8 23.1 25.2 27.3 29.1 31.5 34.7 18.3, ,20 0 21.9 , ,24.7 27.6 22.7 24.9 271` 28 9,, „313 , , 34.5 Case#2 0 0 18.8 20.4 22.2 25.0 27.8 23.1 25.2 27.3 29.1 31.5 34.7 18 3 20 0, 219„_ 24 7 27.6, 22 7 „24.9„ 271 28.9„t ,313, 34.5 _.. Case#3 0 0 18.8 20.4 22.2 25 0 27.8 23 1 25 2 27.3 29.1 31.5 34.7 21.9 r .,24 7 27 6 22 7 24 9... 271.. ,.28 9, 31.3 34.5 Case#4 0 0 18.8 20.4 22.2 25.0 27.8 23 1 25.2 27 3 29.1 31.5 34.7 18.3 = ­20.0 9`21.9 24.7 27.6 22J '24.9' 27.1 -28.9 31.3 34.5 Date Sheet No. 10 of Job d5�O 3 0 4-a—/ ,�i�77f If���✓ Subject � '� 4✓q-�t� lDi�lr �o G/�, Reference 4 -01 +1 2,s 011-32. 1I2-0 73/ o z Psi 1 D ` )0, 47' D,X19-_ 2,737 1760 4-629 1/ 0-9 Viz ; -Fs 11 f AS i Date 3/10/00 Sheet No. of •. Job #0030020 -WalMart Subject Lateral Wail Embeds Typical Shear Embeds: f',,,= 1500 psi , PL3/8x8x0'-8" fy= 50 ksi with (4)-1/2"dia. 0 70 db= 0.50 in x 6" H.S.A. Ab= 0.196 in^2 0 0 Bolt spacing, s = 4 in Allow. loads in shear: (Per UBC, Sec. 2107.1.5.3) For(1) - 1/2" dia. x 6" H.S.A.: 350(f'R,Ab)'/4= 1450 lb (Eq. 7-5) By= 0.12Abfy= 1178 lb controls (Eq. 7-6) Check bolt spacing: s> 8db=8(0.5") = 4" <s =5", allow. load reduction not required For(4)-1/2" dia. H.S.A.: By=4(1178 lb) = 4712 Ib Date 3/10/00 Sheet No. of Job #0030020-WalMart Subject Lateral Wall Embeds Au Typical Tension Embeds: ��� f'm= 1500 psi , fy= 50 ksi PL3/8x8x0'-8" — db= 0.50 in with (4)-1/2" dia. 0 0 x 6" H.S.A. Ab= 0.196 in^2 0 0 Bolt spacing, s = 4 in Allow. loads in tension: (Per UBC, Sec. 2107.1.5.2) For(1) - 1/2" dia. x 6" H.S.A.: 0.5Ap(f'm)1/2= 1968 lb (Eq. 7-1) Bt- 0.2Abfy= 1963 lb controls (Eq. 7-2) where Ap is the lesser of: Ap=Illb 2 (Eq. 7-3) or Ap=IIIe2 (Eq. 7-4) lb= embedment depth of anchor bolt (in) = 5.6875 in le= anchor bolt edge distance> lb,therefore, Eq. (7-3) controls Ap=IIlb2= 101.62 in^2 s = 0.5" < 5.6875", reduce Ap by one half of the overlapping area Calculate allowable load reduction: adius,r=lb d +c Anchor bolt cone area overlap �- S ,z Area of segment adb= area of sector, adbc - area of triangle, abc = IZlb2Cos 1(S/21b)-(S/2)1lb2 - (S/2)21l/2 = 28.54 in^2 Reduction % = (area of segment, adb)(100)/Ap= 28.08% % Capacity= 71.92% * Reduce Ap by reduction %twice since projected are of bolt overlaps twice; once in the horizontal dimension and the other in the vertical dimension: For(4)-0.5 dia. H.S.A.: Bt=4(1963 lb) = 7854 Ib i1�2 Co C? rn tq CO co T op r co (q to o to N' OR O M LO 0 O ^ L N 00 r N r CD C\j N � N Oro co r N N r` O O0 O O N rn N co O Cn co (Y h co O r ^ — N 00 N ly N co N (D N co v N T r r r T r CD r C0 U') 00 O o) Cn <F ch V) CD co n N Iq o) tt OD 00 co M � O O N r N 00 r N (aj N N r N vi U N 00 LO r- O N LLB O (0 '- LC) CD M O O a LC? c) N Cf) 11 j c T T N T `, T CiD `, T v `, M Y y�-+ f i Cl) 1^ /� ♦/�� ♦/�� I.L. ..CD...cc ..Lo�'V M Cl) �. !t M ^ O LO C� In W � n Ln W 00 W m O J cD ^ CD v0 06 00 N CY) M T M rn " co W C) cC r Lo M N C7 (D .- LO 00 OR (c) ^ 1 O O N 00 Lo O Ha c v ^ (NDO•-° rN � � 00 rM � v T rn � qt � a� p 00 O O r N r (D O Ln CD co r OR N N co C6 3 m is C6 ri L6 Oo Ln N o �f co o � Lri � Lq r L i ° (o cO _� C° co a) M Mb � (n rco N r O = Q U Ln r O D) O IP co CD 0o O Lo M (o N to N 00 O y N <f 07 00 M r Ln t� 0p It N r (� O LL I N CD (1) r- co 00 CA -;t �2 co 00 N U') n U) Q CO T r O O N N p 0 r (D (o O O q' <} r 3 J r CV N <f t� K C'5 M n ^ r n O O K C1 .J Y to CD (O !� r O O r r N lOy r O Q O N X ca Q O cz C) r Oo CD cr) r C7 N N T O (D � C7 ti r f� N U J Q N Cl) M f� ct (D 0o O C a) Ln 't co co 00 LO ql M r C7 Ca O M OR 0o Oo 00 OR 00 CA O J � O r T r T T T r r r j O U Q C 0) LL LO M C? N >> O) Q) N r co p O N N M N 00 r N N O co 4] 2 = = J cO N .JJ. J J OO c0 00 00 O > Fn X — .Ji M LO M r � (XD X (D (0 (D X O c N X X X (XD CD (D (D (XD X X It (D Q M (�D N O Z r t76 14 VLCRAFT 1.5 (B,F,A)20 DIAPHRAGM SHEAR STRENGTH (PLF) SUPPORT FASTENERS: #12 TEK SCREWS SIDELAP FASTENERS: #10 TEK SCREWS Fastener t SPAN(FT.-IN.) Layout K 1 3-0 3-6 4-0 4-6 5-0 5-6 6-0 6-6 7-0 7-6 8-0 8-6 9-0 10-0 11-0 12-0 0.40484 0 536 471 420 374 334 302 275 252 232 215 200 187 176 156 139 126 0.33266 1 611 542 485 439 400 362 329 302 279 259 241 226 212 188 169 153 0.28232 2 678 606 547 496 454 418 384 353 326 303 282 264 248 221 199 180 0.24522 3 737 665 603 550 505 466 432 403 373 346 323 303 285 254 229 193 0.21673 4 789 717 655 600 553 512 476 444 416 390 364 341 321 277 229 193 0.19418 5 835 765 702 647 598 555 517 484 454 428 404 380 342 277 229 193 36/9 0.17587 6 875 807 745 689 640 596 557 522 491 463 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.16072 7 910 844 784 729 679 635 595 559 526 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.14798 8 941 878 819 765 715 671 630 593 560 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.13710 9 967 908 851 798 749 704 663 626 566 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.12772 10 991 935 880 828 780 736 695 656 566 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.11953 11 1012 958 906 856 809 765 724 656 566 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 DB=97 DF=169 DA=266 K2=1056 0.60726 0 343 298 261 230 206 186 170 156 144 134 124 116 109 97 87 79 0.45814 1 430 377 335 301 272 246 224 206 191 177 165 155 146 130 117 106 0.36782 2 508 450 403 363 331 303 279 257 238 221 206 194 182 163 147 134 0.30725 3 577 515 464 422 385 354 328 305 284 265 247 232 219 196 177 161 0.26381 4 636 574 521 475 436 403 74 348 326 306 288 271 255 228 207 188 0.23113 5 687 625 572 525 484 448 417 390 365 344 324 307 291 261 229 193 36/7 0.20565 6 731 671 617 570 528 491 458 429 403 380 359 340 323 277 229 193 0.18524 7 768 711 658 611 569 531 497 466 439 414 392 372 342 277 229 193 0.16851 8 800 746 695 648 606 567 533 501 473 447 424 384 342 277 229 193 0.15455 9 828 776 727 682 640 601 566 534 505 479 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.14273 10 851 803 756 712 671 633 598 566 536 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 ® 0.13258 11 871 826 782 740 700 662 627 595 565 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 DB=97 DF=169 DA=266 K2=1056 0.91111 0 232 205 182 161 144 130 118 108 99 92 86 80 75 66 59 53 0.61217 1 301 271 244 222 204 188 173 158 146 136 127 118 111 99 89 81 0.46094 2 353 323 296 272 251 233 217 203 191 179 168 157 148 132 119 108 0.36962 3 391 363 337 314 292 273 256 241 227 214 203 193 183 164 148 135 0.30851 4 419 394 370 348 327 308 290 274 259 246 234 222 212 194 178 162 0.26473 5 440 418 396 375 355 337 319 303 288 274 262 250 239 219 203 188 36/4 0.23184 6 455 436 417 398 379 362 345 329 314 300 287 275 264 243 225 193 0.20621 7 467 450 433 416 399 382 366 351 337 323 310 298 286 265 229 193 0.18569 8 476 462 446 431 415 400 385 370 356 343 330 318 306 277 229 192 0.16888 9 483 471 457 443 429 415 401 387 374 361 348 336 325 277 229 192 0.15486 10 489 478 466 453 440 427 414 402 389 376 364 353 342 277 229 192 0.14300 11 494 484 473 462 450 438 426 414 402 390 379 368 342 277 229 19: DB= 802 DF= 909 DA= 959 K2= 1056 1.21451 0 194 174 156 142 128 116 105 96 88 82 76 71 66 58 52 4- 0.73565 1 245 225 207 191 177 165 154 144 135 125 117 109 103 91 82 71 0.52762 2 277 260 243 228 214 201 190 179 169 161 152 145 138 124 112 10` 297 283 269 256 243 230 219 208 198 189 180 172 165 152 140 1 0.41131 3 24 0.33701 4 310 299 287 275 264 253 242 232 222 213 204 196 188 174 162 15 0.28545 5 319 310 300 290 280 270 260 251 242 233 224 216 209 194 182 17( 36/3 0.24757 6 326 318 310 301 293 284 275 266 258 249 241 234 226 212 199 18; 0.21857 7 330 324 317 310 302 294 286 279 271 263 256 248 241 227 215 % 0.19565 8 334 328 322 316 310 303 296 289 282 275 268 261 254 241 229 19 0.17708 9 336 332 327 321 316 310 303 297 291 284 278 271 265 253 229 19 0.16173 10 338 334 330 325 320 315 309 304 298 292 286 280 274 263 229 19 0.14883 11 340 337 333 329 324 3'9 315 309 304 299 293 288 282 272 229 19 DB=1652 DF=1816 DA=1827 K2=1056 K2 'Number of sidelap fasteners per span G 3.78+(0.3 x Dx/SPAN)+(3 x K x SPAN) \r V==1� ...:.. ... . ERAFT 1.5(B,F,A)20 DIAPHRAGM SHEAR STRENGTH(PLF) SUPPORT FASTENERS: PNEUTEK 5/16"HEAD WITH 518"x16 GA.WASHER SIDELAP FASTENERS: #10 TEK SCREWS 0.130"SHANK(TO BE USED FOR SUBSTRATES 1/8"THRU 3/16"THICK) Fastener SPAN(FT.-IN.) Layout K 1 3-0 3-6 4-0 4-6 5-0 5-6 6-0 6-6 7-0 7-6 8-0 8-6 9-0 10-0 11-0 12-0 0.93289 0 586 516 459 409 366 330 301 276 254 235 219 205 192 170 152 138 0.62193 1 662 586 525 474 431 390 355 326 301 279 260 243 228 203 182 165 0.46644 2 730 652 587 532 486 447 410 376 348 323 301 282 265 236 212 192 0.37316 3 790 711 644 587 538 496 460 427 394 366 342 320 301 269 229 193 0.31096 4 845 765 697 638 587 543 504 470 441 410 383 359 338 277 229 193 36/9 9.26654 5 893 815 746 686 633 587 547 511 479 451 424 384 342 277 229 193 0.23322 6 935 859 791 730 677 629 587 550 517 487 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.20731 7 973 899 832 772 717 669 626 587 553 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.18658 8 1006 935 870 810 756 707 663 623 566 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.16962 9 1036 968 904 845 791 742 698 656 566 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.15548 10 1062 997 936 878 824 775 731 656 566 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.14352 11 1085 1024 964 908 855 807 762 656 566 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 DB=97 DF=169 DA=266 K2=1056 1.39933 0 375 326 285 252 225 204 186 170 157 146 136 127 120 106 96 87 0.79962 1 463 406 360 324 291 263 240 221 204 190 177 166 156 139 125 114 0.55973 2 542 479 428 386 351 322 295 271 251 233 218 204 192 172 155 141 0.43056 3 613 546 491 445 406 374 345 321 298 277 259 243 229 205 185 168 0.34983 4 674 607 549 500 458 423 392 365 341 320 300 282 265 237 215 193 0.29460 5 728 661 602 551 507 469 436 407 381 358 338 320 302 270 229 193 36/7 0.25442 6 775 709 650 598 553 513 478 447 420 395 373 353 335 277 229 193 0.22389 7 816 752 694 642 596 555 518 486 457 431 407 384 342 277 229 193 0.19990 8 852 790 733 681 635 593 556 522 492 465 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.18056 9 882 824 768 718 671 629 591 557 526 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 ® 0.16463 10 909 853 800 751 705 663 625 590 558 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.15128 11 932 880 829 781 736 694 656 620 566 493 433 384 342 277 229 192 DB= 97 DF= 169 DA= 266 K2= 1056 2.09952 0 254 224 199 176 157 142 129 118 109 101 94 87 82 72 65 5E 0.98788 1 324 290 262 238 218 201 184 169 156 144 135 126 118 105 94 8E 0.64590 2 378 344 315 289 267 247 230 215 201 188 176 164 155 138 124 11: 0.47980 3 418 387 358 332 309 288 270 253 238 225 213 202 191 171 154 14( 0.38165 4 449 420 393 368 345 324 305 288 272 257 244 232 221 202 184 161 0.31684 5 472 447 422 398 376 355 336 318 302 287 273 261 249 228 210 19: 36/4 0.27085 6 490 467 445 423 402 382 363 346 329 314 300 287 275 253 229 19: 0.23651 7 503 484 463 443 424 405 387 370 354 338 324 311 298 276 229 19: 0.20991 8 514 497 479 460 442 425 407 391 375 360 346 333 320 277 229 19: 0.18868 9 523 507 491 475 458 441 425 409 394 380 366 353 340 277 229 IT 0.17135 10 530 516 501 486 471 456 441 426 411 397 384 371 342 277 229 19: 0.15694 11 535 523 510 496 482 468 454 440 426 413 400 384 342 277 229 19: DB= 802 DF= 909 DA= 959 K2= 1056 2.79866 0 212 190 171 155 140 126 115 105 97 89 83 77 72 64 57 5 1.11947 1 264 242 222 205 190 176 164 154 143 133 124 116 109 97 87 7, 0.69967 2 298 278 260 244 228 214 201 190 179 170 161 153 145 129 116 10 0.50885 3 320 304 288 273 258 245 232 220 209 199 190 181 173 159 146 13 0.39981 4 335 322 308 295 281 269 257 245 234 224 215 206 198 182 169 15 0.32925 5 345 334 323 311 299 288 277 266 256 246 236 227 219 204 190 17 36/3 0.27987 6 353 344 334 324 313 303 293 283 273 264 255 246 238 222 208 19 0.24336 7 358 351 342 333 324 315 306 297 288 279 270 262 254 239 225 19 0.21528 8 362 356 349 341 333 325 317 308 300 292 284 276 268 254 229 19 0.19301 9 366 360 354 347 340 333 326 318 310 303 295 288 281 267 229 19 0.17492 10 368 363 358 352 346 339 333 326 319 312 305 298 291 277 229 19 0.15992 11 370 366 361 356 351 345 339 333 326 320 313 307 301 277 229 1s DB= 1652 DF= 1816 DA= 1827 K2= 1056 'Number of sidefap fasteners per span G'= 3.78+(0.3 x Dx/SPAN)+(3 x K x SPAN) is Page 3 of 31 ER-43' TABLE 1 -DIAPHRAGM SHEAR VALUES(POUNDS PER LINEAL FOOT)FOR STANDARD 1 1/2-INCH-DEEP FLUTES,6 INCHES CENTER-TO-CENTER STEEL DECK INSTALLED WITH HILTI ENP2-21-05 OR ENPH2-21-0 5 FASTENING SYSTEM WITH END AND INTERIOR SUPPORT FASTENER PATTERN:36/11 -SIDELAP FASTENERS SHALL BE NO.10 SELF DRILLING SCREWS u 11/2' I♦6yl 36' PANEL SIOELAP THREE OR MORE SPANS THICKNESS SCREWS SPAN LENGTH(FEET) R1 (INCHES) PER SPAN 4.67 4.5 5.0 1 5.5 1 6.0 6.5 t 7.0' 7.5 8.0 8.5 t 9.0 , 95 1 10.0 0 603 534 478 432 393 360 333 308 267 268 252 237 224 0.288 1 657 591 529 478 435 399 369 342 319 298 280 264 249 0.246 2 708 639 579 524 476 438 405 376 350 328 308 290 274 0.215 3 758 685 624 570 520 477 441 410 382 358 336 307 277 0.190 0.0295 4 806 730 667 612 562 516 477 443 414 384 342 307 277 0.171 (No.22 5 852 774 708 651 603 555 513 . 477 433 384 342 307 277 0.155 Gage) 6 897 816 748 689 638 594 550 493 433 384 342 307 277 0.142 7 939 857 787 726 673 627 566 493 433 384 342 307 277 0.131 8 980 897 824 762 707 656 566 493 433 384 342 307 277 0.122 9 1019 935 861 797 741 656 566 493 433 384 342 307 277 0.114 10 1057 971 896 831 770 656 566 493 433 384 342 307 277 0.106 11 1092 1006 931 864 770 656 566 493 433 384 342 307 277 0.100 12 11127 1040 1 964 1 896 770 t 656 566 493 1 433 1 384 342 1 307 277 1 0295 0 711 633 567 512 467 428 395 367 342 320 300 283 267 0.317 1 776 698 628 568 518 476 439 408 380 356 334 315 298 0.271 2 838 756 688 624 569 523 483 449 419 392 368 347 328 0236 3 899 812 740 680 6 0 570 527 490 457 428 403 380 359 0.210 0.0358 4 957 867 792 727 672 618 571 531 496 464 437 412 380 0.189 (No.20 5 1013 920 841 774 717 665 615 572 S34 501 469 421 380 0.171 Gage) 6 1066 971 890 820 760 707 659 613 572 526 469 421 380 0.157 7 1117 1020 937 865 802 747 699 654 594 526 469 421 380 0.145 8 1167 1068 982 908 843 787 737 676 594 526 469 421 380 0.134 9 1214 1113 1026 950 884 825 773 676 594 526 469 421 380 0.125 10 1258 1157 1069 991 923 863 716 676 594 526 469 421 380 0.117 11 1301 1199 1110 1031 961 900 776 676 594 526 469 421 380 0.110 12 1342 1240 1 1150 1 1070 999 900 776 676 594 526 469 421 380 0.104 0 891 799 715 647 590 542 501 465 433 406 381 359 340 0.365 1 976 879 797 721 658 604 559 519 484 454 427 402 380 0.312 2 1059 955 869 795 726 667 617 573 535 502 472 445 421 0.272 3 1138 1029 938 861 793 730 675 628 586 550 517 488 462 0.241 4 1214 1101 1006 925 855 792 733 682 637 597 562 531 502 0.217 0.0474 5 1288 1170 1071 986 913 849 791 736 688 645 607 574 543 0.197 (No.18 6 1358 1237 1135 1046 970 903 845 790 739 693 653 616 584 0.180 Gage) 7 1424 1302 11% 1105 1025 956 895 841 790 741 698 659 597 0.166 8 1488 1363 1255 1161 1079 1007 944 887 837 789 736 661 597 0.154 9 1549 1423 1313 1217 1132 1058 992 933 881 826 736 661 597 0.144 10 1607 1480 1368 1270 1184 1107 1039 978 924 826 736 661 597 0.135 11 1662 1534 1422 1322 1234 1155 1085 1023 932 826 736 661 597 0.127 12 1714 1586 1473 1372 1 1282 1202 1 1131 1061 932 826 736 661 597 0.120 4 See footnotes following Table 32 See Table 33 for stiffness calculations mj 1 I IN 7 rRAFT (B,F,A)20 DIAPHRAGM SHEAR STRENGTH (PLF) -; SUPPORT FASTENERS: 5/8" PUDDLE WELD SIDELAP FASTENERS: #10 TEK SCREWS Fastener SPAN(FT.-IN.) Layout K 1 3-0 3-6 4-0 4-6 5-0 5-6 6-0 6-6 7-0 7-6 8-0 8-6 9-0 10-0 11-0 12-0 0.35790 0 775 682 608 541 484 437 398 365 336 312 290 271 254 225 202 182 0.30030 1 841 744 664 600 540 488 444 408 376 349 325 304 285 253 227 193 0.25866 2 903 802 719 651 593 539 491 451 416 386 360 337 316 277 229 193 0.22717 3 960 857 771 700 639 588 538 .494 456 424 395 370 342 277 229 193 0.20251 4 1013 909 821 747 684 630 583 537 496 461 430 384 342 277 229 193 0.18268 5 1063 958 869 792 727 671 622 580 536 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 36/9 0.16639 6 1109 1004 914 836 769 711 660 616 566 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.15277 7 1152 1048 957 878 809 749 697 651 566 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.14121 8 1191 1088 997 918 848 786 733 656 566 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.13127 9 1227 1126 1036 956 885 822 767 656 566 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.12264 10 1261 1162 1072 992 921 857 770 656 566 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.11508 11 1292 1195 1106 1026 955 891 770 656 566 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 DB=97 DF=169 DA=266 K2=1056 0.53685 0 496 431 377 333 298 270 246 226 208 193 180 169 158 141 126 115 j 0.41690 1 573 500 443 395 354 321 292 269 248 231 215 201 189 169 152 138 0.34076 2 644 566 504 453 410 371 339 312 288 268 250 234 220 197 177 161 0.28813 3 711 628 561 506 460 422 t- 355 328 305 285 267 252 225 203 185 @� 0.24959 4 773 687 616 557 508 466 � 398 368 343 320 300 283 253 228 193 3617 0.22014 5 830 742 668 606 554 510 471 438 408 380 355 333 314 277 229 193 0.19691 6 883 793 717 653 598 551 511 476 445 417 390 366 342 277 229 193 0.17811 7 931 841 764 698 641 592 549 512 479 450 424 384 342 277 229 193 0.16259 8 975 885 808 740 682 631 586 547 513 482 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.14956 9 1015 927 849 781 721 668 622 582 546 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.13846 10 1052 965 887 819 758 705 657 615 566 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 0.12889 11 1085 1000 924 855 794 739 691 648 566 493 433 384 342 277 229 193 D6=97 DF=169 DA=266 K2=1056 �� 0.80548 0 336 296 264 233 208 188 171 156 144 133 124 116 108 96 86 77 0.56260 1 399 355 319 289 264 239 217 199 184 171 159 149 139 124 111 100 0.43226 2 452 407 368 336 308 284 263 243 224 208 194 182 170 152 136 124 0.35095 3 496 451 412 379 349 323 301 281 263 245 229 214 202 180 162 147 0.29539 4 533 490 451 417 386 360 336 314 295 278 263 247 233 208 187 170 36/4 0.25501 5 564 523 485 451 420 393 368 346 326 308 291 277 263 236 213 193 0.22435 6 589 551 515 482 451 423 398 375 354 336 318 303 288 263 229 193 0.20027 7 611 575 541 509 479 451 426 402 381 362 344 327 312 277 229 193 0.18086 8 629 596 564 533 504 476 451 428 406 386 368 351 335 277 229 193 0.16487 9 644 614 583 554 526 499 474 451 429 409 391 373 342 277 229 193 0.15149 10 657 629 600 573 546 520 496 473 451 431 412 384 342 277 229 193 0.14011 11 668 642 616 589 564 539 515 492 471 451 432 384 342 277 229 193 DB=802 DF=909 DA=959 K2=1056 1.07370 0 281 251 226 206 186 167 152 139 128 118 110 102 96 85 75 68 0.68151 1 328 298 272 250 230 213 198 182 168 156 145 135 127 113 101 91 0.49918 2 364 336 311 288 267 249 233 218 205 193 180 168 158 141 126 114 0.39381 3 392 366 342 319 299 280 264 248 235 222 211 200 189 169 152 138 0.32518 4 412 389 367 346 326 308 291 275 261 248 236 225 215 197 177 161 36/3 0.27692 5 429 408 388 368 349 332 315 299 285 272 259 248 237 218 201 184 0.24113 6 441 423 405 387 369 352 336 321 306 293 280 269 258 238 220 193 0.21353 7 451 435 418 402 386 370 354 339 325 312 300 288 277 256 229 193 0.19160 8 459 445 430 415 400 385 370 356 342 329 317 305 294 274 229 193 0.17376 9 465 453 439 426 412 398 384 370 357 345 333 321 310 277 229 193 0.15896 10 470 459 447 435 422 409 396 383 371 359 347 336 325 277 229 193 0.14648 11 475 465 454 442 431 419 407 395 383 371 360 349 338 277 229 193 DB=1652 DF=1816 DA=1827 K2=1056 I'ler of sidelap fasteners per span G'= K2 3.78+(0.3 x Dx/SPAN)+(3 x K x SPAN) ) 70 }t Date �j J20 fo Sheet No. 10 of Job 000020 ' ILIAI.Mbc121 Subject LO, 191' 4(, g0(,4/— C3 LIkIMxL, (X�l''[. 01ApNlZAC�M O��IGi.1•� U�� 1'IZ x 2D• �A 17�Gk t�l� P►�r;l�iT� �� ✓JID�I.DcP �i1 t.1 � 12p, ✓I�xP�1"7-ABM GNn>z►��. v�-rf►P�U�� P��� t�IOe� �. W-9 V 1 IP�UL fAF11 ` �d':X17, mry-ax = I,U Lzl2 ' (`624. GI�Dtzl� 1%ol�Gl;> ? C, (I"bTr? Y- = 4 77 r5 v- -04 (Z ,,TT kk� 1tt7� 1� C,HDP-P FOP ,�, I r G = ((e0, I � ��� �4' l,� 1 K < P�,,,,,�, = Co l r?� p p N 0 0 � 4.112 , E�t - Ivr24A GkI,GUI,I�'t� ZfG2'h riPA6AiZ V = 2-71 Pt.,f I2P t ��v1L )' = Imo, LIT I?"S ITH A '/z" Y, b," PA2,A. Al b"0,G. Date ')j12DCD Sheet No. OI of Job OOWCb20- ylj LN I2T Subject LQADII.IC� DD(,� X to IZAC , G01J'T. X- bIPt&llo-1 141 NCB WIND L 153. 1 Pl•f ( }� ;`(' r2l iZ5(,11Ot-1) I?0D1�' 12 L, Z (2Cp ?�2F)(�54,01) L Fl f 14AI,L t7L y (��r�F) I� )'J2(I�' 2,h„�� . L�1� pt,>✓ Vic, = 21-74 ?L. UJ iy �G z 0, 104 (21 4 F�r> - 22Ut? FL J: 171APN�A�N1 �N��1� 11- UX R Vf= 270, `t) f f VXL = ` 44v04 loclo V- �x s D 23(414LP") } I,0 (44 to �9D4'� Date '2 1 20C)[2 Sheet No. tj of Job #n[nOOW - Ic.A L MAVT Subject 1,nA01 q& 17pUk- ❑ LA'f 1 PA L,, COIIA1. G� C 11 a D' b�'i�1�111� kI� '• O,1 (2401 Oq ELF) L *)i4. ,;� FI F 7 WWW17 z 15;" FI,F ��IGJNI l G C,0►.l�(i�f7L� N2-o" P h h - r r f r r 11021 Date ?21'1(200 Sheet No. 1 of Job 00?2002 -_VJA�T Subject 1 pI�1C� 120(4K o W>T-AL, o � J,6,1;. = Irr'- 2112 Y -r,D,M.= iIT-oll x Ln,kt2l�) a(20f 9L = ILf PS I% (IZi;. LWDI�4G I?OGW XPbst l�ilt�r l G1kLC�i �nD NPW =(-,�r� R)F)(D.r�)= II,r9 ?1�71` (f,A't i'4�L� �n90 ��1Dkl l,0Af7 R; UGTIDI.( � ) L1M '✓DLI P &V,9UTE,17 8" WA V-2 =fi \4A V,1t1G1'�T, kjW = 7� p�f` Y- yllzlr(,TIod P I Lp. (, P'ry 'U012 p- I IP.Lf P�F 1 111'� 1%DV-:tDJ1:F, I , E'A/ P2 W IQ P W GM P TA13�F I l,a l l,4 0� PLr Gil;I"r2m I G Wt 61N )?- ( t✓ IGI SIT = ( = l. 2 (p�2,�.1. I) 1D12.2.'h� C-9 - 1 0 (a'�,. 4901 iyi pdaT� = GT N111114 G - D. D2 1' 0. 02(1�,���3�� = D. IUD O O M M a0 O 00 M M O N T O T O 00 O O M T M n M (O M cD O O a0 O M n N pO N T r- 0 N O O 0 � CD M O O to h N a0 OA 00 c0 4 M N r n sf N O N N N M M st In CO r- a0 a0 a0 00 N M M M M — 00 O - - - N N N N O) O) O O) O) O � r T r r r r r r r T N N N N M M M M M M Cl) M M Cl) 00 M O M on 00 Om O O O M O T O Cl O O O Cl) O Cl) r- Cl) O Cl) (O O O M O M N N p cD O r co O CD N v N T O C r r O v o T Dr N r o 0 r O "t m O D N r 4 N O O 00 T r N C\j N N N N M M aM Cl) M M Cl) M t- 0 'T O T N N M M V co CO co O CO C O O O O) 00 Q. O O r () (n (n O O N O N O) O Ln (n O ^ Or`� 0) (O to M 0) N O N W O Y r r r lM (n O 4 n c0 n N rn 0 () O o c0 N M O O N M � M M O n r O o 0 M r r N N M M Iq ct (n 0 r- t- 00 0) O T r T T r Or i N N N u N cN 0 oN O ON i M 93 M (8 0M 0 M aN 0 Q O O (n M c0 M (h a0 t- O n M M M (O Ch (n 0 0 (h r M a0 a0 N O N O 00 M r M 0 0 N M O o � M O O .4 0) 4 O (n N Oo M 0) a0 r' P' 00 N O N 'T 00 M 00 M 0) (A 00 N T r N N N Cl) M (O (n (D N a0 00 0) O T N M "I LO N 00 0) O N o) V O r- O) O N (!) N Lo � M T T T T T T T T T N N N N N N N M M M M M `R d v LL1 O N a0 h 0 r 00 N O N CD t` O n CD N O N CO z D O N 00 � O n a0 N ]cc6) N 00 O n 00 N M N N 00 N I� c0 N d' O n (n N O O 00 r, CD (0 ^ ^ 00 O N '1 cD O M (D O to O N O (O T r N N M M (n coo O n O O) O) O � N M � t!) cD 00 O) O N V LO n 00 O M st r r r T N N N N N N N co M a0 M W Ir 0 m O O O) N co 00 O N r- O n r- O O a0 N O) O '4: N M 00 LQ r N O N r (n o0 M N O On N OR t, (0 N �t q � (D h 00 O N (n 00 N 00 CO r- z r T - - O � Oi M 00 .4 O M N a0 r- vi O 0) O T N M a M c0 t` aD O N M ' (D N 00 O Z_ N T T *'- N N N M M d' V CD co n CO O) O) r r r r r T N N N N N N N M M 1 �( i LLI O O M O N O N O (n O) c0 n O � O 0) O O O O M c0 N O N co d (D rn O O t` _ _ m O O N Ln O N (D O (o O cn 6 (O N 00 U7 CV O r M N 0 0 0 0 0 N Cr) O (V (� ao J (n O N M q, (n CO I� 00 W O N M N (D rl M } O N r r T r N N M M -4 � (n in co (O r- 00 0) 0) T r r r r r r r T r N N N N N N N N U w Q J O T O M M O c0 O O CD au M O T O D7 r (O M M (D r O T (0 (h M 0 r 0) 0 tt T O M Lo O N r O r co O r (n C M r N r N N N r o7 M tO c0 00 O Q N T r, O M N _ 0 O LO O D N 00 O M Iq 0 N N N M M 4 V � )n O O N 00 00 O M VN CD n 00 N N N N N N O UT J O r to T O T l[) T O T (!) T O r (n T O T (n T O T (n T O r (n T O T (O T O T (n T O O O N lO 00 V* 00 N O O N O 0 O (0 N 00 �t 00 u) T O 00 o rt o') N 0 0 0 O_ O Q W N r T O T N N T - OD a.-° O N N N N L1J r N N N M M V (n (O•) CD c0 t` 00 0) CA O Z O N 00 (n v, O O O v, (n O N O O) O O h 0o O v T O T v O ao � O v O O O N LO O O t!') N O) (D r 0) N (0 � M N N r 00 O M )n au zt ao cn Oi M ao N f, MM w M M )n N M O T N Cl) ,t o CD n CO O) O z T r r T N N N M Cl) M �t U) U) CO (D fl- n 00 0) 0) T T r r r r T N OpOOO -,t UnCo � TOT � aOLq M VCOO (D114: Ci ovTOTgoO � M V COOO � M O T M Ol) 00 r d N O m (n Oi 4 00 M w 6 00 4 O (D N w r � 0 N O r � (M M T T T r N N N M M M �t V N (n c0 O N N a0 O O) O T N T "t (T Lo o T r T T r T LL LO O () O N M N M cD O O M N M (n 00 M O 00 ap O M M r O T M r M O OD a0 O M 00 (n r M O N N 00 �' N �- in M N n N O (n O to O M N T w 0 M "T r O M T r r r N N N N M M M It It d' In M CD O f- n co 00 0) O) T r r M r N p O T M (D O cq M T O T M (O O c0 M r O T M cD O (0 Cl r 0 .- M (D O c0 M T O N (0 a0 O N (n N" O M OO O) N M O) N (0 O V' O N CO to O (n 00 �0 r T (1) CO ^ O r r T r r N N N N M M M M d' rt (!) CO O CD r a0 a0 O) O) T r r U Q a) Y (D CO D1 (0 00 N r O In M O 00 Op 00 00 O r*., O M r,� U) r a0 On N O 0 0 0 r T T r N N N M M �t OO to (0 ao aD to - T T O M N O N M n m N 'O T — T T N N NM M M M M M jC 7 Q C7 to (n y '5 00 0 LO 0 O M m o 0 n 0 0 O OD o N N O N N N N N N r- N o 00 a0 � � � � � � 0 M h M M h t 00 0 0 0 7 O 7O O O O � U O (� � Z C1 (C CL F- rn _ _ _ _ Z y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - p O y O C 0 Cbb - - - - 000000 in (hM (o (D (D (0 (D (0 (D O) TMb) b) 000OM (oMMmCl) O p 0 ID A"k co CO 11J U r T r T T r r T T T r r r T T T T T r T T N (V N N N N -. V N N N ca V y wT II O � H W � N U - - - - a) g oir) iDO) oihiOC) oihiDbbZo D00mbo) oM (D � OM � inoMio � o � ia � co HIV (O (n in (A <D (D (0 (D (� f� t� f� 0 a0 00 a0 0 0 0I O) T T r T N c > WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Revised 6117199 Copyright©10/19/93 Date 3/9/00 Sheet No. of Job WM Takeover-Northampton MA Subject Loading Dock COLUMN AND BASE PLATE DESIGN Reference (with pinned bases) 1. Input Y Column Mark C1 P,axial load = 19.8 kips bMx,moment about x(strong)axis= 59.3 in.-kips My,moment about y(weak)axis= 0.0 in.-kips KLx,unbraced length= 17.1 feet Mx KLy,unbraced length= 12.1 feet d P I Cmx= 0.6 _._.__..x CmY= 0.6 2. Column Design M Column Properties y A,area of cross section of column= 3.52 sq.in. Re:AISC Steel Y Fy,yield stress= 46 ksi Manual,ASD Sx,section modulus with respect to x axis= 5.36 cu.in. 9th edition Sy,section modulus with respect to y axis= 5.36 cu.in. rx,radius of gyration about x axis= 1.95 in. ry, radius of gyration about y axis= 1.95 in. Stresses fa,axial stress= 5.61 ksi fbx,bending stress about x axis= 11.06 ksi fby,bending stress about y axis= 0.00 ksi Allowable Stresses Cc,ratio separating long and short columns= 111.6 ksi Fa,allowable axial stress= 13.30 ksi Fbx,allowable bending stress about x axis= 30.36 ksi Fby,allowable bending stress about y axis= 30.36 ksi F'ex, Euler stress divided by safety factor= 13.45 ksi Fey, Euler stress divided by safety factor= 26.82 ksi Interaction Check Equation H1-1 = 0.80 _<1.00-O.K. Equation H1-2= 0.57 51.00-O.K. USE: TS5x5x3/16 3. Base Plate P,Total column load= 19.8 kips Re:AISC Steel Al =1/A2(P/.35f'c)A2= 0.1 sq.in. Manual,ASD E h Al =P/.7f'c= 9.4 sq.in. 9th edition Al =b d= 25.0 sq.in.-contro(1st revision) A=.5'(.95d-.95b)= 0.0 in. Z d N,required=sgrt(A1)+A 5.00 use 11 in. b=5.00 - - --r - - B,required=Al/N= 0.02 use 11 in. d=5.00 Al,Area of plate=B x N= 121 sq.in. A2,Area of concrete support= 3600 sq.in. E fp,actual bearing pressure on support= 0.16 ksi Fp,allowable bearing pressure on support= 2.10 ksi-O.K. q,factor for lightly loaded plates= 0.08 n .95b n lambda,factor for lightly loaded plates= 0.28 use 0.3 lamda'n'= 0.36 in. B m=(N-.95d)/2= 3.13 in.-controls n=(B-.95b)/2= 3.13 in.-controls c=max(m,n,lambda'n')= 3.13 in. Fy,Yield strength of steel= 36 ksi tp,Thickness of plate= 0.42 in. USE: 0.5"x11"x0'-11" `7 ROOF PONONC ANALYMS WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Copyright©10/19/93 Job No. 0030020 Wal-Mart Taleover- Northampton, MA Rev. 1 - 10112192 Loading Dock Live Load= 35`zpsf Dead Load 26"' y` ` k= 1 00 (k=.5 for LL<=30 & k=1.0 for LL>30) JOIST DATA JOIST GIRDER DATA Designation 26K9 Depth = 36 in Span 38 00 ft = Joist Spaces = 6 Spacing 5. 8 ft Panel Point Load= 6 5 kl s 5 p Tabulated w(live load) 241-.O Span ft Tabulated w(total load) 367.0 p(f Trib. Width = 19.00 ft Weight per foot= 21.0''plf Designation = 36G6N6.5K looist) = 344.8 in^4 log) = 1251.0 in^4 I(s) = I(eff) = 299.9 in^4 I(p) = 1(eff) = 1087.8 in^4 U240= 1.90 in. U240= 1.65 in. Live Load A= 1.05 in. O.K. Live Load A= 0.56 in. O.K. JOIST CHECK JOIST GIRDER CHECK fo= 20.03 ksi fo= 21.88 ksi Us = 0.44 Up= 0.32 Cs= 0.124 Cp= 0.133 max. allow. Cs = 10.152 O.K. max. allow. Cp= F0540 0-,K__, 3.5 4.0 3.0 3.5 i 2.5 0.5 3.0 0.6 0.5 0.4 2.5 a a 0.4 2.0- 0.3 K c 2.0 0.3 0.2 0.2 h1.5 0.1 `� 1.5 0.1 Lof 1.0 Cs=0 1.0 Cp_0 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 Flexibility Constant CD Flexibility Constant Cs FiP. C-K2.1 FiQ. C-K2.2 Use calculated values for Up and Cp to determine Cs Use calculated values for Us and Cs to determine Cp STANDARD LOAD TABLE/OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS, K-SERIES Based on a Maximum Allowable Tensile Stress of 30 ksi Joist 24K4 24K5 24K6 24K7 24K8 24K9 24K10 24K12 26K5 26K6 26K7 26K8 26K9 26K10 26K12 28K6 28K7 28K8 28K9 28K10 28K1 Designation' ipth(In.) 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 28 28 28 28 28 28 drox. Wt. 8.4 9.3 9.7 10.1 11.5 12.0 13.1 16.0 9.8 10.6 10.9 12.1 12.2 13.8 16.6 11.4 11.8 12.7 13.0 14.3 17.1 (Ibs./ft.) Span(ft.) 1 24 520 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 516 544 544 544 544 544 544 544 25 479 540 550 550 550 550 550 550 456 511 520 520 520 520 520 520 26 442 499 543 550 550 550 550 550 542 550 550 550 550 550 550 405 453 493 499 499 499 499 499 535 541 541 541 541 541 541 27 410 462 503 550 550 550 550 550 502 547 550 550 550 550 550 361 404 439 479 479 479 479 479 477 519 522 522 522 522 522 28 381 429 467 521 550 550 550 550 466 508 550 550 550 1 550 550 548 550 550 550 550 550 323 362 393 436 456 456 456 456 427 464 501 501 501 501 501 541 543 543 543 543 543 29 354 400 435 485 536 550 550 550 434 473 527 550 550 550 550 511 550 550 550 550 550 290 325 354 392 429 436 436 436 384 417 463 479 479 479 479 486 522 522 522 522 522 30 331 373 406 453 500 544 550 550 405 441 492 544 550 550 550 477 531 550 550 550 550 262 293 319 353 387 419 422 422 346 377 417 457 459 459 459 439 486 500 500 500 500 31 310 349 380 424 468 510 550 550 379 413 460 509 550 550 550 446 497 550 550 550 550 237 266 289 320 350 379 410 410 314 341 378 413 444 444 444 397 440 480 480 480 480 32 290 327 357 397 439 478 549 549 356 387 432 477 519 549 549 418 466 515 549 549 549 215 241 262 290 318 344 393 393 285 309 343 375 407 431 431 361 400 438 463 463 463 33 273 308 335 373 413 449 532 532 334 364 406 448 488 532 532 393 438 484 527 532 532 196 220 239 265 289 313 368 368 259 282 312 342 370 404 404 329 364 399 432 435 435 34 257 290 315 351 388 423 502 516 315 343 382 422 459 516 516 370 412 456 496 516 , 516 179 201 218 242 264 286 337 344 237 257 285 312 338 378 378 300 333 364 395 410 410 35 242 273 297 331 366 399 473 501 297 323 360 398 433 501 501 349 389 430 468 501 501 164 184 200 221 242 262 308 324 217 236 261 286 310 356 356 275 305 333 361 389 389 36 229,; 258 281 313 346 377 447 487 280 305 340 376 409 486 487 330 367 406 442 487 487 156 169 183 203 222 241 283 306 199 216 240 263 284 334 334 252 280 306 332 366 366 37 216; 244 266 296 327 356 423 474 265 289 322 356 387 460 474 312 348 384 418 474 474 1384 155 169 187 205 222 260 290 183 199 221 242 262 308 315 232 257 282 305 344 344 38 205 231, 252 281 310 338 401 461 -25U 274 305 337 367 436 461 296 329 364 396 461 461 128v; �J, 3< 156 172 189 204 240 275 wt6 184 204 223 241 284 299 214 237 260 282 325 325 39 195, 219 239. 266 294 320 380 449 , 238 M 289 320 348 413 449 280 313 346 376 447 449 1.18 �132 44"�� 159 174 189 222 261 XJ56 �7( 188 206. 223 262 283 198 219 240 260 306 308 40 185 208 1227 253 280 304 361 438 ;22 24 275 304 331 393 438 X266 297 328 357 424 438 iOJ 122 133' 148 161 175 206 247 T�4�< 174 191 1207 243 269 183` 203 222 241 284 291 41 176 198° 218, 241 266 290 344 427215 2 262 289 315 374 427 253; 283 312 340 404 427 10 14' 44 137 150 162 191 23513 162 177 192 225 256 47Q;" 189 206 224 263 277 42 1.68' 89 2Of 229 253 276 327 417 2 249 275 300 356 417 "241 269 297 324 384 417 127 139 151 177 2241 150 164 178 210 244 5a 175 192 208 245 264 43 160 180 196 219 242 263 312 406 196 -21 22385 263 286 339 407 230 257° 284 309 367 407 $8 X98 107 1418. 13+ 140 165 213 P I .12 , . 4 153 166 195 232 47 163 179 194 228 252 44 x153 72, ' 87 209. 23# 251j, 298 387 i8 2 5 27 324 398 220, .245 27,1" 295 350 398 .1:10 i2 �f3f 154 199104 1. 155 182 222 3 �152� i 181 212 240 45 14C;. 164 479 .199£ *22, . 24, 285 370 "17 4 26 '`` 310 389 ` 21 234- .259'=28 334 389 4"76 ..86? f0 144 185 170 212 _ `14'. 5 198 229 46 139." 25 7 9 23(x' 272 354 296 380 224 `24 320 380 , - ;YB� 135 174 2 159 203 20 .133 4 .3 186 219 47 0 22 261 339 239 284 369 92$ 21 .23 5 306 372 rt t0 126 163 8 149 192 12 13 174 210 48 A 2 ' ^�°15 ��=7 250 325 272 353 2"1 `� 294 365 ys. 118 153 140 180 201 49 2 339 109 '' 357 169 193 50 325 350 159 185 51 313 338 150 175 52 301 325 142 53 54 55 MOM 56 26 Date *)-�.pp Sheet No. 2 of Job LAN 144 Subject � i n1a•,�, cPloeJ o Jo�� C�Ilzv� D GDI.u►�l�. D �Crl1"i►,.xch 4j�.ini w Date Sheet No. of Job I�ht• 1d11 �" No��, x(P'[c�� Subject I t t-,My, N 0.9 I G — -fop of vo,-r-° lice-z"�' r9 I I'�i F)uu �uyu�l1'��u WlAt t L _ ' I j l� ��wk�� i :• No crxxu lx��i � � 1 ➢ tt�A�A� = 1 0 ASP _ IS' m� p�f - — Ai-ww u- ? ML,2 ZL Date 60 Sheet No. of Job &1nKT1+AAAqrorA C030ow Subject 515" STIFF. EACH SIDE OF ViE5 ERECTION BOLT, W21, V412 AT 51 M. Typ. 1/4 1/4 1/4 T5 4x4 T5 4x4 TYP 1/4 Z7'1� (2'-5" AT SIM) 5/4" 5U55ET PLATE THRU SLOT IN DIA50NAL TUBE-5 r4) ye' x > i 4-56 i SINGLE-PLATE SHEAR CONNECTIONS ECCEN TABLE X-E Allowable loads in kips n = 6 L = 18 ULTIMATE STREI When fastener g Plate Bolt Size,In. through the cente Thickness, t 3/4 7/9 1 a relative rotation In. Load Weld Load Weld Load Weld alent to that of pt ous center of rots i 1/4 46.3 3/is 53.8 3/ie 50.6 She The individL Via 46.3 1/4 62.7 1/4 63.2 1/4 a Iine perpendict A325- 3/e 46.3 5'1e 62.7 6',9 75.9 5/,a tener's location N rha 46.3 3/9 62.7 3/e 82.2 3/a w 1/2 - - 62.7 3/9 82.2 3/e - - - 82.2 'ha + 1/4 57.1 pia 53.8 3/1e 50.6 3h6 j' She 61.8 1/4 67.3 1/4 63.2 114 I' A490- 3/9 61.8 She 80.7 she 75.9 r1/1 9 N 'ha 61.8 3/9 83.7 3/e 88.5 3/9 +/z - - 83.7 3/9 101 3/9 e/18 - - - - 110 'ha 1� k� ti u TABLE X-F Allowable loads in kips T n = 7 L = 21 F The ultimate she Plate Bolt Size,In. 'y mation relations Thickness, t 3/4 7/a 1 In. Load Weld Load Weld Load Weld where 1/4 56.4 3/1e 62.8 Y1 59.0 3/te r' R = Shea S/ia 56.4 1/4 76.4 1/4 73.7 1/4 Ru4 = U1t1I A325- 3/9 56.4 She 76.4 V1 88.5 she .} A = Tota N r//, 56.4 3/° 76.4 3/e 100 3/9 ing c 76.4 3/a 100 3/9 e = Base 100 'he 1/4 66.6 She 62.8 3/16 59.0 3/19 By applyln� Y mote from the is 5/16 75,1 1/4 78.5 1/4 731 1/4 � be computed. F A490- 3/e 75.1 She 942 Via 88.5 �'1e `� vary Linearly frc N 7/16 75.1 3/e 102 �Ye 103 �8 ` the above relati ` 1/z - - 102 3/e 118 °/,e - - - - 133 7/16 *Crawford, S. F.. f the Structural Di Ammucerr INnTnrm of Srxt.Cormxucnon ; Date ���DU Sheet No. of Job /4©)2Tt+Am F MP M30020 Subject V 1gIL! lv✓,�(,V 1%0%,-ON I a � % I X19'(• �o�y� ,�Z � ` N 02 u�w C.ol.u�lu , �� �.� ��MI►xi o t:;o*A ) ftw - ?o- Mupo CoNNEGT►o�l R."%A 1�clhC IT, -� - k- , wo �(t Cori• ail u e �� 7c.E Vieux , : �h� > 2N - o� TEKS® SELF-DRILLING FASTENERS Product Report No.811 Selector Guide Part Head Drill Drill&Tap Max.Material Number Description Style Point Capacity Attachment Applications 1134000 12-14 x 3/4" HWH #3 .036-.210 .290 1136000 12-14 x 1" HWH #3 .036-.210 .525 1120000 12-14 x 1-1/4" HWH #2 .036-.210 .580 1123000 12-14 x 1-1/2" HWH #2 .036-.210 •810 • Roof deck to steel framing. 1140000 12-14 x 2" HWH #3 .036-.210 1.525 1553000 12-14 X 2-1/2" HWH #3 .036-.210 2.025 • Wall panel to girt. 1143000 12-14 x 3" HWH #3 .036-.210 2.525 1146000 12-14 x 4" HWH #3 .036-.210 3.425 • Duct work to steel framing. 1147000 1/4-14 x 3/4" HWH #3 .036-.210 .210 1149000 1/4-14 x 1" HWH #3 .036-.210 .460 • Accessories to steel framing. 1150000 1/4-14 x 1-1/4" HWH #3 .036-.210 .710 1152000 1/4-14 x 1-1/2" HWH #3 .036-.210 .960 • Clip to steel framing. 1155000 1/4-14 x 2" HWH #3 .036-.210 1.460 • Retrofit framing. 1554000 1/4-14 x 2-1/2" HWH #3 .036-.210 1.960 1157000 1/4-14 x 3" HWH #3 .036-.210 2.460 1304000 1/4-14 x 4" HWH #3 .036-210 3.460 All available with bonded washer. 1586000 1/4-14 x 3/4" HWH #3 .036-.210 .250 • Commercial overhead steel 1587000 1/4-14 x 1" HWH #3 .036-.210 .500 doors,hinges&latches. ................................................................................................................................. Performance Data PULLOUT VALUES(average lbs.ultimate) SHEET STEEL GAUGES Fastener Steel Gauge Gauge No. 12 14 1 16 18 20 22 24 26 Dia. Pt. 26 24 22 1 20 1 18 16 14 12 3/16 AV 2 156 243 283 375 605 848 1181 1856 3520 Decimal Equivalent .105" .075" .060--l.048"1.036"1.030"1.024"1.018" 3 142 211 289 341 551 757 1063 1631 2998 SHEAR VALUES(average lbs.ultimate) 1/4 1 3 141 231 293 346 613 880 1145 1858 4550 A Fastener Steel Gauge(lapped) VV FASTENER VALUES Dia. Pt. 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 Fastener Tensile Shear Torque 2 365 600 623 898 1370 1758 2138 2202 (dia-tpi) (lbs.min.) (avg.lbs.ult.) (min.in.lbs.) 12 12-14 2778 2000 92 3 769 1358 1620 1970 1986 1/4-14 4060 2600 150 1 1/4 3 930 1442 2100 2584 2650 The values listed are ultimate.averages achieved under laboratory conditions and apply to Buildex manufactured fasteners only. Appropriate safety factors should be applied to these values for desgn purposes. ................................................................................................................................ Installation Guidelines AL A standard screwgun with a depth sensitive nosepiece AW The fastener is fully seated when the head is flush with the should be used to install Teks. For optimal fastener work surface. performance,the screwgun should be a minimum of 4 AL Overdriving may result in torsional failure of the fastener or amps and have a RPM range of 0-2000. stripout of the substrate. _41111L Adjust the screwgun nosepiece to properly seat the -AL The fastener must penetrate beyond the metal structure a fastener. minimum of 3 pitches of thread. Ak New magnetic sockets must be correctly set before use. Remove chip build-up as needed. ..................................................................................................................................... �/ . Buildex Teks®,ClimasealO and Building Ideas that Work'are trademarks of ITW Buildex and Illinois Tool Works Inc. BUILDING IDEAS THAT WORK" 1349 West Bryn Mawr Avenue Itasca, Illinois 60143 630/595-3500 FAX: 630/595-3549 www.itwbuildex.com 01999 Illinois Tool Works, 8 "* L/240 DEFLECTION SECTION 5 psf 15 psf 20 psf 25 psf 30 PSI 40 psf 12in 16in 24in 12in 16in 24in 12in 16in 24in 12in 16in 24in 12in 16in 24in 12in 15in 24in 158IC20 9' T 8'10" 7' T 6' T 6' 1" 5' 4" 6' 1' S' 7" 4'10* S' 8" 5' 27 4' 6" 5' 4" 4'10' 4' S' 4'10' 4' S' 3'10" 1581C 18 10' 6' 9' 6' 8' 4" 7' 3' 6' 7' S' T 6' 7' 6' 0" 5' 3" 6' 1' S' 7' 4'10" 5' T S' 3" 4' 7' S' 3" 4' 9" 4' 2" 1581C16 11' Y 10' 7 8'11' 7' T 7' 1" 6' 2' 7' 1" 6' S" 5' 7" 6' 6" 5'11" 5' 2' 6' 7 5' 7' 4'10" 5' 7" 5' 1' 4' 5' 15BIC14 12' Cr 10'10" 9' 6' B' 3" 7' 6' 6' 7' 7' 6" 6'10" 6' Cr 7' Cr 6' 4" 5' 6' 6' 7' 6' Cr 5' 2" 6' 0" 5' S 4' 9' 2501C20 13' 7' 12' 4' 10' T 9' 5 8' 6' 7' S" 8' 6" 7' 9" 6' T 7'11" 7' 2' 6' 3' 7' S' 6' T 5'11' 6' T 6' 7 5' 4" 2501C18 14' 8" 13' 3" 11' 7 10' 2' 9' 2' 8' 0" 9' 2' B' 4" 7' 4" 8' 6" 7' T 6' 9' 8' 0' 7' 4" 6' 4' 7' 4" 6' r 5' 9' 2501C 16 15' B' 14' S' 12' S' 10'10" 9'10" 8' 7" 9'1 Cr 8'l 1" 7'10" 9' 2" 8' 4" 7' 3' B' 7" 7'10' 6'l 0" 7'10" 7' 1" 6' 2' 2501C14 16' 9" 15' T 13' 4' 11' 7" 10' r 9' 7 10' 7' 9' 7' B' 4" 9' 9" 8'11" 7' 9" 9' 7 8' 4' 7' 4' 8' 4" 7' 7' 6' e 3SOIC20 17' r 16' Cr 13'11' 12' 2" 11' 1" 9' 8" 11' 1" 10' 1" 8' 9" 10' T 9' 4" B' 2" 9' 8" 8' 9' 7' 8' 8' 9" 8' 0' 6'11" 3501C 18 19' 0" 17' 3" 15' l' 13' 7 12' Cr 10' S' 12' Cr 10'10" 9' 6' 11' 1" 10' 1" 8'10" 10' S" 9' 6' 8' 3" 9' 6" 8' r 7' 6" 3501C16 20' S" 18' 6" 16' 2' 14' 2" 12'10" 11' 2' 12'10" 11' 8' 10' 2" 11'11' 10'10" 9' S" 11' 7 10' 2" 8'11' 10' 2" 9' 3' B' 1" 3501C 14 21'1 U' 19'10" 17' 4" 15' 7 13' 9' 12' Cr 13' 9' 12' 6" 10'l 1* 12' 9" 11' T 10' 2" 12' 0" 10'11' 9' 6" 10'11* 9'11* 8' 8" 3581C20 18' 1' 16' S' 14' 4' 12' 6" 11' 4' 9'11' 11' 4" 10' 4 9' Cr 10' 7" 9' r B' 4" 9'11' 9' 0" 7'16' 9' Cr 8' 2" 7' 2' 3581CIB 19' r 17' T 15' 6' 13' 7' 12' 4' 10' T 12' 4" 11' 2" 9' 9" 11' S' 10' 4" 9' 1" 10' T 9' T 8' 6" 9' 9" 8'10' 7' T 3581C16 21' 0" 19' 1" 16' T 14' K' 13' 2' 11' 6" 13' 2" 12' Cr 10' 6' 12' S' 11' 1" 9' T 11' 6" 10' 6' 9' 2" 10' 6' 9' 6" 8' 4" 3581C14 22' 6" 20' S" 17'10' 15' 7 14' 2" 12' 4" 14' 2" 1210' 11' S' 13' 2" 11'11" 10' T 12' 4" 11' r 9'10' 11' S' 10' 7 8'11' 4001C20 19' 6" 17' T 15' 6' 13' 6" 12' S' 10' 9' 12' S' 11' 7 9' T 11' S' 10' 4' 9' 1' 10' 9" 9' T 8' 6' 9' Sr 8'10" 7' T 4001C18 21' 2" 19' 7 16' 9' 14' T 13' 4" 11' 7 13' 4" 12' 1" 10' r 12' 4" 11' S 9' 9" 11' r 10' 7' 9' S 10' 7' 9' T 8' 4' 4001C16 22' B" 20' r 18' T 15' 9" 14' S 12' 6' 14' S' 13' 0" 11' 4' 13' S' 12' If 10' 6' 12' 6" 11' 4' 9'11' 11' 4" 10' S' 9' Cr 4001014 24' 4" 22' 1' 19' 4' 16'10" 15' 4" 13' 4" 15' a 13'11" 12' 2" 14' 7, 12'11" 11' 3" 13' 4" 12' 2' 10' r 12' 2" 11' 0" 9' B" 6001C20 27' Cr 24' r 21' S 18' 9" 17' d 14'10" 17' 0' 15' S" 13' 6" 15' 9" 14' 4" 12' 6' 14'10" 13' 6' 11' 9" 13' 6" 12' 3' 10' 6" 6001C1B 29' 4" 26' r 23' S 20' 4" 18' S" 16' 1' 18' 5 16' T 14' 8' 17' 1' 15' r 13' r 16' 1' 14' T 12' 9' 14' B" 13' S' 11' r 6001C16 31' 6" 28' r 25' 0' 21'10" 19'10' 17' 4" 19'10" 18' 0" 15' 9" 18' S' 16' T 14' r 17' 4" 15' T 13' 9" 15' T 14' 3" 12' 6" 6001C14 33' T 30' T 26'10' 23' S" 21' 3" 18' r 21' 3' 19' 4" 16'10" 19' T 17'11" 15' 8" 18' r 16'10" 14' 9' 1610' 15' 4' 13' 5 8001C20 34' 3" 31' 1" 27' 7 23' T 21' r 1B"I IT 21' r 19' T 17' O" 20' 0" 18' 7 15' 7 18'10" 17' Cr 13'11" 17' 0' 14' 9' 12' 6" BOOIC 18 37' 7 33' T 29' 6' 25' T 23' 5 20' S' 23' S" 21' 3" 1 B' r 21' 9" 19' T 17' 3" 20' S 18' r 16' 7 18' 7" 16'1 Cr 14' T 8001C16 39'11' 36' T 31' B" 27' T 25' 7 21'11' 25' 2' 2210' 19'11" 23' 4" 21' 7 16' 6' 21'11' 19'11' 17' S' 19'11' 18' 1" 15'10" 8001014 42'11' 39' 0 34' 1" 29' 9" 27' 0" 23' r 27' 0' 24' r 21' S' 25' 1" 22' T 19'11' 23' r 21' S' 18' 9" 21' T 19' 6" 17' 0' L/240 DEFLECTION . SECTION 5 psf 15 psf 20 psf 25 psf 30 pst 40 psf 12in 16in 24in 12in 16in 24in 12in 16in 24in 12in 16in 24in 12in 16in 24in 12in 16in 24in 158SC20 9'10' 8'11" 7'10' 6'10' 6' 7 5' S" 6' 7 5' T 4'11" 5' 9" 5' S* 4' T 5' S' 4'l 1* 4' 3' 4'l 1* 4' S' 3'11' 158SC18 10' r 9' 8" B' T 7' 47 6' T 5'10' 6' 8" 6' 1" 5' T 6' 7 5' r 4'11' 5'10' S' 3' 4' T 5' 3" 4'10' 4' 2' 158SC16 11' 4" 10' 4' 9' Cr 7'10' 7' 7 6' r 7' 7 6' 6' S' T 6' T 6' Cr 5' Y 6' 3" 5' 6' 4'11' S' B' S' 7 4' 6" 158SC14 IT 1" 11' 0' 9' r 8' T 7' 7' 6' 8" 7' r 6'11' 6' 0' 7' 1" 6' T 5' 7 6' 8r 6' Cr S' S' 6' Cr S' 6" 4' T 250SC20 13' 9' 12' S' 10'10' 9' 6' 8' r 7' 6" 8' 7" 7'l Y' 6'l 0" 8' 0' 7' 3" 6' 4' 7' 6" 6'1 T 6' d' 6'10' 6' 7 5' S' 250SC18 1410" 13' T 11' 9' 10' T 9' 47 8' 1" 9' 4' B' S' 7' S' 8' B" 7'10' 6'10' 8' 1' 7' S' 6' S' 7' S' 6' If 5'10" 250SC16 15'10" 14' S' 12' r 11' Cr 10' Cr B' B" 10' 0" 9' 1' 7'11" 9' 3' B' S' 7' 4' 8' B" 711' 6'11' 7'11' 7' 7 6' 3' 250SC14 17' T 15' S' 13' S' 11' T 10' 8" 9' 4" 10' B" 9' 8' 8' 6" 9'11' 9' 0' 710' 9' 47 8' 6' 7' 5" 8' 6" 7' T 6' B' 350SC20 17' T 16' 2' 14' 1' 12' 4" 11' 7 9' 9" 11' 7 10' 2" B'10" 10' 4" 9' S' 8' S 9' 9" 8'10' 7' T 8'10' 8' 1" 7' 0' 350SC18 19' 3' .17' 6' 15' 3" 13' 47 12' 1" 10' 7' 12' 1" 11' 0" 9' T 11' 3" 10' 2' 8'11" 10' r 9' r 8' 4' 9' r 8' T 7' 7' 350SC16 20' r 18'.9' 16' 4' 14' T 13' d' 11' 4" 13' 0" 11' 9' 10' S' 12' 0" 10'11" 9' 7' 11' 4 10' S' 9' Cr 10' 3" 9' a 8' 7 350SC14 22' 1' 20' 1' 17' 6" 15' 47 13'11' 12' 2' 13'11" 12' 8' 11' 0" 12'11' 11' 9" 10' 3' 12' 7 11' 0' 9' T 11' Cr 10' 0" 8' r 358SC20 18' 3' 16' 7 14' 6" 12' T 11' 6' 10' Cr 11' ti 10' S' 9' 1" 10' 8' 9' Ir 8' S' 10' Cr 9' 1' 7'11' 9' 1" 8' T 7' 358SC18 19' T 17'11' 15' T 13' it 12' S 10'10" 12' S' 11' 3" 9'10' 11' 6" 10' 6" 9' 7 10'10' 9'10' 8' 7' 9'10' 8'11' 7'10' 358SC16 21' 7 19' T 16'10" 14' 8" 13' 4 11' B' 13' 4' 12' 1' 10' r 12' S" 11' 5' 9'10" 11' 8' 10' r 9' T 10' 7' 9' 7' B' S' 358SC14 22' 9' 20' 8' 18' Cr 15' T 14' 4" 12' 6" 14' 47 13' 0' 11' 4" 13' S' 12' 1' 10' 6' 12' 6" 11' 4 9'11' 11' 4' 10' 4" 9' fr 400SC20 19' T 17'11' 15' 8' 13' 8' 12' S' 10'10' 12' S' 11' S' 9'10" 11' E 10' 6" 9' 2' 10'1T 9'10" 8' r 910' 8'11" 7'10' 400SC18 21' 4 19' S 16'11' 14' 9" 13' 5 11' 9" 13' S" IT 7 10' B" 12' 6' 11' 4" 9'11' 11' T 10' it 9' 4' 10' 8" 9' T B' T 400SC16 22'11" 20'10" 16' 7 15'10" 14' T 12' 7' 14' T 13' 1" 11' S" 13' T 12' r 10' r 12' r 11' S' 10' T 11' S' 10' S' 9' 1' 400SC14 24' 7 22' 4' 19' 5' 17' Cr 15' S 13' 6' 15' 6" 14' 1' 12' T 14' 4" 13' Cr 11' S 13' 6" 12' T 10' 8" 12' T 11' 7 9' 9" BOOSC20 27' T 24' 9' 21' 7" 16'11' 1T 7 15' Cr 17' 2" 15' r 13' r 15'11' 14' 6' 12' it 15' 0' 13' 7' 11'11' 13' r 12' 4" 10' 6" 1 0' 1 ' T 1 18' T 16'11' 14' T 17' 3" 15' B" 13' T 16' T 14' T 12'11' 14' 9• 13' S" 11' T 600SC16 31' T 28'10' 25' 7 22' Cr 20' Cr 17' 5 20' 0' 18' 7 15'10' 18' 6" 16'10' 14' 8' 17' T 15'10' 13'10' 15'10' 14' S' 12' 7" 600SC14 34' 1' 30'11' 27' T 23' r 21' T 18' 9" 21' S" 19' 6' 17' Cr 1911' 18' 1" 15'10' 18' T 17' d' 14'lT 17' d' 15' 5' 13' 6' BOOSC20 34' 6' 31' 4 27' 47 23'11' 21' 9' 19' Cr 21' 9" 19' 9" 17' 0' 20' 7 18' 4" 15' 2' 19' 0" 17' d' 13'1d' 17' Cr 14' T 12' Cr BOOSC18 37' T 34' Cr 29' 8' 25'11' 23' r 20' 7' 23' r 21' S 18' 6" 2111' 19'10' 17' 4' 20' 7 18' Or 16' 4' 18' S 17' 0' 14' 8" 800SC16 40' 3' 36' 7 31'11' 2711' 25' 4' 22' 1" 25' 4" 23' 0" 20' 1" 23' 6" 21' 4" 18' T 22' 1" 20' 1' 17' T 20' 1' 18' 3' 15'11' BOOSC14 43' 3' 39' 3' 34' 4" 30' Cr 27' 3' 23' T 27' 3' 24' 9" 21' r 25' 3" 23' T 20' 1' 23' 9' 21' r 18'10' 21' 7' 19' T 17' 7 1. Heights based on properly attached sheathing on each flonge over the entire length of the stud. 2. Lateral load multiplied by 0.75 for strength determination per AISI A4.4 3. Heights for 14 and 16 guoge studs based on Fy=50ksi. 4. End reaction=Lood(psf)-Spocing(in)+Height from toble(ft)/24. Check web crippling table for allowable reaction. S. Heights based on web punch—outs a minimum of 1.5 times the web height from the edge of bearing. (See page 52 for detoil) —22— .� Date 3�Qp Sheet No. of Job c^,OSOC�ZQ -I�OKTHAMPT D Subject uE5T guLE WAt.t_ STGcD �61C,►J 14AR SPAN GLEE Co"x ZO 6A 57ups AT 16" 4C. -V Ernx-nv57 1.v4c," f4Ax Aczow 5Pf►N =/5=7° .ZO�sF G�hN� =z(syz) = Jo.BY' (RE, Arrr�cHty '1�t3�.�s) n 4 �► �IRT CoNNecr�oN 7 12OOF : A W= �99pLF �12E� EtiRT �65fGN) 3 m 12¢ 199p�F(1610 AOW COw,EcmON To 6x-r; W = 320« KC 32PZ.F (1612) _ y3 A6,C: L4 #lD-llo Tr)Cs 70 5�uy5 1/ i4ucw z 1(15210#)1F6. =C =1232# > 3 oK GfsE' 4 IZ-!y Ttxs Z To C-7))CT Vp1.L4w= 4(1758#) Fa =5 =l` of > 800EJ SECTION 1000EJ SECTION Design Loads At Single S Two Equal Spans Single Span Two Equal Spans (lb/ft2) SPo• 1890. 16go. 14ga. 12ga. 189a. 16go. 14go. 12ga. 16go. 14go. 12ga. 16ga. 14go. 1290. DL = 10 12 22' 3' 24' 3' 26' 1' 28'11' 22' 3" 31' 4' 35' 0' 38' 9" 29' 0' 31' 3" 34' 8" 34' 8' 41'11" 46' 6' LL = 20 16 19' Y 22' 0" 23' 8" 26' 3" 19' 3' 27' Y 31' 9' 35' 3" 26' 5" 28' 5" 31' 6" 30' Cr 37' 0" 42' 3" TL = 30 24 15' 8' 19' 3' 20' 8" 22'11" 15' 8' 22' 2" 26'11" 30' 9" 23' O" 2410" 27' 6' 24' 6' 30' 3' 36'11" DL = 10 12 20' 7' 22' 6' 24' 3" 26'10" 20' 7" 29' 0" 32' 6' 36' 0" 26'11" 29' d 32' Y 32' 1" 38'11" 43' Y LL = 25 16 17'10" 20' 5" 22' Cr 24' 5" 17'10" 25' Y 29' 6" 32' 8" 24' 6' 26' 4" 29' 3' 27'10" 34' 3" 39' 3" TL = 35 24 14' 6' 1710" 19' Y 21' 3" 14' 6" 20' 6' 2411' 28' 7" 21' 5" 23' 0" 25' 7" 22' 8" 28' Cr 34' 3" DL = 10 12 17' 2' 19' 3" �208- 22'11' 17' Y 24' 27' 9' 30' 9" 23' 0" 24'10' 27' 6' 26'10' 33' t' 36'11'LL = 40 1 14'11" 17' 6" 0'10" 14'11" 21' 0" 25' 3' 27'11' 20'11" 22' 6" 25' D" 23' 3" 28' 8" 33' 6' TL = 50 24 12' 2 75' 16 S 18' Y 10' 8" 17' Y 2010" 24' S' 18' 3" 19' 8" 21'10' 17' 4" 23' S" 29' 4" OL = 10 12 15' B" 17'10" 19' 21' 3' 15' 8' 22' Y 25' 9' 28' 7' 21' 5" 23' 0" 25' Y 24' 6' 30' Y 34' 3' LL = 50 16 13' 7" 16' 3" 17' 5" 19' 4' 13' 4" 19' 2" 23' 3" 25'11" 19' 5" 20'11" 23' 3" 21' 3' 26' 2" 31' 2' TL = 60 24 10' 8' 14' 2' 15' 3" 16'11" 8'11' 14' 5" 19' 0" 22' 8" 17' D' 18' 3' 20' 3" 14' 5" 21' 4" 27' 1' DL = 10 12 14' 6" 16'10" 18' 1" 20' Cr 14' 6' 20' 6' 24' 3' 26'10' 20' 1" 21' 8" 24' 1" 22' B" 28' d' 32' 3' LL = 60 16 12' 7' 15' 3" 16' 5" 18' 2" 11' 5" 17' 9" 21' Y 24' 5" 18' 3' 19' 8" 21'10" 18' 7' 24' 3" 29' 4' TL = 70 24 9' 2" 13' 4" 14' 4" 15'11' 7' 7' 12' 4" 17' 7 21' 4" 16' 0" 17' 2" 19' 1" 12' 4" 18' 9" 25' 1' DL = 20 12 18' 2" 21' Y 22' 9" 25' 3' 18' 2" 25' 7' 30' 7" 33'10" 25' 4' 27' 4' 30' 4' 28' 4' 3411" 40' 8" LL = 25 16 15' 8' 19' 3" 20' 8" 22'11" 15' 8" 22' 2" 2611" 30' 9" 23' 0" 24'10" 27' 6" 24' 6" 30' 3" 36'11" TL = 45 24 12'10" 16'10" 18' 1' 20' 0" 11'11" 18' 1" 21'11" 26' 8" 20' D" 21' 8" 24' 1" 19' 3' 24' 8" 31' 4' DL = 20 12 15' 8' 19' 3' 20' 8" 2211" 15' 8' 22' 2" 26'11" 30' 9" 23' 0" 24'10' 27' 6" 24' 6" 30' 3' 36'11" LL = 40 16 13' 7" 17' 6" 18'10" 20'10' 13' 4" 19' 2" 23' 3' 27'11" 20'11" 22' 6" 25' Cr 21' 3' 26' Y 33' 3' TL = 60 24 1a' B" 15' 3' 16' 5" 18' 2" 811' 14' 5" 19' Cr 23' 1" 17' 4 19' l;" 21'10" 14' 5" 21' 4" 27' 1' OL = 20 12 14' 6' 1710" 19' 3' 21' Y 14' 6" 20' 6" 2411" 28' 7" 21' 5" 23' Cr 25' Y 22' 8" 28' D" 34' 3' LL = 50 16 12' 7' 16' 3" 17' 5" 19' 4" 11' 5" 17' 9" 21' 7" 2511" 19' 5" 20'11' 23' 3' 18' 7' 24' 3' 30' 9' TL = 70 24 9' 2" 14' 2" 15' Y 16'11' 7' 7' 12' 4" 17' Y 27' 4" 16' 0" 18' 3" 20' 3" 12' 4" 18' Si" 25' 1" OL = 20 12 13' 7" 16'16" 18' 1" 20' 6' 13' 4" 19' Y 23' 3' 26'10" 20' 1" 21' 8" 24' 1' 21' 3" 26' Y 32' 3' LL = 60 16 1V 9" 15' 3" 16' S" 18' 2' 10' D" 16' 3" 20' 2" 24' 5" 18' 3' 19' 8' 21'10' 16' 3" 22' 8" 28' 9" TL = 80 24 8' D" 13' 4" 14' 4' 15'11" 6' 8" 1010" 16' 5' 20' 0" 15' Cr 17' 2" 19' 1" 10'10' 16' 5" 23' 6' OL = 20 12 10' 8" 14' Y 15' 3' 16'11" 511' 14' 5" 19' 0' 22' 8" 17' 0" 18' 3' 20' 3" 14' 5" 21' 4' 27' 1' LL = 100 16 8' 0" 12'10" 13'1 Y" 15' 4" 6' 8" 10'10" 16' 5" 20' o" 15' D' 16' 7" 18' 5" 10'10" 16' 5" 23' 6" TL = 120 24 5' 4' 17' 1" 12' 1" 13' 5" 4' S" 7' 2" 1011" 16' 4" 12' 3" 14' 6" 16' 1" 7' 2" 1011" 19' 2" 1200EJ SECTION NOTES: Design Loads At Single Span Two Equal Spans 1.Joist spons based on: (lb/Q2) SPC• 16ga. 14go. 12oo. 169o. 14go. 12go. L/240 deflection limit for DD+LL: L/360 deflection limit DL = 10 12 33' 9" 36' 4' 40' 4" 37'10" 46' 7" 54' 2" for LL. LL = 20 16 30' 8" 33' 0" 36' 8" 32' 9" 40' 4' 49' 2" Allowable moment — Assuming continuous lateral support 1L = 30 24 25' 9" 28'10' 32' 0" 25' 8" 32'11" 42'11" of the compression flange provided by properly attached DL = 10 12 31' 4' 33' 9" 37' 6' 35' Cr 43' 2" 5D' 3" flooring material (i.e. metal deck, plywood, etc.), using LL = 25 16 28' 5" 30' 8" 34' Cr 30' 4' 37' 4' 45' 8" Fy=50ksi for 12, 14 and 16 gouge joists and Fy=33ksi TL = 35 24 24' 9' 26' 9" 29' 9" 23' 0" 30' 6" 39'10" for 18 gouge joists. DL = 10 12 26' 9' 28'10" 32' 0" 29' 2" 36' 1" 42'11" Combined bending and shear. LL = 40 16 24' 4" 26' 2" 29' 1" 23'1Y' 31. 3" 39' 0" Combined bending and web crippling, using two members TL = 5D 24 20' 8" 22'10" 25' 5" 17. 4" 25' 6" 34' 0" bock to bock, end bearing length of tin. and interior bearing length of 3.5in. Check end reactions with web DL = 10 12 24'10" 26' 9" 29' 9" 25' 8" 32'11' 39'10" crippling tables and interior reactions for combined bending LL = 50 16 22' 7" 24' 4" 27' 0" 20'11" 28' 6" 36' 3" TL = 60 24 1811" 21' 3" 23' 7" 14' 5" 21'10" 31' 1' and web crippling to determine if two members bock to back are required at support points. (See page 51 for DL = 10 12 23' S" 25' 2" 28' 0' 23' Cr 30' 6" 37' 6" Example calculations.) LL = 60 16 21' Y 2210" 25' Y 18' 7" 26' 5" 34' 1' Allowable shear and web crippling values based on TL = 70 24 17' 6" 20' Cr 22' 2" 12' 4" 18' 9' 28' 9" unpunched studs. DL = 20 12 29' 6' 31' 9" 35' 3' 30'10" 38' Cr 47' 3' 2.Rim Joist/Track must be installed at the ends of all joists. LL = 25 16 26' 9" 28'10" 32' 0" 25' 8" 32'11" 42'11' 3.For special loading or support conditions or if punched joists TL = 45 24 21'10" 25' Y 28' Cr 19' 2" 26'11" 35'11" are used, contact manufacturers technical representative. DL = 20 12 26' 9" 28'10" 32' 0' 25' 8" 3211' 42'11" LL = 40 16 23' 2" 26' 2' 29' 1" 20'11" 28' 6' 38' 1" TL = 60 24 1811" 22'10' 25' S' 14' S" 21'10" 31' 1" DL = 20 12 24' 9' 26' 9' 29' 9" 23' 0' 30' 6" 39'10" LL = 50 16 21' 5" 24' 4" 27' 0" 18' 7" 26' 5' 35' 3" TL = 70 24 17' 6' 21' Y 23' 7" 12' 4" 18' 9" 28' 9" 0.625" minimum for 12, 14 and 16 gouge DL = 20 12 23' Y 25' Y 28' Cr 2011' 28' 6" 37' 6" 0.50' for 18 gouge T LL = 60 16 2Y' 0' 22'10' 25' S" 16' 3" 24' 7' 32'11' TL = 80 24 16' 4" 20' 0" 22' 2" 10'10" 16' S" 26'11' t DL = 20 12 18'11" 21' 3" 23' 7' 14' 5" 21'10" 31' 1" _ LL = 100 16 16' 4" 19' Y 21' 5" 10'10" 16' 5" 26'11' 3 TL = 120 24 12' 3 16' S 78' 9" T Y 1011' 21' 0' —43— Date 3/co Sheet No. of Job wk, Subject yw!Fa� 0 4- Fit ue's 18,35, OK AT TKAW 7-AlELES Gouu�-G"(tD►:Y� _ t�1i.to y��� �C)g,fv�'�j2 i'� - Jos uP C4) ho 14*- A �a� A-1 4ruP-lo- -';FX12 6ow'e&1,00 - �-�lo"f�'I �r ,-t�((� --� Uhf � �A. ��a� Lk UOP K*KY4 00 4-Utz If? wtc?l WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Revised 10/7 993 Copyright©10/19/93 Date 8/29/99 Sheet No. of Job Subject Moment Footings-Summary of Load Cases Load Cases D+L D+L+W .9D+W Overturning P total(kips)= 81.30 97.98 59.79 Mo(ft-kips)= 0.72 107.02 106.42 Mr(ft-kips)= 284.55 342.93 209.27 F.S.=Mr/Mo= 394.98 3.20 1.97 F.S.>1.5 O.K. Soil Bearing Rv=P total(kips)= 81.30 97.98 59.79 M=Mr-Mo(ft-kips)= 283.83 235.92 102.85 a=M/Rv(ft)= 3.49 2.41 1.72 •max(ksf)= 1.67 3.87 3.31 •min(ksf)= 1.65 0.13 0.00 •max(ksf)= 1.15 3.35 2.79 •allowable(ksf)= 3.50 4.67 4.67 Q max<Q allowable O.K. Reinforcing(bottom layer) .75• Ultimate factors 1.4D+1.7L 1.4D+1.7L+1.7W .913+1.3W Note:if loads shown as W are Earthquake Pu(kips)= 123.84 114.15 64.80 loads a factor of 1.1 is applied-1.1'1.7 Mu(ft-kips)= 432.26 263.10 88.49 and 1.1'1.3 a=Mu/Pu(ft)= 3.49 2.30 1.37 Qu max(ksf)= 2.55 4.72 4.52 Qu min(ksf)= 2.51 0.00 0.00 dist.to face of pilaster(ft)= 2.50 2.50 2.50 Qu face of pilaster(ksf)= 1.94 3.01 1.76 Mu face of pilaster('kips)= 34.46 78.11 67.91 Moments calculated are the result of Rn= 30.01 68.03 59.15 bearing pressure upwards and soil rho= .00050 .00115 .00100 and footing weight downwards Use 745 at 12"O G.bottom Reinforcing(top layer) loads from soil and footing self-weight used for load cases where Qmin=0 Qu(ksf)_ .00 .58 .50 (ultimate factor=1.4 for all cases) Mu(ft-kips)_ .00 12.63 10.83 Rn= 0.00 9.54 8.17 If top steel is required,a mimimum of 1/2 rho= .00000 .00020 .00010 temp.and shrinkage steel(rho=.001)is placed on the bottom and 1/2 is placed Use 745 at 12"O.G.too on the top. If no top steel is required,a minimum of temp.and shrinkage steel Punching Shear (rho=.002)is placed on the bottom. Punching at one end-see diagram at right dist.from edge to d/2 from face(ft)= 1.94 1.94 1.94 I Qu(at d/2 from face)(ksf)= 2.08 3.40 2.38 + 2 1 5 dist.from edge to 3d/2 from face(ft)= 0.81 0.81 0.81 Qu(at 3d/2 from face)(ksf)= 2.35 4.16 3.62 j Vu(along 1234)(kips)= 14.63 24.98 19.84 + 2 Vu(along 1456)(kips)= 13.93 25.25 23.15 Vu(total 123456)(kips)= 28.56 50.23 42.99 eVc,allow.shear(2-way)= 114.49 114.49 114.49 3 Punching on entire footing j Qu(avg.)(ksf)= 2.53 2.36 2.26 Vu(kips)= 117.67 109.80 105.19 4 6 OVc,allow.shear(2-way)= 377.11 377.11 377.11 d12 4 d Vu<eVc O.K. Refer to'Foundation Engineering'by Peck, Beam Shear Hanson,and Thombum(page 388) for explanation of procedure "" Vu(along 2'3)(kips)= 31.36 55.01 46.79 eVc,allow.shear(1-way)= 105.59 105.59 105.59 Vu<oVc O.K. WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Revised 1017193 Copyright O 10/19193 Date Sheet No. of a/AFA Job Wal-Mart Takeover- �T}IAmi�onl 003M7-0 Subject Footing at Column C2 Moment Footings 1. Input P,Axial dead load= 20.93 kips >13.),K P,Axial live load= 33.40 kips >l6•Hi K P,Axial wind/seis.load= 16.68 kips� 7 P M,Moment dead load= 0.08 ft-kips-,Z 0-13 <A M,Moment live load= 0.40 ft-kips>O.IZ K•1 M,Moment wind/seis.load= 72.00 ft-kips 732.10 K-I M V,Shear dead load- 0.01 kips D.OZ K V,Shear live load= 0.06 kips x V,Shear wind/seis.load= 10.30 kips>y, K Wind or Seismic controls? W W or S V Allowable soil bearing= scoomee psi Net or Max c N N or M h ix wp� t Allow 1/3 increase? y y or n(for soil) d Soil weight= 130 pcf Soil depth,d= 2.50 ft Slab thickness,t= 4.00 in T Pilaster/column height,h= 1.83 It Pilaster/column length,Lp= 2.00 It Pilaster/column width,Wp= 2.67 It Concrete strength,Vc= 3000 psi ''"""`""` Steel strength,Fy= 60000 psi Rv Qmax Try: a Length,L= 7.00 It Width,W= 7.00 It L(x W) Thickness,T= 1.50 ft 2. Overturning Loading Diagram P total=P+Wf+Ws= 59.79 kips (.9D+W controls) M overturning= 106.42 ft-kips M resisting= 209.27 ft-kips Safety Factor=Mr/Mo= 1.97 >1.5 O.K. 3. Soil Bearing Rv=P total= 97.98 kips(D+L+W controls) M=Mr-Mo= 235.92 ft-kips a=M/Rv= 2.41 It Q max= 3.87 ksf Q max(net)= 3.35 < SCO0(1.33)=3990 ps oK 4. Reinforcing Bottom Steel Mu(face of pilaster)= 78.11 ft-kips.75(1.4D+1.7L+1.7W controls) rho= .00115 Plop As required(primary-Pbot)= 1.51 inches squared 2' Stop Bars required(primary-Pbot)= 745 Bars required(secondary-Sbot): 745 Top Steel Mu(face of pilaster)= 12.63 ft-kips.75(1.4D+1.7L+1.7W controls) rho= .00020 3- ACLR. Pb ot g As quireird(primary- =_ 1.51 inches squared Sbot Bars required(secondary-Stop): 745 Reinforcing Diagram 5.Shear Punching Shear Vu,shear on one end= 50.23 kips.75(1.4D+1.7L+1.7W controls) eVc,allow.shear= 114.49 kips>50.23 kips O.K. Vu,shear on entire footing= 117.67 kips(1.4D+1.7L controls) eVc,allow.shear= 377.11 kips>117.67 kips O.K. ! Beam Shear Vu,shear= 55.01 kips.75(1.4D+1.7L+1.7W controls) oVc,allow.shear= 105.59 kips>55.01 kips O.K. Use T-0"x 7'-0"x 1'-6"footing with 745 primary reinf.and 745 secondary reinf.bottom and 745 primary reinf.and 745 secondary reinf.top Date VOO Sheet No. of Job Wk. 0030020 -- Subject , 'flll�t. �l�i�A�.�CCt, � ��,12�k I�h•�i� � Z(•O� } =�.9<0 � D� WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM _ REVISED 7131197 Page 1 Copyright Date 8/29/99 _ Sheet No. Of Avow Job Wal-Mart Takeover-Chelmsford,MA 9930043 Subject Column C2 Baseplate MOMENT BASE PLATES P 1. Input M Configuration: Lb,Base Plate Length= 16.00 inches Wb,Base Plate Width= 16.00 inches f Lc(x Wc) d',Anchor Bolt Edge Distance= 2.00 inches (to C.L.of bolts) Lc,Column Depth= 8.00 inches i Wc,Column Width= 8.00 inches Id' d Lp,Pilaster(or Footing)Length= 24.00 inches Wp,Pilaster(or Footing)Width= 30.00 inches V num,#of Bolts on Tension Side= 3 num,#of Botts Total= 8 dia,Diameter of Tension Bolts= 1.00 inches sp,Spacing of Tension Bolts= 6.00 inches Lb(x Wb) de,Embedment of Tension Bolts= 22.00 inches Loads: Lp(x Wp) P,Axial Load= -16.0 kips M,Moment= 70.4 ft-kips V,Shear on Bolts= 10.3 kips e P Allowable Stresses: Pc,Concrete Comp.Strength= 3,000 psi I Fut,Bolt Ultimate Tensile Strength= 60 ksi e<Lb/6 Fyp,Plate Yield Strength= 36 ksi Y or N "'''�'°•�'°°'°�`�°�° Compression on Allow 113 Increase? Y ( ) entire plate. " C a=P/A+MIS 2. Calculations d,Lb-d'= 14.00 inches ! f,d-Lb/2= 6.00 inches ' f P e,Eccentricity=M/P= 52.90 inches ?Lb/34/3 l For e<Lb/6 I A,Area of Base Plate= N.A. sq.in. :•:.::-.. Lb/6<e<Lb/34/3 S,Section Modulus of Plate= N.A. cu.in. Compression on For Lb/6<_e<Lb/3-f/3 " part of plate. No N.A. inches C Tension in bolts. x=3(Lb/2-e)_ e xl3 a=[2P/x]/Wb Fore>_Lb/3-f/3 n,Es/Ec= 9.19 Ab,Area of Tension Bolts= 2.36 sq.in. x a'=3(e-Lb/2)= 134.7 Design of b'=6nAs/Wb(f+e)= 478.2 Welded Structures j c'=-b'(Lb/2+f)_ -6695 by Blodgett, e P xA3+a'xA2+b'x+c'= 0 Section 3.3(5) X= 5.41 inches i Bolts e?Lb/3413 T,Tension on Bolts= 61.2 kips l "• 's Compression on part pss Allowable Tension= 74.8 kips-O.K. 1997 UBC 1923.3.2 T l C " [' of plate. Tension in Ap Concrete Pull-Out Projected Area= 780.0 sq.in. bolts. T=-P(L22-x/3 e) ePc,Concrete Pull-Out strength= 65.3 kips-O.K. Lb/2-x/3+f) V,Shear on Bolts= 10.3 kips a=[2(P+T)/x]/Wb Vss,Allowable Shear= 166.3 kips-O.K. 1997 UBC 1923.3.3 x de,Edge Distance(C.L.bolt to pilaster)= 6.0 inches eVc,Allowable Shear= 37.9 kips-O.K. Combined Tension and Shear 0.76 1997 UBC 1923.3.4 Concrete Ld is measured from the intersection a,Compression on Concrete= 1780.9 psi of the concrete failure cone for the o,Allowable Compression= 2012.5 psi-O.K. 1997 UBC1926.3.1 anchor bolts and the vertical bars. Ld Calculations assume#6 bars or ^late smaller and that spacing L,Plate Cantilever=(Lb-Lc)/2= 4.00 in. ` requirements of 1912.2.2 are met a,Compression at Face= 465.0 psi * (Not required for bolts into spread Mc,Moment on Plate(from C)= 171.8 in-kips ootings Mt,Moment on Plate(from T)= 134.5 in-kips t,Required Thickness of Plate= 1.34 in. Reinforcing Development(see figure at left) As,Required for Tension(per bar)= 0.38 sq.in. Ld,Development for Tension= 39.5 20"if hooked UBC 1912.2,1912.5 (re:UBC 1912.5.3 for Use 16"x 16"x 1.5"Base Plate hooks enclosed in ties) WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM REVISED 7131197 Page 1 Copyright Date 8/29/99 Sheet No. of ' Job Wal-Mart Takeover-Chelmsford,MA 9930043 Subject Column C2 Baseplate MOMENT BASE PLATES P 1. Input M Configuration: Lb,Base Plate Length= 16.00 inches Wb,Base Plate Width= 16.00 inches f Lc(x Wc) d',Anchor Bolt Edge Distance= 2.00 inches (to C.L.of bolts) Lc,Column Depth= 8.00 inches Wc,Column Width= 8.00 inches d' 1, d Lp,Pilaster(or Footing)Length= 24.00 inches Wp,Pilaster(or Footing)Width= 30.00 inches V j num,If of Bolts on Tension Side= 3 num,If of Bolts Total= 8 dia,Diameter of Tension Bolts= 1.00 inches sp,Spacing of Tension Bolts= 6.00 inches Lb(x Wb) de,Embedment of Tension Bolts= 22.00 inches Loads: Lp(x Wp) P,Abal Load= -9.3 kips M,Moment= 70.4 ft-kips V,Shear on Bolts= 10.3 kips e P Allowable Stresses: fc,Concrete Comp.Strength= 3,000 psi I Fut,Bolt Ultimate Tensile Strength= 60 Its! e<Lb/6 Fyp,Plate Yield Strength= 36 ksi Compression on Allow 1/3 Increase? Y (Y or N) ::::::::::::::'•'': entire plate. C a=P/A+WS 2.Calculations d,Lb-d= 14.00 inches j f,d-Lb/2= 6.00 inches f j P e,Eccentricity=M/P= 90.84 inches >_Lb/34/3 For e<Lb/6 A,Area of Base Plate= N.A. sq.in. ;:: :::::::::-::. <e<Lb/3-t/3 S,Section Modulus of Plate= N.A. cu.in. "``+ iii€iE"s'' Compression on I part of plate. No For Lb/6<e<Lb/3-1/3 i C Tension in bolts. x=3(Lb/2-e)= N.A. inches I a=[2P/xj/Wb For e>Lb/3-1/3 e x/3 n,Es/Ec= 9.19 j x Ab,Area of Tension Bolts= 2.36 sq.in. a'=3(e-Lb/2)= 248.5 Design of j b'=6nAs1Wb(f+e)= 786.3 Welded Structures P c'=-b"(Lb/2+f)_ -11008 by Blodgett, e xA3+a'xA2+b'x+C'= 0 Section 3.3(5) X= 5.22 inches Bolts e?Lb/3-1/3 T,Tension on Bolts= 64.2 kips ` Compression on part pss,Allowable Tension= 74.8 kips-O.K. 1997 UBC 1923.32 7 C '` of plate. Tension in Ap,Concrete Pull-Out Projected Area= 780.0 sq.in. bolts. ePc,Concrete Pull-Out strength= 65.3 kips-O.K. T=-P(Lb12-x/3-e) Lb/2-x/3+f) V,Shear on Bolts= 10.3 kips X a=[2(P+T)/x]!Wb Vss,Allowable Shear= 166.3 kips-O.K. 1997 UBC 1923.3.3 de,Edge Distance(C.L.bolt to pilaster)= 6.0 inches eVc,Allowable Shear= 37.9 kips-O.K. Combined Tension and Shear 0.81 1997 UBC 1923.3.4 Concrete Ld is measured from the intersection a,Compression on Concrete= 1759.9 psi of the concrete failure cone for the a,Allowable Compression= 2012.5 psi-O.K. 1997 UBC1926.3.1 anchor bolts and the vertical bars. Ld Calculations assume#6 bars or Plate smaller and that spacing L,Plate Cantilever=(Lb-Lc)/2= 4.00 in. � requirements of 1912.2.2 are met a,Compression at Face= 410.5 psi (Not required for bolts into spread Mc,Moment on Plate(from C)= 167.7 in-kips footings) Mt,Moment on Plate(from T)= 141.1 in-kips t,Required Thickness of Plate= 1.32 in. Reinforcing Development(see figure at left) As,Required for Tension(per bar)= 0.40 sq.in. Ld,Development for Tension= 40.4 20"if hooked UBC 1912.2,1912.5 (re:UBC 19 12.5.3 for Use 16"x 16"x 1.5"Base Plate hooks enclosed in ties) WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM REVISED 7/31197 Page 1 Copyright Date 8/29/99 Sheet No. of Job Wal-Mart Takeover-Chelmsford,MA 9930043 Subject Column C2 Baseplate _ MOMENT BASE PLATES P 1. Input M Configuration: Lb,Base Plate Length= 16.00 inches Wb,Base Plate Width= 16.00 inches f Lc(x Wc) d',Anchor Bolt Edge Distance= 2.00 inches (to C.L.of bolts) Lc,Column Depth= 8.00 inches Wc,Column Width= 8.00 inches d' # d Lp,Pilaster(or Footing)Length= 24.00 inches Wp,Pilaster(or Footing)Width= 30.00 inches V num,#of Bolts on Tension Side= 3 num,#of Bolts Total= 8 dia,Diameter of Tension Bolts= 1.00 inches sp,Spacing of Tension Bolts= 6.00 inches Lb(x Wb) de,Embedment of Tension Bolts= 18.00 inches Loads: Lp(x Wp) I P,Axial Load= 63.2 kips j Sp,Co K rT M,Moment= 72.5 ft-kips>33.1 V,Shear on Bolts= 10.3 kips j 6,0K I e P Allowable Stresses: f'c,Concrete Comp.Strength= 3,000 psi Fut,Bolt Ultimate Tensile Strength= 60 ksi e<Lb/6 Fyp,Plate Yield Strength= 36 ksi Compression on Allow 1/3 Increase? Y (Y or N) entire plate. j a=P/A+MIS 2•Calculations C d,Lb-d'= 14.00 inches f,d-Lb/2= 6.00 inches f + P e,Eccentricity=M/P= 13.76 inches >_Lb/3-f/3 I For e<Lb/6 I A.Area of Base Plate= N.A. sq.in. :::::::>•••.<::::: Lb/6<e<Lb/34/3 S,Section Modulus of Plate= N.A. cu.in. Compression on part of plate. No For Lb/6<_e<Lb/3-f/3 C Tension in bolts. x=3(Lb/2-e)= N.A. inches j e x/3 a=[2P/x]/Wb For a>_Lb/3-1/3 n,Es/Ec= 9.19 x Ab,Area of Tension Bolts= 2.36 sq.in. a'=3(e-Lb/2)= 17.3 Design of b'=6nAs/Wb(f+e)= 160.5 Welded Structures P c'=-b"(Lb/2+f)_ -2246 by Blodgett, e xA3+a'xA2+b'x+C'= 0 Section 3.3(5) X= 6.88 inches I Bolts e?Lb/3-1/3 T,Tension on Bolts= 43.5 kips Compression on part Pss,Allowable Tension= 74.8 kips-O.K. 1997 UBC 1923.3.2 T C of plate. Tension in App Concrete Pull-Out Projected Area= 660.0 sq.in. bolts. oft,Concrete Pull-Out strength= 55.3 kips-O.K. T=-P(Lb/2-x13-e) j Lb/2-x13+f) V,Shear on Bolts= 10.3 kips j a=[2(P+T)/x)/Wb Vss,Allowable Shear= 166.3 kips-O.K. 1997 UBC 1923.3.3 X de,Edge Distance(C.L.bolt to pilaster)= 6.0 inches eVc,Allowable Shear= 37.9 kips-O.K. Combined Tension and Shear 0.59 1997 UBC 1923.3.4 ET Concrete Ld is measured from the intersection a,Compression on Concrete= 1939.0 psi of the concrete failure cone for the a,Allowable Compression= 2012.5 psi-O.K. 1997 UBC1926.3.1 anchor bolts and the vertical bars. Ld Calculations assume#6 bars or Plate smaller and that spacing L,Plate Cantilever=(Lb-Lc)/2= 4.00 in. ` requirements of 1912.2.2 are met. a,Compression at Face= 811.2 psi (Not required for bolts into spread Mc,Moment on Plate(from C)= 200.1 in-kips ` oobng Mt,Moment on Plate(from T)= 95.7 in-kips t,Required Thickness of Plate= 1.44 in. Reinforcing Development(see figure at left) As,Required for Tension(per bar)= 0.27 sq.in. Ld,Development for Tension= 33.3 17"if hooked UBC 1912.2,1912.5 (re:UBC 1912.5.3 for Use 16"x 16"x 1.5"Base Plate hooks enclosed in ties) IN 11 11111 Date 3100 Sheet No. of Job n1or27HAvnFVA 0030020 Subject Pw o Gow►�u G 2 �a��-1��� f�. G�1�►��1 ;' r�ot✓l ��1x+�� /k'( � , Y� � � 12•�y,�_►�3��7"�-1 = �o•���' SAA,, iV z i o I � b I '`5 � U�i� ��� �i1�-�� 1�,•�tl,� Jai LDc.u�tU G2 b� P� F,� lb'lloU �ill�G� �C 1 Date 3/OO Sheet No. of Job U)A•PAV, NOI2TFfAM?VM 003oo7-o r Subject b tar(ltltl Al 6auQo C2 (ANV C3) Fgp►oc VZ� V3, Rgmc A I0.38 k 8�OOx Fw, _ }7.O10 x ± b•gfo 4r7l� 11-ouX'1V K 1'-t," Ve, ai2K Q,dIK 0,0K 0.03"-1 P - 32.hb",i 0.0 K-1 TDTAL ��ilattic, ' /o,38K+�°(��- (in•��')(� �i�`) = l8•l�x . 41.39 Caw" -� lam L UVI O 2 up 7.0�� �.�2 K - I l•�8 < '��� 4139�� . Z'7. -gown I III WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM _ Revised 1017193 Copyright©10/19/93 Date Sheet No. of - Job-- - Wal-Mart Takeover- No12-NpwiPr0N 663o020 Subject Vestibule Wall Footi,.y Moment Footings -- 1. Input P,Axial dead load= D.70 kips P,Axial live load= 0.00 kips P,Axial wind/seis.load= 0.00 kips P M,Moment dead load= 0.00 ft-kips M,Moment live load= 0.00 ft-kips M,Moment wind/seis.load= 1.70 ft-kips V,Shear dead load= 0.00 kips M V,Shear live load= 0.00 kips V,Shear wind/seis.load= moo kips Wind or Seismic controls? W W or S Allowable soil bearing= 36coust Net or Max c N N or M ' Allow 1/3 increase? y y or n(for soil) h (x Wp t d Soil weight= 130 pcf Soil depth,d= 3.33 ft Slab thickness,t= 4.00 in T Pilaster/column height,h= 0.10 It Pilaster/column length,Lp= 0.87 it Pilaster/column width,Wp= 1.00 ft Concrete strength,f'c= 3000 psi Steel strength,Fy= 60000 psi Rv Omax Try: Length,L= 3.00 ft a Width,W= 1.00 ft L(x W) Thickness,T= 1.00 It 2. Overturning oading Diagram P total=P+Wf+Ws= 1.89 kips (.9D+W controls) M overturning= 1.70 ft-kips M resisting= 2.84 ft-kips Safety Factor=Mr/Mo= 1.67 >1.5 O.K. 3. Soil Bearing Rv=P total= 1.89 kips(.9D+W controls) M=Mr-Mo= 1.13 ft-kips a=M/Rv= 0.60 it Q max= 2.10 ksf Q max(net)= 1.54 < 3600 OK 4. Reinforcing Bottom Steel Mu(face of pilaster)= 1.39 ft-kips(.9D+1.3W controls) rho= •00046 Plop As required(primary-Pbot)= 0.14 inches squared 2, Bars required(primary-Pbot)= 144 ` Stop Bars required(secondary-Sbot): 344 Top Steel Mu(face of pilaster)_ .35 ft-kips.75(1.4D+1.7L+1.7W controls) rho= .00010 ACLR.3- Pbot As required(primary-Plop)= 0.14 inches squared Sbot Bars required(primary-Plop)= 144 Bars required(secondary-Stop): 344 Reinforcing Diagram 5. Shear Punching Shear Vu,shear on one end= 1.79 kips(.9D+1.3W controls) eVc,allow.shear= 27.24 kips>1.79 kips O.K. Vu,shear on entire footing= 4.68 kips(913+13W controls) eVc,allow.shear= 100.03 kips>4.68 kips O.K. Beam Shear rook Vu,shear= 1.79 kips(.9D+1.3W controls) eVc,allow.shear= 8.38 kips>1.79 kips O.K. Use 3'-0"x 1'-0"x 1'-0"footing with 144 primary reinf.and 344 secondary reinf.bottom and 1144 primary reinf.and 344 secondary reinf.top Date Sheet No. of ,lob �13I.c �t�L"1 T - or2rH�4�YJ� C030WO Subject yiJngULe Reference 4K6 WW- All Wr7-TU, i 2 - 7M.C) - I . - I Duet --------- i 1611 ►� = «off �-�� � � We, 4i V' olorf, ro-(u% lu 1 #4. @ in," ac, 'Tw*\j, �oP Imo( N) �4 how -1614, Px01. WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM _ REVISED 10121196 Page 1 Copyright m #O*'' Date 3/00 Sheet No. of Job Wal-Mart Takeover- t� It AM17TOM 6030020 Subject Vestibule Knee Wall WORKING STRESS WALL ANALYSIS ACI 530 1. Input Wall Height,H= 11.33 feet Parapet Height,Hp= 0.00 feet P Pf Weight of Concrete Block= 115 (103,115,135)pcf Nominal Wall Thickness,T= 8 (6",8",10"or 12") Eccentricity,e= 0 inches Hp Running or Stacked Bond R (R or S) Solid or Partial Grout S (S or P) Level of inspection factor,o= 1.000 (0 to 1) w Applicable code= ACI (UBC or ACI) H Comp.Strength,f'm= 1500 psi Steel Stress,Fs= 24000 psi Axial Loads(Unfactored) Dead Live Pf,Case#1 0 0 pif Pf,Case#2 200 200 plf A` Pf,Case#3 400 400 plf Spacing Pf,Case#4 800 800 plf kd Reinforcing-#,Size,and Spacing # Size Spacing (Note:input numbers only) T -- L_] -- :�ti -- ::r - Try: 1 - # 5 @ 48 " O.C. 1 - # 5 @ 32 " O.C. 1 - # 4 @ 24 " O.C. 1 - # 4 @ 32 " O.C. b 1 - # 4 @ 16 " O.C. 1 - # 6 ® 72 " O.C. 1 - # 6 @ 64 " O.C. 1 - # 6 ® 56 " O.C. 1 - # 6 @ 32 " O.C. 1 - # 6 @ 24 " O.C. 2 - # 6 @ 32 " O.C. 2. Summary of Calculations ALLOWABLE WIND PRESSURE(PSF) �ALLOWABL�SEISMIC PRESSURE PSP'- Reinforcing #5 @48 #5 @32 #4 @24 #4 @32 #4 @16 #6 @72 #6 @64 #6 @56 #6 @32 #6 @24 246 @32 Density(psQ 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 d(inches) 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 5.13 Cost per sq.ft.(estimated) 9.97 9.97 10.69 10.69 10.69 10.65 10.65 10.65 10.65 10.65 12.87 Axial Load Dead Live Case#1 0 0 52.6 68.2 63.3 51.5 74.9 50.8 54.7 60.6 77 5 85 8 121.2 52.(x- .., 54;1. .60: 85 5�"s12 ,8 '; Case#2 200 200 55.3 69.8 65.3 54.3 76.4 53.6 57.4 62.9 79.0 87.1 122.2 54;5 69 ,. - 64 53 4 11 Mum W g i21: Case#3 400 400 58.1 71.4 67.3 57.0 77.8 56.3 60.1 65.2 80.5 88.4 123.2 56: 59 9 8 °' 7 Case#4 800 800 63.6 74.7 1 71.1 62.6 1 81.0 61.9 65.5 69.7 83.5 91.4 125.1 - .12� Design P3= 3495.30 3550.30 3605.30 3550.30 3605.30 3495.30 3550.30 3605.30 3495.30 3550.30 3605.30 Design P4= 1113.00 1168.00 1223.00 1168.00 1223.00 1113.00 1168.00 1223.00 1113.00 1168.00 1223.00 WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM -- _ REVISED 10121196 Page 5 7. Interpolation (find maximum allowable moment for given total design wall loads) Load Case#1 -Dead+Wind(or.9 Dead+Seismic) P1-Wind Index 12.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 10.0 11.0 11.0 10.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 Mmax 18015.0 24130.0 29385.0 30221.8 34945.4 28458.6 32867.3 41905.2 31090.6 43743.3 52874.5 P1-Seismic Index 12.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 10.0 11.0 11.0 10.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 Mmax 17577.5 23774.1 29118.2 30023.2 34613.4 28201.2 32255.1 41250.8 30516.1 43126.0 52929.2 132-Wind Index 11.0 11.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 11.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 8.0 Mmax 21883.7 27110.0 31652.3 32469.2 37561.5 30757.2 38014.9 47060.9 36232.4 48910.7 53083.4 132-Seismic Index 12.0 11.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 11.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 8.0 Mmax 21093.3 26456.0 31023.0 31870.8 36967.8 30269.9 36884.4 45890.9 35140.1 47776.7 52592.6 133-Wind Index 11.0 11.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 11.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 8.0 Mmax 21883.7 27110.0 31652.3 32469.2 37561.5 30757.2 38014.9 47060.9 36232.4 48910.7 53083.4 133-Seismic Index 12.0 11.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 11.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 8.0 Mmax 21093.3 26456.0 31023.0 31870.8 36967.8 30269.9 36884.4 45890.9 35140.1 47776.7 52592.6 134-Wind Index 12.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 10.0 11.0 11.0 10.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 Mmax 18418.0 24437.4 29601.9 30393.2 35215.3 28695.7 33396.1 42437.0 31619.9 44276.4 52830.1 P4-Seismic Index 12.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 10.0 11.0 11.0 10.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 Mmax 17940.2 24050.7 29313.4 30177.6 34856.3 28414.6 32731.0 41729.5 30992.4 43605.8 52889.2 Load Case#2-Dead+Live+Wind(or Seismic) 131-Wind Index 12.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 10.0 11.0 11.0 10.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 (or Seismic)Mmax 18015.0 24130.0 29385.0 30221.8 34945.4 28458.6 32867.3 41905.2 31090.6 43743.3 52874.5 P2-Wind Index 11.0 11.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 11.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 8.0 (or Seismic)Mmax 21883.7 27110.0 31652.3 32469.2 37561.5 30757.2 38014.9 47060.9 36232.4 48910.7 53083.4 133-Wind Index 11.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 8.0 10.0 10.0 8.0 10.0 8.0 8.0 (or Seismic)Mmax 30290.8 34916.5 38932.0 39625.0 39453.1 38049.7 51536.1 53740.5 49756.9 54292.0 58760.1 134-Wind Index 12.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 10.0 11.0 10.0 10.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 (or Seismic)Mmax 19542.1 25295.0 30206.8 30871.5 35968.1 29357.2 34877.3 43920.7 33096.3 45763.4 52706.1 8. Allowable Loads 131 Dead+Wind= 24.8 33.2 40.5 41.6 48.1 39.2 43.1 55.4 40.8 58.1 70.5 Dead+Live+Wind= 24.8 33.2 40.5 41.6 48.1 39.2 43.1 55.4 40.8 58.1 70.5 .9 Dead+Seismic= 24.2 32.7 40.1 41.4 47.7 38.8 42.2 54.5 40.0 57.2 70.6 Dead+Live+Seismic= 24.8 33.2 40.5 41.6 48.1 39.2 43.1 55.4 40.8 58.1 70.5 P2 Dead+Wind= 30.1 37.3 43.6 44.7 51.7 42.4 48.3 60.6 46.0 63.3 68.9 Dead+Live+Wind= 30.1 37.3 43.6 44.7 51.7 42.4 48.3 60.6 46.0 63.3 68.9 .9 Dead+Seismic= 29.1 36.4 42.7 43.9 50.9 41.7 47.0 59.2 44.7 62.0 68.5 Dead+Live+Seismic= 30.1 37.3 43.6 44.7 51.7 42.4 48.3 60.6 46.0 63.3 68.9 P3 Dead+Wind= 30.1 37.3 43.6 44.7 51.7 42.4 48.3 60.6 46.0 63.3 68.9 Dead+Live+Wind= 41.7 48.1 53.6 54.6 54.3 52.4 62.1 65.0 59.8 65.9 71.9 .9 Dead+Seismic= 29.1 36.4 42.7 43.9 50.9 41.7 47.0 59.2 44.7 62.0 68.5 Dead+Live+Seismic= 41.7 48.1 53.6 54.6 54.3 52.4 62.1 65.0 59.8 65.9 71.9 00"` P4 Dead+Wind= 25.4 33.7 40.8 41.9 48.5 39.5 43.6 55.9 41.3 58.6 70.2 Dead+Live+Wind= 26.9 34.8 41.6 42.5 49.5 40.4 45.1 57.4 42.8 60.1 69.5 .9 Dead+Seismic= 24.7 33.1 40.4 41.6 48.0 39.1 42.7 55.0 40.5 57.7 70.3 Dead+Live+Seismic= 26.9 34.8 41.6 42.5 49.5 40.4 45.1 57.4 42.8 60.1 69.5 Ms= 14177.0 20500.4 26823.8 28455.7 37430.9 26007.9 26803.2 35362.0 25422.7 37570.7 49718.7 WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM - Page 4 REVISED 10121196 Uncorrected Final Points P3 Ibs 18033 21033 24033 21033 24033 18033 21033 24033 18033 21033 24033 P4 Ibs 15149 17228 19306 17228 19306 15149 17228 19306 15149 17228 19306 P5 Ibs 12690 13803 14916 13803 14916 12690 13466 14466 12371 13324 14278 P6 Ibs 10335 10662 10988 10435 10686 9999 10156 10314 9706 9718 9729 P7 Ibs 8659 8535 8412 8082 7808 7985 7861 7513 7719 7126 6532 P8 Ibs 5983 5297 4611 4391 3403 4635 4286 3264 4423 2956 1490 P9 Ibs 4791 5119 4224 3986 2714 4329 3777 2542 3972 2217 462 P10 Ibs 3651 2571 1490 1212 -322 1630 991 -249 1191 -569 -2329 P11 Ibs 1522 282 -958 -1278 -3038 -798 -840 -2080 -640 -2400 -4160 P12 Ibs -615 -1814 -3054 -3374 -5134 -2894 -2323 -3563 -2123 -3883 -5643 P13 ibs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 M3 in-Ibs 59733 62933 66132 62933 66132 59733 101056 109693 92419 101056 109693 M4 in-Ibs 63752 67715 71678 67715 71678 63752 98940 106671 91209 98940 106671 M5 in-Ibs 59733 62933 66132 62933 66132 59733 87950 93167 82733 87950 93167 M6 in-Ibs 53158 54940 56723 54940 56723 53158 75244 77944 72544 75244 77944 M7 in-Ibs 47676 48586 49496 48586 49496 47676 66015 67354 64676 66015 67354 M8 in-Ibs 38683 38826 38969 38826 38969 38683 52344 52550 52139 52344 52550 M9 in-Ibs 34716 41239 41262 41239 41262 41216 53120 53151 53088 53120 53151 M10 in-Ibs 30970 30970 30970 30970 30970 30970 33643 33643 33643 33643 33643 M11 in-Ibs 21712 21712 21712 21712 21712 21712 20842 20842 20842 20842 20842 M12 in-Ibs 10330 10550 10550 10550 10550 10550 10269 10269 10269 10269 10269 M13 in-Ibs 13640 20227 26717 28236 31625 25884 26745 35362 25345 37571 48447 Corrected Final Points Fa-allow psi 389.98 383.70 378.16 383.70 378.16 389.98 383.70 378.16 389.98 383.70 378.16 oP1 (Pmax)lbs 21098 24212 27265 24212 27265 21098 24212 27265 21098 24212 27265 oP2 Ibs 21098 24212 27265 24212 27265 21098 24212 27265 21098 24212 27265 oP3 ibs 18033 21033 24033 21033 24033 18033 21033 24033 18033 21033 24033 oP4 Ibs 15149 17228 19306 17228 19306 15149 17228 19306 15149 17228 19306 oP5 Ibs 12690 13803 14916 13803 14916 12690 13466 14466 12371 13324 14278 oP6 ibs 10335 10662 10988 10435 10686 9999 10156 10314 9706 9718 9729 oP7 Ibs 8659 8535 8412 8082 7808 7985 7861 7513 7719 7126 6532 oP8 Ibs 5983 5297 4611 4391 3403 4635 4286 3264 4423 2956 1490 oP9 Ibs 4791 5119 4224 3986 2714 4329 3777 2542 3972 2217 462 oP10 Ibs 3651 2571 1490 1212 0 1630 991 0 1191 0 0 OP11 Ibs 1522 282 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 oP12 Ibs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 oP13 Ibs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0M1 in-Ibs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 oM2 in-Ibs 46590 48295 50018 48295 50018 46590 48295 50018 46590 48295 50018 oM3 in-Ibs 59733 62933 66132 62933 66132 59733 101056 109693 92419 101056 109693 oM4 in-Ibs 63752 67715 71678 67715 71678 63752 98940 106671 91209 98940 106671 eM5 in-Ibs 59733 62933 66132 62933 66132 59733 87950 93167 82733 87950 93167 oM6 in-Ibs 53158 54940 56723 54940 56723 53158 75244 77944 72544 75244 77944 oM7 in-Ibs 47676 48586 49496 48586 49496 47676 66015 67354 64676 66015 67354 oM8 in-Ibs 38683 38826 38969 38826 38969 38683 52344 52550 52139 52344 52550 oM9 in-Ibs 34716 41239 41262 41239 41262 41216 53120 53151 53088 53120 53151 oM10 in-Ibs 30970 30970 30970 30970 31625 30970 33643 35362 33643 37571 48447 oM11 in-Ibs 21712 21712 26717 28236 31625 25884 26745 35362 25345 37571 48447 oM12 in-Ibs 13640 20227 26717 28236 31625 25884 26745 35362 25345 37571 48447 oM13 in-Ibs 13640 20227 26717 28236 31625 25884 26745 35362 25345 37571 48447 6. Total Design Wall Loads Wail Weight®Mid-Span= 825.00 880.00 935.00 880.00 935.00 825.00 880.00 935.00 825.00 880.00 935.00 Load Case#1 -Dead+Wind(or.9 Dead+Seismic) Design P1 = 825.00 880.00 935.00 880.00 935.00 825.00 880.00 935.00 825.00 880.00 935.00 Design P2= 1561.70 1616.70 1671.70 1616.70 1671.70 1561.70 1616.70 1671.70 1561.70 1616.70 1671.70 0 1616.70 1671.70 1561.70 1616.70 1671.70 Design P3= 1561.70 1616.70 1671.70 1616.70 1671.70 1561.7 Design P4= 901.00 956.00 1011.00 956.00 1011.00 901.00 956.00 1011.00 901.00 956.00 1011.00 Load Case#2-Dead+Live+Wind(or Seismic) Design P1 = 825.00 880.00 935.00 880.00 935.00 825.00 880.00 935.00 825.00 880.00 935.00 Design P2= 1561.70 1616.70 1671.70 1616.70 1671.70 1561.70 1616.70 1671.70 1561.70 1616.70 1671.70 Point#12 e1 = 5.538 5.536 5.536 5.536 5.536 5.536 7.348 7.348 7.348 7.348 7.348 WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM _ REVISED 10121196 Page 3 Axial Loads Point#3 P1 = 774.2 774.2 774.2 774.2 774.2 774.2 774.2 774.2 774.2 774.2 774.2 P2= 10451.6 10451.6 10451.6 10451.6 10451.6 10451.6 10451.6 10451.6 10451.6 10451.6 10451.6 P3= 4476.3 6702.2 8928.0 6702.2 8928.0 4476.3 6702.2 8928.0 4476.3 6702.2 8928.0 P4= 1557.0 2331.2 3105.4 2331.2 3105.4 1557.0 2331.2 3105.4 1557.0 2331.2 3105.4 P5= 774.2 774.2 774.2 774.2 774.2 774.2 774.2 774.2 774.2 774.2 774.2 Point#4 Pst= 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 P1 = 1032.3 1032.3 1032.3 1032.3 1032.3 1032.3 1032.3 1032.3 1032.3 1032.3 1032.3 P2= 9935.5 9935.5 9935.5 9935.5 9935.5 9935.5 9935.5 9935.5 9935.5 9935.5 9935.5 P3= 4180.9 6259.8 8338.7 6259.8 8338.7 4180.9 6259.8 8338.7 4180.9 6259.8 8338.7 Point#5 Pst= 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 336.9 449.3 318.8 478.2 637.6 P1 = 1548.4 1548.4 1548.4 1548.4 1548.4 1548.4 1548.4 1548.4 1548.4 1548.4 1548.4 P2= 8903.2 8903.2 8903.2 8903.2 8903.2 8903.2 8903.2 8903.2 8903.2 8903.2 8903.2 P3= 2238.2 3351.1 4464.0 3351.1 4464.0 2238.2 3351.1 4464.0 2238.2 3351.1 4464.0 Point#6 fs= 4647.4 4647.4 4647.4 4647.4 4647.4 4647.4 8995.0 8995.0 8995.0 8995.0 8995.0 Pst= 360.2 540.3 720.4 766.8 1022.4 697.1 1045.7 1394.2 989.5 1484.2 1978.9 fb= 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 P1 = 2322.6 2322.6 2322.6 2322.6 2322.6 2322.6 2322.6 2322.6 2322.6 2322.6 2322.6 P2= 7354.8 7354.8 7354.8 7354.8 7354.8 7354.8 7354.8 7354.8 7354.8 7354.8 7354.8 P3= 1018.2 1524.6 2030.9 1524.6 2030.9 1018.2 1524.6 2030.9 1018.2 1524.6 2030.9 Point#7 fs= 9294.9 9294.9 - 9294.9 9294.9 9294.9 9294.9 15091.7 15091.7 15091.7 15091.7 15091.7 Pst= 720.4 1080.5 1440.7 1533.7 2044.9 1394.2 1754.4 2339.2 1660.1 2490.1 3320.2 fb= 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 P1 = 3096.8 3096.8 3096.8 3096.8 3096.8 3096.8 3096.8 - 3096.8 3096.8 3096.8 3096.8 P2= 5806.5 5806.5 5806.5 5806.5 5806.5 5806.5 5806.5 5806.5 5806.5 5806.5 5806.5 P3= 476.0 712.7 949.3 712.7 949.3 476.0 712.7 949.3 476.0 712.7 949.3 Point#8 fs= 18589.7 18589.7 18589.7 18589.7 18589.7 18589.7 27284.9 27284.9 27284.9 27284.9 27284.9 Pst= 1440.7 2161.1 2881.4 3067.3 4089.7 2788.5 3171.9 4229.2 3001.3 4502.0 6002.7 fb= 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 P1 = 4645.2 4645.2 4645.2 4645.2 4645.2 4645.2 4645.2 4645.2 4645.2 4645.2 4645.2 P2= 2709.7 2709.7 2709.7 2709.7 2709.7 2709.7 2709.7 2709.7 2709.7 2709.7 2709.7 P3= 69.1 103.5 137.8 103.5 137.8 69.1 103.5 137.8 69.1 103.5 137.8 Point#9 fs= 23237.2 23237.2 23237.2 23237.2 23237.2 232372 33381.6 33381.6 33381.6 33381.6 33381.6 Pst= 1800.9 2701.3 3601.8 3834.1 5112.2 3485.6 3720.0 4960.0 3520.0 5280.0 7040.0 fb= 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 639.07 639.07 639.07 639.07 639.07 Pi = 5419.4 6642.9 6642.9 6642.9 6642.9 6642.9 6367.9 6367.9 6367.9 6367.9 6367.9 P2= 1161.3 1161.3 1161.3 1161.3 1161.3 1161.3 1113.2 1113.2 1113.2 1113.2 1113.2 P3= 10.9 16.3 21.7 16.3 21.7 10.9 15.6 20.8 10.4 15.6 20.8 Point#10 fs=' 27884.6 27884.6 27884.6 27884.6 27884.6 27884.6 39478.2 39478.2 39478.2 39478.2 39478.2 Pst= 2161.1 3241.6 4322.1 4601.0 6134.6 4182.7 3720.0 4960.0 3520.0 5280.0 7040.0 fb= 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 666.67 540.38 540.38 540.38 540.38 540.38 P1 = 5812.5 5812.5 5812.5 5812.5 5812.5 5812.5 4711.5 4711.5 4711.5 4711.5 4711.5 Point#11 fS= 37179.5 37179.5 37179.5 37179.5 37179.5 37179.5 51671.5 51671.5 51671.5 51671.5 51671.5 Pst= 2480.0 3720.0 4960.0 5280.0 7040.0 4800.0 3720.0 4960.0 3520.0 5280.0 7040.0 fb= 573.79 573.79 573.79 573.79 573.79 573.79 412.86 412.86 412.86 412.86 412.86 P1 = 4002.2 4002.2 4002.2 4002.2 4002.2 4002.2 2879.7 2879.7 2879.7 2879.7 2879.7 Point#12 fs= 56419.9 55769.2 55769.2 55769.2 55769.2 557692 76058.0 76058.0 76058.0 76058.0 76058.0 Pst= 2480.0 3720.0 4960.0 5280.0 7040.0 4800.0 3720.0 4960.0 3520.0 5280.0 7040.0 fb= 378.12 382.53 382.53 382.53 382.53 382.53 280.49 280.49 280.49 280.49 280.49 P1 = 1865.2 1905.8 1905.8 1905.8 1905.8 1905.8 1397:: 1397.4 1397.4 1397.4 1397.4 Point#13 k= 0.1612 0.1936 0.2199 0.2260 0.2558 0.2167 0.1713 0.1950 0.1671 0.2005 0.2276 Rectangular 1= 0.9463 0.9355 0.9267 0.9247 0.9147 0.9278 0.9429 0.9350 0.9443 0.9332 0.9241 Mm= 20615.1 24473.7 27535.3 28236.5 31625.1 27172.7 37571.3 42402.0 36695.8 43513.1 48909.4 Ms= 13640.4 20227.2 26717.1 28378.4 37430.4 25884.4 26745.0 35361.7 25345.0 37569.2 49608.0 Point#13 k= 0.1784 0.2010 0.2224 0.2277 0.2558 0.2197 0.1728 0.1950 0.1692 0.2005 0.2296 T-Section j= 0.9835 0.9481 0.9304 0.9272 0.9147 0.9322 0.9449 0.9350 0.9472 0.9332 0.9262 Mm= 18970.4 23673.5 27243.2 28029.0 31624.1 26831.7 37258.1 42400.6 36271.2 43506.1 48447.4 WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM REVISED 10121196 Page 2 3. Wall Properties Actual Wall Thickness,t= 11.625 inches Steel Elastic Modulus,Es= 29E+6 psi Face shell thickness,ff= 1.5 inches ratio Es/Em,n= 13.94 Flange Area,Af= 18.00 in A2/foot Allow.Bending Stress,Fb= 666.67 psi Web Depth,dw= 8.625 inches Steel yield stress,Fy= 60000 psi Web Width,bw= 8.300 inches Allow.Steel Stress= 24000 psi Masonry,Em= 2.1 E+6 psi(ACI 530,Table 5.5.1.3) #of Bars= 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 Size of Bars= 5 5 5 6 6 7 5 5 6 6 6 Spacing of Bars= 48 32 24 32 24 48 32 24 48 32 24 Grout Spacing= 48 32 24 32 24 48 32 24 48 32 24 Effective Spacing of Bars= 48 32 24 32 24 48 32 24 48 32 24 Density(psf)= 75 80 85 80 85 75 80 85 75 80 85 Am(in A2/foot)= 54.1 63.1 72.1 63.1 72.1 54.1 63.1 72.1 54.1 63.1 72.1 Ix(in A4/foot)= 1146.6 1187.5 1228.5 1187.5 1228.5 1146.6 1187.5 1228.5 1146.6 1187.5 1228.5 Sx(inA3/foot)= 179.2 188.8 198.4 188.8 198.4 179.2 188.8 198.4 179.2 188.8 198.4 r(inJfoot)= 4.02 3.91 3.82 3.91 3.82 4.02 3.91 3.82 4.02 3.91 3.82 A-web(inA2/foot)= 18.10 27.10 36.10 27.10 36.10 18.10 27.10 36.10 18.10 27.10 36.10 4. Check Maximum Steel As(in^2)= 0.078 0.116 0.155 0.165 0.220 0.150 0.116 0.155 0.110 0.165 0.220 d(in.)= 5.813 5.813 5.813 5.813 5.813 5.813 7.625 7.625 7.625 7.625 7.625 ab=.85xb= 2.9240 2.9240 - 2.9240 2.9240 2.9240 2.9240 3.8358 3.8358 3.8358 3.8358 3.8358 Asb=Cb/fy= 1.7812 1.2712 1.0162 1.2712 1.0162 1.7812 1.4320 1.1770 1.9420 1.4320 1.1770 rho(max)=.5 rho(bal.)= 0.0032 0.0034 0.0036 0.0034 0.0036 0.0032 0.0029 0.0032 0.0027 0.0029 0.0032 p(rho)= 0.0011 0.0017- 0.0022 0.0024 0.0032 0.0022 0.0013 0.0017 0.0012 0.0018 0.0024 Check dia.of reinf.<1/2 dw no no no no no no no no no no no Check As<6%of grout space no no no no no no no no no no no 5. Interaction Points Eccentricities All Points ewall= 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.813 1.813 1.813 1.813 1.813 Point#3 e1 = 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 7.125 7.125 7.125 7.125 7.125 e2= 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 6.875 6.875 6.875 6.875 6.875 e3= 1.438 1.438 1.438 1.438 1.438 1.438 3.250 3.250 3.250 3.250 3.250 e4= 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.813 1.813 1.813 1.813 1.813 e5= -4.813 -4.813 -4.813 -4.813 -4.813 -4.813 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 Point#4 e1 = 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 7.125 7.125 7.125 7.125 7.125 e2= 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 6.875 6.875 6.875 6.875 6.875 e3= 1.906 1.906 1.906 1.906 1.906 1.906 3.719 3.719 3.719 3.719 3.719 Point#5 e1 = 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 7.125 7.125 7.125 7.125 7.125 e2= 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 6.875 6.875 6.875 6.875 6.875 e3= 2.875 2.875 2.875 2.875 2.875 2.875 4.688 4.688 4.688 4.688 4.688 Point#6 e1 = 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 7.125 7.125 7.125 7.125 7.125 e2= 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 6.875 6.875 6.875 6.875 6.875 e3= 3.521 3.521 3.521 3.521 3.521 3.521 5.333 5.333 5.333 5.333 5.333 Point#7 e1 = 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 7.125 7.125 7.125 7.125 7.125 e2= 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 6.875 6.875 6.875 6.875 6.875 e3= 3.844 3.844 3.844 3.844 3.844 3.844 5.656 5.656 5.656 5.656 5.656 Point#8 el = 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 7.125 7.125 7.125 7.125 7.125 e2= 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 6.875 6.875 6.875 6.875 6.875 e3= 4.167 4.167 4.167 4.167 4.167 4.167 5.979 5.979 5.979 5.979 5.979 Point#9 el= 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 5.313 7.125 7.125 7.125 7.125 7.125 e2= 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 5.063 6.875 6.875 6.875 6.875 6.875 e3= 4.259 4.259 4.259 4.259 4.259 4.259 6.071 6.071 .6.071 6.071 6.071 Point#10 e1 = 5.328 5.328 5.328 5.328 5.328 5.328 7.141 7.141 7.141 7.141 7.141 Point#11 e1= 5.425 5.425 5.425 5.425 5.425 5.425 7.238 7.238 7.238 7.238 7.238 WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM _ REVISED 10121196 Page 1 Copyright m ` Date 31CO Sheet No. of Job Wal-Mart Takeover-14o2T14 A MjI5N,r44 Subject New 12"CMU WORKING STRESS WALL ANALYSIS ACI 530 1. Input Wall Height,H= 22.00 feet '18.0' (Fav, Vm Parapet Height,Hp= 0.00 feet a Pf Weight of Concrete Block= 115 (103,115,135)pcf Nominal Wall Thickness,T= 12 (6",8", 10"or 12") Eccentricity,e= 0 inches Hp Running or Stacked Bond R (R or S) Solid or Partial Grout P (S or P) Level of inspection factor,e= 1.000 (0 to 1) w Applicable code= ACI (UBC or ACI) H Comp.Strength,f'm= 1500 psi Steel Stress,Fs= 24000 psi ` Axial Loads(Unfactored) Dead Live Pf,Case#1 0 0 plf Pf,Case#2 736.7 0 plf look Spacing Pf,Case#3 736.7 1933.6 plf Pf,Case#4 76 212 plf kd Reinforcing-#,Size,and Spacing # Size Spacing (Note:input numbers only) T -- - B - :> s Try: 1 - # 5 @ 48 " O.C. 1 - # 5 @ 32 " O.C. 1 - # 5 @ 24 " O.C. 1 - # 6 ® 32 " O.C. b 1 - # 6 @ 24 " O.C. 1 - # 7@ 48 " O.C. 2 - # 5 @ 32 " O.C. y 2 - # 5 @ 24 O.C. r7 q 2 - # 6 @ 48 " O.C. P •V /��� � > / 'F' �� 2 - # 6 @ 24 " O.C. 2. Summary of Calculations ALLOWABLE WIND PRESSURE(PSF) AI:COWABLE SEISMIC PRESSURE PSF Reinforcing #5048 #5 @32 #5 @24 #6 @32 #6 @24 #7 @48 245 @32 2-#5@2412-#6@48 246 @32 246 @24 Density(psf) 75 80 85 80 85 75 80 85 75 80 85 d(inches) 5.81 5.81 5.81 5.81 5.81 5.81 7.63 7.63 7.63 7.63 7.63 Cost per sq.ft.(estimated) 9.18 9.57 9.95 9.73 10.17 9.29 9.96 10.47 9.66 10.29 10.91 Axial Load Dead Live Case#1 0 0 24.8 33.2 40.5 41.6 48.1 39.2 4M0_- 43.1 55.4 40.8 58.1 70.5 t 24tt 41. A 38, 422 54"5 x 6 572 MM Case#2 736.7 0 30.1 37.3 43.6 44.7 51.7 42.4 48.3 60.6 46.0 63.3 68.9 :47 9 :0 : Case#3 736.7 1934 30.1 37.3 43.6 44.7 51.7 42.4 48.3 60.6 46.0 63.3 68.9 4 4 59 44 Case#4 76 212 25.4 33.7 40.8 41.9 48.5 39.5 43.6 55.9 41.3 58.6 69.5 24 .406., :4 CD 0 M O M O M O M O �t <- U) O O (A M O W r!' O r ti U? N O O O r C: O 7 V' O CO O 0 O ON O O .4 V M 6 O 0 M M 'Tom O w ti CD M U) V' o m 1- O V' No) O CA 00 r N N M M IT Iq U7 (D O M (D O r O r O O V. U7 Lo r ":r ,t O O O O O O O to 't 4t M M co M r r r r r r r r N r N N N N N N M M M M M M /1 ^ O O O � M O m h O d• r 0 ao O M O Lo V• m r t 'Y 1- V U-1 N O O O O O It V' L.L n o m M 00 M O ONO M r r N N M M U) CD CO (D CD p M O M O M O �M fi (d O M U) 00 CdO I� D 0 A t O 0 h 0 M N 67 O O 00 O p O O M CO (O (D M V M M M M U) lf•) CA M O f` CA O r d' O 1• "t to 0 h CO i� N Oi 0 M CD 0r-_ O M M CO CD 1� w 0 0 n O w 0 "t N M f` O O N O O M M r O r N r M r r i V�' Vr Vr O r 0r O O O M M M M M M r N M M � 0 to O O w O O N N N N N N M M M M co M OO O t(7 M CO M M 00 f� O 1� M U1 M CO M M O O M r r V a0 N -T U? O 00 M O M O OV: V: 'IT U)N M M r r D O O M O U N U O O r r r h N r r r r r N U o d "t w M O M 0 0 0 O M N N N M M V' U U) 0 O O M m M et 'It [t C O O O m t O O m O N cM M M r r N N N N N N N M M M M M LL. d O N 00 f- O "t M N O N CC) t` O h aD N O N OO � O O N 00 I� O � a0 N O N O DU) O 1� a0 N O _ w 1- CO 0 1-- i` w O N "t O O M O O 0 O M- O w O N (C7 M N f` O N M � O U) N O O O r N M " d• CO W M O r N I O h W O r M M (o CO h O O O N N N N N N N M M M M O co O O O N CD M O B 1- O 1- 1.- O w M N O O N M a0 U7 N O N t` (f') M M N O O N a0 n r M O 4 O M CA 4 O 6 N M 6 M O (A 0 CO f-- M O_ N m M r 0 CD M 1-. d N r r r N N N M M sf U7 CO O f` M O O M O n N N N N CO N N M M U r I Z 1 R'Q C O N O A 7 "T ONO " D � U) O O CO CA d O N O N CD U) O (O O O O _ \- �,J 2 O N 6 CA N O O 6 O 6 O CO N 00 (t) N O I� U) � N O O O O O r N M o ti O N O W /- m N r r <- r N N M M V c1' U) U) (D (D f� N 0 "- 0 N M d' to (D 1- M O O N M 0 CO 1- M r .-- r r r r N N N N N N N N J U (n M M O O O O O O N- M O O r 0 A r tp f1 M r M r O Ur) r r O 0 r r CO M e- M O U� r 07 O I: W U ( N O Co D It Cl) N N N N 0 Cl) O ao O J r O N r D O U7 O O N 00 r N M �T U) O h M O r 04 Cl) M N M r r e r r - r r r r N N N N N N N r r r N N M co M co M p O O ) r U� r Lq r O p U) r r U) r O r o O Cr J O O M O N 0 w Iq M N CO O 0 O (o O O N 0 4 r 00 N O 0 (O <t M N r 0 0 0 OO r O Q r N N M M el rt U7 7 O O I- M O O r ms N _ N N N A Q ~ W aZ O O N OO U) d: CO O (O V 0 p N 0 0 0 g O r- w O ,t r O <- d; O O0 1� O � O O O N O M O O ` M M M A o N M o N O D � r A fU-) CO O UI� M M N O N r ` O O cM 6 6 4 M 6 6 M M N f N N N M M M Nt Nt 0 0 (D Orl- r- M O o p r N M rT O J^ V p O CD M Lq W d: r O r �f O U� M d: O O O .i M Lo W - r O r 7 00 U) M CO O CO 7 M r M 0 M 1- O M N r to W 4 00 M M M O0 4 O CO N 00 't M N O f` (n M U) O ^ O r r r r N N N M M M " d' [t 0 U) CO CD f� h CD p O O O r N N M � U) to CD ti Zr r r r r r r r r r r r O M N M O O CD M N M 0 00 M O w w O M P• m r O r M 1- ch O 00 0 O cM 00 (o 0 U) O M 00 u7 _ _ _ r !� N 00 Uf r N � N U) O O r M U) O N 117 M M M U7 M N ll') O 11•) O Lo O to p O r r N M M r r r r r N N N N M M M [t d• d' U) 0 LL O CD M r O r M (O O (O M r O r M CO O O M r O r M (O O O (M r 0 <- M CO p 0 r M CD O _ O U1 O U•) (17 (D ti 0 O 00 N N N N M M M M It � d• 000 O 0 M r- N a0 M M O O O r r r r r r Y N t CD OO O r CO 00 r N Olt 11- N 1- N r W o M O O M OO M Or" O M h U? r OR U) N O N N N M M 4 6 6 D 6 6 6 O U� D N r M It 0 0 0 1` O L6 O N N N M M M M M M r Q CD C to U7 UO 0 U) CO 0 0 U7 CO (o 0 O co (O CO 1� O ti � ti ti � ti h w CD w 00 a0 co co co co co 0 0 0 0 C M M M M M � U to U UO O O r-- r-- t` f` O 0 O 0 O O O A r r r r r r r 7 r E O II a O Z 0 - - - - - 0 LL 00000OOOOOOO � ho � DoDoD000m � mZhi c N .• -- r r � Y M - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i D r - r - r r r r r r r r - r r r II L r U) oopftk 0 ~ O W O _ _ _ _ p U M C U O M CD O O i'M CO O O M CO O cM CD O O M CO O O ('M (O O M CO CA O iM CO O y M II a0 cu J .� S N iV iV N M iM i'7 io it � �t V to to to io iD iD i0 i0 F� 1� 00 c0 c0 c0 O O O O @ fn LL. V U > Date 300 Sheet No. of Alow- Job oospozo N fKTHAryt►'o►-� Subject VL5n Qu i-E ROG 'C AMO►J DES16M RAZ G'-1L I�q =191 K p wAL4. = 78p5F-(18'k3)= `f,7 K �>� _ /5nper•(3.33'X2'x2)=.Z.OK L=2553K /6E y'9,X y' 9„x 1'-D" F wl 5 WAY X > 2,6- SK JOB NAME:..Wal-Mart-Northampton, MA FILE NAME Vestibule 2 NUMBER:bulkhead.mc JOB NUMBER:...0030020 SUBJECT:...Bulkhead at vestibule Grid line A.9 BY: RDH DATE: 3/9/00 EL GIRT AT BOTTOM OF BULKHEAD TS12x6x1/2 Fy:=46•ksi E :=29000•ksi lx:=287•in4 Sx:=47.8-in 3 Span = L:=35-ft Wind Load at interior of building = Qw:= 10•psf Wind load on girt= Wt:=(8•ft)•Qw => Wt=80plf Point Load at midspan DL+ LL= P :=(5.72-K).(3.0-ft) P =2288 lb (7.5•ft) Reactions R:=Wt•(.5•L) + (0.5•P) => R=2544 lb M= Wt. 2 + P—L => M = 32270lb•ft fb:=M => fb =8.1 ksi < Fy•0.60=27.6ksi 8 4 Sx 4 3 ATL:= 5•Wt•L + P•L ATL = 0.749 in L =0.875 in 384•E•Ix 48•E•Ix 480 JAMB COLUMNS AT ENDS OF BULKHEAD (C4) TS 8x4x3/8 Fy:=46•ksi E :=29000•ksi Span = L:= 19.5•ft Ix:=61.9•in4 Sx:= 15.5•in axial load from girder= P := 19.08•K Allowable load (AISC Table p. 3-49) = Pa :=54•K ly:=20.6•in4 Sy:= 10.3•in3 Lateral load from girt= H:=2.51•K (8•ft)•(11.5•ft) Mx f. Column moment from girt load = Mx:=H• fbx:=— fbx=9 ksi S� L Sx Column moment from girder load = My:=P•(5.5•in)•(11 L• ft) fby:= My fby=6 ksi Unity check= P + fbx + fby = 0.85 Pa 0.66Fy 0.66Fy � 4—Z l� 1 JOB NAME:...Wal-Mart-Northampton, MA SHEET NUMBER: 1 JOB NUMBER:...0030020 FILE NAME:Y :Vestibule bulkh a .mcd Aff SUBJECT:...Bulkhead at vestibule Grid line A.9 .AD LOADS ROOF BULKHEAD WALL FRAMING Roof Dead Load= Rdl:= 15•psf Wall Dead Load = Wdl:= 10•psf Roof Live Load = RII:=35•psf GIRDER BEAM AT ROOF JOISTS Span = L:=35.33-ft W21 x57 W BM:=57-plf 4 Fy:=50-ksi 3 E :=29000•ksi R 1 R2/\ .S Ix:= 1170-in Sx:=111 -in rx:=8.36-in Distributed load Roof:=(20-ft) Wall:=(8-ft) Wt:=Roof•(Rdl + RII) + Wall•(Wdl) => Wt= 1080 plf WI :=Roof-RII => WI =700 plf Reactions LL only= RI:=WI•(.5•L) => RI'= 12366 lb` DL+LL= R:=Wt•(.5•L) => R= 190781b Bending M :=(Wt•L2)•(1) => M = 168.51K•ft fb:=M => fb = 18.2ksi < Fy•0.60= 30ksi g Sx 7eflections Total load Live load 0t:= 5•Wt•L4 Ot= .116in => < L = 1.767 in Al := 5-WI-L4 => AI = 0.723in < L = 1.178in 1` 384•E•Ix 240 384•E•Ix 360 CANTILEVERED STUB BEAM AT MID-SPAN OF GIRDER W21 x57 BM:=57•plf Fy:=50•ksi E :=29000•ksi Ix:= 1170•in4 Sx:= 111 •in3 rx:=8.36-in Extend cantilevered stub beam to support joist that was supported on a column 2.5 feet in from the exterior wall. The joist is cut short of the main girder and needs support. Point load from joist= P :=[(6•ft)•(18.5•ft)•(Rdl + RII)] + (3•ft)•(57•plf) P =57211b Cantilevere L:=3-ft Bending M :=(P•L) _> M = 17.16K•ft fb:= M => fb 1.9ksi` < Fy•0.60= 30ksi — = Sx TUBE STRUT TO GIRT AT MID-SPAN ':�S 8x6x1/4 Fy:=46•ksi E :=29000•ksi ,#wlx:=38.6 in Sx:= 12.9•in3 Jse a strut to the girt below to resist the torsion induced in the girder by the stub beam. Bending M => Moment induced in the strut= M = 17.16 K•ft fb:= Sx fb = 16 ksi < Fy•0.60=27.6 ksi WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Revised 10/7/93 Copyright©10/19/93 Date 300 Sheet No. of �.. Job Subject Moment Footings-Summary of Load Cases Load Cases D+L D+L+W .9D+W Overturning P total(kips)= 28.70 28.70 21.87 Mo(ft-kips)= 0.00 4.61 4.61 Mr(ft-kips)= 68.15 68.15 51.93 F.S.=Mr/Mo= - 14.77 11.26 F.S.>1.5 O.K. Soil Bearing Rv=P total(kips)= 28.70 28.70 21.87 M=Mr-Mo(ft-kips)= 68.15 63.54 47.32 a=M/Rv(ft)= 2.38 2.21 2.16 Q max(ksf)= 1.27 1.53 1.23 Q min(kst)= 1.27 1.01 0.71 Q max(ksf)= 0.89 1.15 0.84 Q allowable(ksf)= 4.00 5.33 5.33 Q max<Q allowable O.K. Reinforcing(bottom layer) .75' Ultimate factors 1.413+1.71- 1.4D+1.7L+1.7W .9D+1.3W Note:if loads shown as W are Earthquake Pu(kips)= 41.49 31.12 21.87 loads a factor of 1.1 is applied-1.1'1.7 Mu(ft-kips)= 98.55 68.03 45.94 and 1.1`1.3 a=Mu/Pu(1t)= 2.38 2.19 2.10 Qu max(ksf)= 1.84 1.71 1.30 Aor" Qu min(ksf)= 1.84 1.05 0.63 dist.to face of pilaster(ft)= 1.38 1.38 1.38 Ou face of pilaster(ksf)= 1.84 1.35 1.02 Mu face of pilaster('kips)= 5.59 5.13 3.72 Moments calculated are the result of An= 23.23 21.34 15.45 bearing pressure upwards and soil rho= .00039 .00036 .00026 and footing weight downwards Use 545 at 12"O.C.bottom Reinforcing(top layer) loads from soil and footing self-weight used for load cases where Qmin=0 Qu(kst)_ .00 .00 .00 (ultimate factor=1.4 for all cases) Mu(ft-kips)_ .00 .00 .00 Rn= 0.00 0.00 0.00 If top steel is required,a mimimum of 1/2 rho= .00000 .00000 .00000 temp.and shrinkage steel(rho=.001)is placed on the bottom and 1/2 is placed No top steel required on the top. If no top steel is required,a minimum of temp.and shrinkage steel Punching Shear (rho=.002)is placed on the bottom. Punching at one end-see diagram at right dist.from edge to d/2 from face(ft)= 1.06 1.06 1.06 Qu(at d/2 from face)(ksf)= 1.84 1.43 1.08 2 1 5 dist.from edge to 3d12 from face(ft)= 0.44 0.44 0.44 Qu(at 3d12 from face)(ksf= 1.84 1.59 1.21 Vu(along 1234)(kips)= 4.74 3.90 2.96 l 2 Vu(along 1456)(kips)= 3.82 3.43 2.62 Vu(total 123456)(kips)= 8.56 7.33 5.58 oVc,allow.shear(2-way)= 55.23 55.23 55.23 j Punching on entire footing { 3 Qu(avg.)(ksf)= 1.84 1.38 0.97 Vu(kips)= 38.33 28.74 20.20 1' 4 6 oVc,allow.shear(2-way)= 175.98 175.98 175.98 d 12 I d Vu<oVc O.K. Refer to'Foundation Engineering'by Peck, Beam Shear Hanson,and Thornbum(page 388) for explanation of procedure Vu(along 2'31(kips)= 9.28 7.92 6.03 j oVc,allow.shear(1-way)= 39.81 39.81 39.81 Vu<oVc O.K. WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Revised 1017193 Copyright©10/19/93 Date Sheet No. _ of _ Job Wal-Mart Takeover- /,p��► yv1p�IJ� l� _ ,z Subtect F1 Moment Footings 1. Input P,Axial dead load= 14.48 kips P,Axial live load= 4.40 kips P,Axial wind/seis.load= 0.00 kips P M,Moment dead load= 0.00 ft-kips M,Moment live load= 0.00 ft-kips M,Moment wind/seis.load= 0.00 ft-kips V,Shear dead load= 0.00 kips I M V,Shear live load= 0.00 kips V,Shear wind/seis.load= 1.63 kips Wind or Seismic controls? W W or S Allowable soil bearing= 4000 psf V l Net or Max= N N or M Allow 1/3 increase? y y or n(for soil) h (x Wp t d Soil weight= - 110 pcf Soil depth,d= 2.50 It Slab thickness,t- 4.00 in T Pilaster/column height,h= 1.83 ft Pilaster/column length,Lp= 2.00 It Pilaster/column width,Wp= 2.67 It Concrete strength,f'c= 3000 psi "` Steel strength,Fy= 60000 psi ' Rv " Qmax Try: Length,L= 4.75 If a Width,W= 4.75 It L(xW) Thickness,T= 1.00 It 2. Overturning 400* -oading Diagram P total=P+Wf+Ws= 21.87 kips (.913+W controls) M overturning= 4.61 ft-kips M resisting= 51.93 ft-kips Safety Factor=Mr/Mo= 11.26 >1.5 O.K. 3. Soil Bearing Rv=P total= 28.70 kips (D+L controls) M=Mr-Mo= 68.15 ft-kips a=M/R= 2.38 It Q max= 1.27 ksf Q max(net)= 0.89 <4 ksf O.K. 4. Reinforcing Bottom Steel Mu(face of pilaster)= 5.59 ft-kips(1.413+1.71-controls) rho= .00039 Ptop As required(primary-Pbot)= 1.37 inches squared 2, Bars required(primary-Pbot)= 545 ` Stop Bars required(secondary-Sbot): 545 Top Steel Mu(face of pilaster)_ .00 ft-kips(1.413+1.71-controls) rho= .00000 3' 3'CLR. Pbot As required(primary-Ptop)= 0.00 inches squared Sbot Bars required(primary-Ptop)= No top steel required Bars required(secondary-Stop): No top steel required Reinforcing Diagram 5. Shear Punching Shear Vu,shear on one end= 8.56 kips(1.4D+1.7L controls) eVc,allow.shear= 55.23 kips>8.56 kips O.K. Vu,shear on entire footing= 38.33 kips(1.4D+1.7L controls) eVc,allow.shear= 175.98 kips>38.33 kips O.K. Beam Shear Vu,shear= 9.28 kips(1.4D+1.7L controls) eVc,allow.shear= 39.81 kips>9.28 kips O.K. Use 4'-9"x 4'-9"x 1'-0"footing with 545 primary reinf.and 545 secondary reinf.bottom and no top bars required Willow WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Revised 6117199 Copyright©10/19/93 Date 300 Sheet No. of Job Wal-Mart Takeover DKTi4 AmPT159, M4 Subject Vestibule-C1 _-- COLUMN AND BASE PLATE DESIGN i Reference (with pinned bases) it 1. Input Column Mark C1 Case 2 y P,axial load = 9.4 kips b Mx,moment about x(strong)axis= 19.2 in.-kips My,moment about y(weak)axis= 394.0 in.-kips KLx,unbraced length= 11.8 feet Mx KLy,unbraced length= 22.8 feet d P Cmx= 1.0 x --- --- --._;_._ . _-- ----x Cmy= 1.0 2. Column Design Column Properties My A,area of cross section of column= 6.59 sq.in. Re:AISC Steel y Fy,yield stress= 46 ksi Manual,ASD Sx,section modulus with respect to x axis= 14.10 cu.in. 9th edition Sy,section modulus with respect to y axis= 14.10 cu.in. rx,radius of gyration about x axis= 2.74 in. i ry,radius of gyration about y axis= 2.74 in. Stresses fa,axial stress= 1.43 ksi fbx,bending stress about x axis= 1.36 ksi fby,bending stress about y axis= 27.94 ksi Allowable Stresses Cc,ratio separating long and short columns= 111.6 ksi Fa,allowable axial stress= 14.46 ksi Fbx,allowable bending stress about x axis= 30.36 ksi Fby,allowable bending stress about y axis= 30.36 ksi F'ex,Euler stress divided by safety factor= 56.39 ksi Pey,Euler stress divided by safety factor= 15.04 ksi Interaction Check Equation 1­11-1 = 1.16 <_1.33-O.K. Equation H1-2= 1.02 <_1.33-O.K. USE: TS7x7x1 14 3. Base Plate P,Total column load= 9.4 kips Re:AISC Steel Al =1/A2(P/.35f'c)A2= 0.0 sq.in. Manual,ASD Al =P/.7f'c= 4.5 sq.in. 9th edition E '�`b Al =b d= 49.0 sq.in. contro(1st revision) A=.5'(.95d-.95b)= 0.0 in. z to d N,required=sgrt(A1)+A 7.00 use 15 in. b=7.00 B,required=Ai/N= 0.00 use 8 in. d=7.00 Al,Area of plate=B x N= 120 sq.in. A2,Area of concrete support= 3600 sq.in. E fp,actual bearing pressure on support= 0.08 ksi L 1 1 Fp,allowable bearing pressure on support= 2.10 ksi-O.K. q,factor for lightly loaded plates= 0.04 95h lambda,factor for lightly loaded plates= 0.19 use 0.2 n lamda n = 0.34 in. B m=(N-.95d)/2= 4.18 in.-controls n n=(B-.95b)/2= 0.68 in. Awlk c=max(m,n,lambda'n')= 4.18 in. Fy,Yield strength of steel= 36 ksi tp,Thickness of plate= 0.39 in. USE: 0.5"x8"x1'-3" WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM _ Revised 6117199 Copyright©10/19/93 Date oJ�� Sheet No. of Job Wal-Mart Takeover- Nc)MAmpTON mA Subject Vestibule-C1 COLUMN AND BASE PLATE DESIGN I Reference (with pinned bases) 1. Input Column Mark C1 Case 1 y P,axial load = 11.6 kips b Mx,moment about x(strong)axis= 26.4 in.-kips My,moment about y(weak)axis= 0.0 in.-kips KLx,unbraced length= 11.8 feet Mx KLy,unbraced length= 22.8 feet d P � Cmx= 1.0 x -- ---- - -- ---- -- x Cmy= 1.0 2. Column Design Column Properties My A,area of cross section of column= 3.52 sq.in. Re:AISC Steel y Fy,yield stress= 46 ksi Manual,ASD Sx,section modulus with respect to x axis= 5.36 cu.in. 9th edition Sy,section modulus with respect to y axis= 5.36 cu.in. rx,radius of gyration about x axis= 1.95 in. ry,radius of gyration about y axis= 1.95 in. Stresses fa,axial stress= 3.30 ksi fbx,bending stress about x axis= 4.93 ksi fby,bending stress about y axis= 0.00 ksi Allowable Stresses Cc,ratio separating long and short columns= 111.6 ksi Fa,allowable axial stress= 7.62 ksi Fbx,allowable bending stress about x axis= 30.36 ksi Fby,allowable bending stress about y axis= 27.60 ksi F'ex,Euler stress divided by safety factor= 28.56 ksi Fey,Euler stress divided by safety factor= 7.62 ksi Interaction Check Equation 1­11-1 = 0.62 <_1.00-O.K. Equation 1­11-2= 0.28 <_1.00-O.K. USE: TS5x5x3/16 3. Base Plate P,Total column load= 11.6 kips Re:AISC Steel Al =1/A2(P/.35fc)-2= 0.0 sq.in. Manual,ASD b Al =P/7fc= 5.5 sq.in. 9th edition E Al =bd= 25.0 sq.in.-contro(1st revision) D=.5'(.95d.95b)= 0.0 in. N,required=sgrt(Al)+ 5.00 use 11 in. b=5.00 z I d B,required=Ai/N= 0.01 use 11 in. d=5.00 _- Al,Area of plate=B x N= 121 sq.in. A2,Area of concrete support= 3600 sq.in. JE I fp,actual bearing pressure on support= 0.10 ksi Fp,allowable bearing pressure on support= 2.10 ksi-0.K. q,factor for lightly loaded plates= 0.05 n 95h n lambda,factor for lightly loaded plates= 0.22 use 0.2 lamda n = 0.27 in. B m=(N-.95d)/2= 3.13 in.-controls Aoft. n=(B-.95by2= 3.13 in.-controls c=max(m,n,lambda'n')= 3.13 in. Fy,Yield strength of steel= 36 ksi tp,Thickness of plate= 0.32 in. USE: 0.375"x11"x0'-11" Date 5JI00 Sheet No. of Job CX33 Gb2o lJoR�1�w pTaN, ryl�Q Subject \f�yJ1 GICFLt'.. DE51(xN �OLU,wt*1 C� CONTIJ Reference +18"/Z MX = ,2k-u } �Zc►� �� �� = ,�.2k_�, rl +8 /Z =11•) x� , 158.710 >10.83' 22.IC2,> 1f3.75� 1x�x Ili, 8x S x 611( �l Vj")( �"x 1'4" � t� v N� ��u G►�u U�1M.1- o N Title: Job# Dsgnr: Date: Description OOW. Scope: Rev: 504001 Single Span Beam Analysis Page 1 Description Column C1 General Information Center Span 18.75 ft Moment of Inertia 1.000 in4 Left Cantilever ft Elastic Modulus 1 ksi Right Cantilever 9.08 ft Beam End Fixity Pin-Pin Point Loads Magnitude 0.878 k 0.533 k 1.120 k k k Location 10.830 ft 24.500 ft 27.830 ft ft ft Query Values Center Location 18.750 ft Left Cant 0.000 ft Right Cant 0.000 ft Moment -13.23 k-ft 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft Shear -1.21 k 0.00 k 0.00 k Deflection 0.00000 in 0.00000 in 0.00000 in Summary Moments... Shears... Reactions... Max+@ Center 0.00 k-ft at 0.00 ft @ Left 0.33 k @ Left -0.33 k Max-@ Center -13.23 k-ft at 18.75 ft @ Right 1.65 k @ Right 2.87 k @ Left Cant 0.00 k-ft Maximum 1.65 k @ Right Cant -13.23 k-ft Deflections... @ Center ####.### in at 11.77 ft Maximum = 13.23 k-ft @ Left Cant. 0.000 in at 0.00 ft @ Right Cant -####.### in at 27.83 ft (c)1983 97 ENERCALC KW-0602190,Ver 5.0.4, 10-Dec-1997,Win32 look Date 3100 Sheet No. of Job 003 Noarl+>3v 7mm Subject VSr1 SULE DESIC,ti1 C'otun�N C1 N• Wp.lo loans Hz H. = 6Z(uppm) P =a8 ° s7� = 9�pi r(23, 3/Z): 1120# 7 t' Nz : 61 Npmg) H3 &�)PLF (13,33/Z)= 633 N3= (GI -fG2)(Lowoi = 53PcF(13.33/Z) + 'fSpcF(Z3 332)=578# + P: LOAD FROM ROOF 6Lrnl S >,33 DL=(so,Z-Zl7X/333/2)= lSGG � SL = /7 (13.3312) = )780 DL= (5oZ-Z(7 93,331Z) - 274/# 6L= zI 7(Z3.33/2) ° 31IS Tom- DL ° 1/307* X 08 7 T- S L = /760# r% = (Z7yl-1560((') - 7/ K-W !7 x ►N ryl6L Mw ovx /3.23 K rr = 158, 7(o Kin► (�E: �JEXzCRG� O(ATPUT) O N � O CO O nOj' O 0 0 t N LO O CV CD O O N C6 N M C) C7 Cf) a M O O t O Cn O cl O r O �t N O L\ N N M N a C�7 M CN7 k6 M O (r0 v d (� I O lA r r N N d CO co N O llt CO C'') O CO N rt CC+j Cp M CO M tp M ^ COO VO O LO O Ur O Cn r In C) d n CD e- 0) In 00 U) O LO � CA N CO K CD N ^ O tCj r r M t LO N l(j N CD C7 C'7 Ch d O (� r t() i- Cn �- U C C Y N Ln to N to .- CO p) CO r O 00 cr. N CD O O O r O O O O 4 '- r L� � M O � ui J N CD C7 M O C7 O Cf) O .- r ,- LO ._ LO .- ln N +- U •�• M cq d to CO (0) dD O CA (3) r O) O F . N CO V- O „ A N O M C) r co C t D N M V- CO r- CO r rt •- r N LO V- Cn V- cr. a F- cn ce) (0 o I. Cl? o cry co cl .- c'? co o rn co 0 3 M oo p ce) N o) ' r L6 r Lfj a0 pp v t� O nl O N _o N .- Cf) ,- M V ,- �t rt .- r N LO N LO N cz = Q � r O "J Cn O C") O CO CO �D p O j N N N LL N CO N d N V N N r CO CO CO M U E O A Q U) N y Jd N NN Lnco r ^ MM 0O Coco Lq Lo 0DO oz3 p l!j �j r i- C7 N C�j O Cp M M Q Y r CO M cr) V V d m et C', r r O Cp C', O � 3 X U L Q o 0 LL m o CO M cr) J co 0) ` r v 0 0 0 m Q r r r N N N ci O Ch N cz Q C Q) O C J N �t J 3 O Cf) LO 0) N O r O cq 00 O r Q O) 00 00 rn � O Q 0 O 'O 7 0)LL- 0) O CO N M C7 C� C O 14 L6 CO r O r O O O � C O N N O 2 J = J 0 �a _ J J J > N_ rt J � v � LO d x x x X X d O Ch X x N x x x O x 7 r M co � r co M L � LO D Q x � H t0 O Z r Date Sheet No. of .lob UJT-t, vml �(�D Subject —7 i 14 o� ------- - -1 '--- i PY07 tt- Date 5/00 -- Sheet No. of Job ChM -T/9- On3OOZO Subject )'ql,87 ZO /3" �t�A � �� � 9©.8.k� /��,33' _ x.95�` 6 q,17K /d7 U/K6, Y114 10 A o Zl-o,4 Imo® t r-7 �ULCRAFT 1.5(B,F,A) 18 DIAPHRAGM SHEAR STRENGTH (PLF) ' SUPPORT FASTENERS: PNEUTEK5/,6"HEAD WITH%"x16 GA.WASHER SIDELAP FASTENERS: #10TEKSCREWS 0.130"SHANK(TO BE USED FOR SUBSTRATES'/,"THRU 3/16"THICK) 1 Fastener SPAN(FT.-IN.) Layout K 1 3-0 3-6 4-0 4-6 5-0 5-6 6-0 6-6 7-0 7-6 8-0 8-6 9-0 10-0 11-0 12-0 1 1.07203 0 756 666 593 533 476 431 392 360 332 308 287 269 252 224 201 182 0.71469 1 856 759 680 614 560 509 465 427 394 366 341 320 300 267 241 218 ► 0.53601 2 946 845 761 691 631 581 537 493 456 424 396 371 348 311 280 254 0.42881 3 1026 924 837 763 700 645 598 557 518 482 450 422 397 354 319 290 0.35734 4 1097 995 906 830 764 707 657 613 574 539 504 473 445 397 359 301 f 0.30629 5 1160 1059 971 893 825 765 712 666 625 588 555 524 493 434 359 301 3619 0.26801 6 1215 1117 1029 951 882 820 766 717 674 636 601 569 536 434 359 301 0.23823 7 1264 1169 1083 1005 935 872 817 767 722 681 645 600 536 434 359 301 0.21441 8 1307 1216 1132 1055 985 922 865 813 767 725 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.19491 9 1345 1258 1177 1101 1031 968 910 858 811 768 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.17867 10 1379 1296 1217 1143 1075 1011 954 901 852 771 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.16493 11 1409 1330 1254 1182 1115 1052 994 941 885 771 678 600 536 434 359 301 DB=63 DF=111 DA=175 K2=1398 1.60804 0 484 421 370 327 293 265 242 222 205 191 178 167 157 139 125 114 ► 0.91888 1 600 526 467 420 380 344 314 289 267 248 232 218 205 183 165 150 0.64322 2 705 623 557 502 457 419 386 356 329 306 286 269 253 226 204 186 0.49478 3 797 711 640 - 580 530 487 450 419 391 364 340 320 301 270 244 222 0.40201 4 878 790 716 653 598 552 512 476 446 418 394 371 349 313 283 258 0.33854 5 949 861 785 720 663 613 570 532 498 469 442 418 397 356 323 295 3617 0.29237 6 1010 924 848 781 723 671 625 585 549 517 488 462 439 399 359 301 0.25729 7 1062 980 905 838 778 725 678 635 598 564 533 506 481 434 359 301 0.22972 „x_1108 1029 956 889 829 77! 727 683 644 608 576 547 521 434 359 301 0.20749 9 1147 1072 1002 937 877 822 773 729 688 651 618 587 536 434 359 301 0.18918 10 1181 1111 1043 979 920 866 817 771 730 692 658 600 536 434 359 301 �#004°' 0.17384 11 1211 1144 1080 1018 960 907 857 812 770 731 678 600 536 434 359 301 DB=63 DF=111 DA=175 K2=1398 2.41267 0 328 289 257 230 205 185 169 155 143 132 123 115 108 96 86 77 1.13522 1 420 377 340 309 283 261 241 221 205 190 177 166 156 139 125 113 0.74223 2 491 447 409 376 347 322 299 280 262 247 231 217 204 182 164 150 0.55136 3 543 503 466 433 403 376 352 330 311 294 278 264 251 226 204 186 0.43858 4 583 546 512 480 450 423 398 376 355 336 319 304 290 265 243 222 0.36410 5 612 580 549 518 490 463 439 416 395 375 358 341 326 299 276 255 36/4 0.31124 6 635 607 578 550 523 498 474 451 430 411 392 375 359 331 306 285 0.27179 7 652 627 602 577 552 528 504 482 462 442 424 406 390 361 335 301 0.24121 8 666 644 621 598 575 553 531 510 490 470 452 435 419 389 359 301 0.21682 9 677 658 637 616 595 574 554 534 514 496 478 461 444 414 359 301 0.19691 10 686 669 650 631 612 593 573 554 536 518 501 484 468 434 359 301 0.18034 11, 693 678 661 644 626 608 590 573 555 538 521 505 489 434 359 301 DB=526 DF=597 DA=630 K2=1398 3.21609 0 274 245 221 201 183 165 150 138 127 118 109 102 96 85 76 68 1.28644 1 342 314 288 266 246 229 214 200 188 175 163 153 144 128 115 104 0.80402 2 386 361 338 317 297 279 262 247 234 221 210 200 190 171 154 140 0.58474 3 415 394 374 354 336 318 302 287 273 260 248 236 226 208 192 177 0.45944 4 434 417 400 383 366 350 334 319 306 293 280 269 258 238 221 206 36/3 0.37836 5 447 433 419 404 389 374 360 346 333 320 308 297 286 266 248 232 0.32161 6 457 445 433 420 407 394 381 368 356 344 332 321 310 290 272 256 0.27966 7 464 454 443 432 421 409 398 386 375 363 352 342 331 312 294 277 0.24739 8 469 461 452 442 432 422 411 401 390 380 370 360 350 331 313 297 0.22180 9 473 466 458 450 441 432 422 413 403 394 384 375 366 348 330 301 0.20101 10 476 470 463 456 448 440 432 423 414 406 397 388 379 362 346 301 0.18378 11 478 473 467 461 454 447 439 431 424 415 407 399 391 375 3o9 301 DB=1084 DF=1192 DA=1199 K2=1398 K2'Number of sidelap fasteners per span G'= 3.78+(0.3 x Dx/SPAN)+(3 x K x SPAN) a 79 �I® ULCRAFT 41 .5 B, B1, BA, BIA Maximum Sheet Length 42'-0 Extra Charge for Lengths Under 6-0 Factory Mutual Approved (No. OC847.AM and OG1A4.AM)'" a ICBO Approved (No. 3415) 6 21/z t' 1 Bl 36 SECTION PROPERTIES F. = 33 ksl (80 ksi for 24 gage) Type Design Weight(Lbs/Ftz) I Sp Sn Type B (wide rib) deck provides excellent structural load carrying capacity per pound of steel utilized, No. Thick Ptd. 1.46 (I.121 (I.120 (1.131 and its nestable design eliminates the need for die- 1.5624 0.0239 1.36 1.46 0.121 0.120 0.131 set ends. 1.5622 0.0295 1.68 1.78 0.169 0.186 0.192 1.5821 0.0329 1.87 1.97 0.192 0.213 0.221 1" or more rigid insulation is required for Type B 1.5B20 0.0358 2.04 2.14 0.212 0.234 0.247 deck. 1.5B19 0.0418 2.39 2.49 0.253 0.277 0.289 1.5618 0.0474 2.72 2.82 0.292 0.318 0.327 Acoustical deck (Type BA, BIA) is particularly 1.5B16 0.0598 3.44 3.54 0.373 0.408 0.411 suitable in structures such as auditoriums, schools, and theatres where sound control is desirable. ACOUSTICAL DATA Acoustic perforations are located in the vertical Absorption Coefficients Noise Reduction webs where the load carrying properties are Type 125 1250 1500 1110001200 4000 Coefficient* negligibly affected (less than 5%). 1.5BA,BIA .51 .95 1.06 .98 1 62 .27 .90w/insulation' Inert, non-organic glass fiber sound abso ig .40 .86 1.05 .96 .55 .19 .85 w/o insulation batts are placed in the rib openings to absorb up to Source:Riverbank Acoustical Laboratories(test A78-15) 90%of the sound striking the deck. 'Test had small flutes full of fiberglass insulation. All tests were performed with 2'rigid insulation. Batts are field installed and may require separation. VERTICAL LOADS TYPE 1.513 Max.Span Allowable Total(Dead+Live)Uniform Load(Lbs./Sq.Ft.) No.of SDI Const.Load Spans Gage Span(ft.-in.) - 26.6KSI _4/240 5-0 5 6 6 0 6-6 7-0 7-6 8 0 8-6 1 9-0 9-6 10 0 10-6 11 0 11 6 12-0 24 9-6 4-8 22 8-3 5-7 21 9-5 6-0 1 20 10-4 6-5 19 12-3 7-1 j 18 14-1 7-8 16 18-1 8-8 24 11-9 5-10 126 104 87 74 64 _ 22 10-1 6-11 102 85 71 61 52 46 40 35 32 28 26 23 21 19 18 21 11-7 7-4 118 97 82 70 60 52 46 41 36 33 29 27 24 22 20 2 20 12-9 7-9 132 109 91 78 67 59 51 46 41 36 33 30 27 25 23 19 15-1 8-5 154 127 107 91 79 69 60 53 48 43 39 35 32 29 27 18 17-4 9-1 174 144 121 103 89 78 68 60 54 48 44 40 36 33 30 16 22-2 10-3 1 219 181 1 152 1 130 112 1 97 1 86 1 76 1 68 1 61 1 55 50 1 45 1 41 1 38 24 11-9 5-10 affln WO 22 10-1 6-11 128 106 89 76 65 57 50 21 11-7 7-4 147 122 102 87 75 65 3 20 12-9 7-9 165 136 114 97 84 19 15-1 8-5 193 159 134 114 98 18 17-4 9-1 218 180 151 129 111 14L 1 16 1 22-2 1 10-3 1 274 1 226 1 190 1 162 140 NOTES: 1. Load tables are calculated using sectional properties based on the steel design thicknesses shown in the Steel Deck Institute(SDI)Design Manual. 2. Loads shown in the shaded areas are governed by live load deflection not in excess of 1/240 of the span.A dead load of 10 PSF has been included. 3. Fy=60 KSI for 24 gage.Fy=33 KSI for all other gages. 51 "Acoustical Deck is not covered under Factory Mutual. Za I _ _v ULCRAFT .5 (B,F,A) 18 DIAPHRAGM SHEAR STRENGTH (PLF) SUPPORT FASTENERS: PNEUTEK 5/16"HEAD WITH%"x16 GA.WASHER SIDELAP FASTENERS: #10 TEK SCREWS _ 0.130"SHANK(TO BE USED FOR SUBSTRATES 1/e"THRU 3/16'THICK) Fastener SPAN(FT.-IN.) Layout K1 3-0 3-6 4-0 4-6 5-0 5-6 6-0 6-6 7-0 7-6 8-0 8-6 9-0 10-0 11-0 12-0 1 1.07203 0 756 666 593 533 476 431 392 360 332 308 287 269 252 224 201 182 0.71469 1 856 759 680 614 560 509 465 427 394 366 341 320 300 267 241 218 0.53601 2 946 845 761 691 631 581 537 493 456 424 396 371 348 311 280 254 0.42881 3 1026 924 837 763 700 645 598 557 518 482 450 422 397 354 319 290 0.35734 4 1097 995 906 830 764 707 657 613 574 539 504 473 445 397 359 301 36/9 0.30629 5 1160 1059 971 893 825 765 712 666 625 588 555 524 493 434 359 301 0.26801 6 1215 1117 1029 951 882 820 766 717 674 636 601 569 536 434 359 301 > 0.23823 7 1264 1169 1083 1005 935 872 817 767 722 681 645 600 536 434 359 301 0.21441 8 1307 1216 1132 1055 985 922 865 813 767 725 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.19491 9 1345 1258 1177 1101 1031 968 910 858 811 768 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.17867 10 1379 1296 1217 1143 1075 1011 954 901 852 771 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.16493 11 1409 1330 1254 1182 1115 1052 994 941 885 771 678 600 536 434 359 301 DB=63 DF=111 DA=175 K2=1398 1.60804 0 484 421 370 327 293 265 242 222 205 191 178 167 157 139 125 114 0.91888 1 600 526 467 420 380 344 314 289 267 248 232 218 205 183 165 150 0.64322 2 705 623 557 502 457 419 386 356 329 306 286 269 253 226 204 186 0.49478 3 797 711 640 580 530 487 450 419 391 364 340 320 301 270 244 222 0.40201 4 878 790 716 653 598 552 512 476 446 418 394 371 349 313 283 258 0.33854 5 949 861 785 720 663 613 570 532 498 469 442 418 397 356 323 295 36/7 0.29237 6 1010 924 848 781 723 671 625 585 549 517 488 462 439 399 359 301 0.25729 7 1062 980 905 838 778 725 678 635 598 564 533 506 481 434 359 301 0.22972 §, 1108 1029 956 889 829 775 727 683 644 608 576 547 521 434 359 301 0.20749 9 1147 1072 1002 937 877 822 773 729 68B 651 618 587 536 434 359 301 n 0.18918 10 1181 1111 1043 979 920 866 817 771 730 692 658 600 536 434 359 301 tr " 0.17384 11 1211 1144 1080 1018 960 907 857 812 770 731 678 600 536 434 359 301 DB=63 DF=111 DA=175 K2=1398 2.41267 0 328 289 257 230 205 185 169 155 143 132 123 115 108 96 86 77 1.13522 1 420 377 340 309 283 261 241 221 205 190 177 166 156 139 125 113 iI 0.74223 2 491 447 409 376 347 322 299 280 262 247 231 217 204 182 164 150 0.55136 3 543 503 466 433 403 376 352 330 311 294 278 264 251 226 204 186 0.43858 4 583 546 512 480 450 423 398 376 355 336 319 304 290 265 243 222 36/4 0.36410 5 612 580 549 518 490 463 439 416 395 375 358 341 326 299 276 255 0.31124 6 635 607 578 550 523 498 474 451 430 411 392 375 359 331 306 285 0.27179 7 652 627 602 577 552 528 504 482 462 442 424 406 390 361 335 301 0.24121 8 666 644 621 598 575 553 531 510 490 470 452 435 419 389 359 301 0.21682 9 677 658 637 616 595 574 554 534 514 496 478 461 444 414 359 301 0.19691 10 686 669 650 631 612 593 573 554 536 518 501 484 468 434 359 301 0.18034 11 693 678 661 644 626 608 590 573 555 538 521 505 489 434 359 301 DB=526 DF=597 DA=630 K2=1398 3.21609 0 274 245 221 201 183 165 150 138 127 118 109 102 96 85 76 68 1.28644 1 342 314 288 266 246 229 214 200 188 175 163 153 144 128 115 104 0.80402 2 386 361 338 317 297 279 262 247 234 221 210 200 190 171 154 140 0.58474 3 415 394 374 354 336 318 302 287 273 260 248 236 226 208 192 177 0.45944 4 434 417 400 383 366 350 334 319 306 293 280 269 258 238 221 206 36/3 0.37836 5 447 433 419 404 389 374 360 346 333 320 308 297 286 266 248 .232 0.32161 6 457 445 433 420 407 394 381 368 356 344 332 321 310 290 272 256 0.27966 7 464 454 443 432 421 409 398 386 375 363 352 342 331 312 294 277 0.24739 8 469 461 452 442 432 422 411 401 390 380 370 360 350 331 313 297 0.22180 9 473 466 458 450 441 432 422 413 403 394 384 375 366 348 330 301 0.20101 10 476 470 463 456 448 440 432 423 414 406 397 388 379 362 346 301 0.18378 11 478 473 467 461 454 447 439 431 424 415 407 399 391 375 359 301 DB=1084 DF=1192 DA=1199 K2=1398 "Number of sidelap fasteners per span G'= K2 3.78+(0.3 x Dx/SPAN)+(3 x K x SPAN) 79 U LCRArT w (B,F,A) '18 DIAPHRAGM SHEAR STRENGTH (PLF) ,"PPORT FASTENERS: HILTI ENP2K & HSN SERIES SIDELAP FASTENERS: #10 TEK SCREWS FOR SUBSTRATES'/s"THRU 3/8" Fastener SPAN(FT.-IN.) Layout K 1 3-0 3-6 4-0 4-6 5-0 5-6 6-0 6-6 7-0 7-6 8-0 8-6 9-0 10-0 11-0 12-0 0.44280 0 1020 898 800 718 643 581 529 486 448 416 387 362 340 302 271 245 0.36700 1 1122 992 887 801 729 660 601 552 510 474 442 413 388 346 311 282 0.31336 2 1215 1081 971 879 802 737 674 619 572 531 496 464 436 389 350 301 0.27340 3 1301 1165 1050 954 873 803 743 686 634 589 550 515 485 432 359 301 0.24248 4 1380 1242 1125 1026 940 867 804 749 696 647 604 566 533 434 359 301 3619 0.21785 5 1453 1315 1196 1094 1006 929 863 805 753 705 658 600 536 434 359 301 0.19775 6 1519 1382 1262 1158 1068 989 920 859 805 757 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.18105 7 1579 1444 1325 1220 1127 1046 975 912 856 771 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.16696 8 1634 1502 1383 1278 1184 1101 1028 963 885 771 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.15489 9 1684 1555 1438 1332 1238 1154 1079 1013 885 771 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.14446 10 1730 1604 1489 1384 1290 1205 1129 1027 885 771 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.13534 11 1771 1650 1537 1433 1338 1253 1176 1027 885 771 678 600 536 434 359 301 DB=63 DF=111 DA=175 K2=1398 0.66419 0 653 568 499 441 395 358 326 300 277 257 240 225 211 188 169 154 0.50710 1 771 674 598 536 482 437 399 366 339 315 294 276 259 231 209 190 0.41011 2 880 774 690 621 564 515 471 433 401 373 348 327 308 275 248 226 0.34426 3 980 868 777 702 639 586 541 500 463 431 403 378 356 318 288 262 0.29663 4 1071 955 859 779 711 654 605 562 525 488 457 429 404 362 327 298 36/7 0.26058 5 1154 1036 936 852 781 719 666 620 580 544 511 480 452 405 359 301 0.23234 6 1229 1110 1009 922 847 782 726 677 633 595 561 530 500 434 359 301 0.20963 7 1296 1179 1076 987 910 842 783 731 685 645 608 575 536 434 359 301 0.19096 8 1356 1241 1139 1048 969 900 838 784 736 693 654 600 536 434 359 301 0.17534 9 1411 1298 1196 1106 1026 954 891 635 785 740 678 600 536 434 359 301 00w, 0.16208 10 1459 1350 1250 1160 1079 1007 942 884 832 771 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.15069 11 1503 1397 1299 1210 1129 1056 990 931 878 771 678 600 536 434 359, 301 DB=63 DF=111 DA=175 K2=1398 0.99654 0 442 389 347 310 277 250 228 209 192 178 166 155 145 129 115 104 0.68033 1 538 480 432 391 357 329 300 275 254 236 220 206 194 172 155 140 0.51645 2 616 557 506 462 425 393 364 340 316 294 274 257 242 216 194 177 0.41620 3 680 622 571 526 486 451 420 393 369 348 328 308 290 259 234 213 0.34854 4 731 676 626 581 541 505 472 443 417 394 373 354 336 302 273 249 0.29981 5 772 721 674 630 589 553 519 489 462 437 415 394 376 343 313 285 36/4 0.26303 6 805 759 714 672 632 596 562 532 504 478 454 433 413 378 348 301 0.23428 7 832 790 748 708 670 634 601 570 542 516 491 469 448 411 359 301 0.21121 8 855 816 777 740 703 669 636 606 577 551 526 503 482 434 359 301 0.19227 9 873 838 802 767 732 699 668 638 609 583 558 535 513 434 359 301 0.17644 10 888 856 823 791 758 726 696 667 639 613 588 565 536 434 359 301 0.16303 11, •901 872 842 811 780 750 721 693 666 640 615 592 536 434 359 301 DB=526 DF=597 DA=630 K2=1398 1.32839 0 370 331 298 271 247 223 203 186 171 159 147 138 129 114 102 92 0.82021 1 441 402 368 338 312 289 269 252 233 216 202 189 177 157 141 128 0.59326 2 493 457 424 394 367 343 321 302 284 268 254 240 225 201 181 164 0.46468 3 531 499 468 440 413 389 367 346 328 311 295 281 268 244 220 200 0.38191 4 558 530 503 476 451 428 406 385 366 349 332 317 303 279 257 236 0.32417 5 579 555 530 506 483 460 439 419 400 382 366 350 336 310 287 267 36/3 0.28159 6 594 573 552 530 509 488 467 448 430 412 396 380 365 339 315 294 0.24890 7 606 588 569 549 530 510 492 473 455 439 422 407 392 365 341 301 0.22301 8 615 599 583 565 547 530 512 495 478 462 446 431 416 390 359 301 0.20200 9 623 609 594 578 562 546 530 513 498 482 467 452 438 412 359 301 0.18461 10 628 616 603 589 575 560 545 530 515 500 485 471 458 432 359 301 0.16997 11 633 623 611 598 585 571 557 543 529 516 502 488 475 434 359 301 DB=1084 DF=1192 DA=1199 K2=1398 �nber of sidelap fasteners per span G'= 3.78+(0.3 x Dx/SPAN)+(3 x K x SPAN) 78 b v r� � � ULCRAFT V� 1.5(B,F,A)18 DIAPHRAGM SHEAR STRENGTH (PLF) 4SUPPORT FASTENERS: #12 TEK SCREWS SIDELAP FASTENERS: #10 TEK SCREWS lb Fastener SPAN(FT.-IN.) Layout K 1 3-0 3-6 4-0 4-6 5-0 5-6 6-0 6-6 7-0 7-6 8-0 8-6 9-0 10-0 11-0 12-0 0.46610 0 710 624 556 500 447 404 368 338 312 289 269 252 236 210 189 171 0.38287 1 809 718 643 581 530 483 440 404 374 347 324 303 285 254 228 207 0.32486 2 898 803 724 657 601 553 512 471 436 405 378 354 333 297 267 243 0.28211 3 976 880 798 728 668 617 572 533 497 463 432 405 381 340 307 279 0.24931 4 1045 950 867 795 732 678 630 588 551 518 486 456 429 384 346 301 36/9 0.22334 5 1106 1012 929 856 792 735 685 641 602 567 535 507 477 427 359 301 0.20227 6 1159 1068 986 913 847 789 738 692 650 613 580 550 523 434 359 301 0.18483 7 1205 1118 1038 965 899 840 787 740 697 658 623 592 536 434 359 301 0.17016 8 1245 1162 1085 1013 947 888 834 786 741 702 665 600 536 434 359 301 0.15765 9 1281 1202 1127 1057 992 933 878 829 784 743 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.14685 10 1312 1237 1165 1097 1033 974 920 870 825 771 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.13744 11 1340 1269 1200 1134 1071 1013 959 909 863 771 678 600 536 434 359 301 DB=63 DF=111 DA=175 K2=1398 ® 0.69915 0 454 395 347 307 275 249 227 208 193 179 167 156 147 131 118 107 0.52723 1 570 500 444 399 362 328 299 275 255 237 221 207 195 174 157 143 0.42317 2 673 596 533 481 438 402 371 342 316 295 275 258 243 218 197 179 0.35342 3 764 682 615 558 510 469 434 404 377 352 329 309 291 261 236 215 0.30340 4 842 760 689 629 578 533 495 461 431 405 382 360 340 304 275 251 36/7 0.26579 5 910 828 757 695 641 593 552 516 483 455 429 406 385 348 315 287 0.23648 6 967 888 817 755 699 650 606 568 533 503 475 450 427 388 354 301 0.21299 7 1017 941 872 809 753 702 657 617 581 548 519 492 468 426 359 301 0.19374 8 1059 987 920 858 802 751 705 664 626 592 561 533 508 434 359 301 0.17768 9 1096 1028 963 903 847 796 750 708 669 634 602 573 536 434 359 301 0.16409 10 1127 1063 1001 943 889 838 791 749 710 674 641 600 536 434 359 301 0.15242 11 1154 1094 1036 979 926 876 830 787 748 711 678 600 536 434 359 301 DB=63 DF=111 DA=175 K2=1398 1.04899 0 308 271 241 215 193 174 158 145 134 124 115 108 101 90 80 72 0.70437 1 399 358 324 295 270 248 230 212 196 182 170 159 149 133 120 109 0.53019 2 468 427 392 360 333 309 288 269 252 238 224 210 197 176 159 145 0.42508 3 518 481 446 415 387 362 339 319 300 284 269 255 243 220 199 181 0.35475 4 555 522 490 460 433 407 384 363 343 326 309 295 281 257 236 217 36/4 0.30438 5 582 553 524 497 471 446 423 402 382 363 346 331 316 290 268 249 0.26654 6 603 577 552 527 502 479 456 435 416 397 380 364 349 322 298 277 0.23707 7 618 596 574 551 528 506 485 465 446 427 410 394 379 351 326 301 0.21347 8 630 611 591 571 550 530 510 490 472 454 437 421 406 378 352 301 0.19414 9 640 623 605 587 568 549 531 512 495 478 461 445 430 402 359 301 0.17802 10 648 633 617 600 583 566 549 532 515 498 483 467 452 425 359 301 0.16437 11 654 641 627 612 596 580 564 548 532 517 502 487 472 434 359 301 DB= 526 DF= 597 DA= 630 K2= 1398 1.39830 0 257 230 207 188 172 155 141 129 119 110 103 96 90 79 71 64 D 0.84634 1 324 298 274 253 235 218 204 191 179 168 157 147 138 123 110 100 0.60681 2 366 344 322 302 284 267 251 237 224 213 202 192 183 166 150 136 : 0.47295 3 393 375 356 338 321 305 290 276 262 250 239 228 218 201 186 172 0.38748 4 411 396 380 365 350 335 320 307 294 282 270 259 249 231 214 200 x° 36/3 0.32817 5 423 411 398 384 371 358 345 332 320 308 297 286 276 257 240 225 0.28461 6 431 421 410 399 387 376 364 352 341 330 320 309 299 281 264 248 0.25126 7 437 429 420 410 400 390 379 369 359 348 338 329 319 301 284 269 D 0.22490 8 442 435 427 419 410 401 392 382 373 364 354 345 336 319 303 287 0.20355 9 445 439 433 426 418 410 402 393 385 376 368 359 351 334 319 301 0.18590 10 448 443 437 431 424 417 410 402 395 387 379 371 363 348 333 301 0.17107 11 450 446 441 435 429 423 417 410 403 396 388 381 374 360 345 301 D6= 1084 DF= 1192 DA= 1199 K2= 1398 : 'Number of sidelap fasteners per span G'= K2 3.78+(0.3 x Dx/SPAN)+(3 x K x SPAN) 77 ULCRAFT `B,F,A) 18 DIAPHRAGM SHEAR STRENGTH (PLF) jPORT FASTENERS: 5/8" PUDDLE WELD SIDELAP FASTENERS: #10 TEK SCREWS Fastener SPAN(FT.-IN.) Layout K 1 3-0 3-6 4-0 4-6 5-0 5 6 6-0 6-6 7-0 7-6 8-0 8-6 9-0 10-0 11-0 12-0 0.41172 0 1006 885 789 708 634 573 522 479 442 410 382 357 335 298 268 242 0.34540 1 1093 967 864 779 708 640 584 536 495 459 428 401 377 335 301 273 0.29747 2 1175 1044 936 847 772 708 645 593 548 509 475 445 418 372 335 301 0.26123 3 1250 1116 1005 912 833 766 707 650 601 558 521 488 459 409 359 301 0.23286 4 1321 1185 1071 974 892 822 761 707 654 608 567 532 500 434 359 301 36/9 0.21005 5 1386 1250 1133 1034 949 876 812 757 707 657 614 575 536 434 359 301 0.19131 6 1446 1310 1193 1092 1004 928 862 804 753 706 660 600 536 434 359 301 0.17563 7 1502 1367 1249 1146 1057 979 911 851 797 750 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.16234 8 1554 1420 1302 1199 1108 1028 958 896 841 771 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.15091 9 1601 1470 1353 1249 1157 1076 1004 940 883 771 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.14099 10 1645 1517 1400 1296 1204 1121 1048 982 885 771 678 600 536 434 359 301 0.13229 11 1685 1560 1445 1342 1248 1165 1091 1024 885 771 678 600 536 434 359 301 DB=63 DF=111 DA=175 K21=398 0.61758 0 644 560 492 435 390 353 322 296 273 254 237 222 208 186 167 151 0.47947 1 745 651 577 518 464 420 384 353 326 303 283 265 249 223 201 182 0.39185 2 840 738 657 590 536 488 445 410 379 352 329 309 291 260 234 213 0.33130 3 928 820 732 661 601 551 507 467 432 402 376 352 332 297 268 244 0.28696 4 1009 897 805 728 664 610 563 523 485 451 422 396 373 334 302 275 3617 0.25309 5 1085 969 873 793 725 667 617 574 536 501 468 440 414 371 335 301 0.22636 �6 1153 1037 938 855 783 722 669 623 582 547 515 483 455 408 359 301 0.20475 JM 1216 1100 999 913 839 r777-51 720 671 628 590 556 526 496 434 359 301 4C 0.18690 8 1274 1158 1057 969 893 27 769 718 673 632 597 565 536 434 359 301 0.17191 9 1326 1212 1111 1022 944 876 816 763 716 674 636 600 536 434 359 301 0.15915 10 1374 1262 1161 1072 993 923 862 807 758 714 675 600 536 434 359 301 0.14816 11 1417 1308 1209 1119 1040 969 906 850 799 754 678 600 536 434 359 301 Aww DB=63 DF=111 DA=175 K2=1398 0.92661 0 436 384 342 306 273 247 224 206 190 176 164 153 143 127 114 103 0.64699 1 519 462 415 376 343 314 286 263 243 225 210 197 185 164 148 134 0.49701 2 589 530 480 438 402 371 344 320 296 275 256 240 226 201 181 165 0.40348 3 647 589 538 494 456 422 393 367 344 324 303 284 267 238 215 195 . 0.33958 4 695 640 589 545 505 470 439 411 387 364 345 327 308 275 249 226 36/4 0.29315 5 735 683 634 590 550 514 482 453 427 403 382 362 345 312 282 257 0.25789 6 769 719 673 630 590 554 521 491 464 440 417 397 378 345 316 288 0.23020 7 796 751 707 665 626 590 557 527 499 474 451 429 410 375 345 301 0.20788 8 819 777 736 696 658 623 590 560 532 506 482 460 440 404 359 301 0.18951 9 839 800 761 723 687 653 621 591 562 536 512 490 469 431 359 301 0.17412 10 855 820 783 748 713 680 648 619 591 565 540 517 496 434 359 301 0.16104 11 869 836 803 769 736 704 674 644 617 591 566 543 522 434 359 301 DB=526 DF=597 DA=630 K2=1398 1.23517 0 364 326 294 267 244 220 200 183 169 156 145 136 127 113 101 91 I 0.78369 1 427 388 355 325 300 278 258 240 222 206 192 179 168 150 134 122 0.57392 2 474 438 405 375 348 325 304 285 268 253 238 223 209 187 168 152 0.45273 3 510 477 446 417 390 366 344 325 307 290 275 262 249 224 202 183 0.37380 4 537 508 479 452 426 402 380 360 341 324 309 294 281 257 235 214 36/3 0.31831 5 558 532 506 480 456 433 412 391 373 355 339 324 310 285 264 245 j 0.27716 6 574 551 528 504 482 460 439 419 401 383 367 352 337 311 289 269 0.24543 7 587 566 545 524 503 482 463 444 425 408 392 377 362 336 313 292 0.22022 8 597 579 560 541 521 502 483 465 448 431 415 400 385 359 335 301 0.19971 9 605 589 572 555 537 519 501 484 467 451 435 420 406 380 355 301 0.18269 10 612 598 582 566 550 533 517 501 485 469 454 439 425 399 359 301 - 0.16635 11 617 605 591 576 561 546 530 515 500 485 470 456 443 417 359 301 DB=1084 DF=1192 DA=1199 K2=1398 Wiper of sidelap fasteners per span G'_ K2 3.78+(0.3 x Dx/SPAN)+(3 x K x SPAN) • 76 Date Sheet No. of Job V)kt- NoKTHAMP7DNS j M4 co3OOZ© Subject 11� i71 Wh4N Y2 I I i i I i I i I I i 199 �1$ Ns'S 1 X15 s ��I1� Z-7" Z K VYZ 3 Ins �,��( �✓�,��,� i88 pq (�a.��'/2� } Z 701 (,gx �►t� ��G ��� � = �$x�l°o33' = 37Z �� 37Z r.P� t►2 '( tt- (q) O10 lt4, 37Z PA 0,� It,'ft tJP2� (U) �io IV,-Y, 1�2 faf > 97Z fl+ o� f�►i;u'lt;� (g� Rio 1� �1� p,t$ � 37Z ���- o� WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Revised 6 117199 - Copyright©10/19/93 Date 3/9/00 Sheet No. of Job 0030020-WalMart Subject Vestibule COLUMN AND BASE PLATE DESIGN Reference (with pinned bases) 1. Input y Column Mark C3(frame at grid A) b P,axial load = 40.7 kips Mx,moment about x(strong)axis= 162.7 in.-kips My,moment about y(weak)axis= 0.0 in.-kips KLx,unbraced length= 10.8 feet Mx KLy,unbraced length= 10.8 feet d P Cmx= 1.0 x o x Cmy= 1.0 2. Column Design Column Properties My A,area of cross section of column= 7.59 sq.in. Re:AISC Steel Fy,yield stress= 46 ksi Manual,ASD y Sx,section modulus with respect to x axis= 18.80 cu.in. 9th edition Sy,section modulus with respect to y axis= 18.80 cu.in. rx,radius of gyration about x axis= 3.15 in. ry,radius of gyration about y axis= 3.15 in. Stresses fa,axial stress= 5.36 ksi fbx,bending stress about x axis= 8.66 ksi fby,bending stress about y axis= 0.00 ksi Allowable Stresses Cc,ratio separating long and short columns= 111.6 ksi Fa,allowable axial stress= 23.82 ksi Fbx,allowable bending stress about x axis= 27.60 ksi Fby,allowable bending stress about y axis= 27.60 ksi F'ex, Euler stress divided by safety factor= 87.73 ksi Fey,Euler stress divided by safety factor= 87.73 ksi Interaction Check Equation H1-1 = 0.56 <_1.00-O.K. Equation H1-2= 0.51 :51.00-O.K. USE: TS8x8x1/4 3. Base Plate P,Total column load= 40.7 kips Re:AISC Steel E b Al =1/A2(P/.35f'c)A2= 0.4 sq.in. Manual,ASD Al =P/.7f'c= 19.4 sq.in. 9th edition Al =b d= 64.0 sq.in.-controls (1st revision) A=.5-(.95d-.95b)= 0.0 in. P N,required=sgrt(A1)+a 8.00 use 14 in. b=8.00 Z d B,required=Ai/N= 0.05 use 14 in. d=8.00 rn Al,Area of plate=B x N= 196 sq.in. A2,Area of concrete support= 3600 sq.in. fp,actual bearing pressure on support= 0.21 ksi E Fp,allowable bearing pressure on support= 2.10 ksi-O.K. q,factor for lightly loaded plates= 0.10 lambda,factor for lightly loaded plates= 0.32 use 0.3 lamda'n'= 0.65 in. n .9Ib n m=(N-.95d)/2= 3.20 in.-controls n=(B-.95b)/2= 3.20 in.-controls c=max(m,n,lambda'n')= 3.20 in. B Fy,Yield strength of steel= 36 ksi tp,Thickness of plate= 0.49 in. USE: 0.5"x14"x1'-2" RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 2 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMP-A WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule Grid A Reactions, LC 9 : Wind only Joint +--------- Forces ----------+ Moment No X Y Mz -------------K--------------K-------------K-ft------------------------------ 1 0 . 00 0 . 96 0 . 00 2 0 . 00 0 . 96 0 . 00 Totals : 0 . 00 1 . 92 Center of Gravity Coords (X,Y, Z) (ft) 7 . 165, 11 . 940, 0 . 000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc. Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 1 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMP-A WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule Grid A Reactions, LC 8 : Snow only Joint +--------- Forces ----------+ Moment No X Y Mz -------------K--------------K-------------K-ft------------------------------ 1 0 . 01 6 . 78 0 . 07 2 -0 . 01 33 . 06 0 . 13 Totals : 0 . 00 39 . 84 Center of Gravity Coords (X,Y, Z) (ft) 11 . 895, 18 .423 , 0 . 000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 12 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMP-A WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule Grid A Reactions, LC 1 : Dead only Joint +--------- Forces ----------+ Moment No X Y Mz -------------K--------------K-------------K-ft------------------------------ 1 0 . 00 6 . 60 -0 . 02 2 0 . 00 8 . 60 0 . 03 Totals : 0 . 00 15 .20 Center of Gravity Coords (X,Y, Z) (ft) 8 . 108, 17 .205, 0 . 000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 8 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMP-A WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule Grid A Envelope Section Deflections Section Memb y x lc y lc L/n lc ----------------in----------------in---------------------------------------- 2 U 0 . 31 7 0 . 00 6 NC 6 L -0 . 29 6 -0 . 03 2 NC 2 3 U 0 . 31 7 0 . 00 6 NC 6 L -0 . 29 6 -0 . 03 2 NC 2 4 U 0 . 31 7 0 . 00 6 NC 6 L -0 .29 6 -0 . 04 2 NC 2 5 U 0 . 31 7 0 . 00 6 NC 6 L -0 . 29 6 -0 . 04 2 NC 2 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 1 U 0 . 19 7 0 . 21 6 NC 6 L -0 . 19 6 . -0 .22 7 NC 7 2 U 0 . 19 7 0 . 21 6 NC 6 L -0 . 19 6 -0 . 23 7 NC 7 3 U 0 . 19 7 0 . 22 6 NC 6 L -0 . 20 6 -0 .24 7 NC 7 4 U 0 . 19 7 0 . 22 6 NC 6 L -0 . 20 6 -0 . 24 7 NC 7 5 U 0 . 19 7 0 .21 6 NC 6 L -0 . 20 6 -0 . 24 7 NC 7 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 1 U 0 . 19 6 0 .21 6 NC 6 L -0 . 21 7 -0 . 20 7 NC 7 2 U 0 . 19 6 0 . 21 6 NC 6 L -0 .21 7 -0 .20 7 NC 7 3 U 0 . 19 6 0 . 21 6 NC 6 L -0 . 22 7 -0 . 20 7 NC 7 4 U 0 . 19 6 0 .21 6 NC 6 L -0 . 22 7 -0 . 21 7 NC 7 5 U 0 . 19 6 0 .22 6 NC 6 L -0 . 22 7 -0 .22 7 9254 .2 7 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- _______________________< Envelope AISC Unity Checks Unity Loc Shear Loc ASD Memb Chk lc Chk lc Fa Fb Cb Cm Eqn. ------------------------------------Ksi-------Ksi--------------------------- 1 0 . 317 1 7 0 . 031 1 7 25 . 65 30 . 00 1 . 00 0 . 34 H1-2 2 0 .215 1 7 0 . 016 1 7 27 . 13 30 . 00 1 . 00 0 .60 H1-2 3 0 .436 1 7 0 . 031 1 7 25 . 65 30 . 00 1 . 00 0 .34 H1-2 4 0 . 304 1 7 0 . 017 1 7 27 . 13 30 . 00 1 . 00 0 . 60 H1-2 5 0 . 074 3 2 0 . 013 1 1 23 . 61 30 . 00 1 . 00 1 . 00 H2-1 6 0 . 122 5 7 0 . 045 5 2 14 . 38 21 . 72 1 . 00 1 . 00 H1-3 7 0 . 084 1 2 0 . 045 1 2 14 . 38 21 . 72 1 . 00 1 . 00 H1-3 8 0 . 091 3 6 0 . 001 1 1 18 . 06 30 . 00 1 . 00 1 . 00 H1-3 9 0 . 125 3 7 0 . 001 1 1 18 . 06 30 . 00 1 . 00 1 . 00 H1-3 IN MMON , RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc. Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 7 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMP-A WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule Grid A Envelope Section Deflections Section Memb y x lc y lc L/n lc ----------------in----------------in---------------------------------------- 3 1 U 0 . 00 1 0 . 00 1 NC 1 L 0 . 00 1 0 . 00 1 NC 1 2 U 0 . 00 6 0 . 03 6 3734 .2 6 L -0 . 01 2 -0 . 04 7 3628 . 2 7 3 U 0 . 00 6 0 . 11 6 1134 6 L -0 . 01 2 -0 . 12 7 1100 . 6 7 4 U 0 . 00 6 0 .21 6 625 . 6 6 L -0 . 02 2 -0 .21 7 606 . 2 7 5 U 0 . 00 6 0 .28 6 459 . 9 6 L -0 . 02 2 -0 .29 7 444 . 5 7 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 1 U 0 . 00 6 0 . 28 6 NC 6 L -0 . 02 2 -0 . 29 7 NC 7 2 U 0 . 00 6 0 . 31 6 4066 . 1 6 L -0 . 03 2 -0 . 32 7 4 .e+3 7 3 U 0 . 00 6 0 . 31 6 3557 . 8 6 L -0 . 03 2 -0 . 33 7 3502 . 5 7 4 U 0 . 00 6 0 . 31 6 5692 . 5 6 L -0 . 04 2 -0 . 32 7 5604 7 5 U 0 . 00 6 0 . 29 6 NC 6 L -0 . 04 2 -0 . 31 7 NC 7 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 1 U 0 . 29 7 0 . 00 5 NC 5 L -0 . 28 6 -0 . 01 2 NC 2 2 U 0 . 29 7 -0 . 02 5 NC 5 L -0 .28 6 -0 . 05 2 4701 . 8 2 3 U 0 .29 7 -0 . 02 5 8903 . 1 5 L -0 . 28 6 -0 . 07 2 3350 . 1 2 4 U 0 . 29 7 -0 . 02 6 NC 6 L -0 . 28 6 -0 . 06 2 4701 . 8 2 5 U 0 . 29 7 0 . 00 6 NC 6 L -0 .28 6 -0 . 02 2 NC 2 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 1 U 0 . 31 7 0 . 00 5 NC 5 L -0 . 30 6 -0 . 01 2 NC 2 2 U 0 . 31 7 0 . 00 5 NC 5 L -0 .29 6 -0 . 02 2 NC 2 3 U 0 . 31 7 0 . 00 5 NC 5 L -0 . 29 6 -0 . 02 2 NC 2 4 U 0 . 31 7 0 . 00 5 NC 5 L -0 .29 6 -0 . 02 2 NC 2 5 U 0 . 31 7 0 . 00 5 NC 5 L -0 . 29 6 -0 . 02 2 NC 2 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 1 U 0 . 31 7 0 . 00 5 NC 5 L -0 . 29 6 -0 . 02 2 NC 2 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 6 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMP-A WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule Grid A Envelope Section Forces Section Memb y Axial lc Shear lc Moment lc -----------------K------------------K-----------------K-ft------------------ 3 U 5 . 39 6 0 . 00 1 0 . 08 5 L -1 . 84 7 0 . 00 1 - . 12 1 4 U 5 . 41 6 0 . 01 5 0 . 06 5 L -1 . 86 7 -0 . 02 1 0 5 U 5 .43 6 0 . 03 5 0 . 00 1 L -1 . 89 7 -0 . 04 1 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 1 U 7 .44 7 0 . 03 5 0 . 00 1 L -3 . 83 6 -0 . 04 1 0 2 U 7 . 41 7 0 . 01 5 0 . 09 1 L -3 . 81 6 -0 . 02 1 0 3 U 7 . 39 7 0 . 00 1 0 . 12 1 L -3 . 80 6 0 . 00 1 0 4 U 7 . 37 7 0 . 02 1 0 . 09 1 L -3 . 78 6 -0 . 01 5 0 5 U 7 . 34 7 0 . 04 1 0 . 00 1 L -3 . 76 6 -0 . 03 5 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ______________________< Envelope Section Deflections Section Memb y x lc y lc L/n lc ----------------in----------------in---------------------------------------- 1 1 U 0 . 00 1 0 . 00 1 NC 1 L 0 . 00 1 0 . 00 1 NC 1 2 U 0 . 00 5 0 . 03 6 3733 . 6 6 L 0 . 00 2 -0 . 04 7 3658 . 2 7 3 U 0 . 00 5 0 . 11 6 1133 . 5 6 L 0 . 00 2 -0 . 12 7 1108 . 9 7 4 U 0 . 00 5 0 .21 6 625 6 L -0 . 01 2 -0 . 21 7 610 . 1 7 5 U 0 . 00 5 0 .28 6 459 . 2 6 L -0 . 01 2 -0 . 29 7 446 . 7 7 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 1 U 0 . 00 5 0 .28 6 NC 6 L -0 . 01 2 -0 . 29 7 NC 7 2 U 0 . 00 5 0 . 31 6 4079 . 1 6 L -0 . 01 2 -0 . 32 7 4068 . 7 7 3 U 0 . 00 5 0 . 32 6 3569 .2 6 L -0 . 01 2 -0 . 33 7 3560 . 2 7 4 U 0 . 00 5 0 . 31 6 5710 . 7 6 L -0 . 01 2 -0 . 32 7 5696 . 2 7 5 U 0 . 00 5 0 . 30 6 NC 6 L -0 . 01 2 -0 . 31 7 NC 7 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 5 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMP-A WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule Grid A Envelope Section Forces Section Memb 4 Axial lc Shear lc Moment lc -----------------K------------------K-----------------K-ft------------------ 2 U 36 . 99 2 1 . 08 6 6 .44 6 L 3 . 83 5 -1 . 10 7 -6 . 5 7 3 U 36 . 94 2 1 . 08 6 4 .29 6 L 3 . 87 5 -1 . 10 7 -4 .4 7 4 U 36 . 89 2 1 . 08 6 2 . 15 6 L 3 . 90 5 -1 . 10 7 -2 . 2 7 5 U 36 . 84 2 1 . 08 6 0 . 00 1 L 3 . 94 5 -1 . 10 7 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 1 U -0 . 53 5 0 . 84 1 0 . 00 1 L -2 . 23 2 0 . 32 5 0 2 U -0 . 53 5 0 .42 1 -0 . 85 5 L -2 . 23 2 0 . 16 5 -2 . 3 1 3 U -0 . 53 5 0 . 00 1 -1 . 14 5 L -2 . 23 2 0 . 00 1 -3 1 4 U -0 . 53 5 -0 . 16 5 -0 . 85 5 L -2 . 23 2 -0 .42 1 -2 . 3 1 5 U -0 . 53 5 -0 . 32 5 0 . 00 5 L -2 . 23 2 -0 . 84 1 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 1 U 5 . 09 7 1 . 34 2 0 . 00 1 L -5 . 08 6 0 . 39 5 0 2 U 5 . 09 7 0 . 40 2 -0 .46 5 L -5 . 08 6 0 . 13 5 -1 . 6 2 3 U 5 . 09 7 -0 . 13 6 -0 .47 5 L -5 . 08 6 -0 . 54 2 -1 .4 2 4 U 5 . 09 7 -0 . 38 6 0 . 38 2 L -5 . 08 6 -1 .48 2 0 5 U 5 . 09 7 -0 . 64 6 3 . 87 2 L -5 . 08 6 -2 .42 2 . 9 6 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 1 U 1 . 08 6 2 .42 2 3 . 87 2 L -1 . 11 7 0 . 64 6 . 9 6 2 U 1 . 08 6 1 . 48 2 0 . 38 2 L -1 . 11 7 0 . 38 6 0 3 U 1 . 08 6 0 . 54 2 -0 .47 5 L -1 . 11 7 0 . 13 6 -1 .4 2 4 U 1 . 08 6 -0 . 13 5 -0 .46 5 L -1 . 11 7 -0 .40 2 -1 . 6 2 5 U 1 . 08 6 -0 .39 5 0 . 00 7 L -1 . 11 7 -1 . 34 2 0 ------7--------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 1 U 5 . 36 6 0 . 04 1 0 . 00 1 L -1 . 79 7 -0 . 03 5 0 2 U 5 . 38 6 0 . 02 1 0 . 06 5 L -1 . 81 7 -0 . 01 5 0 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 4 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMP-A WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule Grid A Envelope Reactions Joint +------------ Forces -------------+ X lc Y lc Moment lc ------------K-----------------K----------------K-ft------------------------- lU 1 . 99 6 12 .43 2 13 .44 7 L -2 . 02 7 3 . 14 5 -13 . 18 6 2U 2 . 01 6 40 . 70 2 13 . 56 7 L -1 . 98 7 1 . 07 6 -13 . 18 6 Tot : 9U 4 . 00 6 53 . 13 2 L -4 . 00 7 7 . 62 6 Envelope Section Forces Section Memb 4 Axial lc Shear lc Moment lc -----------------K------------------K-----------------K-ft------------------ 1 1 U 12 .43 2 2 . 03 7 13 .44 7 L 3 . 14 5 -2 . 01 6 -13 .2 6 2 U 12 . 36 2 2 . 03 7 7 . 93 7 L 3 . 19 5 -2 . 01 6 -7 . 7 6 3 U 12 .29 2 2 . 03 7 2 .43 7 L 3 . 23 5 -2 . 01 6 -2 . 3 6 4 U 12 . 22 2 2 . 03 7 3 . 13 6 L 3 . 28 5 -2 . 01 6 -3 . 1 7 5 U 12 . 15 2 2 . 03 7 8 . 56 6 L 3 . 33 5 -2 . 01 6 -8 . 6 7 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 1 U 8 . 74 2 1 . 08 6 8 . 56 6 L 2 . 46 5 -1 . 08 7 -8 . 6 7 2 U 8 . 69 2 1 . 08 6 6 .42 6 L 2 .49 5 -1 . 08 7 -6 .4 7 3 U 8 . 64 2 1 . 08 6 4 .28 6 L 2 . 53 5 -1 . 08 7 -4 . 3 7 4 U 8 . 59 2 1 . 08 6 2 . 14 6 L 2 . 56 5 -1 . 08 7 -2 . 1 7 5 U 8 . 54 2 1 . 08 6 0 . 00 6 L 2 . 60 5 -1 . 08 7 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 1 U 40 . 70 2 2 . 06 7 13 . 56 7 L 1 . 07 6 -2 . 01 6 -13 . 2 6 2 U 40 . 63 2 2 . 06 7 7 . 99 7 L 1 . 12 6 -2 . 01 6 -7 . 7 6 3 U 40 . 56 2 2 . 06 7 2 .42 7 L 1 . 16 6 -2 . 01 6 -2 . 3 6 4 U 40 .49 2 2 . 06 7 3 . 15 6 L 1 .21 6 -2 . 01 6 -3 .2 7 5 U 40 .42 2 2 . 06 7 8 . 59 6 L 1 .26 6 -2 . 01 6 -8 . 7 7 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 1 U 37 . 04 2 1 . 08 6 8 . 59 6 L 3 . 80 5 -1 . 10 7 -8 . 7 7 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 3 mow, Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMP-A WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule Grid A Joint Loads/Enforced Displacements, BLC 3 Joint Is this a Load or Direction Number a Displacement? (X,Y,Mz) Magnitude ------------------------------------------------------K,K-ft, in, rad--------- 5 L Y -3 . 900 7 L Y -30 . 200 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 3 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 5 6 UNIFORM 0 . 2670 7 6 7 UNIFORM 0 . 2670 Joint Loads/Enforced Displacements, BLC 5 Joint Is this a Load or Direction Number a Displacement? (X,Y,Mz) Magnitude ------------------------------------------------------K,K-ft, in, rad--------- 5 L X 5 . 000 Load Patterns Pattern Magnitudes Locations Label Dir Start End Start End -------------------K/ft, F----------K/ft, F-----------ft or %-------ft or %--- UNIFORM Y -1 . 000 -1 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 000 LATERAL X 1 . 000 1 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 000 Load Combinations RWPE No. Description BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac SSdv ---------------------------------------------------------------------------.- 1 Dead only Y -1 1 1 YY 2 D+F+S Y -1 1 1 3 1 6 1 yy 3 D+F+0 . 5 (S) +W Y -1 1 1 3 0 . 5 4 1 yy 4 D+F+S+0 . 5 (W) Y -1 1 1 3 1 4 . 5 yy 5 0 . 67 (D) -W Y 0 . 67 1 0 . 67 4 -1 yy 6 0 . 67 (D) -0 . 8 (E) Y 0 . 67 1 0 . 67 5 -0 . 8 yy 7 D+0 . 6 (S) +0 . 8 (E) Y -1 1 1 3 0 . 67 5 0 . 8 yy 8 Snow only Y -1 3 1 9 Wind only Y -1 4 1 Envelope Story Drift Story+---- X Direction ----+ No. Joint Drift lc Ht % -------------in------------------------------------------------------------- 1 U 5 0 . 31 7 0 . 14 L 5 -0 . 30 6 0 . 13 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 2 40"k, Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMP-A WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule Grid A Members Memb Joints Rotate Section Releases Offsets Inactive? No. I J 900 Set I :AVM J:AVM I-End J-End Label y Length --------------------------------------------in-------in---------------ft---- 1 1 3 COLUMN 10 . 83 2 3 5 COLUMN 7 . 92 3 2 4 COLUMN 10 . 83 4 4 7 COLUMN 7 . 92 5 3 4 GIRT PIN PIN 14 . 33 6 5 6 BEAM PIN 7 . 16 7 6 7 BEAM PIN 7 . 16 8 3 6 BRACE PIN PIN 10 . 68 9 4 6 BRACE PIN PIN 10 . 68 AISC,NDS Parameters Section Length Lb-out Lb-in Lcomp K K Cm Cb,B Sway Member Set le-out le-in le-bend out in CH o i ---------------ft------ft------ft------ft----------------------------------- 1 COLUMN 10 . 83 2 COLUMN 7 . 92 3 COLUMN 10 . 83 4 COLUMN 7 . 92 0 . 00 5 GIRT 14 . 33 0 . 00 6 BEAM 7 . 16 7 BEAM 7 . 16 8 BRACE 10 . 68 9 BRACE 10 . 68 Basic Load Case Data BLC Basic Load Case Load Type Totals No. Description Nodal Point Dist . ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Load 2 3 3 Snow Load 2 2 5 Seismic Load 1 Joint Loads/Enforced Displacements, BLC 1 Joint Is this a Load or Direction Number a Displacement? (X,Y,Mz) Magnitude ------------------------------------------------------K, K-ft, in, rad--------- 5 L Y -3 .300 7 L Y -5 .300 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 1 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier 0%, ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 5 6 UNIFORM 0 .2350 7 6 7 UNIFORM 0 . 2350 5 3 4 UNIFORM 0 . 0920 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 1 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMP-A WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule Grid A ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US Standard Steel Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AISC 9th Edition ASD Allowable Stress Increase Factor. . 1 . 000 Include Shear Deformation. . . . . . . . . Yes No. of Sections for Member Calcs . . 5 Do Redesign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes P-Delta Analysis Tolerance . . . . . . . . 0 . 50% Joint Coordinates Joint X Y Joint No Coordinate Coordinate Temperature ------------------ft------------ft------------OF---------------------------- 1 0 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 2 14 . 330 0 . 000 0 . 00 3 0 . 000 10 . 830 0 . 00 4 14 . 330 10 . 830 0 . 00 5 0 . 000 18 . 750 0 . 00 6 7 . 165 18 . 750 0 . 00 7 14 . 330 18 . 750 0 . 00 A'"` Boundary Conditions Joint +----- Translation -----+ No X Y Rotation ------------K/in--------K/in------K-ft/rad---------------------------------- 1 Reaction Reaction Reaction 2 Reaction Reaction Reaction 5 STORY 1 Materials (General) Material Young' s Shear Poisson' s Thermal Weight Yield Label Modulus Modulus Ratio Coef . Density Stress -------------Ksi----------Ksi----------------10-5°F----K/ft3-------Ksi------ STL 29000 . 00 11154 . 00 0 . 3000 0 . 65000 0 .490 50 . 00 Sections Section Database Material As As I I T Label Shape Label Area 0, 2 1, 3 1, 3 0, 2 C ------------------------------in-2----------------in^4----------in^4-------- COLUMN TU8X8X4 STL 7 . 59 1 .2 1 . 2 75 . 10 75 . 10 GIRT TU8X8X4 STL 7 . 59 1 .2 1 . 2 75 . 10 75 . 10 BEAM W12X22 STL 6 .48 1 .2 1 . 2 4 . 66 156 . 00 BRACE TU4X4X4 STL 3 . 59 1 .2 1 .2 8 . 22 8 .22 Date Sheet No. of Job Subject — f— �� n J!o•Cn Py,� �IB•33�z> = 15Z r�t � � U 15? (18. 33 = 2•S k. ��1©K } �°off .', Gi�►h►I1G rte. -To r>, = /510 14 = 3O'< P��- WI Giles s WPLF �z PW s fl I�-d" �t- ' x,298��F(►8.33/z) = ,3©,Z'� rAAX S,MRY DRIFT =o.a�s(18,7s"Xjz)= 11Z5u WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Revised 6 117199 Copyright©10/19/93 Date 3/9/00 Sheet No. of Job 0030020-WalMart Subject Vestibule COLUMN AND BASE PLATE DESIGN Reference (with pinned bases) 1. Input y Column Mark C1 (at frames V2&V3) b P,axial load = 19.1 kips Mx,moment about x(strong)axis= 391.3 in.-kips My,moment about y(weak)axis= 0.0 in.-kips KLx,unbraced length= 18.8 feet Mx KLy,unbraced length= 18.8 feet d P Cmx= 1.0 x O x Cmy= 1.0 2. Column Design Column Properties My A,area of cross section of column= 7.59 sq.in. Re:AISC Steel Fy,yield stress= 46 ksi Manual,ASD Y Sx,section modulus with respect to x axis= 18.80 cu.in. 9th edition Sy,section modulus with respect to y axis= 18.80 cu.in. rx,radius of gyration about x axis= 3.15 in. ry,radius of gyration about y axis= 3.15 in. Stresses fa,axial stress= 2.52 ksi fbx,bending stress about x axis= 20.81 ksi fby,bending stress about y axis= 0.00 ksi Allowable Stresses Cc,ratio separating long and short columns= 111.6 ksi Fa,allowable axial stress= 19.51 ksi Fbx,allowable bending stress about x axis= 27.60 ksi Fby,allowable bending stress about y axis= 27.60 ksi F'ex,Euler stress divided by safety factor= 29.27 ksi Fey,Euler stress divided by safety factor= 29.27 ksi Interaction Check Equation 1­11-1 = 0.95 :51.00-O.K. Equation H1-2= 0.85 51.00-O.K. USE: TS8x8x1/4 3. Base Plate P,Total column load= 19.1 kips Re:AISC Steel E b At =1/A2(P/.35f'c)A2= 0.1 sq.in. Manual,ASD Al =P/.7f'c= 9.1 sq.in. 9th edition Al =b d= 64.0 sq.in.-controls (1st revision) A=.5'(.95d-.95b)= 0.0 in. P N,required=sgrt(Al)+h 8.00 use 14 in. b=8.00 Z d B,required=Al/N= 0.01 use 14 in. d=8.00 LO rn At,Area of plate=B x N= 196 sq.in. A2,Area of concrete support= 3600 sq.in. fp,actual bearing pressure on support= 0.10 ksi E Fp,allowable bearing pressure on support= 2.10 ksi-O.K. q,factor for lightly loaded plates= 0.05 lambda,factor for lightly loaded plates= 0.22 use 0.2 lamda'n'= 0.44 in. m=(N-.95d)/2= 3.20 in.-controls n I, .95b n n=(B-.95b)/2= 3.20 in.-controls c=max(m,n,lambda'n')= 3.20 in. B Fy,Yield strength of steel= 36 ksi tp,Thickness of plate= 0.33 in. USE: 0.375"x14"x1'-2" RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 11 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMPTON WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule V2 & V3 Reactions, LC 9 : Wind only Joint +--------- Forces ----------+ Moment No X Y Mz -------------K--------------K-------------K-ft------------------------------ 1 -4 . 94 -4 . 83 32 . 36 2 -4 . 96 7 . 06 32 .40 Totals : -9 . 90 2 .22 Center of Gravity Coords (X,Y, Z) (ft) 9 . 165, 12 . 309, 0 . 000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 10 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMPTON WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule V2 & V3 Reactions, LC 8 : Snow only Joint +--------- Forces ----------+ Moment No X Y Mz -------------K--------------K-------------K-ft------------------------------ 1 -0 . 12 -25 .41 0 . 64 2 0 . 12 -24 . 91 -0 . 63 Totals : 0 . 00 -50 . 33 Center of Gravity Coords (X,Y, Z) (ft) 9 . 074 , 19 . 035, 0 . 000 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 9 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMPTON WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule V2 & V3 Reactions, LC 1 : Dead only Joint +--------- Forces ----------+ Moment No X Y Mz -------------K--------------K-------------K-ft------------------------------ 1 0 . 02 10 . 38 -0 . 13 2 -0 . 02 8 . 38 0 . 11 Totals : 0 . 00 18 . 75 Center of Gravity Coords (X,Y, Z) (ft) 8 . 187, 17 .431, 0 . 000 "` look RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc. Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 8 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMPTON WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule V2 & V3 Envelope Section Deflections Section Memb y x lc y lc L/n lc ----------------in----------------in---------------------------------------- 3 U . 69 3 0 . 017 5 NC 5 L - . 7 5 -0 . 036 1 7302 . 5 1 4 U . 69 3 0 . 013 5 NC 5 L - . 7 5 -0 . 027 1 NC 1 5 U . 69 3 0 . 011 2 NC 2 L - . 69 5 -0 . 005 1 NC 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 1 U . 71 3 0 . 012 4 NC 4 L - . 72 5 -0 . 008 1 NC 1 2 U . 71 3 0 . 061 4 3 .e+3 4 L - . 72 5 -0 . 019 1 NC 1 3 U . 71 3 0 . 082 4 2376 . 1 4 L - . 72 5 -0 . 023 1 NC 1 4 U . 71 3 0 . 072 4 4377 . 8 4 L - . 71 5 -0 . 020 1 NC 1 5 U . 7 3 0 . 058 4 NC 4 L - . 71 5 -0 . 017 1 NC 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 1 U . 7 3 0 . 058 4 NC 4 L - . 71 5 -0 . 017 1 NC 1 2 U . 71 3 0 . 072 2 4383 . 7 2 L - . 71 5 -0 . 019 1 NC 1 3 U . 71 3 0 . 081 2 2378 . 1 2 L - . 71 5 -0 . 022 1 NC 1 4 U . 71 3 0 . 061 2 3 .e+3 2 L - . 71 5 -0 . 017 1 NC 1 5 U . 71 3 0 . 012 2 NC 2 L - . 71 5 -0 . 006 1 NC 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 1 U . 53 3 0 .451 5 NC 5 L - . 53 5 -0 . 449 3 NC 3 2 U . 53 3 0 .459 5 NC 5 L - . 54 5 -0 .456 3 NC 3 3 U . 54 3 0 .463 5 NC 5 L - . 54 5 -0 .459 3 NC 3 4 U . 54 3 0 .462 5 NC 5 L - . 54 5 -0 .454 3 NC 3 5 U . 55 3 0 .459 5 NC 5 L - . 55 5 -0 .445 3 NC 3 ------------------ ---------------------------------------------------------- 9 1 U . 53 5 0 .453 5 NC 5 L - . 52 3 -0 .448 3 NC 3 2 U . 53 5 0 .453 5 NC 5 L - . 52 3 -0 .447 3 NC 3 3 U . 53 5 0 .456 5 NC 5 L - . 52 3 -0 .451 3 NC 3 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 7 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMPTON WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule V2 & V3 Envelope Section Deflections Section Memb y x lc y lc L/n lc ----------------in----------------in---------------------------------------- 2 U 0 L 0 3 U 0 L 0 4 U 0 L 0 5 U 0 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 1 U 0 L 0 2 U 0 L 0 3 U 0 L 0 4 U 0 L 0 5 U 0 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 1 U 0 L 0 2 U 0 L 0 3 U 0 L 0 4 U 0 L 0 5 U 0 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 1 U 0 L 0 2 U 0 L 0 3 U 0 L 0 4 U 0 L 0 5 U 0 L 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 1 U . 69 3 0 . 011 4 NC 4 L - . 7 5 -0 . 007 5 NC 5 2 U . 69 3 0 . 011 6 NC 6 L - . 7 5 -0 . 027 1 NC 1 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc. Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 6 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMPTON WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule V2 & V3 Envelope Section Forces Section Memb y Axial lc Shear lc Moment lc -----------------K------------------K-----------------K-ft------------------ 4 U 11 . 09 3 8 . 81 2 3 . 15 4 L -11 . 1 5 -1 . 976 1 - . 62 1 5 U 11 . 09 3 14 . 99 2 5 .49 1 L -11 . 1 5 -3 .353 1 -24 . 1 2 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 1 U 2 . 69 5 3 . 35 1 5 .49 1 L -2 . 7 3 -14 . 992 2 -24 . 1 2 2 U 2 . 69 5 1 . 98 1 3 . 15 4 L -2 . 7 3 -8 . 812 2 - . 62 1 3 U 2 . 69 5 0 . 60 1 16 .26 4 L -2 . 7 3 -2 . 633 2 -3 . 6 1 4 U 2 . 69 5 3 . 55 4 15 .21 4 L -2 . 7 3 -0 . 778 1 -3 .4 1 5 U 2 . 69 5 9. 73 4 0 . 00 2 L -2 . 7 3 -2 . 155 1 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 1 U 12 . 16 5 0 . 07 1 0 . 00 1 L -27 . 2 4 -0 . 048 5 0 2 U 12 . 18 5 0 . 04 1 0 . 11 5 L -27 . 3 4 -0 . 024 5 - . 16 1 3 U 12 . 20 5 0 . 00 1 0 . 15 5 L -27 . 3 4 0 . 000 1 - .22 1 4 U 12 .22 5 0 . 02 5 0 . 11 5 L -27 . 3 4 -0 . 036 1 - . 16 1 5 U 12 . 24 5 0 . 05 5 0 . 00 1 L -27 .4 4 -0 . 072 1 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9 1 U 5 . 34 1 0 . 05 5 0 . 00 1 L -22 . 7 2 -0 . 072 1 0 2 U 5 . 31 1 0 . 02 5 0 . 16 1 L -22 . 7 2 -0 . 036 1 - . 11 5 3 U 5 .27 1 0 . 00 1 0 . 22 1 L -22 . 8 2 0 . 000 1 - . 15 5 4 U 5 . 24 1 0 . 04 1 0 . 16 1 L -22 . 8 2 -0 . 024 5 - . 11 5 5 U 5 . 21 1 0 . 07 1 0 . 00 5 L -22 . 8 2 -0 . 048 5 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ______________________< Envelope Section Deflections Section Memb y x lc y lc L/n lc ----------------in----------------in---------------------------------------- 1 1 U 0 L 0 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 5 ,,err*. Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMPTON WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule V2 & V3 Envelope Section Forces Section Memb y Axial lc Shear lc Moment lc -----------------K------------------K-----------------K-ft------------------ 3 U 5 . 56 1 2 . 70 5 10 . 68 5 L -2 . 6 2 -2 . 689 3 -10 . 6 3 4 U 5 . 51 1 2 . 70 5 5 .34 5 L -2 . 7 2 -2 . 689 3 -5 . 3 3 5 U 5 .46 1 2 . 70 5 0 . 00 5 L -2 . 7 2 -2 . 689 3 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 1 U 8 . 38 1 4 . 90 3 32 . 05 3 L -17 . 6 2 -4 . 969 5 -32 . 5 5 2 U 8 . 31 1 4 . 90 3 18 .79 3 L -17 . 7 2 -4 . 969 5 -19 5 3 U 8 .24 1 4 . 90 3 5 . 52 3 L -17 . 8 2 -4 . 969 5 -5 . 6 5 4 U 8 . 17 1 4 . 90 3 7 . 87 5 L -17 . 9 2 -4 . 969 5 -7 . 7 3 5 U 8 . 10 1 4 . 90 3 21 .32 5 L -17 . 9 2 -4 . 969 5 -21 3 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 1 U 3 . 66 1 2 . 69 5 21 .32 5 L -4 4 -2 . 651 3 -21 3 2 U 3 . 61 1 2 . 69 5 15 . 99 5 L -4 . 1 4 -2 . 651 3 -15 . 7 3 3 U 3 . 56 1 2 . 69 5 10 . 66 5 L -4 . 1 4 -2 . 651 3 -10 . 5 3 4 U 3 . 51 1 2 . 69 5 5 .33 5 L -4 . 2 4 -2 . 651 3 -5 . 2 3 5 U 3 . 46 1 2 . 69 5 0 . 00 3 L -4 . 2 4 -2 . 651 3 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 1 U 17 .44 4 0 . 24 1 0 . 00 1 L -4 1 -0 . 159 5 0 2 U 17 . 44 4 0 . 12 1 0 . 55 5 L -4 1 -0 . 079 5 - . 81 1 3 U 17 .44 4 0 . 00 1 0 .73 5 L -4 1 0 . 000 1 -1 . 1 1 4 U 17 . 44 4 0 . 08 5 0 . 55 5 L -4 1 -0 . 118 1 - . 81 1 5 U 17 .44 4 0 . 16 5 0 . 00 1 L -4 1 -0 .237 1 0 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 1 U 11 . 09 3 2 . 16 1 0 . 00 1 L -11 . 1 5 -9 . 728 4 0 2 U 11 . 09 3 0 . 78 1 15 .21 4 L -11 . 1 5 -3 . 548 4 --3 .4 1 3 U 11 . 09 3 2 . 63 2 16 . 26 4 L -11 . 1 5 -0 . 599 1 -3 . 6 1 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc. Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 4 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMPTON WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule V2 & V3 Load Combinations RWPE No. Description BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac SSdv ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 D+F+S+0 . 5 (W) Y -1 1 1 3 1 4 . 5 yy 5 0 . 67 (D) -W Y 0 . 67 1 0 . 67 4 -1 yy 6 0 . 67 (D) -0 . 8 (E) Y 0 . 67 1 0 . 67 5 -0 . 8 yy 7 D+0 . 6 (S) +0 . 8 (E) Y -1 1 1 3 0 . 67 5 0 . 8 yy 8 0 . 67 (D) -Uplift Y 0 . 67 1 0 . 67 7 1 9 Snow only Y -1 3 1 10 Wind only Y -1 4 1 Envelope Story Drift Story+---- X Direction ----+ No. Joint Drift lc Ht % -------------in------------------------------------------------------------- 1 U 5 0 . 71 3 0 . 32 L 5 -0 . 72 5 0 . 32 Envelope Reactions Joint +------------ Forces -------------+ X lc Y lc Moment lc ------------K-----------------K----------------K-ft------------------------- lU 4 . 92 5 11 .42 5 32 .42 3 L -5 . 01 3 -19 . 10 4 -32 . 61 5 2U 4 . 98 5 8 . 38 1 32 . 05 3 L -4 . 89 3 -17 . 65 2 -32 .49 5 Tot : 9U 9 . 90 5 18 . 75 1 L -9 . 90 3 -33 . 80 2 Envelope Section Forces Section Memb y Axial lc Shear lc Moment lc -----------------K------------------K-----------------K-ft------------------ 1 1 U 11 .42 5 4 . 96 3 32 .42 3 L -19 . 1 4 -4 . 984 5 -32 . 6 5 2 U 11 .47 5 4 . 96 3 18 . 99 3 L -19 . 2 4 -4 . 984 5 -19 . 1 5 3 U 11 . 51 5 4 . 96 3 5 . 56 3 L -19 .2 4 -4 . 984 5 -5 . 6 5 4 U 11 . 56 5 4 . 96 3 7 . 87 5 L -19 . 3 4 -4 . 984 5 -7 . 9 3 5 U 11 . 61 5 4 . 96 3 21 .36 5 L -19 .4 4 -4 . 984 5 -21 .3 3 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 1 U 5 . 66 1 2 . 70 5 21 . 36 5 L -2 . 5 2 -2 . 689 3 -21 . 3 3 2 U 5 . 61 1 2 . 70 5 16 . 02 5 L -2 . 6 2 -2 . 689 3 -16 3 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 3 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMPTON WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule V2 & V3 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 1 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 5 6 UNIFORM 0 . 5790 7 6 7 UNIFORM 0 . 5790 Joint Loads/Enforced Displacements, BLC 3 Joint Is this a Load or Direction Number a Displacement? (X,Y,Mz) Magnitude ------------------------------------------------------K, K-ft, in, rad--------- 3 L Y 0 . 000 4 L Y 0 . 000 5 L Y -3 . 700 7 L Y -4 . 200 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 3 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 5 6 UNIFORM -3 . 2980 7 6 7 UNIFORM -3 . 2980 Joint Loads/Enforced Displacements, BLC 4 Joint Is this a Load or Direction Number a Displacement? (X,Y,Mz) Magnitude ------------------------------------------------------K, K-ft, in, rad--------- 3 L X 1 . 500 5 L X 8 .400 Member Distributed Loads, BLC 7 Joints Load Pattern Pattern Member I J Label Multiplier ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 3 4 UNIFORM -0 . 9850 Load Patterns Pattern Magnitudes Locations Label Dir Start End Start End -------------------K/ft, F----------K/ft,F-----------ft or %-------ft or %--- UNIFORM Y -1 . 000 -1 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 000 LATERAL X 1 . 000 1 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 000 Load Combinations RWPE No. Description BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac BLC Fac SSdv ----- ------------------------------- --------------- 1 Dead only Y - 1 1 1 yy 2 D+F+S Y -1 1 1 3 1 6 1 yy 3 D+F+0 . 5 (S) +W Y -1 1 1 3 0 . 5 4 1 yy RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 2 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMPTON WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule V2 & V3 Members Memb Joints Rotate Section Releases Offsets Inactive? No. I J 900 Set I :AVM J:AVM I-End J-End Label y Length --------------------------------------------in-------in---------------ft---- 1 1 3 COLUMN 10 . 83 2 3 5 COLUMN 7 . 92 3 2 4 COLUMN 10 . 83 4 4 7 COLUMN 7 . 92 5 3 4 GIRT PIN PIN 18 . 33 6 5 6 BEAM PIN 9. 16 7 6 7 BEAM PIN 9. 16 8 3 6 BRACE PIN PIN 12 . 11 9 4 6 BRACE PIN PIN 12 . 11 AISC,NDS Parameters Section Length Lb-out Lb-in Lcomp K K Cm Cb,B Sway Member Set le-out le-in le-bend out in CH o i ---------------ft------ft------ft------ft----------------------------------- 1 COLUMN 10 . 83 2 COLUMN 7 . 92 3 COLUMN 10 . 83 4 COLUMN 7 . 92 0 . 00 5 GIRT 18 . 33 0 . 00 6 BEAM 9 . 16 7 BEAM 9 . 16 8 BRACE 12 . 11 9 BRACE 12 . 11 Basic Load Case Data BLC Basic Load Case Load Type Totals No. Description Nodal Point Dist . ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 Dead Load 4 2 3 Snow Load 4 2 4 Wind Load 2 7 Uplift 1 Joint Loads/Enforced Displacements, BLC 1 Joint Is this a Load or Direction Number a Displacement? (X,Y,Mz) Magnitude ------------------------------------------------------K, K-ft, in, rad--------- 3 L Y -0 . 657 4 L Y -0 . 657 5 L Y -3 . 300 7 L Y -1 . 300 RISA-2D (R) Version 4 . 01 Wallace/SC, Inc . Job : 0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Page : 1 Irvine, CA 92618 Date : 3/09/00 File : NHAMPTON WalMart, Northampton, MA Frame at Vestibule V2 & V3 Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US Standard Steel Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AISC 9th Edition ASD Allowable Stress Increase Factor. . 1 . 000 Include Shear Deformation. . . . . . . . . Yes No. of Sections for Member Calcs . . 5 Do Redesign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes P-Delta Analysis Tolerance . . . . . . . . 0 . 50% Joint Coordinates Joint X Y Joint No Coordinate Coordinate Temperature ------------------ft------------ft------------OF---------------------------- 1 0 . 000 0 . 000 0 . 00 2 18 . 330 0 . 000 0 . 00 3 0 . 000 10 . 830 0 . 00 4 18 . 330 10 . 830 0 . 00 5 0 . 000 18 . 750 0 . 00 6 9 . 165 18 . 750 0 . 00 7 18 . 330 18 . 750 0 . 00 Boundary Conditions Joint +----- Translation -----+ No X Y Rotation ------------K/in--------K/in------K-ft/rad---------------------------------- 1 Reaction Reaction Reaction 2 Reaction Reaction Reaction 5 STORY 1 Materials (General) Material Young' s Shear Poisson' s Thermal Weight Yield Label Modulus Modulus Ratio Coef . Density Stress -------------Ksi----------Ksi----------------10^50F----K/ft3-------Ksi------ STL 29000 . 00 11154 . 00 0 . 3000 0 . 65000 0 .490 50 . 00 Sections Section Database Material As As I I T Label Shape Label Area 0, 2 1, 3 1, 3 0, 2 C ------------------------------in-2----------------in^4----------in^4-------- COLUMN TU8X8X4 STL 7 . 59 1 .2 1 . 2 75 . 10 75 . 10 GIRT TU8X8X4 STL 7 . 59 1 .2 1 .2 75 . 10 75 . 10 BEAM W12X22 STL 6 .48 1 .2 1 . 2 4 . 66 156 . 00 BRACE TU5X5X4 STL 4 . 59 1 .2 1 .2 16 . 90 16 . 90 Date 300 Sheet No. of Job GtD50OZO - MorTHjAwP7a►J Subject V4_5TI SuLE OFSIGN Fonlm VZ g' �3 (G{&,- sAME CAL- Fop, VI �" Y�, 43>4monv� P P TL SL P3 Ps , w= 132 DL = 3877-3298 = 579 pLF N 132 5L = 3Z7& = 3Z98)"%-f rAV6 K 0 p, = 63 OL = (5oz pig Z67pt>= '13.831?-YZ)=3.3 133 5L =ZZ 7pLF(/S83 3.7K �Lc (eE, LAST" Jp►aT 10AZ>6 FlzOM OgkALLLZ 'DR)FT 6P4Dll0SHaT) 115)+(Zyl SL=�15pLF + 187per](13,53) 40 CfDL-O je- LAD: �Opsr�l�f 332) (18.33/2)= �5'-/pcF I = 199 pLF(ly 33/1-) + /#SpLF(13.33') + 188pLF(Z3 33/1) + ZB66,# = g, 4K t 53 pLr(13.33') + �S-FLF = /,5K STaiey DKI T- Q J r1l AK -0.00.5(S.75)(1,Z) GJPLIFr AT /7►reT- 15Psi (19.3312)(18.331Z) = 98Sp�F Date �-Oo. Sheet No. of Job 663ooZO NOKTHAMProti1, MA Subject \Ij , i � Reference G3 123=9 �1 118'y" - 19 PsF IA), lln ID ., a 3Z P't 4— 1,q5- to i 61 62 W _ _u' 127.83' if) 10'.-h - � l88 p � L\ Z 110 �}S f�F wt►� �C%P�-Cori , � N���h ���i 'G�o� - 7j�(o l�_...—�D= 2� �79)�F Z7 K Date 5100 Sheet No. of Job 00300ZO NortTHAmPraN Subject V/Wlq ge, Reference 6'6- 9!0 (��� 17,`1 1110 I�f ,( h #5 4 /71 P4 (4(o) cA3 bit �� z I(� 1°f% •` °.o � PAv( - Date /pp Sheet No. of Job O03 COM - 7-HAm FMD► Subject VS57-13u-E �J�NO C,��er �'7cs�GN I I „m..v. maw Tama Tww� 71tbdd,4 Tstadwws z: dm J i i LSN G1 UZ �,I GI •lL 6N. N D I79 p4 to 100 CAP 179 ?A4 h 2 75 I Gtil ►79 C�Z,9Z') - l9q �►¢ � 17.q �+�►j%1 �— Olt = 13I pP� DIG 179 C �5�)A- Ugh 3lo DK i 112-5 UO w600 .267) Date 3/00 Sheet No_ - - of Job 0030020 I,lo2THAM?,ITWSN, MFG Subjec� �l-A&- ----- -— - Reference WWI -19 ly'f tuck ►wi So To uPcp!o� -rte P X14 0 �'-v��l��. ���w(t✓.h r1�I�r..r✓r� �i1�u c�J �-hU i�/ ��o►� ��,�r,� 1�,��� i I I I I I ImpLF K K �= Z,7 �= Z.'7 ! 1 ' � �' G1kLLl.!t.f'Ik'7►.� D4J�� Date Sheet No. of Job P,6,zr Y PWa� -CCS0020 Subject ,t,��p� �� yLD�,�' ( l�j. 33"1���•(al�J (D fXo�> = 193z# ��nZ# �s Jv 10.00 2) + rX.4pl? i 2700 9.3 ►� 1510 ---} �i Cvu . Date 3LOO Sheet No. of Job OD,30SZO - NOP-THAMPMa-s Subject Vi ngVX �E�9YV1 �QIC-�ra , CO►.1T'O /JJ ; k)5now (ROM PAKALL.EL SNOW 'DRIFT',• W5now -Z6 7PLF 5L"tF wr /- STko WALL k)TL = 3OSpl-r {- ZZpl r t IOpsF(I/,r/S') = 5OZ pLF SPAS= H,33' M= 6DZgF(m,33)Z/8 = IZ.9 K FT , lu=0' a--c Nax ZZ enor Sy. INSP6CTl&,% (,'E: 13 t) /Snow =Z67 pLF A)n =MZ pLF 5p4sm 23= x" M= 50ZFLF(Z3,53')Y8 A F7, �11=0' a6C: Gdlyx ZZ , Mk = 60 K-FrT > 3y2 K,FT) lAr i/ ' dTL = 5 b'aZp�F)23.33) IZ a = 0 5-8 j o = � j7 , �k 38H z9'x�o� / 4 a LL = ;F(Z(.7p4FYzz 3 9 IZ 3 = 0 81" < �/?i1 - O.76 O!l 38Y 29xro�) l99 WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Revised 8118199 Copvripht©10/19/93 *, Date 3/8/00 Sheet No. of Project #0030020-Wal-Mart Northampton Subject Vestibule FLAT ROOF SNOW DRIFT-Joists Perpendicular to Wail 1. Input �Z Wb1 Wb2 Code= (click on code cell to 96 BOCA Wd Dead Load= 18 psf Roof Live Load= 20 psf Pg,Ground Snow Load= 35 psf T.O.W. Drift for Parapet, Projection,or I. P (P)or(PR)or(U) Pm Ce,exposure factor= 1.00 hr Pf hd I, importance factor= 1.00 tcl hb Geometry J.B.E. T.O.W.,Top of Parapet Elevatic 31.00 ft _N/V J.B.E.,Joist Bearing Elevation= 19.00 ft td,Thickness of Joist, Deck,an( 4.50 inches Wb1,length of upper roof= 1.00 ft Wb2,length of lower roof= 220.00 ft S,Joist Spacing= 32.17 ft Diagram L,Joist Span= 19.00 ft 2. Drift Formula Summary Pf=Ce I Pg= 35.00 psf D=0.13 Pg+14.0 :535 pcf= 18.55 pcf hb=Pf/D= 1.89 ft Wb=MAX(25,Wb)= 220.00 ft hr= 11.63 ft hd=0.43 Wb^1/3(Pg+10)^1/4 5.22 ft 1 I Zq Wd=4 hd :54(hr-hb)= 20.89 ft Pm=D(hd+hb) <_D hr= 131.89 psf 3. Uniform Load Summary Drifted Snow Load Snow Total R left= 31331.8 36832.8 Ibs R right= 22355.6 27856.7 Ibs M max= 128386.5 154370.2 ft-Ibs w equiv= 3298.1 3877.1 plf Load Without Drift Snow Total w(Pf=35 psf): 1126.0 1705.0 plf *indicates controlling load(drifted vs. undrifted) low Date 3LQp Sheet No. of Job CO-0OZO- MORMAYMProN Subject VZT71364LE Balm Ocs*t4 I�J5NOW (ROM 6t4OW DKIPT): GJsNOU� = 126Z730'= X127 pLF /stZF WT. �suD wAW. 1--CL6 w1 +ZZ pcF + /oPaF(NZS) + )Op6F(19,33 1Z) = NZ pcF 1`'I= 79Zp�F�l9)�8 = 3575 KFr G�sc- w/Zx ZZ , MR = 700 r.,FT > 35,7# K.FT LC = 3.6' 6T,. = s(79ZXi9)° iz)3 = D 5/ < L/zoo = 0.95" ox 38�(27x10` J5� 5- qZ'7 " Z)3 = CIS" < L�36o = ©,�3" OK IS E EQuIV• LOAvs �NSiDL"�IA.1CZ JNOW t71Q1�'r': 7'L 367'7P GF � J�E'• !3Z SNOt.J 5�►21fT SY�'F3�DSHLZI' rjL= 3298PaF f� M= 3877JX F T)L/8 = l7� 9 KIF7 GCsE WZI x 44 , M -ZOI K,F7- >17'y.9 x-FT, Lu= 5.5' Q% = F(3877)(1q) (M3 = 0 � ( 5" < ��yo °0, 96',, 3y L9x10I 54 Q _ 3Z 101 = 0. 3 9�0�� < V30 = 0,65 ECONOMICAL JOIST GUIDE THAT OSHA IS INTERPRETING 29CFR-1926.751(c)2 TO MEAN ALL JOIST FORTY(40)FEET(12192MM)AND LONGER TO REQUIRE A ROW OF BOLTED Combined K, VS, LH & DLH Series Load Table BRIDGING TO BE IN PLACE BEFORE SLACKENING OF HOISTING LINES. Allowable Joist :D Allowable Joist Allowable Joist Allowable Joist Joist Loads(PLF) Weight Joist Loads(PLF) Weight Joist LoadS(PLF) Weight Joist LoadS(PLF) Weight Type Total, Live (lbsJfL) Type Total Live .(IbSJtt) Type Total Live (IbSJft) Type Total Live (lbsift) nm 0 32LH11 580 343 23 �28 fi 83 1 i 4 36LH12 660 441 25 30K- '. $ 36LH 9 418 256 18 X28 228 - 36LH 13 776 517 28 28K B`'` �3 $5" 9 9 -4dL}l{1 22_. 1.,- 7 36LH14 855 568 31 ;30K8 8 8 0' c4uLFJ]0 2' 7h Q 110 50 2 36LH15 902 598 33 �28K�J $ 36LH10 461 283 21 s g 1A 7Q 21 _0 M03 30K9 0 36LH11 503 308 22 30K11 333 190 14 40 : 26 !28K10. 36LH12 602 367 25 .�- .a: a tt 30K12 350 199 14 30K10 40 2 d4 .3 19 6.' 23 -1H 6 32LH 8 411 255 16rt . -„ hibLH7 07 9 36LH13 708 430 30 36LH 9 477 333 17 28K 5- 6 i30K12 1. - B- 32LH14 713 374 33 36LH10 526 368 18 ' m s"4LH_9 66 Fz 36LH14 780 472 34 28K,� 6 .'2x - 36LH11 574 400 21 '56 81 s 36LH 9 434 275 18 36LH15 822 497 36 32La385 23 '28K8- 186- 94bLH1039i1 44L1 UQ1,1361 j` 36LH12 687 477 23 28K,9 03 3 36LH10 477 304 20 i40LV 5 9 3 �7 36LH13 807 559 28 30K 9 ' )8 36LH11 521 330 22 48�16 05 1_ J 36LH14 890 615 30 7 8Ki0 40 2 2' 32LH 11 522 292 24 44LH16 56 36LH15 938 647 32 $ OL 1' 968 1� '40LH 8c 1 33' 2. 36LH12 624 394 25 O i�6 1067 826" .� 30K12 330 177 16 -44L413�642� 99 23 °44LH 9 �` 380n$b9�s' 14'' 36LH13 734 462 29 36LH 9 450 296 18 44LH14 ' 739 >`572 26_ 30K 7 15i' 6• 4 -J `ALHlt* 454410611 W6.16. 36LH14 809 507 32 30K 8 ��cc�I6_7 83' 70 32LH 9 463 270 19 36LH15 852 534 34 301 9 . `�"r�18� 90 1 ;;26K 2151 ; 36LH10 496 327 19 44LH15 86066 : 31;: 30K10 1 06` �2 t28C 6 63, .� $6" 36LH 11 541 356 21 40LH15 880 ,6i6° 33 30K11 226K7` 168 $- 9 :44LH12 > 562 45 a9_ 44LH16 99i° 661 .401-1-1 x288 3 28 x 82_ ' `3� 36LH12 647 424 25 44LHi7 065 $�] �3fi, 44LH 9 , 7 5$ 5 26K".8h X186 ' 9 8 36LH13 761 498 28 �48LH11 376 08.. 5 ;261<e 9 03 0 44Lii14767i8�26: ,40LH 9. X378 54- „17. 28K 9 219, 1 5`. 1.. 36LH14 839 547 31 i '44LH10„ti 38$ 284 3.',il6 1('16., 235 : 133. 36LH15 885 575 34 28K 6 ;5�- 6'. 5,0 32LH 9 391 208 19 `P6K10 241�(3 X11 44LH15 892` i 6; 1` 28K 7� 1513, 9 2; �,44CH1 f 4f4 �32b7 17 r $k. X ..r c,..r ern z e- -r -y�•r: .; y 28K10 x260 136 2x 40LH15, 913° 64 2 30K7 62 84 94• :40LH10r416” 80.: 7""18 10 '. 279 .-;157 2 44LHi6' 029' 28K8=. 66 80- 99' 36LH10 454 273 21 30K 30K11 320 179 14 44LH17 105 30K8 79° , 10 36LH11 495 297 22 L <fi t 30K12 343 192 15 �' 28K 9 i81� 8V X11 36LH12 593 354 25 28LH 7 352 186 16 -30K9 195= 100 x.11- 44LH13 609 449 a:23 :36LH S e_365 ' 25] 14, 28K10 �5_ 102 12, 36LH13 697 415 30 rrRiSKI ,tR �." y 32LH8 397 242 16 28K6 445 7; :30K10q 231" ;t18 12,. 44LH14zs" 70�]4aM28 36LH 9 468 320 17 287 162 .30K11' 265 1'35„ '� 36LH14 768 456 35 7 36LH10 515 354 19 '-301(17 7- �4t 40LH8 98, 09` 3: t36LH15 809 480 36 36LH11 563 385 21 28 8 ` 179 r0 9 30K12 ,0 153' i6 44LH1' fi - 59 ;31 32LH11 602 363 23 28K`9 '19 1: A4LH 9. 9 n. 5 48LH16 890 31, 7 36LH12 673 459 24 30Ky9 ,; 209 36LH 9 426 265 18 40LH�6 19 8 7 36LH13 791 538 28 28K10 ` 232 24LH]i 29 '=329, 7` 4dL 0 .87 37, 32LH13 801 480 30 30K10x 249~ 2: L4oLH104313017 48LHi' 99 37: 7 36LH14 872 591 31 ;30K11*+ 285 4n 36LH10 469 293 21 44LH 9 40` 36LH15 920 622 33 40LH 8 {W9 3. dOLH11:M471'11 X326 X18. � y 40LH15 ' 949'*7.: 36LH 7 T313 36LH11 512 319 23 0LH16*' 1046 788" :30K12ar 7324 6s. �d44LH12 592 40fi S 20 . 44LH9 ;3Z3 4:. 36LH12 613 380 25 ,3 K, �G. 36LH 9 442 285 18 *LHi3 63... $. 3': ;3(3K 8 9 10' '44DI'lT?q W34 fi` �OLHiB• 75 fi5 26: 30K9 6 11 26K 5 1331 r 9; 32LH 9 447 256 19 36LH13 720 445 30 30K j0 0 12 , 26K 6 r 145 7 - 36LH10 486 315 19 :44LH14-M 2G�.5' 52 K27' "40Li 18 83 13 151 ^° 8 6'6; 40L'H11:: r4883508;. 32LH14 738 395 33 48L 10 34] X14 28K 6 } -, r ,26K7 16211. 17 8 36LH11 531 343 22 36LH14 794 489 34 44LH1 77 16- 287, 175 9�3 44L(Ij2 5524 # `'�9'. 36LH15 837 515 35 32LH 9 379 198 19 1 y26K8' 179 9 , refi 7,; 36LH12 635 409 25 44LH1. 64 X 30; c44LH��+k?` 407296" `,• 7. ;26K.9 x95 3 .'_�i4i-gl3�654 1 �IOLfi1 6d• 5914 36LH10 440 260 20 7 '28149 210 .t1 36LH13 747 479 29 1g41Hi 37 36LH11 480 283 23 QlC 92d4C1i14153Fi1 36LH12 575 338 25 711,0 31 2 36LH14 824 527 32 `'" 41158$x '24 ,28K1 25 2 36LH15 868 554 34 36LH13 675 395 30 OK]0 :268 x.a`48.. �12< 4CH15, $76 vlLTf18'99t $ 28K12 325 165 15OL' 1 896 i 36LH14 755 434 35 30K12 336 184 15 i6. 0 Q: 36LH15 795 464 36 �i 28LH 7 339 176 16 ,... 32LH 8 383 229 16 2 LF)j 2 36LH 9 459 308 18 7.A1K1 _ 6 4; BLF 32 36LH10 505 340 19AOLYIi 93 Omi 3': 1}40L`F� 7" 4 36LH 11 552 370 21 28 :6 $8111°1 3 54LH Cl,UNUIVIIUAL JUIJI UUlUt Combined K, VS, LH & DLH Series Load Table in LEN 124 C GTH4(Con ,) 24 , ENGTH (Conk): 7"r 10K 1 550 550 5.0 16K 2 368 297 5.5 16K 2 254 170 5.5 16K 3 410 330 6.2 16K 3 283 189 6.1 24K 7 550 499 9.2 ENTtt 18K 3 463 423 6.5 18K 3 320 242 6.5 20LH 4 574 428 11 * 16K 4 493 386 7.0 16K 4 340 221 6.9 18LH 4 604 403 12 10K 1 550 542 5.0 16K 5 550 426 7.5 20K 3 357 302 6.7 20LH 5 616 459 11 ti .t 18K 4 385 284 7.2 18LH 5 684 454 13 y �, LENC�Ts 2i� LENGT 20K 4 430 353 7.6 20LH 6 822 606 15 18K 5 434 318 7.7 18LH 7 840 553 16 �r- 10K 1 550 455 5.0 12K 1 218 123 5.0 18K 6 473 345 8.5 18LH 8 876 577 16 14K 1 257 170 5.2 20K 5. 485 396 8.2 20LH 7 878 647 16 3LENGT 12K 3 273 153 5.5 24K 6 550 544 7.7 18LH 9 936 616 17 14K 3 322 212 5.7 18LH 3 562 409 10 20LH 9 990 729 17 10K 1 479 363 5.0 16K 2 333 255 5.5 2OLH 4 621 503 10 20LH10 1068 786 18 12K 1 550 510 5.0 16K 3 371 285 6.3 18LH 4 655 474 11 18K 3 420 364 6.6 20LH 5 668 540 11 ¢�27EG11 4IENGTM 16K 4 447 333 7.0 18LH 5 739 534 12 " C 20K 3 468 453 6.7 18LH 6 875 619 15 14K 1 ." 154 79 5.1_ 10K 1 412 289 5.0 16K 5 503 373 7.5 20LH 6 892 713 15 16K 2 200 119 5.5 14K 1 550 550 5.2 18K 4 506 426 7.2 18LH 7 908 650 15 16K 3 223 132 5.9 y �y 20K 4 550 520 7.6 18LH 8 946 679 16 18K 3 252 169 6.3 i�StENGTH 20LH 7 951 761 15 16K 4 268 155 6.8 22 LENGTH OF 20LH 8 980 787 16 20K 3 281 211 6.6 . 10K 1 358 234 5.0 " ' 18LH 9 1014 725 17 18K 4 303 198 7.0 12K 1 434 344 5.0 12K 1 199 106 5.0 20LH 9 1073 857 16 20K 4 339 247 7.4 14K 1 ` 511 475 5.2 14K 1 234 147 5.1 20LH10 1158 924 17 18K 5 342 222 7.7 14K 3 550 507 5.9 12K 3 249 132 5.5 22K 4 374 301 8.0 14K 3 293 184 5.6 25, 'E(VGT 20K 5 382 277 8.2 1, �ENC 16K 2 303 222 5.5 20K 6 416 301 8.8 16K 3 337 247 6.2 14K 1 180 100 5.1 22K 5 422 337 8.7 10K 1 313 192 5.0 18K 3 382 316 6.5 16K 2 234 150 5.5 24K 6 503 439 8.6 12K 1 380 282 5.0 16K 4 406 289 6.9 16K 3 260 167 5.9 26K 6 547 519 8.9 14K 1 448 390 5.2 20K 3 426 393 6.7 18K 3 294 214 6.3 26K 7 550 522 9.1 12K 3 476 351 5.7 18K 4 460 370 7.2 16K 4 313 195 6.9 20LH 4 566 406 11 14K 3 550 467 5.9 20K 4 514 461 7.6 20K 3 329 266 6.7 18LH 4 571 367 12 ., ,. ,., 18K 5 518 414 7.7 18K 4 355 250 7.1 20LH 5 609 437 12 Mi r 22K 6 550 548 7.5 16K 6 384 238 8.1 18LH 5 648 414 14 18LH 2 554 439 8.8 18K 5 400 281 7.7 20LH 6 791 561 15 10K 1 277 159 5.0 18LH 3 614 488 10 16K 7 428 263 8.6 20LH 7 845 599 16 12K 1 336 234 5.0 18LH 4 715 566 11 18K 6 435 305 8.5 20LH 8 873 619 16 14K 1 395 324 5.2 18LH 5 808 637 12 20K 5 446 350 8.2 20LH 9 953 675 17 12K 3 420 291 5.7 18LH 6 955 738 14 18K 7 485 337 9.0 20LH10 1028 724 19 16K 2 512 488 5.5 18LH 7 992 776 15 20K 6 486 380 8.9 - 16K 3 550 526 6.3 18LH 8 1034 810 15 16K 9 514 311 10 2 E� 18LH 9 1108 864 16 24K 6 550 520 8.6 c 20LH 4 596 463 10 14K 1 ' 143 70 5.1 C 3 LEN C •; 18LH 4 628 436 11 16K 2 186 106 5.5 I OK 1 246 134 5.0 20LH 5 641 497 11 16K 3 207 118 5.8 12K 1 299 197 5.0 14K 1 214 128 5.1 18LH 5 709 492 13 18K 3 234 151 6.2 14K 1 352 272 5.2 12K 3 227 116 5.5 20LH 6 855 656 15 16K 4 249 138 6.6 12K 3 374 245 5.5 16K 2 277 194 5.5 18LH 7 872 599 16 20K 3 261 189 6.7 14K 3 441 339 5.8 16K 3 308 216 6.0 18LH 8 908 625 16 16K 5 281 155 7.4 16K 2 456 409 5.5 18K 3 349 276 6.6 20LH 7 912 701 16 18K 4 282 177 7.2 16K 3 508 456 6.3 16K 4 371 252 7.0 20LH 8 941 724 16 20K 4 315 221 7.5 14K 4 530 397 6.7 20K 3 389 344 6.7 18LH 9 973 667 17 18K5 318 199 7.7 14K 6 550 408 6.9 18K 4 420 323 7.2 20LH 9 1030 789 17 18K 6 346 216 8.5 20K 4 469 402 7.6 20LH10 1111 851 18 20K 5 355 248 8.2 18K 5 473 362 7.7 22K 5 392 302 8.8 22K 6 550 518 7.7 26K 5 466 427 8.1 10K 1 221 113 5.0 18LH 3 587 446 10 24K 6 467 393 8.5 12K 1 268 167 5.0 18LH 4 684 517 11 14K 1 166 83 5.1 22K 7 475 364 9.2 14K 1 315 230 5.2 20LH 5 697 589 11 16K 2 216 133 5.5 26K 6 508 464 8.9 12K 3 335 207 5.6 18LH 5 772 582 13 16K 3 240 148 5.9 28K 6 548 541 9.2 16K 2 408 347 5.5 18LH 6 913 674 15 18K 3 272 190 6.4 28K 7 550 543 9.2 16K 3 455 386 6.3 18LH 7 949 709 15 16K 4 289 173 6.8 20LH 4 558 386 12 18K 3 514 494 6.6 20LH 8 1024 858 15 20K 3 304 236 6.7 20LH 5 602 416 13 16K 4 547 452 7.0 18LH 9 1059 790 16 18K 4 328 222 7.2 18LH 5 614 378 14 16K 5 550 455 7.2 20LH 9 1121 935 16 20K 4 366 277 7.6 20LH 6 763 521 15 2OLH10 1209 1008 17 18K 5 369 249 7.7 20LH 7 814 556 16 22K 4 404 338 8.0 20LH 8 842 575 17 20K 5 412 310 8.2 20LH 9 918 626 18 12K 1 241 142 5.0 20K 6 449 337 8.9 20LH10 991 673 20 14K 1 284 197 5.2 14K 1 196 113 5.1 22K 5 455 379 8.8 12K 3 302 177 5.5 12K 3 208 101 5.6 26K 5 542 . 535 8.8 108 Date 4xx Sheet No. of Job (fOSOC.ZO -1�or2THAW�-rM►J Subject I?7716azz J06T DZ31CA , eOn1Tb SPAGNG = ✓R�� TL= 5115 pt-r= �i = SPRr�DSNE SL= 4V F�F a6E> 3(,O L H 11 TLAu.cw= /11pLF 5H8 y�r LLAuow = p�F x1,6= 600p« > `/7zrr,.F SPAaNc� r ?lOrr 71 `fG3 Pw (Rom 12'qIZALLCL SNOW 1DR I rr) SL= 55'fFI-F ( Fnorl I*AKAL 2 SHOW IDOFT) a4r 1�IKl 7Z A u ow= 571 PLF > 'fOB PLF LL Auow= �75pL,F y 35#FLF WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Revised 8118199 Copvright©10/19/93 Date 3/8/00 Sheet No. of Project #0030020-Wal-Mart Northampton Subject Vestibule FLAT ROOF SNOW DRIFT-Joists Perpendicular to Wall 1. Input - L Wb1 Wb2 �- Code:= (click on code cell to 96 BOCA Wd Dead Load= 18 psf Roof Live Load= 20 psf Pg,Ground Snow Load= 35 psf T.O.W. Drift for Parapet, Projection,or l P (P)or(PR)or(U) Pm Ce,exposure factor= 1.00 hr Pf hd I,importance factor= 1.00 td hb Geometry J.B.E. T.O.W'.,Top of Parapet Elevatic 23.75 It J.B.E.,,Joist Bearing Elevation= 19.00 ft td,Thickness of Joist, Deck,an( 4.50 inches Wb1,length of upper roof= 1.00 ft Wb2, length of lower roof= 78.67 ft S,Joist Spacing= 3.00 ft Diagram L,Joist Span= 14.33 ft 2. Drift Formula Summary Pf=Ce I Pg= 35.00 psf D=0.13 Pg+14.0 <_35 pcf= 18.55 pcf hb=Pf/D= 1.89 ft Wb=MAX(25,Wb)= 78.67 ft hr= 4.38 ft hd=0.43 WbA1/3(Pg+10)A1A. 3.27 ft Wd=4 hd :54(hr-hb)= 9.95 ft Pm=D(hd+hb) <_D hr= 81.16 psf 3. Uniform Load Summary Drifted Snow Load Snow Total R left= 1281.9 1668.8 Ibs R right= 911.9 1298.8 Ibs M max= 3825.8 5201.9 ft-Ibs w equiv= 178.9 232.9 plf' Load Without Drift Snow Total w(Pf=35 psf): 105.0 159.0 plf 'indicates controlling load(drifted vs. undrifted) emu' WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Revised 8118199 Copyright®10/19/93 Date 3/8/00 Sheet No. of ate" Project #0030020-Wal-Mart-Northampton Subject Vestibule FLAT ROOF SNOW DRIFT-Joists Parallel to Wall Wb1 Wb2 1. Input -JZ Wd Code= 96 BOCA Dead Load= 18 psf Roof Live Load= 20 psf T.O.W. Pg,Ground Snow Load= 35 psf Pm Drift for parapet,projection,or upper roof? P (P),(PR)or(U) Ce,exposure factor= 1.00 hr Pf hd I,importance factor= 1.00 td hb J.B.E. Geometry T.O.W.,Top of Parapet Elevation= 31.00 ft X_ S1 S2 S3 S4> J.B.E.,Joist Bearing Elevation= 18.00 ft td,Thickness of Joist,Deck,and Insulation= 12.00 inches _ Wb1,length of upper roof= 1.00 ft cli co Wb2,length of lower roof= 220.00 ft N 'N N o o 0 x,Joist#1 dist.from wall= 3.00 ft o . -' S1,First Joist Spacing= 3.00 ft S2,Second Joist Spacing= 3.00 ft Diagram S3,Third Joist Spacing= 3.00 ft S4,Fourth Joist Spacing= 3.00 ft S5,Fifth Joist Spacing= 3.00 ft 2. Drift Formula Summary Pf=Ce I Pg= 35.00 psf D=0.13 Pg+14.0 :535 pcf= 18.55 pcf hb=Pf/D= 1.89 ft Wb=MAX(25,Wb)= 220.00 ft hr= 12.00 ft hd=0.43 WbAI/3(Pg+10)A1/4-1.5= 5.22 ft Wd=4 hd 54(hr-hb)= 20.89 ft Pm=D(hd+hb) <_D hr= 131.87 psf 3. Uniform Load Summary Drifted Snow Load Snow Total w,wall 192.6 219.6 plf* w,Joist#1 353.9 407.9 plf* w,Joist#2 312.1 366.1 plf* w,Joist#3 270.4 324.4 plf* w,Joist#4 228.7 282.7 plf* w,Joist#5 186.9 240.9 plf* Load Without Drift Pf(35 psf) Total w,wall 52.5 79.5 plf w,Joist#1 105.0 159.0 plf w,Joist#2 105.0 159.0 pif w,Joist#3 105.0 159.0 plf w,Joist#4 105.0 159.0 plf w,Joist#5 105.0 159.0 plf *, 'indicates controlling load(drifted vs.undrifted) WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM Revised 8118199 Copyright®10/19/93 Date 3/8/00 Sheet No. of Project #0030020-Wal-Mart-Northampton Subject Vestibule FLAT ROOF SNOW DRIFT-Joists Parallel to Wall Wbi Wb2 1. Input-JI Wd Code= 96 BOCA Dead Load= 18 psf Roof Live Load= 20 psf T.O.W. Pg,Ground Snow Load= 35 psf Pm Drift for parapet,projection,or upper roof? P (P),(PR)or(U) Ce,exposure factor= 1.00 hr Pf hd I,importance factor= 1.00 td hb J.B.E. Geometry T.O.W.,Top of Parapet Elevation= 31.00 ft X_ S1 S2 S3 S4 J•B•E.,Joist Bearing Elevation= 18.00 it td,Thickness of Joist,Deck,and Insulation= 12.00 inches _ Wbi,length of upper roof= 1.00 ft Wb2,length of lower roof= 220.00 it y 0 Mn w x,Joist#1 dist.from wall= 4.20 ft 'o 'o 'o 'o -2) -' - S1,First Joist Spacing= 4.20 ft S2,Second Joist Spacing= 5.50 ft Diagram S3,Third Joist Spacing= 4.40 ft S4,Fourth Joist Spacing= 0.00 ft S5,Fifth Joist Spacing= 0.00 ft 2. Drift Formula Summary Pf=Ce I Pg= 35.00 psf D=0.13 Pg+14.0 535 pcf= 18.55 pcf hb=Pf/D= 1.89 it Wb=MAX(25,Wb)= 220.00 ft hr= 12.00 it hd=0.43 Wb^1/3(Pg+10)A1A-1.5= 5.22 ft Wd=4 hd 54(hr-hb)= 20.89 ft Pm=D(hd+hb) <_D hr= 131.87 psf 3. Uniform Load Summary Drifted Snow Load Snow Total w,wall 266.7 304.5 plf* w,Joist#1 472.0 547.6 plf* w,Joist#2 443.3 530.6 plf* w,Joist#3 340.0 429.1 plf* w,Joist#4 114.6 154.2 plf* w,Joist#5 0.0 0.0 plf Load Without Drift Pf(35 psf) Total w,wall 73.5 111.3 plf w,Joist#1 147.0 222.6 plf w,Joist#2 169.8 257.1 plf w,Joist#3 173.3 262.4 plf w,Joist#4 77.0 116.6 pif w,Joist#5 0.0 0.0 Of ew indicates controlling load(drifted vs.undrifted) Date 3 Qd Sheet No. of Job 603CbZO -NO,erHA m FZtA Subject Vamigulz • SNP Loan: fill-16ACHUSC775 SNow Zooe 3 C-r,eouNa snow l.o�n p-35PsF 6movs 7Z)RIFr l-A►,AtLLL m varsuix rAppr r )SC-O" 5v¢.�p5r 77 7p6F �Z. 3 psF J JL JL / i 19910 i3oc�+ p -0/3 t I y = ©.l3(36PsF) +14 = l8.(o per )609,71 (►� Y�'Iass n=moo PC A GovDzNs /0 6.1.1 (M' �G� = QJ�j">,�5 (YVbi)0.33_�.�] � Q5�1.15(22�)0,33 15� _ �.CO / ' 1���.�D•1 ) Cm` hot=2 !o7' h = D = SS'S� pCF = 1.75 ' lam = ,20�F(1,75'fZ.G7�- 8g•�{ P5F < 199 �cA = rAY4 r3oAm = o'V 1psr 0.21Z) = 177q.F < zG'7171.F C & (gF-: 5FWaVsHaT) joisr / = 71Opsr (Y.Z/Z) = 1#1 pcF < 47Z PcF Boca (I2E: SpXCAVsHcvr) X,k 116c3oc� Lo,�vs- Mbie� C'o,ssca2vAnvE Date 3 p0 Sheet No. of Job D030oM - /QOP7-HAm;l Ow Subject 715ULr 6oF F/2AmIN3 a � a EMT..015T5 AT W-O'OA. , EMT.CMU MMLL EXIST.JST.BRB. EXIST. TO 1 EXIST TO Eml CAM -0 BE (FIELD V0t m ae le 40vm N I P I t /CIA --� R-I TA3.CLN.•. I �t h , I S P =I I II 13 v to I u I I to I a Ii z Laaw/4 dxACe Imo, , C� I I I A TA3.M".•Ib'1' I---- -- I ~ 3�, i-- ----I -- - k.V11'M , W13x33 3X22 I In'xlb SASE STEEL ROOF DECK I WELD I , TO TOP CHOW OF J015T ' ' I AND TOP FLANa OF BEAM 14'-4'I I 11'-4' y 2'-4' + I5'4' I 144' l Assu mE )�mF L-4cYAr I ON TD ✓LbTls cz W'gLL (FhONT�/ IZS' T' (SIDE) �ooF DL )(M-IMG = 3.OpsF- )NWALAT701J = �.0 PSF "CAL p "K = 2,0 PSF CEILINC7 = ZO P'SF r mi /ax = 4,C)MF �JP►21NKLCI�S = Z,�psF Yf'11sc, - 1r ySF �j'7?�Z �o1575 .0 SF TTAI.: 18.0 ySF Date '?11'2000 Sheet No. of Job t-O"Z 20 - 1�1/�I,MA>2T Subject ULk+t5Ap,�-2 t�ULk�1�Pc1 [PAVAl, t. . TO �Xih�, 5rb,,H) I I I I " 5-V,ltlb1GULAV- -TO '�Nlam(I4C, I�t�. J d 1'll TO J 01671 6,�-1G 1,f - -f 9-f L;5 02 T-O" M A\4. �,l Co'-0"n,G. klb`ZGi�(- G6�'I� #'OI+.1Z ��D A7 MI��P6ctJ (r)ta),V I-ui�) 0,r2-1-I in3 fig - 0,LP 1IC9 1) _ 2I k1�21 y f 1 I1.`I Y-CA 0 U 1'2 f x J'-D" 44&Le�V A-1 (P'-O" D.G. A'���� f�iJ1.�'✓G��vu �o l;Xi�. J���i1� k1012-C-21-GW7r, - AIiUMl� 1%U U- »ULYG 9. ww b1J o Q E, 1 ULT Ttt,x { Y12 UGI� �/2"�b D,�il����D.i2DC7�� ��• ��C�ll; 1'D JDI�1 GO�Ii�rL�I�. 22 O.Lo��Lp��I) = 21 .Lf r !A Wallace/SC, Inc. Title: WalMart-Northampton,MA Job#0030020 15635 Alton Parkway,Suite 290 Dsgnr: A.Redman Date: Irvine, CA 92618 Description (949) 753-5103 Scope Fax: (949) 753-5105 Rev: 504001 Single Span Beam Analysis Page ;!( 2_5 Description Bulkheads General Information Center Span 2.17 ft Moment of Inertia 1.513 in4 Left Cantilever ft Elastic Modulus 29,000 ksi Right Cantilever 5.50 ft Beam End Fixity Pin-Pin Uniform Loads On Center Span... On Left Cantilever... On Right Cantilever... # 1 0.013 k/ft #1 k/ft #1 0.013 k/ft Query Values Center Location 0.000 ft Left Cant 0.000 ft Right Cant 0.000 ft Moment 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft Shear -0.08 k 0.00 k 0.00 k Deflection 0.00000 in 0.00000 in 0.00000 in Summary Moments... Shears... Reactions... Max+@ Center 0.00 k-ft at 0.00 ft @ Left 0.08 k @ Left -0.08 k Max-@ Center -0.20 k-ft at 2.17 ft @ Right 0.11 k @ Right 0.18 k @ Left Cant 0.00 k-ft Maximum 0.07 k AOW @ Right Cant -0.20 k-ft Deflections... @ Center 0.002 in at 1.26 ft Maximum = 0.20 k-ft @ Left Cant. 0.000 in at 0.00 ft @ Right Cant -0.090 in at 7.67 ft (c)1983-97 ENERCALC d:\jobs\engineering\0030020-walmart-north KW-0602190,Ver 5.0.4, 10-Dec-1997,Win32 Date 2UDp Sheet No. of ,Job *W59220- WAt MP07,T Subject LV-H e,�(� ❑ 1 U�Y-H eAIX, (Pel2? TO V f2I--2T5) �UFI�79I2T k(13Gi.e% TtZ"( x 5,A, 4,112e Or tLALZ �D r) 5"iUW� ( �Jx' O, in") 112� J bI152T-2 AT U'-pu o,c. W- = ("1.0 Per) (1'-8") t 5)i, la-1 F L F MrrfAx = (15�51 La1 PLII%)( (.P'-0")2 241,r7 I l-�,I3 (I;na 2 AqC lf5�--i) rO IZ (2Ur AWC,. = Mmc�x = (2�1.� fl-I ?2)12 = 120, FT-26 (120.1P) fl-LP�)(12) 10,P)TT in3 = 2PilI V, Fb = 0, (i (' lLFI -111) = 21 too ?1�21 � fe = V�lIp"21 - QL, r2 Fl-I-PJ) ( 12)/21 Us 0 11 .i n 3 U� L�x�iX /Icy x Wk T. WOK REAR �TU9�2 p GOt1N�G110�.1� 1�21 U D 70 AQ UZ. 2 \BMX = (-1,0 ?"2f)(ILp"/12)(T- ") L 1► L� U1,26 (1) -0 12-14 r Q -TUC.7 cf V-V 1 fA. LF,(, Pf J UA�ww " > VMAx 12: -QP: ��AG5 To GJf U D1 w? AQ G,I,6,, VMS = nluV- U-M ("�)-*)0-UP T�I �'i �)GLeyJ t�T ��cCij-t GO}1�.l�Ci�l l vALww t ("�) (5�4A) vM�X = 1 UeD# -off C,W P Tb WIC7T -1� V- /-2In4r?0 4, A'�01 VjL7L T TAI,�OW ° ('1.0 Yll1) (4�) ('14)" = �5,1';i UCA� 12" 4, Ay)DI ?01; Al%A&H U l &J,; 10 Jt71'i1 C.0I.Q50TI�.I Date '} 12000 Sheet No. 21 of Job k003002o -WALMks&T Subject e?I A V H J�Ai� ❑ �U��Nki7� ( ptzp, 'to l;xi��• �n1�T7I OIU9 I Il ACi ; k10VZ I-GAhI; GOQt?II iDtJ PJ465- A7 45°, i?M 1;-t lmcp(. nc t� I.T, V-,�z - 0, 18 (FC?Iz Iln" 0,G. C�,lUD �pAU1�1G� P = (0,ID (422"/I(v"�/GCS 45 ° 0,7�0 K Ae, = 0,22D in' p < ?nI—ar 1Zc, = 1.�2 yJ�112� pn = AG fn orinzmi1 4s rn 1-L/r,� - I,D (�,fl(p') (12��0,4�c�'� : 'i5D, Lo K 200 -0,,- 2 17 2q (� Iii l> y 44 02 Y�i l F�" w r� bo,(,11 f-I K-e21 l 2 = 1 Cr. 5 W21 7 fe,° 4,4,0'2 V,�,I ph = (0, 22bin'')()Lp.r2 K-,4' I) _ v� V- Pq = 3•�to k! I,°I2 y 1 °I LP K > P= 0.�'(� '� -D�� '-0-GA CIVV MGEei Al 4'-D" p,G. Date Sheet No. 2 of Job d nOD20 - WAI.MAIZ' Subject f2U. V- k17h '41 Q 12 LOW �w��►n, M� 10 pl�� Ca 1300, -r2 F- I C,Oq.U� 1-2M I CG 1.OW. 0 1 10b W (9F, W1ta9 I°iMiG 5P 1� T� �4fjAl 51UV-,7 = 2.0 P-�)F 9-/?3" G\YR 8D ` (5/g")(4,0 P�'vF) (2 51 PF-s) _ ri,D PGif 0 1'�1') < LA-7w,N 19 = 10 kJ E it v c of l7�vl,� -rP"( (�" x '10-GA M1,57k L 5TU 0� A7 ILP" O,G. nwm "Miami M A" TD��� �. I = 1'r?1") h-4 'C = 2°I x 101 p�7 1 MmAx o,20 F1 - 200 1'T-LI3 Max n. n02" 13�TvJ l l 6uffDlZT5 1�sMcCx 0,0°i 0" ,\1 oV1;12 Rwl& bHl;(,l; MA CM. vA�LU�, Mn,LL,ow :; no F1-1.13 '2p0 F1 •L-D "pL ?)Ivl. ouwovTeq L/24o = (2'-2 (12� �4� r 0, 105" 0,002,E _oy- Al OV��1AQ(I L'240 v 2(5'-tel (12) 240 - 0, FXD ) D,D�p„ W� Lp" x 20•CAA -5TUDe-� AT )Lr" O.G. Date r Sheet No. of �41'20&2 Job Subject kD VO,OU1,4H6A-P 0'-pit T.0,M,-1 '-d' I i OL *1XV 51-b" Date !212GOD Sheet No. IF) of Job OC?�G 0-VJALMAV--1 Subject 11'r 12W, 5Url?Qg Z=4= II 1;X1Gif. JD�iT Mnv,< = FV4 (41) /4 2bO rl-ID �b y (2&0 rl- 0�)(1 0, X14 i'n"2 - 712 V-71 b O,D (�5Lt ° 21, E Y-,�q1 7,12 v---71 -t2- T�Y Wbl��i`f - C,AG1� D�✓LCNt� �ttL1., 'p bfia Otl�. 1zOr7 1au ow D,Lp (3U ('14")_ 4,2AV- U� 1-2'12 - TIIY'A W( Ai,,IGLtS A`( f 2�� D I A. A';� T1 Jgar)W RX A-T MCP Wj?, 1'r-DVI i?t!� WIN 011111 Date 12g,-j Sheet No. 17 of Job 0x3002.0-klAL MD<g Subject ?AK-� $Z&j4 6Upf'b g ❑ GN�G� �X IGI"(. 221.1` JbI�T� U�It l6 GPI-LOk. 5H e2' ADM IZJL4 nZAMitl� CAV-� r-)44o 2100 � 130 \ 2�iDD x = (co X04 - 2°I 00 )(2b')/ (L�I ,�O - I'50 12'-0" , 5Amtl:� A-412 t-TU J0K7T I 144 vm7►x = Ca 13 D X01? �I { �/,,,AX e V-T U 'e2 U� OEM JD>�T � n o> 1 J1 a� BTU l l It U�� Ll'14 xi'14x3/I� Aff6,, r2'-0" L&I&TH a" 61�0 bF JOLT_ welt? 'fp TOIL � ',�T7TDM ootX-9 Wl TH Vl l�/ WaRv GNP 1`�AU,ow V�, Ma�TU�. �rq4AfT-Y- ( ' J01a7T. Mfg .CAVL 9) , . �O JOI�'If GN1�12(� i�11�01�1�1�T •�1. Date )21 woo Sheet No. of Job WDLMky-T Subject �21 1 PLV- G;V?P012T �✓-�Gt,GiPA. � �.GiP�. °0 4a' -D" 1�✓IIGii �-A(i1- nV- -2Of�TL14S Gi`t01z toll �V� El LOAD U M V I 11zw� f)CP �7 i V-1�112 kT ;5r7l" l t1ITIMA1 W WT• OF MKi lAt 1"2M + 2 RAl l,� W� = (21 f.F)(4') = 11(.v4L- f0P WOPrqT- GK-)t% AmuMI✓ LOAD I-42 Al M1P�PAi. Ol%JOAT C, t ITT. 22Nl J 01-2 TI`2 Iii GA1? `f I tJG �= W,+\Iz 1r, (1ICPO I I LP")(LP'14V). = 2Cvfl-#, 1�4 A091110Q 10 i�vi,tu, OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS , H - SERIES r5l N10 N N 000 b N Y. 8 m n 1D�v1-Ipm,M.1�Na I,myr O�Om1 O•IOQO .-1'hr�°Mn Nn .. - O f0 `� NNNN p Q e e Q M M M"'M^Mme'M`"N-N-N-N- N N-N� q., b, N.2 O?mz me m_100, pp•• ^. •� C O Y m tD Q ••� 8 m _ . _- 0 QI�m_ b N p p 4 p e e M PI' M M h V op-V _ q q m 10 O b Q m .OMN_c' 1_O1 N M 01 b . MmN'f^bNr 1 UN 1✓� mM N=°_NNN_x MN FA f U D a- _ _ ac `o C Q O n M p b p ^e�Mn Ni'•''.''" Nom,Y =b�N�O1�n.N.1ff q C N `�' N m i0 Q 8 m.n_ =Nr.e�MH N^. 06 m_ _i0_e_M Nom' q h .Nw N Q Q Q Q Q M'M' M M M M M N N N N N N- 14a E = to N O n 01 n n m ... b? ^- N°N=Mi be b^M'-• -Q1�v1=T;o r. �- O q p b at N N `a'j N Q Q p Q Q M In M M N N_N�N-N•• « N N m Nn - .nv� N_QP M..r..O_.�•�-m�n�b-y�=y�:pC �x q CL Q N O 0 N _ry ♦+ $ Q N p pf m On -0 0f= ^0M- q C O M_ M— O Ml M_M U_ L mC y O O p n O Q O N Uf =�D-N-, p t0^Nn N_rz ^ n Oe O�v 00 r' l0 M r m_n� t0^e°N`0: n^�n_e_M O- q O O Q Q Q e''M M �N- N� �_ I Y V C q0 N Q o Mc p ~ 25 �c m O_ Q M N mr N?n�N� p- 0T mr. n mC t0T 'a a w C N O t0 p N O,, 0- e_ N:O,m- z-Q^M-N°O-;Qo^OD" Y7 Q Y e Q< Mn M�M.•M�•M.•N N-N-N-N�N _ - C YM 0%.0 Y E N 8 .; O� Q" c jp M O !•N 8z m- cq V M'^M� �M�N�N N�N�N-N-.°-.•�" � m q G M p V U A q >p p b N YfY <bx N1 p-m^ =nx...n pz 00 4 too N Q:i m g 00 pf n IR Q'.` =N o:...^O�n n v C L jp yi T W O fD N 7 M Q O N ^ q n cq n o = D q .►. 4 8-cn:••+:Ot-.N:Mx =�l1v 01c e^0= 0 ,V-F°' 1 E - = /c p-N- x 00_b:1 p M O Q Q ec Qn Qn M^M�•M�M� N'N-N-N- 0 0'2«V aEt y q 4. o Nvi� q ao v a«$ 00 e1-oxb-ex ex b= re-..-mx nx 4 q0 m Mpp 00 M .•a p^'.m;�bi IAZ' 0 m b^O N N Q Q Y en Mn M.� M^M,N-N- C -q'o O C m- CL N f �Mn 1[ =Cpq Q. C C A � M Um � C Q Y O N 00 q C E p C� E 10bN N Q Yo Qn Qn Yn ^1n•7�M^M-M-M- N O us 004 Q��m °u cc C ,moo S m0X q O _ 4 N `Oq Nv 10c me N..,nh c Oc n=.gyp_ n p�_ c F fA q p Q-:N•.On 010.n� �N=O^mr.b° pJ } --0 U n M n M n ^M�M�N�N- L m g r {Q Y OJ 0 q V L to q LLI 8n0M0 S cv1= "N� -nN� n QM(� qCa q O f♦ IV b N1f1NY Y vYn Qn Mr.MIMn ^'N N-N-NN QQ E; �� E ZS , OC 12 8 °° °�� _ '_ =�ocelr.Q __m_ o� a w �mcgi N l•f P Y1 Ye v1.-Mn MnI+fnN Nr N-N~ �m Z 4 7 Q qq sr Y C1 N o E c y CDa 3 X 4 W•_qm q O 10 10, a1�p 0 m N^m°Nn Q_M_Q- G4 q q =M�.rN _m^n_10=v1..ex CiN J mW� O N M N_N - O N L O O a . N U C « qvr q u U o�g 4 EEc mow; 4• C •M C 00 N Y N 10 m O r M Q 1f1 M• Q a Q a a a Q < m n O q q r' CL C N N N N N M M M M M Q L ...�� ;C OC q N CpC -• OC, • d CLC' 259 Z` ,% Wallace/SC, Inc. Title: WalMart-Northampton,MA Job#0030020 15635 Alton Parkway,Suite 290 Dsgnr: A.Redman Date: Irvine, CA 92618 Description (949) 753-5103 Scope: OOOW Fax: (949) 753-5105 L­ 504001 Single Span Beam Analysis Page 1 Description Roof Framing - RTU's: Snow drift from lower roof, RTU near end of joist General information Center Span 40.00 ft Moment of Inertia 1.000 in4 Left Cantilever ft Elastic Modulus 1 ksi Right Cantilever ft Beam End Fixity Pin-Pin Point Loads Magnitude 0.833 k 0.833 k k k k Location 3.000 ft 14.052 ft ft ft ft Trapezoidal Loads Magnitude @ Left 0.377 k/ft 0.090 k/ft 0.377 k/ft 0.300 k/ft Magnitude @ Right 0.377 k/ft 0.090 k/tt 0.300 k/ft 0.300 k/ft Dist.To Left Side ft 3.000 ft 14.052 ft 14.052 ft Dist.To Right Side 3.000 ft 14.052 ft 19.172 ft 40.000 ft Query Values Center Location 0.000 ft Left Cant 0.000 ft Right Cant 0.000 ft Moment 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft Shear 6.72 k 0.00 k 0.00 k Deflection 0.00000 in 0.00000 in 0.00000 in Summary Moments... Shears... Reactions... Max+@ Center 72.16 k-ft at 18.60 ft @ Left 6.72 k @ Left 6.72 k Max-@ Center 0.00 k-ft at 0.00 ft @ Right 6.58 k @ Right 6.58 k @ Left Cant 0.00 k-ft Maximum 6.72 k @ Right Cant 0.00 k-ft Deflections... @ Center -####.###in at 19.96 ft Maximum = 72.16 k-ft @ Left Cant. 0.000 in at 0.00 ft @ Right Cant 0.000 in at 0.00 ft OOW (c)1983-97 ENERCALC dAjobs\engineering\0030020-walmart-north KW-0602190,Ver 5.0.4, 10-Dec-1997,Win32 €•�•-f / v-.Vcw rm Wallace/SC, Inc. Title: WalMart-Northampton,MA Job#0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Dsgnr: A.Redman Date: Irvine, CA 92618 Description J (949) 753-5103 Scope Fax: (949) 753-5105 Rev: 504001 Single Span Beam Analysis Page 1 Description Roof Framing- RTU's: Snow drift from lower roof,joist perpendicular to long direction of RTU General Information Center Span 40.00 ft Moment of Inertia 1.000 in4 Left Cantilever ft Elastic Modulus 1 ksi Right Cantilever ft Beam End Fixity Pin-Pin Uniform Loads On Center Span... On Left Cantilever... On Right Cantilever... # 1 0.015 k/ft #1 k/ft #1 k/ft Point Loads Magnitude 0.833 k 0.833 k k k k Location 16.245 ft 23.755 ft ft ft ft Trapezoidal Loads Magnitude @ Left 0.035 k/ft 0.035 k/ft k/ft 0.049 k/ft Magnitude @ Right 0.035 k/ft 0.035 k/tt 0.049 k/ft k/ft Dist.To Left Side ft 23.755 ft 10.702 ft 23.755 ft Dist.To Right Side 16.245 ft 40.000 ft 16.245 ft 29.298 ft Query Values '"" Center Location 16.240 ft Left Cant 0.000 ft Right Cant 0.000 ft Moment 22.95 k-ft 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft Shear 0.89 k 0.00 k 0.00 k Deflection -###.##### in 0.00000 in 0.00000 in Summary Moments... Shears... Reactions... Max+@ Center 23.10 k-ft at 20.04 ft @ Left 1.84 k @ Left 1.84 k Max-@ Center 0.00 k-ft at 40.00 ft @ Right 1.84 k @ Right 1.84 k @ Left Cant 0.00 k-ft Maximum 1.84 k @ Right Cant 0.00 k-ft Deflections... @ Center -####.### in at 19.96 ft Maximum = 23.10 k-ft @ Left Cant. 0.000 in at 0.00 ft @ Right Cant 0.000 in at 0.00 ft (c)1983-97 ENERCALC d:\jobs\engineering\0030020-walmart-north KW-0602190,Ver 5.0.4, 10-Dec-1997,Win32 t / Wallace/SC, Inc. Title: WalMart-Northampton, MA Job#0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Dsgnr: A.Redman Date: Description 714S Irvine, CA 92618 (949) 753-5103 Scope Fax: (949) 753-5105 Rev: 504001 Single Span Beam Analysis Page 12 Description Roof Framing- RTU's: Snow drift from lower roof,joist parallel to long direction of RTU General Information Center Span 40.00 ft Moment of Inertia 1.000 in4 Left Cantilever ft Elastic Modulus 1 ksi Right Cantilever ft Beam End Fixity Pin-Pin Uniform Loads On Center Span... On Left Cantilever... On Right Cantilever... #1 0.090 k/ft #1 k/ft #1 k/ft Point Loads Magnitude 0.833 k 0.833 k k k k Location 14.497 ft 25.503 ft ft ft ft Trapezoidal Loads Magnitude @ Left 0.210 k/ft 0.210 k/ft k/ft 0.287 k/ft Magnitude @ Right 0.210 k/ft 0.210 k/tt 0.287 k/ft k/ft Dist.To Left Side ft 25.503 ft 9.381 ft 25.503 ft Dist.To Right Side 14.497 ft 40.000 ft 14.497 ft 30.620 ft Query Values Center Location 0.000 ft Left Cant 0.000 ft Right Cant 0.000 ft Moment 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft Shear 6.41 k 0.00 k 0.00 k Deflection 0.00000 in 0.00000 in 0.00000 in Summary Moments... Shears... Reactions... Max+@ Center 61.53 k-ft at 20.04 ft @ Left 6.41 k @ Left 6.41 k Max-@ Center -0.00 k-ft at 40.00 ft @ Right 6.41 k @ Right 6.41 k @ Left Cant 0.00 k-ft Maximum 6.41 k @ Right Cant 0.00 k-ft Deflections... @ Center -####.###in at 20.04 ft Maximum = 61.53 k-ft @ Left Cant. 0.000 in at 0.00 ft @ Right Cant 0.000 in at 0.00 ft 000%, (c)1983-97 ENERCALC d:\jobs\engineering\0030020-walmart-north KW-0602190,Ver 5.0.4,10-Dec-1997,Win32 Wallace/SC, Inc. Title: WalMart-Northampton,MA Job#0030020 15635 Alton Parkway, Suite 290 Dsgnr: A.Redman Date: Irvine, CA 92618 Description (949) 753-5103 Scope Fax: (949) 753-5105 Rev: 504001 Single Span Beam Analysis Page 11 Description Roof Framing- RTU's: Snow drift from upper roof,joist parallel to long direction of RTU General Information Center Span 40.00 ft Moment of Inertia 1.000 in4 Left Cantilever ft Elastic Modulus 1 ksi Right Cantilever ft Beam End Fixity Pin-Pin Uniform Loads On Center Span... On Left Cantilever... On Right Cantilever... #1 0.090 k/ft #1 k/ft #1 k/ft Point Loads Magnitude 0.833 k 0.833 k k k k Location 14.497 ft 25.503 ft ft ft ft Trapezoidal Loads Magnitude @ Left 0.210 k/ft 0.210 k/ft k/ft 0.335 k/ft Magnitude @ Right 0.210 k/ft 0.210 k/tt 0.335 k/ft k/ft Dist.To Left Side ft 25.503 ft 10.347 ft 25.503 ft Dist.To Right Side 14.497 ft 40.000 ft 14.497 ft 29.653 ft Query Values Center Location 0.000 ft Left Cant 0.000 ft Right Cant 0.000 ft Moment 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft Shear 6.37 k 0.00 k 0.00 k Deflection 0.00000 in 0.00000 in 0.00000 in Summary Moments... Shears... Reactions... Max+@ Center 61.26 k-ft at 20.04 ft @ Left 6.37 k @ Left 6.37 k Max-@ Center 0.00 k-ft at 40.00 ft @ Right 6.37 k @ Right 6.37 k @ Left Cant 0.00 k-ft Maximum 6.37 k @ Right Cant 0.00 k-ft Deflections... @ Center -####.###in at 20.04 ft Maximum = 61.26 k-ft @ Left Cant. 0.000 in at 0.00 ft @ Right Cant 0.000 in at 0.00 ft (c)1983-97 ENERCALC d:\jobs\engineering\0030020-walmart-north KW-0602190,Ver 5.0.4, 10-Dec-1997,Win32 Date JZ000 Sheet No. IQ of Job #00 0020- VIQLMM Subject WC?F fi-AM 116- t2'r U',7 Cl J01,527 I2e11Jf., CWT f pva i IQ 1214,COwAvv. TI 10QIgWV ?APz T- = 023'4 -( = (0123 �sih 31,43° = 12�I'� T � L I' x 1'/4 x 3/ILA bd�1GL�S , pMov, ` 2(0,+D4 i e) - 0.t642 i n2 � 0, AYi P,,CiN 7010? 30TTW C rj2 t? W I T4 l ice' r-1 L'I,�T Lm = 12-m1;5 /2,` V"fire = 4.cp3" - '2-A`( &" 3" L,00G ww Al VA.t�.t D OF t,-p, Dt1JC L �I�xlr�ut� GOMP1z��ll�l 1zon�. G z C/7z\ 5- /51n -7(,,T58# -4, kLfrz Col -* f=a - I La.�4 Iii I,CPV�Ok/0.b�,5 in2 - b,52 V-21 � fa = It-o,"14 Iii I -off ��n DIAGI�JDcL �0� � � • 12�5�/G� 31,4 ° • I�IlO# -f, TIC'( 1?,1/4 x 2 W aQf ) V t�AGN 511)t tF J O-127 6'tA-f , (3/I Le" FI L, 1 Wes) till; Tx V� nlrVI--iTQ7 � Q1 W #3EZkt T� � Jni-511Of C+6 l-rl4GIN or wr,-w vez�0- I5,I10 2,lbk/1 h - x,44" '--2A`f C,II A�'UMIi Tj Il� tZ�J,llj 'V D\( kl l.D >3VTvJE�W g � JOKIT 5t,4,1 Lj�-WGT1f 0� W�W V-MV = Le.-7 2 'lb"/in - 2,42" --Wf 'V W2 � 'Id 2 x o'-Cv" WljI i thLi° X V 1,0Q I U.E'f I4EW 10 J OI�f Top Gib 3/��"X �" W 4& fI u eT V eiy To y Date �212000 Sheet No. °1 of Job � '61110 - 1.1✓1Lb2T Subject G� Vtjtj�2 JI 4S X142T �5QV fi t'( tiles I 1% Ve-PV Ft?r— PTt) 61.0 10 nJV 0I% J n1�T 9Fk<J �>2I PTA �t�OW I-OG�D I►JG li� z - LAY, z 1173 �D pu 610 FI F - �Itp,Ir2 PLf; Ur2Z VPLZgoPIr W-� 2 Pf i Rrnb - 210 Pl -' q0 PI.F - 00 Fl f PPOM �1 El PC L C, V-1 z Lp-�23* V-i V)54-# 1x-123 taw o rA40 ?47(c0 X�_VreW or 110 ACJ17 L 91DG � _ --r h10 2q co AW'►, DIA6'�i 6440 (.PSG n�T�1zMl'tl� x; � uz 1�1 O12C� Iii 0" 91' JOIN Wt-13 I iVQA t�7t lb W4 U AIJ Q 13'-d' OF J OI OT wto 1%y-om OPRI5 IZs-t D. INNAMMMONNOMW Date rj SDOO Sheet No. gj of Job 400---))002-0 - 14&4!1T Subject �(J� �IZPcM Itab"1zTU 0 J OI-'2T 12Q W FQW e WT, GOUT. 2� OX L2x2x'5 tta -TW G W12, A= 0.-II5 in" f 0 V IrACM AWGLt, Z = O,212 in'' i�?AM5 ANGL� '1.1k1GW f-� Ac-7 L,2X 11/2. dip - 0.'h44'V � d= 0,7D" -OV- GRKA� (,oMQVV:2ry loQ coon era �I amt kLt,ak1. 9112Cyh f� G�1 fJi r'>27P GN�►7: 2. 17�'(�I'Ml�ll; ��a't7 lc-li;Ldli�1G �. Glib �til�.l�. ; �ID�N11 i Wt? GI Iltl All `—M5- L W G,'M If AEU .9<l r7 4" LOQG �Lk Mt/ ,WaV bl W,44 5Un Of- IZOP k1� 9 ALNG WWG71fi OF momm 1 (Trf,_ 2150.0 inA,) OkM6 AIJGLr, �VV D ZI; --;!? OAM5i ► 1GTHf W 'r7. W)f 't/4° 4 9 OUQi2 W7 u1/OAME kl Lt? 12 U 1 i? (�i•175 V) TM L 2 x 1'/z x 3/ILv TOP 6H92P D�t�1�L • Date 1�5 J 2000 Sheet No. :7 of JobGjUD20 Subject W12r�1Z0<}./11 f 4(2 121 U'5 ❑ J 01�T1 u ., CWT. MW Pllll%jG LANG74� Or- MINI p LL Vi,2t LY ,UO 1b1h1 13DIh1 L 2�.2`b ( I(o -4rf - /1,1 P = 23 1,,,�2 1 y1 1, 1P= Zo-1 ihd V-t�QU I V-el 2 f6Dc r-L 0 w \1 a J T 'I�o - (LA II�)(0.44125(n2)(1071 L'Z/201ir7t = 141 �/n�VDP Fo--z9 v 1,-2 ►g1C2 BPD bT I61 U-'21 i� �4T II-- 9k$4 L Pol l 10 —� pP-DV I D c 2" L QC, '1'1,wt P)m W 5w Pal P L 1 nt-- ; u ICI j � kci MlOVOIQ-� CF woo PAiJEL PDlt l r TD WE✓ W GIB t" Or WV2. GOMPWA/ii0}..1 (At OW, ICUchit.lG OF' WP t�TW, W aV4:L ?: i�1�" y !�� a y 17,d�W-7I I�VV1 �UMMA�( FO� L2x I'12 x 3/1 Lv (LLV) -TCV CAQIZ12 k,1GLe-2 U� "1/4" 4 OU q b E�Al2.5 4Ld 6 -471 it Lt G1 -4 DF T OP �'7T CK9-I), U.,r-R 41' LONG FLw t? Vo- viav �l I "'-w 21, LING G ft,tm etn Aa0 Am a" Fp�lt)l R11W1, pd o Z" "6.- ItAvt� . ult P Al m19v121NT w a_?Poe,rol�i-r Date WPp Sheet No. (p of Job 4 00,;Mo- W ACLNlAy-T Subject � FVM ED JOLT 1 ►� _, -> : k10l2421- 0,625 'fDP J01112'T C+tCV-r2 ' "LO-IO.1 UiiIT /-\I M1 or JUI ALLOk1A1✓l,l; i�1(�1�I�1T MAI,ww L�/t� z (212 PLP) (4O'-0")2 _ ►?4.4 f1-I' FA2M W t�FlGDcLG, M rnax L !01,'�� I%1-IG > MALww = n4-f fT-k- J 01"2T CI M? tJ iZEZ2IA 112 PM'17 A0V L 6440P,0 f- i 6e=()✓IMAX- Maltow)/a 7Iz'f (2)-?'/4" 41 120U W b DDV5 KDW TO of t�I 9 Dr Vj T C (A=0,44i8 to=) POM -�31'IV Cv0-`tkvl Wt�tU(L) P&. I I I%O12 U-1Ot'0 51�� _�, T� Ck�n l� #�ITtt�'- L2xI'/2x3/ice (L•LV) O I� L2 X 2 x 3/I Lv (DCPPI�OX1 M kTC �Imo) " 1,) FOP (LLV) TOPCHfCV? : A-0, Cv21 in- Z= 0,248 ins i '0 Ai?V7 CHIP fog t (Lri,ri'�5 f - - ,4 T Y-) 4,10' A n Z (4,10 Y--/2 IbDf.,:-2) /0,(v :5Cp 0,O�r2 in'- d n = 2 O Gqr?in Tf = 0 4o, d f D,-7 rj" O� (/-N�G1- GOMPt-li1C�J C"V kf(t?g t-15��WrW 0{01217 r-)l P6��) fa = ?/A A-Top n t in2+ 0,441b�r�)- 2,13 in,- fa = 4,10V-/2, 1'; m 1. 12 I�rl ALLOW. STp� For- evI 4�, 'Top a- xp', 1'-A = 2ZX A * O,245 in 0,-4415 In ° 0. '�41 ' Y-LIr- 1 .0 (24")/ 0,X1-1" - loth %> �azIb,4?J!'hI > �a= I,°l2 I �L OvTfvMI9r WtWNG W0 f%. (--t0P2 saltO. ; I .Al, nP ?OI2G>;- ft = 0. DP� 1) (0,44It?lr"') , I,ri,4� TILY F4a bntl, kl-r--1V'2 WJ�W WAUT= 0,'�2(1e K--,I)(5/i�) U"2� 4" LN6, lftpft f\A�L k1 t.D AT ek/4I t�1D rf mm POD. Date 212j Sheet No. r2 of Job : (OY X20- k1DcLNJD�>?L SubjectG�1� { �11 �'Ul�j El 7—Fj �o T. = ep41 I 7. 1.t�i n 9 = (All X161 n 31.43°r 122gv2 0411 jg TtZY (2) — LI74 A1TA�iH To TPP W170 av"12 ki/�/�`' H -i w 2.�g,'+K/n I- n z 1221 r2-t-/Z,�MY-/n = 4,42„ - 12A`f b � U51;3" L01JC� kJ�l,b n� �� 1x1.101,1; T C�;�c s � z I G = C, /binvc LA I10/511 rl Col,9JI 7�0� 10411 Tp� (2)- 111l4 x 1'/4 x3/iLp -E-O,OU 110 r,4 = 42(0,19t,01 O." ly) i-Vr -c ►-o T22 /n,,)711 m t U(p,84 - Lod fp M A09 TDc1vl,1; G-3(.a 4= ►Le,-74 1 (q = 1.,7O�t/0,t?u, 41 K-1-21 a = l(�.741'Gil -off Tx = T C�� ° 122°I��G05 3►.4.3° = 104�i I� Tlz�( T Y4 x 2 x 0'-r2" wFL,PeP TO!?,DC4-I 5191�OF JO 1-^21 Sa;AT .�JUMI; Tx I� �IG1(� 13Y 1�� P�jva�l �� A�r�UMI✓ T� I� 12�h1�'C� P�`( kI�U7 �1:1w�.1, VJW2 GAPKAlflf- 51(7-197v/0)t 13.°fz' Date Sheet No. L); of ,lob �`O�OD2n- WOSL1✓14c� Subject ( f?-W � 1zfU S ❑ JnM ��1�'ro�c�M�JT, U G1L IF 1)(IOT. J01-,2T9 qW, 't1}JT�-, 17U5- -'0 Mvty BTU I XK-21. JOPI 21 -fMkc W41 ow 212 PLC (VTL, ° lbd RX) M1,\X, Fp,Iww ,41 t-NV-7 v�LI,DW ` (212 pl.�l(40'-0")/2 ` r24-iO-'- 5kl�n DIA�f�1�� CP411 �lr2D 2°IOn -zgoo X=�(i�t1 boo -7 -Co4l l I4-10:k = I.-7I4-' N N c _ pan-' (�- "/11 Date � -200j Sheet No. of JobIX730OZC�- 1C1L�LN1D�;:-T Subject gyp[ I t,1G-IZTU,�2 ❑ Mr- LoAcv-), 0.) 5tJOVI VIZII%T 'DMZ J(2I1�2T`-), FePPI�-1JD1WLkC TO lVQ& VIM, of PTU et= Ile 24' L TvL� r2 u �fU Pf��^ ?CC, IJM� ?Cl {LAYoL: p�u °(2np(�(0,LA�'i I.?V)�I') _4t,, PUP' � mac} L l�lb-l,rri W I-afluGe klb = I)I' < 10'-0" D1.1 L\\ GOIJ5197 F- t7jZi T f-1'DM V l I Nn 11J DPPn(2iT;15 DIG GT 10 1 TWO Ljl X4 , e-VNDvJ nZOM L-OV,15r- Hai, ; 0.5 C I.l1i (ILt,24')0.''11_ Lei 9)' 0. CP�I�i' 1.1 j' = 2,9�}' < hr = 4-,r2' hd = �ld - 0 ,U, I92, Wd ` 8 ha ' b(O,Caq 1�1) �nM Nt5tZLA1161) Kg- w12I2-2T- cam;; V-11T�', J01z�7T V1121;G L`f U Q nl`tz i2TU Ft?'Q7 LOAD> W= v��L-'�,�, = t2l0 F�F �U1MMatz`f UTw� ►2,;b�yfh 1 M 0 P 1,f 1�UT 514JG� 1T3L110 PLC DtJLY (�GGU� t%Otz II'-D�/S" 1.E�1�T�4 ltL0�l6 Jnl�1, Ue--2?, GOQPIjIDN1-2 fX LD1C1 2 �'Dn>• 5�0�� X7121�� � Wkl�t?� lW`"egufv = '�20,C1 Pl•�, ��t,1G1i IT L�t'�'�TS e1T11zg J Ol-2'f L V.1GTH. Date 20b0 Sheet No. of Job 402=0 - 14IM-MDWT Subject $-�G- 12TL1'12 o DD1' WNV?, XQT, A J011-2T1-2 1'AP' L1 , CD}4'T , 5�Clw > 11Z I FI C, mom l01<J$:;12 pal = 0,5 C I�I5(Wbj)o"1" _ I,5 Z p,�J tl,l�(14.4�1�')0,33 1.5] D t e40' HdI hl;, - 0,(v40' -+ 1,-7r2' = 2. ')10' { hr = 4,52' ha - Na I z 0. U40' k1d = 5 hi = 5 (0,(040') r x.12' G2UIU. UO. :, Loop 00 JDI,-e2T T�UZ (2vp(1�) Viz V- 40' - X20.5 1'V 4--- GD1-�T1 OV2 W?qu iv)M = 10 (Cr FT-�)�(40')2 L '; 101,tp5 FL F Date Sheet No. '2 of Job 02)D020 . 0ALMAPT Subject fot?f f W IQ&- j U'c2 o �ZDD� I.dalxi, G0�,1T. �?Nbkl D?-If T f0�Z Jnl�iT�, 1�� L� 1, TO X0 J1, VIM, Of BTU At— x 3; 1 e b LJJ 14'-P2 II/IU °JIIJG klb � II' ON11 101-011 G(71,1i P:1 P V7-1rl 1%120M V�I�AP WAsI -� �tJOk� �1229A U p p5p wo� tl\,Q!2 9P-I FT I% l TV 'pl RE%GT 101J IJLt7k11 N� ��J Okl ��J1•/1 I,GU 1�° 12U.7� '�1�InuJ I�PI�TI�� �ppt�l Upp;� �F (GMT ItnIO,C�.1,1) Hdu 1,17-2(i l' o�/alo.3� 1.r t 1,04' !�� = 2 HJ[A z 2( 1.04')2 = 2.19 r12 h = ?{ /n - Psi 1' / 20 VO = 1,-7 7' Hdv i h = 1,04' + 1 ,1r?' - 2.�l < hr - 4.r)2' ha - kI LA - 1,04' k14 - +Pdu - 4(1,04') �r�u1v. WAIF-. OkO nu JDI2-T Wn� = (1V2 ,0 p'�2F) ( v-0"� to of _ (/�r) p�1%) (Y-o") = 2,10 pL'r u = p (hbthad - (20F(/F)(1.'S' + I,D4')(Lp'-0") -2 pl.f �120M iz� = 1Z = Lv. 3-1 v- MmcAu = Ln 1.2(v k-FT Lequiv, = 21z/L s (2,92-1 41D _ t100, r9 1'U1' 4—COt 11�Dl,� wiquN'0 = WAI = b (b I.2to FI F Date �512DM Sheet No. I of Job -g oceo w- WA m.Alzf Subject W(2�- ❑ �'f U I.OA'�. WOW- 20-IOQ UI,1111:�2 w = 2bbn.-W MAX. C, PQf5P I OADI�2'• AA- P)1°I4i r✓ s LP 1 D fi20�11JG, I�UU,�TIc�,�G� l� � ODI% LL (pue -To Now lx l�:I) GMV ILP ID, U, �2WOW VVIFT DU l% TO IZUDr p1OJVC1T1Q,� VX(-�1N11� map ILPIO, t .4 VJnI��T Cl 2O-TOQ 1ZIU . 7 MIG-12pAI. 12� VrVl. O SL Feb 17 00 01 : 56P PBR 501 -636-0377 P- Z SPECIFICATION INFORMATION SHEET Date: 2-y-00 To: L+uz,.i J Ag.&i.t Phone: Fax: IT9 s.2- s,vs WAL-MART EXPANSION TEAM E-mail: PBA Contact: Job Name: No�Tuw,hrAyly M4. Store#: 2 941 Job#: 9358 P.W.O.: L ftloo Wood Framing: Canopy: N/A 13 None ❑ Rough Carpentry Consolidated Systems, Inc. D-4.5 ❑ Wood Decking ❑ Glued-Laminated Structural Units ❑ Open Web Roof Trusses Waterproofing: ❑ Plywood Web Joists ❑ Yes(always used w/a TLE service pit) ❑ Other: X No Foundation: Overhead Doors: wind load on components X Spread Footing 20 PSF(or less) ❑ Pier and Grade Beam ❑ 45 PSF(for Florida stores,per ❑ Timber Piles Wal-mart's request) ❑ Timber/Concrete Composite Piles ❑ Other: ❑ Concrete Filled Steel Piles ❑ Augured Pressure Grouted Piles ❑ Other: Skylights: wind uplift load on roofs )K 20 PSF(or less) ❑ 45 PSF (for Florida stores, per Perimeter Drains: Wal-marts request) ❑ Yes(sometimes used w/TLE service pit) ❑ Other: No 'c Comments: C1�oleGt)r woul tS'(41A W:4)% Concrete: IF tAilc'-f "41 Type f • Type 11 • Type III ❑ Other. Vapor Barrier: Post-it"Fax Note 7671 Date.),,(, pages I 0 6 mil Polyethylene To From G None co. Co./Dept. Phone# Phone# Mason Contractor Option:8"Light-Weight or Fax# Fax# Normal-Weight Block Ct 8"Light Weight Block Only - ci 8"Fully-Grouted CMU(California) PERRY L . BUTCHER & ASSOCIATES , ARCHI CTS 301 West Chestnut-P.O. Box 2076-Rogers,AR 72756 Phone(501)636-3545-Fax(501)631-6996 02/17/00 12:00 TX/RX N0.0204 P.002 WALLACE DESIGN PROGRAM REVISED 11113/97 Copyright Date 3/8/00 Sheet No. of Job #0030020-WalMart-Northampton,MA Subject Wind&Seismic Loads 96 BOCA-WIND AND SEISMIC LOADS INPUT Basic Wind Speed 70 mph (Fig.1609.3,Table 1609.3) Mean Roof Height 18.0 ft Importance Factor,I(Wind) 1.00 (Table 1609.5) Maximum Building Width 80.7 ft Exposure Category C (Section 1609.4) Minimum Building Width 20.4 ft Peak velocity-related acceleration,Av 0.12 (Figure 1610.1.3(1)) Tributary Area for Wall Components 100 sf Peak acceleration,Aa 0.12 (Figure 1610.1.3(2)) Tributary Area for Roof Components 100 sf Seismic Hazard Exposure Group(I,11,or III) 1 (Table 1610.1.5) Tributary Area for Canopies 15 sf Minimum wind and seismic load calculations are for design of a building structure that meets the following criteria: •Building Height 5500',Roof Slope 510°,Building Height/Minimum Building Width 55. (Note:pressures are calculated at roof height only) •Regular Structure as defined in Section 1610.3.4 •Wind pressures are based on an enclosed building. Canopy pressures are based on a partially enclosed structure. For buildings that do not meet these criteria and for the design of other structures,refer to the code. WIND LOADS Main Wind Force Resisting System Basic Wind Pressure(Unfactored): Pv(0.00256 x 70^2) = 12.5 psf (Table 1609.7(3)) Windward+Leeward Pressure 12.5 x 1 x 0.84 x(1.3 x(0.8+0.5)) = 17.9 psf (Table 1609.7(1)) Sidewall Pressure 12.5 x 1 x 0.84 x(1.3 x 0.7+0.25) = 12.3 psf (Table 1609.7(1)) Roof Uplift Pressure 12.5 x 1 x 0.84 x(1.3 x 0.7+0.25) = 15.0 psf (Table 7609.7(2)) Components Basic Wind Pressure(Unfactored): Pv(0.00256 x 70112) = 12.5 psf (Table 1609.7(3)) WALLS Interior Zone 12.5 x 1 x 0.84 x(.9 x 1.26+0.25) = 15.0 psf (Figure 1609.8.1(1)) End Zone 12.5 x 1 x 0.84 x(.9 x 1.47+0.25) = 16.6 psf (Figure 1609.8.1(1)) PARAPETS Interior Zone 12.5 x 1 x 0.84 x(.9 x 1.26+0.25) = 15.0 psf (Figure 1609.8.1(1)) End Zone 12.5 x 1 x 0.84 x(.9 x 1.47+0.25) = 16.6 psf (Figure 1609.8.1(1)) ROOFS Interior Zone 12.5 x 1 x 0.84 x(1.2+0.25) = 15.3 psf (Figure 1609.8.1(2)) End Zone 12.5 x 1 x 0.84 x(1.5+0.25) = 18.5 psf (Figure 1609.8.1(2)) Corner Zone 12.5 x 1 x 0.84 x(1.5+0.25) = 18.5 psf (Figure 1609.8.1(2)) CANOPIES Interior Zone 12.5 x 1 x 0.84 x(1.36+0.75) = 22.3 psf (Figure 1609.8.1(2)) End Zone 12.5 x 1 x 0.84 x(2.41 +0.75) = 33.3 psf (Figure 1609.8.1(2)) Corner Zone 12.5 x 1 x 0.84 x(3.56+0.75) = 45.5 psf (Figure 1609.8.1(2)) Width of Edge Strip Min(0.1"20.4,0.4'18),but not<0.04'20.4 or 3= 3.0 ft (Figure 1609.8.1,Footnote f) Notes: 1. Additional references:Kh and Kz(Table 1609.7(4)),Gh and Gz(Table(1609.7(5)),and GCpi(fable 1609.7(6)). References for Pv and Cp are shown above. 2. Wind pressures used for the design of components are based on an Exposure Category of'C'. (Section 1609.4.1) 3.The Roof Uplift and Side Wall Pressures are evaluated using a roof slope of 0•and should be increased for roofs with slopes>0•. (Table 1609.7(2)and 1609.8(1)) 4. If a parapet equal to 3 ft or higher is provided around the perimeter of a roof with a slope of 510°,the roof comer zones may be treated as end zones. (Fig.1609.8.1(2)) 5. Structural components supporting tributary areas>700 sq.ft.may be designed using the provisions for main wind-force resisting systems.(Section 1609.8) 6. Enclosed and partially enclosed building structures are defined in Table 1609.7(6). 7. For buildings greater than W,intermediate zones for wall and roof components are not given. Refer to Figure 1609.8.2 for more information. SEISMIC LOADS_,. ` Seismic Performance Category C(Table 1610.1.7) Lateral Force Resisting System LOAD BEARING WALL SYSTEM 2.5 x 0.12/3.5 x W = 0.086 W (Table 1610.3 3(1)) Reinforced masonry shear walls Components Exterior non-loadbearing walls 0.12 x 0.90 x 1.5 x We = 0.162 We (Table 1610.6.3(1)) Interior non-loadbearing walls 0.12 x 0.90 x 1 x We = 0.108 We (Table 1610.6.3(2)) Exterior and Interior loadbearing walls Max(0.1,0.12)x We = 0.120 We (Section 1610.3.6.2.8) Parapets 0.12 x 3.00 x 1.5 x We = 0.540 We (Table 1610.6.3(3)) Notes: 1. Basic structural systems are defined in Section 1610.2. 2. For restrictions on use of concrete frames,concrete shear walls,and unreinforced masonry shear walls in seismic cateogries C,D,and E,see Table 1610.3.3. 'Keene. M . - ,, t�, II ✓ - to l f ` Oro V r✓) �`� s v 5 I.: Marlboragh a 10 r� Ho Fens Ben `f �� Saarsbu 1 !!\1 est Swan2ey tt �1� 9 rattlebo[o genitington - M•^h0f0 t 1W.Brattleboro I 63 ? NH All 7�_. Hoosic(c.� 7 i` _ VT Fksrtwellvak 100 \` I.. 1^ �' 71 p . to 110 Harriman �``a Guillo 119 'y` a v tg Res. 24 `11 IF 4r"I g _ sJactroR,rilk J I/ 1 t 119 v v 100 11 , Hirtsdal rr,eltester W 2 CLA Rv RK59UC 11 plstm — , —.—_ ..—.—.—.— _Sf.--.is_._._..�- Petersburg ._. —'-----' - Clarksburg ,o R \ ae i E.Northfield t \I - • 10 Clarksburg v T'"J' E Monroe Arthu• 142 Wezt R°yalston n, eH With• stow Coll t f•• Briggwille Ad _ Bridge _ Smth 112 •Leyden 10 R Northfield ,Wale•. Covered 5 1 6< r laina- i Cia,k 2 Ho J" •Rowe Adamsville:'id 'Warwick- =1Ta•.n+. .qrt, t. •3 3 ws•b TunM1 Moosac ' e Colrain Bernardston °1 Traffic \, * am •Heath Mount 63 A 32 a3 , if Tunnel" ® LYorlsville airman North: ,r T Y Call. r'•zoar G iswoldville i, Gill +r " t>e Orange•,lullµ R a ,m .- 2 wII;Smrtown .'e 'ate F{orida D<ury l_ x _ II NY �l ah 6r•YIaI ' $ rg" 22 Charlemonl 1f' Shanuckville' G elhllsDsccv-ry Ctr 76-79 11` fEV Adams ' °� / r , RI1we of t rn rs Orange ''Athol r tl V : New tt•[ > �", Ned t ire •� 2 �• Farley Ewing _ Ashford ;Yq,5_; 716 •$avoY Center �y `ast Budland Shelbur Falk R R (� a3 t heshue Harbor ���NNN Salmonrl Shelburne ,Greenfield 2 7-' West Hawley �. Gl,r al P°t les Millers Falls 20 Re: , ti Town Crest Vill. •Savoy Hawley ■ M m.HAI q\.:>. North New \�.• r G Vh eld Museums Salem•, South 1 •'1 • Cheshire Bea S­,v■ Lake Pleasant Wendell Athol - ZV 112 :Deerfield •Montague _ fY �� HaRcocb�•+• ® 116 Qe o:, Ashfield �_. H` North ��s^ �) Stephh nt9ym '-• .•nury Peal T• g s _ • Watson e - Pla,nfeld S •Leverett New ,^116'. Conway ,0 Salem "® ��WYOmen Lanesborough Windsor lt6 I South t "Locks Berkshire i ton , 1�,h ,As Infield 47 63 Village 1�~ f / W Cumm rig A,'.er.,.. S.Deerfield J' 202 .� 2 Dalton, s E W dso•® ale va•,ket Ca r�' -. ndedanb' 20 Ctl.t.,,g C M.. $hv £bury • Lthia R 116 �f•Leverett f/ a.e 9 t.. a Hn�•. CurNnin9lon s West Whale�Y\ R .� 'lie- sl e "°' Hinsdale 43 112 Swig - Goshen Whately. East P.New Lebanon Q�eru Leverett a ttsfietd West N2 Rwer North " w.W=ngl°" Wi,li.um Madield North Amherst l - :. west - , x e Worthington 143,:hestadield 9 Hn sr q7 �q Pelham j 5` . •"`'' a l(J Gone,Hill Corners Chesterfield Williamsburg 2,Ila+ 6t•eslerfeld t• 143 + Ile P- .Hatheldi6 Amherst w.Pelham 4 20 G rge� .ally', Pemn Hill H I'. �..� •� _ 1; •` cLL are ' \Sashington R,ngvdle -se s t-tea- Knights Corner He hmOric ,■_ E rtu Leads• Hadley 9 1� 102 a Le ox• ■ z Middlefield ! -.' L•S Amberst 11 ,� l', ,'.■ _`- Becket South Wonhmgto Northam a •�''C Dwight g C G R i. Lenox _ $ tl Col d. y t,6 dotu:' t '�\ West T M, -.I •Dale 144 Bancroft \\`� Stockbritlge lnt daken :.n m _ 8 Westhampton• 66 r-� 47 J �Qusterliu , 5 . - Belc�� Ware _ " ? Chester KnighNille .,Z , V No - Becket Norwich 66 EaSth `$Hadley , 2 1 e• t02� .61.;. .,enter 112 •, R R Granby •�.H .u'.;:, _ ` Gle dale �/ v ,,,,� 21•, 191 32 183 ■Stockb dd West Becket, 20 e " - 10 HousatonK 7 Huntington R smgdale 1t„•, ,. TYringham ',� 5 S,uIhampto 3 Ludlo City ' f ;afford v S 20 °1 S.Hadley Falls •Bond�le ; ., North Ut y� - Montgomery I ok North" y hreeRrvers O ( North " 1 Blandford Russell . JJ Great it 5 v / •Egremont Rarrm ton �W9s Blandford• 02 ; - •� —,Monterey • .Otis woronoco S HBlsdale�•, 7t .� i,�\ \- Vilest 23 ° 1 • 1iPalme \\V\` g,nd:•n Chi opee lu ow ..r I�.,,tsv,IIe Otis a : .. •23 � 1�j 32 .SotA� Cold 2•` S $:­g srtee •Wilbraham \... 1' 1 Egremont \� >te IC r. 2 5 3 ! 2 r- its VNew MaSlborou9�\.atville� Westfield 20 Monson • M,I est Qr;tigi+€f 3Springfiel�d nsdn (� R ver• •Mle Oak Center to Mt E.."!2 Sne'f eld Southfield$andsl eld New Boston I ante. Sta°s�'- - "' S7 Tolland `ill_— h,i°G°..•ds 83 East ngmeadow Fa s1 •Mt+Wash gtd 1 57 Ro P vile 57 •pgawam • mpden , - \ West Granville Granville �Fe ding F� •S0 r - South HIIIS ;�■ I-ongmeadow `I t G Ashley ral> Sa ;°:C t85 - _ — _ ._ - ` .. �r +lisi ss ll • _�Cia1t_•_ _ __ _ — 202 •r - .32 .,/ rt�o,o obbM anaan 72 13 •'S '1 I .`' 1 ,J/ r 11 4, �e s I ,,� Hazard�ville f-., � '•� - �_ ; �� ��rfiem" — Enfield J, - t9 l - Norfolk - ; ;} 126 44 tai \� zo ` Grant Windsor; 9'� '•;� Staftoc 19 t =_. 0w i• ockS 140. .� ® \ I 140 ' SPn CrYStd,'take _ -- Winsted �t. � `- �--•Br°ak l 7 ! ,I New Hartford WastSmsbury• SlmsbUry:, - / t96` . weatogue Vernon 1.__. ,9 in sor p • b _ 167 ` Canton', r' - - ,61 -'. Zoz ° zoz ; 4 "� - Collinsville r � a 1, Torrington '� 177 �a4 ffalyd ,f�t8n a Covetlw s Harwint West i 45 Hartford 2 r ns 4 Utchtield !: Ha ord- _ - -97. W the _ , 7 'Frmington � " a .• rsfi P ® ,6 _ Bantam .,. ton nbury 66 �! i = 5 We, ill "` 11 Te it lry[r I� j 202 Thomaston r StO l '109 l - New Preston• •� ` C,a'f­Ile �\1�1 0 1 2m, • / -� '. _ate• 12 E"_ 202 nkm 1- i 31 f tat �SOVthi - \ tz \ .Innorningddle II Hadley Falls s\\ �. + `i'l;r Worcester,3 t N'I llroke g !i wallace/sc • engineering consultants WALLACE/SC,INC. ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS 15635 ALTON PARKWAY,SUITE 290 IRVINE,CALIFORNIA 92618 949 753-5103,FAX 949 753-5105 Project#: 0030020 Project Name: Wal-Mart Takeover#2901 --Northampton,Massachusetts Date: 2/22/00 Time: 9:58 am PST By Phone: x By Visit: By Other: Conversation with: Anthony Patillo Of: Dept.of Building Inspections 212 Main Street Municipal Building Phone#: (413)587-1240 Northampton, MA 01060 Fax#: (413)587-1272 SUBJECT: CODE CHECK 1. a. Building Code: 6th ed. Massachusetts State Building Code b. Local Amendments: none 2. a. Minimum Roof Live Load: 20 psf b. Ground Snow Load, Pg: 35 psf #Oak c. Can ground snow load be reduced according to code: N/A (N/A if Pg< 14 pso 3. a. Design Wind Speed: 70 mph b. Minimum Wind Load: use Exposure B, 12 psf 4. a. Seismic Effective Peak Velocity-Related Acceleration Coefficient,Av: 0.12 b. Seismic Effective Peak Acceleration Coefficient,Aa: 0.12 c. Can the design snow load be reduced for use in seismic analysis: NIA (N/A if seismic zone 0, or Pg<30 pso d. If yes, by what percentage: % 5. a. Minimum Bearing Depth: 48 in. Please notify Aileen Santos-Redman� at Wallace/SC(949-753-5103)if any of the above information is incorrect. Remarks: 1. Northampton is in Snow Load Zone 3&Wind Load Zone 1 2. Minimum wind load is from Table 1611.4,for Wind Zone 1, Exposure B and max.height above grade<50' Copies: Signed: — Aileen Santos-Redman UJ/1U/UU 1J.JJ rAA 114 13-) 01UJ r1ALLAl,C/Jl„ LIN%,. wj UU1 Wal-Mart Takeover Northampton, MA Job Number 0030020 Structural Calculations March 9, 2000 =C Thomas W. Wallace, P.E. Engineer of Record 201 W.51'Street ,. Tulsa,Oklahoma 74103 PBA ARCHITECTS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL DATE: March 13, 2000 JOB NUMBER: 99358 TO: City of Northampton RE: Wal-Mart Take-Over Dept. of Building Inspections No. 2901 Attention: Anthony Pattillo Northampton, Massach„jus�ts "_'_ 212 Main Street' >, Municipal Building Northampton, MA 01060 1 b Phone: (413) 587-1240 We are sending you the following information on the above reference o J� review and comment. Please call if you have any questions. Thank you. - `" F COPIES DESCRIPTION 3 Full Size Sets 3 Specifications 1 Application for Permit to Alter 3 Structural Calculations 1 Letter of Intent If enclosures are not as noted, please notify us immediately. Signed: Jill . Styron, Permit Coordinator Perry Butcher & Associates, Architects /sh xc: File Shipping via: Federal Express Overnight 301 West Chestnut - P.O. Box 2076 - Rogers, Arkansas 72756 Phone: (501) 636-3545 Fax: (501) 621-5202